This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/
Unrveraity of Virginia Library
PLe702 .37 1906
DX
....turn-,
DDO D73 Mbl
//c,
51i^
{niversity
of virginia
CHARLOTTESVILLE
LIBRARY
V.
A HANDBOOK
OP THE
SWAHILI LANGUAGE,
AS SPOKEN AT
ZANZIBAR.
EDITED FOR THE UNIVERSITIES' MISSION TO
CENTRAL AFRICA
BY
The late EDWARD STEERE, LL.D.,
MISSIONARY BISHOP POK CBNTKAL AFRICA*
REVISED AND ENLARGED BY
A. C. MADAN, M.A.,
SENIOR STUDENT AND FORMERLY TUTOR OF CH. CH. OXFoRO.
EIGHTH EDITION
LONDON:
SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,
NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.Cj
43t QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, B.G.
i9o8»
: 3 7
PEEP ACE TO THE FIEST EDITION.
There is probably no African language so widely known
as the Swahili. It is understood along the coasts of
Madagascar and Arabia, it is spoken by the Seedees in
India, and is the trade language of a very large part of
Central or Intertropical Africa. Zanzibar traders pene-
trate sometimes even to the western side of the conti-
nent, and they are in the constant habit of traversing
more than half of it with their supplies of Indian and
European goods. Throughout this immense district
any one reaUy familiar with the Swahili language will
generally be able to find some one who can understand
him, and serve as an interpreter.
This consideration makes it a point of the greatest
importance to our Central African Mission that Swahili
should be thoroughly examined and well learnt. For
if the members of the Mission can go forth from Zan-
zibar, or, still better, can leave England already well
acquainted with this language, and provided wiih
books and translations adapted to their wants, they
will carry with them a key that can unlock the secrets
of an immense variety of strange dialects, whose veiy
names are as yet unknown to us. For they will not
a 2
iv Fit EF ACE.
only be able at once to communi'.'afco with new tribes,
but in mastering this really simple and far from
difficult language they will have learnt how to set
about learning and writing all others of the same class,
since they agree with Swahili in all the chief respects
in which it differs from our European tongues.
The work, then, which is here begun is not to be
regarded as though its ntility were confined to the
islands and the narrow strip of coast of which this
language is the vernacular, but much rather as the
broad foundation on which our labours in the far inte-
rior must for many years be built up. As there is no
way by which those inner lands are so ordinarily or can
be BO easily reached as from Zanzibar and the coast
dependent on it, so neither is there any way by which
we can make ourselves so readily intelligible, or by
which the Gospel can be preached so soon or so well as
by means of the language of Zanzibar and its. dependen-
cies, to which this work is intended as an introduction
— a language which, through its Arabic relations, has
a hold on revealed religion, and even on European
thought while, through its negro structure, it is
exactly fitted to serve as an interpreter of that re-
ligion and those thoughts to men who have not yet
even heard of their existence.
When Bishop Tozer arrived in Zanzibar at the end of
August 1864, the only guides we had to the language
were the grammar and vocabulary of Dr. Krapf, and his
translation of part of the Book of Common Prayer.
During Bishop Tozer's visit to Mombas in November,
be made a copy of a revised vocabulary belonging ta
rREFACE. f
tho Bey. J. Eebmann. However, although one cannot
estimate too highly the diligence and linguistic ability
displayed by Dr. Krapf and the' patient sagacity of Mr,
Rebmann, we soon found that, owing partly to the fact
of their collections having been made in the dialect of
Mombas, and still more to the confused and inexact
style of spelling adopted unfortunately by both, their
works were of scarcely any use to a mere beginner.
- I soon after procured copies of the manuscript voca-
bularies collected by Mr. Witt and Mr. Schultz, then
representing the firm of O'Swald and Co. in Zanzibar,
and with such help as I could procure from any quarter,
I began in July 1865 to print the first pages of my col-
lections for a "Handbook of Swahili as Spoken in
Zanzibar." When I had proceeded as far as page 33, 1
made the acquaintance of Hamis wa Tani and of his
son Mohammed, both of them well acquainted with
English and French, and of pure Swahili exti-action.
To the disinterested kindness of Mohammed, who,
while confined to his house by sickness, allowed me to
spend every Saturday morning in questioning him
about his language, I owe all that is best in toy know-
ledge of African tongues. With his help and revision I
completed the list of substantives^ and found my way
through the intricacies of the adjectives and pronouns.
Qf how much importance an accurate guide in these
matters would be may be seen from the " Table of
Concords," first printed in Zanzibar, in a form sug-
gested by Bishop Tozer, and now reprinted as part
of this volume.
Mohammed's sickness increasing about the time that
vi fuefacl.
I had begun to print the conjugation of the verb, I was
unable to continue my visits, and completed the " Col-
lections" from Dr. Krapf, with the help of the voca-
bulary collected by the late Baron von der Decken
and Dr. Kersten, and of that collected by the Eev.
Thomas Wakefield of the United Methodist Free
Churches* Mission, both of which I was kindly allowed
to copy.
After Mohammed's partial recovery I continued my
visits to him, and went through the verbs, making first
a list of useful English verbs from a dictionary, and
entering all the words contained in the collections of
which I had copies. I thus checked and supplemented
what others had already done, and obtained a tolerably
complete insight into that branch of the vocabulary.
Before I could get much beyond this, Mohammed was
so far recovered as to be able to sail for Bombay. I
have always much pleasure in acknowledging how
much I owe to him.
Meanwhile I had begun my collection of short tales
in Swahili, the first of which were printed in Zanzibar
with an interlinear version, under the title ef " Speci-
mens of Swahili," in March 1866, and reprinted in
an early number of " Mission Life." I also began to
use my Swahili to a practical purpose by making the
collectionB for a handbook of the Shambala language,
the first draft of which was completed in May 1866,
These collections were made with a view to the mission
since commenced in that country by the Eev. C. A.
Alington; they were revised by the help of another
teacher, and printed in Zanzibar in the year 1867.
PREFACE. vtt
Finding the Swahili tales most valuable as well to
myself as to those who were studying with me, I pro-
ceeded to print a further collection, with the titlo
" HaMthi za Kiunguja" in Swahili only. For the tales
then printed I was mainly indebted to Hamis wa Eayi,
a very intelligent young Swahili, who always compre-
hended better what a foreigner wanted to know, and
explained more clearly what was difficult, than any one
else I met with while in Zanzibar.
At the same period I had begun and carried on from
time to time the investigation of the Yao or Acbowa
language, one peculiarly interesting to us, as that of'
nearly all the released slaves under Bishop Mackenzie's
charge, and as having now supplanted the Mang'anja
in the country where our Mission was originally settled.
From this study I first gained a definite notion of the
wonderful efiect the letter n has in African languages,
and so came to understand the origin of several appa-
rent irregularities in Swahili.
I had begun even before Mohammed bin Ehamis left
Zanzibar to make some essays in translation, the best of
which are embodied in a pamphlet printed in Zanzibar,
with the titles" Translations in Swahili : " it was com-
pleted in January 1867.
I was then getting help from many quarters, and on
explaining to some of our native friends our wish to
make a complete translation of the Bible into their
language, one of them. Sheikh *Abd al 'Aziz, kindly
volunteered to translate for me the Arabic Psalter into
the best and purest Swahili. I found, before long, that
not only did his numerous avocations prevent any rapid
rifi PBEFACE.
progress^ but that his language was too learned to EOiii
exactly our purpose in making the version ; it did not
therefore proceed further than the Sixteenth Psalm. \
printed these as at once a memorial of his kindness
and a specimen of what one of the most learned men
in Zanzibar considers the most classical form of his
language.
I cannot but mention at the same time the name of
Sheikh Mohammed bin Ali, a man of the greatest
research, to whose kindness I was indebted for a copy,
made by his own hand, of some very famous Swahili
poetry, with an interlinear Arabic version ; he also
revised for me a paraphrase of it in modem language,
for which I was chiefly indebted (as for much other
help) to Hassan bin Yusuf, whose interest in our doc-
trines and teachings has always been most marked.
The verses and translation are both printed in the
*' SwahiU Tales."
At the end of 1867 I printed a translation of Bishop
Forbes' little primaiy catechism, chosen as being the
shortest and clearest I could find to begin upon.
Though very imperfect, I am glad to think that it
has been found of use.
"When I had completed the Tao collections, I went on
to the Nyamwezi language^ as being that of the largest
and most central tribe with which there is constant and
tolerably safe communication.
In November 1867 I lost, by the sadly sudden deaths
of the Kev. G. E. Drayton and his wife, most useful
helpers, who were beginning to be able to give me sub-
stantial assistance. Their places were, however, well
PREFACE. ix
supplied by the Sev. W. and Mrs. Lea, wlio arrived
opportunely just before the time of our bereavement.
I was then engaged in preparing the translations of
St. Matthew's Gospel and of the Psalms, as well as in
beginning to put in order tho materials for the present
work. To Mr. Lea I was indebted, amongst other
things, for the first version of the 119th Psalm, and to
Mrs. Lea for the arrangement of the Swahili-English
Vocabulary. The last thing I printed in Zanzibar was
a ti-anslation of the Easter and Advent Hymns, and of
Adeste Fideles, which I had the pleasure of hearing
the girls of the Mission Orphanage sing most sweetly
to the old tunes just before I left.
I ought also to mention that, having been often under
great obligations to the French Bomanist Mission, I
had the pleasure of printing for them a Catechism in
French and Swahili, which was indirectly valuable to
me as showing how the great truths we have in
common were rendered by a perfectly independent
student of the language. I know not how sufficiently
to regret that the excellent compiler, P^re Etienne
Baur, should have been content to use the jargon (for
it is nothing better) commonly employed by Indians
and Europeans, and should have adopted an ortho-
graphy adapted only to a French pronunciation.
, Only three weeks before leaving I had the advan-
tage of consulting two large manuscript dictionaries
compiled by Dr. Krapf, and brought to Zanzibar by
the Bev. B. L. PennelL I was able to examine about
half the Swahili-English volume, with the assistance
of Hamis wa Cayi, enough to enrich materially my
t PBEFACE.
previous collections, and to show how far even now
I fall sliort of my first predecessor in the work of
examining and elucidating the languages of Eastern
Africa. There remains for some future time or other
hand the examination of the rest of Dr. Krapf's
dictionary, as well as the collation of what will no
doubt deserve to be the standard Swahili lexicon, on
which the Rev. John Eebmann has been for nearly a
quarter of a century labouring unweariedly. Even
then there Will remain many dialectic variations, and
many old and poetical words and inflections, so that
for many years one who loves such studies might find
employment in this one language.
Since my arrival in England, at the end of November
1868, 1 have been able to superintend the printing of
the Gospel of St. Matthew in Swahili, liberally under-
taken by the Bible Society, of translations of the
Church Catechism and of their Scriptural Reading
Lessons out of the Old Testament, kindly undertaken
by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.
For the Central African Mission I have carried through
the press this work and the collection of Swahili
Stories with an English version, published by Messrs.
Bell and Sons, of which those previously printed at
Zanzibar form a small part, and besides these a number
of small pamphlets, including translations of the Books
of Ruth and Jonah, and some slight specimens of the
Oindo, Zaramo, and Ngazidja languages. There remain
the Psalms, which the Bible Society has promised to
print for us, and the collections in the Yao and Nyam-
wezi languages, all which I should like to get through
PREFACE. xi
tlio press in the course of this year. I wish there were
a chance of the Rev. John Eebmann's Swahili version
of St. Luke's Gospel, of which I have seen a large part,
being printed at the same time.
This handbook is arranged on the principle of sup-
plying with each portion of it such ^rules as are re-
quired for the practical use of that portion. In the
first part, after some introductory observations. Sub-
stantives, Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs have each
a separate section, containing first the rules which
govern their inflection and employment, and then an
alphabetical list of the Swahili equivalents of our
English words belonging to each part of speech. For
the mere finding of words one genei-al alphabet would
perhaps have been more convenient ; but as the object
of this work is not merely to tell what the Swahili
words are, but also how to employ them correctly, it
seems better so to group them as to bring the rules of
grammar and the words which they control into as
close a connection with one another as possible. The
Editor has done what most readers would have had to
do— sort out first the word and then the grammatical
rules which must be observed in using it. The minor
parts of speech are indexed together to avoid a multi-
plicity of alphabets, except the Interjections, which
cannot be said to have exact equivalents in any other
language. The part ends with a section on the forma-
tion of words, which may be of use where the other
alphabets fail to give a satisfactory rendering, and
may also be useful as a guide in turning Swahili into
English, in the case of the many words which igno-
xii PREFACE.
ranee or some oversight in preparing tlie second part
may have caused to be omitted. The rales and hints
prefixed to the second part are intended to enable any-
one who sees or hears a Swahili word to ascertain the
material part of it, so as to be able to use the dictionary
which follows. It is evident that there must be great
difficulties at first in either using or arranging an
alphabetical list of words which may begin with, in
some cases, nine or ten different letters, according to
the grammatical position they hold in each case.
However, the difficulty is greater in appearance than
in practice.
The Appendices contain some curious or useful
matter which could not well find a place in the body
of the work. The first contains a specimen of a curious
kind of enigmatical way of writing and speaking called
Kinyume. The second gives a specimen of the forms
used in letter-writing, both in prose and verse. The
third is part of a Swahili tale, with all the prefixes
separated and the grammatical forms explained, in-
tended as a guide and introduction to the art of
reading, and through that of writing the language.
The fourth Appendix consists of a smalt collection of
phrases, some of them such as are wanted in ordinary
conversation, some of them useful in illustrating the
idiom or peculiar constructions used by natives. This
collection might have been very much increased had
it not been carefully confined to phrases actually met
with in conversation with persons roputed , to speak
wrrectly.
PliEFACE. xiii
The name of the language — Swahili — ^is beyond all
doubt a modified form of the Arabic SatodhU^ the plural
of Sahil, a ooast. The natives themselves jestingly
derive it from Sawa hila, which a Zanzibar interpreter
would explain is ** All same cheat."
LiUle SUeping, May 1870.
p.
( ^v )
ADVERTISEMENT TO SECOND EDITION.
Thb First Edition having been at the last sold out
with unexpected rapidity, I have not been able to add
so much as I should have wished to this. The chief
novelty is the omission of what I called the second
class of Substantives, which proved to be only the most
common instance of the general rule, that Substantives
of any and every form denoting animate beings are
constructed with Adjectives and Pronouns in the forms
proper to the first class. Some words have been added
to the Yocabularies and a few mistakes corrected.
! During the last four years the work of translation
and collection has been going steadily forward, Swahili
preaching has been going on, and some Elementary
School-books printed in Zanzibar for our yemacular
schools. The great work of evangelizing Africa seems
to gr^w in magnitude the more one understands what
is required for it ; but our hopes still grow with the
growth of our knowledge.
Edwabd Steers.
IfCndonf January 1875.
( *^ii )
ADVEETISEMENT TO THIED EDITION.
This Edition may be taken to represent substantially
the final form which the Handbook assumed in the
hands of its compiler, the late Bishop Steere. No
estimate can be attempted here of his services to
philology in general, and the student of .Afriean
languages in particular, stiJl less of their bearing on
the spread of Christianity in Central Africa. What-
ever the relative purity of the dialects of Mombasa and
Zanzibar, and however great the debt Bishop Steere
undoubtedly owed to his distinguished predecessor in
their study. Dr. Krapf, the broad fact remains that
Bishop Steere took the language as he found it spoken
in the capital dty of the East Coast, reduced its rules
to so ludd and popular a form as not only to make it
accessible, but easy to all students, and finally made a
great advance towards stereotyping its forms and ex-
tending its use by embodying it in copious writings
and translations.
Some of the last hours of his life were apparently
spent in preparing this Handbook for a new edition.
Those who were familiar with the many cares and
anxieties then pressing on him, will not be surprised
that there were signs of haste and pressure in his
b
xvlll PHEFACK
revision. With Part I., however, he seems to have
been satisfied. The corrections of the text were few
and nnimportant, and though the Lists of Words might
have been largely added to, he seems to have preferred
leaving them as they were, in view of the strictly
practical purpose of the whole book.
With Part II. (the SwahiU-English Vocabulary, &a)
the case is rather different. With the aid of various
members of the Mission, the Bishop had made some*
what large collections in order to expand and complete
it. Probably from the pressure of work before alluded
to, he had only prepared a selection of them for this
Edition. It has been thought better, however, to in«
corporate all the words found in his notes and added
with his approval. But it must be remembered that
the Bishop never regarded Part 11. as ranking as a
Dictionary, even in embryo, but rather as a tolerably
full list of words to serve as a useful companion to
Part I. Even with this reservation, there remain
many traces of imperfection in arrangement, spelling,
and interpretation of words, which would doubtless
have been removed if he had been allowed time to pass
the whole list under revision finally.
This final revision no one is in a position adequately
to supply* Minor corrections and additions have been '
cautiously and sparingly made. One Appendix (No. V.)»
likely to subserve the practical aim of the whole, has
been added, with the Yen. Archdeacon Hodgson's ap*
proval. There still remain among the Bishop's notes
fiome miscellaneous specimens of Swahili verses, pro-
verbs, riddles, &c., which might have formed another.
PMEFACK lix
It is fiionglit best, however, to leserve them, and leave
the whole book, as far as possible, as the Bishop left it.
Subsequent editoi*s may find something to add. They
probably will not find much to alter.
A. C. M.
P.S. — ^Dr. Krapf s great Dictionary of the Swahili
Language, in its printed form, was in the Bishop's
hands too short a time to allow of his making any use
of it for this Edition of the Handbook.
Zanzibary Chrisknae^ 1882.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PART r.
Introdaetion •••
The Alphabet ...•
Substantives : —
Grammatioal rules
List of Sabstiintives
Adjectives :—
Gmmmatical rules
Irregular Adjectives
Comparison of Adjectives
Numerals
List of Adjectives •••
Pronouns : —
Personal Pronouns
Possessive Pronouns
Reflective Pronouns
Demonstrative Pronouns ...
Relative Pronouns
Literrogatives, &o. •••
Verbs :—
Conjugation •••
Irregular Verbs
Auxiliary Verbs
Derivative Verbs
List of Verbs ...
rxQv
1
16
2i
83
8G
87
89
91
102
109
112
113
117
122
125
149
155
157
165
CXll
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Adverbs, Prepositions, and Conjunctions
List of Adverbs, &o,
Interjections
Formation of Words
Table of Noun Prefixes in nine languages
Table of the Preposition -a in four languages
PAQC
209
212
221
226
. 231
235
PART 11.
Preliminary Observations ••• ... ••• 239
Swahili -English Vocabulary ,„ 245
Appendices: —
L Specimens of Enyume '. ... ... 425
II. Specimens of Swahili Correspondence 427
III. Part of a Swahili Tale^ with the Prefixes marked
and explained 431
IV. Useful and Idiomatic Phrases ... ... ... 443
V. On Money, Weights and measures in Zanzil)ar •«, 455
SWAHILI HANDBOOK*
PAET I.
The SwaUli language is spolien by the mixed race
of Aral^ and Negroes who inhabit the Eastern Coast
of Africa, especially in that part which lies between
Lamoo and the neighbouring towns on the north, and
Cape Delgado on the south.
It is classified by Dr. Bleek as one of the Zangian
genus of the middle branch of the Bantu languages.
That is to say, it belongs to one of the subdivisions of
that great family of Negro languages, which carries on
the work of grammatical inflexion by means of changes
at the beginning of the word, similar to that whereby
in Kafir, umuntUy a man, becomes in the plural ahantii^
people. All these languages divide their nouns into a
number of classes, which are distinguished by theii
first syllable, and bring their adjectives, pronouns, and
verbs into relation with substantives by the use of
corresponding changes in their first syllables. None
of these classes denote sex in any way. Dr. Bleek, in-
his comparative grammar of South African languages,
enumerates eighteen prefixes which are found in one
Qf other of the languages of this family; but it must
9
2 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
be remembered tliat lie reckons by the form of the
prefix only, so that the singular and plural forms of
most words count as two, while the same form will
sometimes answer to two or more forms in the other
number. Dr. Block's arrangement is the most conve-
nient for his purpose, which is the comparison of the
formatives used in different languages ; but I have not
followed it in this work, because I think that for practical
purposes such a classification should be used as will
enable the learner who sees or hears the noun in the
singular at once to put it into the plural. Prefixes
may be counted up separately ; but in practice we have
to do with nouns, not with prefixes, and a noun cannot
be put into a different class when it becomes plural
or singular without great risk of confusion. Thus in
Fredoux' Sechuana grammar, 4 and 6 are the plurals
of 3, 10 and 6 are the plurals of 11, and 6 alone is the
plural of 5 and 14. Can this be a ^jlear arrangement ?
I have very little doubt that Dr. Bleek is right in
regarding these classes as substantially the same with
the genders in most of the European languages, which
are even now only sex-denoting to a very limited
extent. There is a distinction in Swahili as to words
which denote limiig beings, called by Dr. Krapf, not
very happily, a masculine gender, though it has no
relation to sex, but to life only.
It is very puzzling to a beginner, accustomed to
languages which change at the end, to find the be-
ginnings of words so very uncertain. Thus he hears
that ngema means good^ tu^ when he begins to apply
INTRODUCTION. 3
biB knowledge he finds that natives use for the English
word good^ not only ngema^ but mwema^ wema^ mema.
f^ema^ jema^ pema^ chema, tyyema^ and hwema. Again,
yangu means my, but he will hear also, wangu^ zangu^
changuy vyangu, langu, pangu, kwangu, and mwangu. It is
necessary therefore to get at the very first a firm hold
of the fact that in S wahili it is the end, and not the be-
ginning of a word, which is its substantial and unchang-
ing part. The beginning of the word when taken to
pieces denotes its number, time, and agreements.
The " Table of Concords " prefixed to the section on
Adjectives, shows at one view -the variables of the
language ; and when that has been mastered, the diffi-
culties for an English student will be over. The
various forms will be explained, and the nicer distinc*
tions mentioned in the grammatical parts of the book.
In the preliminary observations prefixed to the second
part will be found an account of all the changes which
may occur at the end of a word, changes which in
practice are very soon mastered, relating as they chiefly
do to a few points in the conjugation of the verb.
There is a broken kind of Swahili in use among
foreigners,' Indian as well as European, which serves
for very many purposes, though it is of course utterly
useless when one has to speak with exactness, or on
subjects not immediately connected with the ordinary
affairs of life and commerce. Its rules may be briefly
laid down as follows : — If you are in doubt about how
to make a plural, prefix ma, or use nyingi, i.e, many.
In conjugating the verb, always put the subject
b2
4 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
before and the object after it, for the present tense
prefix wi-^ for the past ma-^ for the fdtare tor. For no
or not^ use hoAuna. It is wonderful how intelligible
yon can make yonrself by these few rules ; bnt it is
just as wonderful what absurd broken stuff can be
made to do duty for English.
Let any one, however, who really wishes to speak
the language get the Table of Concords weU into his
head, by any means he finds best for the purpose, and
he will have no need to resort to broken and incorrect,
ways of talking.
Swahili, like all languages of the same family, is
very rich in Verbs, and poor in Adjectives and Prepo-
sitions. There is nothing corresponding to the English
Article, the word when standing alone implying the
indefinite article, while the definite article can in many
cases be expressed by the use and arrangement of the
Pronouns, but still must often be left unexpressed.
Though the Verb is etymologically the most important
part of speech, it is the Substantive which determines
the form of all .the variable syllables. The Substan*
tive will therefore be first considered, and next the
Adjective, which very dosely resembles it. The Pro-
nouns wiU come next, as it is by their help that the
Verb is conjugated, then the Verb itself, and after that
the minor parts of speech. Adverbs, Prepositions, Con-
junctions, and, last of all, the Interjections. A sketch
of the grammar of each part of speech, which aims at
being sufficient for ordinary and practical purposes, is
first given, and after that a list of words belonging to
tNTBODUOTIOlf. t
that part of speech, thus forming a combined grammar
and English-Swahili dictionary. The second part con-
sists of a Swahili-English vocabulary, and so completes
the work.
Th^ Swahili language has been hitherto but little
written by those who speak it, and they know and use
only the purely Arabic alphabet. There are copies of
religious and secular verses, and possibly other works,
composed in the old or poetical dialect, which is not
now, and I believe never was, thoroughly understood
by the mass of the people. The modem dialect is used
in letters ; but they have always a string of Arabic
compliments at the beginning, and Arabic words and
phrases freely interspersed throughout.
Any one who tries to read a letter or a poem written
in Arabic characters, will at once see why it is impos*
sible to adopt them as the standard Swahili alphabet.
It is absolutely necessary to have a good idea of what
you are to read before you can read at all. The reason
is that Swahili has five vowels, Arabic only three, and
of Swahili consonants the Arabic supplies no means of
writing c%, ^, jp, or v, nor can consecutive consonants be
written without shocking Arabic notions of propriety.
Thus the Swahili are driven to write the ha for jp and
for mh as well as for h ; the ghain for g, ng^ and ng\ as
well as for gh ; the fa for v and wr, as well as for /;
the ya for ny as well as for y; the zhin for ek as well as
for 9% ; and to omit altogether the n before i, /, ^, and ar.
Initial vowels and consecutive vowels are only to be
expressed by hemzat or 'aim. Is the first piece of
6 BWAHILI EANPBOOK.
written Swahili I ever posseesed (the Story of the 6t
and the Ass) the words ng^omhe and punda were written
ghube and buda» It will ho easily seen how imperfect
and ambiguons a means of writing Swahili the Arabic
character mnst be. An instance occnrred while J was
in Zanzibar of a letter written from Eilwa with the
account of a fight, in which it was said that one of
the principal men, ameJeufa, had died, or amevuka^ had
got away, and which it was no one conld certainly
tell ; the last two consonants were fa and qaf with
three dots over them. If two of the dots belonged
to the first letter, the man was dead ; if two belonged
to the next letter, he was alive : bnt the dots were
so equally placed that no one coxdd tell how to divide
them. If the Arabic had possessed a v, there could
have been no mistake. It would no doubt be possible
to express Swahili sounds by using letters with addi-
tional dots and affixing arbitrary sounds to the letters
of prolongation, as is done in Persian and Hindi, but
the result would puzzle a genuine Swahili and could
never be quite satisfactory in any respect.
There seems to be no difficulty in writing Swahili
in Soman characters, there being no sound which does
not so nearly occur in some European language that
the proper way of writing it can readily be fixed upon,
and illustrated by an example. When this is the case
there is no need to look for anything further. I think
those who try to settle the alphabets of new languages
are too apt to forget how essential simplicity is to a
really good alphabet. If the Boman alphabet can be
tNTRODVaTlON. 9
made to distinguish all the sounds used in that Ian*
guage, it does all for it that it does for any. To at-
tempt to distinguish the sounds used in that language,
from the sounds used in another, or to mark all the
varieties of tone which occur in speaking, is always
useless and embarrassing^ and not one man in a thou-
sand has sufficient accuracy of ear to do it properly.
It is practically easier to learn to attach a new
sound to a known letter, than to learn a new sound
and a new letter too, especially when the new letter
has to be printed and written, and the learner is en^^
tangled in a maze of italics and letters with a point
below and a point above, or a line through them, or
some Greek letter which has not the sound one gives it
in Greek, or some new invention which will fit well
neither into printing nor writing, and looks at its ease
neither as a capital nor a small letter. It generally
happens that the sounds of a language, though not
identical with those of another, correspond with them
sufficiently to make the corresponding letters appro-
priate symbols. Thus an English and a French t are
not identical; but which nation would or ought to
submit always to put a dot somewhere about its t to
show that it is not the i which it never will want to
use, and never did, and could not pronounce, if it met
with it ? Or, to take a stronger instance, ought Ger-
mans, Englishmen, and Spaniards always to cross the
tails of their /s, or print them in italics, or deform their
books with new symbols, merely because they do not
pronounce their /s as Frenchmen do theirs?
6 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
THE ALPHABET.
The Yowelfl are to be pronounced as in Italian, the
Consonants as in English.
A 1=1 a in father.
B = 5 in hare.
Ch=± cli in eft^rry. Italian c before i or «.
"D — dxjxdo, D occurs very frequently in the Mombas dialect
where J is used in that of Zanzibar.
£ = al in eJuiir,
F =/ in fine. German «.
G = gr in gate, neyer soft as in genius*
H = ft in hat
I = ee in feet.
J ssj in Joy, Sometimes more like dy or di In cordial. French
di, German d^, Italian gi.
K = 2e in halendar.
L = Zin long. L and r are generally treated as the same letter.
M = m in man.
N = n in no.
O s= o in hoy, more like au than the common English o.
P ^pinpainL
B = r in raise. An English, not a Scotch, Irish, German, or
French r. See L.
6 s f in sun.* German ss. It Is never pronounced like a i or
the English s in arise. 8 and th are commonly used for
one audther indiscriminately.
T d in ten. T frequently occurs in the dialect of Mombaa
where eh is used in that of Zanzibar.
TBE ALPHABET. 9
tJ ? ooixiiooL
y = V in very, Gennan t^.
W = 10 in win. French <m. It is merely a ti pronounced aa %
consonant.
Y ss y in yonder, German/. It is merely an t* pronounced as a
consonant. . Y is frequently used in the Lamoo dialect
where j' occurs in that of Zanzibar.
Z s f in zany, Gennan «. Z frequently occurs in the dialect of
Lamoo where « is used in that of Zanzibar.
There are several Bonnds introduced from the Arabic
which do not occur in purely •African words.
Gh =s the Arabic ghaxn ; it is a guttural g^ resembling
the Dutch g. It may be obtained by pro-
nouncing a ^ (as nearly as it can be done)
with the mouth wide open. Most Europeans
Imagine, the first time they hear it, that
there is an r sound after the g^ but this is a
mistake.
Eh s the Arabic hha ; it is a very rough form of the
German c%, the Spanish/, or the Scotch ch in
loch. It resembles the sound made in trying
to raise something in the throat. It may
always be replaced in Swahili by a simple A»
but nef^er by a h.
Th » the four Arabic letters e&a, tAal, fhod, and ihah.
The first of these is the English ih in (itni^
the second that in they. The third and fourth
are thicker varieties of the second sound. In
Swahili they may all be replaced by a z. No
attempt is ever made to distinguish the last
three letters; but as the first is generally
10 8WAB1LI HANDBOOK.
marked in pronunciation, it is in tlie -first
part of this handbook marked by printing
the th in italics wherever it is to be pro-
nounced as in the English word tMnk. The
sound of the English fh in (hat occurs in
some Swahili as a dialectic variation for z.
In vulgar Swahili z is not merely put for
the Arabic th^ but th is also put for the
Arabic «, as wathiri for waziri, a vizir.
There are several compound consonantal sounds
which require notice.
Ch, a very common sound, representing what is
sometimes a t and sometimes hi — ^in other
' dialects. C is not required for any other
sound, as it can be always represented by h
when hard, and by 8 when soft. It would
probably be an improvement always to write
the ch sound by a simple c.
Gn, see ng'.
' Kw represents the sound otquin queer,
M frequently stands for mil, in which cases it is pro-
nounced with a half-suppressed u sound
before it, and is even capable of bearing the
accent of the word, as in mtu, a person, where
the stress of voice is on the w, which has a
dull nasal semivowel sound, not quite um.
Where m occurs before any consonant except
h or to, it must have this semivowel sound.
TBS ALTSABET. l\
If, standing for fm^ has generally its semi*
vowel sound before u. Before a or « it
becomes mur, and before o it frequently loses
the « altogether, and is pronounced as a
simple m*
N has frequently a nasal semivowel sound, a half-
suppressed f being suggested by it. N has
always this semivowel sound where it is
immediately followed by ch^ /, i, w, n, or s.
Ny has the sound of the Spanish n, the French and
Italian g% the Portuguese n^, and the English
nt in ccmj^nion^ only a little thicker and
more nasal.
Ng' is a peculiar African sound, much resembling
the -ng which occurs at the end of many
English words. If we could divide longing
thus, lo-nging, without at all altering the
pronunciation, it would come very near
the African sound, which is never a final,
because all Swahili syllables must end in a
vowel. Some prefer to write this sound gn-^
as it resembles the sound given by Germans
and others to those letters when they occur
as initial letters in Greek. This sound must
be distinguished from the common sound of
n^-, in which the g distinctly passes on to
the following vowel, as in the English word
engage; in n^'- both sounds are heard, but
neither passes on to the vowel.
Sh is the Arabio Mn^ the English «&, the French ci|
12 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
the Qerman m&. 8k and $ ai^ commonly
treated as identical.
Ft T, E, and possibly some other letters, have occa-
sionally an explosive or aspirated sound,
such as an Irishman will often give them.
This explosive sound makes no change in
the letter, but is an addition to it, probably
always marking a suppressed n. Thus upepo
is a tmmi, with both jp's smooth as in English ;
but the plural, which should regularly be
npepo, is jp'epo, with a strong explosive sound
attached to the first letter. This explosive
sound may be marked by an apostrophe ; it
is, however, very seldom necessary to the
sense of a word, and is noticeably smoothed
down or omitted by the more refined and
Arabized Swahili.
There are other niceties of pronunciation which a
fine ear may distinguish; but as they are
by no means essential, and are seldom noticed
by the natives themselves, it is not worth
while here to examine them particularly.
As a rule, the vowels are all pronounced distinctly,
and do not form diphthongs. When, however, a for*
mative particle ending in -a is placed before a word
beginning with e- o)r •-, the two letters coalesce into a
long e sound. It is not, however, even in such a case
as this, always incorrect to pronounce the two vowels
distinctly^ though it is not usually done. The instances
TEE ALFEABET. 13
of and rules for this union of sound will be found
where the several prefixes whioh give occasion to it
are dealt with.
When two vowels come together at the end of a
word, they are often to the ear one syllable, and have
the sound of a diphthong ; they are really, however,
two syllables of which the former bears the accent.
This is at once apparent in the Merima dialect, in
which an 2 is put between the vowels. Thus "kufaa^ to
be of use, which sounds as if written Jbi/d, is in the
Merima dialect Icufala. The shifting of the accent
sometimes shows that the vowels are really separate.
Thus a common fruit tree is called mzambarau^ in which
word the last two vowels apparently unite into a
sound like that in the English word liow ; but when -n i
is added, making Mzambarainit at the zamhardu tree —
the name of one of the quarters of Zanzibar — the u is
quite separated from the a, and the last two syllables
are pronounced like the English •oony.
It may be assumed in all cases in which two vowels
oome together that an I has been omitted between
them, and will appear in some modification of the word
or in its derivatives.
The shifting of the accent above referred to takes
place in obedience to the universal rule in Swahili,
that the main accent of the word is always put upon
the last syllable but one, a rule which often changes
the sound of a word so materially as to baffle a beginner
in his endeavour to seize and retain it. The syllable
nt is the chief disturber of accents; and words which
14 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
end in it may be always ifugpected of being plural
imperatives if they are verbs, or of being in what is
known as the locative case if they are nonns. There
are only a very few words which end in -m in their
simple forms.
The formation or division of syllables is so closely
connected with the powers of the letters, that this will
be a proper place to mention it. The rule is that all
Swahili syllables end in a vowel, and that the vowel
must be preceded only by a single consonant, or by
one preceded by n or w, or followed by w or y.
There are a few half-assimilated Arabic words in
which double consonants occur ; but there is a strong
tendency in all such cases to drop one of the consonants
and attach the other to the vowel which follows them.
W can be placed after all the other consonants,
simple and compound, except perhaps F
andV.
Y can follow P, N, and V. .
These two letters are used in the formation of Verbs,
-«?- being the sign of the passive, and -y- being used to
give a transitive meaning. In several cases -fy- stands
for 'py- ; -py- occurs in one word only, 'mpya^ new.
N can be placed before D, G, J, Y, and Z.
M can be placed before B, and perhaps Ch and V.
M in these instances represents an n- used as a sub-
stantival and adjectival prefix. Used in this way, n
before h becomes m ; before I or r it changes the I or r
into d, making nd- instead of nU or nr- ; before w it
changes into m, and the t^ becomes &, making wb^
THE ALPHABET. 15
instead of nw-. It is ourious that w oan be m&de to
follow n without any change, bnt that n cannot be put
before w. Before A;, jp, and <, the n is dropped, and
they become A;',jp', and <*; before the other letters cK
/, ^, w, », and «, it is merely dropped.
The resulting syllables are not always easy of pro-
nunciation to a European, as, for instance, nywa in hi*
nywa, to drink, nor is it very easy to pronounce ngu ox
nda; but to a native such sounds present no difficulty,
whilst he can scarcely pronounce such a word as hlach
Instances of the division of syllables will be found
in the specimen of Kinyume, which forms Appendix I.
Kinyume is made by taking the last syllable from the
end of a word and putting it at the beginning, bo that
each instance is a specimen of the native idea as to
what letters belong to the final syllable. Some Swahili
are very ready at understanding and speaking this
enigmatical dialect.
At the head of each letter in the second part will
be found some observations on its use and pronun-
ciation.
16 . 8WAHIL2 HANDBOOK,
STJBSTANTIVES.
Swahili notms have two numbers, singular and plural,
which are distinguished by their initial letters. Upon
the forms qC the 'Substantives depend the forms of all
Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs governing or governed
by them. It is, therefore, necessary to divide them
into so ma^y classes as there are different forms either
of Substantiyes or of dependent words, in order to be
able to lay. dpwn .rules for the correct formation of
sentences. !For this: purpose Swahili Substantives may
be conveniently divided into eight classes.
I. Those ®!fgKnSig with Jf-, 'JMT-, JMTf*-, or Jfw-, in
Ihe singular, and which denote living beings. They
make their plural by changing Jtf- &c. into TTo-.
'^^* HkS^ man ; watu, people.
The singular prefix represents in all its forms the
syllable JMtt-, which is itself very rarely heard. Before
a consonant nf is almost always pronounced as a semi-
vowel m, with the tt^ound before rather than after it.
Before a and e the « becomes a consonant, and the
prefix appears as muh. Before a^and u ihe u is very
SUBSTANTIVES. 17
frequently dropped, and the m alone is heard, llie
pn^fix is treated as a distinct syllable when followed
by a consonant, bnt very rarely so when followed by
a Tow.el.
Mchawif a wizard; wcuihaud, wlzaida»
MJuti, a lizard ; tvajtui, lizards,
Mtoanot a son ; ncaanOf sons.
HfwogOf or mogcL, a coward ; vtaoga, cowards.
Muunmhit or mumMt, a cupper; waumUSU, cuppers.
When the plural prefix wa- is placed before a word
beginning with «-, the two a's run together, and are
aeldom distinguishable by the ear alone. When tro- is
placed before a word beginning with c- or t-, the -a
flows into the other vowel and produces a long e sound*
Mwenzit a companion ; tcemi, companions.
Micivh a thief; wevi, thieyes.
11. Substantives beginning with JUT-, *if-, ifu-, or
Mw'^ which do not denote living or animate beings*
They make their plural by changing M- <&o. into Mu^
MUf a tree ; mitt, trees.
The same observations apply to the singular prefix
in this class as in Class I.
Mfupoy a bone; mt/upo, bones.
Mwanzoy a beginning ; mianxo, beginnings.
Jfioembe, a mango tree ; miemhet mango trees.
Jftffi&a, a thorn ; mti&a, or mt^a, thorns.
Jfoto, a fire ; mioio^ fires.
The names of tre^ belong to this class.
ITT. Those which do not change to form the pluraL
iiTyttmia, a house ; nyuniba^ bouses.
i 9
18 8WAEILI EANDBOOK.
The simple description of nouns of this class is thai
they begin with n, followed by some other consonant.
It is probable that ^t- is the ground form of the prefix
of this class, since it always appears as ny- before %
voweL The singular powers and antipathies of the
letter »- very much affect the distinctness of this class
of nouns. As n must be dropped before c)l, /, ^, A;, jp, «,
or t^ nouns beginning with those letters may belong to
this class;* and as n becomes m before &, r, and tr,
nouns beginning with mb or mv may belong to it. There.
is a further complication in Swahili, arising from the
fact that foreign words, except only foreign names of
persons and offices, whatever their first letters, are
correctly placed in this class. The popular instinct,"
however, refuses this rule, and in the vulgar dialect
classes foreign words according to their initial letters,
regarding the first syllable as a mere prefix, and treat-
ing it accordingly (see also p. 20). In some cases words
are handled in this way even in polite Swahili ; thus the
Arabic Kiidhu^ a book, is very often made plural by
treating the lei- as a prefix, and saying Ftto&u, for books.
JETam^a, a rope ; hmboy ropes.
MbegUf a seed; wbegu, seeds.
Nyumiba, a boom ; nyuveiba^ honseSi
Meza, a table ; meza^ tables.
Bundukif a gun ; hundukif guns.
Ndizif a banana ; ndizi, bananaa.
Nji<h a road ; njict, roads.
* There is nothing to show whether nouns beginning with these
letters belong to this class or to the fifth ; but it is always safest in
cases of doubt to treat them as belonging to this class, unless t
special largeness is intended to be intimated concerning them.
SUBSTANTIVES. 19
IV. Those which begin with Ki- before a ponsonant
or Oh- before a vowel. They form their plural by
changing Xi- into Ft- and C&- into Fy-,
Xt'ftf, a thing; vtfu, things.
ChombOf a vessel ; vyonAo, vessels.
Substantiyes are made diminntives by being bronght
into this class.
Mltma, a mountain ; KUiriMt a hilL
Buoet^, a box ; kibu>eta, a little box.
If the word stripped of all prefixes is a monosyllablOt
/j- must first be prefixed.
Mti, a tree ; hijiti, a shrnb.
Mtoiko, a spoon ; IHjiko, a little spoon.
Words beginning with Ki- may be turned into
diminutives by inserting -jt- after the prefix.
Kitwa, a head ; hijU'wa^.dk little head.
Kiboho, a hippopotamus ; kijiboko, a little hippopotamus.
In regard to animals, the use of the diminutive has
a depreciating efiect.
JBfbuti, a goat ; hibuzi, a poor little goat
V. Those which make their plural by prefixing mo-*
Katika^ a chest; mahcuihctt ohests.
Nouns are generally brought into this class by re-
jecting all prefix in the singular. If, howevei^ the
word itself begins with a vowel, J- is prefixed ; if it be
a monosyllable, Ji- is prefixed. The j- or jf- is regularly
c2
20 BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
omitted in the plural, but may be retained to avoid
ambiguity, wbere the regular word would haye re«
sembled one formed from another root,
Jam^bo, ftn affair; mam5o, affairs,
Jicho, an eye ; machOj eyes.
Jombo, a lurgo Teasel ; majambo, large vosaels.
If the word begin with »- or e-, the -a of the plural
prefix coalesoes with it and forms a long -e-; this
distinguishes dissyllables with /• prefixed from mono-
syllables with jf- prefixed.
Jino, a tooth ; meno (not mano\ teeth.
Foreign names of persons and offices belong to this
class.
Wazirif a vizir; mavxusiri^ vizirs.
In the vulgar dialeot of Zanzibar all foreign words
whioh have a first syllable that cannot be treated as a
prefix, are made to belong to this class, and met- is
prefixed to form the plural (see p. 18),
Anything whioh is to be marked as peculiarly large
or important is so described by bringing the word into
this class.
Mfuhot a bag ; fuko, a very large bag.
Mtut a man; jito, a very large man.
^fyumbot a Louse ; Jum^ a large house.
If % word is already in this class, it may be described
as larger by prefixing /»-•
ttakmga, sails ; mijiianga^ great saOl.
BUB8TANTIVEB. 21
Uapi water, JKa/ufa, oil, and other notms In {hat
form are treated as plurals of this class.
VI. Those which begin with D^ in the singular.
They make their plural by changing TJ- into Ny- befora
a vowel, or N- before a oonsonant.
XJiaiho, a song; nyimboy songs.
""^ I7(20in«, aluurof thebeard; iMltfVtf, h&irsOf thdbetid.
This class is not a large one ; but the formation of
its plural is full of apparent irregularities produced by
the letter n*
1. All nouns of this class, which are in the singular
dissyllables only, retain the u- in the plural, and are
treated as beginning with a voweL
Vfa^ a crack ; hyufa^ crackst
Uto, a face ; nytuo^ faces.
2. Words in which the U- is followed by J, g^j^ or «,
take N^ in place of IT-.
3. Words in which the XJ- is followed by I or r, take
N'<i but change the t or r into d.
XJliihiy a tongue ; ndtmt', tongues.
4. Words in which the U- is followed by 5, t>, or w,
take n-, but change it into m-, and their first letter is
always (•
VhaUy a t>lank ; «iW, planks.
Uwingu, a heaven ; rnbinguf the heavens*
0* Words in which the U- is followed by ii p, or I,
2S BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
drop tlio 17*, and give an explosivo sound to the first
letter.
Upepo^ a wind ; jfepo^ winds.
6, Words in which the tT- is followed by eft, /, J, n,
or «, merely drop the CT-.
Ufunguo, a key ; funguo, keys.
Nouns of this class are so few in Swahili that it Is
scarcely worth while to notice these distmctions ; they
are, however, important as explaining what would
otherwise seem anomalies, and represent influences
which have a much larger field in other African
languages*
Abstract nouns generally belong to this class*
YII. The one word Mdhali, place or places, which
requires special forms in all adjectives and pronouns*
VIII* The Infinitives of Verbs used as Substantives*
All Infinitives may be so used, and answer to the
English Verbal Substantives in 4nf.
Kufa, to die = dying.
Kwiba, to steal s stealing.
All Substantives of both numbers may be put into
what may be called the locative case by adding -nt.
This case has three great varieties of meaning, which
are marked by dififerences in all dependent pi^mouns.
' 1. In, within, to or from within.
2. At, by, near.
& To, fiom, at ^of places far ofl)i
BUBBTANTiVES. 23
Kyumbani mwangut in my houaa^ •
Nyunibani panguj near my house.
Nyumbcmi hwangut to my house.
Mtoni, by the river.
Njiani, on the road.
VyombonifiD. the vesselfl^
K%tu>anif on the head.
Mbingunij in heaven.
Kuangukani^ in faUing^
Tlid possessive case is expressed by the use of the
Proposition -a, which see. The objective or acoiisative
is the same as the subjective or nominative.
In the following list of Siibstantiyes the plural form
is given in all cases in which, if commonljr used, it if
not the same as the singular*
24
8WAEIL1 HANDBOOK.
LIST OF SUBSTANTIVES
The letters in parentheses denote the several dialects : (A.) Kiamn, that of
Lamoo ; (M.) Eimvitai that of Moxnbas ; (Mer.) Eimeiima, that of the main*
land opposite Zanzibar; (N.) Kingoisi, the poetical dialect; (Ar.) Arabic
A what-U-ily a iking ihe name of
which you do not know or can*
not recaUj dude, pi, madude.
Such-a-oncj a person whose name is
not hnoum or is immaterial,
fullanL
AbasemenU nnenyekca
Abhorrence, machukio.
Ahilityt nwezo.
Abridgment, muhtasari.
Abscess, tumbasi, nasnr.
Abundance, wingi, imgi (M.)* mari*
tliawa.
Abyssinian, Habeshia* plL Maba*
besbia.
Acceptance, ukiibali.
Accident, tukio, pi, matukio.
Accounts, hesabtt.
Account book, dafbari.
Accusation, matUvumu.
Accusation (before a judged, mshta*
ka, pL mishtaka.
Ache, maUmiTn, uchungu.
Action, kitendo, pi, vitendo) amalL
Addition (in arithmetic), jumla.
Address (of a letter), anwani.
Adornment, kipambo, pL vipambo^
pambo, pi* mapambo.
AduUery, zani, iizini» uzinzL
Advantage (profit), fayida.
Adversity, mateao, ahidda* ,
Advice, shaurl, pL mashauiL
Adze, sboka la bapa, sezo.
Affair, jambo*
Affairs, mambo, shnghuli, iili«
mwengu.
Affection, mapenei, mapendo.
Mutual affection, mapendano
Affliction, teso* pi* mat^.
Age, umri. /^^
Old agCf tt2ee»
Uxtreme cUd age^ nkongwe.
Equal in age^ hirimu moja.
Former ages, <amani za kale.
Agent, wakUi, pi, mawakilL
Agreement, maagano, makatibil|
mwafaka, mopataliO) sharfci.
Aim, shabaha.
Air, hawa, hewa, npe^x?.
For change of air, kubadili hawi^
Almond, lozi,jp2. maloAi.
Alms, tsuii&kA,
BtTBSTANTimS.
25
iUbe^8iibiri,8Ubiii
Aloe» wood, uudi.
AUoTy mathbah, mathabahn.
JJum^ shabbu.
AnibergriBf ambari.
Amuletj talasimu, jpl. matalasimn.
AmfuemanJt^ mazomgumzo, mao-
ngezL
AncetioTs^ babu, wazee*
Anchor^ nanga» baara.
Ancle («M AnJdeU), kiwiko eba
mgnti, ito la gnu (A.).
Angel, malaika.
Anger, hasiia, gbathabu.
Angle, pembe.
Angoxa, Ngoje.
Animdly nyama*
The ifoung of a domeetie animal,
ndama.
A young ehe^nmal (hat haa not
yet borne, mtamba,|72. mitamba.
Native animals. See under their
eeveral namee :^-
Bnkii, a very large kind of roL
Toi, a hind of toUd goat*
Buga(?>
Ndezi (?).
Njiri (?).
Anklets {eee AneU), mtali, pt mitali,
fnnrnga, pL niaftmmgiL
Annoer, nujibu, jawabiu
Antelopee, See Gazelle.
BaiOp Heleobagus arundinaeeue,
Bondoro, DyJcer^e aittdope*
Koru, waier hueh.
Kuguni, haartebeeeL
Mpofu, pi, Wapofti, dand*
Kymnbo, unldibeeet,
Parahanu
Kulungo.
Antimony, wanja wa manga.
ifi<0,cbiixiga,timgii (M.),8i6imizi(?).
Siafii, a large ^rotin hind,
Maji a moto, a yeUow hind whi^
Hves in tret*.
White ants, mchwa.
Ants in their flying stage, knmbi-
kttmbi.
AnthiU, kisngnlii, pi vistigiilii.
AnuSj mknuda, fapa.
AnvH, fuatre.
Ape, nyanL
Aposde, mtumt?, pi, mitiune.
Appearance, umbo^ pi. maumbOi
Arab, Mwarabu, pi, Waarabu.'
Arab from Sheher, Mahihiri, pL
Washibiri.
Arab from the Persian Chdf, Mahe-
mali, pi. Waahemali, Tenda
balna.
Arabia, Arabuni, Manga.
Arabic, Kiaittbtu
Arbitrator, mpataniBhi.
Arch, tao, pi, matao.
Areca nut, popoo. £^00 BetoL
Arithmetic, heaabn.
Addition, jumla*
Subtraction, baku
Multiplication, tharaba.
Division, mkaaama.
Pfoportion, or division of profits.
Arm, mkono, pL mikono. [uirarL
Under the arm, kwapani.
Armpit, kwapa, pi, makwapa.
Perspiration of the armpit,
kikwapa.
Arrangements, madaraka.
Arrival, kifiko, kikomo.
Arrogance, gbnruri.
Arrow, ma^le^ pi, miabale, ob€inl«^
pi yyembe (N.).
Arrowroot, uwanga, kanji.
Artery, vein or nerve^ mabipa, pi.
misbipa.
26
BWAStLI SAJfDBOOK.
Artifice, kitimbi, pi, vitimbL
AtcripUoni ofpruUej tasbiih.
Aihet^ jifu, pL majifa, ivv, pL
maiTn (M.).
■Ai9t pmida.
AssafcBtidct, mviije.
Amembly, jamaa, jomaa, makutano,
xnakusaDyiko.
Plaee of cusembly, maknsanyiko.
Asthma^ pumiu
Aitontshment, mataajabo, msangao.
Astrologer, mnajimn, ph wanajimxL
Astronomyy falaki, falak.
Attachment^ wambiso.
Auction, mnada, pi, minada*
Awtioneer, dalali.
Aunty shaagazi, piL mashangad.
AuQiority, ngUTii, mamlaka, hu-
kouiii*'
Avarice, choyo, bakhili, tamaa.
Awl, uma, pi, nyuma.
Avming, chandaliia.
Axe, sboka, pL maahoka.
Baby, mtoto mcbanga, Mtoto
kicbanga, malaika.
Back, mauDgo, mgoDga
Back of (he head and necX;, ki-
sbogo.
Backbone, uti wa mauDgo.
B<idne8Bf ubaya, novu.
Bag, mfuko, pi, mifuko» fuko, pi,
mafuko, kifuko, pi, vifoko.
Mkoba, pi, mikoba, a terip,
Kibogosbij pi vibogoshiy a trnaU
bag made of shin.
^'Matting hags,
Kikapu or Ghikapn, pi, yikaptu
E^apu, pi. makapa, very large,
Kanda, pL makanda, long and
narrow, broadest at the bottom.
Junia, used for riee, ^e„ gunki
Kigunni, used for dates, sugatf
Eifiimbo, pi, vifambo, very large.,
used for clovee.
Baggage, yyombo.
Bail, leizima/
Bait, chambo, pi, yyambo.
Baking place for pottery, Ae,, Joko.
BalanceSt mizaiiL
Baldness, upaa.
A shaved plaee on the head, kipai,
pi, vipaa.
BaU,iviie,
India-rubber haU, mpira, plL
mipira.
Any smaU round ifiing, doDgc^ pi,
madonge.
BaUast, faromi.
Bamboo, 'mwanzi, pL mlwanzL
Banan<u, ndizi.
Banana tree, mgomba, pi, mi*
gomba.
BuncMets of fruit, tana, pt
matana.
The fruit stalk, mkungu, pi. mi«
kungu.
Band (stripe), utepe, pi, tepe.
Band (of soldiers, &c.), Mkoei, pk
vikosL
Bandage, ntambaa, pL tambaa.
Bangles, See Anklets,
Bank (of earth, sand, Ae,), fUngii,
pi. mafuDgiL
Bank of a river, kando.
The opposiie hank, ^g'amba
BaobaJh See daldbash.
Barber, kinyozi^ pi. vinyozi.
Bargain, mwafaka, maafikano.
Bargaining, ubazazL
Bark of a trie, gome (hard), gandW
(soft).
BUB&TANTtVM8.
27
Barley, thairi (Ai.).
Barque (a ship), merikebn ya mili-
ngote miwili na nuss.
Barrel, pipa, jpL mapipa.
BcMut, baknli, jpl mabakulL
A srnaU baein, kibaba.
A hr€U8: bann, tasa, pi, matasa.
SeeBoufl,
Baslcet See Bag.
Ghikapti, pL vikapn.
Pakacha, ph mapakacha, made
-' ' of eocoa-hut leaves plaited Uh
Dohani, a verytaU narrow basket
made of slips of wood sfipple-
mented by cocoornut leaves.
Twnga, a round open basket.
VngOj pi, maiingo, or nteo, pL
teo (M.), a round flat basket
used for sifting.
Kiteo, pi, viteo, a very smaU one.
Kunguto, piL makungutp, a
basket used as a colander,
■ Jamanda, pi, majamanda, a round
basket of thick work, with a
raised lid.
Satf popo.
Bo^AeZor, msijana (?).
Bath, birika, chakogea. fw^w \
Bath room, choo, pL yyoo. See
.' Privy,
Ftihlie baths, hamainL
BaUle, mapigano.
Battlements, menomeno.
Bay, ghubba.
Beach, pwani, mpwa (M.)»
Beads, uahanga, pi, shanga.
Kondayi, pi. makondavi, a large
kind worn by women.
Xrosary), tasbiih.
Beak, mdomo wa ndege.
dparrofibeahfrnbemgi^
Beam, mH, pZ. miti, Boriiiy mhimili,
pi. mihimilL
Beans, kuunde.
Ghooko, a very small green kind:
B'iwe, gtow on a climbing plant
with a white flower.
Baazi, grow on a bueh something
like a loiJbumumi
Beard, ndevn, maderti.
One hair of the beard, udevu.
The imperial, the tuft of hair on
the lower lip, kinwa mchuzi,
kionda mtuzi (M.).
Becuit, nyamtk.
Beauty, uzuri.
A beauty, kiznri, pi, viznri, haiba.
Bed (for planting sioe^ potatoes),
tuta, pi, matnta.
Bedding, matandiko.
Bedstead, kitanda, pi, vitanda.
The legs, tendegu, pi, matendega
The side pieces, mfumbaii, pL
mifumbati.
The end pieces, IdtaLkmo, pL vita-
kizo.
The head, mchago*
The space underneath, mvnnga
kitanda.
nyuki.
Beehive (a hoUow piece of wood),
mzinga, ^Z. mizinga.
Beggar, mwombaji, pi, ^vaombajL
Begging, maomyi.
Beginning, mwanzo, pi. mianzo.
Start in speaking or doing, fell,
pi mafeli.
Behaviour, mwenendo.
Oood behaviour, kutenda vema.
HI behaviour, kutenda vibaya,
BeK, kengele.
Njuga, a smaU bed worn as an
ornament, a dog belL
i<^ ^See,
^8
BWAHILI BANDnoOS.
BeUowing, Idvumi, vmnL
Jiellows, mifuo, miYokuto.
Jkllyt matambo.
Bend, piado.
The arm Uiffened in a hetUform,
kigosho cha mkono.
Bemhatooka hayy Mjanga.
Betel leaf, tambuo. It U chewed
with areea nui, lime, and to-
hacco folded up in it, and givee
its name to the wlioU,
Beverage, kinywaji, pt viny wajL .
Bhang, bangi.
Bieepe muscle, tafu ya mkono.
Bier, jeneza, jenaiza.
Bifurcation, panda.
Bile, nyongo.
BUiousnees, safuia (Ax,), marungu*
(M.).
BiU, See Beak
(account), hesabti, banuk
Bin of tale, ankra.
{chopper), inandu, pL mianda;
upamba, pi, pamba*
Bird, ndege, nyuni (M.).
Young of birds, kiuda, pi, ma-
kinda*
Birds of the air, ndege za angn.
Bird of ill omen, korofi, mkorofl.
Native birds,
Pngi, a very smaU kind of dove,
Korongo, crane,
Mbango, a bird with a hooked
beak,
Kinga, a green dove,
Zawaridi, a Java sparrow,
Mbayuwayu, a <7iKi22ot0.
Sfundl, an owl,
Luanga— pungu — tendawala (?).
Birth, uzazi, uvyazi, kizazi, kivyozL
Biscuit, biskwitL
A very thin kind, kakL
Bishop, aakafn (Af.).
A chess bishop, khand.
Bit (a horse*s), lijamu.
Bitterness, uchnngu, nkalL
Blabber of secrets, payo, pi mapayO.
Blacksmith, mfua chuma, pL wafua
' chuma, mhunzi (Mer.), plL
i¥ahunzi.
Blackwood, sesemi.
Bladder, kibofa, pi vibofo.
Blade, keDgea.
Blade of grass, uchipuka, pi, ebi*
piika.
Blame, matnvtimtu
Blanket, bushutL
Blemish, ila, kipunguo.
Blessing, beiaka, mbaraka, pit, fnl-
baraka.
Blindness, Upofu (loss of tight)*
chongo (loss of one eye).
Blinders (used for camels when
grinding in mitts), jamanda (of
basket work), kidoto (of doth).
Blister, lengelenge, pi moleiige-
lenge.
A vesicular eruption of the skin.
Block, See Pulley. [awatL
A block to dry skuU caps upon^
faroma.
jB2oo(2, damn.
Blood-vessel, msbipa; pi ndshlpo.
Blotcli, waa, pZ. mawaa.
Blowing and bellowing noise (oftel^
made with a drum), Yumi
Blue vitriol, mrututu.
Board, nbatt, pi mbao*
Piece of board, kibao, pi. vibait.
Boat, mashua.
Body, mwili, pi miili.
The human trunk, kiwiliwilL
A dead body, mayiti.
The body of soldiers, d:e,, jamii
SUBSTANTIVES.
29
Boilj jipo, pi, majiptL
J^anibf kombora.
Bombay, Mombee.
JBoMt mfapa, pL mifupa, ftipa, pL
mafupa (very large).
Booh, chao, pL \jxio, kitabu, pi,
yitabii.
A tacred hook, msaliafa, pi misa-
liaftu
An account hook, dafUurL
Booty, mateka, nyara.
Border (poundary), mpaka, pL mi-
paka.
An edging vooven on to a piece of
doth, taraza.
Bother, uthia, huja.
BoUle, obnpa, pi, jnaobupa, tnpa
(M-X pL matiipa.
A long-neeked bottle for sprinkling
tcmts, mrasbi, pi mirasbi.
A little hotth, a phial, kitupa, pi,
vitupa.
Bottom, cbioL
Bough, kitawi, pi vitawi
Boundary, mpaka, pi, mipaka.
BoWf Tipindi, pi, pindi, nto, pi
mata, or cyuta.
Bowl (wooden), faa. See Basin.
Bowsprit, mlingote wa majL
Box, bweta, pi mabweta, ndusi,
kisandakuy pi Tisanduku.
8mdU, kibweta, pi, vibweta.
Large, kasba, pi makasha, ean-
diiko.
8maU metal box, kijaluba, pi
• Tijaluba.
SmaU, long-shaped metal box, often
wed to ke^ betel in, kijamanda,
pi yijamanda.
SmaU paper bo^ kibnmba, pi
vibumba.
Boy, kijana, pi vijann.
Bracelet, kekee (flat).
Kikuku, pi vikuku (round).
Kingaja, pi vingaja (of beads).
Baiiagiri(omamenfo<2 with points),
Timbi.
Braid, kigwe, pi vigwe.
Brains, bongo, mabongoi.
Bran, ohachn, makapi
Musks of rice, kumyL
Branch, ia,^i„pl matawi, atanzu,
pi, tanzQ,
Brand (apiece of toood partly bumt\
Mnga, pi vinga. .
Brass, ihaba, nuh^ (Ar.).
Brass wire, mazoka (?>
Bravery, ushujaa, lU/tabiti
Brawler, mgoxnvi, pi wagomvi
'Bread (loaf or oake), mkate.
Breadth, upana.
Break. See Orcuik, Notch.
Breakfast, chakula cha subui,
Mfungua kanwa, cha'msba
kanwa.
Breaking wind (upward), kiungulia,
pi. yiungulia.
^^ffeumu^arcQ, Jamba, |>2. majamb%
masbuzi
Sreast, kifua, kidari, mtima.^
Breasts, maziwa, sing. ziwa.
Breath, pumzi, nafusi, roho.
Bribe, rushwa.
Bride, bibi barusi.
Bridegroom, bwana harusL
Bridle, hatamu (halter, reins, (£0.)^
lijama (bit).
Brink, iikingo, mzingo.
Brook, kijito, pi yijito.
Broom, ufagio, pi fagio.
Brother, ndugu, ndugu mume^
kaka (Eihadimu).
Foster brother, ndngu kunyonyiw
Brother-in-lawt sbemogi.
30
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
fftuband^B brother^ mwamua.
Wife's hrriher, wifi.
Brow, kikomo cha uso, kipajL
Bn$Ue, Tilio la damu, alama ya
pigo.
Brush (see Broom), bnrushL
BrushiooodjkokOf makoko.
Bubble, povn, pL mapovo.
Bucket, ndoo.
BucMer, ngao.
Buffalo, nyalL
Bug, kunguni.
Building, jengo, pi, majengo.
Building materials, majengo.
Firm and good building, mtomo.
Bull, fahali,|>L mafaliali, ng'ombe
mume or ndume.
Bullet, poopoo, risasi ya bandukL
Bulloch, maksai
Bunch, tawi, pi. matawi, kitawi, pi,
vitawi, kichala, pL vichala.
TJie bunch is said to be of the
tree and not of the fruit,
Tawi la mtende, a bunch of dales,
Kiohala oha mzabibu, a bunch of
grapes. See Bananas.
Bundle, peto, pi. mapeto, mzigo, pi.
mizigo.
In a cloth, bindo, furushi, ki«
furushi
Of straw, mwenge, pH. mieDge.
Of sticks, titi, pi. matUL
Buoy, chilezo, pi. vilezo, mlezo, pL
niilezo.
Burden, mzigo, pi. mizigo.
Burial-place, mazishi, maziko.
Burier (i.e. a special friend), mzisbi,
pL wazi&hL
Btish, kijiti, pi. vijiti.
Bushes, koko, pi. makoko.
Business, shughuli, kazi.
Urgent busiT%ess, amara.
A eomplioaJted lusinMs^ vim
vingi.
His business, amri yake.
I have no business, Ac, sina amri|^
&o.
Butter, siagL
Clarified butter (ghee), samli.
BuJtlermilk, mtindi.
Butterfly, kipepeo, pL vipepeo.
Buttocks, tako, pi, mataka
Button, kifungo, j)Z, yifango.
Button hop, kitanzi, pL vitanzL _
Button by which the ujooden clogs
are held on, msuruake,pL xni«
suruake.
Buyer, mnunuzi, pi. wauimuzL
0.
Cabin (9ide\ kipeniL
Cable, amara.
Caffre corn, mtama.
Cage, kizimbi, pi. yizimbi, tanda,
pi, matundu.
Cake, mkate, pL mikate.
Cake of mtama meal, mkate wa
mofu.
Cake of tobacco, mkate wa tu*
mbako.
Bumnnda, pi. mabumunda, a soji
of dumpling or soft cake,
Eitumbua, |>2. vitumbua, a eaiki
made lilce a fritter.
Ladu, a round ball made of
semsem seed, spice, and sugar.
Kinyunya, pi, vinyunya, a Utile
cake made to try the quality of
the flour,
(hlabath, bnyn, pi, mabnyn.
Inner part of the calabash fruity
ubuytu
Calabash used to ^ draw wattr^
kibuyu, yibuyiu
SUBSTANTIVES.
81
Calah<uh tree or hadbah, mbuyu,
pL mibuyu.
A pumpJiin shell used to hold
liquidsy dundu, pi. madundu.
Calamity f masaibu, msiba, j>2. misiba.
CaJico, See Cloth.
Finey bafta.
Cciff, ndama, ndama wa ng'ombe.
Call (callingX mwito, pi, miito.
(a cry)y nkelele, ukemi
Kikorombwe, a eigndl cry.
Calm, shwali.
Calumba root, kaomwa.
Camel, ngamia.
Camehpard, twiga.
Camphor, karafumayiti, kafuri.
Candle, tawafa, meshmaa.
Candlestick, kinara, ph yinara.
Cannabis Indica, bangi.
Cannon, mzinga, pi, miziuga.
Canoe, galawa {with outriggers),
mtumbwi, pi, mitumbwi (with'
ovJt outriggers), hori, pL mabori
{vsith raised head and stem).
Canter, mghad (of ahorse},
, Thoith {of an ass).
Cap, kofia.
A cap hlodk, faroma.
A gun^sap, fataki.
Capacity, kadri.
Cape^ {headland), rasi.
Captain, nakhotba, naoza, kapitani.
Caravan, msafara, pi, misafara.
Caravan porter, mpagazi, pi, wa-
pagazi
Carcase, mzoga, pi. mizoga.
Cards (playing), karata.
Cardamoms, iliki.
Care, tunza, pi, matunza,
^eauiiony, hathari
Cargo, sbehena.
Carpenter, sermala, pi, masenuala.
Carpet, znlia.
Carriage, gari, pi. magaiL
A gun carriage, gurudumo Ift.
mzinga.
Cartridge, kiass oha boadnki.
Carving, nakeh, nakisht ^
Case or paper box, kibumba, pL
vibumba.
Cashew nut, korosho, pJ. makorosho
Immature nut, dunge.
Cashew apple, bibo, pi, mabibo^
kaoju (M.), pi. makanju.
Cashew nut tree, mbibo, pZ. mibibo
mkanju (H.)> pi* mikanju.
CksTc, pipa, pi. mapipa.
Casket, kijamanda, pi. vijamanda.
CkLssava, mubogo.
Apiece of the dried root, 'kopa,pl»
Castte, gereza, ngome.
A chess ccutle, fil (Ar. d^hant).
Castor oil, mafuta ya mbarika,
mafuta ya nyonyo (?), mafuta
ya mbono (?).
Castor oil plant, mbarika, pi, mi-
barika, mbono (?), pi, mibono.
Cat, paka.
Catamite, haniti, hawa, hawara,
shoga (A.).
CatUe, ng'ombe, nyama.
(kiltie fold, zizi,pl, mazizi.
Caudle made on the occasion of a
birth, of rice, sugar, and spicCf
and given to visitors, fuka.
Caulking, khalfati.
Cause, sababu, kisa, asili, maana.
Cautery and the marks of it, pisho^
Caution, bathari. [pZ. mapiflbo..'
(kive, paango, pi mapaango.
Censer, a small vessel to bum incense^
in, ohetezo, pi vyetezo, mkebe^.
pi, mikebe.
32
SWAHILI EANDBOOK.
Centipede, taandu.
Certainty, yakini, kite.
Chaff, kapi, pi, makapL
(of rice), kumvi.
(^an and crushed grains), wishwa.
ChaiUf mkufa, pL mikufa, mnyo-
xoro, pi, minyororo, silesile,
Door chain, riza.
Chair, kid, pi viti
Chalk, chakL
Chameleon, kinyonga, pH, vinyonga,
Chance, nasibu. Qumbwi (?).
Chandelier, thurea.
Change or changing, geuzi, pi,
mageuzi.
Clmpter, sura, baK
Character, sifa.
Characters, berufu.
Charcoal, makaa ya tnitL
Charm (talismaiC), talasimu, pi. ma-
talasimu.
Chatter, upuzL
Chatterer, mpuzi, pi, wapuzL
CheaJt, ayari, ihjanja, pi, wajanja.
A great cheat, patiala.
Cheek (the part over the cheek-bone)^
kitefnte, pi, vitefute.
(The part over the teeth), cbafu,
pi, macbafu, tavu (A.), pi*
Cheese, jibini. [matavu.
Chess^ sataranji.
Chest {of men), kif ua, pi, Yifaa.
(of animals or men), kidari.
(a large box), kasba, pi, makasba,
Eandukn.
Chicken^ faranga, pU mafaranga,
kifaranga, pi yifaraoga.
(JJiief, mfalme, pi wafalme, jumbe*
pL majumbe, manyL
Chieftainship, ujumbe.
Child, mtotcv |>Z. watoto, kitoto, pl^
Titoto, mwana, pH waacn.
A child which cuts its upper tedh
first, and is therefore considered
unlucky, kigego, pi vigego.
Childhood, utoto.
Chimney, dohaan.
Chin, kideyu, pL videyu, kioTU
(A.), pH' vieyu.
Omament*hanging from the veil
below the cJiin, jebu, pi ma-
jebu.
Chisel, patad, cbembem
Juba, a mortice chisel
Uma, a smaU chisel
Choice, hiari, biyari, ikhtiari, nv
tbarL
Tour choice, upendavyo (as you
like),
(cholera, tanni, \rabba, kipindu*
pinda.
Church, kanisa^ pi makauisa.
Cinders, makaa.
Cinnabar, zangefiirL
Cinnamon, mdalasini*
Cipher (figure of nought), sifuni,
zifurL
Circle of a man^e affairs, Ac, uli-
mwenga wake.
Circumcision, tobara, kumbi
(Mer.)(?).
Circumference, kivimba, mzingo.
Circumstances, mambo.
A dreumstanoe, jambo.
Cisterji, birika.
Citron, balungi, pi mabaiimgl
Civet, zabadi.
Civet oatj fuDgo, ngawa (a largm
animal than the fungo).
Civilization, ungwana.
Civilized peopHe, wangwana.
Clamp for burning lime, tanuu,
Clap of thunder, radi*
Claretf dirai*
SUBSTANTIVES.
as
CUub/ot ttudyy darasa.
davoy nkuoha, pL kucha.
{of a crah)f gando, pi, magando.
Clay (?), udongo.
Clearness, weupe.
CSerik; karani
Clergyman, padre or padiri, pl» ma-
padiri, khatibn.
Cleverness, hekima.
Climate, tabia.
Clook,asa,
Whai o'doekisU^ Saa ngapi?
Aeeording to the native rea^con'
ing, noon and midnight are at
the sixth hour, saa a fiita; six
o^doeh is saa a (Aenafihara.
Clod, pnmba, pi, mapombA.
Cloth (toooUen), joho.
{Cotton), ngno.
{American sheeting), amerikano.
{Blue calieo), kaniki
Cloth of gM, zarL
A loin doth of chout two yards,
8hiika,doti.
A loin cloth with a ooioured border,
kikoi, ph vikoi
A turban cloth, kitambi, plL vi-
tambL
A iJDoman*s doth, kisuto, pi. vi-
fiUtO.
A doth twisted into a kind of rope
used as a girdle, and to malce
the turbans worn by the Hindis,
tikmnbaii, plL kumbuQ.
Clothes, ngno, migao, mayazi, mav^o.
Cloud, wingu, pi. mawingu.
Sain cloud, ghubari, pi. maghu-
bari.
Broken scattered douds, mavn-
ndeynnde.
Cloves, garofiiu, karofuu.
Fruit-stalks, kikonyo,|>l. vikoziyo.
Club,nnffh
CoaZs, makaa.
Coast, pwani.
Coat, joho (a long open coat ef
broaddoth worn by the Arabs).
Coib of Indian com, gUBzi, piL ma-
g^unzi.
Cock, jogoo^t majogoo, jogoi, jimbL
A young ooeherd, not yet Me to
crow, pora.
A oodt's comb, npangs.
A cocVs waiUes, ndeftu
Coddes, kombe za pwani (?>
Cockroadi, mende, makfdalao (Ma-
lagazy).
Coooaynut, nazL
Cocoa-nut tree, nmazi, pL minazi
Heart of the growing shoot, used as
salad, &c., kichilema, shaha.
Cloth-like envdope of young leaves^
kilifn.
Leaf, kuti, pi. makuti
Midrib of leaf, uchukutif ph
chukuti.
Leasts, ukuti, pi. kuti.
Leaf plaited for making fences,
makuti yiv.kiiinba.
Half leaf plaited togeUier, makuti
yapaude.
Leaflets made up for thatching,
makuti ya viungo.
Part of a leaf plaited into a
basket, pakacha, pL mapakacha.
Woody flower sheath, karara.
Bunch of nuts, tawi la mnazi.
Flower and first forming of nutSf
upuDga, pi. punga.
SrnaU nuts, kidaka, pi. vidaka.
Half -grown nut, kitale, pi. yitale.
FuU-grown nut before the nutty
part is formed, dafu, pi.
madafu. In this stage the thdl
84
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
4$ perfectly full of the milk or
juice (maji), ai^ the nui8 are
often gaihered for drinking.
Half -ripe nuty when the nutty part
is formed and the milk begins to
wathle in (he tfteU, koroma, pi.
makoroma.
Bipe nuf, nazL
A nut which heu grown fuU of a
white spongy substance without
any hoUow or milk, joya, pi.
majoya.
A nut which has dried in the iJieU
so as to ratUe in it without
being spoilt, mbata.
The fibrous case of the nut, cocoa'
nut fibre, makmnbi.
(Jocoa'-nutfibre thoroughly eHeaned,
Qsmnba.
A stick stuck in the ground to rip
off the fibre, kifuo, pi, vifuo.
The shell, kifun, pi vifuu, H-
fnfu (M.).
Instrument for scraping the fresh
nut for cooking, mbuzi ya ku-
kunianazi
Oily juice squeezed out of the
scraped cocoa-nut, tuL
A smaU bag to squeeze out theixd
in, Wrsmhu, pi, Tifumbu.
The scraped nut after the iai has
been pressed out, ohicha.
Copra,the nut dried and ready to be
pressed in theoil mtU, nazi kanu
Coeoormtt oH, mafuta ya nazi
Coffee, kohawa, (plant) mbunu
Coffee berries, buni.
Coffee pot, mdila, pi. midila.
Coin (a coin), sarafu. See Dollar^
Bupee, &c.
Colander {in batiket work), kuDguto,
pi, makanguto/
CM, baridi.
Baridi and apepo are often used
to mean wind or eM tadiffet*
ently.
Cold in the head, mafua.
I have a cold in the head, Giwal
CoUar-bone, mtaHnga, j)2. mitnlinga.
Colour, rangL
Colours are generally described by
reference to some known euh^
4tanee : rang! ya kabawa, cqfee
colour, brovm ; rangi ya majani,
leaf colour, green; rangi ya
tni^ti, colour of the dry cocoa*
nut leaves, grey.
Comb, kitana, pi. vitana, ehanuu,
pi. mashanuu (a large wooden
comb)*
A coek*s comb, upanga.
Comfort, faraja.
Comforter, mferiji, pi wafarijL
Coming (arrival), kifiko, ph yifiko.
(Mode of coming), majilio.
Coming doum or out from, inshuko,
pL mishuko.
Command, amrL
Commander, jemadari, pi. majema«
dan, mkuu wa asikari.
Second in command, aMda.
Gommissiont agizo, pi. maagizo»
Comoro Islands, Masiwa.
QreaJt Comoro, Kgazidja.
Com^iro'men, Wan'gazidja.-
Johanna, Anzwabi;
Mayotte, MaotwO;
MohiOa, MoaUL
Companion, mwenzi, pi, wenzi.
Company, jamaa.
Compass (marinet's), dira.
Completeness, unma, nkamilifti,
«tiinili|ni
BUBBTANnVES.
8&
(hmjilimenUi salaamtL
CompotiHon (of a word\ rakibyneo.
CompoHtion for a murdett mon&y
paid to iove one*9 lifoy dia*
Ooneealmenil^ nciafleho.
OtmeltMum, mwiabo, hatima.
ConcMne, suiifl, pi maauria,
Bwn of a concMne^ suriyama.
Condition (ttate), hali, jawabu.
(A thing neoeisarily implied)^
kanuni,
Coi^fidencey matmnainL
Confidential servant^ m8iii,|)lwa8irL
O9fMetietio0,thainirirmoyo. .
Conspiracy, mapatanob mwafaka.
Comtipation, kufunga choa
ComtHuUon, tabia.
Contentment, uiathi
Continent, merima.
Continuance, maiaha.
Contract, maagano, aharU.
Conoerioiion, maznrngmnzo, mao-
ngezi, lueini.
Convert, mwongofu, pi, waongofa.
Cook, mpishi, pi wapishi
Cooked grain, eepeeiaUy rice, mJi.
Cooking pot {metal), fiufuria, pi
masnfuria, Idsnfana, pi, visu-
fniia.
(earthen), nyango, ohanga, pi,
Tyangn. mkunga, pi. mikungu*
(apotioeook meat in with fat, to
hraze meat InJ, kaango, pi, ma-
kaango, ul^aaDgo^ kikaango, pi,
inkaango.
A pot Ud, mkunga wa kofonikia.
Three itonee to set a pot on over
the fire, mafiga, sing, flga,
mafya, ting, jifya.
Croae pieces pui im^ to keep ihe
meat from touching the bottom of
.. ike pot and bu^inngt Bjf alio^ ^
Coolie, hamalii pi, mahamalf *
Copal, sandarosL
Copper, shaba, sufaria.
Coral (red), m^ani ya fefiialnka
(marijani alone does not always
mean (he true red eorafy
Firesh coral f&r bmUding, cut from
below high^water mark, matu
mbawL
Cord, ugwe, ukambaa (M.)» pL
kambaa, kigwe, pi Tigwo.^
Cork, kizibo, pi. yizibo.
Com, nafaka (formerly used am
money),
Mnhindi, Indian cam, '
Mtama, miUei (fks mod esmmon
grain), • ^
Mweie, very smtM grains growing'
in an upright head something^
like the flower of the Mrvaft,
Wimbi.
Kimanga.
Comer, pembe.
Corner of a tlotk, tamTtia, uto*
mviia. '
Corpse, mzoga, pi mi20ga, maykt
Corpulence, unene.
Corruption, TOorailaozBu
Cosmetics,
Dalia, a yellow composition,
Yasi, a yeUow powder from India.
Liwa, a fragrant wood from
Madagascar. •
Kipaji.
(Jotton, pamba.
Couch, kitanda, pi, TttgocUL
Ct>tt^^, kikohozi.
Council, baiaza, 4iwaili.
Councillor, diwaoi« pL madiwanL
Counsel, ahauri.
Countenance, uao, pi i^yuao..
Country, inobi, uti(M.> The i
9i
m
8WAEILI BANDBOOK.
of eourUries aih made from the
name of the people by meant of
the prefix XT-.
Uiiyika^ (he country of Vie Wa-
nyika.
Ugala, the eduntry df the Wagala.
UzUngUi the country of the Wa-
zangu, Europe.
In the country, mashamba.
' A country dialed^ lugha ya ki-
mashamba.
Courage, ushujaa, ufAabit, moyol
Goufie iof a sfttp), mdjira.
Courtesy, jamala, adabu.
Courtyard {enclosure), tia, pL nyna,
tianda or uat^'a.'
Court within a house, beh6wa,kati.
Goiuin, mjuknu, pt. wajukuiu
Covenant, maagano, shartL
Cover (a lid), kifuuiko.
A dish cover made of straw and
often profusely ornamentedf
kawa.
Ahoohcaver,jeihdBif.
Covetousness, tamaa, bakhilH
CoWf Dg'ombe mke, pi. ng'ombe
wake.
Coioard, mwoga, pH. waogat
Cowardice, uoga.
Cowry, kauri, kete.
Crofc, fcia.
CracJi, Ufa, pi. nyufap
Cramp, kibarusi.
A cramp, gango, ph magatigo.
Crayfish, kamba.
Cream, siagi.
Creed, imani.
Creek, bori.
Creet, sbungi (used oho for a way
of dressing the hair in iufo large
m/asses).
QreWf bahario.-
Crime, takeiri.
Crocodile, mamba, mbulu (?).
Crooh, kota.
Crookedness, kombo.
A crooked thing,'kSkombo.
Cross, mflalaba, pi. misalaba.
Cross roads, njia panda.
Crossing place, kivuko, pi vivuko.
Crow, kunguru.
Crowbar, mtaimbo, pi. mitaimbo.
Crowd, kundi, pi, makundi, ma-
kutano, matangamano, umaati.
Crovm, taji.
Crown of the Ikead, upaa, ntosi
Crumbs, vidogo, sing, kidogo.
Crutch for oars, kilete, pi. vilete.
Cry, kilio, pi. vilio, ukelele, pL
kelele, ukemL
(for help), yowe.
(of joy), hoiboi, kigelegele.
Cucumber, tango, pL matango.
Cubit (from tliC tip of the middU
finger to the point of the elbow\
tbiraa, mkono, pi. mikono.
(from the point of the elbow to th&
knuckles when the fist is dosed\'
tbiraa konde*
Cultivation, kilimo*
CuUivaior, mkulima, pi. wakulima.
Cunning, oberevu, werevu.
Cup, kikombe, pi. vikombe.
Cupboard, sandukn.
Cupper, mumishi, pt waumishL
Cupping horn, cbuku<
Curiosity (rarity), kioja, pi. vioja,
bedaya, tunu.
Curlew, sululu, kipila.
Current, nikondo wa majL
Curry, mcbuzi« mtuzi (M.).
A sm/oU seed used in making U,
bizari«
I An (icid thing put into U, klungo,
StfJiBTANTirM
B7
.0i»rM, laana, pi malaana.
Curtain^ pazia, pL mapazuL
Cttrve, kizingo.
fkitihion, mto, pi. mito.
A large euthton^ takiSk pL ma-
Custard apple^ topeiope, mstofole,
konokono, matomoko.
OMtom, destari, mathehebu, ada^
Oiwtom-AcmM, fortha.
Ctuttonu^ duties^ ashur.
Ou^, a ahort cut, njia ya kiikata.
Cutting Qtreaking off)^ kato, pi.
makata
CutUe^flth, pweza.
2lntw 0/ the euttle-JUht mnyiriii,
pi minyirirL
CuttDcUer of a dhow, banamtu
Cffpher, See Cipher,
CymbaU, matoazi, $ing, toazL
Dagger, jambia (the curved dagger
generally t^om).
Dama8eu8, Sham.
Dance, mchezo, pL michezo»
Names of dancee, gangn» msapata,
hanzua, kitanga cha pepo,
soma.
Dandy, malidadi
MtoDgozi, piL watongozi, a man
who dresses himself up to attract
wmen.
Danger, hatari, khofu, Moha
Darkness, kiza, giza (fhese are only
two ways of pronouncing the
same word, but the first is some'
times treated as though the M-
were a prefix and it belonged to
the fourth class, whUe the second
• is taken as belonging to the fifth ;
U is probably, however^ most
correct to refer (hem hdth to the
fourth).
Dark saying, fnmbo, pH mafumbo,
maueno ya fmntMu
Darling, kipendi, pi. vipendL
Dates, tende.
Date-tree, mtende, pL mitende.
Daughter,\AnUimioU} mke, mwana,
kijana.
Daughter-in-law, mkwe, pt wo*
kwe.
Dawn, alfajiri, kQoha.
Day {of ttoenty'four hours, reckoned
from sunset to sunset), sikii.
(time of daylight), mcbana, mtana
(M.).
AU day, mcbana ktttwa.
Day labourer i kibarua, pL ylbarua
(80 cdUed from the ticket giffch
to workpeople^ which they give
up again when paid).
Daylight, mcbana, mtana (SI.).
Dtuizle, kiwL
Deal (i0ood}, snnobari.
Death, kufa (dying), mauti, ufu,
mafcL
D^t, denL
Deceit, bila, madanganya, udanga^
nifa, badaa, awongo.
Deck, sitaha, dari.
Deep water, kilindi, pi vilindl.
Cheat depths, lindo, pi malindo.
Defect, upangufu, ila, kombo, kl*
ptmgno, pH vipangno.
Deficiency, kipimguo, uptragufu.
Defilement, tgusi.
Ddiverance, wokovti.
Demand in marriage^ poao, pi
mapoBO.
Dependant, mfuasi, pL wafuasl.
Depth, kwenda, chini, uketo.
Derision, mzaha, thihaka^
88
SWASm SAKPSOOK.
I^tff^ kttsiidi, |)1 maknradi, nia.
Detoenif mshuko, pL miahako.
DeMti, wangwa, jangwa, pL ma-
jangwa.
DeBdatian, ukiwa.
Destruction, koharibika, kupotea.
VednteUvenesSj uliaribivii, npotevo.
DetadmetU (ofgoldien, 4te.)f kikoei,
ft vikosi.
Debtee, hila, shauii, pL mashauri.
DevUj flhetani, pL mashetaiii
Devotesj intaowa,|>{. wataowa.
Dew, umandd.
Dhow inative craft), obombo, pL
vyombo; v^ioavery lar^ jombo,
j^ majombo.
Kinde ef dhowe:-^
Dwi, jii rnadau, q emaU open
«eM6l 9karp at the $tem,wiiha9quare
matting . sotZ. They belong to the
original inhabitants of Zanzibar,
and are ehii^y employed in bringing
firewood to the town.
Mtepe, pi., mitepe, a large open
vessel sharp at the slemtwith a large
square matting sail; the prow is
made to resemble a eameTs headland
is ornamented with painting and
UtUe streamers. The planks are]
sewn together. There is alujays a
white pennon at ihe masthead. These
vessels belong chiefly to Lamoo^ and
the country near it.
Betela, the common dhow of Zan*
£ibar : U has a square stem, with a
low poop and a head mw^ like those
of European boats,
B^igala, pt mabiigalay large dhows
with very high square stems and taU
poops, and long prqjeeting prows.
The Indian dhows are mostly of this
class i they have very often a wmSL
second mast rising from Uie poop
(mlingote wa kalmi).
Ghangi, they resenMe the Bi-
galas except in not being so high in
the poop or so long in the prow,
Batili, a low vessel with a long
prqjeeting prow, a sharp stem, afid
high rudder-head. They have often
a flying poop and a second masL
They belong to the piraUodl Arabs
from the Fersian Oulf,
Bedeni, a dhow with a sharp stem
and high rudder-head, and a per*
pendieular cutwater ; there is often a
piece of board attaehed to U, making
a kind of head; when this is cAsent
the vessel is an Awesia. Beiene
may easily be distinguished among
other dhows by their masts being
upright ; in aU other dhows the masts
incline forward. They belong to the
coast of Arabia, especially that on the
Indian Ocean.
Dhow sail, dumni
Prow, gubetL
Poop, shetri.
(Quarter gaUeries, makanadiH.
Joists of deck, danuneiL
Chunamfor bottom, debeid.
Place fat stowing things likely i$
be soon wanted, feidt
Dialect, maneao, Ingba.
Dialects and languages are usually
eat^pressed by prefixing Id- to the
name of the place or people.
Eiimgnja {for Maneno ya Kia*
Dgiga), the dialeot of Zanzibar
(Unguja),
KimTita, the dialect of Mombas
(Mnta).
Kiamo, the dMect of Lamo6
(AmnX
eUBBTASTIVEB,
Klazabu, Ara5tft
Eiga]a,<&« QdUa language.
Kimftwhainba, g ooumbrp diaket
Kiahenzi, ihe talk of wme tmettfll-
ixednaUcn.
Kiungwana, a eivHixed language.
KizuDgd, the hnguagee tpoken by
Hftropeane,
JHamondi almasL
JHarrhcea, tumbo la knenenda.
iMef, maakuli.
JHffarenoey tofauti, sivimoja.
Difficulty y 8hidda, ugam!i,maBhaka.
DiwMT {mid-^y)j ohakula dia
mohaiuu
DireeHon (fddding)^ ftrndisho, pL
mafondiaho, agizo^ pi, maagizo.
Dirt,^e3EBL.
P/«0a8^ maiathi, aweU, ngoi^wa.
Disfigurement^ lemaa.
Diegraeej aibn, ari, fetheha.
Disgust^ machukio.
Ditiky sahani, kombe, pL makombe,
mkoDga wa knliay bnngtiy
kitunga, pL yitunga (fhe first
is ihe utwd word for European
dishes^.
An earOien disk to hake eakee on^
waya;
Disorder (confusion^ ft^a Bee
Disease,
Display, wonyesbow
Disposalj amri.
To put at his disposal^ knmwamria.
Dispute, masbindano, tofautL
Disquiet, fiatbaa.
DissipaUon, asberaii, vasberati,
usberatL
Pistortion (by disease), lemaa.
Distress, sbiddaytbidliy-atbia, xnsiba^
District ofaioum, mfa» jpL ndta.
For (he distriets of Zantibar see
PaHII.,p.2aO.
DisUubanee (rM), fitina.
(trouble), kero.
Diteh, bandaki, sbimo, pi maabimo.
Diffine service, ibada ya Munngn.
Division (arithmeticci), mkasama.
Divorce, talaka.
Dock for ships, gadi.
Doctrine, eUrnn, ibn, mafhhab.
Document, kbati.
Dog, mbwa.
Very large, jibwa, pi miy ibwa.
Bize, a toUd hunting dog.
Mbwa wa koko, the housdess do^
ouiside Zanzibar.
D6U, mtoto wa bandia.
Dollar, ledle, rea^
Spanish Pillar doUar, reale ya
mizinga.
Blaek dollars, reale ya Bbani.
American 20-(2oKar piece, reale ya
ibababtu
French silver h-frane piece, reale
yaki&ansa.
For the parts of a doUar see in the
oecHon en Adjectives under
Numcrale-^fraetions, p. 93.
Dome, zege.
Dominion, mamlaka, bnkumtt.
Donkey, punda.
Donkey from the mainland, kk)-
ngwe, |)Z. viongwe.
Door, mlango,pI. milango (^ordgarly^
mwango, pi. miango).
Leaf of door, uban, pL mbatL
CenJtre piece, mf aa.
Door-keeper, mgoja miango.
Door chain, riza.
Doorframe, top and bottom pieeet,
kizingiti,|»{. vizingitL
4©
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Side pieces^ mwimo, miimo.
Outer beadingj tipapL
Dotage^ mapiswa.
Doubt, shaka, pL mashaka, tasbwi-
flhi, waswas.
Dove, boa. See Pigeon dt Birds.
Dotery, paid by the hwhartd to the
unfe*B friends, maharL
Dragon-fly, kerin^ende.
Dragon^s blood, maziwa (or maolioX
ya watn wawili.
Dream, ndoto.
Dregs, chembe.
Dress, nguo, mavazi, mayao, nTao.
Slaves and very poor men wear
generally an ngao only, that is, a
loin doth of white or blue calico.
Women wear a klemto, or hng cloih
of blue, or printed, or cdlowred eaJtieo
wrapped tightly round the body
immediately under the arms, and on
the head an ukaya, a piece of Uue
calieo with two long ends; it has a
string passing under the chin, to which
H silver orriamettt, jebn, is attached.
Well-dressed men wear a hm cloth
90ith a coloured border, kikoi, a hng
9hiri4ike garment in white calico,
kanzn, a shawl, amaza, twisted
round the waist, a waistcoat, kisibao,
and a hng loose coat, ^oho. OntTieir
heads Viey wear a red or white skuU'
eap^ kofia, and twisted round it a
turban, kilemba. Their feet are
slipped into sandals, viatiL
Women wear trousers, sonxali, a
kanza of coloured materials and a
kofia (pap) adorned with gdd and
spangles, or more commordy a silk
handkerchief, dasamali, folded and
fastened on the head so a* to hide the
hair. They also wear sometimes a
kiflibao (embroidered waisteoai). And
nearly always a mask, barakoa.
When they go out they throw over aU
a large square of Uaek sUk, lebwani.
On their feet they carry wooden dogs
held by a button (msnniake) grasped
between the toes.
Dressing of calieo, donda
Drill, keke. The iron is called
kekee ; the wood it is fixed in,
mtnkano ; the handle in which it
turns, jiTQ ; and the bow, nta.
Drink, kinwa (or kiny wa), pL Tinwa,
kinwaji, pL yinwaji.
Drinker, mny wa, pL wanywa
Dripping (fat cooked out of meat),
nto wa nyama.
Drop, tone, ^. matone, kitone, pL
Yitone.
Droppings (dung), mavL
Dropsy, istiska.
Drowsiness, leppe, leppe ia nzinglzL
Drum, ngoma.
CbapQO, a small drum.
Knmbwaya, a drum upon feet.
Msondo, a very tall drum, beaten
on special occ<uions.
The skin of a drum, or anyOiing
stretched like U very tighUy, ki-
wambo, pL riwambo.
Drunkard, mleyi, pi. walevi
Duck, bata, pi mabata.
Duryan, finessi la kizungn.
Dust, Tombi, pi. (mueh dust) ma-
TninbL
Dust and sand on a road, tifiitifiL
Duties. See Customs.
Duties of one's position, kiwango^
pL viwango.
Dwarf, kibeti, pi. vibetL
Dwelling, makao, makazi, makani.
Dye, ran£^ [masikani
BUSsTAjfririss.
41
Mkasiil, a tree uSiim hark 4$ wed
io dye fMng-ntlU and Unee
Uack.
UDgamo, a ydl^ dye need to dye
matting.
Dytenieryy tambo la kuhaiia damtu
Eagemen (fxceetive haite\ pupa.
Eagle (?) koho, firkomba, tai, pu-
ngQ, kipanga (oQ (heee ioords
»eem to denote §ome large bird of
prey).
Ear, Bikio» pL maslkia
Bole pierced in the lower lobe of
fJbe ear, ndewe.
Ear omaTnente, a large round
ornament in the lower lobe,
jil8Bi,|»Z. majassi.
Ornaments in the upper part of
the ear 9 if dangling, kipali,|>2.
Tipuli ; if shaped like a stud,
kipini, pIL Tipini.
Ear-ring, pete ya masikio.
Ear of com, soke, jp2. nuurake.
See Bunch, Cob.
Earnest money, arabuni, stakabathi.
Earth, inohi, ndongo.
The earth, inohi, ulimwengu,
£u0,zaha. [donia.
After pain, fiftiaja.
East vsind, matlaa,
Etivee, mohilizi, pIL michilJzi.
Eaioesdropper, dukizi (or daad), pL
madukizL
Ebony, mpingo.
Edho, i]|iwangwL
Edge {of a predpiee), nkingo.
(0/ a piece of cloth), pindo, piL
mapindo.
Edging woven into a piece of doth,
taraza.
Ettort,ixihv^hidil.
EffMon {of blood), vilio (!« damn),
pL mayilio.
Egg, yayi, pi mayayi.
White of egg, tite wa yayi
Tdtk of an egg, kiini cha yayL
EggsheU, ganda la yayi
Empty eggsheU, kaka.
Egypt, Misri, Masri, Mtoara.
Elbow, kisigino, pi. yisigino, kiTi
pi Tivi
Elder, mzee, pi. wazee, iheki, pL
mafibeki.
Elegance, jamala.
Elephant, tembo, ndovn.
Elephantiasis (leprosy), jethamn.
{Barbadoes leg), teende.
Embarrassmient, matata, ntbia, ma-
shaka.
Embroidery, almaria.
(stitehing), darizi
lpiping)i kigwe, pi vigW6.
Embroilment, matata.
Emetic ia,p\Bho,pl matapisho, dawa
la katapika.
EmpHoyment, kazi, ntumwa.
Emulation, bidii
Encampment (of a caravan), kittio»
pi vituo.
Enclosure, uanja, ua, pi nyna.
Enclosure made by a fence of
coooornut leaves, tia wa nta*
kuti
Enclosure made by a fence of
mtama stalks^ ua wa mabna.
Enclosure with a stone fence,
}diaXu,pi. vitalu.
End, mwiflho, pi miisho (finishing),
hatima, kikom(H pi vikomo
(leaving off),
of a journey, \aSko, pi. viflkA
of a piece of doth, mialamii.
42
BWABtLl BANDBOOK.
End or e&mers of a Mban dothj ^«.,
tamvna^ kiahungi, pL vudiniigi.
Snemy, adui, pL adai or maadui.
Engagement, shagholi, ntamwa.
Enigma, kitendawili, pL yitenda-
wili
Enmity f wadm, adawa, khnatmUL
Entrails, matombo.
Entrance, kuingia^ pakningilia,
mlango.
Entfy, hasidi, kijicho, kijito (If.).
EpiUpey, kifafa.
Equal {in age), hirimu, marika.
Equiwdent,\Md£kiA»
Error, koaa, makosa.
Eructation, kiangulia, j>Z. Tiungnlia.
Escape, wokovu, kuokoka.
(other course), biiddL
Esteem, mapendo, maafikano.
Estimate, maafikana.
Eternity, milel&
Eunuch, tawaahi, maksai
Euphorbia, mtiipa, pi mitupa.
Europe, Ulaya, Wilaya, UzungQ.
European (or any one wearing a
European dress), Mzunga, pH.
WazuDgo.
Eve, Hawa.
Evening, jionL
Event {stariUng), shaaE
EvU, iiovu.
Exaltation, ntakufu, athama.
Example, mfano, pi. mifaiio»
Exerement, man.
Expense, gharama.
EsUinguisher, mzima (a person), pi,
wazima, kizima (a thing), piL
Tizima.
Eye, iiobo, pL maoho, jito(M.),i>2.
mato.
Lose of an eye, chongo.
Eyebrow, nyushi, nshi (A.).
Eyetask or Eyelid, kopti
A stye in the eye, ohoohea.
FahU, ngano.
Faee, uao^ pt nyvao*
Fmees,m&YL
Faggot, tita, pi, mailta.
FaUhfimBm. .
JPoJZ, maangako.
Falsehqpd, uwongo.
FamiUarity, mazoeEO*
Family, jamaa^ ndngcu
Famine, njaa> ndaa (liL).
JPoflt, upepeo pi pepeo, pepeo, pL
mapepeo, kipepeo, pi vipepeo.
Fare, nanli.
Fast, foDga.
Fasting month, BamathanL
Fatf shahamn, mafttfa.
A piece of fat, kipaade kilicho-
noiuu
Fat cocked out of meat, nto wa
nyama.
Fate, ajaU.
Faiher,h&\M.
In speaking of omfs own father U
is polite to caU him bwana.
Stepfather, baba wa kambo.
Faiher^n-law, mkwe. pi ynkw^
Faihom, pima, pH, mapimak
Fatigue, utnfu, nlegoTiL
FatUng, kinono, pi Tinono.
FauU, batiya, koaa, pi makosR*
Favour, npendeleo.
A favour, f afhilL
Favourite, kipendi, pL vipendia
mpenzi, pi wapenzi.
Fear, kbofii, iioga» kitishOy pL
yitisho, IdobOy pi, yichtK
Fea8t,\aMmJL
Feast day, siku kmi*
SUBSTANTirsa,
48
FeMeff nnyoa, pL nyoa, nyoa (lar
nyoyaXpL manyoya.
A wing feaiher^ nhawt^ pL mhtkym.
Feeder^ ndiahi, pL waliahL
FeUouhienaatj mjoli, pL wajolL
J^tmce, na, pL nyoa.
SUmefenee^ kitala, |)L vitalo.
Fenn^rrMl;) watn.
i^eny » kivuko, pL nvnkOi
JTetterf, pingu.
FeMf, homa.
StedUng of (he glandi of the groin
foUovoed hg /evert mtoki.
Dengue fever, kidinga popo.
IVeUy koonde, pi makoonde, mgn-
nda (Yao).
FiM labourer t mknlima, pL waku-
lima.
Fttfroenett, nkalL
Fig4reey mtini, |)2.4aitini
Fight, mapiganow
Figu/re of speech, mfano wa maneno.
Fdagree work, temsi.
File, tapa.
FiUet, ntepe, |>L tepe.
FtZ^ nohaTQ, janaba^
.F^ peai, jpZ. mi4[>e8i.
Fine for a murder, dia.
Fineness, jamt '
Finger, kidole, pL yidole, kidole cha
mkoQO, ohanda (M,),pl. Tyanda.
Fire, moto, pt mioto.
Pieces of wood to get fire bg iioisl'
ing, npekeeho.
Firewood, koni, one pieee, ukuni.
A half 'burnt pieee of firewood,
kinga, |)2. vinga.
The ttet of pushing the wood further
into the fire, or an instrument for
do^iig «^kiohocheo,kitoteo (M.).
Fireplaee, jiko^ pL meko, meko,
jil. mieko, hmce hUtihen, jikonl,
mekoni.
Three stones to set a pot over (he
fire upon, jlfya, pi mafya, flga,
pi mafiga. Jifya is the word
most used in the town, figa that
used in the country,
Fir^y, kimnrimuri, pZ. Timnrimurl,
kunetimeti, pL vimeiiiaeti.
Firmam/ent, anga (?).
Firmness, usimemei uttabiti, (fn
huHding) mtomo.
JVaA, samaki.
Dagaa, very smaUy smdUfry*
Kjombo, barred with black and
yellow.
Taa, a very large fiat fish.
Pono, a fish scud to be nearly
always asleep.
Other hinds, Ghafl, Ghangn,
Ohewa, KtiDga,Mchambiilcini,
Mkizo, Mwewe, Mzia, Ngum,
Ngayn, Ponzi, Pungn. The
varieties of fish are exceedingly
numerous.
Ohiniui, a kind of fish or evC
spirit never seen, but which is
supposed to seize men and hold
them under water until they are
drowned,
Fish-irap, dema, lema, ema.
Fislh poison from a species of
Euphorbia, ntapa.
Fisherman, mvuTi, pL wavntL
Fist, konde, pi. makonde.
Fits, kifafa.
Flag, bandera.
Flat (of a sword, Ac.), bapa.
Flatterer, msifd, pi. moAhi, nunfa-
mno.
Self'flatterer, mwajisifimL
Flattery, kasifo.
44
BWJLHILl SANMOOS.
Flawurt Intktha, tiunn.
Flax, katani, kitani
Fleet, kiioboto, pL viroboto,
Flesh, nyama.
Fle$htnes8, mnofti.
Flint ^n, bundaki ya gamegame,
J'Zood, gharika.
Floor, chini.
Ckunammed floor, sakafiL
Upper floor or roof, don.
Flower, ua, pL maua.
Flue, vambi, pi (much) mavumbL
A flue, dohaan.
Mute, filimbi, pi mafilimbL
Fly 9 inziy pi mainzL
Foam, povu.
Fog, umande, kongn, shemalL
FM (ofeloth), upindo.
CatiU'fold, zizi, pi mazizi.
Foliage, majani.
FoUower, mfuasi, pi wafaad, cbo-
kora, pi maohokora (a hanger^
on).
Folly, npumbaftt.
Fondness, mahaba.
Food, cbaknla, makuli (Ar.)» kaade
(Mer.).
Food saved from an evening meal
to he eaten in the morning, wall
\m inwikuQ, bariyo (A.).
BokobokO) a dish made of toheai
and meat,
Bumbwi, rice flour pounded up
^fUh eoeoarnut,
Pilao, an Indian ptUaw.
BirinzL
Fool, mpumbafa, pL wapumbafii.
Foot, zngan, pL miguu, gun, pi
magan, mjigaii, pi mijiguu
(Uirge), kijiguu, pi vijigun
(smaU).
Footprint, uayo, pi nyaya
Footing—4o maJee him pay his fooU
ing, kumahika hakalu
Forbidden thing, haramn, marafakii.
Force, nguvu.
Ford, kivuko, pi Tivuko.
Forehead, paji la uao.
Brow, kikomo eha nso.
Foreigner, mgeni, ph wageni, mja
na maji, i^L.waja na maji {from
over seas).
Forelock, panja.
Foreskin, govi mbo.
Forest, mwito, .msitiL
Fork, kioma, pi Tiuma.
Forking of a road, tree, Ac, panda.
Form {outward shape), umbo, pi
maumbo.
Fort, gereza, ngome, busuiiL
Fortune, babati, nasibu.
Fortune'teiller(by means of diagrams),
mpiga T9Soli,pl waplga ramli.
Foster brother or sister, nduga
kunyonya.
Foundation, msingi or mainji, pi
mifiingL
Fowls, k'ukn.
Fox, mbweba.
Fraud, badaa, tnadanganya.
Freedom (from, slavery) bum, (per*
mission) ruksa, nihuaa.
Freight, nauli.
Friday, Jumaa.
Friend, rafiki,i>Z. rafiki or marafikf»
BcJiibn, pi as'babu, shog*
(amongst women, and in Zami-
bar only. See (jatamite).
Fright, khofa, woga.
(a start), kituko.
Fringe, matamyna.
Frog, chula, pi yyula.
Fruit, tunda, pi, matunda, 8io, pi
8UB8TANTIVE8.
4$
S^gn, pL mal^nngu, abovit ihe
iize of a medlar^ m^ a Gdek
Hazn, a kind of banana,
Zambaraii, lik6 a large damson.
ChokcAriiioko, a red prickly $kin^
. a large kernel^ and white pulp,
Ennaziy iomeihing Uke a doe,
Eitoria, pL vitoria. — ^Eoma, pL
makoma. -* Fuii» pi, mafau.
— ^Mtofaa.
Fruit which drope prematurdyy
pooza, pL mapooza.
Fruii-stalkf (of cloves) kikonyo,
- pi, Tiko&yo, (of hanaiwM) mku-
sgn, pi. mikuDgu.
Frying-pan^ (metaX) tawa, pL
matawa, (earthen) kaango, pL
makaango.
Fugitive^ mkimbizi, pL wakimbizi.
Fume^ azma, fukizo.
Fun^ mohezo, mzaba.
Funeraiy kuzikani.
Furnace (for melting mekX)^ kalibn.
Furniture^ pambo la nymnba,
Tyombo.
O.
OaiUy fayida.
GaiU mwe&do.
Galagoj komba.
GaJbanumt ubanL
CroUy saf lira.
Gotta, Mgala, pi. Wagala.
GamCj (produce of hunting) mawi-
ndo, (amusement) mcbezo, ma-
cbezo.
Bbuo, played on a hoard with thirty-
two holes in U,
Maliyandimu, a game in which
one holds doum his head^ some
: other knocks it, and he guesses
lefto struck him.
Tiabu, played by throwing up
sticks, dtCf and watching their
faU.
Dama, played on a board l{k§
chess,
Taaa, d game of touch,
Tmge,a game consisting in fcUouh
ing ihe movemenis of a leader.
Garden, bugtani, shamba.
Gate, xnlango, pL milango.
Gale of Taradise, kilango dm
jaba.
Gazette, paa.
General, jemadajri, pi. majemadari
GenerctHon, kizazi, pi, yizazL
Generosity, ukarixnu.
Genius, Jini, pi, Majini.
Oeh^fomanyinngwana, pZ.wangwana.
Gentleness, upole.
Georgian woman, Jorjiya.
Gettings, pato, pL mapato.
Ghee, samli.
GlioU, kivTili, pi, vivnli.
Ghoul, zimwi, pi mazimwi.
Giddiness, masna, mbesua, kiza«
nguzungn*
Gift, zawadi (a keepsake), tunn (a
choice ^tn^),basbisbi (largess),
ada ((SusUmary gift), kilemba
(gift on the completion of a work
or to the bride* s father)^ vapo.
Ginger, tangawizi.
Giraffe, twiga.
Girder, mhimili, pi, mibimili
GirdU, msbipi, pi, misbipi, masombo
(of doth), maazama (a shawl),
kibobwe, ph vibobwe (a piece
of cloth tied round (he body
during hard work).
Girl, kijana, pi, yijana.
Slave girl, kijakazi, pi. vgakaat
Girth, iaviBoha,
4ft
BWAEILI HANDBOOK
Oizxardf firigid.
Gladne$$, furaha.
Qlanoey nathiri.
Glare, anga.
Glass, kioo.
Locking-gUuSf kioo, pL Yiatk
DrinhingghMSt bilauri.
GUUety kimeta.
GUyry, sifa, fakhaii, utokuftu
Ghie (or gum)j embwe.
Glutton, mlafi, pi walafi.
Goatf mbuzi.
A strong he^oat, bebera (Ar.).
CMfetween, kijumbe, jtI. vijumbe.
GOD, MUUNGU, li miungii.
Chitre, tezi
Chid, thahabu.
Goldsmith, xnfua tbahabn, piL waf aa
thahabu.
Good luck, ghanuua, jaha.
Goodness, wema.
Goods, mail (possessions), vyombo
(fUensils), bithaa (merehandise),
Gooset bata la Bukini, piL mabata
ya Bokini.
GonorrhcBO, kisunona
Gourd, See Pumpkin,
Oouf»joDgo.
Governor, wall, liwali, pt maliwalL
Government, serkali, daulatl
An qffleial, mtu wa serkalii
Chain, See Com.
Cleaned grain, mchele*
Cooked grain, walL
Grains of com, punje, ohembe.
Grandchild, mjukaUy pi. wajukun.
Great-^andchild, kijukuu, pi.
yijukun, kitukuu, ph yitukuu,
kilembwe, pi. yilembwe.
* Cheat-^eai^andchild,ldDhxgiiA,
pi yiningina.
Grandfather, babtL
Chrandmother, bibL ^^
Great-grandmotker, nusaa bibL
Chammar, B&ruL
Grapes, ssabibu.
Chratitude, shiikratii.
Grass, nyaej* majani, nyika.'
grass cut for fodder, ukoka*
Grasshopper, panzi, pi mapanzL
Grave, kaburi, pi makaburl.
In the grave^ after death, ahera,
kuzimu.
Chreatness, nkubwa, nkun, utukufo.
Greediness, chojo, loho, tamaa.
Grey haurs, mvi
Gridiron, uma wa kuokea nyama,
pi nyuma za^ kuokea nyama.
(7n«/, sikitiko, kaBarani, msiba,
hnzani, hamu, simanzL
(for a loss), majonzi.
Chime (on a pot), masizL
Grit (smaU stones), changaiawi
Groom, mohunga, pH. wacbungft,
mtuuga (M.)> 1>^ uTatunga.
Ground, ohini, inchL
Ground nuts, mjugu nyasa, (a Itard'
round hind) mjugu mawe.
Grudging person, hiana.
Gruel, ujL
CJ'uarcI, mlinzi, |)Z. walinzi
Guava, mpera, pi. mapera.
Guavortree, mpera, pi, mipera. '
Guest, mgeni, pi, wageni.
Cruide, rubani, kiongozi,|)2. viongozi,
mkuu genzi. ^
Guitar, kmanda, pi, vinanda
Guinea fowl, kanga.
(a crested kind), kororo.
Crum (birdlime, Ac.), ulimbo.
Gum (of the teeth), u^zi, pi. fizL
Gum Arabic, haba, snmugh.
Gum Amini or Copal, sandarusL
,(run, bunduki
BUBSTANTTVEa.
47
FUrU ^n^bnndnki ya gi]m6gum&
Oun-harrd, kaslba.
Nipple, Wa, pi, ^9iiA.
Giin-cap, £fttaki.
Ounloek, mtambo, pIL mitamba
(panntm), nndiiga^ pi misdn^
0Mn-earriag4, gurudumo la
mzinga.
Ounpowder, barutL
Chdf tumbo, pi. matumbo.
H.
H. The guUural Arabic h, ha ngoe.
The Bofter Arabic h, he mdawari.
Habits, mazoezo, mathehebiu
Hssmorrhoids, bawasir.
E^ftj mpini, pi mipini, kipini, pi
yipinL
Hair, nyde (or nwele), ting, unyele.
(of (he heard), ndevti, sing, udevu.
(of the body, especially of the
pubes), mavnzi, sing, Yuzi.
(jb/ the eyebrow), nynshi, sing.
onyushL
(of (he eyelash), kope, sing, nkope.
(of (he hand and arm), malaika,
sing, laika.
(of an animal), singa.
Straight hair, nyele za singa.
WooUy hair, nyele za kipilipili
Half, nuso.
A half orange, eoooorntU, d:e,,laxio,
pi Tizio.
Halyards, henza.
Bopes passing (hrough the pulley
of (he halyards, jarari*
Hammer, nyundo.
Hand (or arm and hand), mkono,
pi mikono.
Palm of (he hand, kitaoga cha
jxkkoDOfpl vitangavya mikono.
Front of thehand, kofi, pi majcofl.
^iside of the fingers, klkofi, pi
vikofi.
Handftd {that maiie<>n(he hand)f
uknfi,|>Lkufi.
(that Ufhich wjU lie on the two
^n^), chopa, pZ. machopa.
((hat can be grasped in (he hand),
koDzi, jpZ. nObkonzL ,
Handkerchief, leso.
Pocket handkerchief, leso ya ka-
futia kamasi.
Handle (fike a hnife'handle),mpini,
pi mipini, kipini, pi yipini.
(projecting like that of a sauce-
pan), kono, mkono, pi mikono.
(bowed like (hat of a bucket),
ntambo, pi tambo.
Handtoriting, khati, mwandiko.
J7anger-on,. chokoxa, pi, macbokora.
Happiness, foraha, furahani, raha.
Harbour, bandari, bundari*
Hardness, ugumu.
Hare, See Babbit.
Harm, mathaia.
Harness, matandiko.
Harp, kinnbi, pi vinubL
Harpoon, ohnsA, pi vyusa.
Harvest, mavuno.
Haste, haraka, hima.
Hat, ohapeo.
HatcM, klshoka, pi. vishoka, kitoka
(M.). pi vitoka, np&xnba, ph
pamba.
Haired, machukio, buothn.
Hawk,mvieyie,
Hawker, dalali.
Head, kitwa (or kichwa), pL
yitwa.
A Utile head, kijitwa, pi yijitwa.
Head of a iMp, omo. *
Head winds, pepo za omo.
Head cloth fcorn. by tvomen, vkajm
48
8WAE1LI SANDBOOK.
(of htm' oali6o)t duBamuli (of
nOc).
Headship, njambe.
MeaMng things, mapoEa.
SeaUh, nzima, afla, hali (state). '
Seapy fimgiiy j>2. mafungn,
chtingu.
of sUmeSf boma, pi. maboma.
of wood and sticks, biwi, pL
mabiwi, kichaka, piL vlchaka.
of earth, kisu^u, pi Tisnguliu
(a raised hed), tuta, pi, matuta.
Me<urt, moyo, pi. mioyo, or nyoyo,
mtima, pi. mitima.
Heat, moto, hari (sweaC)^ harara
(jpriMy heat).
Heaven, mbingu, sing, nwingn,
samawati (Ar.).
Heaviness (weight), nzito.
(sorrow), hamn.
Hedge, ua, pi. nyua.
Hedge made in the sea for taking
fish, uzio, pi nyuzio.
Heel, kifnndo (or kisigino) oha
mgutt.
Heifer, mtambai pi mitamba.
Heir, mri^i, pL vftaUhi,
Help, msaada.
Hem, upindo.
Hemp. See Cannahis Ifidica.
Hempen rope, kambia ulayitL
Hen, k'uku.
Laying hen, koo, pi. makoo.
Hen, fuU grovm, hut that has not
yet laid, t^embe.
Henna, hina.
Herd, kimdi, pi maknndi
Herdsman, mohunga, pi waohnnga^
ttitanga (M.), pi wattmga.
* Wero, shujaa, pi. mashnjaa, fabali,
pi juafiGibalL
Beroism, ushigaa.
Hesitation, msaxigBto.
(in speaking), kubabaika.
Hiokup, kwikwe.
Hidden thing, f umbo, p2. maf umba
Hide, ngon. '
£tZ2, kilima,i>{. vilima.
A rocky hiU, jabali, pi. maja-
bali.
Hilt, kipini, pi vipini.
Hindrance, kizmio, kiznio, kizaizi.
It is said that Dr. Krapf, being
on one occasion delayed from
day to day, in oibedienoe to
superior orders, said to those
who delayed fttm:— Eeeho na
keslio ni madanganya, ao ni
fiiakatazanya. '* To-morrow
and to-morrow is deceiving or
forbidding ;** to which they re^
plied'. — ^Si madanganya vala
81 makatazanya, ni mazuiza-
nya. ** It is not deceiving, and
it is not forbidding, it is delays
ing:'
Hinge, patta, bawaba.
Hip, nyonga (?), tokono (A.)*
Hippopotamus, kiboko, pi. vibok<H
tomondo.
Hire, taja, ijara, njira.
'Hiitory, hadithi.
Hoarseness, kupwewa na Banii.
Hoe, jembe (or gembe), pi mA-
jembe.
Hoeing-up time, mapalilo.
Hoid (of a ship), ngeanak.
Hole, tundu, pi. matundu.
(through anything), kipenyo, pH
vipenyo.
(dibbled for seeds or plant{), ko-
rongo, pi. mak6rongo.
Hole to give light and air, mwH"
ngaza,|>Z. miangaasa.
SVBSTANTirES
49
Sole in ihe lower kbe oj the ear^
ndewe.
Holiness, atakatifu, niatakatifa.
IffoOow ipf a tree), mvungu.
HoUoumess, avnrungu.
Mome^ kwangu, kwako, kwa^e,
kwetUi kwenii, kwao, according
to the person whose home it is.
I have some at home, iko kwango.
Honey, asali ya nyuki.
Honour, beshimai ukarimu, nta-
kufu.
Hoof, ukwato, pi, kwato, kwata.
Hooh (flsh'hooh), doana.
(used to steady worh toiih),
kulabu.
ffopcy matumaiui.
Hordeolum, olioke^,
Horn, pembe, pi, pcmbe or nuu*
An antelope^B horn used as a
trumpet, baragumu. See
Musical InstruTnents.
Horse, farasi, fras.
Host (army or mttUitude), jeshi, pi,
majesbi.
Host (entertainer), mwenyeji, pi,
wenyejL
Hostility, wadui, adawa.
Hour,BBA.
House, nyumba.
(large), jumba, pi, majumbft.
{smaU), kijumba, pi. yljumba.
Household of slaves, kijolL
Hum, mavprni.
Humility, unenyekeo.
Hump (of an ox), nundu.
{of a humpback), kigoago.
Hunger, njaa, ndaa (H.)»
Hundred, mia.
Two hundred, miteen.
ffunfer^ mwmda» pi* waw|)ida,
Hurry, baraka.
Husband, mume, pi, wanme*
Hushj ganda, pi, maganda.
Husk and bran of rice, kumv},
HusJc of the cocoa-nut, i^akuQibi.
Hut, kibanda, pi, yibanda,
Hysena, fid, pisi.
Spotted hyxna, kingubwa.
Hydrocele, msbipa, pumbo» kito*
nga(7)
Hypocrite, mnafiki, pi. wauafik}.
Ibo, Wibo.
Idiot, bayawani
Idleness, uviviu
Idolater, kafiri. pi, maka^
Ignorance, lyingfi,
Image, sanamu.
Imperial. See Beard.
Imprecation, apizo, pi, maapizo.
Imprisonment, kifungo.
Incense, bubud, ubani, uviunbai
nudL See Censer,
Income, pato.
Independence, upweke.
Indian (heathen), Banyam, pi. Ma»
banyani.
Indian {Mdhommedan), Mubitidi,
pi. Wabiadi
Indian rubber, mpim,
Indian com, muhiadi. See USaize^
Infection, kuambukiza.
Infidel, kafiri, pi, makafiri.
Infirmity, ntbaifii.
Information, hahoxu . • >
Ingenuity, uyuzi, umaheli .
InJieritanoe, xaithi.
Inheritor, mrUhii pl» wivrifAi,
Ink, wino.
Ivkstarhd, kidau oba wino.
Inlaid worhf njomtL
so
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Innovation, mzuzi, j>2. miznzL
Innovator, mzoshi, pt waznshi
Jn»ect, mdudu, pi, waduda.
Paange, gadfly.
Hanyiga, hornet
Pudu rale, a boring hornet
Bunsi, pi, mabunzi, a stinging
fly-
Ytinja jungo, a manH$,
Boroshoa, a long-shaped hlaek
insect found in dust-heaps.
Insolence (sdf-sufficieney), kinaya.
Instruction, mafandisho.
iMtruments (nautical), yipande Tya
kupimla.
Insult, tukano, pL matukano.
Intellect, aMli {generally treated as
a plural noun of Class III.).
Intention, nia, kasicU.
Interpretation, tafsiri.
Interpreter, n^limani, pi, Trakali-
mani, posoro.
Intestines, matumbo.
SmaU intestines, chango.
Interruption, kizuizo, pi. vlzuizo.
Intoxicating thing, kileo, pi, Tileo.
Intoxication, kileo, knlewa.
Intruder, kizuahi, pi, vizusbi, fisadi
(one who enters a house wOhout
lawful purpose).
Invalid, mgoujwa, pi, wagonjwa.
Iron, chuma.
A piece of iron, ohnma, pi, vyuina.
Iron har, mtaimbo, pi. mitaimbo.
Island, kisiwa, pi. visiwa.
Itch, upele, pele.
Itching, mnyeo.
Ivory, pembe.
a large tush, hxuL
/ackal, mbwa wa mwihi.
Jaohfruit, finesi, pi. maflnerf,
Jachfruit free, mfinesi, pi. mi-
finesi.
Jar (for carrying wUer)^ mtungi,
pi. mitungi.
Jar (large), kasikL
Jasmine, jasminL
Jaw, taya.
Jealousy, uwivn.
Jealous anger, gheirl
To weep for jealousy, kidia ngoa;
Jewel, johari.
Jin, jini, pi. majini.
Johanna, Anzwani.
Joint, kiTmgo,|)L viuiigo.
(in a cane), fimdo, pi. mafundo.
(piece between tioo joints in a
cane), pingilL
Joist, boritL
Joke, ubishL
Journey, safari, mwendo.
Tujo day^ journey, mwendo wa
sikumbilu
Joy, furaha.
Judge, kathi, pi. makatLi, mwa-
muzi, pt waamuzi, mwamua,
pi. waamua.
Judgment, hukumn, moamuzL
Jug, kopo, pt makopo.
Juice, majL
Justice, hakL
K.
Kul, mknkxi, ntako (Mer.).
£emeZ, kisa, pt visa.
KetUe, kanderinya.
Key, ufunguo, pt fangna
Kick, teke, pt mateke.
Kidney, nso^ figo (M.).
Kind, namna, ginsi, aina.-
Kind, sort or style is expressed by
kL 'prefixed to the place, thing^
BUBBTAKnrSS.
51
€r people, Eibindi, ^ Jndlan
tort Eizanga, the European
wrL
Tiata yja Kiluiidi, i^oee like
ihoee worn by the Indians,
Yiasi yya Kizimga, meeei poUUoee
of (he JEwropean eori, ie. potatoes,
Mavazi ya kifaume, robee of the
kingly eort, royal rcbee*
Kindneesj wema.
Every kindneee^ killa jambo la
wema.
AMndnese^foihrn.
Kindredy vdugn, jamaa.
Utani, ^ belonging to a kindred
raee.
Mtani, pi watani, a pereon of a
kindred raee.
King, mfalme, pL wafalme, malki,
maliki.
CheseMng^BheiL
Kingdomy ufalme, Tifalnme, nfanme,
milki, mulki.
Kinmany ndnga, jamaa. Bee
Kindred.
XTtM, basQ.
Kiieheny jikoni, mekoni
Kite (bird\ mwewe.
itoy\ihin.
Kneoy gote^ piL magote, ondo^ pi
maondo (A.).
Knife, kisn, pi visa.
(large), jisu, pi majisn.
Kotama, a curved knife wed in
getting palm wine,
Shembea, a kind of cwrved knife.
Knight (eheea), frasL
Knot, fondo, pL mafando.
Knowingnese, ujnvi, njazi, wereyiL
Knowledge, maarifa, elimn, heUma.
Koran^ korani, ftuakanu, msahafii.
It ie divided into thiHy jnzuu,
whieh together nuxke a khitima
Labour, kttd.
Labour paine, nifmffou
Lao (100,000), lakki
Ladder; nfpoL
Ladle made out of a eoeooHnut, kata,
pi raakata {deep, wed to dip
up water with); npawa, pi,
. pawa (ehaSaw, wed for gravy,
curry, 4te,),
Lady, hihi, mwana mke wa kin-
ngwana.
Lady of the houee, mimna.
Ladylove, mchnmba.
Lake, ziwa la maji, pi maiiwa^
Lamoo, AmxL
Lamp, taa.
Lampstand, apiece of wood with
two flat piecee projecting ai
right anglee on which the lamp
ie placed, miraDgo^ pi miango.
Lampwich, ntatabi, pi tambL
Land, ioohi, nil (IIL).
Landing-piace, diiko, pi madlko,
liko,|)2.iiialika
Language^ Ingba^ manttia. The
language of a place or nation-
ie expreseed by the we of the
prefix ki-. Maneno ya Kin-
nguja or Eiimgaja,^ language
of Zanzibar, Einyamwezl, the
language of the Kyamwezl
tribe. SeeDiaJeO.
Filthy and ineuUing language^
matakano.
Languor, ntepeteyo.
Lantern, fairasi, kandill, pi ma*
kaudilL
Lappet, ki8haiigi,|»I.'«ii|iiuigL
b2
52
BWAHJLJ HANDBOOK.
Xtarge$$, takarima, bastuBhi
Lathe, keozo.
Laughi chekOjpL macheko, kioheko,
pL yioheko.
Lawj flheria, huknintu *
Xeod, risasi, rusasi.
(for 9(mnding\\Mdi,
Leader, kiongozi, pi, yiongozL
Leaf {of a tree% jani, pL majanL
(0/ a oocoa-fttft tTe6\ knti, pL
- makuti.
Leaf (of a hoQk\ ixkurasa, pL
kurasa.
Lean-tOj kipenn, pi Tipeim.
Learning, ellmu.
A man of leamingt mvana wa
chuonL
Leathm', ngozi, ngoyi.
Leave, ruksa, ruhusa.
To take leave, kuaga.
Leaven, obaohu, hamira.
Lee side, npande wa chinL
Leech, mruba, pH, miruba, mdndu
afyonzaye damm
Lefthandedness, sbota
Leg (or foot), mguu, pi migau.
(qf a native bedstead), tendegu,
pi, matendegu.
Loss of the use qf the legs, kitewe,
kiwete.
Leg ring. See AnJcUL
Legend, badltbi.
Leisure (private time), fiiragba,
makini.
Lemon, limao, pi, malimao.
Length, urefo.
Leopard, chui, tul (M.)*
Leprosy, ukoma, balanga, jetbamu,
matana.
Letter, waraka, pi nyaraka, baraa,
kbati.
Letieir (oj fte alphabefi^ b^rufu*
Lever^ mvnkuto, jpl. mivukuto-
Liar, mwongo, pL wawooga
Liberality, ukarimu.
Licentiousness, wasberati.
Licoriee, was.
Lid, kifu]uko,|>Z. yifuniko, kibia, pL
vibia, mkungu wa kufimikia.
Lie, wongo, uwoDgo.
Life, uzima (JieciUh), maisba (oon-
tinuanoe), robo (souC),
Light, nura, veupe, mwanga, pi
mianga, anga, pi maanga
(glare),
Lighthole, mwangasa, pi mia*
ngazat
Lights (of an animal), yayuyavn.
Lightning, umeme.
Like (similar thing), kifani, pi
yifanl
Likeness, mfano, pi, mifano, kifano
pi, yifano, sanamn, sura.
Lime, ohokaa.
Lime (fruit)* dimu.
Stoeet lime, dimu tamu.
Limit, mpaka, pL mipaka (houn*
dary), kinga (Jylock), upoo
(what eaMtot he surpassed).
Line, mstari, pl^ mistari (dravm),
fiafn (roto), ugwe (cord), sbairi
{line of terik).
Linen, kitani.
Lining of a kanzu round the throaii
kaba.
Lion, simba.
Lip, mdomo, mlomo, or mwomo, pi,
midomo, milomo, or miomo.
Lip-ring, ndonya.
Liquid, mc^i, Moweyn.
Lisp, kitembe.
Litter (carried by four men),
macbera.
Idtile pieces, yi4ogo, sfng, kidqga
SWSBTANTttES.
68
iAvef^ bi, pL niaini
Hzardy mjosi, pt wajusL
Large water lizard, kenge.
£f fufo of Utards, mgoruguni, pL
vaguragara— • goroiig'ondwtt—
Idiima mbuzi—mjumbakaka—
mjisikafiri.
Load, mzigo, pL mizlgo.
Loaf, mkate, pL mikate.
Loariy maazimo^ karatha.
Lock, kitasa, pi vitasa (box lock),
komeo or gomeo (a native
wooden lock), kufuli, j>2. maku-
ftOi {padhek).
Ziooust, mzige, pZ. wazige, nzige.
J^»gogo»ptmagogo.
(nau^tcaZ), tatli.
Loin dothf nguo, doli, kikoi, pL
vikoi (im7A a «<np6d border).
Loins, kiimo, pZ. Tinno.
Longing, nchtt, tamaa, Iiawa.
XooA;, natharL
Lpohing-glasSi kloo^ j^Z. vioo.
Loop, kitanzi, pi, vitanzi.
LoSps to hatd up a 6oa< hy,
kkhwara.
Lose, hasara.
Lots, kura.
Lome, chawa, iawa.
lA)ve, Bliauko, mapenki, habba,
mababu, pendo, mapendo.
Luck, bahati, nasibn.
Messenger of iU luck, korofl.
LukewarmnesSi uvtigairugi].
Lumbrici, chango.
Lump, f ango, pi toafungo, fttmba,
pL mafdmba.
Lump {as in flour), kldonge, pZ.
vidonge, vtiinbii, pZ. mavttmbii.
Lump (of meat), chinyango.
Lunacy, kicbaa, soda.
Lunatici mwenyi kiohaa.
Lungs, pafb, pmnn, yaTuyayn (of
an animafy
Lust,h&vnu
Mace (tpiee), basbaaL'
Machine, samani, mtambo, pZL mi*
tambo.
Madagascar, Buki, Bnkini
Madness, wazimo, mahoka (ootintry
' dialect).
Magadoxa, Mkuchyo.
Magic, uchawi (black magic),
uganga (white magic).
Maggot (funza).
Magnesia (sulphate of), obumvi ya
halulL
Maiden, mwana mwalL
Maize (pZanQ, muhindL
half-grovm, matindl.
(com), inahlndL
(com cob), gunzi, pi, magtttizL
(yowng ooh), ngara.
(parched com), mbisi.
Majesty, enzi, ezi.
Malice, novu.
Man (person), mtu, pZ. wattt.
(male), mWanamame, pZi waft*
nanme.
.(human being), mwana Adainu,
bin Adamu (Ar.).
A very large man, jitu, pi. majitu.
A young man whose beard is
beginning to appear, mvuktha,
pi, wavulana.
Man of tJhe world, mtu mwereVtt:
Mango, embe, embe (M.), pZ. ma*>
embe. Embe ka dodo^ targe
mangoes*
Mango-tree, mwembe,pZ. midmbt
Mangouste^ moiiiro, pL wachira
Mangrove, mkoko, pi mikoka. -
64
BVTAEJLl HANDBOOK.
JlfaMMr» giniL
An eUgatU manner ^ mada h a.
ManntrSy desturi, mathehdbu.
Oood mannersy adabn, taafida.
MantU, Yimja juiigo.
Manure^ samadi
Manmaeripif mwandiko, pL mia-
ndiko.
Mark, alanuL
MarJcs made hy dragging antfthing
alongy mkokoto» j>{. mikolcoto.
Tribal marh^ nemba. See Spotf
Blaidi.
Market^ Boka^pL masoko.
Marriage, ndoa, mikahik
(the eeremony\ hariuL
(intermarriage), kuoana.
Marrow, bongo.
Martyr, ahahidi, pL mashahidL
ilfas^ barakptt.
Maeon, mwashi, pi, waashL
Maeon^B trowel, mwiko, p^ miiko.
Maes, the mau of, jamii ya.
Matt, mlingote, pL milingote^
iiigote,|>2.migote.
Small mizen^mast, mlingote wa
kabni or galmi
Matter {of a haute, or of etaves),
bwana.
Matter (of a tchooIX mwalimt], pi.
waalimu.
Matter's son, bwana mdogo.
Master workman, fundi
One's own master, *mweza mwe>
nyewe.
Mat (coarse matting), Jamvi, pi
majamTL
. Sleeping mat, mkeka, pi, mikeka.
Sleeping mat made like a hag with
^ one side open, fomba.
Oval prayer matt miu3ala> pL mi*
salSit
Bound mat on whidh food ie laid
out, kitanga» pL Titanga.
Strips of palm leaf for pUUHng
fine mats, myaa, pi miyaa.
Strips of pahn leaf for plaiting
coarse mats, mwaa, pi miwaa.
Narrow strips ready To he sewn
together to make coarse matSf
Bhapata, pi maahnpato.
Strips for making fine mats,
iikiri,|)2.kirL
The ihieik edge of etrips of
matUng, ng'ong'o.
Busati, a sort of matting hrought
from Muscat.
Makihmaker, kijumbe, pZ. Tyumbdi
Matches, yibeiitL
Matter (pua), nsaha.
A matter, Jambo, jawabtL
What is the matter f Eunanini?
What is (he matter with youf
Una ninL
Mattress, godoro, pi, magodoia
Mayotte, Maotwe.
Meal (food), chaknla.
First meal after a fast, AitoiL
Meal (flour), unga.
Meaning, maana.
Meanness, tmyong«^
Means, njia.
Measles, churawa.
Measure, kadri, kiaai, obeo» kipima
A measure, kipimo, pi Yi|>imo,
Meaewing rod, line, dw,, ohenesob
pi yyeneso.
See Cubit, FaXhom, Span, Weight
The weights are usedas measures
for such a capacity ae would
contain that weight of miUet
Meat, nyama. [ (mtama).-
SmaU pieces cooked on a skewer^
mshakiki, pi mi»bakiki.
SUBSTANTtVES.
106
Pieee$ cooked on two paralld
OiekSj subana.
Meatiness, oinofiL
Meddler f pingamizL
Mediator (j)eac6-ma^),in8e!()bisba,
pL waselehisba, msuluhlBha,
pL vasulahisha, mpatanishiy
pL Trapatanishi
Medicine, dawa, pi, dawa or madawa.
(medieal knowledge\ utabibn,
Qganga.
Medicine man, mganga, pL wa-
ganga.
Meekness, updo.
MdanchcHy, buzuni, bamiL
Memorandum (ynriUen), kbatL
Memorial, kumbukumbn, ukii*
mbusbo.
Memory, vkomlmka, ufabamu,
MeMtruation, betb.
Mention, kumbukunibia.
Merchandise, bitbaa.
Merchant, mfanyi biashara, pi, wa-
fiEuiyi biasbara, tajiri, pL ma-
tajixi (d rich man), tat^biri,
bazazi (huckder)^
Mercury, zebakb.
Mercy, rebema, bununaw
. Merit, BiaxA,
Merka, Marika.
Message, maneno, babaii
JHessenger, mjumbe, pi. wajambe,
mtume, ph watiime, tume«
Ketol, madinL
MiddU, katL
Middle of a piece of doth, mjL
Midge, tisubL
Midnight, usiku saa a sita, kati ya
xuSka, Tisiku wa manane.
Midwife, mzalisba, ph wazalisba.
JIftZefetff, kawa.
. MUk, mazlwai
(hurdled miOc, masiva mabim
Buttermilk, miindL
MtU, dinn, pi, nnu.
Steam mUl, kinu cba mosbL
on mUl, kinii cba kusbindikia.
Hand mill, mawe ya kusagia
{this last only is used for grind*
ing com, Einn is properly a
ioooden mortar, and the comm/on
oU mills consist of a lever turned
in a mortar by camels).
Millipede, jongoo.
Millet, miama.
fully formed hut unripe^ mtama
tete.
MiUet staUes, mabua, sing. bua.
kinds of miUet, kibakuli, kipaja
Mind, moyo {heart), akili (wits).
Mine, madini [nia (intention).
Mint (herb), nana, fidina (?)•
Minute, dsJdka.
Miracle, mwiijiza,|>L miigiza, ajabiL
Miscarriage, kubaribu mimba.
Mischief, matbara, ubaiabu*
Miser, bakbili, cboyo.
Misery, sbidda, tbulli
Misfortune, mfiiba,|){. misibay taabo.
Missile, kimwondo, pL zimwondo
(used to mean shooting stars,
because said to be cast gJt the
Jins by the angels).
Missionary, mpeekwa, pi. wa-
peekwa.
Mist, knngu, umande, sbemali
Mistake, kosa, makoso.
Mistress (of slatfes), bibL
(of the house), mwana. It is
reckoned good manners in
Zanzibar to speak ofone*s own
mother as mwana.
Mistress (kept woman), kinynmba.
Mistress (sufeetheart)^ mcbumba»
SB
SWASiti SANDSOO&
Mhen-madf mlingote wa kalmi or
galmi
Mockery^ usimangft.
Moderation^ kadri» kiosL
Modesty, haya.
MoMla, MoallL
MoU, foko^C?).
'MoTtiibas^ Mvita.
Monday, Juma a tatiL
Money, fetha.
Monfioy Mafya.
Monkey, kima.
Tumbili, a smaZZ tighi^coloured
monkey,
Kgedere, a small hlacik monkey.
Mbega, ^Z. 'wabega, a hlacik
monkey with long white Jiair on
the shoulders.
Monsoon (northeiiy winds), mttsimL
Month, mwezi, pi miezi.
TJie months of (he Arab year are
determined by the sight of (he
moon, or by the lapse of thirty
fuU days. The months praeti-
cally begin from the end of the
fasting month, and are called
Mftmgno wa mosl,— wa piU,—
wa tatti,— wa'nne,— wa tano, —
wa Bita,— wa saba,— wa nane,
•— wa kenda, Kajaba, Shaabani,
Bamathani. See Time,
A month of less than thirty days^
mwezi mpungnfo.
A month of thirty fvU days, mwe-
zi mwangamti.
MonOdy pay, mshaaftk
Moon, mwezL
Moonblindness,'kM*
Moonlight, bala mwezL
Morning, subtii, assubtd, tissilbid.
Morning air, muandet
Morocco, MaghariW.
Morsdi kidogo, pi vidogo.
Mortar for pounding and deanifif
grain, &c, kino, pL vinu.
Mortar for thromng shdls, ko«
mbora.
Builder's mortar, chokaa.
Platters used as mortar boardSf
chano, pL vyano.
Mosque, meskiti, moskiti, mesjid.
Mosquito, imbiL
Moih, noondo.
Mother, mama. R is polite in Zan»
zibar to speak of one^s own
mother as mwana.
Step-mother, mama wa kambo.
Mother-in-law, mkwe, pL wakwft.
Mould, kalibu.
im^mldiness), ukungtt, kawfl.
Movnd (of earth), klstigulu, pL vl-
Mound (of stones), boma, pi, ma-
boma.
Mountain, mllffla, pi. milima.
Mourning (grief), msiba.
To make a formal moumingf
kukaa matanga.
To finish a formal mourning^
kuondoa matanga.
To live very privately during
mourning for a hwhand, ku-
kaliaeda.
The feast with which a mourning
concludes, hitimu.
Moustache, mnomo, pi, n^omo.
Mouth, kinwa, pi, yinwa, kanwa, pL
fiiakanwa.
Mucus (from the nose), kamasL
(from the vagina), utoko.
Mud, tope ; much mud, matope.
Muddiness in water, vmnbi.
Mule, nymnbn, bighida. [ruba*
Multiplication (arithmetical), th&«
l^ifiSTAtrTirEd.
6t
MHiude^ mokntauo, knndi, pL
makundl, jeehiy pL majeshi,
nmaati
Idummyf iniim3raiiL
MungooBe, mohiio, pL wachiro.
"Murderer, unnwaji, pi wauwaJL
KtMcZtf, taf a.
Mushroom^ kioga, pi vloga.
Musie, ngoma.
Muiical ImtfumenU, See Drum.
Baragumu, a ipiral antelopes
horn wed aa a trumpet,
Eayamba, n sort of rattle,
Einanda, pL vinanda, a stringed
instrumerdj used of European
instruments generally,
Kinnbi, a hdrp,
Matoazi, sing, toazi, eymbats,
Mbui, a huffdlo^s horn played by
heating,
Paanda, a trumpet
XJpato, a plate of copper sounded
by heating.
Tugo, a large horn sounded by
heating.
£eze, a three-stringed lute,
Zomari, a sort of clarionet
Muski mesiki, meski
Mussel (shell fish), kijogoo,|)Z. vljo-
goo, kome, pi makome.
Mustard, kharadalL
Myriad, kikwi, pi vikwi or sikwL
Myrrh^ manemane.
N.
Kail {finger), iikucha, pi kuclia.
(}rtm), msomari, pi misotnarL
iTaTiw, jina,|)Z. majiba.
Whai is your name f Jina lako
nani?
Kamesahe, somo, pi masotno.
Nape oftheneckf ukoeiy kikosL
Naphin, kitambaa, j)t yitambaa.
Table napkin, Mtambaa cba
meza.
Narcotic, kileo, pi vlleo.
Nation, ied&k^pl mataifa.
Native, mzalia, pi wazalia, kizao,
pi vizao^ kiyyao, pi yivyao.
Nature, asill, tabia.
Nautical instruments, Tipande yyft
kupimia.
Navel, kitovo, pi vitovu.
Necessaries (especially as supplied
hy God^s providence), riziki,
ziriki (M.).
(useful things), vifaa.
Necessity, farathi, lazima, nkwaseftt.
Neck, shingo, pi masbingo. See
Back, Nape,
Need, nhtaji, kutaka, matakwa.
Needle, fiindano.
Neighbour, jiranL
Neighbourhood, upande wa, ki*
yainbo(?).
Nest, tmida, pi matmidTL
(a laying place), kiota, pi viota.
Net, mshipi, pi misbipi.
used to take gazettes, Ac, wavtl,
pi nyavu, cbavu, pi vyaviu
Stake net, hedge made in the sed,
uzio, pi nyuzio.
Hound casting net, kimia, pi
vimia.
Seine made of European cordage,
jarifa (or jarife), pi majarifa.
Seine made of cocoa-nut fibre,
juya,|>Lmajuya.
Fish trap made of basket vsork,
dema.
NeiUe, kiwavi, pi viwavi (used also
News, babarL [o/ sea-nettles).
Night, usikii.
All nightf nsiku kuobOr
68
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Four whole nighUf Biku nne nmkxL
kacha.
Four days and nightSf siku nne
moliana na nsiku.
Nightmare^ jinamisL
NippUf chuohu ya ziwa, tiii,
bubu (A.).
of a gun^ kifa, pL yiSsk,
2^ohody, si mtu.
There is nobody^ hapana (or
hakuna) mta.
Noise^ eautL
of voieeSf kelele, pL makelele,
uthia.
See BeUow, BoaVf Hura^ Cky»
NomeMey npuzi, puo.
^0071, athuuri, joa kitwanL
Noote, tauzi, pL matanzL
Norths kibula, kaskazini
Northerly windsy kaskazL
Nose, paa» ph pua or mapua.
^ose ornament shaped like a siud,
kipini, pL vipioL
Nose ring, azama.
Nostril, tundn ya pua, 'mwanzi wa
pua (?).
Notch, a place where a triangular
piece is broken out, pengo.
Note, bama, khati.
Number, hesabu, kiwango.
Nurfe, yaya (dry nurse), 'inlezi, pt
walezi (of a child), muguzi, pi,
wauguzi (of a sick person).
Nut, kokwa, pL makokwa. See
Ground, Cashew, d:o.
Nutmeg, kungmnanga.
O,
Oar, kasia, pt makasla.
Oath, uapo, pL nyapo, kiapo, pL
viapo, yaminu
Hhedienoe, mutia.
ObjedUonSy makindano, makataOt *
OocupaUon^ shnghnlL
(Esophagu»,xasno,
Qferingy eadaka (gif€), thabiha
(sacrifice kafara (a sajorifice to
avert calamity ; U is buried or
thrown away).
Officer, akida, mkuu wa asikarL
Officiousness, futhnli, ufathuli^
Offspring, mzao, pi, wazao. [ujuyi
OH, maf uta.
Castor-oil, mafuta ya mbarika.
Semsem-oil, mafuta ya uta.
Ointment, marhamo.
Old age, uzee, ukongwe (extreme).
Old person, mzee, pt wazee, ki-
koDgwe, 1^ Tikongwe (mb-
tremely old).
Omelette, kiwanda, kimanda.
Omen, fialL
Omnipresence, eneo la Muunga (</<«
spread of God),
Onion, kitunguu, pL vitungau.
Cjpen place, kiwanja» pi, Tiwanja,
wangwa, wanda.
piece of waste ground in a iawi^
uga.
Opinion, wasia*
Opium, afyuni
Opportunity, nafaei
OphOudmia, well wa machOi
Orange, ohungwa, ph macbungwfl»
cbungwa la kizungu, danzi la
kizung^.
Bitter or wHd oranges^ danzi, ^
madanzL
Mandarin oranges, kangaja.
(a larger sor€), chenza, ohenza za
kiijjemi.
Order, See Command,
(regularity, or a tegular order),
taratibu.
SUJBSTANTnrjBB.
50
OrdeoZ, Idapo, pt vlapa
Origin, asili, €bimbiiko» mwanxo.
Ornament, pombo, pL mapambo,
kipambo, pi. yipambo,
Ddia, a yeUow eosmetic
Kdonya, lip-ring worn by (he
NyasM vfomen,
Sorafa, a nnaU gold piate worn
on the forehead.
Shangwi, an ornament worn
' between the thoulders.
XJrembo, Uack linee painted upon
the face,
' Vzwit oowuHc appUeaUone.
Vidani, etMare of gold or ether.
Bee AnkleU, Bracelets^ Ear, Note.
Orphan, yatima.
Oe coecggie, kifondugtL
Oitridiy buni.
Otto of roeee, hal ir^adL
Outlet, pakutokea.
Outrigger (of canoes), matengo.
OuteMrte of a toum, kiunga.
Oven, tanua, tanura.
Over-looker, msimamizi, pL waai-
mamizi, mwangalizj, pL waa-
ngalizL
Owl, bundi
Owner, mwenye^re.
iOt, ng^ombe or gnombe, maksaL
Oyeter, cheza, kome (?), pL ma*
kome, kombe za pwani
taee, mwendo.
Package, padcet, or parcel, robofa,
gora (of eloih), peto^ pi. ma-
StiMll packet, kipeto, pi, vipeto.
tad of graee, ^c, ueed to carry a
: load on tiie head upon, generally
twisted into a ringt kata.
Pad used as a saddle for donkeys,
khoij.
Paddle, kafl, pi, makafl;
PtikOoe^ knfulL '
Pail, ndoo.
Pain, maumiYUy uohtuigii» kutimai
Paint, rangi.
Pair, joasi, jura, jeozi, jausd*
Palace, jumba.
Palanquin, macbera.
Palate, kaaka, kaa la kinwat
Palisading, zizi, kizizi.
Palm of the hand, kitanga cha
mkono, pi, vitanga vya mikono.
A sailmaket's palm, dofra, pi,
mado&a.
Palm-tree, See Coeoornut, Dale.
Leaf'Stem of a palmrtree, upongoe^
jpl. pongoe.
Mkoohe, has an edible fruit
Mlala, hyphasne, branching palm.
M?iima, borassus palm,
Palm-oU tree, mcbiMchi, jH ndclli*
kichL
its fruit, chiMobi, pi maobikiohL
the email nuts contained in the
fruit, kiohikiobi, pL Tiohikichi.
Palm-wine, tembo.
Spirit made from palm^ne,
zarambo.
Palm-^mne syrup, asali ya tembo.
Palmar abscess, kaka.
Palpitation of the heart, kiberehete
cba moyo»
Panniers, sboi, sbogi.
Pap, nbabwa.
Papaw, papayi, piL mapapayL
Papavhtree, mpapayi, pIL mipa*
Paper, karatasi. [p&yi
Parable, metbili, metbali^ mfatto^
pi, mifano.
Paradiscp peponi*
^^0
SWABtLt HANDSOOZ
. Oaie of pamdiie, kilongo cha
jaha.
Paralyiis, kipooza, tiwo (?).
Paralytie^ mwenyi kupooza.
Parched maizes mbisi
Pardon, aratbi, mnsama, masameho,
hisa.
Parent, mzaa» ph vazaa, mzazi, pi.
wazazi, mzee, pL wazee.
Part, fnngu, pi mafungu, sehemu,
upande, ph pande, kisraa.
Partner, msharika, pi, washarika.
Partnership, ushaiika.
PaHridge, kwale (?).
Kering'ende, the red-legged par-
tridge.
Party (faction), aria.
Paae, or passport, cheti, ph vyetL
Passage (by), pito, ph kipito.
(through), kipenyo, ph vipenyo.
A very narrow passage, kicho«
ohoro, ph vichochoro.
Patch (in doth), kiraka, pIL viraka.
(in planking), hasho.
Path, njia, pito, ph roapito.
Patienoe, sabiiri, subiri, UYumiliyii,
QtuUytL
Pattern, namna.
(to work from) kielezo, ph vielezo.
Pauper, kibapara, ph vlbapara (an
insulting epithet),
Paion (chess), kitunda, ph vitunda.
.Pay, ijara, njia, faritha, mshahara
(monthly).
Pea, dengu {they dre not groum in
Zanzibar, butt are broitghl dry
from India),
A small pea4ike bean, chooko,
chiroko.
.Peaoe, amani, salamu.
Peace-maker, mpatanishi, fiuiele«
hialiay mf uluhiBha* .
Peacock, iausL
Peak, kilele, ph yfleldi.
Pearl, lulu.
Pebble (very smaU), mbwo.
(or small piece of stone), kokot(H
pi, makokoto.
Peel, ganda, ph maganda.
Peg, chango, ph vyango.
Pelvis, tokoni
Pen, kalamu.
Seed pen, kalamu ya 'mwatizL
Penis, mbo.
People, watu.
People of this toorld, walimweugtL
Other people's, -a watu.
People like us, kiua sisi.
AbdaUah^s people, Mna Abdallafa.
Pepper, pilipili manga.
Red pepper, pilipili hoho.
Percussion cap, fiitaki.
Perfection, ukamilifu, utimilivu.
Perfumes, mannkato.
Period (or point of time), kipindl,
ph vipindi.
Perjury, azilr, zuli.
Permission, ruksa, ruhusa.
Persia, AjjemL
Persian Oulf, Bahari il 'all
Person, mtu.
A grown person, mtu mzima. 8ed
Old, &c.
Perspiration, iiari, jasbow
Pestilence, tauni, wabba.
Pestle, mchi (or mti), pL miobl,
mtwango, ph mitwango*
Phantom, kivuli, pi. tItuIL
Phlegm, belghamu.
Phthisis, ukobozi.
Physic, dawa, ph dawa or madatea.
Physician, tabibu, mtabibu, piL
watabibtt, mganga. pk wa«
ganga. .
BVBBTANTJVEB.
61
P^, pesa, pL peta or mapesa.
Pickle, achari.
Pidure, taswira, sura, sanamo.
Pf000, kipande, pi Tipande.
Piece of Madagtuoar gixu$ chihf
ramba, piL maramba.
Piece let in by way of patch (in
plla$iking),hQsiko, See Firewood,
Pig, ngoruwe, nguuwe.
Jivi, a Wild hog.
pigeon, njiwa, ndiwa QIL\
^ Tame pigeon, njiwa manga.
WUd pigeon, njiwa wa mwitn.
PUe of sticks, ike,, for burning, biwi,
1>2. mabiwL
PUes Quemorrhoids'), bawasir.
Pilgrimage, haj.
PiU, Mdouge, pi, yidongo.
Pillar, ngnzo.
PiUow, mUij pi, mito.
Wooden head rest, msamilob pi
misamlK
pilot, rubonL
Pimple, kipele, pL vipele, npele, j>l.
pele Qarge), kiwe,p{. viwe (a
smidU kind).
Pincers, koleo.
PincHLppU, nanasi, pL mananaBL
Pinna (sheUrfish), Isayt^pl makaya,
panga, pi, mapanga.
Pipe (water), nellL
(clarionet), zomari.
(tobacco), kiko, pi viko. The
native pipe consists of a bowl
(bora), a stem (digali) leading
from the bowl into a small vessel
of water, which last is properly
the kiko ; the stem from the kiko
to the mouth is the shilamn.
The bubbling of the water when
it is being smoked is the malio
Piping, kigwe,i>L vigwo.
Pirate, haramia.
Pistol, bastola.
Pit, shimo, pi, mashimo.
Pitch or Tar, ]smL
Pity, hunxma.
P2ak^ mahali, pahalL
Place may often be expressed by
the prefix ps^,
Ponyamavu, a quiet plaee.
Pakutokea, a place to go out at,
Fanginepo, elsewhere,
or by the use o/penyL
Penyi mti, the place where the
tree is, or was.
An open place, kiwanja, pi
Tiwanja.
A clear spcue in a town, uga,
A place where offerings are made
to propitiate spirits suppose to
haunt it, mzimvifpl muEimUt
Plague, imm.
Plain, uwanda.
Plan, Bh&vaifpl masbatui
Plane, randa.
Plank, ubau, pi mbau.
Planking, mbau.
A plank laid over the body before
the earth is filled in, kiunza,p2.
PUnt, mbegu, mbeyu. [viunza.
A young plant, mobe, pH micba,
ohipukizi, pi yipukizi
Upupu, cowitch,
Mbaruti, a (histMUce plant with
a yellow flower,
Nyinyozo, a bulbous plant ihraw-
ing up a head of red flowers,
YmiQijungi, the blue water-lily,
Afu, (he wUd jasmine.
Kirukia, a parasite on fruit trees.
Mpungati, a kind of oac^
Plai^ins^ n4i^
63
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Flantalton^ thamba, $L mashamba.
FUtUf kisabani, pi. vifiahani.
A plate of metdl^ bamba, pi. ma-
bamba.
Plcttter of tooodf chano, pL vyana
JPleasure, anasa, furaha.
PUaHng things, mapendezL
Pledge, rahani, amani, kabatbL
J^leiade$f kiliiuia.
Plenty, wingi, tmgi (M.), mari-
tbawa.
Plumb-line (a itone hung by a strip
of banana leaf), timazi.
Plug, ngumzi, zibo, pi. maziba
Plummet, ohubwL
Poeket, mfoko, pH. mifako.
Poeket'handkerchief, leso.
Poem, mashairi, ntenzi (religious).
Poet, mttuiga mashairi, pi watuDga
masbairi.
Poetry , mashairi.
One line of poetry, shairL
Point, ncha.
Poison, sumn, uchangik
Fish poison, utupa.
PoUf mti, pi miti.
for carrying burdens on, mpiko,
pi mipiko.
for propelling a oanoe, iipondo,|)l.
pondo.
Politeness, adabu.
Pomegranate, kamamanga.
fomeloe, fanmgu, pi maforanga.
Fond, ziwa, pi maziwa.
Pool; ziwa, pi maziwa.
Pooi left by the retiring tide^
kidimbwi, pi, vidimbwL
Poop, shetri.
Foot free man, maskini ya Muu-
ngu.
Porcupine, nungn.
PoreSf nweleoy matdceo ya harL
Porpoise, pomboo<
Porridge, ugali, nji, foka^ haaid*.
Porter. See Doorkeeper,
(carrier), hamali, pi mahamali -
(in a earatfan"), mpagazi, pH, wa>
pagazL
Port Dumford, Burikao.
Position in lAe vforld, oheo, kiwa
ngo.
Possessions, mali, milki.
Possessor, mwenyewe.
Possessor of, dc, mwenyi, &o., ph
wenyi, ic.
Post, mti, pi. mitL
Bearing post, mhimili, pil mihi*
milL
Posterity, wazao.
Pot. See Coohing'poi, Censen
A lobster^t, dema.
Potash (nitrate of), ahura.
Potatoes, Yiazi yya kizimga.
Sweet potatoes, viazi, sing, kiazi.
Raised beds for planting Tiazi,
iuiA,pl matuta.
Potsherd (broken piece of pottery or
glass), kigai, pi yigai, gai,i>J.
magai (a large piece), kige*
lenyenza, pi. vigerenyenza (a
very smdU piece, a splinter).
Potter, mfioangi, pi wafinangi, mfi*
nyanzi, wafinyanzi.
A place to bakepottet'stoorkfjdko.
Poultry, k'nku.
Poverty, timasikinL
Powder, unga.
Gunpowder, baniti
Power, uwezo, ngavn, mamlaka, enzL
Practice, mtaala, mazoezo.
Praise, dfa, hamdL
Prattle, vijineno.
Prayer (foorship), ibada.
(entreaty), kuomba.
8UB8TANTIVESL
68
' iHe preioribed formsit ealA. The
regular Mohammedan Hme$ of
prayer are, Magaribi, direcUy
after eutuet; Esha, an hour er
two later; Al&jiri, before «i»n-
Hee; Athmul, at noon ; AJasiri,
about half-way between noon
andeunseL
Preaeherj mwenyi kukhntubiiy or
knayithi
Preeepti mafimdishoi
Pregnaney, mimba.
Present (tee Oift), zawadL
Ckutomary present^ ada, Idlemba.
Cuetomary preaente at a wedding ;
to the brides father, niahaii,
Mlemba; to the brides mother^
mkiy'a, abeleko ; to the brides
hungu, kiosba mi^a, kifanua
xnlango; to the bride hereeff^
kipa mkono.
Preee or Preeeure, ahinikhift.
Prey, mawinda
Priee, kima, tftamani
Prickly heai, yipele yya habanu
A medicament for U, liwa.
Pf^kibnri.
Prieet, kahini, pL makahini {need
in ihe eenee of eoothsayer).
^Chrietian), kadsi, padie or pa-
diri, |>L mapadiri.
Prison, Mfimgo, gereza*
Privacy, faragba.
Privy, choo.
Proceeds, paio^ pi mapato.
Produce (fruit, seed, dtc), asao, pi
mazao.
Profit, fajrida, ghanima.
Progeny, mzao, pi, wazaa
Progress, kiendeleo.
Prohibition, makatazo.
Promise, ahadi, wabadL
Promissory note, avala.
Pronunfiation, mata*mka
Propi mbimlli, ph mihimili, mato-
gemeo.
A prop to heep a vessel upright
when left by the tide, gadi
Property, mali, miUd.
Prophet, nabii, mtmue, j>L mltume.
Prosecution, mstaki, pi mistakL
Prosfilyte, mwongofn, pL waongofo.
Prostitute, kababa, pi, makahaba.
Protection, bami, bamaya.
Under British protection, fi ba*
mayat al Ingrez (Ar.).
Proverb, mfauo wa maneno.
Provision, madaraka.
Provisions, vyakula.
Provocation, ekerahi
Prow, gabetL
of a amaU vessel, kikono, pi
vikono.
(head), omo.
Prudence, busara, fikira.
Pulley, kapi, pi, makapi, gofia.
Pulpit, mimbara.
Pump, bomba.
Pumpkin, boga, pi maboga.
plant, mboga, pi miboga.
sheU used to carry Uquids 4n
dondu, pi madundn.
Mamunye, pL mamumuiiye,
sort of vegetable marrow.
Tango, pi, matango, eaten raw
like eueumber,
Kitomo, pL vitoma, a sma
round sort
TiMU, pi, matikiti, a nmnd k nd
of water-melon,
Pttfie^, keke.
Purehaser, mnnntizi, pi mokxaaaL
Purgative, dawa la kubara.
Purity, nuwafl, utakatifu
64
BWASILI HANDBOOK.
Purpo$ef kosudi, pL xnakusadi,
kasidi, nia.
Pune^ kifuko cba kuiilia fetha,
'Pu8h in the cheeky mdukuo.
Putridity, kiosa.
Pufty^ cbakl.
Python, obatiL
Quail, tombo, tomboroko.
QuaUty, tabia, giosi, jud, aino.
Quantity, kiaai, kadiri, obeo
{meoMurement).
Quarrel, mateio, to&uti, nazar,
ugomvL
QuarreUomenesi, ugomvi
Quarter, roba
Three-quarters of a doUar, kassa
roba
Quarter of a town, mta, pi mita.
Queen, malkia.
(chew), kisbi
Question, maulizo, swalL
Quieting ^tn(;r,kitulizo,i>2.Yitulizo.
Quietness, utulivn, makini, kimya.
Quiver, podo.
Itdbbit, Bungura, kisungura, pi
yifiangara, kitungule, pi Titu-
ngule, kititi.
Bace, maahindano.
Bafter, boriti (for a stone roof),
kombamoyo, pi makomba-
moyo (Jor a thatched roof),
pao, pi, mapao (very thin).
Bag, kitambaa, pi Tltambaa,
utambaa, pi tambaa.
Bain, myna.
Bain cloud, ghubari, pH maghu*
Bainy season, masika. [bari.
lasser rains, mvua yf^ mwi^
Bairibow, upindi wa mvua, kuiki
oha mYua (M.).
Bammerfor heaiing roqfs, kipimde,
pH Yipaude,
Btimpart, boma, lera.
Bank, daraja, oheo.
Bansom, kombozi, pH makombozi,
ukomboo, ukombozi, fidia,
ufidiwa, ukombolewa-
Barity, i'mm, hedaya.
Bash (small piv^pHes), Yipele,
i2a<,panya,
a very large kind, bqkii.
Bations, poeho.
Baumess (of mecU, ^e.), ubichi
(dtdness), lyingfu
Bazor, wembe.
Beason, maaua, eababn, hiija, nkili
Beasoning, hnja.
BebeilUon, maasi
Beeess, kidaka, pi Yidaka, k!slm«
baka, yl Yishubaka (a pigeon^
hoU).
WaUattheJ)aekofareeess,nSL
Becommendation, maaguso.
Beetitude, adili
Bed eordl, marijani ya fetbalukat
Bed Bea, Bahari ya Sham.
Bedeemer, mkombozi, pH wako-
mbozL
Beed, imyasi, pi nyad, 'mwaiud, pli
miwanzi.
Beferenee, marogeo«
Befuge, makimbilio.
Begret, majutia
BegvXarity, kaida.
Beign, ezi, enzL
Bein, kigwe, p2. Yigwo.
Bqjoieing, ftiraha, sbangwL
Belations (relatives), akraba, ndngiii
jamaa.
A near revive, karibn.
SUBBTANTirES.
65
Edaxalion (Joo8en%ng\ nlegevu.
Hdigion, dini, dua.
Jtdish (something to he eaten toiUi
riee or porridge)y kitoweo.
Bemainder^ msazo, masazo, mabakia.
Remedy^ dawa, niapoza. [baki.
Beminder, ukumbu&ho.
Remission (of tins), magbofira, ma-
ondoleo.
Bemnanty mabakia.
jRentj iJBLm.
'Repentance, toba, majato.
Representative^ wakiU.
Reprocushes, matayo.
Reprobate, baa, pL mabaa.
ReptiU (?).
Kenge, a monitor (7), a very large
slender lizard,
P'ili, a large snaJes,
Gkatu, a python.
See Snake, Crocodile, <t*0.
Request, baja, matakwa.
Residue. See Remainder,
A little left in ajar, Ac, kisbinda.
pt vishinda.
Resin, nlimbo.
Respiration, katanafosi, kushusba
Rest, raha, pmnziko. [pumzi.
Resting-plaee, pumzikio^ kituo, pi.
zituo or yituo.
Restlessness, fatbaa.
Resurrection, afufuo, nfufulio, ki-
yama ((he general resurrection).
Resuscitation, (actively) kufufua,
kuhuisba, (neu^) knfufuka,
kuhuika.
Retainer, xnfaasi, pL wafoasi.
Retaliation kasasi, kisasi.
Return, maregeo, marejeo kuja
zaOf&c
Revenge majilipa.
Reverence, xmenyekco.
Reviling, mashuiumii, maabuiomio,
matayo.
Revival, See Resuscitation.
Reward, ijara, ujbra, roajazo, thai*
waba (espedaUy from God).
Reward for finding a lost ihing^
kiokosi, pH^ viokosi.
Rlieumatism, baridiyabis, nweli w»
viungo.
Rhinoceros, kifaru, pi, vifaru, pea.
Rib, ubanu, pL mbavu, kiwaya
obana (A.)*
RiQe, growing, or yet in the hush^
mpunga.
cleaned from (he husk, mchele, '
cooked, wali.
watery, and imperfectly cooked
mashendea.
cooked so thai (he grains are
dry and separate, pukute ya
wall.
scorched in ike cooking ukoko,
iitandu (A.).
left from overnight to he eaten in
the morning, wall wa mwikuu.
Kinds of rice, sena, buDgala,
sbindano, garofuu, kapwas ki-
fango, madeva, mwanga, siFara,
uchukwi
Riclies, mali, utajiri, ukwasi.
Rich man, tajiri, pi. matajiri, mwe«
nyi mali, nkwasi^pL wakwasi.
Ridicule, mzaba, tbibaka.
Right, haki, wajib, adilL
Righteousness, baki
Rind, ganda, pi, maganda.
Rind of a lemon, Ac, after the
inside has been squeezed or
extracted, kaka.
Ring, pete, pi. pete or mapete.
Rings on the scahbard of a sword,
die iikoa, pi. koa.
66
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Jt'iig icl^ere (he hlade enter» the
liofty noleo, pi. manoleo.
Ear-ring, pete ya mitsikio.
Ming'Wormf choa.
Bipplsy Tiwimbi.
JiUkf in iradingy jukit.
RiverymU>,pl. mito.
^Boady njia.
Boar, ngununo, vninl
BMety mnyang'anyi, jiL wanya-
ng'anyi, haramia.
Feople vcho wander about atnighiy
robbing and oommitting violenee,
mrungura, mpakacba.
Boeky mwamba, pi. miamba.
A tmaU rocky kijauiba, pi. >i*
\ Jamba. . '
in the «ea, kipwa, pi. vipwa.
BoUing of n shtpy mramma.
Booff dari, sakafu (stone roof or
floor), paa, pi. mapaa (thatched
roof)» The thatched roofe eon-
sid generally of a front and
hack «Zope,kipaa cha mbele and
kipaa cha nyuma, and hips for
• ^ ihe endiy which are can'ied up
under and within the main
elopee; these hips are eaUed
visusi, sing. kisiisL
A lean-tOy kipeno, pi. Yipeniu
The roof over a vjotching-plaoe in
the fields, dangu, pL madungu.
Booh (chess), fil.
Boom {space), nafasi.
(apartment!), ohumba, pt Tynmba.
Uliambi, liaU or porch ;Uis within
a itone fiouse, but outside an
'■' earthen- one.
ScTjule or sebula^ parlour, recep-
tion room.
,* Orfa, >di!ofa, or gbdrof% an upper
rcom.
Gh'dla, a darh room on the ground"
floor, a store-room.
Boot, shina, pH. masbina.
Bootlets, mizizi, mizi (M.).
Bope, kamba, ngole (Mer.).
Hempen rope, kamba, ulayiti'
Bosary (Mohammedan heads), tas-
biib.
Bose, waradi, waridi.
Otto of roses, hal wdradL
Bose-water, marasbi mawaridi.
Bose apple, darabi, pi. madarabl
Boundrieee, xnyliinga
Bovo (line), safu.
Boio (noise), nthia, kero.
Boyalty, kifaume, ufaame.
Bubbi^ (from old buildings)^ ftisi,
kifuai.
(smaU articles), takataka.
Budder, sbikio, eakani, msukani, ph
misukani, u8ukaiii,|)L sukani.
Buddie, used by carpenters to marh
out their work, ngeu.
Budeness, safihi.
Buin or Buins, maanguko.
Bunaway (from a master, home, dtc),
mtoro, pZ. watoro.
(from a fight, d:c.), mkimbizi, pi,
wakimbizi.
Bupee, rupia.
Bupia or any gimilar skin disease,
buba.
Bust, kutu. ^
Bustling, mtakasa
Sahre, kitara, pi vitara.
iS^acn^e, sadaka (an offering), fidia
(giving tip), thabibii (sacrifice
ing), matJiabuba (the victim^
kafara (an animal or thinq
offered but not eaten).
SUBSTANTIVES.
67
Saddle, kiti clia frosi, matandiko,
aeruji (an Arab saddle), khorj
(the pad used for a donkey).
Sadness (see Grief ), rammiL
Safety, salamn, Balama.
Saffron, zafarani.
Sail, tanga, pi matang^k
Dhouhsail, duumi.
Saa-cloth, kitalU
Sailor, baharia.
Saint, It alii.
Sake, ajili, hiija, maana.
For my sake, anipcndavyo (as you
love me).
Sale (a^ct^on), ronada.
Salesman, dalalL
Saliva, mate.
SaJt, chumvi, mnnyo (A.).
Saltpdre, shnra.
Scdute (fired), mizinga ya salamu.
(salutation), Balamu.
Salvation, wokovu, suudi, njcma.
Salver, sinia, pi, masliiia.
Sanction, ithini
Sand, mchanga, mtanga (M.),
Sandals, viatu, sing, kiatn, viatu
Tja DgozL
strap of a sandal, gidam.
Sandalwood, liwsk (7). ^
Sandfly, usubi.
Sap, maji.
Saturday, Juma a mosL
Saucepan, sufuria. *
Saviour, mwokozi, pL waokozi.
Savour, lathtlia, tamn.
Scab, kigaga, pi. ylgaga.
Seahbard, ala, pi. nyala.
The metal rings on a scdbhard,
ukoa, pt koa.
Scaffold (for building), jukwari.
Seal f ft (of a fisJi), magamba, mamba
Scales (balances), mizaiiL
Scale pans, yitanga vya mizaaL
Scar, koya, pL makoTU.
Scarf (often worn round the wais(),
deulL
Scent, harufu, manuka, nukato, pL
mannkato, meski, maraslii (a
scent for sprinkling).
Tibu, a hind of scent.
See Rose, Ambergris, Aloes wood.
School, ohuoni.
Scissors, makasi.
Scoop. See Ladl*j.
Score (20), korja.
Scorn, tharatt, thihakai
Scorpion, nge.
Scraps left after eating, makoipbo,
sing, kombo.
Scrape (slide), paitu
Scratch, mtai, pi. mif ai.
Scream, kiowe, pi. viowe (cry for
Jidp), kigelcgele, pi. vigeleg3le
(a trilling scream raised as a
«ry of joy).
Screw, parafujo.
Scrip, mkoba, pi. mikoba.
Scrofulous and gangrenous sores,
mti.
Scrotum, pumbo, mapumbu.
Scull, kitwa, pi vitwa, fuvu or
bupuru la kitwa.
Scum, povu» mapoTU.
Sea, babari.
A sea, mawimbi, wimbL
A seaman, mwana maji.
One from beyond seas, mja na
majL
Seaweed, mwanL
Seal, muburi.
Seam, mshono, pL roisbono, band
(packed), iipindo (a hem).
Season, wakati.
F 2
68
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
The principal seasont in Zanzibar
are: — Musimi, the time of the
northerly winds (kazkazi), that
is^ DecernbeTj January, and
February, For March, April,
and May, the rainy eeaton,
masika; after that, the cold
time, kipupwe ; then, about the
end of August, demani, or
mwaka. The southerly winds
(knsi) begin to drop in October,
and in the intervals between
them and the northerly winds
come the times of easterly and
westerly winds,malelezi or tanga
mbili.
Seasoning. See Belish.
Seat, kikao, makazi.
The stone or earth seat near a
door, baraza, kibaraza.
Secrecy, siri, faragha.
Secrets, mambo ya siri.
Secretary, inwandi8hi,|)Z. waandishi,
khatiba, karani.
Secretary of State, waziri, pi.
mawaziri.
Sect, mathhdb, mathehebu.
Sediment, masbapo.
Seed, mbegu, mbeyu.
Seedling, mohe, pi. miche.
Self, mojo, nafsi, nafusL
Self-content, kiuaya.
Semen, shabawa, mannL
Semsem, uf ata.
Semsem oil, mafuta ya uta.
What is left after tlie oU has been
pressed out, fihudu*
Senna, sanamaki.
Sense, Skkili.
Sentinel, mngoja, pi. wangoja.
Servant, mtumisbi, pi. watumisbi,
mttttuwa, pi watmuwa, noker.
One who serves at iaMe, mwf^
ndikaji, pi. waandikaji
In a ^amha there are generally
three chief servants. I. Msi*
inaroizi, generally a free man,
2. Nokoa, the chief slave. 3.
Kadamu, tlie second head slave.
Service, utmnwa, hudumu, hidima.
Setting-out, things set out or the place
for them, maandiko.
Shaddock, furungu, pi. mafurunga.
Shade, iivuli, Tuli, mvuii, mvili,
kivuli, kitua.
Shadow, kivuli, pi. vivuli
Shame (disgrace), aibu.
(modesty), haya.
(a thing causing confusion), ari,
fetheba, hezaya.
having no shame, rojanja, pL
wajanja.
Shape, kiasi, kalibn,namiia.
Share, fungu, pi. mafungu, semcbq,
kisma.
Sharing, usbarika.
Sliarht papa.
SJiarpness, ukali.
Shaving (of wood), usafl.
Sliawl, sball.
worn round the waist, mahazama.
*Sheaf, or bundle of cut rice, mganda,
pi, mlganda.
Sheath, no, pL mauo, ala, pi. nyala.
Sheave (of a pulley), roda, koradani.
Sited, banda, pL mabauda, kibaiula,
pi. vibanda.
Sheep, kondoo.
Sheet, sbiika.
of a sail, demani.
of a booh, gombo, pi. magorobo.
o/ paper, vikux9S&,pl. korasi^
Shelf, kibau, pi. vibau.
in a recess, rufiif.
smafAiaftfMa.
(id
ingMlf.
Shell («ea «ft«K8),s1ielle, pi, inoshelle.
Qiuak), ganda, pL maganda.
{empty shelly fuYu, pU mafuvn,
bapuru, piL mabupuru, kaka.
Shepherdf mlishi, pi, walishi, mchu-
nga, pi wachunga.
Sherd. SeePoUherd.
Shield^ ngao.
Shiny muiindi wa gnu (A.).
Shipj merikebu, marikabu, jahasi.
Man-of-voaTy manowari, mdrikeba
ya mizioga.
Men^fd ship, merikcqu ya taja*
Steam ship, merikebu ya dohaaoi
merikebtt ya moshL
Ship belonging to the government,
merikebu ya serkali
FuU-rigged thip, merikebu ya
roilingote mitatu.
Barque^ merikebu ya milingoto
miwili na nuss.
Native craft, chombo, piL vyombo.
Shirty kanzu.
Shivering, kitapo, kutetema, ku-
tetemeka.
Shoal (hank), fungu, pi mafungu.
Shock, shindo.
Shoe, kiatu cha kizungu or cha
kihiodi, pL viatu yya kizuugu.
Shoemaker, mshoni Tiatu, pi wa-
8honi viatu.
Shoot, cbipukiei> ucbipuka, pi
obipuka.
A pointed shoot like that contain"
ing a spike of flovoer, kilelc, pi
Yilele.
Shop, duka, pi, maduka.
Shops with warerooms, bokhari.
Shot (smaU), marisaa.
Shot-helti betL
Shoulder, bega, pi mabega, fuzi, pZ.
mafuzi (A.).
Shoulder-blade, kombe la mkono.
Shout, ukelele,|)2. kelelo, keleley|>l
makelele.
Shower, manyunyo.
Showing, wonyesho.
Shrewdness, werevu.
Shroud, saanda.
Shrub, Idjm, pi yijitL
See Thorn,
MwaDgo, pi, miwango (?).
Sick person, mgoT\jwA,pl magonjwa,
mweli, pi waweli.
Sickness, ugonjwa, uweli, marathi.
Side, nptkude, pi pande.
Side of the body, mbavu, mata-
mbavu.
The other side of a river^ Ar.,
ng*ambo.
Siege, mazingiwa.
<9^6«e,kiyamba.
Siftings of rice after pounding,
wishwa.
Sighing, kuugua.
Sign, dalili.
Signal, ishara.
XJkonyezo, pi konyezo, a sign
made by raising the eyebrows*
Eikorombwe, a kind of signal cry
Silence, nyamavu, kimya
SiUc, hariri.
Silliness, mapiswa, pua
SiUy talk, upuzL
Silver, fetha.
Silversmith, mfua fetiiOi pi waPua
felha.
Simpleton, mjinga, pt wajinga.
Sin, thambi, pi, tbambi or ma-
tbambi, makosa, takairi.
Singleness, upweke.
Stp, fundaCO*
70
SWABILI BANDBOOS.
Sir J Bwanal
Stster, nmbn, pi. maiimbu, ndngo,
ndnga mke.
As a term of endearment, dada.
FodeT'eister^ nduga kuuyonya.
Sifter-in^w, shemegi.
Sitter, mksuktpl, 'wakaa.
Sitting, kikao, pL vikao, kiiako, pL
Titako.
Siie, vkavL, nkubwa, kiasi, kadiri,
chco.
Skeleton, mzoga (?) .
Skilful workman^ mstadi, pL wa-
BfadL
SkiUed or matUf-worhman^ fundi.
Skin, DgozL
Sky, uwingiL
Slacknett, ulegeviL
Slander, masingpzio^ fitina (sowing
of discord).
Slaughter-house, matiudo.
Slave, xntumwa, pi, watumwa, mn-
hadimu, pL wabadimii^ miwana^
pL watwana.
A slave hoy, kitwana, pi. vitwana.
A slave girl, kijakazi, pL vijakazi.
A tlave woman, mjakazi, pL wa-
jokazi;
A concubine slave, suria, pL ma-
suria.
A slave horn in the house or
country, xnzalia, pi. 'wazalia.
A runaway slave, mtoro, pi, wa-
A fellow slave, mjoli, pi. wajoli.
A' household qf slaves, kijoli, pi.
vijolL
Piece of land allotted to a slave
for Jiis own use, koonde, pi.
makoonde.
Slavery, ntumwa.
Sleep, uzingizi, zingizL
Sleeping plaee,mBia\o.
Things to sleep upon, malazi.
Sleeve, mkono, pi, mikona
Sling, kcmibeo, pL makombeo.
Slip of a tree, Ac, mcbe, pi, micho.
A slip which hae put forth IcaveSt
mche nliochanna.
One fjchich has made a new sJtoot^
mche nliochipnka.
Slipperiness, utelezL
Sloth, uviYU.
Slovenliness, fujofuja
SmaUness, udogo.
SmaU-poz, ndtd.
SmeU, hartifu, manuka, azroa.
Smith (worker in metal), mfua, pt
wafua. See Blacksmith, &c
Smoke, moshi, pi. mioslii.
Snail, koa, pL makoa, konokono.
Snake, nyoka, joka, pi majoka
(large).
Ghattt, python^
Fill, cobra (?),
Snare, shabnka.
Sneezing, chafya.
Snoring, kiikoroma.
Snuff, tumbako ya kunuka, or
kunnsa.
Snuff'hox, tabakelo.
Soap, Babuiii.
Soda, magadi.
Solder, lihamik
SMier, asikari.
Sole (of the foot), uayo, pi nyaa
Solitude, upekee, nkiwat
SomauU Coast, Banada.
Somebody, mtu.
Some one else*s, -a mwenyeWe.
Child of somebody, i.e., of respect'
aHe parents, mtoto wa i\atU|
mwana wa wata. -;
Somersault, kitwangomba.
BtlSSTANTIVES.
It
$m, mwana^ pL waana^ Idjana^
mtoto mume.
Wodi Mohammed, Mohammed't
ton.
Bin AbdaUah (Ar.), Abdallah*$
son.
Hamisi wa Tani, EanUii Vie son
of Tani (^Oihman).
Soninrlaufy mkwe, pL wakwe.
fion^, nimbo, pL nyimbo.
Soot, kaa moshi, makaa ya moshi
Soothing things kitulizo, pi. vitulizo.
Soothsayer, kahini, pL makahini.
Sore, donda, pi, madonda, kidonda,
pi. vidonda, jeraha.
Sores in the leg^ nyungmiyangn,
mtL
Sorrow, kasarani, hnzuni, sikitiko,
matnkio.
Sorrow for a loss, majonzL
Sorrow for somdhing done, ma-
jntia
Excessive sorroto, jitimai
Sort (kind), ginsi, namna, Skvaeu
The sort is often expressed hy
the prefh ki-. Kizrm^, the
European sort, kifamne, tlie
kingly sort
Sota,ioho.
Sound, sauti.
Soundness, uzima.
Source, asili, chimbnko.
£butA, kuaini, fittbelL
Southerly wind, kusi..
Sovereign, mwenyi ezi, mwenyi
inchi, mwenyi mji.
, (coin), robo Ingrezi
Sovereignty, ezl, enzL
Space, nafasL
(of time), mnda.
(open space), uwanda, nga.
Spade, jembe la kizungtu
Span, futoii, shibiri, shifarL
Spangles, pnluki.
Spark, chechi, pi macbeohL
Sparkle, kimeta.
Speaker, mneni, pt waneni, mflemi,
pi nt'asemi, maemaji, pL wa-
Bemaji.
Speaking, knsema, knnema.
A dark obscure way of speaking^
kilinge cba maneno.
An enigmatical way of speaking,
in which the last syUabU is^
taken from the end, and made
to begin ^ word, kinyume,
kinyuma. (See Appendix L)
Spear, fumo, .pL mafumo (JlaU
Haded) mkuke^ pH, mikuke,-
(three-edged) sagai, pi. masagai '
Spectacles, miwanL
Speech (spajiking),'kxmQrak.
(oration), matagnao, milnmbe.
Spider, bnibni.
Spinal column^ nU wa inaimgo.
Spirits, mvinyo.
Evil spirit,' pepo.
Kinds of spirits, jini, pi. majtni,
milboi, mahoka, dungnmaro,-
kitamiri, kiznn, kizuka, koikoi,
mwana maoa, &a
Spit, mna, pi nynma.
Spittle, mate.
Spoil, mateka.
Spleen, wengo.
Splint, gango, pi magango, banzi,
pi, mabanzi.
Splinter (of wood), kibanzi, pL
. Tibanzi.
(of glass or earthenware), kige-
renyenza, pi vigerenyenza.
Spoon, mwiko, pi miiko, kijiko, pi
vijiko (a tea-spoon), ndiamsbe,'
pi mikamshe (a wooden spoon).
72
BWASiLt MANDsaoK.
Spirt y rncheZO. nizaha.
Spot, waa, pi, mawaa, kipakn, pt
yipakiL
Spout (^from a roof), kopo la
nyumba, marizabu.
Sprain, kuteuka.
Spread, eaeo.
Spreading a meal, maandiko.
Spring, xntambo, pi, mitambo.
ofviaJter, chemohem, jicho la maji.
Sprinkle, manytmyo.
Sprinkler (for ecents), mrashi^ pt
mirashL
Spur of a eoek, kipi, Mpia, pL vipia.
Spy, mpelelezi, pi. wapelelezi,
mtumbnizi (A.).
Square, mrabba.
Squint, makengeza.
Stable, banda la frasi, faja la frasL
Staff, gongo, pi. magongo, mkongo-
jo, pL mikongojo.
Stagnation, Tilio, pL mavilia
&ain, waa, pL mawaa.
Stairs, darajay ngazL
Upstairs, jun, darinL
Down-stairs, chinL
StdUts, of mtama, boa, piL mabiia.
of a Mnd of millet chevoed like
sugar-cane, kota, pL makota.
of cloves, cfcc, kikonyo,jpI. vikonyo.
StaU keeper, mchurazi, pi. wa-
charuzL
Stammering, kigngmnizL
Stamp, muhmi, chapa.
Staple, pete, pi, mapete, ttunbnu.
Star, nyoia.
Falling stars, nyota zikishuka.
Shooting stars, kimwondo, pi.
Timwondo.
Starch, kanji, dondo.
Start {fright),lntako.
{beginning), fell, pi, umfelL
Startling thing, mzungti, pi ml*
zungiL
A thing to frighten people^ klnya-
go, pi. vinyaga
8taie,h9]L
Statue, sanamo.
Stealing, kwiba.
Steam, mvnke.
A steamship, merikebu ya mosbi.
Steel, feleji, pua.
Steelyard, mizani.
Steersman, mshiki sbikijO.
Stem of a tree, shina, pi mashina.
of mtama, bna, pi, mabua.
Step (stepping), batua.
{of stone, Ac), daiaja.
Step-father, baba ^a kambo.
Step^mother, mama wa kambo.
Steward, maimamizi, pZ. wasimamizL
Stick, fimbo, ufito, pi fito (piin),
bakora (a tealking'^ick toith a
handle bent at right angles).
A short heavy stick, kibarango,
pi. yibaiango, mpweke, pi. mi-
pweke.
A staff, gongo, pi magongo,
mkongojo, pi. mikongojo (an
old man*8 staff),
StiUness, kimya.
Stirrup, kikuku cha kupandia frasL
Stocks (for the feet), mkatale.
Stomach, tambo.
Pit of the stomach, chembe cha
moyo (A.).
Stone, jiwe, pi mawe or majiwe.
A stone house, nynmba ya mawa
SmaU stones or pieces of ttone,
kokoto, pi makokoto.
Very small stones, not larger than
an egg, mbwe.
Very mall grit, changarawL
Fresh cored, matnmbawi
BV^SfANTlYEa.
73
PreetouB stones^ kito, pL vito,
joharL
Stones of fruity kokwa, pL ma-
kokwa.
Stooping^ kiinamizL
Stop (end), kikomo, kinga.
(stopping), kizuizo, kizuizi, kizuio.
Stoppage in the nose or wind-pipe^
mafaa.
(stagnation), vilio, pL mavilio.
Stopper, zibo, pi. mazibo, kizibo, pi,
viziba
Store (put by), akiba.
Store-room, gbala.
Storm, tbiraba, tufaniL
Story, baditbi, babarL See TaU,
Stoutness, anene.
Strainer, kungnto, pL makiinguto
(of hasket-noorh).
Straits (distress), sbidda.
(narrow seas), kilango oba babari.
Strands of a cord, meno, ncba.
Stranger, mgeni, pi wageni.
Strap, iikanda.
Stratagem, bila.
Stream, mto, pi mito, kijito, pi
vyito.
Strength, nguvu.
String, ugwe, uzi, katani.
String of beads, kigwe, pi vigwe.
String-course, nsbi.
StHp, See Mat.
Stripe (line), uzi, pi nynzl, znftto,
pi mifuo, utepe, pi tepe,
S^udy, mtaala.
StuvMe, kwao, j>Z. makwao.
Stumbling-hhck, kwao, pi makwao.
Stump, shina, pi madbina.
Stupor, kurukwa na akili
Stye in the eye, chokea.
Style (of writing), dibaji, o good
style*
Subject, rayia.
Substance, asilL
Subtlety, busara, wenmL
Subtraction (arithmetical), baki
Suburbs, kiiinga.
Sugar, snkaii.
Sugar-cane, mua, pH, miwa.
Suit of dothes, kisua.
Sulphate of copper, mratatu.
of magnesia, cbnmvi ya balulL
Sulphur, MberitL
Saltanship, nsultanL
Sum, jnmla.
Summary, mubtasarL *
Summit, kilele, pi vilele (used of
any sharp-pointed top or peak,
of the centre shoot of a cocoa-
nut tree as weU as of the peak
of a mountain).
Sun, jua^ pi majiia.
The coming out of the sun after
rain, kianga.
Sunday, Jama a pilL
Sundries, takataka.
Sunset, magharibi, mangaiibL
Supercargo, karaDi.
Superciliousness, Mtongotongo.
Superintendent, mwangalizi, pi wa«
angalizi, msimamizi, pit, wasi*
mamizi.
Supper, cbaknla cba jioni
Suppuration, kutunga.
Surety, mtbamini, tbimio, thamana,
lazima.
Surf, mawimbL
Swallow (bird), barewai, mbili-
wili (?), mbayuwayu (A.).
Sweat, hari, jaaho, vukuto.
Sweetheart, mcbumba.
Sweet lime, dimu tamu.
Sweetness, tamu.
Sweet potatoes, yiazi, sing. kiazL
74
BWAEILl RANDBOOK.
SwindUry tbalimiL
Swing f pembea.
Swinej ngaruwe, ngnuwe.
Switeky nfito, pi fito.
Swardy npanga, pL pango.
curved tword^ kitara, pi. vitara.
straight t%o<hedged tword without
any guard, upanga wa felejL
with a tmaU cron hUt, upanga
wa imauL
Syphilis, sekeneko, kijaraha oha
xnboni, tego (a virtdent hind
supposed to be Vie resuU of a
charm).
Syria, Sham.
Syrup, asali.
TabU,
Tahle^loth, nguo ya mezo.
. Table -naphini kitambaa cha
xneza.
Tack of a sail, gofihi.
Talking {sewing), baodL
Tail, n^da, pH. mikia.
Tailor, mshoni, pL wosbonL
Taking away, maondolea
Tale, hadithi, kisa, ngano.
Tale-bearer, mznzi.
Talipes, kupinda na mguu*
Talk, usemi^
SiUy talk, nptizL
Tulker, msemaji, pi, wasemaji
Tamarind, ukwajo.
Tamarind tree, rnkwaju, pL mi-
Tangle, matata. [kwajui
Tap, bilula.
Tape, utepe, pL tepe.
Tar, lami.
Tartar on the teeih, iikoga.
Taste, tamu, tamu, luthtba, nyonda,
maondif maonji
Tatter, mwonja, pL waonja, mWO»
nda (M.)) pi waonda, kionja,
pL Tionja, kionda (M.), pL
vionda.
Tea, cliayi, cha.
Teacher, mwalimn, pi. waalimn,
rokufunzi, pL wakufunzL
Teaching, mafaadisbo, elimu.
Teak, msaji.
Teapot, bull, pi. mabulL
Tear, chozi, pi. maobozi, tozi (M.),
pi. matozi.
Teaxing, tbihaka.
Tediousness, ucUotq.
Teleseope, duiabini;
Temper, tabia.
Temperar^ce, tawasauf, kadirL
Temple, hekalu (a great thing, ike
temple at Jerusalem), banija
(a building, the temple at
Meeca%
Temptation, majaribn, nyondft.
Ten, kvatd, pi. makumi.
a decade, mwongo, pi, miongo. .
Tent, khema, hcma.
Testicles, mapumbu, tamboa.
Testimony, ushahidi.
Thanks, sbukurn, ushukura, aalamiii
ahsanta, maiababa.
Hiatch, makuti (of cocoa-nut leaves).
Thin sticks used to tie the makuti
to, Tipau, pi. pan
See CoisoarnuL
Theft, nizL
Thicket, kichaka, pL vichaka, kok(H
pi. loakoko.
Thickness, nnene.
Thief, mwivl, pL wevi, mvribaji, pi
webaji.
Thieving, kwiba, uizi, wibaji.
Thigh, upaja, pi paja, paja, pi. nmr
paja.
BVBSTAiTTlVMa.
75
fhimJtiUy sobaniL
SaUmakei's jpdLm, dofra, pL ma-
dofra.
Tiling J kitn, pL vita (a thing of tlte
tenses), ncno, jambo, mambo
(things of the intellect).
J have done nothing, sikufanya
*Dcno.
J see nothing, doni kitu.
A kind tiling, jambo la wema.
Strange things^ mambo mageoL
TJiird (a tJiirdpart), (Aeluth.
Tliu-st, kio.
Tliom, mwiba, pL mliba or miba.
Mchoiigoma, |72. roiehongoma, a
thorny shrub used for hedges,
Hkwamba, jpZ. mikwamba, a
^ thorny shrub.
Thought, wazo, pL mawazo, fikara,
tl;amiri, nia.
Tliousand, cUu,pL elfu or alafu.
a thousand or myriad, kikwi, |>2.
zikwi or vikwL
a hundred thousand, lakkL
Thread, uzi, pZ. nynzi, katauL
Threat, wogofya, tisho.
Throat, koo, jpL makoo.
!rAtt]n&, kidole cha gumba.
tliunder, radi (near)^ ngurumo
(distant).
Thursday, AlhamisL
tuiket, kibarua, pi vibania.
Tickling or tingling, mnyeo, kiuye-
wyefiL
Ticks, papasi (in houses), kupe (on
oatOe),
Tide, maji kujaa na kupwa.
Spring tides, bamvna.
Neap tides, maji mafu.
Tiller, kana, gana.
TiUer ropes, mijiari, sing, mjiari.
Timber, miti, mibau.
Time, \rakati, wakti, majim.
(sufficient), nafasi
(Aotfr), saa.
(leisure), faragha.
(first, Ac\ mara.
(fixed term), mobulla.
Times (age), zamani.
Space of time, miida.
Period of time, kipindL
A short time, kitambo.
Tin^ in muUiplicaiion, fi.
Six times eight, sita & tlio-
manya.
DiyisiOKB or Timb.
There are two yean in nso in
Zanzibar; that which is most com*
monly heard of is the Arab year of
twelve lunar montlis. It cannot be
more than about 355 days long, and
has therefore no correspondence to
the seasons. The months are de-
termined by the sight of the new
moon, or by the expiration of thirtyr
days since the beginning of the
previous month. It happens some*
times that some of the coast towns^
will begin their months a day before
or after what was taken as its first
day in Zanzibar. A gun ia usaally
fired from one of the ships when
the month begins. Practically the
Bamathan is treated as the first
montli, and the rest are reckoned
&bm it; the word by which they
are denoted seems to mean not
fasting, as though the SamaOian
being the month ot fasting, the rest
were the first, second, third, &Cy
of not fasting, until the montlis of
Sajab and ffiauhan, which have
both a special religious character
70
BWiEiLt SAitbnooK.
The following are tho names of the
Arab months, with their Swahili
equivalents:
AtAB.
SWAHIU.
Mohanutk
Hftingw) a 'line.
8afr.
Babia al aowal.
Mfungao a slta.
BabUalakhr.
Mfangao a saba.
Jemad al aowal.
Mfangxto a nane.
Jemadalakhr.
Mfunguo a kenda.
RiSiab. ^
Ri^aba.
Shaalan.
Shaabanl.
P*mathfliL
Ramathan!.
Shaowal.
Mfunguo a mod.
Th'U ka'ada.
HfongQoapiU.
Th'UhiOiAb.
MfungnoaUto.
The two great Mohammedan
feasts are held on the first of
Shcunoal, when every one gives pre-
sents, and on the tenth of Th*il
hajjah, ivhen every one is supposed
to slaughter some animal and feast
the poor.
The other year in use among the
Bwahili is the Kautical and Agri-
cultural year ; it is roughly a solar
year, having 865 days. It is
reckoned to begin fh>m the 8iku a
mwdka (answering to the Persian
Nairuz), which now occurs towards
the end of August The last day
of the old year is called Kigunzi,
and the days are reckoned by
decades, called miongo, sing, miro-
ngo. Thus — Muxmgo wa mia con-
sists of the days between 90 and
100. Mvoongo wanyapif asks which
decade it is. The Siku a mtoaJea is
kept as a great day, and formerly
had a number of special observances
oonnected with it. In the night or
early in the morning every oiie tlscd
to bathe in the sea; the women are
particularly careful to do so. They
afterwards fill a large pot with
grain and pulse, and cook them.
About noon they serve out to all
friends who come ; all the fires, are
extinguished with water and lighted
again by rubbing wood. Formerly
no inquiry was made as to any one
killed or hurt on this day, and it is
still the custom to go armed and
to be on the guard against private
enemies. It used to be a favourite
amusement to throw any Indians
that could be caught into the sea,
and otherwise ill-use them, until
the British Government interfered
for their protection. The year is
called after the day of the week on
which it began; thus, in 1865 it
began on Thursday and was
Mwdka Alhamisi; in 1866 on
Friday, and was Mwaka Jwna, and
so on.
The seasons will be found briefly
mentioned under that word.
The week has been reconstructed
on the Arab week, retaining only
the Arab names of two days, AUia*
miti and Juma (Thursday and
Friday), which answer to our Satur*
day and Sunday for Mohammedan
religions purposes, and are the days
which slaves in the country are
generally allowed for their own
recreation or profit. Juma is so
named from the assembly held on
that day for public woreliip; the
Arab names of the rest are merely
those used by English Quakeni^
first, second, third, &c.
BUB8TANTIVEB.
77
Ekqusb. ABAua
Sanday. Al <had.
Monday. Ath tAeneen.
Tuesday. AM tAelntb.
Wednesday, Ar robua*.
Tharsday. Al khamlf .
Friday. Jama'.
Sfttordaj. Assabt
SWARILI.
Jama a pill.
Jama a tata.
Jama K 'mie.
Jama a tano.
Alhamlat
Jama.
Jama a mosL
The day begins at sunset ; tonight
therefore in the mouth of a Swahili
means what an Englishman would
call Vut night. As the days are of
ft very nearly uniform length there
is little practical incorrectness in
taking sunset as six o'clock in the
evening and reckoning the night
first «ad then the day from it, hour
by hour. Thus, seven, eight, and
nine are the first, second, and third
of the night (jkm a kwanzay a pUi,
a tatu ya usiku). Midnight is the
sixth hour, saa a sita. Five in the
morning is the eleventh hour of the
night, KM a edhaskara. Nine
o'clock in the morning is the third
hour of the day, ioa a tatu. Twelve
at noon is the sixth hour, aaa a iita,
and four and five the tenth and
eleventh hours, saa a kumif aaa a
edhatihara. Sunset. is determined
by observation, and a gun is fired,
and tha Sultan's fiag hauled down
to mark it. During the JRamathan a
gun is fired at half-past two in the
morning to warn every one of the
approach of morning, that they may
get their cooking and eating over
Defore dawn. This gun-fire is called
daakuu.
There is another way of marking
the time by reference chiefiy to the
hours of prayer (lee Prayw); the
following are th« chief points
Magaribi, summC
Mshuko wa magaribi (coming out
from 8un8«t prayers)^ about
hal/'poit six.
Esha or Isha, from half-ptut Hx
to oighL
Mshuko wa esha, aibout hoUf-an^
hour later,
Nuss ya usikn« midnight
Earibu na alfajiri, between three
and four in ihe morning.
Alfajiri mkuu. rising of the mom'
ing star, about four,
Alfajiri mdogo, dawn,
Assubui, the momingy f .«., after
sunrise,
Mchana, the day from assubui to
jioni.
Mafungulia ng*ombe (letHng out
of cattle), about 8 A,u.
Mafungulia ng'ombe makuu, is
earlier, mafungulia ng'ombe
madogo, is later than eigJU
o*clock,
Jua kitwani, noon,
Athuuri or Azuuri, noon, and
thence tiU three o*doek.
Awali athuuri, bettoeen twelve and
one.
Alasiri, about half-past three, or
from three to five.
Alasiri kasiri, about five, or thenoe
to half-pasL
Jioni, evening, from about five ot
half-past tiUsunseL
Tin, bati
Tiv ncha, nta (Ti.>
Tithes, zaka.
Tobacco, tumbako
To'dayt leoi
78
BWAUILI HANDBOOK.
Toe, kiJolc, pt vidole, kidole eha
xnguiu
Token, dalili, buruhanL
Tomb, kaburi, jd. xnakabiirL
To-morrow, kesha
ihe day after, kesbo kutwa.
the day after ihnt; mtondo.
after that, mtondo goo.
Tongs^ koleo, pi, makolea
Tongue, ulimi, pi, ndimL
A piece of cloth, dc, to lie under
an opening, lisanL
Tool, samanl
Carpenter*$ tool far marlHng lines,
xnaliatL
Tooth, jiao, pL mena
cuspids, choDge.
Dirt on the teeth, ukoga.
' He h(u lost a frond tooth, ana
pengo.
Tooth stick or brush, msuaki, pi
Top, juu.
{the toy), pia.
Torpor, utepetcftu
Tortoise, kobe.
Total, jumla.
2WeZ,kitambaa cba kaAitiaugOy'&c.
Tower, mnara, pi minanu
Toum, mji, pi miji
Trace, dalili
Track, nyayo.
Trade, biasbara.
Trader, mfanyi blashara.
Traitor, kbainL
Trap, mtego, pi mitego,
(with a spring), mtambo, pi mi-
tamba
Traveller, msafiri, pi wasafiri
Tray, sinia, pi masinia.
Trcocfo, asali ya mua.
Treasure, bazina, kanzi, khazana.
Treatmetd, mwamale.
Tree, mti, pi mitL
Mkadi, Pandanus.
Mtomondo, Barringtmia,
MU>ndoo,CalophyUum inophyUum,
Trench, bandaki.
Trench for laying in foundations,
malDJi, msiDgL
Trial, majaribu.
Tribe, kabila, taifa, pi mataifa.
(taifa is larger Hian kabila).
Of what tribe are you i Mtu gani
wee?
Trick, bila, obereTH, madanganya.
Trot, xnasbindo (of a horse), matiti
(of an ass).
Trouble, taabn, utbia.
Trousers, soniali
Trowel (mason^s), mwiko, pi ndiko.
Trumpet, paanda.
Trunk, sbina, pi masbina, jiti, pi
majiti
(cut down), gogo, pi magogo.
(Ute human trunk), kiwLiwili
Truth, kweli,
A truih teUer, msemi kwclL
Trying, maonji, majaribu.
Tub, pipa, pi mapipa.
Tuesday, Juma a nne.
Turban, kilemba, pi. vilcmba.
A turban doth, utambi, pi tambL
ends of turban cloth, utam\nm, pi
tamvua, kisbungi*
Turkey, bata la xnziDga, pi mabata
ya mzinga.
Turmeric, manjaaa
Turn, zamn, pL mazamiu
By turns, kwa zamu. '
Turner, xnkeieza, pi wakcreza, .
Turnery, zikerezwazo. .
Turtle, kasa.
EawJcshead turfie^ from which
SUBSTANTIVES.
70
iortoiseshell is obtained, ag'a-
niba, giiamba.
Turtle dovCf husL
Twin, pacha.
Ttcist, pindi, pi, mapindi.
Type (for printing j^ cliapa, pi, ma-
obapa.
U.
Vdder, kiwele.
UlcerSf donda ndugu.
Umbrella, mwavuli, pi, miavnli.
Native umbrelUi^ dapo, pL ma-
dapo.
UneUanneu, janaba, ucbavu.
Unde, mjomba, pL wajomba, baba
indogo (mother'e brother), amu
{faihere brother).
Undergrotdh, ma^ngo.
Understanding, akili (p2.).
Underwood, makoko.
Unity, umoja.
Univeree, ulimwcngn.
Uproar, fujo,kelele, makelele, uthia,
keio.
Urine, mkojo.
Use, kutumia, kufaa.
(habit), mazoezo.
Useful things, >iraa.
Usurer, mlariba, pi, walariba.
Usury, iriba.
Utensils, vyombd.
Uterus, mjL
Uvula, kimio.
Vagabond, bana kwao (homeless).
Vagina, kuma.
Valley, boonde, pi, boonde or ma-
boondo.
Value, kima, ^^amani, kadin^ kiasl,
upataji, iithani
What is it worth? Gbapatajo? •
Vapour, mvuke/fukizo.
Vapour bath, mvuke.
Vault, or vavUedplaoe, knba, kabba.
Vegetables^ mboga.
Dcdoki, pi madodoki, a long
many^angled seed pod,
Fijili or figili, a large white
radish.
Jimbi, pl» majimbi, a root very
much like a hyaeinth root.
Vegetable marrow^ mttmanyo, pi
Veil, utaji, shela.
Vengeance, kasasi
Verses, mashairi.
Utenzi, religioue verses,
Vimnhvdzo,verses sung at a dance.
Vesicular eruption on the skin^
uwatL
Vial, kitupa, pi vitiipa.
Vice, uovu, ufisadi, ufiski
(the toot), jiliwa, pL majiliwa,
iriwa.
Vicegerent, kaimo, jiL nukkaimu,
nayibu, kalife.
Victim, mathabuha.
Victftals, vyakula.
Vigil, kesba, pi makeslia.
Village, mji, pi miji, kijiji, pi Yijiji
Vine, mzabibu, pi mizabibu.
Vinegar, siki.
Violence, jeuli, nguva.
Kwa nguvu, by violence.
Ana jeuri, he attacks people wan'
tonhj.
Virgin, bikiri, kizinda.
Viscera, matumbo.
Vizir, waziri, pi. ma^YarTi
Vizirahip, uwaziii.
Voice, sauti.
Vow, nathiri, naziri
80
6WAHILI EASDBOOK.
Voycujef safari
Vxdturef taL
W.
Waget, ujira.
monihly^ mshahara.
sailors', halaso.
Wailing, maombolezo.
Waitstcoatf kisibau, pi. visibau.
deevedt oha lakono.
sleeveless, kisioho xnkono or clia
vikapa.
Walk, mwendo.
A walk, matembezL
to go for a walk, kwenda tembea.
Wall, iikuta, pi, knta, kikuta, ph
vikuta, kitalu, pi, vitalu {of ar^
enclosure), kiyambaza (mud
and stud).
WaU-plate, mbati, mwamba, pi. mi-
amba.
Walnut, jori.
Wandering about, mztiDi^o, pi.
mizuDguko.
Want, uhtaji, upimgufu, kipunguo.
(poverty), sbidda, umasikini
War, vita, kondo (Mer.).
Wareroom, ghala.
Warehouse and shop, bo^bari,
bohari.
Warmth moto, uharara.
Lukevjarmness, uvuguvugo.
Wart, chunjua.
Washerman, dobi.
Waste, upotevu, uharibivu.
Waster, mpotevu, pi, wapotevn,
miibaribivii,|>Z. wabariblvu.
Watch, saa.
(vigil), kesha, pi. makesba.
(time or place of watching), ki-
ugojo. pi. vingojo.
(watMng- place), lindoi
Water, maji.
FresJi water, maji matamn, maji
ya pepo.
Water-closet, choo, chiro.
Water cooler (earthen hottls),
guduwia, gudulia, knzl (a
larger kind witli handles and
spout).
Water jar, mtungi, pi. mitungi.
Water melon, battikh. See
Pumpkin.
Water skin, kiriba.
Wave, wimbi^ pi, mawimbL
Way, njia.
the shortest way, njia ya kukata.
Wealmess, utbaifu.
Wealth, mail meogi, utajiri, nkwasi.
Weapon, selaba, mata (weapons, i.e.^
hows and arrows).
Weather, wakati.
Weather side, upande gosbini*
upande wa juu.
Weaver, mfuma, pL wafuma.
Wedding, harusi.
Wedge, kabari.
Wednesday, Juma a tano.
Weeds, magugu.
KiTids of weeds, kitawi, mdagot
gugu mmtu, mbaruti.
Week,}mnaA.
Weight (see Measure\ utbani.
Eouj much does it weigh f Yapata
kassi gani utbani wake ?
Nativb Weights :
Wakia, the weight of a sUcer
dollar, about one ounce.
Battel, sixteen wakia, about om
pound,
Kibaba, pL yibaba, one rattel ami
a half
Mani, wo rattel and thre^
quarters.
SUBSTANTIVES,
ei
PiBlii,/otir Tibabft, or 9ix rattel.
Frasila, thirty-five rattel, or twelve
mani.
Farra ya mti, seventy-two rattel,
or twelve pishi.
Well, kisima, pL viaima.
Weeping, kilio.
West, maghribi.
West wind, ninande.
Wet, rataba, maji.
Whale, Dyamgami, ngumL
Wheat, ngano.
Wheel, gTumdunm, pZ. magnrn-
diimu.
Wheeled earriage, gari, pi, ma-
garL
Whetstone, Mnoo, pt vinoo.
Whip, mjeledi, pL mijeledL
A plaited thong carried by over-
lookers and schoolmasters, ka-
mbaa, kikoto (M.).
Whirlwind, kisiuuli, pepo za cha-
roohela. .
WhisUing, msonyo, miunsL
IVhite ants, mohwa.
White of egg, ute wa yayL
Whiteness, weupe.
Whitening, cliaki.
Whitlow, mdudo.
Wick of a lamp, ntambi, pi,
tambi. :
• of a eandle, kope, pi, makope.
Widow, mjani, mjaani, mko uliofi-
wa na miimewe.
Width, upana.
Wife, mke, pL wake, mtumke, pL
watuwake, mwanamke, pi wa-
anaake.
Wilderness, bara, nyika, unyika.
WUd people, washcnzi.
Wild animals, nyama za mwitn,
oyama mbw^yi, oy^ma wakaUt
WUl (mind), moyo, uia, kiwudi.
(testament), wasio.
Wind, upepo, much wind, pepo.
See Oold, Whirlwind, Storm, East
West.
Northerly Winds,which blow from
December to March, kaskazi.
SotUherly winds, which blow from
April to November, kusi.
Head winds, pepo za omo (also
stern winds).
Wind on the beam, matanga katL
Winding, kizingo, pi, vizingo.
of a stream, magbubft.
Windlass, duara. [dirisha.
Window, dirisha, pi. dirisba or ma-
Wine, mvinyo (strong wine), divai
Wing, bawa, pL mabawa. [(claret).
A wing feaiher, ubawa, pL mbawa.
Wink, kupepesa.
Wire, masango, nzi wa madinL
Wire-^rawev's plate, cbamburo.
Wisdom, b^ima, bnsara, akUi
Fti, ujuvi (?).
Witch, mobawi, pL wacbawi.
Witchcraft, ucbawi.
One who uses witeheraft against
another, wanga.
Witness, fihabidi, pi, masbabidL
(testimony), u&babidi.
Wits, akili.
Wizard, mchAwi^ pi wacbawL
Woe, msiba. See Grief,
Woman, mwanamke, pi, waanaake
or waanawake.
A young troman, kijaDa,pZ. yijana.
A young looman who has not yet
left her father^ s house, one whose
breasts are not yet flattened^
mwanamwalL
A slave woman, mjakazi, pL wa-
^ Person, Ql^t Slqve. [j£.kazu
8a
SWAHILi HANDBOOK.
WanA^ tiimix), matombo, mjL
Wander, ajaba.
Wonderst mataajaba.
Woodf mti. See Firewood, Timber.
A wood, msitn va miti.
A pieee of wood, kijiti, j)l. vijiti.
Kinds of wood.
FiiiesBi,^^ wood of the Jaeh-fruit
tree; Ukata yeUow colour,
H^e, a reddish wood much used
in Zanzibar,
Hkomayi, d red wood,
Msaji, teaJe,
Mtobwe, Ihe wood of whitA the
he$t bakora are made,
^esead, Indian black wood,
Simbati, a hind of wood brought
from near Cape Delgado,
^'Sunobaii, deal.
Wooden clogs, viatu vya mti.
The button which is grasped by
the toes, mstiruaki, pi, misu-
rttaki.
WooUen cloth, jobp (broadcloth).
Thick wodUen fabrics, blanketing,
hmkuiL
Word, neno, pL mancno.
Bad words, matakano.
Work, kazi.
Workman, mtenda kazi.
(skiUed),fandi.
Iskifful, a good hand), mstadi, pL
wastadL
Workshop, kiwanda, pi, viwanda,
kiwanja, pL viwauja.
r7orld, nlimwengo, dunia.
Peopileofthisworld,yn!iimweiigvL
Worldly affairs, malimwengn.
Wo^ nangonango, chango,
mnio (?).
Worth, kima. See Vahte.
IFoimd, jeraba, dond^i pi madonda.
kionda, pL vionda, Mdonda, pi.
Tidooda.
Wraih, gbatbabu.
Wriggle, pindi, pH. mapindL
Wrist, kiwiko cha mkono. kilimbilL
Writer, mwandishi, pZ. waandishi,
akatabao, piL wakatabao (writer
of a letter).
Writings, maandiko, maandiahL
Writing-desk, dawati.
Wrong, tbulumn, sivyo.
y.
Tarn, kiazi kikuu, pi, yiazi viknn.
A kind of yam like a hyacinth
root, jimbi, pL majimbi.
Yard (of a ship), foramali.
(an enclosure), uanda, uanja, ca,
Yaum, miayo. [pi, nyua.
Year (see Time), mwaka, pL miaka.
Last year, mwaka jana.
. The year before last, mwaka juzt,'
Yesterday, jana.
The day before yesterday, juzL
Yc9k of an egg, kiini cba yayi.
Young of birds, kinda, pU makinda^
See Chicken, do.
Youth, ujana, udogo.
A youth, kijana, pZ. vijaua.
Z.
Zanzibar, Ungnja.
The language or dialect ofZanzi^
bar, Eiunguja. In Zanzibar,
Eiswahili is understood to mean
eliiefty tlte language used on tlie
coast north of Mombas,
The original inhabitants of Zanzi'
bar, Muhadimu, pZ. Wahadimu. ,
Their euUan is the Munyi
Zeal (effort), juhudu [mkuit
(jealousy), uwiyiu
^e&ro, panda mili^
of Cotttj
n the first syUablitlie eight following Classes.
ijg m- • IV. Thaanging ki- or ch- into vi-. Kitu
Ungs, killings : vyombo vingi, many dhows.
first V. Th(5 one chest: makasha mengi, many
^izir : chi
VI. Thau- is omitted in the plural. If
Iliging folny-. TJkncha mmoja, one claw :
kno nyingi, many songs.
in.|nany VII. Thc^ngi, many places.
VIII. Ver^ dying.
i
Tl tives. When it imins begin with k- ; if it expresses
Mbuzi w-el(undu, red goats/
2
Tounk^ jo^^ doQ^ fl madonda. | Zebra^ panda mili^
ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS,
Adjectives.
Adjectives always follow the Substantives they
agree with*
Miu mwema^ a good man.
Begular Swahili Adjectives are made to agree with
the Substantives they qualify by prefixing to them the
initial syllables proper to the class of their Substan-*
tives, in the singular or plural, as the case may be.
The minor rules laid down in regard to the prefixes of
Substantives are applicable to Adjectives and their
prefixes. The following instances will illustrate the
ordinary application of these rules :
Clasb L M'tu 'm^yOf a bad man.
Wo'tu waAmya^ bad men.
M-tu 'ttvuheupe^ a white man.
Wa-tu vheupe^ white men.
Substantives of whatever class denoting living beings
may have their Adjectives in the forms proper to the
first class*
IfWrlm-Ani&wa, a large goat.
3fbKn' t47a-2;u&t<7a, large goats
Wmzi muMikundUy a red gont.
Jtfi&tta;< ir-eftw»dfi*, red goats/ - "
2
84 BWAEILl B4NLB00S,
Wazifi mwema^ a good vizir.
Mawaziri wema^ good viziii,
Kijana mwema, a good youth.
Vijana toema, good youtbs.
Class II. M-ti m-zuri, a fine tree.
Mi-ti mUzurif fine trees.
M'ti mir-ema, a good tree.
Mp-H n^i-efmot or m-ema, good tices^
Class IIL Nywumha ti'Zuri, a fine house.
Ny^umba n-zuri, fine honses.
Ky*uf^ ny-eupe, a white house.
Ny^ni)a ny-euj^e, white houses.
Class IV. KUu hi-refu, a long thing.
Vi-tu tfi-re/u, long thingSi
Ki-tu ch-^pesit a light thing.
Vitu vy-^peii, light things.
Class Y. Kasha xiio, a heavy chest.
Mo'lcaiha ma-eito, heavy ohests.
Kasha j'eJcundUj a red chest
Ma-hasha m-^hundu, red chests.
Class YL U-imbo m-zuri, a beautiful song.
Ny-imbo n-zurij beautiful songi^
JJ'^au m-refu, a long plank.
M'hau n-defu, long planlcs.
Class YII. Mdhali pa-pana^ a hroad place, or broad placet.
MaJiali p-eusi^ a black place, or black placeSi
Class YIII. Ku-fa hu-zuri, a fine death.
Ku-/a hw-ema, a good death.
It will be Been at once from the above examples hovf
to make the Adjective agree with its Substantive in
ordinary cases. The following rules must be remem-
bered in order to avoid mistakes : —
1. Adjectives beginning with a vowel require pre-
fixes which end in a consonant, wherever possible, as
in the above instances, mweu^ef m^^hun^u^ mwWQ^
chef €9%^ Ic^ma*
ADJECTITM AND NUMEtiALS.
m
2. Adjectiyes beginning with a vowel must liave j-
prefixed when they are made to agree with nouns lik(^
hasha^ as in the instance given above of kcuiha jehundu^
a red chest. Monosyllabic adjectives prefix jif as in
hcuihajipya^ a new chest.
3. Prefixes ending in -a, when they are put before
adjectives beginning with e-, merge the a into the
first letter of the adjective, as in the instances, weupe^
wekunduy mehundu^ peusi. This suppression of the a is
more noticeable in Adjectives than in Substantives,
and occurs even in the few Adjectives which begin
with *o*; -a before «- coalesces with it and forms e.
Weu8i =s fjoa-eusi,
Pema ^ pa-ema.
Wengi^ toa-ingi.
Meupe s ma-eupe,
Mororo ^ fOCHWwk
4. Adjectives beginning with a consonant are subject
to the same rules when n is to be prefixed as Substan-
tives of the third class and plurals of the sixth. The
rules are given at length under Glass YI. of Substan-
tives. The following instances will show their appll-
cation to Adjectives :
Nyuviiba
Mbau
Ngimbo
nt)rcfixo4
nd4>go, little
ngetU, strange
nzurif fine
nd^u, long— r becomes di
tnbovUf rotten — n becomes nk
mbUi, two— iito becomes m&.
kubvoOj great
nenet thick
jMino, broad
tamUf sweet
ehaehe, few
/tfpi, short
n 8upt>ireaa^
86 8WAEILI BANDBOOK.
Besides the many apparent irregularities in these
n formations, there are two or three really irregular
forms. These are ngema or njema (not nyema), good,
and ^mpya (not pya), new.
Adjectives beginning with a vowel are, like the cor*
responding Substantives, regularly formed by prefixing
ny-y as in the instance given, nyeujpe^ from -ewpe, white.
Instances are given in the list of Adjectives where
there is likely to be any practical difficulty in knowing
what form to use.
, 'Ote, all, and -enyt, or -inyiy having or with, are not
treated as Adjectives, but as Pronouns. Instances
illustrating their changes will be found under each.
On the other hand -w^^opt, how many? is treated as an
Adjective.
IrREUTTLAB ADjklTIVES*
Although Swahili is rich in Adjectives wheii com*
pared with other African languages of the same family^
it is very poor in comparison with English. The place
of the English Adjective is supplied —
1. By Arabic words which are used as Adjectives
but do not vary.
Bdhisi, cheap. Lainii smooth.
2. By a verb expressing generally in the present
imperfect to hecome, and in the present perfect to be^
possessed of the quality denoted.
Fimbo imenyoha^ the stick Is straight
Fimho iliyonyoka, a straight stick f
, Fimho imepotolia, the stick is crooked.
Fimbo iliyopoiolcaf a cit)oked stick.
Mtungi um(gaa, the jat is fulL
Mtungi uliojaa, a fall jaf» .
ADJECTIVES AND NUM^ALS. 87
8. By a Substantive connected Tntb the thing qiiali«
fied by the particle -a, of.
- Jtfttf tea c&oyo, a greedy person. . . . d
Mtu wa akili^ a man of understanding, a wkq man^
If it is wished to predicate the quality of any person
or thing, the verb huwa na^ to have, must be used.
^tea e^^o, he is greedy.
Kina takcif it is dirty^ ' \
4. By the use of the word -enyi or -tnyt, which may
be translated by haviTig or with,
i^ifu ffitoenyt q/fo, a healthy person.
Kitu ehenyi mviringo, a round things '
JEuonn&a tenyt tigruvic^ strong ropesi
JE^m&6 ^enyt fiuv^ a juicy manga
When -enyi is followed by a Verb in the Infinitive,
it answers to our participle in -ing.
Mwenyi hupenda, loying.
6. By the use of Adjectival Substantives which
change only to form the plural.
Kipofity blind, or a blind person, pL Vipofu, blind, or blind peoples
Where in English a special stress is laid upon the
Adjective, in Swahili the relative is inserted.
Jiwe hiibwa, a large stone.
Jiu3e lililo kvbway n large stone, literally) a siono that i§ larga
JfiEtt loa ^oXri, a just man. ,. , ..
Mtu dliye wa haJciy t^Just man.
Tub Comparisoji oi' AcJiECTiyfcS*
There are not, properly speakingi any degteos of
comparison in SwahilL ' - '
88 hWABlLt HAND^OO^.
The CoMPARATiYE degree as it exists in Englisli is
represented in several ways.
1. By the use of hdiho^ where there is, the idea being
that when the two things are brought together one of
them is marked by the possession of the quality men-
tioned, whence it follows that it must possess it in a
more eminent degree than the other.
8aa hit njema htiltko iUj this watch is good (or the best) whero
that is, t.6., this watch is better than that
Tamu kuUko <ualt, sweeter than honey.
2. By the use of xayidi ya^ more than, or of pande^ a
little more.
Vnguja mji mkuhiBa zayidi ya Miiita, Zanzibar is a large town
more than Mombas, t.e., Zanzibar is a larger town than
Mombas.
Kitu hirefu pundef something A little longer.
8. By the use of hvpila^ to pass or surpasid*
SaUmu ampita AhddUahi Salim is better than AUiillaii.
Ndiyo iamu yapiia asalif it is sweet, it passes hone^, t.e., it is
sweeter than honey.
4. Comparison of one time with another may be ex-
pressed by the use of the Verbs kuzidit to increase,
lupunguat to diminish.
Mti umezidi kuzaa, the tree has borne moie fruit than it did
previously.
The SuPMLA-nvifi may be denoted by the use of the
Adjective in its simple form, in an absolute sense.
Mananasi mema ya wapi i Where ar6 the best pines ?
Ndiyo memcty these are the best.
Ni yupi alio mwema f Who is the best of them ?
When this fotm is used of two only, it is mow
ADJECTIVES AND UttlMMRALS.
89
Cotrectly Englished by the Comparative than by the
Superlative. So conversely where the Comparative
forms are so used as to apply to many or all, they
must be translated by Superlatives.
8aa hit njema huliho zote, this watoh ia the best of all.
Alt awapita wote^ All surpasses them all, or, is the best of alL
Ndmerals.
There are two sets of numerals in use in Zanzibar ;
one is properly Swahili, the other Arabic, but in a
Swahiliized form.
The numbers from one to ten are as follows :
English.
SwAmix
ARABia
One
MoH
Wdhid
Two
Pili
Iheneen
Thiee
Tatu
ThdaOM
Four
*Nne
*Aroba
Five
Tand
HamH
8ix
Sita
Sita
Seyen
Saha
Saba
EigHt
Nane
Ihemanya
Nine
Kenda
Ti88a or Tis9ia
Ten
Kumi
'Aahara
It will be seen that for 9ix and seven there are only
the Arabic names. The other Arabic numbers under
ten are not very commonly used, but for numbers above
ten the Arabic are more used than the purer Swahili.
English*
BwAmiiL
ABABia
Eleven
Kumi na moja
Sdashara
Twelve
Kumi na mbUi
Ihenaahara
Thitteen
Kumi na tatu
Thda^ataifiara
Fourteen
Kumi na 'nne
Anhatashara
Fifteen
Kumi na tano
Hamstcuhara
Sixteen
Kumi na iita
Beventcen
Kumi na $aha
Sahatashara
00
8WASILI BANDBOOK.
SIbglibb*
SWAHIIX
Arabic.
Eighteen
Kumi na nane
Tli&manyata^ara
Nineteen
Kumi na henda
TissatasJtara
Twenty
Makumt matoUi
Asharini or Iskrin
Thirty
Mahumi matatu
ThelaGnni
Forty
Mahumi manne *
Ardbaini
Fifty
Mahumi matano
Hamsini
Sixty
MaJcumiHta
Settini
Seventy
Mahumi $dba
Sahwini
Eighty
Malcumi manane
Themanini
Ninety
Makumt henda
Tisaaini
The intermediate nnmbers are expressed in the pure
Swahili by adding na moja^ na mhilij &c. Thus forty-
one is mahumi manne na moja ; forty-five is malcumi manne
na tano^ and so on. In the Arabic, the smaller number
precedes the larger. Twenty-one is wahid u iahriny forty-
five is TMmsi u arohatn. The mode of counting most
nsual in Zanzibar is to employ the Arabic names for
the larger numbers, but to follow the Swahili order,
thus —
Twenty-one
Twenty-two
Twenty-three
Twenty-fonr
Twenty-five
Twenty-six
Twenty-seven
Twenty-eight
Twenty-nine
Thirty-one
Asharini na moja
. Atharini na nibili
Asliarini na tatu
Asharini na *nne ■
Afliarini na tano
Asharini na sita
Asharini na sabct-
Asharini na nane
Asharini na henda
Thelathm na moja
There is no negro word in us6 for a hundred; the*
Arabic mia is universally employed, and for several
hundreds the numeral follows it, as mia tatu, threa
hundred. If the Arabic numerals are used they pre-
cede the word mia, thelaiha mia = three hundred. The
ADJEGTtVM AN]) NVMEBAL8. 91
Arabic dual miteen is very commonly used to express
two hundred.
There is a Swahili word for a^ thousand, hikwi, but it
is very rarely used except in poetry. The common
word is the Arabic elfu. This is used in the same way
as mia ; thus, elfu tatu is three thousand, elfu tano^ five
thousand, &c. The Arabic dual elfeen^ two thousand,
is more common than elfu mhUu If the Arabic nu-
merals are employed the small number comes first, the
plural form aldf is employed, and the final of the small
number is heard, thus theUthU aldf is three thousand,
hhdmset (Mf five thousand, and so on.
Lahki is used for ten thousand, and the word m%ly6n
is known, but is rarely employed,«and perhaps never
with exactitude.
FungcLte occurs for seven, as denoting the days spent by
the bridegroom in his bride's company after marriage.
MuDongOy plur. miongo, occurs for a <en or a decade^ in
reckoning the nautical year.
Both these words occur in cognate African languages
as cardinal numbers.
^When used in enumerating actual things, and not
in mere arithmetical computation, six of the Swahili
numbers are treated as regular Adjectives, the other
four remaining unchanged. The following table will
show the forms proper to each class of Substantives.
Mt0 Mti Ntumba Kitu
1. mmoja mmoja moja kimoja ..
"Watu Mm Nyumba Vitu
2. wawili . miwili mbili viwili
8. watatu mitattt tatu . vitatq
92
St^ASlLI SAIt3iOOS.
WattJ
Mm
Ktumba
Vint
4. wanne
minne
'mie
vinne
5. watano
Tnitftnft
tano
vitano
6. sita
Bita
Bita
Bita
7. saba
saba
saba
8. wanane
minane
nane
vinane
9. keada
kenda
kenda
kenda
10 kumi
kumi
kumi
Kasha
• UmBO
Mahali
KUFA
1. moja
mmoja
pamoja
kmnoja
Makasha
Kyihbo
Mahali
KuFA
2. mawili
mbiU
pawili
kuwili
8. matata
tatu
patatu
kutatu
4. xnanno
'nne
panne
kunne
5. matano
tano
patano
kutano
6. 8lta
8i|^
Bita
Bita
7. saba
Baba
Baba
saba
8. manane
nane
panane
kuuane
9. kenda
kenda
kenda
kenda
10. kumi
kumi
kumi
kumi
The nnmber always follows the Substantive.
One man, mtu mnujQO,
If an adjective is employed, the numeral follows the
adjective, thus exactly reversing the English order.
Two good men, vtatu toema vfawUL
The Ordinal numbers are expressed by the use of th«
variable particle -a. (See Prepositions.)
The thiid maui mtu too tatu.
The fourth house, nyumba ya *nn$>
The fifth chair, hiti cha tano.
The Ordinal numbers are :
FirBt, -a tnoM, Or mote com-
monly -a hwangOi
Bcoondy Hipilu
Third, •a tata.
Fourth, -a 'nne.
Fifth, -a tano.
ADJECTIVES AND NUMEBAL& 93
8ixtli, -a sitct. Tenth, -a kumi,
Seventh, -a sabcu &o. &o.
Eighth, -a nane. Lost, -a micuho.
Ninth, -a kendo.
Once, twice, &c., are denoted by the use of marra^ or
mara^ a time.
Once, ffuira mqjct.
The first time, mam ya kwanxtu
Twice, mam trMi,
The seoond time, mara ya pUU
How many times ? Mara ngapi f
Often, mam nyingi,
rRAcnojrs may be expressed by the use of fungu^ a
part, aa
Fungu la ihelaihini^ a thirtieth.
The only fractions in common use are the parts of a
dollar, which are thus expressed in forms borrowed
from the Arabic :
One-sisteenth — Nus$ ya themuni.
One-eighth — Themuniy or Themnl, or Ze*mni,
Thiee-sixteenths^Thamtfni na nues ya themuni.
One-fifth — Zerenge.
One-quarter— .Bo&o.
Five-sixteenths — Bdbo na nuss ya ihemunL
Three-eighths — Bdbo na ihemuni.
8even>sixteenths — Bdbo na themuni na nuss ya themunl.
One-half— ^U88.
Kine-sixteenths — Nusb na nus$ ya themuni.
Five-eighths— ^tt«« na ihemuni.
Eleven-sixteenths — Nusa na themunt* na nuss ya tliemunt
Three-quarters — Kassa rdbo [i.e., a dollar less by a quarter}
Thirteen-sixteenths— -KoMo rdbo na nuss ya themuni.
Seven-eighths — ^JTo^^a ihemuni.
Fifteen-sixteenths— JTaMa nuss ya themun^.
Numbers treated as Substantives make their plurala
by prefixing mo-:
Mahumi maunli^ t wo tens, t.6., twenty.
Vcmoja ^, ^11 o^es, f,e„ ftU thp s^no,
94
SWAHILI HANDBOOK,
LIST OP ADJECTIVES.
Those words to which no hyphen is prefixed do not^take any rariable syllable
A quality for which one cannot find
a word, a sort of a» -nyang6«
lika.
Kitu kiny£ngilika gani? What
tort of a hind of thing is thisf
A.
AhUf havifig ahtlity for, or power
over, mwezcu
Abortive (fruit, drc), -pooza.
Active, -tandaji.
Adjacent
Mpaka mxnojo, having a common
boundary,
Eutangamana, to adjoin,
Alilce, sawasawa, -moja.
Alive,)iQ,yL
AU, -ote, or -ot*e, varying cu a pos-
sessive pronoun and not as an
adjective.
Class i. wote.
„ II. sing, mote, pi, yote.
M
III.
»
yote, „ zota
n
IV.
M
chote, „ vyote,
n
V.
M
lote, „ yote.
tt
VI.
»
wote, M zote.
»
vn.
»»
pote.
9
vm.
tt
kwote.
-ote has special forms after the
particles of time and place,
po pote, whensoever,
ko kote, whiiliersoever,
mo mote, whereinsoever.
Also after the first and second
persons plural,
aisi Bote, we aU,
ninyi nyote, you aU,
Sote has the meaning of together.
tu 6ote, we are together, .
Wote has the meaning of both.
sifiL wote, both of us,
2. Fia, the whde, ail of it or
them,
8. JamiL
Jamii wa asikari, all the soldiers*
Almighty, mweza vyote.
Alternate, moja bado wa moja.
Ancient, -a kale, -a zamani, -a
kwaoza.
Angular,
Kuwa na pembepembe, to have
comers.
Antique, -a klkale, of the old style.
Artful, -a vitimbi. . .'
Awake, macho.
Jle is aufn^e, ya maclio.
LIST OF ABJEGTIVE8.
95
B.
JJacf, -bays, maldng xnbaya with
nouns lihe nyumba or nyimbo.
•oyu or -bovu, making mbovu
vdlh nouns lihe nyumba or
nyimbo. -oyu expresses rather
corruptness than mere badness.
Utterly had, baa, ph mabaa.
Good for very little, thaifu.
Bare, «tupu, mdking tupu with nowns
like nyumba or nyimbo.
Bareheaded, kitwa kiwazi.
Barren, of land, kame.
of animals, tasa.
of persona, si mzazL
Beautiful, -zuri
Bent, of persons, kibiongo, pi, vibi-
ongo.
Best, bojra (pre-eminent).
Bitter, -ohungu (-tungu (M.)),
making uchtmgu mth noiir^
lihe nyumba, nyimbo, or kasha.
Dawa uohungu, hitter medicine,
Tunda uohungu, hitter fruit.
Black, -enm. Sometimes forms occur
as if from -usi, such as wausi
for warm, mausi /or meusi, and
viusi for vyeusi or veusi. It
makes nyeuai toith nouns lihe
nyumba or nyimbo, and jeusi
with nouns like kasha.
Blind, kipofu, J7Z. vipofu.
Blue, samawi (siky colour),
Maji a bahari (sea-water colour).
Blunt, -vivu (see Idle),
Kisu hakipati, the knife is hlunt
Bold, -jasiri, shujaa, pi, maslmjaa.
Breeding (of animals), koo.
Koo ]a mbuzi, a breeding goat.
Broad, -pana, making pana with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.
a
Careless, -zembe.
Castrated, maksaL
Certain, yakinL
A certain man, mtu mzAOJa.
Cheap, rakhisi, rahisi.
(Checkered, marakaraka.
Chief bora, -knu. See Great,
Choice, -teule, aalL
A choice thing, hedaya, tunu«
hikaya.
Civilized, -ngwana, -a kiungwana
(of the civilized sort).
Clear, safl, fasihi, -eupe (see White),
Clear, kweu, mbayani, tbahiri
(manifest), -wazi (see Open).
-eupe (see White),
Clever, hodarl, mahirl, -a akili
Clumsy, -zito (see Heavy).
Coloured, -enyi rangi.
Of one uniform colour, -takatiftL
Comic, -chekeshaji, -testeshL
Common, yiyi hivi, zizi hizi, &o.,
yee kwa yee, &c. (see Pronouns),
A common thing, jazi.
Complete, kamili, -kamillfn, -timi-
livu.
Confident, -tumaini.
Confidential, -siri. ^
Consecrated, wakf.
Cool, wovisi.
Correct, sahihi, fasihi
Countrified, -a kimashamba.
CoveUms, bakhili, -enyi choyo^ -enyi
tamaa.-
Orafty, -a hila, -erevu.
Crazy, mafuu.
Credible, mutaabir, -tabari.
Crooked, kombokombo, mshithari. -
Cross, -kali (see Fierce),
Cross roads, njia panda.
Cwnning, -ereyu, -a hiJa.
96
8WABILI HANDBOOK.
Dampt kimaji.
Daring, -jasiri.
Darle, -a giza (of darhness), -ensi
(m0 Dlaok).
Deadj -fa.
One whose mother U de<id^ Mtv
aliofiwa na xnamaye.
Dea/t kiziwi, pi. yuuwL
'Dear, ghali.
Deeeaeed, marehemo.
Deformed^ kilomai pL yilema.
Dedruetivet -barabu, •baribimx.
Devout, -taowa.
Different, -ingine (see Other)^ mba-
limbali, ilitilafa.
Difficult, -gumn (see Sard), *zIto
(see Heavy).
Ditfigured by disease, -enyl lemaa.
Disobedient, aasi.
Distinct, mbalimbali
Double, maradufiu
Dressed-4ip, -pambL
Drunken, -levi.
Dry, -kayu, making kava toUh nouns
like nyumba or Dyimbo,
yabifl.
DuU, •viyu. See Idle.
Dumb, bnbu, pi. mababu.
E.
Easy, -epesi. See Light
Elder or Eldest, -kubwa. See Ckeai.
Eloquent, -semaji, -semi
Empty, •taptu See Bare.
Equal, sawa, sawasawa,
Eternal, -a milele.
European, Ulayiti, -a EizoDgiL
Even (level), sawasawa.
(not odd), kamili.
Every, killa or kalla. It always
precedes its substantive^
Killa mtu, every man,
Eilla niendapo, whenever I go,
or, every time J go.
Evident, tJiahlri, -wazi. See Open.
Extravagant, mubatbarifu,
P.
Fat, -n<mo.
Faithful, amini
Feeble, tbaifu.
Female, •ko.
On the female eide, kukeni.
Few, haba, -cbache, malHng cbaobe
with nouns like nyumba or
Dyimbo.
Fierce, -kali, making kali with nouns
like nyumba or nyimbo.
Filthy, -chaviL
Final, iamsL.
Fine, -zuri.
Firm, imara (of things^ IhMi (of
persons).
Fixed (certain), maalum.
Flat, sawasawa, panapana.
Foolish, -pumbafu.
Foreign, -geni.
Forgetful, -sahau.
Forgiving, -sameba
Former, -a kwaDza.
Fortunate, beri, -dnyi babali, -a
beri.
Free, buru, -ngwana.
Fresh, -bicbL See Raw.
Fresh water, maji matamu, maji a
pepo.
Full, kujaa, to become full
FuU to the brink, fal1^ farafara.
FuU of words, mwingi wa ma-
neno.
FuU groum, 'PGr%
Future, mkabil.
LIST OF ADJECTIVES.
97
o.
€hneTWU^ karimu, -paji
GenUe^ •anana.
Olorunuy •tukufn, -enyi fakhari.
GlutUmouSf -lafl.
Croodf -ema, making njema or ngema
vfith nouns like nymnba or ny-
imbo, and jema with nouns like
kasha.
The idea of goodness may he ex-
pressed by the suffix 40,
Manuka, smeUs,
MaDukato, good smeOs.
Kuweka, to put.
Kuwekato, to put properly.
Greedy^ •enyi roho, -enyi tamaa,
-enyi choyo.
Great, bora, -knu and -kubwa or
«kuba, making kua and kubwa
wWh nmins like nyumba or
nyimba ILvlu is used preferably
of moral or figurative greatness,
Kubw-a, of physical size.
Great, when applied to anything
not material, is uxuaUy rendered
hy -ingi.
Green, chanikiwiti, rangi ya majam.
{Fresh, or unripe), -biohi. See
Baw,
H,
Bandsome, •zuri.
Hapdy, -a mkono.
A handbook, chuo oba mkono.
Happy, -a hen, f urahanL
Hard, -gumu.
Having, with, being with, or who or
which has or have, -enyi or
•inyL It varies like a possessive
pronoun, as in the following
Class I. Mtu mwenyi (or mwi-
nyi) mali, a rich
Watu wenyi mali, rich people.
Class II. Mti mwenyi (or mwi-
nyi) kuzaa, a tree in bearing.
Miti yenyi (or yinyi) kuzaa,
trees in bearing,
HI, Nyumba yenyi (or yinyi)
dirisha, a house with windows.
Nyumba zenyi (or zlnyi)
dirisha, houses with windows.
TV. Elkapu chenyi (or kinyi)
Dguvu, a strong baskeL
Yikapu vinyi nguvu, strong
baskets.
V. Nenolenyikweli, a true word,
Mabakuli yenyi mayayi,
basins toith eggs in them.
VL Upindi wenyi nguvu, a
strong bow.
Pindi zenyi nguvu, strong
bows.
YU. Hahali'penyi mtende, the
place where tiie date-tree stands
Healthy (of persons), -enyi afia,-zima
(of places, Ac), -a afia.
Heavy, -zito.
High, -refu. See Long, -kubwa
See Great.
HoUow, -a uvurungu, -wazL Se4
Open,
A hollow stone, jiwe la uvu<
rungu.
It sounds hollow, panalia wazi. .
The hollow or open space in ot
under anything, mvuugu.
Holy, -takatiiu.
Hot, -a moto.
Iamhot,miitkhaxL
Hot-tempered, harariL
Human, -a mwana Adamu, -a bina>
damu, -a mtu.
Humble, -nenyekevu.
Humpibacked, -enyi kigongo.
98
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Idle, -vivTi.
Ignorant (Jtike a nmpleion), -jinga.
Idrcmened, *korofi.
lU'tempered, -kalL See Fiem$»
Immature, •changa.
Infirm, ihsdfa,
Ingenioue, -juzL
Inquieiiive, -pekuzi, -jasmi, -pele-
Insignifieant (mean), -nyonge.
(unimportant), khafifo.
Innpid, -dufu.
J.
Jealous, -wivTL
Juicy, -enyi maji.
Just, sawa, -a haki, ^enji hakl
Kind, -ema. See Good,
(doing hindnesaes), -fathili
Knowing, -erevn, -juzi
L.
Languid, -iepetevn, -choviL
J!^rge,.*kabwa or -knba. See Great
(vaeOrgrown), -kuza.
Lawful, halali
Lawful to you, halili yako.
Laying (of birds), koo, pi, makoo.
Eoo ]a k'nku a laying hem.
Lazy, See Idle.
Lee, -a damalini, -a cbiuL
Left (Jiand, Ae,), -a kushoto, -a kuke.
.Level, sawa, sawasawa.
Liberai, karimu, -paji.
^dgU (not dark), -eu^ See White.
(not heavy), -epesi, making nyepesi
fioith nouns like oyumba or
nyimbo, and jepeed wUh nouns
like kasha.
(unimportaMS^ khafifo.
Lined (of clothes), . bitana.
LitUe, -dogo, katiti (A.> -ch«cL«
(few).
Little water, maji maohache.
(Maji and other similar nouns
being treated as plurals, and
therefore requiring few and not
smaU as their adjective.)
Eidogo, pi yitlogo, is uoed as a
substantive for a little or a little
piece of anything.
Living, hayi, -zinia.
Long, 'teSa, making ndefd with
nouns like nynmba or nyimba
Long-steering, -TnmiliviL
Lukewarm, -enyi UTnguvngo.
M.
Mad, -enyi wazimu, -enyi mahoka
(Country diaUet).
Male, -ume, making mume or ndume
(as from -Irnne) with nouns of
the second doss.
On the male side, knumeni
Manifest, thahiri, waziwazi, mba-
yaoi, -wazL See Open.
Manly, -ume. See Male.
Bebera (a strong he-^oal),
Fahali (a buU).
Many, -ingi or -ngi, making nyingi
with nouns like nyumlA or
nyimbo, and jingi with nouns
like kasha.
Eathdwakatha.
Maternal (on the mother's side), -a
kukeni*
(motherly), -a mama.
Mean, -nyonge.
Merry, -chekeshaji
Middling, kadirL
Mischievous, -harabn, -tondit
Moderats^k^^^
LIST OF ADJECTIVES.
m
Much, -ingi (ue Many), tele.
Murderous, kiuwaji, ndulL
N.
Naked, -tnpn, uchi See Bare,
Narrow, -embamba, making ny emba-
mba with nouns like nyumba or
oyimbo, and jembamba with
nouns like kasha.
Neeessary (unavoidable), lazim» fa-
rathi
(indispensahle), kanani
New, -pya, making *mpya with nouns
like nyumba or nyimbo, jipya
with nouns like kasha, and
pipya with nouns of place,
NobU, bora, -kaa. See ChreaL
Notable, mashuhur, mashur.
Nice, -exna (see Good), «tamu. See
Nipping(pressing dosely andtightty),
*kftSE(X
Ohedient, tayl, -tii
Obligatory, farathL
Obstinate, -kaidi, -shindvii, -shi-
pavo.
Odd (not even), witira.
Officious, -futhuli, -juvL
Old (of ihinge), -kukun, maldng
kiikuu with nouns like nyumba
or nyimba Eukau implies
being worn out Where mere
antiquity is to be expressed see
Ancient.
' (of persons), '^»^
Extremely old, -kongwe.
How old is he % Um^ Wf^^e
apataje?
One-eyed, -enyi chonga
Only, -a pekec, pelvo yake, (&o»
Open, -wazi.
Other, -ingine or -ngine.
Class I. Mgine or mwingine.
wangine.
n. Mwingine or mgine.
miugine.
IIL Nyingine (sing, and pi >.
IV. Kingine or chingino.
▼ingine.
v. Jingin&
mangine or mengine.
YI. HwiDgine or mgine.
nyingine.
VIL Papgine or pingin&
(The) other, -a piU.
Other people* s, -a watu.
Another person's, -a mwenyewe.
(not the same) is expressed by
adding the rdativs particle (sue
p. 117).
panginepo, etsexchere, other places.
P.
Paternal (on tlie fathei's side), -a
kunmeni.
(fatherly), -a baba.
Patient, -stahimili, -vumilivn.
Perfeet, kamili, -kamilifu, -timilifu.
Perverse, -potoe, -tundu.
Plain (evident), thahiri, -wazi.
Pleasant, -tamu (see Sweet), -a ku*
pendeza.
Plenty, tela
Polite, -a adabn.
Poor, masikini, fulnra, fakiiL
wretchedly poor, thalili.
utterly destitute, hohe liahe.
Printed, -a ohapa.
Profane, -najist
Pure, safl, fasihi, -takatiftu
H 2
J 00
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
QtMrreUome, -gomvi.
Quickj -pesi.
Quiet, -tulivu (siiU), -nyamavu
(MZenQ.
R.
BarBt nadira, -a tuna.
BaWf -bichi, making mbiclii mih
wmns like nyumba or nyimbo.
Bichi M wed for raw, unripe,
underdone^ fresh, or any state
which wiU or might change hy
keeping or cooking,
(mexpenenced), -jiDga. This word
is specially applied to newly
arrived slaves.
Beady, tayari.
(quick), -pesi, mahiri.
BebeUious, aasi.
Bed, -ekundu, making nyekundu
with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo, and jeknudu with
nouns like kasha.
Begular^ -a kaida, taratibu.
Safu za kaida, regular rows.
Mtu taratibu, a person of regular
habits,
Bemarkdble, mashuhur, masbur.
Rich, -enyi mali, -kwasi, tajiri, pi.
matajifi.
.121^72^ (hand, Ac), -a kulia, -a
kuume, -a kuvuli.
Bipe, -bivu, making mbivu with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.
Bivu is used as the contradictory
of bichi. Bee Bavo.
Botten, -ovu or -bovu. See Bad,
Bough, knparuza, to he rough and
grating.
Bound, -a mviringo.
Boyal, -a kifaume.
Safe, salama.
Same, mqja, pi mamoja.
Sanguine, -tumaini.
Satisfied or content, ratbL
Sdf 'Satisfied, -kinayi.
Savage, -kali (see Fierce), mbwaL
Very savage, ndulL .
Second, -a pili.
A second in command, akida.
Secret, -a siri, ndani kwa ndani •
S^araie, mbali.
Severe, -zito. See Heavy,
Shallow, [maji] haba, [maji] ma-
Sharp, -kali See Fierce, [chache.
Short, -fupi, making fupi with noune
like nyumba or nyimbo.
Shrewd, -erevu, -enyi busara.
Sick, -gonjwa, -welL
Silent, -nyamavu.
A silent man, mtu wa kimya«
kimya.
Slim, -embamba. See Narrow,
Slender, -embamba. See Narrow.
Sleek, -nene. See Stout.
Slow, -vivu. See Idle,
Smooth, lain!
Soaked (with rain, d:c,), cbepechei)e.
Soft, -ororo, making nyororo with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo,
and joTGio with nouns like kasha,
-anana, laini
the soft, teketeke.
Solid, yabisL
Some, baathi ya, akali ya.
Some — others — , wangine— wa-
ngine — ,
Sound (healthy, living, entire), -zitna.
Sour, -kalL See Fierce,
Spotted, madoadoa, marakarakf.
Square, mrabba.
Steadfast, IhMt,
lt8T OF ADJECTtVEB.
101
Sleepy -a knsimama.
BUUi -anana, -tulivn (quiet\ -nya-
mavu (siZanQ, -zizlma (very
HiU wcUert Ac),
Stout (plumpt thick), -nene.
Strange (foreign, surprising), -geni
(startling), mzungu, pi mizuugu.
Strong, hodari, -enyi nguvu, -ume.
Sweet, -tamu, making famu with
nouns like nynmba or nyimbo.
TaU, -lefo. See Long.
A very taU man, -tambo.
Thick, -nene.
Thick syrup, asali nzito. See
Thievish, hijUi, pi vljivi, mwibaji,
pi, webaji.
Thin, -embamba (see Narrow)i*epesL
See Light,
Tiresome, -chovu.
True, -a kweli, hakika yako, &c, (it
ts true of you, d:c), yakini
(certainly).
Trustworthy, aminL
Truthful, -a kweli, -neni kwelL
VncivUiud, «a kishenzL
Uncultivated, -gngu.
Underdone (half -cooJied^j'hiohi, See
Haw,
Unhealthy, -welL
Urdawfvl, haramn.
Unripe, -bichi See Raw.
Usual, -zoea.
We are used to him, tuna mazoea
naye.
V.
Vain, ana maknu, he is vai».
Valuable, -a /Aamam.
Vigilant, macho. See Awake,
Wasteful, -potevu.
Watery, obelema.
Weak, thaifo.
Wealthy. See Rich.
Weary, -chovu.
Weather, -agoshini, -a juu.
Well, SeeHeaUhy.
WeU done (cooked), -bivn. See
Ripe.
Wet, majimaji, rdtaba.
Wfiite, -eupe, making nyeupe toiih
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo,
and jeupe with nouns like
kasha.
Very white is expressed hy putting
a strong accent on the last
syUahle, and sometimes raising
the voice on it into a sort of
falsetto.
Whole, -zima. See Sound.
pia, pia yote, zote, &o.
Wide, -pana. See Broad,
Wild (of plants), -gugu.
(of animals), -a mwitu.
Willing, -epesi, -pesi.
Worn out, -kukuu (of things), -ko-
ngwe (of persons). See Old.
TeUow, rangi ya manjano.
Young (immature), -oLanga, making
mchanga with nouns like
nyumba or nyimbo.
Younger, youngest, -doga
102 BWAEILl MANDBOOS.
PRONOUNS.
Personal Pbokouns.
The full forms of the Personal Pronouns are^»
I, MimL We, Sisi or Swuwu
Thou, Wewe. You, Nyinyi or NvsinfL
He or she, 7ey«» They, Woo,
The second and third persons singular are often con-
tracted into Wee and Tee. The second person singular
18 always used where one person only is to be denoted.
There are no special forms for it and they when
referring to inanimate things. If any special emphasis
makes it necessary, the Demonstrative Pronouns
agreeing with the nouns referred to must be used.
Similarly, for he or she %nd iheyy the Demonstrative
Pronouns proper to the first class may be used, when
any special emphasis is to be expressed.
The objective cases, me, thee, Mm, %er, tw, them^ are
expressed by the same forms as those given above for
th^ subjective case, J, (hon, <&c.
The possessive case, of me, of thee^ of hhn, &c., is
pnomtrm. 103
generally expressed by the Possessive Pronouns (which
see, p. 109); there is thus no distinction between of me
and minCy of thee and thine, &o.
Eabari mngu, my news, or news of me.
The Possessive Pronouns proper to animate beings
may be used of inanimate things also ; -aJce, its, and
'Oo, their, being used for of it and of them, in reference
to all nouns of whatever class they may be.
The possessive case may bo regarded as an instance
of the Personal Pronouns in a special form subjoined to
the variable preposition -a, of.
The Preposition na, with or and, is commonly joined
with short forms of the Personal Pronoun to express
and or toith me, and or with you, &c. &c.
Nami, and or with -me. Nasi or Naswi, and or with oa
Natoe, and or with yon. Nanyi or Nanwi, and or with you.
Naye, and or with him or her. Nao, and or with them.
Nao, Nayo, Nacho, Nolo, Napo, Nao, Nayo, Naxo, Navyo, Napo,
Nako, and or with it and or with them.
The above forms maybe used for either the objective
or subjective cases after and. Nami = and I or and me,
Nawe = and thou or and fhee, &c. &c.
It win be seen that in referring to animate beings
the latter half of the full form of the Personal Pronoun
is suffixed to the na-, and in referring to inanimate
things the syllable suffixed is that which denotes the.
relative (see Eelative Pronouns, p. 117), a syllable
which occurs also as the final syllable of those Demon-
strative Pronouns which refer to a thing mentioned
before.
OtherPrepositions, that is to say, hwa and Icatika, are
lOJfe SWAEILJ: tiANDBOOR.
constructed with the full form of the Personal Pronoun
referring to animate beings, and with the Demonstra*
tive Pronouns, where necessary, referring to inanimatQ
things. This rule distinguishes the preposition Jcwa,
for, by, &c., from the form of the variable -a required
by substantives of the eighth class and sometimes by the
case^in -»t.
Kwa mimi, for me. Ktoangu^ of me or my, to my [house].
The prefixes used in conjugating the verb to mark
the subject and object may bo regarded as shortened
forms of the Personal Pronouns. The objective and
subjective cases are denoted by slightly different forms.
It will be most convenient to take the prefixes de-
noting animate beings first, as they alone can be used
in the first and second person. The following are the
subjective or nominative forms : —
1, Ni'OrN'. We, Tu- or Tuf-.
Thou, U' or W'. You, Mu-, 'M-, or 3fi©..
He or she, A- (or Fu-)* They, Fa-.
The rule for applying these prefixes is that the forms
ending with a vowel are used when they are to be im-
mediately followed by a consonant, and those ending
in a consonant are used before a vowel. In the third
person, both singular and plural, the vowel remains
unchanged before o ox «, it coalesces with e and %
into an e, and merges in%o an a, so as to be no longer
distinguishable. Thus, where the verb or tense prefix
begins with o, the third persv>n singular is apparently
without prefix and the third person plural is marked
only by a w-. Examples of and further observations on
these prefixes will be found under Yerhs^ as playing an
PB0N0UN8. 105
important part in their conjugation. The form yu- ifi
but seldom nsed for the third person singular, and
very rarely with any but monosyllabic verbs.
The syllables which stand for the objective or accu-
sative case of the Personal Pronouns denoting animate
beings, when they are connected with Verbs, are —
Me, -nt- or -n-. Us, -<u- or -^«r-. *
Thee, -ku- or -ftio-. You, -itck
Him or her, -to- or -mio-. Them, -tea-.
The same rules as above app'y to the use of forms
ending*in a consonant before a vowel, and forms ending
in a vowel before a consonant.
As the forms proper to the first class of Nouns denote
animate beings, there remain seven classes denoting
inanimate things, each of which has its appropriate
subjective and objective pronominal forms when con-
joined with a verb. The subjective pronominal prefixes
are —
Class II. sing, II- or W* plut. I- or Y-.
»
III.
»
I-
» Y-
99
Zi-
>»
Z*.
M
IV.
>»
Ki-
„Ch.
ft
Vi.
)»
Vy-.
9*
V.
»»
Li-
„L-
W
Ya-.
W
VL
>»
U-
„ w.
M
Zi-
»
z-.
»
va.
i>
Pa-
„P-
W
Pa-
»»
p..
n
VIII.
»>
Ku-
„ Kw-
>»
Ku-
>»
Kw-
Here also the forms ending in a vowel are used
before a consonant, and the forms ending in a conso-
nant are used before a vowel. Examples of their use
will be found in the sections on the conjugation of the
Verb.
Therey used as the subject of a verb, is expressed by
fcw- or jpa- employed as personal prefixes. Ku- is the
more indefinite of the two. On«, theyf or j^eople used
106 8WAH1LI HANDBOOK.
to denote what is oustomary, are expresaed by the
prefix &tf-.
The ohjective forms in reference to inanimate objects
are very similar to the snbjectives.
LU
» n.
9ing.
-U-
plur.
-K
ft
IIL
n
-i-
»>
-zi-.
n
IV.
n
-ki-
w
.▼i-.
n
V.
»>
-li.
n
-ya^
n
VL
>»
-n-
»
-zi-.
>»
VIL
»
-pa-
»»
-pa-.
»
VIIL
»
-ku-
n
-ku-.
In these forms also u becomes to, and % y, before rowels.
The following examples will illustrate the use of the
objectiye syllables : they are parted off from the rest of
the word by hyphens. Instances are given of both
vowel and consonantal verbs.
Class L A^ni'^penda, he loves me.
A-nwrnhiOy he tells me.
A'hu-penda^ lie loves you.
A-hvo-amhiOt he tells yoo.
Na-m-penda, I love him.
Na^rnvHrnbia, I tell him
Adurpenday he loves us.
A'tw-ambia, he tells ns.
A'wa-pendaj he loves you.
A-wa-ambia, he tells you.
A-ioa-penda, he loves them.
A'WCKimbiat he tells them.
Pf II. A-u-penda, he likes it Qmti, a trco)k
A-^iHma, he sees it
A-t-penda, he likes them (miU, trees).
A^y^ma, he sees them.
f, III. il-t-pendo, he likes it (nytfm5a, a house).
A-y-OHOt he sees it
A'Zi-penda^ he likes them (nptmba, houiscs).
A-Mi-inw, ho sees them.
PB0N0UN8. ' 107
Olasb IV. A'ht-penda, he likes it (kiiuj a thing).
A''hi-<mctf he sees it.
A-id^^pendci, he likes them (vitUj things).
A-ifi-ona, he sees them.
,» y. A4i-penda, he likes it (hUhOy a ohest).
J.-2i-ofta, he sees it
A-^a-pendOy he likes them (mo^MuTia, chests).
A-yoHmay he sees them.
99 YL ii-tf^pencla, he likes it (uittAoy a song).
A'UHma, he sees it (ti&ati, a plank).
A-xt-pendOy he likes them (nytiii5o, songs).
A-ei-cncty he sees them (mhauy planks).
ff TIL il-;pa-pen(2a, he likes it or them (place or places).
A-pcHmOj he sees it or them.
„ VIIL A'hurpendoy he likes it Qtwibay stealing).
A-ku-onOf he sees it
In all cases the Pronominal Syllable representing tlie
Bnbject is the first prefix, and therefore the first syllable
of the word ; and the syllable representing the object
is the last of the prefixes and immediately precedes the
verb.
A4cJcapO'hHmay when he shall see yon.
WorlipoJci-Tn-penda, when they loved him.
A'hi'kvhitfi, if he calls you.
It is quite allowable for the sake of emphasis to nse
the full forms of the Personal Prononns as well as the
subjectiye and objectiYe syllables.
Mimi naJcupenda wewe^ I love yon.
Wevoe wanijpenda mimiy yon love me.
When so nsed, however, a very strong emphasis is
put upon the persons loving and loved, and unless such
an emphasis is intended the full forms ought not to be
used. The above phrases might be better translated
by — ^For myself I love you the best; and, It is you
who love me*
108 • 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
In poetical S wc^xiH an objectiye suffix is nsod as well
as the objeotive prefix. The syllables used as a suffix
are the same as those given before with na (see p. 103).
The suffixes are not used in the dialect of Zanzibar.
U-ni4iifa(hi-m{9 do thou preserve me. (Both the -ni- and the
-mi represent the object of the verb.)
Akorti-angiuihchgo^ and he threw them down, (Both the •zi' and
the-ro represent the object of the verb.)
NcMfftHimbta-ni, I tell you.
The nse of the objective prefix implies a reference to
some ascertained object : it is therefore properly used
wherever in English the object would be expressed by
a Pronoun. Where in English the object would not be
expressed by a Pronoun, the objective prefix has the
effect of a definite article, and its omission that of an
indefinite article.
Nataka hununua nyumba (no objectivo prefix being osed), I want
to bny a house.
Naiaka kuinunua nytmba (the objective prefix -4^ bemg uscd)^
I want to buy tiie house.
Naona nUu^l see somebody.
Namwona mtu^ I see the man.
Where a Demonstrative Pronoun is used with the
object, the objective prefix must always be used*
N(Uaka huinunua nyumba hii^ I want to buy this house.
Namvjona mtu ytile, I see that man yonder.
The objective prefix is used where anything about
the person or thing is about to be stated.
Norm-jiM aliko [l know of him where he is], I know where he ii.
NaU-mrthania amekufa [I thought of him, he had died], I thought
he was dead.
Aka-m-haia Ttitvoa [and he cut of him the head], and he cut off
his head.
PBONOUNS. 100
Possessive Pronouns.
The Possessive Pronouns are always placed after the
Substantive denoting the thing possessed, and vary
according to its Class and Number.
The unvarying parts of the Possessive Pronouns are :
Hy, ^ngu. Ova, -ehi.
Thy, '^Ito, Your, -enn.
His, her» or its, -ahe. Their, -ao.
The same forms are used for its and their, of what-
ever class the thing possessing may be.
In many dialects of Swahili the form of the third
person singular is -aJcwe, and in some that of the second
is -akwo.
The above forms may be used as enclitics, and fre-
quently are so with some common words, such as haha,
father, mama, mother, mwana, child, mwenzi, companion,
&o. When the final letter of the substantive is -a, -e,
or -t, it merges into the first letter of the possessive
suffix.
Mwanangu, my child.
Hwenzangu, my oompanioib
Mwanako, thy child.
Mtoenzaho, thy oompanion.
Mwanake, his or her child.
Mwenzdke, his or her companion.
MvjanetUj our child.
MwenzetUj our companion.
Mwanenu, your child.
Mwenzenu, your compenioiL
Mwanao, their child.
Mwenzao, their companion.
110 BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
The initial lettors proper to eaoh olasB of Substan-
tives are :
Class I. tin^. w- plur, w-.
Class V. $ing.
1- plur, y-.
„ n. .„ w- „ y..
« VL „
w- „ a-.
„ IIL „ y. „ z-.
n VII. „
P- >» P-.
„ IV. „ ch- „ vy..
„ VIIL „
kw- „ kw».
Besides these forms proper to the several classes,
Suhstantives in the locative case in -nf require special
forms of the Possessive Pronouns according to the
meaning of the case. These forms are the same for
«
all Substantives, of whatever class or number they
maybe.
1. When the case denotes hdng mthin^ or /o, or from
unthiUf the Possessive Pronouns must begin with muh.
2. Where the case denotes mere nearness, and can be
translated at, hy, or near, the Possessive Pronouns must
begin with |)-,
3. For all other meanings the Possessive Pronouns
must begin with kvh.
The following instances will show how all these rules
are applied ; —
Class I. Mtu wangu, my man.
Watu tcdko, thy men.
Mbuzi wake, his or her goai .
Mbuzi wetu, our goats.
Waziri toake, his vizir.
Mawaziri wake, his vlzirsL
„ II. Mti toenu, yovLT tree,
MUi yaOj their trees.
f^ III. Nyumba yangu, my house.
Nyurnbo zako, thy houses.
n IV. Kiti choke, his chair.
Viti vyetu, our chairs.
IP y. Kasha lenu, your chest.
Mdkasha yao', their chests*
PBONOUNS. Ill
Class YI. Uimho toangu, my song.
Nyimho zdko, thy songs.
„ VII. Mahali pake, his, her, or its place or places.
9 VIIL Kufa hoetu, our dying.
1. Nytmbani miomu, in your house or houses.
2. Nyumbani pao, near their house or houses.
3. Nyuinbani kwangUf to my house.
All the Possessive Pronotms wiU be foiind in the
Table of Concords (p. 82), arranged under the classes
to which they are appropriate. The Personal Pronouns
may be added to give emphasis.
Kuu changu mimi^ my own knife.
Vyangu mimif they are mine.
The Possessive Pronoun is used for the preposition
-a, of, where it is intended to mark particularly the
person whose the thing is.
.Kiti eha suUani, the sultan's chair, or a sultan's chair.
KiH duike niUanif the sultan's own chair, or this sultan's chair.
There is another and short enclitio form for the
Possessive Pronouns of the second and third persons
singular, which is much used with some common
words, such as mume, husband, mke, wife, ndugu^ brother
or sister, &c. They consist of -o for the second person
and -e for the third, with the appropriate initial letters
for eadf class as given above (p. 110).
MuTnetoe, her husband.
MkewOf or nikeo, thy wife.
Mioenziioe, his companion.
Jindlo, thy name.
Shogaye, her friend.
It will be seen from the above tables that there is
absolutely nothing to distinguish the singular and
plural of Substantives in the form of the third class
112 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
wliioh denote animate beings, when joined with Pofl-
Bessive Pronouns. It is probably for this reason, and
to avoid ambiguity, that they are frequently treated as
ordinary Substantives of that class.
Ndugu yangu, my brother.
Nduguye or Ndugu yoke, his brother.
Nduguzo or Ndugu z(iko, thy brothers.
' Mbuzi Metu, our goats.
Possessive Pronouns are sometimes used in English
where Personal Pronouns are used in Swahili.
Waka-m'funga mikono nyuma [and they^tied him hands behindl
and they tied his hands beliind him.
AU'mrhata hitwa [he cut him head], he out off his head.
After verbs of coming and going Possessive Pronouns
beginning with a- (or in other dialects with vy- or th-)
are used somewhat as — ^his way, &c., were used in old
English.
Amekwenda Make, he has gone away, or he has gone off
Ttoende tetu, let us be going.
Wamekuja §ao, they have oome home, or they have come away.
Eeflectivb Pronouns.
The Swahili verb is made reflective by prefixing -jt-,
ibs if it were a pronoun in the objective form.
Norjirfendoy I love myselt
Self may be translated by the Arabic word, nefn^
nafel, or nafuai; or by the word mayo^ a heart, plux.
mayo or nyoyo.
Nafs^yangu, or moyo toangu, myselt
N^fH geiUf or nyoyo setu, ourselrcCt
FR0N0UN8. 118
Itself, themselyes, &c,, may also be expressed by the
word -enyewe with the proper prefix.
Class I. JOti mwenyewe^ the man himself.
Waiu vjenyeioey the people themselves.
Mbuzi mvoenyewe^ the goat itself.
Mbuzi wenyewe, the goats themSjBlves.
Waziri mtoenyewe, the vizir himself.
Mawaziri wenyewe^ the vizirs themselves.
^ II. Mti mtoenyewe, the tree itself.
MUi yenyewCy the trees themselves.
II IIL Nyumba yenyewe, the house itself.
Nyumba zenyetoe, the houses themselves.
f, TV. Kitu ehenyewe, the thing itself.
Vitu vyenyewBy the things themselves.
I, y, Kasha lenyewey the chest itself.
Mdkasha yenyewe, the chests themselves.
I, YI. Uimbo mwenyewe, the song itself.
Nyimbo zenyewe, the songs themselves.
„ YII. Jfa^a2»2)en^eti^6, the place itself.
Mwenyewe may be used for myself and thyself y as well
as for himself or herself
Wenyewe may be used for ourselves and yourselves^ as
well as for themselves.
By myself, by ourselves, &o., are expressed by fehs
with the appropriate Possessive Pronoun.
FeTce yangu, by myself, or I only.
Peke yetuy by ourselves, or we only.
Demonstrative Pbonouns.
There are three Demonstrative Pronouns. 1 , denotin g
objects at no great distance. 2, denoting objects pre-
viously mentioned. 3, denoting objects at a distance.
They have each forms proper to the several classes of
Substantives and to the three meanings of the case
in -ni,
1
114 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
1. TUa or thU^ these or fta96/of objects at no great
distance.
OUM L Jfitf ftuyti, this man.
WcUu hawa, tliese pe^^ple.
Mbwi huyUf this goat.
Jlf&wEt hatoa^ these goats.
Waxiri huyu, this vizir.
Matocuiri Aawo, these yizirfl^
,, n. 3fi(« ftttif, this tiee.
Mitt hiif these trees.
ff m. ^yum&a ^m, this house.
Nyumba hizi, these houses.
,, IV. Kitu hCd, this thing.
Fi^tf hivi, these things.
. M V. Kcuha hUi, this ohest.
Mdkasha haya, these chests,
M ^'I. l7t'm&o Auu, this song.
Nyinibo hizi, these songs.
9, YII. Mahali hapa^ this place.
„ YIII. Xtt/a ^u/(u, this dying.
1. Nyuvnbani humo (humu (?) ), here, in the house.
2. Nyumhani hapa, here, by the houss.
3. Nyumbani hukUf here, to the house.
It will be observed that the second syllable of each
of these Demonstratives is the pronominal syllable
given at p. 105, and that all begin with A-, followed by
the vowel of the pronominal syllable.
2. Tkis or tJuU^ theae or those, referring to something
mentioned before. Both the other forms can also be
used in this sense.
Class L Mtu huyo, that man.
Watu hao, those people.
Mbuzi huyo, that goat
Mbuzi hao, those goats.
I, II. Mti hiu>f that tree.
iliti Myo, those trees,
n In. Nyumba Tiiyo, that house.
Nyumba hizo, those houses.
PBONOUNS. 115
Glass IY. Kitu hicko, that thing.
Vitu hivyo, those thingg.
M y. Kcuha hUOf that chest.
Makcuiha TiayOy those chests.
n YL Uimbo huo, that song.
Nyivibo hizo^ those songs.
n YIL 3faftaZ« hapo, that place or those placci.
II YIII. £u/a ^tfZfo, that dying.
1. NyumbarU humo, in that house.
2. Ayufn&am hapo, by that house.
8. Nyumbani hvko, to that house.
3. That and </b«6 or yonder^ referring to things at a
distance.
Class L Mtuyuletyonderman, '""
Watu wale, those people.
Mbuzi yvle, that goat.
Mbuzi tpdUf those goats.
n II. Mti ule, that tree.
Mitt iUy those trees.
t, III. Nyuniba He, that house.
Nijumha zde, those houses.
I, IY. jECi7u hile or e^fla, tlial thing.
Vitu vile, those things.
„ Y. Kasha lile, that chest.
Makasha yale, those chests.
„ YL Uimbo ule, that song.
Nyimbo «ife/ those songs.
^. \II. Mahali pale, that place or those places.
„ Yin. Kufa hule, that dying.
1. Nyumbani rale, in that house.
2. Nyumbani pale, by that house.
8. Nyumbani huLe^ to that house.
It will be seen that these last Pronouns are made
by adding -le to the second, syllable of the first set of
Demonstratiyes. Sometimes the whole of the first form
is retained, making huytde^ hawale, liuule, hiilei hizile^
hihile^ UmUy hilile^ hayale, hapaUf huhule,
I 2
116 SWABILI HANDBOOK.
An increase of distanoe is denoted by a stress on the
final syllable.
Mli^ yule, that man yonder.
Tulee, that one farther off.
TuUee, that one still further.
The more stress is laid on the final syllable, and the
more the voioe rises into a falsetto, so much the greater
is the distance denoted.
When the substantive is mentioned the demonstra-
tive always follows it.
The demonstratives are frequently doubled, and then
have the meaning of just this^ that very, 6co*
Fdlepale, just there.
Mti uleuU, that very tree.
Maneno yaleyale, just those words*
With the first set of demonstratives the final or true
pronominal syllable is doubled and prefixed to the usual
form.
Papdhapa, just here.
Vioihivi, just these things,
Zizihizi, those very, &c
Kukuhuhu, just to this place.
These forms are also used to denote that there is
nothing special about what is mentioned.
Zizihizif just these and no more.
Huyo is often used when people are chasing a man
or an animal.
Huyo I Huyo/ = There he is I There he isl
There are other forms which ought probably to be
regarded as demenstratives, as they have the force of,
Thip ip it, and, Thip U xiot it
rSONOUM. 117
Class L ndimi, it is I.
ndiwe, it is thou.
ndiye, it is he.
ndiH^ it is i*e.
ndinyi, it is you.
ndio, it is they.
,, n. ndiOf this is it ndiyo, these are they.
I, IIL ndiyo, ndizo,
,t rV. fufie^ ndivyo,
n V. ndt2o. ndtyo.
„ YI. n(2to. nd/^a.
99 VII. ndipo.
n VIIL fwit^o.
ndimOf it is here, or it is there,
ndipo.
ndiko.
The negative is made by substituting w- for ndu
8iye^ it is not he. StcJio^ Ac Ae*, this U not it.
Both forms may be used interrogatively.
Ndiyef Is it he? Siyef Is it not he?
Other demonstratives may be used with these for the
sake of greater emphasis or clearness.
RELAttVE pRONOtmS.
The Relative Pronouns have special forms appropriate
to the several classes of Substantives and the three
meanings of the -ni 6a.se.
Class L Who and TF/wwi, Hng. ye or yee, plur, oorvro,
„ it. Which, nng. o or wo, plur. yo.
»»
III.
t>
*>
yo
»>
zO.
if
IV.
h
»
cho
i9
vyo.
»
Y.
99
»
lo
>»
yo.
»>
VI.
99
»f
6 or wo
»
zo.
M
VIT.
99
n
po
»>
po.
M
VIIL
99
»
ko
N
ko.
1.
Wlierein
»>
mo
2.
Whereat
»i
po
8. Whereto
»
kDw
118 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
These relatiyes occur most frequently in their
simple forms in connection with -o<e, all.
yee yote, wo vooUy whosoever or whomsoeyer.
ICO wote, yo yote^ to zote, cho chote^ vyo vyote, lo loU^po pote^ what*
soever.
wio mote, whereinsoever, inside everything.
po poUf wheresoever or whensoever.
ko hole, whithersoever or whereeoever.
When connected with the substantive verb, to be»
that verb is represented by the syllable -Zt-.
Glass
I. aliye^ [he] who is.
woZm), [they] who are.
IE fdio, [it] which is.
fZiyo, [they] which aie.
III. ilitjo.
iilixo.
IV. UlicluK
ffilivyo.
V. lUilo.
yalfyo.
VI. ulio.
zUizo.
VII. palipo.
palipo.
VIII. Imliho.
1. mulimo, wherein there is
2. palipo, where there is.
3. liulikoy where there is.
There is a disposition in Zanzibar to make «() the
general relative. Thus one very often hears alio for
aliye, lilio for lililoy and ilio for iliyo,
"When joined with the verb the syllable denoting the
relative follows the sign of the tense if there is one.
The relative may be joined with the verb to form the
present, or rather, an indefinite tense, without the use of
any sign of time whatever. It is made precisely as in
the examples given above of the use of the relative
with the verb, to be, only substituting the particular
verb for the syllable -Zt-.
[he] who loves, ap^daye,
tthey] who love, wap&iidae^
pmmvNs. 119
[the tree] which &U8, iiaiH)r«&ao.
[trees] which grow, imeayo.
[the house] which falls, yanguhayo.
[houses] which fiftU, zianguhcuso.
Where the relative is the object of the verb the same
form may be used, only introducing the objective prefix
proper to the substantive referred to, and changing the
personal prefix*
[fruit] which I love, nilipendalo, 4v- and 4<h being the syllables
appropriate to tunda^ a fruit, and other nouns of the Fifth
Class.
When taken to pieces the word is seen to be, m-, I,
•K-, it, -jpenda-^ love, -fo, which.
Eelatives are rarely used in Swahili with any tenses
except the present imperfect (the -na- tense), the past
perfect (the 4%- tense), and a peculiar form of the future
(the 'tdka^ tenBe)^ The following instances will show
the way in which the relative is expressed with these
several tenses both as subject and object.
Olass t. [the man] who is coming, ana^erht^a*
,9 who came, ali-ye-huja.^
„ who wiU come, atuka-^e-kuja,
„ whom he is striking, anorye-mpiga.
,, whom we loved, tuli-ye-mpenda,
[the men] who will beat us, v)ata1ca-o4upiga.
„ whoni we will beat, tutdka-o-toapigcu
[the 01] which is eating, anory^-Jcula,
„ which we shall eat, tutahorye-^nla,
Pf IL [the tree] which fell, uli-ihangulca.
,f which he cut down, aIi'-<MA7eata.
[the trees] which were visible, t2i-^o-one/Kina.
„ which we saw, tulp-yihiona.
^ III [the house] which fell down, tli^o-angukcu
p, which I bought, niH*y<y4nunua^
120 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
OuM III. [the houses] which fell down, HU-sso^nguka,
„ which I hought, ntH-zo-zinuntuu
„ TV. [the knife] which cat me, kiU-ch(Hiikata.
„ which I took, niU-cho-Mttoaa,
„ which I gave yon, nUi-cho-hupiU
[the knives] which fell down, viU^<Hinguka»
„ which I gave yon, nU%^vy<hhupa,
19 y. [the chest] which is nnfastened, lili-lo-funguha.
„ which I unfastened, nili-h-lifungita,
[the chests] which were carried, ^oZi-s^o-c^u^ttZtioa.
„ which they carried, wdU-^(hyacihukiM.
M VI. [the song] which pleased me, uli*<H^ipendexcu
„ which I liked, nUv^'upenda,
[the letters, nyardka] which I wrote, nili-zo-giandika,
„ which I sent to you, ntli-zo-Jcupeleheat
„ which reached me, tili-zo-niwiisilia,
„ yil. [the place] which I live in, nina-po-paJeacu
[the places] which I saw, ntli-po-paona.
The particles of plaoe and time) mO) po^ ko^ are treated
as relative particles*
cdimOi where he is (within)*
aiipo, where he is (if near).
alikof where he is (far off),
anapohwendoy when he is going.
anakojcijoenda, whither he is goingf*
alimohjoenda, wherein he went*
dUpohwendOj when he went.
dlikohuoenda, whither he went.
There is one amhiguity which cannot be avoided
where both subject and object are of the same class.
Aliyempiga may mean, who beat him, or, whom he beat ;
kilichokikaia may mean, which cut it, or, which it cut,
supposing Hsu, a knife, to be one substantive, and Jcitu^
a thing, to be the other.
The negative is combined with the relative by the
PBONOUNS. 121
ttfie of -W-. There is but one negative tense, and it
embraces all times, past, present, and future.
oiiffe, [he] who is not, who will not be, who was not
wioangiikOf [the tree] whioh falls not, whioh is not falling, which
did not fall, or, which will not ML
ninehohujfa, [the knife] whioh 1 did not give yon, do not gire
yon, or, shall not give yon.
Where the relative is used in English with a prepo*
sition, the relative particle is sometimes joined with the
verb and also with the preposition ; but more commonly,
the force of the preposition being contained in that of
the Swahili verb, no special form is required. See
Derivative Verbs, p. 157.
The man whom I went with, nUu natt-o-heenda naye.
The man I went to, mtu nali-(Hnwende(u
Where 1 came from, nUi-pO'toka,
Where I am going to^ nin<i-1co-kwendct.
As the Swahili has no proper word for to have, but
uses for it huwa na, to be with, cases of double relatives
are very fi^equent where having is mentioned.
The knife I have, Jdsu nilicho fuuiho.
The houses yon havd, nyumba ulizo nazo.
The knife I had, tUsu nCichohuwa nacho.
The houses you had, nyumba ulizokuwa muo.
The relative is used in some oases in which it is not
employed in English.
Who went by ? l^ani aXi-^e^pUa (who is he who passed) >
He likes this fruit, tunda hilt ndUo alipencUilo (this fhiit is it
which he likes).
The boy is going, hyana aendao.
Whosoever may come, yee yote atdkay^kuja.
There is another way of expressing the relative by
122 SWAMtLl SAmBOOK.
means of amhaye or ambaye hwambcL^ though not ns^l
in Zanzibar. When it is employed the final syllable of
amhaye changes according to the roles giTon above,
making ambao^ aaibaeOf ambaehOf awbaoyOf &o*
Sometimes' an English relative can be expressed by
the use of mwenyi^ &o^ having.
The vatk whose hooae it U, nUu mwenyi nyumba.
Interrooativs akd other PrOKOUK3.
There are four Interrogatives which are not variable*
Nanif Who? I • Ninif What?
Unif When? ] Ganif Whataort?
Oani always follows the substantive it is connected
with.
Mtu ffonif What man ? What lort of man ?
KUugamii What thing? What sort of thmg ?
What? is sometimes expressed by the syllable 'tit
suffixed to ^ verb.
Atapatanif What will he get?
Amefanyani f What has he done ?
Kunanil What is there? What is the matter?
Kina ninif What has it? What is the matter with it?
Wanmif What have they? What are they at ?
What o'clock is it ? is rendered by 8aa ngapi f How
many hours ?
The interrogative Which? is expressed by -pi pre-
ceded by the appropriate syllable, which is the same as
that used as the subjective personal prefix to verbs*
It always follows the noun it refers to.
FB0N0UN8. 123
Olabs I. Which [man] Yupi^ \]BaBa\ Wapii
„ n. „ [tree] Upf [trees] Ipit
^ III. „ [house] Ipif [houses] Zipi'i
„ IV. „ [thing] Kifif [things] Vipif
„ V. „ [chestp] Lipif [chests] Foptt
„ VI. „ [song] CTjpt? [songs] Zipif
„ VII. „ [place] Pajpif [place*] Papil
The Interrogative, if followed by a verb, requires a
relative with it.
Mtu yupi apendaye hwenda ? Which [or what] man likes to go ?
Nyumba ipi ikupendexayo f Which house do you like ?
Nani f who ? is also generally followed by a relative.
Nanidliopomtangonif Who is at the door ?
It is, however, allowable to say nani yupo ndangoni^
which is a literal translation of the English.
The interrogative Where? is toapif or apif
Wenda toapif Where are yon going ?
When referring to a substantive wajpi must always
be preceded by the syllable which is the proper sub-
jective personal prefix for that substantive. This prefix
very probably represents the substantive verb, and may
often be translated by i« it f or are they f
Class L ting, Yu wapi? plur. Wa wapi?
n.
tt
XJwapi? „
I wapi?
in.
»
I wapi? „
Zi wapi?
IV.
fl
Kiwapi? „
Viwapi?
V.
>l
Li wapi ? „
Yawapi?
VL
9f
Uwapi? „
Ziwapi?
VII.
99
Pa wapi ? „
Pa wapi?
A fuller form to represent where is it f or where are
ihey f is made by adding -ho to the personal prefix.
Yukoioapil Where ia he? ZUcowapif Where are they ?
124 SWAHlLt HANDBOOK.
The noun referred toibllows this interrogatiYe.
I toapi merikebu ? Where is the ship ?
How? is expressed by the syllable -je suffixed to the
verb.
NitakipaJtajt^ How Bhalll get it ?
Chalifanywaje i How was it made ?
Vlipendaje^ cto hupihay ao hichi f How do you like it, cooked ot
raw?
Aumaje ? [How does he talk?] What does he say ?
Urefu vxike yapataje i How long is it ?
Umri waJee apcOaje f How old is he ?
Kwenda ehini kwake chapataje [hi9ima]f How deep is it [a
well]?
The use of hupata^ to get, in these phrases must be
noticed. There is no direct way of attaching the how f
to the adjective ; they say therefore, '* His age, how
gets he it?"
How many? is expressed by -n^opt, which is treated
as an adjective.
How many people ? Watu vjangapi f
How many goats ? Mbuzi toangapi or ngapi f
How many trees ? Miti mingapi ?
How many houses ? Nyumha ngapi i
How many chairs ? Viti mngapi ?
How many chests ? Makctsha mangapi f
How many planks ? Mhau ngapi i
How many places ? Mahali pangapi f
How? is in some cases expressed by the use of other
phrases.
How long ago ? Tangu lini f [since when 7]
How much ? Kadfi ganij or KiasH ganif [what quantity 7]
How often ? Marra ngapi f [how many times ?]
The exclamatory What I is rendered by the inter-
rogative pronoun in •^'.
Furakaipil What joy I ,
( 125 )
VEEBS,
Begular Swaliili verbs always end in -a, as, hupcndOf
to love, hupiga, to beat.
Verbs derived from the Arabic may end in -«, -i, or -tt,
as, husameAe^ to pardon, Tcusafiri^ to travel, hihanbuy to
destroy. Verbs in this form do not change the final
vowel, where verbs in -a regularly do so.
The simplest form of the verb is nsed in Swahili,
as in English, for the second person singular of the
imperative.
Fenda! Lovet Figa! Strike!
Samehel Pardon! eafiri! Travel!
Earibul Destroy!
The second person plural imperative is made by
adding -nt. All the other tenses and moods are made
by prefixing syllables to the simple form, except that
verbs in -a change -a into -e in the present subjunctive,
and into -t in the present negative, and a -to- is inserted
to mark the passive.
There is a negative as well as an affirmative con-
jugation, in which the tenses and persons are also dis*
tinguished by prefixes.
The various prefig^es fonn in pronunciation 09^^ word
126 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
with the Torb, and when taken to pieoes denote its
person, number, tense, mood, sabject, and object.
Amekwanibia s A-^ma-hvHjmhia s He-has-you-tell s He has told
you.
Walij^ipenda s Tra-Zt-jMMift-|>eiuIa = They-did-when^me-loye
= When they loved me.
NUaJcaehohupa s Ni-tahcHihO'ha^a ss I-fihall-which-you-giye-to
= Whidi I shall give to you.
Ningalimwona,^ Nir^alt^avhona s I-should-have-him-flee s I
should have seen him.
The syllables nsed as prefixes have not the same
meaning standing separately as they have when com-
bined with the verb in their proper order; for this
reason, therefore, as well as to show the proper pro-
nunciation, they with the verb must all be written as
one word.
Lists of the several prefixes will be found at the end
of the preliminary observations to the second part of
this handbook (p. 237). "The personal prefixes will be
found described under Pronouns (p. 104), and seen
arranged under their appropriate classes of Substantives
in the Table of Concords, p. 82.
Indefinite Tenses.
!• Customary actions are expressed by prefixing ftu-
to the verb. In this form there is no distinction of
number, person, or time.
Hu-e7u2a, one goes, they go, everybody goes, he used to go.
Mu-penda, one likes, they like, one would like.
2. The relative may be joined with the verb without
any sign of time. The personal prefix only is put
before the verb, and the relative sign sufiixed to it.
VEBB8. 127
Sfng. Class L Ni-pendorfe, (T| who loy&
U-pendc^e, [thou] who lovest
A-penda^e, [he] who loves.
„ n. l7<-an^2»i-o, which falls.
yy Y. Li-angukorlOf
f, YL U-angvktHf,
„ TU. P-afi^r«XM»-;po, where &Ih.
„ Yin. Kvhonguka'^Of whither falls.
Flur. „ L Tu-pendoro, [we] who love.
M-penda-Of [yovi] who love.
Wa-pendcH), [they] who love.
fi n. I^ngvJca-yo, or, T-anguka-yo, which fall.
„ III. 2t-angr»^*zo,
„ lY. Vy-anguka-^fnfo^
„ Y. F-an</ttA»-yo^
„ YI. Zi^anguka^o^
The relative may represent the object of the verb,
but in that case the objective sign (pp. 105-6) ought to
be inserted between the personal prefix and the verb.
Class L Ni-m-penda-ye, [he or she] whom I lovo.
Ni-hu-penda-ye, [thou] ,. „ „
Ni-ioa-penda-Oy [you or they] „ >, m
Sing, „ n. Ni-^i-penda-o [it] which I love,
„' ni. Ni-i-'pendoryOy
' ' ,) lY. Nv-hi'pendorckOf
„ Y. Ni44'pendarlOf
„ YI. Np^trpendOrO^
. . „ YIL Ni^porpendorpOj
„ YIIL Ni-ltu-penda'TtOy
Flur, „ n, ^t-t-penda-yo, [those] which I love.
„ III. Ni-zi-penda-zo,
n TV. Ni-vi-penda-vyo^
ff - Y. Ni-ya-pendoryot
M VI. Ni'Zi-penda-zo,
8. The negative form, expressing Who, or which does
128 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
not, ifl made by the personal prefix, the syllable -«-
[not] and the relative sign, followed by the verb.
Sing. Class I. Nisi^&^^enda, [T| who love not
U'-si-ye-pendcLf [thou] who lovest not.
A-ti^e-lpendaf [he or she] who loves not
ff n. Usi^thangukat which falls not.
„ III. I-8i-y(Hmguhaj
„ lY. Ki-si-cho-angtika,
„ V. Li'St'la-cmguhat
„ VI. JJ'Si^-angrika^
n VII. Porsi-piHinguTca, where falls not.
Ku-su-hthangiikc^ whither falls not,
Mu-si-mo^tnguha^ wherein falls not.
Plur, M L Tu-si-o-penda, [we] who love not.
M-^i-a-penda, [you].
Wa-si-o-penda, [they].
M n. I-8i-y(hanguka, which fall not.
„ III. Zi-si-zfhanguha,
I, rV, Vusi-^thanguhaf
„ V. Ya-$i-y<Hinguha,
„ VI. Zi'ii-zo-anguka,
Where the relative is the object of the verb, it is
expressed as in the afiSrmatiye tenses, by the form of
the relative particle and the insertion of the objective
prefix.
Ni-ai-'Mo-zi'pendaf which I do not like.
This negative tense may be applied with equal pro-
priety to past, present, or future time, amounting in
effect to a negative of the relation at the time and under
the circumstances implied in the context.
The application of the relative to the definite affir-
mative tenses is explained under Pronouns (p. 119).
The diflference between — ^which I like — ^^nd — I who
like it — is to be found in the form of the relative
particle.
VERBS. 129
[Nywaibckl nili-yo^ipenda, [the bouse] which I liked.
nili-ye ipenda, I who liked it.
IKUu] nUi-eho-htpenda, [the thing] which I liked.
nili-ye-kipendaf I who liked it.
Definite Tenses.
The important part of each tense is the tense prefix^
It is preceded by the personal sign of the subject, and
may be followed directly by the verb. If any signs o£
relation are used they are suffixed to the tense prefi]^,
and the objective prefix (if any) must always imme-
diately precede the verb. The tense prefix is the same
for all persons and both numbers. The personal prefix
is the same for all tenses, except the slight changes
dependent upon the question whether the first letter of
the tense prefix is a vowel or not.
In order therefore to construct the proper form of
verb, it is necessary first to ascertain the proper personal
prefix, next the proper tense prefix, then the particles
of relation and objective prefix, if they are required,
and then to finish with the verb. Thus, to say, A house
has fallen down. A house is nyumha, a word of the third
class ; the proper personal prefix for a singular noun of
the third class is -t, the tense prefix for the present
perfect is -we-, the verb to fall is fat - anguka (the ku"
being the sign of the infinitive : we have therefore —
- Nyumha tmeanguha = a house has fallen down.
If we wished to say, Six houses have fallen down ; we
find that nyumha being of the third class keeps the same
form in the plural ; sita is six, and must follow its noun ;
the subjective prefix proper to plural nouns in the third
130 BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
class is xi'i the teuse prefix and ihe verb remain the
same.
Nyumba '»ila Mimeanguka, ax houses have fallen down.
To take one more complicated example, I saw the
knife, which yon gave him. The personal prefix for
the first person is m- or fi-, the tense prefix of the past
perfect is -ab-, to see is ku-ona^ knife is hisu, a substantive
of the fourth class. As some particular knife is intended
we must use the objective prefix, and that for a singular
substantive of the fourth class is -hU, As the tenso
prefix begins with a vowel we must use the personal
prefix which ends in a consonant. We have therefore-^
NcUikiona Msu s I saw tlie knife.
• Which you gave him.* The relative referring to a
singular noun of the fourth class is -cha-. It must
follow the tense prefix, which is -aZt-, as before, for the
past perfect. The sign of the second person singular
is tt- or to- ; the verb, to give to, is hu^a. The object
of the verb is him, the objective prefix for nouns of the
first class is -mu- or -m-. Putting these together wq
have,
Which 70Q gaTC him, waiieho^pa.
And the whole sentence,
I saw the knife which yon gave him, naltkiona hUu walichompa.
It must not be forgotten that hi- and pa- may bei
used for there in an impersonal sense.
Kulikutca or Palihuway there was or there wex^
Kuhapiqa^ dce.^ and there struck, 4c
VEBB8.
131
Indicativr Tenses. — ^Present.
There are in the language of Zanzibar two Presents,
one Indefinite and one Imperfect.
1. The Indefinite Present answers to our common
English present, I come, I love, (&o. It is made by
prefixing -a- to the verb.
iV- 1
I love.
TT-
Thou lovest.
•^
He or she
IT-, r-, C%-, X-, TT-, P-, ICw-
> Orpenda <
loves.
Tvh
It loves.
Mio-
We love.
TT-
You love.
r-,^,ry-,r.,z. J
They love.
NU \
Iftin
cr.
Thou art
A',U',I',Ki;Lt;U'
He, she,
Pa^, Ku-
na-penda.
or it is
Tw
We are
'if.
You are
TTo., I-, Zi-, ns Fa-, Z>
They are
2. The Present Imperfect answers to our tense with
am, I am coming, I am loving, &o. It is made by pre-
fixing 'TM-' to the verb.
loving.
In the first person the m-is often contracted into 'n-,
and sometimes altogether omitted. This tense used
after another verb may be translated by an English
present participle.
Nctmwohcty or NalimtDona andkuja, I see him, or, I saw him
coming.
In the dialect of Mombas this ^na^ tense is used of
past time. In Zanzibar it is the more usual form of
the present.
K 2
132
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Present Perfect.
The Present Perfect is made by the prefix -me- : it
denotes an action complete at the time of speaking, and
therefore answers to the English tense with have.
Ni"
U-
A-
r-, I-, Ki-
Li', Pa-, Ku-
Tu-
'if.
TFa-
hpenda
I have
Thou hast
He or she haa
It has
We have
You haye
,They have
loved.
■In verbs denoting a state or the possession of a
quality the present has the meaning of to enter npon,
to acquire, or to become, what the verb denotes. The
-me- tense must then be translated by to have, or to be,
&o. (p. 86).
Inajaa, it is getting fulL
Inutfaaf it is full.
Jnapasuka, it is being torn.
Imepaguka, it is torn.
Inapoieoy it is becoming lost
Ime^^oteo^, it is lost
Anavaa, he is putting on.
Amevaa, he has put on, therefore^ he wears.
When the -me- tense occurs in a narrative, it denotes
an action complete at the time referred to, and must
generally be translated by had.
Nikamwona ameu/ungua mUmffo^ and I saw that he had
unfiastened the door.
The -me tense may sometimes be translated as a past
VEnsa.
133
participle, Bignifying a state arriyed at at the time of
speaking or at the time referred to.
Yu hayi ojo cmekufa ? Is ho alive or doad P
Zalikuwa ttmepotea^ they were lost
In this sense it may he used to form compound tenses,
somewhat as the past participle is in English.
In some dialects of Swahili the prefix is pronounced
•mo- rather than -me-. See the end of Ajppendix H.
Fast F£rfbct.
The Past Perfect tense is made by the prefix -If- or
«aZt-: it denotes an action complete in past time. It
must sometimes be translated in English by the tense
with had^ but more commonly it represents the indefinite
past, which usually ends in -ei.
N" ^
TT-
IF-, r-, Ch', Ir-
P'.Kw'
> aH.
Tio-
Mio-
T 1
W-
Thou
r.,z:,ry.,r-J
He or 8be
penda It
loTei
Ni' 1
We
U-
You
A'
^Tbey J
17-, I-, Ki"
Id-, Pa-, Kvr
U- .
Tu'
M'
TTo-
j.,«-.rt.,ra-.
When it is
intende(
1 to deu
ote the (
miction as a
1S4
SWAfflLI BANDBOOK.
continuous one, the syllable -Z»- may be inserted aftci
the tense prefix.
N-ali'hi-mpencUif I loyed him [not (mce bni oontinuously].
W-ali-papendana, when they loved one anoilier.
W-ali-po-hi-pendana, wliile they loTed one another.
Narrativb Past.
In telling a story it is ttsnal to begin with one verb
in the -Zt- tense, and then to put all that follow in a
tense made by the prefix -ha-* This tense includes in
itself the power of the conjunction and. It can never
properly stand at the beginning of a narrative, but ho
other past tense can properly be used for any verb
except the first. It may occasionally be used after
another verb, where the time being indefinite would
in English be represented by a present.
loved.
Ntka- is frequently contracted into JSTo-.
HamiDona = Nikamwona = And I saw him.
The -kor of this tense is often pronounced -it- in rapid
or careless talking.
Nv-
U'
'And I
A-
And then
r-, I-, Ku
And he or she
Li', Ta-, Kw
ha-penda -^^^^it
Tw
And we
M'
And you
Wa-
. ^ And they
I^^Zi^Vi'^Ta-i
VESB8.
135
Future.
The Future Tense is made by the prefix -to-.
Nu
17-
I Bhall
A"
Thou wilt
r-, J., »-
He w she will
Li'^Pa-jKu-
ta-penda '
ItwiU
Tu-
We shall
JJf-
You will
TTa-
They will
I^Zi-, Ft-,ra.J
lova.
In the first person the prefix Ni- is often omitted.
Tapenda s Nitapenda =. I shall loye.
When particles of relation are introduced the prefix
'iO' is very rarely used ; the tense prefix stands almost
always as -iakor.
AtakayekujOf [hej who will come.
With particles of relation the difference between the
present, indefinite, and future times is much more care*
fully observed in Swahili than in English.
NUdlapOt when I sleep, <.«., in the case of my sleeping.
NinapolaJa^ when I sleep, ^.e., at the time when I am sleeping.
NitakapolcUa, when I sleep, <.«., when I shall be sleeping.
JIRu aendaye^ the man who goes (at any time).
Mtu anayekwendoj the man who is going (now).
Miu aJtakayekwendOy the man who goes (at some future time).
Thus, if it is intended to send a man somewhere and
pay him afterwards for his trouble, where it might bo
said in English — Tell the man who goes that I will
pay him when he comes back — ^the Swahili verbs must
all be in the future, Mwambte yule (Uakayehwenda hwamba
ISQ
SWAEILt EANDBOOS.
atdkajporudi nitandipia. Where it is the fact and noi
the time, person, or thing, that is the important element
of the idea, it is better not to use the particles of rela-
tion, but to employ the 'hi- tense, which see*
' Conditional Tenses.
There are four tenses which may be called Con-
ditional. The first, made with -H-, expresses a state of
things as supposed to be existing. The second, made
with -japo-, expresses a state of things supposed as
possible. The other two refer to contingencies ; one of
them, made with -nge- or -nga-^ expresses what would
now be happening, and the contingency on which it
would depend regarded as existing; the other, made
with -Ttgali'y expresses what would have happened, and
the contingency on which it would have depended
regarded as no longer existing.
Actual Conditional or Participial Tensb.
This tense is made with the prefix -K-, and may be
translated by the English present participle, or by as,
if, when, since, though, or any other words by which
the idea of a state of things can be introduced and con-^
nected with the rest of the sentence.
loving.
Ni' N
r-
ri
A'
Thou
V', I-, KU
He or she
X«S Fa-, Ku-
hi-penda
It
Tu-
We
M'
You
Wa-
\ TLey
I- Zi' Vi' Ya -
VEBBB. 137
Tlie prefix NUci- may be contracted into Hi-.
Hifukuza =• Nikifuhuza = As I was driving.
Viewed as a present participle, the -M- tense can bo
nsed to form compound tenses, especially a past im-
perfect.
Altkuwa dkiogolea, he was swimming aboui
The following are a few examples of tbe use of this
tense : —
Nitafurahi niktkuonoj [seeing you I shall rejoice] I shall be
glad to see yon.
Ahija Ahddllah mtoambia, [Ahdallah coming, tell him] Tell
Ahdallah when he comes.
Nihiwa nacho, [I having it] If I have it*— when I have it— if 1
should have it — in case of my having it — since I have it.
AUpotea akizunguka kwa Hku nMi, [He was lost wandering
for two days] He loet his way and wandered about for two
days.
Majivuno yakiwa mengi, [PuflSngs up being many] Much self-
exaltation.
(Jpepo ukitoa moto hutantiOi [Air being hot] Air expands when
it becomes heated.
Alcisema kweli, hasadiMufi^ [Telling the truth, he is not believed]
If he should tell the truth, he would not be believed.
In this instance the use of the -H- tense and of the
negative present are both remarkable. It will be seen,
however, upon examination, that there is no real con-
tingency in such a sentence as this. It affirms a fact
in a state of things, not a contingency upon a supposed
state of things ; it is not his telling the truth which
prevents his being believed.
A corresponding past tense may be made by the -K*
tense with the relative particle -jw)-.
Walipopendai when they loved, being that they then Icved.
138
BWAHILl HANDBOOK.
Possible Ck)NDiT[ONAL.
This tense is made by the prefix -/opo-, and puts a
case; it generally implies that the case is an extreme
or unlikely one. It may be translated by even if.
NU
U-
A-
r-, I-, Ki'
Li-f Pa^f Kth )japo-penda9 even if \^^ ) lora
Tw
M-
Wa-
I',Zi',Vi-,Yar]
The prefix seems to be formed from huja^ to come,
and -ipo, the particle denoting when or where; so that
ujapo may be translated. When you come, and so with
the other persons; this will give the force of the tenso.
Wajapdkupigctf when they come to beating yon, fe., eyen if
they beat yon.
Japo with the personal signs may be used alone in
the sense of^even if.
UJapo huhionif even if yon do not see li
Present Contingent.
This tense is formed by the prefix -nge" or -ngory and
puts a condition and its results as present. It necessarily
implies that neither are in existence.
A'
CT-. I-, Ki'
lA'yTa'.Kth
Tur
if-
TFo-
J., ZtS Ff-, Ya-
\nge-penda
' I should, or if I did
Thou wonldest, or if then
didst
He, she, or it wonld, or if
he, she, or it did
We should, or if we did
Yon wonld, or if yon did
They wonld, or if they did
lova
VEMB8.
139
The Hi^«r-. form is need with monosyllabic verbs —
angawa — though he be, or he would be.
The two branches of the contingency cannot in
English be represented by the same tense, as they are
in Swahili. The pcdr would stand in English, (1) If I
did— (2) I should, &o. (1) K it were— (2) it wonld
be, &0. Or they might stand, (1) Though I did —
(2) yet I should, &o.
The second branch is sometimes represented in
English by a past tense ; sometimes both are.
Kama ungekuwa no dkili, mali yaJco ungedumu nayo, [If you
were with wits, your property you would continue with itj
If you were a man of understanding, your property would
be (or would have been) yours still.
Past Contingent.
This tense is made with the prefix -ngdlu. It 8np«
poses something at a past time, and concludes that
something else would then have happened, also at a
past time. It represents the English — If this had
happened, that would have happened. It supposes that
neither condition nor contingency did ever in fact
occur. In English a past tense is often used to express
a present contingency, but the Swahili seem to dis-
tinguish them more carefully.
Had I, or I should have
Hadst thou, or thou
wouldest have
Had he, she, or it, or he,
she, or it would have
ngali-penda { Had we, or we should ) loved,
have
Had you, or you would
liave
Had they, or they would
L
U-
A'
V', I-, Ku
Li', Pa-. Ku-
Tw
Fa-
J., ZiS Ft-, Fa-
have
140 SWAHILl HANDBOOK.
There is always an aooent on the personal prefix and
none on the tense prefix, thus {mgalih&jay dngaliSna^ &q.
Kama ungdlikuwapo hapa^ ndugu ffangu angdHpona^ If you
had been here, my brother would haye got well
The Imperative.
It has been mentioned above that the simplest form
of the verb may be nsed for the Imperative as in
English. The final letter of verbs in -a is frequently
changed into e-. The plural is made by adding -nt.
Penda^ or PendCf loye thon. Pendant, or Pendent, love ye.
TwaHf or Twae, take thou. Ttoaant, or Ttoaeni, take ye.
8ifu, praise thon. Bifuni, praise yo.
Fihirit consider thoo. Ftkirini^ consider ye.
The form ending in -e is the more commonly nsed in
Zanzibar. The other persons are supplied by the use
of the Subjunctive.
Ka- may be prefixed to the Imperative to connect it
with a preceding verb.
Kajiflcheni, and hide younelyei.
The SuBJUNcnvB.
The Subjunctive is made by prefixing the personal
sign, and when the verb ends in -a changing that
letter into -e. It may be translated into a variety of
English forms. It may be used as an imperative or
jussive, and is the only form that can be so used in the
first and third persons.
Nipende, let me lovo.
When used with an interrogative it may be translated
—am I to — is he to, &c.
K^any^*et ^¥2iat am I to doF
VERBB.
141
It is the proper form to express purpose or object — that
I may, &e. — ^and must be used in many cases where in
English the infinitiye is employed.
Mtoambie ahusayidU^ tell him to help you, or speak to him
that he may help yoiu
Where no purpose is implied the infinitive is used as
in English.
I want to sleep, natdka hultikL
The force of the conjunction and may be expressed
by inserting -ha- after the personal prefix. And is used
in English in many cases where the second action is
more or less the object with which the first is to be
done, as in — try and find, &c. In such cases -ha- must
not be used, but only the subjunctive in its simple
form.
may loyo.
Verbs which end in -t, -c, or -m, kieep the same final
letter in the subjunctive.
U'
I
A',U-,I^
thou
Ki', Li', Pa-
he or she
JBTtt-
pende, That
it
Tu-
we
Jtf.
you
Fa-, I-, Zi- '
they
Ft-, Fa-
The iNnNinvB.
The Infinitive is made in all cases by prefixing -ku.
KthpendOy to loyOi
KtHma, to see.
142 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
The -11- booomes -l(^- before a, e, and «\ and often
disappears before o«
Xf0-amMa, to ielL
Kto-endoy to go.
£i<Ni8J^ to finish.
K''Oga, to bathe.
The Infinitive may always be used to express the
action denoted by the verb.
Kwenda, going.
Ku/a, dying.
Kupendaruif matn&i loving.
[There are two idiomatic uses of the Infinitive Mood,
which are common, and may be mentioned here, the
one a logical, the other a grammatical, contrivance.
Any finite form of a verb may be preceded by the
infinitive of the same verb, the effect being rather to
particularize and give prominence to the idea conveyed
by the verb, than to emphasize the mode of an action.
Thus hufa utaJcufa^ as to dying, you will die. Dying,
that is what will happen to you. Not, you will
certainly die.
Again, when any finite form of the verb, and espe-
cially a long form, would be closely followed by another
verb in the same form, connected with the former verb
by (at most) the simple copula * na,* the second verb
may be put in the infinitive mood. By this device the
cumbrous repetition of a series of personal and other
prefixes in a number of successive verbs is neatly
avoided.
Thus, '* anayeahudiwa na Jcutuhuzwa^*' for anayetuhuzwct^
" who is worshipped and glorified."— A. C. M.]
: YERB8, 143
Participles.
There are properly no Participles in Swahili. The
present participle in -ing may be represented by the
'^nor- tense of an incomplete action, by the -A;»- tense
of a state of continued action, or by the use of the
relative.
The man sitting yonder, miu aJcaaye hale.
The past participle may be represented by the -W6-
tense of a completed action, or by the relative when
used adjectivally.
NimekioTta hisu hiUchcypotea^ I liaye found the lost knife.
The Negative Conjugation.
All Swahili verbs may be employed with negative
prefixes to denote the reverse of their affirmative
meaning. It must be observed that the negative forms
do not simply deny the affirmative forms but rather
reverse them.
Napenda hwenda^ I like going.
Natdka hwenda, I want to go.
Sipendi hwenda^ I dislike going,
Sitahi hwenda^ I want not to go.
In English I do not want is not so strong as I do not
like, but in Swahili sitaki is stronger than eij^endu
The negative tenses are formed by negative personal
prefixes, which, except in the first person singular, are
made from the affirmative forms by prefixing ha-.
For the negative combined with the relative, see
p. 120.
144
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
love not
or
do uot love.
NEaAtivB Present.
In this tense verbs ending in -a change that letter
Into -•; other final letters remain nnchanged.
Si'
Eu-
Ha', HaU', Hat-
Hahi; Hdli-, Hapa*
Hakw pendi
Hatu-
Ham'
Hatoa-, Hat', Hazi-
Havi-f Hayor
This tense is a more general negative than the
English do not tense. It is used for both past and
future wherever the negative depends upon some cause
which is not affected by the time referred to.
The -I of si' in this and other tenses often disappears
before a vowel.
Sogopif 1 do not feai;
Negative Past.
There is one negative form referring to past time
generally ; it is made by the negative prefixes followed
by 'kvr.
^ Si-
Hu-
Ha-, HaU', Hat*
Hdki'y Hali-
Hapa-, HaJtu-
Haiu-
Ham-
Hawa-f Hat', Eazi-
Havi'f Eaya*
In a few rare instances negative prefixes may be
followed by -me- or -Ze-.
Simekuvoa mwongo 1 Have I not become a liar ?
I
Thou
He or she
did not lo?e
hu-penda
It
We
You
.They
or
have not lovfd.
VERBS.
145
The not yet Tense.
There is a negative tense made by the use of the
negative prefixes followed by -^a-, which is a sort of
negative present perfect, denying the action up to the
time of speaking.
Si- ^
Hu- fl
Ha-y Eau-, Bai" Thou
Haki'f HcUi' He or fihe
Eapa-j Edkth Ja-penda I* haye not yet loved.
Eatu- We
Earn' You
Eawa-f Eai'f EatU They
Eavi', Eayc^ J
The word hado is often used with this tense where
it is intended rather to imply that what has not yet
happened will some day come to pass.
Eajajoj he is not yet oome, he is not come even now.
Eajaja hado, he is not come, at least not yet.
The -a- of -Ja- coalesces with i and e into a long -e-
Bound.
Eaje^ha = Eajaisha =; He has not yet finished.
Negative Future.
The negative future is made from the affirmative
future by merely using negative instead of affirmative
personal prefixes.
Si-
Eu-
Ea-, Eau-, Eai-
Eaki; EalU
Eapor, Edkvk'
Eatu-
Earn"
Eawar, Eai-y Uaxi-
Eavi-f Eayor
ta-penda <
I shnll not
Thou wilt not
He, she, or it
will not
We shall not
You will not
They will ^ot
lovtt.
146
SWAHILI EANDBOOK.
Conditional Tenses.
The case of not being or not doing is put by a tenu€
formed "by the affirmative prefixes followed by -«tpo- ;
it may be translated by the presoQt participle with a
negative, or by as, if, when, though, since, or any other
word by which the case of not heing^ having^ or doing^
may be introduced.
Ni-
U-
A', U', I-, Ki-
sipo-penda i
n
Thou
He or she
It
We
You
^They
not loYing.
X*-, Par, Ku-
Tu-
M-
War, I-, 7t-, F»-
Ya
This tense may be also used to translate an English
affirmative preceded by cxce;pt or unless.
Asipojua, unless lie knows.
Afipohuwa AbdaUaht except Abdallalu
Contingent Tenses.
The negative contingent tenses, present and past,
are made from the affirmative forms by merely using
negative instead of affirmative personal prefixes*
Did I or I should
8i'
JTo-. Hau-, HaU
Hokis Hali"
Hatth
Ham-
JTawcb-, Hai'f Hcusi-
Havi-f Haya^
nge-penda
Didst thou or Thou
wouldest
Did he, she, or it,
or He, she, or it
would
Did we or We
should
Did you
would
Did they or They
. would
Of you
not lova
VERBS.
147
JTtt-
Haki-, Halt'
napa-, Hdkti'
JTalu-
Ham'
Havsa't Hat'
Hazi'f Havi'
HayOf
ngdli'j^ula\
Had I or I shouli}
hayo
Hadst thou or Thou
wouldest havo
Had he, ehe, or \\,
or He, she, or it
would have
Had we or We should
have
Had you or You
would have
Had they w They
would have
I not loved.
Negative Imperative.
The negative imperative is made by the use of »i
(not), with the affirmative forms.
5| |)6nda, love not
Si n/tf, praise not.
Sipendenif love ye not
Si w/unt, praise ye not
The negative STibjunctive is more often used in this
sense than the imperative form.
Negative Subjunctive.
The negative subjunctive is made from the affirma-
tive form by inserting -«- between the affirmative
personal prefix and the verb.
' not lova
Ni- ^
U-
I may
A',U',I'
thou mayest
Kir, Li',
he, she, or
Fa-^Ku-
M-pende^l^Bi
it may
Tw
we may
Jtf.
you may
Fa-, J-, Zi-
they may
Vi', YOr
1.2
148 BWAHILI EANDBOOK.
The -t of -fit- often disappears before a vowel,
aaende, that he may not go.
The negative subjunctive may be Englished in
several different ways. It maylse used as above of a
purpose fwt to do, or it may be used of a purpose to do
which fails.
Ahamtafuta asimvxme, he looked for him, but did not see him
or, without seeing him.
This form is commonly used for the negative
imperative.
Niwnde, let me not go. If tender don't go.
A form of subjunctive connected with the not yd
t^nse is made by the use of -fit/e- with the affirmative
prefixes.
not haye already
loved.
This tense may often be translated by hefore.
Utampata astjelala, you will oatch him hefore he goes to sleep.
'Sije with the personal prefixes may be used as a
complete word followed by the -Jca- tense.
Ni$iie nikafa, that I may not I^ already dead, or, that I may not
4i9 before, &o.
N^
U-
I may
A-,U-,I'
thou mayest
Ki-, Li-
he, she, or it
Par, Ku'f
sije^enda, That
may
Tw
we may
Jtf.
you may
Tra-,J-,Z»-
they may
FiS Va.
VMS8. 149
Nkqativk Infinitivb.
The negative infinitive is made by the use of kutoa
(to put ottt), often contracted into kuto- and used as a
prefix,
Kutoa Jcupendoy or KutopendOj not to loye, or not loving, to
dislike, or dislUdng.
The Passive VofcE.
The Passive is made from the Active by merely
inserting -»- before the final voweL
Napenda, I love. Napendvoa^ I am loved.
Sipendi, I do not love. Sipendwi^ I am not loved.
NimependOf I have loved. Nimependwa, I have been loved.
Kupendoy to love. Kupendioat to be loved.
Verbs ending in two vowels often use the passive of
their applied form. See pp. 151, 161.
The Passive is used in a sort of impersonal way to
denote what is intended to be done.
Maji yame7:tD€nda htdetipa, some one has gone to get tmtcr. -
Peta ximehwenda huvunjvoa^ some one has gone to get pice in
exchange for silver.
AuxiLURT AND Irbegulah Verbs.
As the Auxiliary verbs are mostly also irregular, it
will be best to speak of their irregularities first, and
afterwards of their use in making compound tenses.
MonosyUabio verbs and most dissyllabic words be-
ginning with a vowel, retain the hi- of the infinitive
in those tenses in which the tense prefix ends in a
150 BWAMLt BAttDBOOK.
syllable incapable of bearing the accent. These tense
prefixes are -na-y -ame-^ -aZ«-, -fa-, -japo-j -nge-^ -ngdli'^
and -«ye-. The other prefixes, -a-, -A»-, -K-, -n^o-, -it*-,
•^a-, -«i-, are capable of bearing the accent, and the leu-
is not retained when they are used. The personal
signs, both subjective and obgective,. can bear the
accent, the relative signs cannot.
Thus, from hija^ to come, we have :—
Naja^ I come. Ninakuja, I am eomiflg.
Nikaja,B.Jid I came. Nimekuja, I have come*
Nikija^ I comlDg. Ndltkuja^ I came.
iSt/t, I como not. Niiahuja, I shall come.
SHcujiii I did not come. Nijapokuja, even if I come.
SiJaJa^I am not yet come. Ningekuja,! should come.
^m)'e, let me not come. ^ingoZtTfu/a, I should haye come.
Nisijekujaj before I come.
M/e, let me not come. Nisipokuja^ when I come not.
Ajaye^ he who comes. Aliyekuja, he who came.
Nijaycj I who come.
It is shown that this irregularity depends upon the
power of certain syllables to support the accent by
the changes which occur when an objective prefix is
inserted.
Amektda, he has eaten.
' Ame'mla^ he has eaten him.
The verb hipa, to give to, is peculiar in always re-
quiring an objective prefix, and therefore never having
occasion to be irregular.
With dissyllables beginning with a vowel it is gene-
rally indifferent whether the /cw- is retained or not.
AmekvoUha or Ameisha, he has finished.
AmeJivoanM, or AmeanzOt he has begun.
VERBS. 151
Many verbs occur with or without a «?-, which seems
to be a relic of the -hk-.
Kuiva or Kuwiva^ to ripen.
Kuaza or Kuvxiza, to consider.
The word kuja, to comci stands alone in having an
irregular imperative.
NjoOf come. NJooni, come ye.
Monosyllabic verbs and some dissyllables mate their
passives in a more or less irregular way. The follow-
ing is a list of the monosyllabic verbs with their
passives : —
Kucha^ to fear. Kuehwa, to be feared.
KulOy to eat. Ktditoci, to be eaten.
Kunyway to drink. Kunyioewcij to be drank.
KupOy to give to. Kupatoa or Kupetoctf to receive.
Kucha is used in the dialect of Lamoo for to fear, the
word used at Zanzibar being kuogopa. Kucha means
at Zanzibar to rise (of the sun), and huchwa (or, in the
dialect of Mombas, hutwa^ means to set. The other
monosyllabic verbs, hufa, to die, kuja, to come, hunya^
to fall like rain, Icuvoa^ to be, being neuters, do nol:
make a passive.
Two dissyllabic verbs make their passive by merely
adding -wa to the active form.
Kuua, to kill. Kuuawa, to be killed.
Kufuotf to beat Kufuawa, to be beaten.
Verbs ending in two vowels often insert an -I- ic
making their passive. See under Applied Forms, pp.
158-159.
Kuzc^ to bear. Kuzawa or Kuzaliwa^ to b^ bore
Kulcomhoa, to ransonL KuJcomboletoa, to be ransomed,
Ku/ungiiOf to open. Ku/unguli%0€^ tQ be opened*
152 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
The origin of this use lies probably in the difficulty
of pronouncing distinctly the regular passive forms*
Verbs ending in -e make their passive in -eiwa.
Kusamehe, to pardon. KusameheiDa, to be pardoned.
Verbs ending in -i make their passives in -iwa,
Kuhiri, to oonfesa. Kuhiriwa, to be confessed.
Verbs in -u generally make their passive in -iwa.
Kuharibu, to destroy. KuJiaribiwa, to be destroyed.
Where the -u is preceded by a vowel the passive is
made in -uliwa.
Kutahau, to forget. KuadhauUtoa, to be fotgotten.
The verb huwa, to be» has several peculiarities. The
Present tense is very seldom used in its regular form.
For the Present tense ni (or, in the negative, si) may
be used for all persons and both numbers, or the per-
sonal prefix appropriate to the subject of the verb may
stand alone. Ni is apparently preferred where being
is the important part of the idea ; the personal prefix
is used where the being of that particular thing is
intended specially to be noticed. 7u (not A) is used
for he or she is.
8i hweli, ni kunfu <tf, it is not true, it is only flattery.
l\i tayari, we are ready.
When joined with a relative the regular form has
the meaning of who may he.
Atoaye yote^ whoever it ba
Where no stress is intended to be laid on the heingy
the verb to be, when joined with a relative pronoun, is
VEBBa.^ 153
represehted by the syllable -Zt-. See Belatives, p. 118.
Li is used, though but rarely, with the personal signs
to form a tense with the meaning— continuing to be.
A narative past is also formed with it in the sense of —
I have continued to be.
NUi hali ya kuwajuu yake^ I being on his back,
Nikdli nikipotea, and I go on wandering.
In many cases where the verb to he is used in English
merely to connect the parts of the sentence it is in
Swahili omitted altogether.
Kioa nini uoeye hutoa Jcuonekana hizi siku nyingii why [have]
you [be^ inyisible, 4,6., Why have you kept out of sight so
long?
Tupi mkuu tooof who [is] their chief?
Nyama ya kifaro ngumu mnoy rhinoceros meat [is] very tough.
The Present Perfect has the meaning of has become.
Manenoye yamekuvja uuxmgo, his words are become false.
The Past Perfect must be used to translate woe and
were.
NUipokuwa SuUani, when I was Sultan.
The English has or have been must be translated by
B present.
Nijpo hapa siku nyingi^ I have been here many days.
The Imperative is used with an t prefixed.
Iwe, be thou. Itcenit be ye.*
In the negative present and with relatives si is used
as ni and -Zt- are in the affirmative tense. The regular
forms are also used, though but rarely.
* The subjtmctive forms uwe, mwe are commonly preferred In
Zanzibar.— A. C. M.
154 8WAH1LI HANDBOOK.
The verb to he is used in English sometimos to
denote existence viewed as an ultimate fact, sometimes
to denote existence in place and time, sometimes to
denote existence as tiie x>osse8sor of certain qualities,
or the doer or sufferer of certain acts. In Swahili these
three uses are distinguished by the employment of
different forms.
The simple form of the verb is used only to denote
existence as the possessor of qualities, or the doer or
sufferer of acts.
Existence merely in place and time, whether the
place and time are in English expressed or no, is
denoted in Swahili by the addition to the verb of -^o^
-mo, or -fco, as the case may be. See Belatires, p. 120.
He is at my house, Yuko kwangu.
He is here, Yupo hapa.
He is in the house, Yumo nyumhani.
When he was liere, Alipokuwapo Itapck.
Where are they ? Ziko wapi f
Existence viewed as a fact in itself is denoted by the
addition of na to the verb, being the same form as is
used for the verb to have, Na is joined to the personal
prefixes to make the present tense, in all other tenses
it is treated as a separate word, and has generally the
appropriate relative sign suffixed to it.
Kuna mtu, there is a man.
Kidikuwa na mtu, there was a man.
Zinazo, they are.
ZUikuwa nazo, they were.
In Swahili there is properly no verb to have. Thty
employ for it kuwa na, to be with.
fEBBS. 16S
Mno, I have.
NalihutBa no, I had.
Nitakuvoa na^ I shall haye.
Niwe nOf that I may have.
Where the objective prefix would be used with an
ordinary verb, the appropriate relative particle must
be suffixed to the na as well as to the tense prefix.
NifMzo^ I have them.
Aliyekuwa neuro, who had them.
Alizokuvoa nazo, which he had*
Auxiliary Verbs.
The Verbs used as Auxiliaries are, iuwa^ to be, hUoaf
to take out, kuja, to come, hwisha^ to come to an end.
Can is represented by the appropriate tenses of
huwezay to be able. Must is expressed by sharti^ of
necessity, or by the negative tenses of hiwa na huddi^
to have an escape from.
Sina htiddif I must
Asitoe na huddi, that he may be obliged.
After huwa na htddi either the infinitive or subjunc-
tive may be employed.
Ought may be represented by the tenses of hupasa, to
concern, or, to come to concern. Should is expressed
in the same way when it implies obligation, and by the
contingent tenses when it expresses a contingency.
Imenipasa hvenda^ it concerns me to go, t.e., I onght to go.
Imenipata niaende, it concerns me that I go not, t.e., I ought no(
to go.
Kupaaa is also used as follows : —
Haikunipasa mtW, it is no business of mine.
Imekupatani ? What have you to do \i itli it ?
Amenipaaa mtrnt, he is a connection of mine.
156 BWAEILl EAmBOOK.
May and might may be represented by huweza wliete
they imply power, by halalij lawful, where they imply
lawfulness, and by the subjunctive where they imply a
purpose.
The use of hija as an auxiliary has been mentioned
under the -japo-j -ja-^ and -^je- tenses, pp. 138, 145, 143.
Kutoa is used to convey a negation in cases where
the regular negative tenses cannot conveniently be
used.
With the infinitive it is frequently contracted into
"to-, and used as a mere formative.
Kutoa huja, or KutoJsuja, not to come.
Kutoa kupenda, or Kutopenda, not to lova
The meaning of these negative infinitives may be
given as, putting out coming, barring coming, coming
not happening. A transitive form may be made by the
use of hutosha, to make to go out.
Kutosha humwulizOf to exclude asking him.
In many cases kutoa may be translated by, to forbear,
or, to neglect.
Ametoa huja, he has neglected coming, he hns not come.
Nihitoa huja, if I forbear from coming, or, bo long as f do not
come.
The negative tenses do not furnish a true present
perfect. The past, hahujay is, he did not come; the
present, haji, implies rather that he never will, that
coming is not to be predicated of him at all. Tho
difference between nisipohuja and nihitoa iuja is repre-
sented in English by that between, if I come not, and,
while I come not. In all cases the use of toa connects
VEBBS 167
tlio negation with the tense only ; the negative tenses
imply that the opposite of the verb might be affirmed.
Kwiaha may often be translated by already.
Amehwisha huja, he has already come.
NimekwUha htUa, I have done eating.
It is used to strengthen the present perfect, convey-
ing the meaning that something is not merely done,
but fully done and over.
A somewhat similar effect is produced on the present
by using hatiha Jewisha,
Ni katika kwuha kula, I am finishing eating, I am just leaving
off, I have very nearly done.
Kuvoa^ to be, is used in Swahili very much as it is in
English, the -&»- and -me- tenses of the principal verb
being used as present and past participles.
Nili nikiendc^ I continuing to be going.
Nikali nikienda, and I am still going.
Nikiwa nikienda^ I being going, while going.
Kikiioa nimekuoenda, I being gone, having gone.
Nikiwa niinekwisha kivenda, having already gouo
Nalikuwa nikienda^ I was going.
Ncdikutoa nimekwenda^ I was gone, I had gona
Nalikuioa nimekunaiha kwenda, I had already gone.
Nitakuwa nikienda, I shall be in the act of going.
. Nitakuwa nimekwenda, I shall be gone.
Nitakuwa nimekwitHia kwenda, I shall have already gone.
Nitakuwa niliokwenda, I shall be who has gone, I shall have
gone, I shall have gone to or been at.
Kuwa na, to have, is not used as an auxiliary.
Derivative Verbs.
There are four derivative forms which may be con-
structed out of any Swahili verb, where in English
158 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
we mufit use either another verb or some oompotind
expression.
1. What may be called the applied form is nsed in
cases where in English a preposition would be em-
ployed to connect the verb with its object. By the use
of this form verbs which have things for their objects
may be made to apply to persons.
This form is made by inserting • or e before the final
-a of the simple verb. I is used when the vowel of the
preceding syllable is a, t, or u. ^ is used when the
vowel of the preceding syllable is e or o.
Kufanya, to make. Kufanyia, to make for.
KuUta, to bring. Kuletea, to bring for.
Kunkiitkay to be borj. Kustkitihia, to be sorry for, to pity
Kuokoy to bake. Ktwheaj to bake for.
Kuanguha, to fall down. Kuanguhia^ to fall down ta
Where the simple verb ends in two vowels the sup-
pressed I appears in the applied form.
Kuzaa, to bear. KuzaUa^ to bear to.
KukweeL, to dimb. Kukwelect, to climb for.
KunJcta, to hear. KusiJcilia, to listen to.
KukoTnhoay to redeem. Kukoinbolea, to redeem for.
Kununua, to buy. Kununulia, to buy for.
The following is a list of the monosyllabic verbs
with their applied forms : —
KuekOy to fear. KucJuHeOj to fear for.
Kufa, to die. Kufia, to die to.
KuJOy to oome. KujiOy to come to.
KuUl^ to eat KtUia, to eat with.
Kunya, to fall (like rain). KunyeOf to fall upon.
Kunywa, to drink. KunyweOy to drink with.
KuwOy to be. KtitDiOj to be to.
Kuza, to sell, makes Kuliga^ to sell tOb
VERB 8. 159
£tfpa, to give to, liaving already an applied meaning,
has no applied form. There is a difficulty in expressing
what would have been the meaning of the simple form.
Kutoa is used for to give, in the sense of parting with.
Such expressions as, which was given you, must be
rendered by a change of person — uUopewa^ whioh you
had given to you, or, which you received. Which he
gave me, is very commonly rendered niliopewa naye,
Yerbs ending in -t and -i« make their applied forms
in -ta.
Kufasiri, to explain. KufcuiricL, to explain to. '
Kukaribu, to destroy. Kuharihia, to destroy for.
The great paucity of prepositions in Swahili brings
the applied forms of verbs into constant use. The
only difficulty in their application lies in the exact
discrimination of the meaning of the simple word.
Many Swahili verbs imply in their simple form what
can only be expressed in English by the use of a pre-
position. Whenever a really good dictionary shall have
been compiled it will supply all the necessary informa-
tion. The applied form may be rendered by inserting
any preposition which will suit the context. Thus,
Jcushuhudia is, to bear witness about, for, or against, as
the case may be, and ibtnenea, which means to speak
about, may have to be translated by, to recommend, or
to decry, to scold, or to describe. The simple word
nena has in itself the force of to mention, so that it is
not necessary to use the applied form as a translation
of to speak of, where it means no more than to
mention.
Sometimes the shape of the word will be a useful
160 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
reminder to foreigners of its exact meaning; thus,
hupotea, wldoh may be roughly translated to lose, is in
the shape of an applied form, and really is one, its
exact meaning being, to become lost to. If, therefore,
we want to say, I have lost my knife, the construction
must be altered into, my knife has become lost to me
(hisu changu himenipotea), the subject and object having
to change places.
Where in English a preposition connected with the
verb can stand by itself at the end of the sentence, the
applied 'form must be used in Swahili.
A knife to cut ivith, hisu cha JcuJcatia,
Stones to grind wheat with, matoe ye Jcusagia nganth
A place to come out at, mdhaU pa kutohea,
A bag to put money in, mfuko tea hutilia fetha.
In these sentences the use of the possessive particle
-a for the English /o, denoting a purpose or employ-
ment, must be observed and remembered. This particle
turns what follows into a sort of adjective in this, as
in all other cases in which it is followed by a word
which is capable of denoting a quality. It is somewhat
like the English expressions, a man of sense, a building
of great solidity, dc.
When an applied form is followed by mbali it conveys
the idea that as a consequence of the action denoted by
the simple verb something is put out of the way, or
got rid of,
AJUe, or Afie mbcdiy that he may die out of our way.
Tumvmlie mbdlit let us kill him and done with it.
Fotelea Tnbdlit perish out of my way = go and be hanged.
The passive of the applied form has a meaning which
VEEBS. 161
it requires some attention to remem'ber and apply
rightly, thoTigh it is strictly according to the rule that
the object of the active becomes the subject of the
passive voice.
KfiUiecLy to bring to. KuLetewa^ to have brought to one.
KufanyiOf to make for. Kufanyitoa, to have made for one.
It is often difficult in English to express this passive
without using an altogether diflferent word. What
suggests itself at first to an English ear, that the
passive of to hring to would be to he brought to, is wrong,
and must be carefully avoided. Sometimes a change
of prepositions will suffice to render the passive cor-
rectly ; hupa may be translated to present to, and then
hipewa is not to he presented to, but to he presented with.
Passives made in 4iwa and -lewa are used as the
passives of both the simple and the applied form.
KufunguUwa may be used as the passive of hifungua^
meaning, to be unfastened, or as the passive of kufun'
gulia, meaning then, to have unfastened for one. It
can never mean, to be unfastened for. If it is necessary
to express a passive in that form it must be done by
changing the construction.
A cry was made at him, altpigiwa ukeUHe [he had made at him
aery].
The door was opened for him, alifungtdiioa mlango [he had
opened for him the door].
2. The Causative form is made by changing the final
^d into -8%a or -za.
Kupungua, to grow less. KupungtUOy to make to grow less.
Kttzidi, to grow greater. Kuxidisha, to make greater.
M
162 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
When the final -a is preceded by a oonsonant the
general rule is to use the applied form as the basis of
the causative.
KupendOj to like. Kupendexct, to please.
Ku/anyck, to make. Kufanytza, to cause to make.
Kupanda, to go up. KupandUhct^ to make to go up.
Verbs which end in the simple form in -ta end in
the causative form in ^sa.
Kviakata, to be dean. Kvtaka»a, to make dean.
Verbs which end in -lea may be turned into oausa*
tives by changing -fta into -sha.
Kuwaka, to be on fire. Kuwasha^ to set on fire.
Kulainika, to be soft. KtUainUhaj to make soft.
KuiokcL, to go out Kutothot to make to go out
KtuJmkay to go down. Kutihmha, to let down.
The causatives of verbs ending in -e^ -i, or -u are
constructed on the applied form.
Kukaribuy to oome near. KuJcaribiaha^ to make to oome near.
3. The Neuter, or quasi passive form is made by
changing the final -a into -ha,
Kufungua^ to unfasten. Kufunguha, to be unfastened.
Kuohoa, to 8ay& Kuokohiy to be saved.
Where the final -a is preceded by a consonant the
neuter is constructed from the applied form.
Kuvunjay to break. Kuvunjika, to be broken,
Kukata^ to cut Kukatika, to be out,
VEBBS. 163
Causatives in -tiha may be turned into neuters by
duuiging 'Sha into -lea.
Kustutiha, to 8tartl& Kustuka, to be startled.
Verbs in -«, -i, and -u, construot their neuters on tUo
applied forms.
Kmamehey to forgive. - KusamehekOy to be forgiven.
Kufaiiri, to explain. KufasirtkcL^ to be explained.
Kvharibut to destroy. KtthariJbtlta^ to be destroyed.
The 'lea form is used (like the English passive) to
denote what is generally done or doable.
KvUka^ to be eaten, or, to be eatable.
4. Beoiprocal forms are made by changing -a into
•ana,
Kupenda, to love. Kupendana^ to love one another.
KupigOy to beat. KupiganOf to beat one another, to fight
Verbs in -«, -i, and -u construct their reciprocals
upon the applied forms.
Kukarihu, to come near, KuJcaribianaf to come near to one
another.
The reciprocal form of the -ia form may be tranalated
by to be to be, &o.
KupatikatMy to be to be got.
KiytdikaTMt to be to be known, to be knowablo,
Kuoekana, to be to be seen, to be visible.
The derived forms are oonjugated and treated in
©very way as though they were original words, and
x)ther derived forms may be made from them to any
/extent that may be require4*
■ ■ ' ^ ' ' ' ' ¥2
164
8WAEILI SANDBOOK.
The applied form of an applied foiin generally sig-
nifies to do a thing to or for a person for a pnrpofie.
Doubling the verb gives an idea of thoroughness.
Kukaia, to cut.
Kfiiafuta, fo seek.
Kwihafuka^ to be in a mess.
Kupuuka, to be torn.
JjMot Aoi to be cut
Kukaiakaia^ to ont up.
JSTtf to/tftoto/ti^ to seek all about
Kuchafukachafvka^ to be all in a
mess.
Kupagttkcupatuka^ to be torn to
shreds.
KvSiaUkakcAika^ to be aU out
about
( 165 )
LIST OF VERBS,
As it is necessarj to put to before the English Verb to make the Infiuitive,
so it b necessary to prefix Ate- to make the Infinitire in Swahili. Before
Monosyllabic Verbs the ku- bears the accent, and is retained in several of
the tenses. See p. 149.
Ahasey thilL
Ahhor^ chukia.
be AbUy weza.
Abolish, batili, tangua, ondosha.
Abound toith, jaa.
Absorb, nwa, pass, nwewa.
Abstain from, epuka, epushwa (to
be kept from).
Abuse (by words), tukana.
Accept, kabali, takabali, pokea (ro
oeice),
he acceptable or accepted, kuba-
lika.
Accompany, faatana na, andamana.
(part of the way), sindikiza, aJi
Accuse, tuhumti, shtaki.
Accustom, zoeza.
become accustomed, zoea.
Ache, mna.
My head aches, kitwa chauma or
kinaniuma.
Acknowledge, ungama, kubali, kirL
Acquiesce, nyamaa, ritbia.
Acquit, acha.
be acquitted, toka.
Act, tenda.
Adapt, fanya.
Add to, ongeza, zidLsba.
Add up, jumliaha.
Adjoin, tangamaua.
Adjourn, akirisba.
stand over, akin.
be Adjudged, fetiwa,
Adjure, apisha.
Admire, penda.
I admire him, ameni^endezai
Admit, ingiza, acha kuiiigia.
Adorn, pamba.
Adorn oneself, fanya uzuri.
Adtdterate, ghoshi.
commit Adultery, zini, zinga.
Adcanee, endelea mbele.
Advance money to a trader, ko-
pesha.
be Adverse, gomba, teta.
Advise, pa shaurL
Adze, ohonga.
Affect to be, jifanya, jionA.
Afflict, tesa.
be Afraid, ogopa, clia (A.)t
Agitate, sukasaka.
166
8WAHILI nANDBOOK.
Agree (oome to an agreement)^ patana,
afikana, tuliliana, lekezanya,
tnzanya (A.).
(he mutually satisfied), rathiana.
(be alike), elekea, lingana.
Aim^ twaa shabaha.
Alamnf ogofisha, ogofya, tisha.
he alarmed [kii-]wa na kliofii,
iugiwa na khofn.
Alienaie, farakisha.
he alienated, farakanai
AUege a defect in, umbua.
AUat amongst many, awaza.
AUotffj achik, pa ruksa, rahusu.
Alter, (neuL) badili, badilika, geoka.
(act.) geiiza, badili
Amaze, ajaabisha.
he amazed, tosbea.
Amendy fanyiza, tengeneza*
(of a person reforming), tulia.
Amuse, zumgjimza.
ATiehor, tia nanga.
Anger, tia hasira, gbatbabisha.
he Angry, [kil-]wa na hasira, gba-
thabika.
he Angular, [krf-]wa na pembe-
Announoe, hnbirL
Annoy, rambtta, gumbiisba, taa-
bisha, hatiki (A.).
Annul, fangaa, batili, ghairl
he Annulled, tangtika.
Answer, jibn.
Answer when ciUed, itika, itikia.
Anticipate for, onea.
he Anxious, tabaruki, taabika.
maJee Anxious, taliarakisba, taa-
bisba.
Apostatize (become an tnjidel), kn-
fura.
appear, onekana (become visible),
tokea (come out to>
Apply oneself to, tenda.
Appoint^ nasibo, aini, chagua of
teua (select).
Approach, karibia, jongea.
Approach one another, karibiana.
Bring near, jongeza, karibishal
Approve, kubali, penda, rathi.
Argue, jadiliana, flhindana (dispute
together).
Arise, ondoka*
Arm, pa selaha.
Arm oneself, twaa selaha.
Arrange, panga, andika, pangisha,
ratibo, fanya.
he Arrogant, ghurika.
Arrive, fika, wasili.
arrive at one^s destination, koma.
make to. arrive, fikisha, wasilisha.
reach a person, fikia, wasilia.
Ascend, paa, kwea, panda.
Ascertain, hakiki, uyuzL
be ascertained, kinika.
he Ashamed, ona haya, tahayarf.
malce ashamed, tia haya, lahaya-
riBha.
Ask, uliza, uza, eailL
Ask for, taka.
Make inquiries on behalf of any*
one, nlizia, tiiizia, sailia.
Ask how one does, uliza halL
Ash in marriage, posa.
Assemble, (act) knsanya^ kutanisha.
(neut.) kutana^ knsanyika, kusa-
iiyana.
Assent, kubali, itikiza, afikana, ra-
thiana.
Assert, sema.
ffe asserts thai he saw a ship^
kamma aliona jahasi.
Ee asserts that he walked on iJie
water, kamma alikwenda mioni
kwa mguQ.
LIST OF VEBBa.
167
Moni^ ajabisha, taajabisha.
be adonuhed^ toshea, shangaa,
taajabika, toshewa, staajabm
Astound, shangaza.
Atone far, setiri
Attach, gandamia, gandamiza, am-
bisa.
be attached, ambatana (of things),
ambisaBa (of people),
Attaek, sbaznb^ftia.
Attack people wantonly, [kii-]wa
na jeurl.
Attend (wait upon), ngojea, faata.
Attend to, sikia, pulika (A.), si-
kilia.
not to attend, gbafalika.
refuse to attend, jipurtikiisba.
be Audible, fiikiliana, sikizana.
Avail, faa.
Avoid, epuka,
get out of the way of, epa.
be avoidaible, epeka, epukika.
Avow, kiibali.
Awake (neuL), nrnka.
foaJeen (act), axnsha.
Saclcbite, chongeleza.
Betray, kbinL
Bake, okiL
(pottery), tomea, chomca.
Bale out water^ TUta maji, teka
maji.
Banish, fukaza (drive away), ondo-
sha (make to go away), bamisha
or tamisba (M.) or gurisba (A.).
(to make to remove)^
Bar (a door), pingia*
Bargain^ fanya ubazazi.
Bark (like a dog), lia.
Barter^ badili, avithi
Batter (bruise), cbnbaa^bnbna.
be battered (like an old eoppet
pot), ohubukacbubiika.
Bathe, oga. •
5c, wa. SeeIrregtaarVerb9,pA52.
(to stay), kaa.
be on on^'s guard, [kil-]wa na
bathari.
be offone^s guard, tagbafali.
Bear (fruit, children, &e.), zaa,
vyaa.
(carry), cbnkua» hixnili.
(tolerate), vnmilia, stahimili.
bear with another person, cbiiku*
liana.
Bear with me, niwie rathi
bear witness, shuhudu.
about, for or against, shubudia.
Beat, piga, puta, monya (Kiyao).
Beat up together, funda.
Beat to pieces, ponda.
Beat a roof or floor, pigilia.
be well beaien, pntika.
be beaten upon (as a wreck by the
waves), fiiawa.
See Conquer, Thresh.
Beckon to, pungia ngno.
The usual sign to beckon a person
to come is to wave a eHoth up.
and down.
Become (befitting), snlibi.
Kimekawa, I am become^
Simekuwa, am I not become.
The act of becoming is generally
expressed by the present tense of
the verb expressing ike being in
Become a fool, pnmbazika.
Beg, omba, bembeleza.
(entreaJt), sihi, nasihi.
I^o/yoM, tafathal
Beget, ISA.
168
SWAEILI BANDBOOK.
Begin upon, anzifizfw
Btgin a work, maliki
i?eftave,«tenda.
Behave welly tenda vema.
Behave tU, tonda vibaya.
Behave like an invalid, jigo-
njweza.
Bdch, oDgnlia.
BeUh oiUy kokomoka.
Believe, sadiki.
Beliete in, aminL
Bend, (ad,) pinda, (neut.') pindana.
Bend round, {acL) peta, (jneuJt.)
petaDa» petemana.
y ^enddot4m,(ae<.)inainislia,(netff.)
inama.
Benumb, fiiganza.
Bequeath, vasia, achia.
Besiege, husnra (Ar.).
Bet, ^indania.
Beware, angalia, pni-]wa na ha-
tharL
BewUder, tekea.
Bewitch, fanyia uchawi, loga (Mer.).
Bicker, papuriana.
Bid, See Command,
Make a first bid, riBimu.
Bind, funga.
Bind hooks, jelidL
Bind oneself, fanya shartL
Bind round (as when a tHclc is
sprung), ganga.
Bite, uma.
Blah, payuka.
Blame, laumu, tia hatiyani, nenae
(seold), patiliza (viHt upon\
karipia (eaU out at).
Blaze, waka.
Bleed, toka damn.
(eopiou8ly),chxiiVLt!ika damn, tu£a
damu (M.).
Bless, bariki (see Copulaie), bariki%
jalia.
Blind, povna.
become blind, povuka.
Block, kingamisha, pinga.
jB2oMom,toa mana (put/orthflovfers\
f uniika (to open).
Blow (as the wind), viima, ynvia.
(with the mouth), pnzia, puliza.
(a hom^ dtc), pigif^omari, Sco,
(the nose), futa kamaai.
(beUows), Yukuta.
Blow away, pepemsha.
Blunder, kosa.
Blunt
The knife is blunt, kisa hakipati,
kisu ni kivivu (A.).
Blurt out, kokomoka.
Blush, geuka (change colour^
put to the blush, hizika.
Boast, jisifu, jigamba, tamba.
Boil (bubble up), ohe'mka, tuttmuL
cook by boiling, tokosa.
be cooked by boiling, iokotek,
be weU boiled, tokoseka.
boU over, furika.
Bore through, zua, pekeclia {used
also of boring with talk),
with an awl, didimikia.
Border, pakana.
be Bom, zawa, vyawa, zaliwa, vja-
liwa, pathiwa.
Borrow, azimwa, kirithi
Bother, STimbua, hatika (A.).
Bow, (act) inamisha, (neuL) inama.
Box the ears, piga kofi.
Braise, kaanga.
Bray (Wee an ass), lia
pound in a mortar, ponda.
clean com by pounding, twanga.
Break, vimja, yunda (M.), (neut,)
Tunjika, katika.
ttsT OF rmss.
169
IBrealc] throughy toboa.
into fragments, setaseta.
by bending, ekua.
to be sprung, ekuka.
qff the eobs of Indian com, goboa,
konyoa.
doum the branches of a tree, kwa-
una, pass, kwanyiika.
wind, Jamba, ongulia.
Breathe, pumua, piizia, tanafnsi.
inspire, paaza, pnmzi.
expire, shnsha pnmzi.
hard, kokota roho, tweta (panf),
breathe oneself (rest), pumzika.
Breed, zaa, lia (M.).
be Bi-iUiant, ng'ara.
Bring, leta.
to or for, letea.
BriTig up, lea. •
Bring together, pambana.
Bring near, jougeza.
Bring to an agreement, patanii«ba.
Bring to life again, fafua, huisha.
Bring another! Ka ije ngine 1
Brighten (acL), katua.
be bright, katuka (polished),ng;'arek
(glistening).
Bruise, cbubua.
be bruised, chubnka.
(batter), obubnacbubua.
Brush (dean), siigna.
Brush off, epua.
BvMe up, cbe'mka, tutuma.
Bud, chupuza (spring), obaniia (put
forth leaves), mea (grow).
Budd, joDga.
in stone, aka.
to point by putting in STnall
stones, tomea
(ships), unda.
BuUy, onea.
be a Burden f o. lemea.
Bum, waka (to be on fire), teketea
(to be consumed), washa (to set
on fire), teketeza (to consume),
choma or cbomea (to apply fire
to), ongnza (to produce a feding
of burning, to scorch).
Burrow, fakuafukua.
Burst, pasuka, tumbuka.
Burst out, bubujika.
Burst into tears, bubujika ma-
chozL
Bury, zika.
Buy, nunua, zabunL
Purchase for, nunulia.
Buy bach, komboa.
Buzz, like a bee, vuma.
a
(Jackie, like a hen, teiea.
CaU, ita, nena, taja (name), amkua
(invite), lingana (A.).
daU out to, pigia ukelele, pigia
ukemi (Mer.).
CaUforhdp, piga yowe.
Call to prayers, atliinl*
become CdUous, faganza.
Calm, tuiiza.
be very calm, zizima.
Can (kuweza, to be able),
Siwezi, I cannot,
Naweza, I can.
Canter (of a horse), kweuka kvca
mgbad ; (of a donkey) kwenda
kwa thelth.
Capitulate, selimti, sellim.
Care (take care), angalia [kil-]wa
nahathari
take care of, tnnza.
consider, waza, tafakarl.
be careless, [kif]wa mzembe.
I donH care, haithuiu, mamoja
pia.
170
aWAEILl HANDBOOK.
Carry, cbukno.
for, chukuUa.
en a pole over ihe shoulder^ chii>
kua mpikouL
on the head or ehovMere, pagaa.
o child on (he hack, beba.
attride on the hip or haek, eleka.
in front or on the lapy pakata.
in a hundU or faggot^ titika.
off a$ ipoU, teka.
as cargo, pakia.
on freight, takabathL
Carve vfood, Ac, kata nakshi
chora (adorn with caa-ving),
he oarvedf nakishiwa.
C<i8t, tupa.
upon or ai, tupia.
a glance, tnpa n^thiiL
one*$ eye$, tupa macho*
(in a motdd), ita.
off aU shame, jipujua.
cast lots, piga or &tnya kura.
Castrate, hasi.
Catch, daka, pjaka.
in a trap, nasa^ tegft,
fii^ Tna samaki.
put someUiing to catch rain-water,
kingamYua.
(see one who thinks himself unseen),
fathehi, gnndua.
he in time to meet with, diriki
CauUc, kalafatL
Cave in, pomoka^
Cease, koma.
make to cease, komeshftb
taXkimg, nyamaza.
(of pain), nyamaza.
Cense, fukiza (audi, &0.).
he Certain about, kinika, tasawarL
C%an^«,(a<rf.) geusha, geuza, badili,
badillsh% (jMut:) geuka, badi-
likat
50 ehangeaklU, badilibadiU, bao
change on^s mind ahout, gbairl
change (a piece of money), Tunja.
Charge (direct), agiza, sisltiza (M.>
Cluue, vinda^ winga.
away, f ukaza.
Chastise, atblbiL
Chatter, jpuzsk,
(oftheteeth),ieiemeki^
Cheapen, rakhisigba.
Cheat, dangauya^ hadaa, gbusubu.
he cheated, danganyika, badaika.
Cheer, ondolea, huznni
Chew, tafuna.
Chirrup (as to a hird), fion ja. Both
word and thing are used in
Zanzibar to express contempt.
Choke (throyle), kaba, sama.
choke oneself with drinker spittle,
palia na mate, &c., &c.
irritate the throat, kereketa.
Choose, chagua, teua, khitari, penda,
ioa (send)*
as you choose, ikhtiari yako, upe*
ndavyo.
Chop, chanja (cut up), chiigpi or
(M.) tinda (cut), tema (slash),
ebonga or tonga (cut to a point),
katakata (chop up smalfy
Circulate (intdligence), tangaza.
Circumcise, tabirL
Claim, dai.
Clap ihe hands, piga makofi.
CUisp in the hand, sbikana, kamata.
in the arms, kumbatia^ kumba*
tiana.
Claw, papura.
Clean, takasa, fanya safl, safisha.
he clean, takata, safika, takasika*
clean com hy pounding, twangfk
clean a second Hme, pwaja.
LIST OF VERBS.
171
[Clean] he ^ite clea/r of hwhs and
dirty pwayika.
cotton^ dovesy Ac, chambua.
oocoa-mtUs from the hushf foa.
by Beraping^ paa.
cleanse by ceremonial ablutions^
toliara.
dean out from toithin a eheU^
komba.
dean out a man (get aU his
money\ komba.
50 cleaned out (Z>m aU ont^$
money\ kombekr-
Cleanee, See Clean.
Clear. See Clean.
the sky is c2ear,uwiDgu umetakata.
(rnake clear or plain% eleza, yuza,
fafaniia, fafantilia.
(pe elear)f elca, fafanuka, fafanu-
kia.
ground in a forest, fieka mmtn.
Cleave, (split), pasua, chenga.
cleave to, gandama, ambatana.
Click, alika, (act.) alisha.
Climb, panda, kwea.
a tree, paraga.
Cling, ambata.
together, gulana, ambatana, fa-
ngamana, shikamana.
Clip, kata.
Close the eyes, Ac, famba.
(he fist, fumbata.
a door, shindika.
a book, funika.
Clothe, Yika.
Coagulate, gandamana.
Coax into, shawishi.
Code (a gun), panza mtambo.
Coddle, engaenga. .
Cohabit with, ingiliza.
Cold. See Cool.
be very cold, aiziiua.
I have a cold in (he head, siwesd
kamasi*
CoUect, knsanya, jamaa, (neut.) kih
fianyika, kutana.
Comb, ohana, chauia.
Come, ja, imp. njoo, pi. sjoonL
by,for,to,&c,}\&.
to a person on a business, jilia.
(arrive), fika, wasili.
out, toka.
tn, ingia.
upon (meet with), kiita.
near, karibu, karibia, jongea, fl«
kilia.
Come near I or Come in! KaribI
Come no further I Koma usi je I
dose to, wasili, 'wasilia.
together, > See Assemble,
to life again, fiifuka^ hui, buika.
to an end, isha, kpma, tekeza.
befuUy come (of time), wadia.
eome to light, fanuka> fumbuka.
come to nothing (of plants, fruit,
Ac), fifia, pooza.
come apart, katika.
come out in a rath, tutnka, tutu*
mka, tatnsika.
Comfort, fariji, tulizia roho (calm
the soul), ondolea huzuni (take
away grief).
Phrases used by way of comfoit"
ing ;—
Shukara Muunga, thatik God,
Hemdi Mumigu, praise God.
Itoe huzuni, put away sorrow.
XJsiwe na huzuni, don*t grieve*
be comforted, farajika, shukura
Muungu, pendezewa, tawakaii
(trust in God and taJce courage),
be Comfortable, tengenea.
J cannot be comfortable in tk§
house, nyumba hainiweki.
172
8WAHIL1 SANDBOOS.
Command^ a*mni, ambia (telQ,
Commission^ agiza. [amriaha.
CkmmiL See Adtdtery.
Compare^ angalia kwamba ni eawa,
pambanisha (bring together),
pAmhaaua (distinguith), liDga-
nisha (rnat^)f fafanisha (make
like).
Compel, jubnru, lazimisba.
Complete, timiza, timiliza, khati-
miflha, maliza (finish),
eomplete one^e education, hitimn.
he complete, timia, timilia, isha
(end).
Comprehend. See Understand.
joa (know).
kutana (take in),
he comprehended in, ingia.
Conceal, setiri, fioha.
he concealed, Btirika.
Concern, pasa.
ConcUiaie, pataniaha.
Condemn, laani (damn).
Amefedwa kuuawa, lie was ad-
judged to he kiUed.
Imempaaa kuuawa, he ought to he
hiOed.
Condescend, nenyekea.
Condole, hana (join in a formal
mourning).
Conduct, peleka, leta, chukua.
Confess, Mri, ungama, lalaina.
he Confident, tamainl.
have confidence, Btaamani.
Confide in, amini, tumanla.
(Jonfound, cbanganya (mix), batili
(anntiS).
he in Confusion, fathaika (of
persons), ohafuka (of things).
Confuse, changanlsha.
put into confusion, fathehi*
hecome confused, fathaika.
Congeal, gandamana.
Congratulate, faraliiBha, sliangilla.
Connect, fangamana (tie together),
ungaDa, ungamana.
Conquer, shinda.
Conseorcde, fanya wakf.
Consent, kubali, rithia, peuda, ra*
thiana.
Consider, fikiri, tafakari, waza.
Console (see Comfort), taliza, tulizia
roho.
Conspire, wafikana.
Construct, jenga, jenzi.
Consult, taka shauii (ash advice),
fanya shauri (consult togeOier),
Consume, la, teketeza (hyfire).
he consumed^ isha, lika, teketca
(hyfire).
Contain, chukua (contain as a hag
does rice),
he contained in,mgiA, [ku-]wam<\
'mua (it is contained in it).
Contend with, shiadauanayhusumu.
Content, rithika.
he content, [kii-]wa rathi, kinayi
Continue, dumu, kaa, shiuda (stay^
at vaorh, &c,).
make to continue^ dumiflha.
Contract, punguza (lessen), fupiza
(shorten), fanya ndogo (ma7v«
smaXI), kaza (press together).
Contract, fanya sharti (make a con'
tract), fan} a ubazazi (make a
hargain).
Contradict, kanya wasa.
Control, at/iabitisha, zula.
Converse, zumgumza.
Convert, geuza, fanya.
Mwenyiezi Muungu amemwo*
ngoa, Crod has turned him from
his evil way.
to he converted, ongolca.
LIST OF VERBS.
173
Convince, ^Jiubutisha, tumalnislia.
become convinced, tuixiainL
Coohf pika, andaa.
cook vnthfat, kaanga.
eooJc withautfat, oka.
oooh muhogo cut into small pieces^
pwaza.
1o become cooked enotigJi, iva.
Coolf (netff.) poa, poroa, (act.) poza
(to cool by pouring backward
and forward), zlmna (cool hot
water by pouring in cold).
Copulate, jami, tomba (vulgar).
for (he first time, barikL
Copy, nakili, fanya nakL
copy from, twaa ya.
Correct, eahihi, sahihisha, radL
Correspond (write to one another),
andikiana.
Corrupt, haribu.
go bad, oza, haribika.
Cost, wakifu, simama.
cost to, wakifia, simamia.
CougTi, kohoa.
Count, hesabu, wanga (Mer.), ba-
- Cover, funika, setiri. [zibu.
as with a flood, funizik&
cover, with leaves, put into embers,
<fec.), Tumbika.
be covered, stlrika.
Covet, tamani.
Crack, tia ufa.
as tJie earth does in dry weather,
atuka.
become cracked, afa.
Crash, fanya kishindo.
Crawl, tambaa.
he Crazy, zalm
Crease, kuDJia.
be creased, knnjlka.
Create, nmba.
be created, hulukiwa.
Creep, tambaa.
Crinkle up, finyana.
be Crooked, potoka, kombokik
Cross (lie across), pandano.
(cross a river), vuka, kweiida
ng*ambo ya pili.
(cross a room), kwenda upande
wapili
get cross, vuna.
be cross at having anything to do^
kimwa.
Crow, wika.
Crucify^ sulibi, sulibisha.
Cruize, vinjari.
Crumble, (acL) fikicba, (neut.) fu-
Crush, seta, ponda. [jika.
erush and bruise one another,
pondekana.
crush up, setaseta.
crush in, (<iet) honjedm, (neut.)
bonyeka.
Cryt lia.
cry about, lilia.
cry out at, pigia, iikelele, karipiai
cry for help, piga yowe,
cry for mercy, lalama.
Cultivate, lima.
Cup, umika.
Curdle, gandamana.
curdled milk, maziwa mabivu.
Cure, ponya, poza, ponyesba.
make better, fanya ashekalL
be cured, poa, pona.
cure fish, &c., ng'onda.
Curse, laani, tukana.
Cut, kata.
cut obliquely, kata banamu.
cut for, cut out for, katia.
cut up, cbanja, chenga,
ciA to shreds, pasukapasnka.
be cut off from one another, U*
ndikiana.
174
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Daby chaohaga.
Damage, haribn.
Damn, laani, laanisha.
Dance, cfacza.
danee for joy, raiida.
Dare, thabvLia, weza, josirisha.
Darken, tia giza.
Dam, tililia.
Dcuht ohtipia.
Daub, paka.
Daum,
kuna kwonpe, to he grey dawn.
pambazaka or pambauka, become
ligTU.
Dazzle, choma..
the eyes are dazzled,mBcho yam&-
fanya kiwi.
Deal in (trade in), fanya biashara
ya,&o.
Deal cards, gawa karata.
Decay, baribika, oza.
Deceaee, fariM.
Deceive, danganya, padaa.
deceive by promises, ongofya.
be deceived, hadaika.
Decide, kata maneno.
Deck out, hamba.
Declare, thihirisba, ynza.
Decoy, patia or twalia kwa cbe-
revu.
Decrease, pungua, pungaza, pu-
Dgnka.
Dedicate, fanya or wekea wakf.
Defeat, vanja, kimbiza (put to
flight).
to be defeated, ynnjika, kimbia.
Defend, linda.
guard oneself, kinga.
Deflower, bikiri, vunja ungoi.
Defraud, thalimiL
Deign, kubali, neDyckca.
Delay, (neut.) kawia, kawa, fawitL
(aeL) weka, kawisha.
be Delirious, papaytika.
DeUver, okoa, vua, toa.
be delivered, yuka, okokiw
Demand, taka.
demand in marriage, posa.
Demolish, TUDJa, haribiL
Deny, kana» kanisha.
deny to a person, nyima, hinL
(refuse), kataa.
deny aU credence to, katalia.
Depart, ondoka, toka, enda zanga,
zako, &c
Depart from me! Ondoka mbcle
yangul
depart from (be alienated from)^
farakana.
Depend upon, [kii-]wa na.
Eunaye, depending upon him.
fangamana na, be connected witJ^.
fuata, be a dependant
tuDgikwa, hang from.
Depose, uzalu, uzolia.
Depreciate (act.), khasbifd, umbua.
Deprive of, twalia.
Deride, obcka, chekea, kufui-Uf
fanyizia mzaba.
Descend, sbuka.
Describe, andika,fafanulia(&^7t^'6n-
ing), pambanulia (by distiw
Desert, acha, bujurtL [jguisMng.
Deserve, atahili.
deserve well of, fathilL
Desire, taka, ipa, tamani (long for j^
penda (like).
Desolate, vmija, haribtu
Despair, kata tamaa.
Despise, tweza, tbarau (pass, iha«
raaliwa), hakirisha.
Destroy, liaribu, Yonja.
be destroyed, baribika, Tunjika.
LIST Of VERBS.
17a
Jkiaiuy kawisha, ireka.
Detety kataza, zuia.
Jkiermine^ yakinia» £zimii, kasa.
determine a maUer, kata maneuo.
Devise^ fanya iihauri.
Die, fa, fakiri, ondoka katika uli-
mwengc, toweka (A.)> tekeza.
make to die, fisha.
lose by death, fiwa na.
Di'g, chimba.
dig out or away, ohimbna.
fakna, cut a small hole fit to
receive a poet.
Dignify, tukuza.
beoome dignified, or he raised to
dignity t tukuka.
DUute, tla maji
Dim, tia giza.
Diminish, (neut,) pangna, pnngoka,
tllifika, (act,), pangmsa, tilifi-
Dip, chovya. [aha.
dip and leave in, ohoyeka.
Direct, agiza (commission), ambia
(tell), amuru (order), fondisba
(instruel), Yuaha, (put into the
right way).
Disagree, gombana, tatana.
Disappear, toweka.
(as a soar, &c), fifia.
Disarrange, chafaa.
DiscJuirgefrom an obligation, feletu
Discover, yiunbua.
Discriminate, pambanaa.
Disembovoel, tumbua, tumbuza.
Disgrace, aibisha, hizika.
be disgraced, zSkiOsSk.
Disgust, ohakiz&
be disgusted, ebukiwa.
Dish up, pakua.
When you wisha meal lobe served
you should say, not pakua, but
|ete cbakola.
Dislocate, teiika.
Disquiet, &tbaisba.
be disquieted, &tbaika.
Dismus, likiza, ondoa.
50 dismissed^ tolewa.
Disobey, 9itL
Disorder (pvt (kings in disorder)^
cbafaa.
put an army in disorder, fathaislia.
be in disorder or dishdbUle, cho^
fuka.
be aU in disorder, chafnkachafukak
Dissipate, tampanyatapanya.
Distinguish, pambanua.
Distort, popotoa.
Distress (put in low spirits), kefya-
kefya.
be in distress, ^tM,
Distribute, gawanya.
Disturb,
DorCt disturb yourself I Starebe!
Disunite, farakisba.
be disunited, epukana, &rakiana,
acbana.
Dive, zama.
Divide, tenga, gawa, gawanya, kata,
bnssii.
Divorce, acba, tokana, tangoa ndoa.
Do, fanya, tenda.
I have done nothing, sikufanya <
ueno.
He has done nothing at all, baku«
fanya lo lotc.
be done or doable, tendeka.
do (be of use), faa.
It won't do, baifai.
do anything slowly and carefully,
kototeza.
do wanton violence, Husadu, fanya
jeturL
be done (finithed), isba.
be done (cooked), lyo.
176
8WAEIL1 HANDBOOK.
Vote, piswa.
DoMcj radufya.
Doubtf &nya tashwisM, [kii-^wa na
fihaka.
There is no doubt, hapana shaka.
Dote, sinzia.
wake up suddenly from a dozOf
zinduka, zindukana.
JhcLg, kokota, borara (hatd ahng).
drag out of one* 9 hand, ohopoa,
kopoKa.
Drain out, ohunikiza, chnruzika.
Draw^ vuta.
Draw water, teka majL
Draw together, kunyata.
Draw near, karibu, karibia, kari-
biana.
Draw a line^ piga mstari.
Draw out nails, &o., kongoft.
Draw breath, tanafusL
Draw in the breatJi, paaza pmnzL
Draw up the earth round growing
erop«, palilia.
Draw the end of the loin doth
between the legs and tuck it in^
piga uwinda.
Dread, ogopa, ogopa nmo.
Dream, ota.
Dress, vika.
Dress tn, yaa, jitia.
Dress up, pamba, jipotoa.
Dress ship, pamba merikebiL
Dress vegetables for the marlcet,
cbambua.
Drift, ohukuliwa.
Drink, nwa, or nywa; pcus, nwewa.
Drip, tona.
Drive, ongoza (lead, conduct), chu-
nga (as a shepherd), fuknza
(drive away), fukuzia (drive away
from), kimbizia (tndke to run
away from).
Drop (down), (neui,) anguka, (act.)
angusha.
into, (neut) tambakia, (act,) turn-
bukiza.
(}ike leaves in autumn), pnkutika.
(faU in drops), tona.
drop from, little by little, dondoka.
Drown (acL) tosa, (neut.) tota, fa
maji
be Drunken, lewa.
Dry, (neut.) kauka, nyauka, (aeL)
kaiisba.
become dry by water leaving it,
pwa» pwea, pwewa.
be left high a7^d dry, pweleka.
put out to dry, anika.
dry or cure fish, ng'onda.
Dupe, danganya.
Dust, fata yumbi
DweU, kaa» kaa kitako, keti (IVI.).
Dwindle, "kxaijana, pnnguka, anga-
mia (go down in the world).
Dye, tia rangi.
kutona bina, to lay on henna so
as to dye the part red.
E.
Earn, pata.
Ease, fariji, sterehisba.
become easy, farajika.
Ease oneself, kimya.
Eat,ld^
in, with, for, (fee, lia.
be eaten or eatable, lika.
have eaten enough, shiba.
eat at the expense of each one in
turn, la kikoa.
eat where each contribuies some*
thing to the feast, la kwa kit-
obanga.
eat all the food away from oXh^m^
ima.
LIST OF VERBS.
177
Ametmma, he Juu eaten it aU up
before we came,
overeat oneself, vimbiwa.
males a person eat too mueh,
vimbisha.
eat toiihout hounds, papia.
eat over vorcLciously, la kwa pupa.
Ebb, pwa.
be Eolipsedy patwa.
Educate, fuiida, fundisba, alimisha,
adibu, or tia adabu (teach good
manners), lea (bring up).
Elongate, ongeza arefiL
Embalm, tia madawa asioze.
Embark, panda (go on board), ta-
hassa (go on board with the
intention of sailing).
Embrace, pambaja, kumbatia, kn-
mbatiana.
EwkbroU, tiu matata.
Emerge, zuka.
Employ, tuma (send about), tumia
(make use of), tumika (be
employed).
Empty out, mwaga, mwaya.
Endbie, wezesha, jalia.
Encamp, tua (put down loads).
Encourage, tia moyo, ^/mbutisha.
End, (neut,) isha, koma, (act,) mali-
za, komeslia, kbatimisha.
Endow with, wekca wakf.
Endure, ishi (last), vumilia (bear
with), stahimili.
Enervate, thoofisha.
Engage, afikana, twaa, fanya sharti.
Engender, zaa, vyaa.
Enjoy, f urahi, ona raha, f orabi wa na.
Enlarge, ongeza, zidisha.
Enlist (act.), tia asikari
he Enough, tosba, toshelea.
It is enough, bassi.
have had enough food, Qbiba.
Enquire, uliza (ask), boji (091711 «
into), bakiki (maJce sure about)t
nlizia (enquire on account of^
Enrage, ghatbabisba.
he enraged, gbathabikai
Enrich, pa utajiri.
Enslave, tia utmnwant
Ensnare, tega.
Entangle, tia matata.
Enter, ingia.
Entice, Tuta kwa cberevu, twaa kwa
wereviu
Entreat, omba, sibi, nasibi.
Entrust, wekea amana, amini mtu
nakittu
he equal to (an undertaking, &c,\
EqudUze, flawanisba, sawazisba,
fanya sawasawa, lingani^ilia (by
measurement),
Ereet, simikisba.
Err,ls.o8A, kwenda bapa na bapa
(wander).
Escape, okoka (be delivered), pona
(to get well), viika (to get across),
kimbia (run away), fiatuka (to
escape as a spring, to get free).
Establish, tengezeka (?).
Estimate, kadiri, kisi«
Evaporate, uwewa.
Exalt, inua (lift), tiikuza, atbhmsha.
he exalted (great), tukuka, aQii*
mika.
Examine, onja (taste), tafiti, fatiiubif
sayili (by questions).
Exceed, pita.
Excel, pita.
Except, toa, tosba.
Exchange, hfidiXL '
Excite, taharrakisba, fitini
he excited, bangaika.
. Exeuse^ uthmn, samebe (pardpn),
9
178
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Exercise^ zoea.
exereiae aulhorily over, hukniniL
Exert oneself^ fanya juhudi, jitahidL
Exltorty onya, cabihislia.
Exorcise hy music^ (fee, punga.
JShspand, tainia, kunjua (unfold)^
zidi (inereate)^ ftumka or
kunduka (heeome open).
Expect, ngoja, ngojea, tumaiiil.
Expel, toa, f iikuza.
expd an evil spirit hy mutie, &e.,
punga pcpo.
Expend upon, be ai (he expense of^
gharimia*
Explain, eleza, pambanua, fasiri,
tafdiri, fumbulia, pambanulia
(explain to), tambulMa (make
to recognise).
Explode, pasidca (pursf), waka
(plaze).
Explore, fatiislii, jasisi, aDgalia.
Export, toa.
Express, tbahiri, bainL
(press out), kamna.
Extend, (act,) nyosha, (neut,) fika
(reaeih to), kunjuka, enea (he
spread over),
Exterminate,ng*oo, pia yote (root up
utterly). '
Extingui^ zima, zimia.
to go out, zimika.
Extort, pokonya.
Extol, sifu.
Extricate Jrom, toa na, namua
(Mer.).
Exvlt, farahL
P.
Fade, fa, kauka, fifia (pine ateay),
pukutika (wither and drop),
thoofika (grow weah and thin),
Fa^pungoka.'
Faint, zimia roho.
Fall, anguka.
fiiU like rain, nya.
cause rain to fall, nyeslia.
faU into, tumbukia.
let/aU into, tuinbuklza.
faUflat on tke ground, lala iadii
fall in (cavk in), pomoka.
faU short, punguka, tindika (A.)b
faUsicik,VigUA,
Falter, Bhanghaa, sita.
Fan, pepea.
Fancy, kumbuka, fikin.
fancy oneself, jiona.
Fast, funga.
break a fast, or eat after a fast^
futurn.
Fasten, funga.
Fatten (get fat), nona (of animals),
nenepa (of men).
Fatigue, chosha, taabisha.
be fatigued, ohoka, taabika.
Favour, pendelea.
Fear, ogopa, cha (A.), [kil-Jwa na
khofu.
be fearless, peketeka.
Feast, kerimu.
Feed, lisba.
cause to be fed, lishisha.
put morseils into a friend* s mouth,
raL
Feel, ona (perceive), papasa (touch).
Feign, jlfanya.
FeU, kata.
Fence, fanya ua.
Fend off a boat, tanua mashua.
Ferment, obaoha.
Ferry over, yusha, vukiska, abirisha.
Fetch, leta.
FiglU, pigana.
set on to fight, piganisha, pigaol-
LIST OF VERBS.
179
Ft7?,jaza.
fiU in [a hole], fiikia.
heeofM fuUf jaa. TJie pastiw U
used for being filled mth tome
extraneoue evbttanee. Mtung^
umejaa maji, the jar ie full of
wUer, huiy maji yamejawa na
dudu, the water is ftdl of
ineeeti,
be half ftiU (by remaining), fihi-
nda» maji yashinda ya mtangi,
the Jar is luUffuU of water*
fill up, jaliza.
fiU with food, shibigha.
to be fuU, to have had enough,
shibfL
Find, ona, zumbua, ynmbua, pata,
knta.
be to be found, zumbukana, paii-
kana.
find out in a trick, fathehi,
guudua.
be found out, fetheheka.
flndfauU toiUi, tia hatiyanL
Finish, (oeL) maliza, (neutJ) isba,
koma.
finish off, tengeneza, tengelessa.
finish a Journey, koma.
finish a schdar, bltimisha.
,Fire (set on fire), tia moto, wasba
moto.
(apply fire to in any way), oboma.
a gun, d:e,, piga bnnduki, &c.
Fish, vna samaki.
fish a spar, dx., ganga, tia gango.
Fit, fsA (do weU).
Ni kiassi changu kama naliki^
tiwa mimi, it fits as though it
had been made for me.
J\x, kaza.
fix (he eyes upon, kodolea.
Flame, wftka» toa ndimi za moto^
Flap, plga
make a sail flap by going too near
ihe wind, pigiza tanga.
Flash (lighten), pigsk mneme.
Flatten, tandaza.
Flatter, sifu, sifu mno, jipendekeza
(ingraUaie oneseif with).
Flavour, to get the right flavour
Flay, chnna, ttma (M.). [kolea^
lose (he shin, cbunika, tnnika (M.).
Flee, kimbia.
be Flexible, pindana, [kif-]wa laini.
Flicker, Binzia.
Flinch, jikmija, nika.
Fling, tapa.
Float, elea, ogolea.
i^.piga.
Flood, gbariki8ba,f urika,tawanyika,
funikiza.
be flooded, ghariki.
Flourish, sitawi, fana, fanikiwa.
make to flourish, sitawisba.
Flow, pita (Jlow by), toka (flow -
out), bubujika (to burst and
bubble out).
Flower, toa matia.
Flurry, zulisba.
Flutter, papatika.
Fly,xvk9^
fly off, puruka.
Fold, kmija.
fold together, knnjaua.
fold in the arms, knmbatia.
FoUow, fuata, andama (M.)*
foUow a pattern, oleza.
become Foolish, pmnbazika.
Forbid, gombeza, kataza.
Force (see Compel), tia nguvit, lik
zimisba.
So was forced to ao, alikvrenda
kwa nguvu.
Force open, pepetna. : !
n 2
180
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
ForeM, agua, labiri, basUiri.
How has 1hi$ year been predicted
off Mwaka huu umeagiiH-
waje?
Forfeit^ lazimiBbwa.
be forfeited by, potea.
Forge tron, dte., fua chuma, &o.
ijoeid on a new point or edge, tarn-
bnza.
Forgely saban.
he forgotten, sabanliwa.
Forgive, samehe, achilia, mwafa.
Forgive me, niwie rathi.
Foreake, aoba.
Fwtify, tia boma (jwrf a rampart),
Foster, lea, lisba.
Free (from slavery), weka or acba
- htUTL
(from prison), acha, fungua.
he set free (from prison), tokana.
Freeze, ^nda, gandamana.
Freight,
pay freight for, takabathislia.
carry on freight, takabatliL
Frighten, ogofya, tia khofu, ogo-
figba, khofisba, tisba.
hecome frightened, ingiwa na
kbofu.
startle, stnsha, kutosba.
Front, kabili, lekea.
put in front of, lekeza.
Frown, kanja uso, kunja vipaji.
JJe has a frowning facet uso una-
kunjamana.
Frustrate, batili, vunja.
Fry, kaanga.
Fuljil, timiza, timiliza.
fulfU a promise, fikib'za abadL
Furl sails, kunja matanga.
Furnish a house, parob^ ny mnba.
Gain, pata, pata faylda,
CMlop, piga mbio.
Crape, piga nyayo, funua kinwa.
Garble copal^ <fetf., obagua sand*-
ruBi, &0,
(father (fruit), cbuma
into a heap, zoa.
together (act.), knsanya, kutanl-
sba, jamaa, jamiisba.
together (neui.), kusanyika, kuta-
nika.
up into a smaU space, fioyana.
oneself up for an effort,iiiuinmua.
little by little, luxnbika.
up one*s courage, piga moyo
koDde.
Geld, hasi
he Genial (good-humoured and
merry), cbanga'raka.
Get, pata.
get better, pona.
get a little better, [ktf->a asbc
kali.
get drunk, lewa, jilevya.
get dry, kauka.
get fire by working one stick
against another, pekecba
gel for, patia.
get fotd of one another, pambana.
get goods on credit in order ic
trade with them, kopa.
get into, ingia.
get into a well, a scrape, Ac, (act)
tumbukiza, (neut.) iumbukia.
get into a passion (neut.), ingiwa
na gbatbabu or liasira.
get into a quarrel (act), vumbllia
vita.
get [seeds'] into the ground, vu^
mbikia.
1^ motUdy, fl^nya nl^unga.
LIST OF VEtiBB.
181
pel oii<, toka.
ffetoutofUie way, jltenga.
Out of the way! Simillat
get out of ont^$ sights tokomea.
get palm wine, gema.
get ripe, iva.
ffet thin and ufotery, poroa.
get through, (neut.) pouyo, (aet.)
penyeBha.
get up, ondoka.
rise to (a person), ondokca.
get up or upon, panda.
get weU, pona, poa.
he Giddy, levyalevya.
GM, chovya.
Give (a thing), toa.
(to a perton), pa, pass, pewa, to
receive,
give a complaint to, ambukiza.
give a taste^ an inkling, or a little
specimen, dokeza.
^1176 bach, rudisha.
give into (he hand, kabithi
give leave to, pa rnksa or rahusa,
rukhusu.
give light to, tia mwangaza.
give mutual gifts, pana.
give presents to, tunza, tunukia.
! give rations to, posba.
give room or space, nafisisba.
give to drink to, nywesba.
give to eat to, lisba.
give trouble, taabisba, fanya Inda,
snmbua.
give way under one, bonyeo.
Give way (row) I Vuta !
Glance, natbiii, tupa macbo or na-
thari (cast the eyes or a glance).
Glare at, ng'ariza.
Gleam, mulika, Dg'ara.
Glide, tiririka, teleza.
Glisten^ zagoa.
Glitter, meiameta, mekameka, me*
rimeta, mulika.
Glorify, tukuza, sifo.
Glow, ng'ara.
Gnaw, guguna.
Go, enda, enenda.
you can go, ruksa.
go after or for, endca.
(foUow), fuata.
go alojigside, pambana.
go ashore (of a ship), panda.
he left high and dry, pwoleka,
pwewa na maji.
go ashore (of a person), sbuka. '
go away, enda zangu, zako, zake,
zetu, zenn, zao, according to
the person,
toka ondoka.
go away from, acba, toka. ;
go hack, rudi, regeo.
go backward, endelea nynma.
go had, oza.
go before, tangulia.
go before a judge, entla kwa
katbL
go behind, fuata.
go by, pita.
go crooked, patoa, potoka.
go forward, endelea mbele.
go free, toka.
go into, ingia.
go marketing, enda sokoni
go off (like a spring), fiatnka.
go on (not to stop), fuliza, fuza,
folnliza.
go on (with a work), sbinda.
go on board, panda.
go on board in order to sail, te-
go on loiih by turns, pokezana.
goout,idk&,
(like a candUi)^ zimika»
182
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
He has gone out for the day,
amekwenda eliinda.
go over, vuka.
go pastj pita.
go guicldy down a steep jpZoee,
tele'mka.
go running^ enda mbio.
go io expense about or upon, gha-
rimia.
go to meety laki.
go to meet with shouting and joy,
shangilia.
go to law with, teta.
go up (neuU)t P&a.
(act.) kwea, panda.
he Good of its hind, fana.
Gore, piga pembe.
Govern, tawala, miliki.
Grant to, pa, jalia, ruzuku.
Grapple, kamatana, sbikana.
Grasp, shika, fumbata.
Grate, paruga, paniza.
Graze, paruga, kwaniza.
graze one another, panizana.
become Great (of a person), tnknka.
become great to or hard for, kulia.
be Chreedy, [kii-]wa na robo or
choyo, fanya tamaa (be greedy
for)'
Cheet, salimu, Balimia, amkua, ba-
rikia.
Grieve, (act.) siMtisba, iia huznni.
(neuL) sikitika, ingiwa na buzimi.
Chin, toa meno.
Grind, saga.
grind coarsely, paaza.
Groan, ugua.
groan at, zomea.
Grope, papasa.
Chow, ota (of plants), kua (to become
large), mea (of plants, to grow
mr he grotoahle).
Whaiistobe grown here f KUl
mo oha nini ?
grow to its fuU size, pea.
beeomefuU-ghwn, pevnka, komaa.
grow up quicldy, vnvumka.
not to grow (of seeds), fifia.
grow large enough to bear fruity
auka.',
. grow fat, nenepa (of persons)^
nona (of animals).
grow thin and lean, knnda.
grow larger, kua, kithiii.
grow less, pungua, tilifika.
make to grow large, kuza.
Growl, nguruma.
Grudge, bini.
grudge at, husudn.
GruiMe, nung'unika.
Grunt, guna.
Guarantee payment of a dM, ba-
o resuU, tadarikL [wilL
Guard, linda, tunza, baml, ngojea.
guard oneself against a Uow^
kinga.
Guess, babatisba, kisi, tbanL
(hiide, onyesba njia (show Uic way),
peleka (talce).
Gulp, gugumiza.
gulp down, ok'ia.
H.
Halt, tua (put down burdens), ei-
mama (stand), sita (go lame, or
to stop), obecbemea {to put one
foot only flat on the ground).
Hammer, gongomea {hammer in\
fua pass^ fuawa (beat as with a
sledge-hammer).
Hang, angika (as against a wall)f
tungika (be suspended), tu*.
ndika, aliM.
(strangle), nyonga, songa.
LIST 0^ VBttBa.
183
Happen, takia.
Which happened to himy kilicho-
mpata.
ffaraesj snmbna, nthi, nihia, cho-
koza, snmbusha.
he harassed, sumbuka, uthika.
Harm, thuru, hosara.
• No harm ! Haithuru I
Harpoon^ paga.
Ilasteny (jaet.) harakisha, himiza.
I (neuL) fimya hima, hiuuka.
Hatch, ongoa, zaliwa, ongaliwa (be
hatched), <|iiguA (break the
sheU).
EatCj olmkia, buothu, zira (M.)*
Have, [kif-]wa na (see p. 15:1).
(possess), miliku
on board, pfikia,
power over, weza.
in one^s debt, wia.
To have things done for one, is
expressed by the passive of the
applied form (see p. 161).
Hawh about, tembeza.
Heal, poza.
be healed, poa, pona, ongoka.
H^p up, kusanya, fanya fungiL
Hear, sikia, pulika (A.).
hear one another, sikilizaiia, pu-
likana.
be to be heard, sikilikana.
Hearken, sikiliza, pulika.
Heat (get hot)p pata moto. See
TTomi.
Heave the log, tia batlL
he Heavy. See Weigh down.
Help, sayidia, aunL
Hem, kunga.
Hesitate, shangaa, sita, inglwa na
shaka (get into doubt),
in speaJcing, babalka.
Eide^ ficha, seUiri, dta (A.).
You have hid the eap from me,
umenificha kofia.
Tou have hid my cap, muenifi-
chia kofia.
Hinder, zuia, pinga, fawilL
Hint, dokeza.
Hire, ajiri, panga (to rent).
Hit, piga, pata.
foith a spear or arrow, fuma.
Hoard, weka, weka akiba.
be Hoarse, pwelewa sautL
lam lioarse, sauti imenipwea.
Hoe, lima.
hoe upt palia.
cause to be hoed, palililiza.
Hoist, tweka.
Hold, sbika, kamata, fumbaia
(grasp), zuia (hold in), zuilta
(hM off from),
hold in Gie mouth, yuata.
hold one^s dofhes or hands he*
tween oni^s knees, fiata.
hold a public audience^ or council,
barizi.
hold up (not to ratn),.anuka.
hold in contempt See Scorn,
HdUow out, fukua.
Honour, hesbimu, pa hesbiiua,
jalL
Hop, rukaruka.
Hope, taraja, tumaioi (feel eon-
fident).
I hope, roho yatumaL
HunMe, tbili, bakiil
be huwJble, nenyekca.
Hunger, [kii-jwa na i\jaa.
he ravenously hungry, rapa, lapa.
I am very hungry, njaa inauiu*
ma.
Hunt, winda, winga, gaka.
Hurry, haraka, himiza.
Hurt, uma, umia, umiza.
184
BVtAAtLl EANl)MOS.
Stuk (IndUn *4ro), menya, ambna
(M.).
(eoeoa-nuU), fua.
(flr theU), papatua.
he Ttl or unwell, lUness U expressed
by the use of the negative present
of the verb kuweza, to he ahle,
Siwezi, I am ilL Hawezi, he is
iUy Ae. Nalikuwa siwezi, I
was ill, Alikuwa hawezi, he
was ill, Ae,
I have been iU for two months*
siwezi yapata miezi miwili
Imitate, oleza, iga, fuata..
Immerse, zamisha, chofya.
Implore, pembeleza.
le Impossible, toa kufanyika.
It is impossible, haiyamkini.
Imprecate against, apiza.
Imprison, tia gerezani, funga.
Improve, tcngelcza, silihi, sitawisba.
iTuiLine, (iieuL) inama, (act) ina-
midlia.
incline to Qihe), penda.
Increase, (act.) ongeza, zidisba.
(neut.) ongezeka, zidi, kitbiri.
he Indebted to, wiwa na.
Indulge in, zoeza, jizoeza.
Infect, ambukiza.
Inform, arifu, bubiri, pa babarL
In Utter-writivg arifu is always
employed, on other occasions
kupaia or kuwa na habari is
generally used for to he in^
fwxMd^ and ambia (^0 for to
inform.
Ingratiate oneself j jipendekeza.
Miabit, kaa, ketL
Inh&rit, rm.
Injure, hasira, basiri, hasirbbi
he injured, basirika.
Innovate, zua.
he InguisiHve, tafitL
Inspect, kagua.
Instruct, fundisba, funza, elexnlsba.
InsuU, sbituma, tukana, obokoza.
Intend, kusudia (purpose), azimu or
azimia, or yakinia (resolve),
nia, or ania, or nuia (have in
one's mind).
Inter, zika.
Intercede for, ombea.
Interpret, fasiri, tafsirL
Interrupt, znia, katiza, bamkiza,
nthia (bother).
Intoxicate, levytL
become intoxicated, lewa.
Intrude, fumania.
Going into another person's house
for an unlawful purpose (ku-
fisidi), or without lawful pur^
pose (ku-fumaniana), bars by
the law of Zanzibar any daiin
on the part of Ihe intruder in
respect of any assault or injury
while titers.
Inundate, gbarikisba, furika (swell),
tawanyika (spread).
Invade, sbambulia.
Invent, buni, zumbua.
Invite, iia, alika.
invite to come in, knribisba.
Irrigate, tia maji, nywosba.
Irritate, tia basira, gbatbabi&ba,
kasiiiaba, cbokoza.
^ch,--cause to itch, nyea.
I itch, imeninyca.
Jam, kwamisba.
become Jammed, kwama, sakama.
iiSf OP rMsM
185
Jar Ae tee(h, Itke grit in food^
kwaza meno.
Jerky katua.
Jeat, fanya nbishi or mzaha, thi-
haki.
Joiriy (act) unga, (fieu^)anganana.
Judge, hukamn, hukumia, amna.
The original meaning of amua
is to teparate, and it is tued of
separating two persona who have
been lighting.
Jumble together different languages
or dialects, goteza.
Jumpf ruka.
E.
Keepy weka or cheleza (put away\
tunza Qalie oare of), linda
(guard), hifatbi (preserve), shi-
ka (hold), fuga (Jceep animals),
>veka or kawisha (delay),
he Icept gossiping, puzika.
he kept tame or in a cage, fugika.
It cannot he kept, i.e., it wHl
either run away or die, hafu-
giki.
keep awake, (neut.) kesha, (aot.)
kesheza.
keep from, epusha, zuilia.
keep in order (a person), rudi
he kept, or capable of heing kept,
in order, rudika.
keep on at, shinda.
Keep your distance I Eomausije!
Kick, piga teke.
Kill, ua, pass, uawa, waga (Mer.),
fisha (to eaiMe to die).
kill with, Ac, nlia.
kill for food, chinja, tinda (M.).
he Kind, tenda mema.
do a kindness to, fathili.
KitidU, washa, tia moto.
Kiss, bustL
Uft to the tips and kisi, sogeza.
Knead, kanda.
Kneel, piga magote.
Knit the brows, kunja vipajl
Knock, gonga, gota, piga.
at a door, or to cry Hodi! if ihe
door he open, bisha.
Know, jua. Enjiia is often used in
the sense of to know of, about,
how, &e.
I know where he is, namjua aliko
(I know of him, where he is).
I know how to speaJc the language
of Zanzibar, najua knsoma kiu*
nguja.
lean dc blacksmith* s work, najua
kufua chnma.
(to recognize), tambua.
be knowdbU, julikana.
make to know, julisha, juvlslia.
become Icnoum, tangaa.
know what to do, tanabaliL
Lace in the rope or matting across a
native bedstead, tanda, wamba.
Lacerate, papura.
5e 2acerato({, papurika. ,
he Lame, tegea, ohechemea, tetea,
kwenda chopi, tagaa (walk with
the legs far apart).
Land, (neut.) ehuka, (act.) shusLa.
Last, ishi.
Laugh^ cheka.
laugh at, chekelea.
Launch, &hua, pass, shuliwa
Lay, tia, weka.
lay a wager, pinga, shindania.
lay by, weka akiba.
lay down^ laza*
18(3
BWASILl BANDBOOK.
ln^f €ggif fttamia, or zaa, or nya
mayayi
lay Md of, aLika.
lay open, fimua, weka ^azi.
lay out, andika, taudika, toa.
lay 0ui money, gharimu, gharimia.
lay ike heame of a roof, ikiza.
lay the table, andika meza.
lay upon the tdble, weka mczani
lay to anyoM^s charge, tuhuma.
lay upon some one dee, kumbisha.
he Lazy, [kil-]wa mriyiL
to he cross at having anything to
do, kimwa.
Lead, ongoa, ongoza, pcleka, 6kisha
(make to arrive),
lead astray, "koBeahsL
lead devotions, somesha.
LeaJc, viija, fu'mka (to open at the
seams).
Lean upon, tegemea, egemea.
lean upon a staff, jigongojea.
hecome lean, kouda. .• %\*
malce lean or thin, kondeslia.
Leap, ruka.
Learn, jifunza, pata kujua.
learn manners, taadabiil
Leave, acba, ata (M.), toka.
leave by death, fia.
leave to (Jbequeaih), acbia.
leave go of, acba.
Leave off I Wacbal. .Basal
Somal
leave off fasting, fungua.
leave tiUfit or ready, limbika.
leave (cause to remain), saza.
he left (remain), saa, salia, baki.
isk leave, taka, ruksa.
give leave, rnhusn, pa rakaai.
give leave about, amria. .» .
take leave of, aga. . \
take leave of one another, agana.
1(600011, ehaoha.
Lead, azima, kiritbi
Lengthen, ongeza ureftu
make long, ftmya mrefiL
Lessen, (aeL) pungoza, (neuL) pa«
ngaka.
Let (permit), acha, ptk nkm, kabali,
kubaliaba.
let alone, acba.
let a house, pangiaha nyomba.
let down, abusba, fna.
let down a bucket, puliza ndoo.
let free a spring, fiatna, fiatnaba.
let go an anchor, puliza.
let loose, fuDgua.
let on hire, ajiridba.
let watoTf ynja.
Level, fieuiya aavasawa, tandaza,
tengenoza.
he level with, lingana na.
make level with, linga, linga-
niaba.
hvel a gun ai, lekeza bnndoki
he Liberal to^ keiinm.
Liberate, fdngua, pass, ftmguliwa.
from slavery, woka, or acba buru.
Idck, ramba.
Lie (teU lies), aema nwongo
(to be), kaa, [ki(-}wakob
Ue across, kingama.
a tree lies across the road, mti
nmekiDgaiDa njianl.
lie across one another, pandana.
lie dawn, jinjoaha, jllaza* lala,
tandawaa.
lie heavy on, lemea.
lie on the face, wama, fuama (M.),
lie on the side, junika.
lie on iheibousk, lala kwa taiiL
lie in wait for, otea.
Lift, iwm, Iweka.
I lift up the voice, paliza aantl.
LIST OF VESBSL
187
Ifighty wasba^ tia moto.
he lights angaza.
show a lights mulil^a.
Lighten (Jtighten%ng\ piga timeme. ^
Like^ penda.
h€ an object of liking^ tamanika.
Likeuy fafanisha.
JdmiL
reach its Ztmtt, pea.
Linger, ka\7ia, kawilia.
Lisp, [kii-]wa na kitembe^
Listen^ dMliza, pulikiza.
listen secreUffy dukiza^
Live, kaa (stay or he), iahi (continue),
* [kt[-]wa hayi (be aUve), [kil-]
^vako ulimwenguni (pe in Hits
Load, ohukuza. ftrorZd).
aj}6r«>ii, twika.,
a slnp, paMa.
a gun, sumiri, shindilia.
he laden ujith, pakia (of a ship),
chukua (carry)^
Loch, fanga.
with a native lock^ gomea.
Loiter, kawilia.
Loll, tandawaa.
Long for, tamanL
Look, tazama.
look out, or look carefully, angalla.
Look out I Angalia I Jiponye I
look out for, tazamia.
look for, tafuta.
look after, tunza.
look over a property, ana.
hok up to see what is going on,
tahumaka.
Loose, fuDgna.
he loose, regea.
Loosen, regeza.
Lose (money), pata hasara.
potea (to he lost to). [nipotea.
I have lost my knife, kisu kime
lose by kavinfi ttihen from ene^
twaliwa.
hse by death, fiwa na.
lose on^s senses, rukva na akilL
Love, penda, ashiUd.
50 loved by, kora.
Lower, shnsha, tua.
LuO, pembeza, tombuiza.
Lurk for, otea.
Lfut after, tamani
M.
Magnify, knza, tuknza.
magnify oneself, jitapa.
Make, faoya, fanyiza.
make to do or he. Seep. 1G2.
make a floor or roof, sakifu.
make a pen, chonga kalamu.
make a eign to, ashiria.
make a wiU, wasia.
make another love one, pendeleza.
make briUiant, ng'aza.
make cheap, rakliisisba.
make clear, thihirisba, eleza, weka
vazi
make confident and hopeful, tu-
mainuho.
make crazy, znlisha.
make dear, ghalisha.
make deliriousy papayuza.
make equal, like, &c,, sawanisha,
Bawazisha.
make for, fanyia.
make [doOi^s^for, katia [ngno].
make game of^ thihaki, fanyizia
mzaha.
make haste^ ianya liuua» euda
hima.
make iU, gonjweza.
make into a ring, peta.
make lawful, halilisha.
188
BWAMtLl SANDBOOK.
wake light of a maUety jipnra-
kusha.
make like, oleza.
make metal things, faa» f alia.
make over talkative, payoza.
make pattry, andaa, andalia.
mdlce peace between, suluhifiha.
make plain, thahiri, deza, thihi-
risha^ weka wazi.
make pottery, finyanga.
make raw, ohubua.
make room for, nafisisha.
make sorry, sikitisha.
make sure, YiakikL
make to agree, pataniBha.
make to he at peace^ suluhislia.
make to enler, ingiza.
make to go up, pandisha, kweza.
make to grow lean, kondcsha.
mdke to hear or understand, sikiza.
make to weep, liza, lizana.
make unlatoful, Larimii, hara-
miflha.
make up afire, chochea moto.
make up one's mind, tanababi
make verses, ttmga masbaui.
mxLke vtater, kojoa.
make weak, tboofisba.
make weU, ponya, ponyesba.
Don't make a noise I Tulia 1
Manage, amili, fanya.
Mark, tia alama.
Marry, oa (of tlie husband), olewa
(of the wife), oana (of the
eoupU), oza (of the parents).
^ ask in marriage, posa.
Master, ghelibu, sbinda.
he master of, weza, tamdlakL
Match, lingana
mdke to match, linga, lingaiiisba.
50 a match for, weza.
Mean, taka, nia, kusudia.
Measure, pima, twaa cbda
measure together, enenza.
Mediate between, selebisba.
Meditate, tafieikari, waza.
Meet, onana, kutana, kutanika, ka«
aanyika.
meet with, kuta.
go to meet, laki.
Melt, (neut.) yeyuka, ayika, (act.)
yeyuflba.
Mend, fanya, fanyiza.
(sew up), sbonca.
(dam), tililia.
(Jbind up), ganga.
Menstruate, [ktfiwa na heth.
Mention, nena, taja.
Mess.
be aU in a mess,, cbafukacbafuka.
make a mess of one*s work, buro-
ngaboronga.
Mercy (have or show), rebcmu.
Mildew, fanya kawa.
MiUc, kama.
Mind, tunza (take care of), angalia
(take care), kumbuka (hear in
mind).
Never mind, haitburu, tusitie
sbugulL
Idon*t mind, mamoja pia.
Mingle, changanya.
he mingled, cbanganyika.
Miscarry, baribu mimba.
Miss, kosa.
(to go near to vnthout touching),
ambaa.
(not to go direct to), epea.
to be missed (not found), kosekaniw
Mislead, poteza, koBesba.
ilfwtafte, koBa.
Mix, obanganya.
mix up by knocking and beating^
baraga, f unda.
LIST OF VEBB8.
im
Moeky iga, thihaki, komaza, kofuru.
he Moderate, [ku-]wa kadiri.
Molest, sumbua, chokoza, haslrifrha.
Mould (cast in a mould), ita, fanya
kwa kalibu.
grow mouldy, fanya ukangu.
Moulder, fnjika, furijika, haribika.
igo into lumps like spoilt flour)y
fanya madonge.
Movnt, panda, kwea.
Mourn (in a formal manner), koa
matanga.
Join in a formal mourning,
hana.
Move, (neut) jongea, (aet.) jongQZ&,
Move into ihe shade, jongea
rnvnlinL
(as a carpet does wlien a mouse is
under it), funiknta.
(shaJce), tukasa, tiki&a, sukasuka.
(change place of dwelling), hama,
tama (M.), gura (A.).
cause to remove, hamisha, iamiaka,
gurisha.
Multiply, (ad,) zldiBha, ongeza,
(neuf .) zidi, ongezeka.
Murder, na, pass. nawa.
Murmur, nung'unika.
Must, lazimn, sharti, bana bnfldi
8eep,lb6.
Mutilate, kata.
N.
Kame, taja, nena, ita, pa jiua (give
a name to).
Need, taka, ihtaji, ibtajia.
Neglect, ghafilika (not to attend to),
acbilia (leave undone).
Nihhle, tafuna.
Nod, sinzia (doxe),SiBhin& kwa twaka
(as a signal).
Notice, ona, angajia, natbin.
notice a defect, toa kombo.
take no notice, taghafali.
Nourish, lisha.
Nurse (a child), lea, lisba.
(a sioh person), uguza.
O.
Obey, tii, faata, fidkia, tumikia.
Object to, kindana, shindana, rudi-
ana.
Oblige (compeil), laziinisha, juburu,
jozia.
he obligatory upon, lazimn.
hold under an obligation to do,
&o., juza.
(by hindness\ftkiMli, tcndca zena.
Observe, angalia.
Obstruct, kataza, pinga.
Obtain, pata.
Occupy (keep enjaged), fawiti.
Offend, chnkiza, tia gbairi, tia
basira.
he easily offended, [kii-]na na
chuki.
not to be offended, ku-wa ratbi.
don*t be offended with me, niwie
ratki, kunratbi.
I am not (U aU offended, ratbi
Sana.
Offer to, tolca, jongeleza (bring neat
to),
offer for sale by auction, tembeza
make a first bid, l-issimu.
Omit, acha.
Ooze, tiririka.
ooze out, Yujia, tokesa, tokea.
Open (act) funua (uncover), fungaa
(unfasten), panna (make wide),
fumbua (unclose the eyes, Ac),
sindua (set open a door), pcpe^
tua (force open),
(f^eut.) p£ii-]wa w(wa (to lie cUaT%
190
8WAHILI BANDBOOK.
foniika or kunduka (to open
like a floioer), panuka (become
tnde\ fdnguka (to get un-
fattened).
Oppose^ gomba» khalifo^kataza, teta,
shindania, ingia katL
he opposite, lekea, kabili, elekea,
clckeana, kabilia.
put opposite, lekeza, kabilishai
elekeza.
Oppress, onea, lemea, fhelimtu
Order, emixra^ amrisha, ambia,
agiza (eomwisswn),
arrange in order, panga^ tonga.
p^ into good order, fiuiyiza,
tengezieza, ganga.
Ought See p. 155.
iht^jia, taka, pasa.
Overbear, by loud talking, ^, pa-
mbanya, pambaayiza.
Overburden, lemea.
be Overcast, tanda [wingn].
Overeat oneself, vimbika, vimbiwa.
Overfeed, vimbisha.
Overflow, miminika» tawanyika,
gbaiiki, f arika.
Overtetf, rimamia, aDgalia. •
Overturn, pindua.
• be overturned, pmdnka.
Overtake, pe,\A,
Overwhelm, gharikisba.
Otoe, wiwa.
J owe him, aniwia.
to have in on^s dM, wia.
Own, miliki (possess), kiri (confess),
ungama (aeknowledge').
Taek up, ftmga.
Paddle, vuta kwa kafl or kapi.
PaliH umay umia*
Faint, tia rang!
Fant, tweta. ^
Faralyse, poozesha.
be paralysed or paralytie, pootx ^
Pare, ambua.
Fardon, samchc, afn, gbofira, gho«
firia.
Forgive me^ nipe bisa yanga.
Ash mutual pardon and so take a
last farewell, takana burlani
Parry, bekna.
Fart out, gawa, gawanya.
Pass, pita, pisba.
make to pass, pitisba.
pass going in opposite directions^
piBhana.
pass through, penya.
pass over (a river), vuka.
(afault),tichili9k.
pass close to without touching,
ambaa,
be passable, endeka.
Pasture, cbunga, lisba.
Patch (thatch, Ac), cboraelea*
be PaticTU, vnmiUft, subiri.
Pate [the ground], parapara.
Pay, lipa.
pay^ to, lipia.
cause to be paid, lipiza.
pay freight for, takabatbisbSi
Peck, dona, dondoa.
Peel, ambaa, puna.
Peep, cbungulia, tungulia (M ).
Pelt, tupia.
Penetrate, penya.
Perceive, ona, sikia, fahamtL
Perfect, kamilisba.
be perfect, kamilika. See Comt
plete.
Perforate, zna, zoa tundn.
Perform a promise, fikiliza abadL
ablutions^ tobaia.
LIST OF VERBS.
191
devoiiotit, sali. .
a vow, ondca nathiri.
Ferishy fa, potca, potelca, baribika.
Perjure onetelf, apa uwongo^ shu-
budia 2nli or aztir.
rermit, rubnsu, pa ruksa, acba.
PerpetuctUy dumiBha.
PerplesDf tia matata, cbangaDyisha.
become perplexed, ingia matata,
tanganyika.
Per$ecuie, fukuza, tbnlamtL
Persevere, dumu, dumia, dawamii.
Perapirej taka ban.
Persuade, sbawishi, kinaisba, pa
Bhaaii
Pieli {as tcith a knife pointX
cbokora.
(gather), cbumo.
etalJcs, d:o., from doves, Ac., cbo-
mbua.
pick out (sdeoi), ohagua, tena.
pick up, okota.
pick up hit hy hit, dondoa, lum-
bika.
pick holes in one another s cha-
racter, papuriana.
Pickle, fanya acbari.
Pierce, zua, penyesba, penya.
Pile up [plates, 4rc.], andikanya.
Pinch, finya.
be pinched up, fiayana.
Pine away, fifio.
Pity, burumia, sikitikia, rebomu.
Place, weka.
an arrow on the siring, a knife in
the belt, d'c, paobika.
TJtere is no plaoe f^r me in the
house, nyumba baiaiwokL
Plait, tmkck, sokota.
Plane, piga randa.
Plant, panda.
Plaster^ kandika.
prepare a KoUfor the white plaster
by smooOUng it and tapping in
email stones, tomea.
put on a pldder, bandika.
Play, cbeza, laabu.
play the fool, peketeka.
play upon an instrument, piga
zomari, &o.
PZease, pendeza, foiabisba.
(like), penda.
as you ple€L8e, upendavyo.
Please! Tafatbalil
he pleased, pendezewa.
make pleasing, pendekcza.
Pledge, weka i-abani
Pluck, obuma (gather), nyakua
(snatch), nyonyoa (pick off
feathers).
pluck up a courage, piga moyo
Plug up, ziba. [konde.
Plunder, teka, twaa nyara.
Po/7i(, cbonga; fanya 'ncba.
point out, onyeslu^ ainisba.
Poison, pa fiumu.
Poke, cboma.
Polish, katna.
Ponder, fikiri, waza, tarakari.
Possess, miliki, [fai-]wa na.
(of an evil spirit), pagaa.
he possessed hy an evil spirit,
pagawa na pepo.
he Possible, [kii-]wa yamkiui, weze-
kana, fanyiko, tendeka.
Postpone, akiiisba.
make Pottery, finyanga
Pound, ponda, funda.
clean com by pounding, twanga.
Pour, mimina.
pour away, mwaga, mwaya.
have Power over, weza.
Practise, jizoeza, taala.
practise witohcraft, fanya uobawi
192
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Praise, sifti, hemidL
praue oneself, jisifa, jigamba.
Prate, puza.
Pray, omba, sail (perform (he fixed
devotions)^ abadn (worship).
pray for, taka (ask for), ombea
(i«<ercedfl/or).
Prea/^, khntuba, ayiUii
Precede, tangulia.
be Preeipitous, chongoka.
Predict, agua, bashiri, tabirL
Prefer, penda, khitari, stahiba.
he Pregnant^ chukna inimba,hamili
Prepare, weka tayart
food, andaa, andalia.
Present to, tunikia, pa.
maJce presents to, pukusa, pa
bashishi, tunza.
Preserve, hifathi, afu.
he preserved, hifathika,
Press, kaza, sbindilia, sinikiza.
press out, kamna.
press upon, kandamiza.
press heavily upon, lemea.
press with the teeth, vuata.
make an impression (as with (he
fingers), bonyesha.
press and crush food for invalids
or children, vinyavinya.
press against one another, like
sheep in a fiook, songanaso-
ngana.
Pretend to he, jiPanya,
Prevent, zuia, kataza.
Prick, ohoma.
Pride oneself, jisifu.
Print, piga chapa.
Prize up, tekua.
Proceed, enenda, fuliza.
Proclaim, tangaza, hubiri, nadi.
Procure for, patia. [^^eza.
bp procy^rahle, paUkan«.
Profess, UDgama.
Profit, pata fayida, fayidi, oliumi^
tnma (M.).
Prognosticate, bashirL
hy the stars, piga falakL
Prohibit, kataza, gombeza.
Project, tokeza, tukiza.
Prolong, ODgeza urefu, tuiliza, en*
deleza.
Promise, ahidi, toa aliadi.
give a promise to, pa ahadu
Pronounce, ta'mka.
Prop up, tegemeza, ^hikiza.
he propped, tegemea.
prop up a vessel to prevent its
falling over when left hy the
<u2e,gada.
Propose, nena, toa fihauri.
Prosecute, shtakL
Prosper, fanikiwa, Bitawi, kibali,
jaliwa.
Prostrate oneself, sujuda.
before^ to, d:c,, sujudia.
Protect, hami, linda, hifathi, kinga
(u>ard off).
Prove, t^ubutifiha.
he proved, t/iubutu.
Provide, weka akibo.
Provoke, kirihi, kirihisha, tia IiasiiHi
ghathabisha.
Prune, chenga, feka.
Pry, dadisi, fatiishi.
Puff, pnliza.
be puffed up, tuna, fora, Jctca,
jivnna*
Pull, vnta.
puU out, ng'oa.
he pulled out, ng oka.
Moyo nnaning^Qka^ my heart has
jumped into my throat, used of
a person much startled,
pull out feathers, nyonyoa.
LIST OF VERBS.
193
pvXl, out of one^s hand, obopoa.
puU up [roots], ng'oa.
Fumpf piga bomba.
Funishj atbibu, athibisha, tesa
(affiiei)y snmbusha (give annoy-
ance to), patiliza (visit upon).
Purify, takasn, safisha.
hy ceremonial ablutions, tohara.
he purified, safika, talrasika.
Purpose, knsudia, ania.
Pursue, fuata (foUow), wlnda
(chase), fukuza (drive away),
tafiita (seek for).
Push, suknma.*
push against, kumba.
push aside, piga kikumbo,
push off upon, kumbisha.
Put, tia, weko.
put across [a river'], vnsha.
put a pot on the fire, teleka.
put an end to, komesha, ghalri.
put avjay, weka.
put dovm, tua.
put forth leaves, chanua.
put in a line, panga.
put in order, tunga.
put in under anything, vumbika.
put into, tia.
Tia motoni, put it in the fire.
Tia moto, set it on fire,
put into tlie right way, vusha.
put off, akirisha.
put off upon another, sukumiza.
put on [clotlies], vaa.
ptit on his guard, tahathin'sha.
put on a turban hy winding the
doth round (lie head, piga
kilemba.
put out, toa.
put out Ifire], zima, zimia.
put out of Joint, shtusha, ahtua.
ffut ready for use, so^ze%.
put ropes to a native bedstead
tanda wamba.
put to (shut), shindika.
put tofiight, kimbiza.
put to rights, tengeiieza, tongeloza
put to straits, thiiki.
put through, penycsha.
Putrify, oza.
Puzzle, tataoisha.
he puzzled, tatana, f atazanA.
Q.
QuaJee, tetemeka, tctema.
QuarreJ^ gombana, nenana, nazi-
yana.
with, teta, gomba.
Quarry [stone], chimba, vunjai
Quell, tulizo.
Quench, zima.
Quicken, liimiza (inahe quicJcer).
he quick enough (Jbe in time),
diriki.
Quiet, tuliza.
become quiet, tulia, nyamaza,
tulika.
Quit, acha, toka.
Quiver, tetema.
Bace, shindania.
Hain, nya.
It rains, mvua inakunya, mvaa
yanya (M.).
cause it to rain, nyesha.
leave off raining, anuka.
JRaise, inua (lift), paaza (make to
rise), tweka, kweza, pandisha,
Imisha. '
raise the eyebrows by way of sign^
konyeza.
194
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
raise Vie eyebrowB hy way of wnf
tempt, kuuia.
Bange together, pangana.
Ban8(m, komboa, fidi (of the price),
fidia (of the person),
Map with the knucMes, piga konzL
he made Baw, chubuka.
Beach. See Stretch.
(arrive at), lika, wasili, pata.
reach a person, fikia, wasilia.
cause to reach, fikiijha, wasilisha.
put wiHiin his reach, [mw-]eneza.
reach its limit, pea.
Bead, soma, fyoma (M.).
teach to read, somesha.
Beap, Yuna.
(hreah off the heads of Indian
com), goboa.
Bear [a child}, lea.
Beason, tefua.
Bebel, asi, khalifu, tagbi.
Behuke, nenea, lamnu, Jawana.
Behut, dakuliza.
Beceive, pokea, pewa, twaa.
(a^ccep€), kubali, takabali.
receive for some one else, pokelea.
receive a stranger, kaiibisba.
Beclcon, hesabu, wanga.
Becite, karirisba.
Becline, jinyosba, tandawaa, pa-
mzika.
Becognize, tambua, tambalia, fafa-
nua.
he recognizable, lambulikana.
Becollect, kumbuka, fabamu.
Becommend, nenea, ngiza, arifu,
pelcka.
Bwohcile, patanisha, selebisha.
Bedeem, komboa, fidia.
Beduce, punguza.
Beef a sail, pupguza tanga.
Befer to, regea.
Beflect (thinh), kumbuka, waz««
fikiri.
Beform, silibi, Bilihisha, sabibi,
sahibisba.
Befresh, biiradisha, gterebiBha, tar
burndu.
Befuse, kataza, kataa, iza.
refuse to, nyima, hini.
refuse to hdieve, katalia.
Befuie, batili.
Begret, juta, sikitika.
Behearse, karirisba.
Beign, jsnliki, tawala.
Beject, kataa, kania.
Bejoice, (neut.) furahi, fnrahiwa.
rejoioe in, furabia.
maJte to rejoice, furabisba.
shout and triumph, sbangilia.
Bdate, baditbia, nena, toa, p%
BeUix, regezii.
he relaxed, regea,
BeUase, acba, likiza.
from an obligaiion, feleti,
Belish, ona tamn, ona lutbtbai
Bely upon, fungamana, jetea,
Bemain (stay), kaa, kaa kitaka^
keti (IVI.).
he left, saa, salia, baki.
remain awalce, kesba.
remain quiet, starebe. .
to remain as he wishes, kumkalia
tamu.
Bemedy, poza.
Bememher, kumbuka, fahamii.
remernber against, patiliza.
Bemind, kumbusba, fahamigba.
Bemit [sins']* gbofiri.
remit to, gbofiria, ondolea.
Bemove, ondoa, tenga, ondolca.
from an office, uzulu.
Bend, rarua, pasua.
he rer4 to pieces, pasukapasuka^
LIST OF VEBBS.
195
Renounoey acha, kana.
JUiit, panga (hire\ pangisha (ZeQ.
Repaify fanyiza, fanya.
Bepay, lipiza.
Bepent, tubiu
repent of, tubia.
Beply, jiba (gftvfi an an8ioer)y itika
(an«u^er ti^ften oaUed),
B^pf^Vf regeza, lipa.
Reproach, shutamn, kamia, faya.
Requestyi&kek.
Rescue^ toa knnako hatari, toa
mnamo liatari, okoa.
ResembUf fanana na.
make to reseniMe^ fananisha.
Resent, fanya gbalhabu, ingiwa na
ghathabu.
Resign, jiuzalu, jitoa katika.
Resist, khalifu.
Resolve, yakinia, ilzimn.
Rest (neuL) pumzika, tulia, btarebc.
(act,) pmnzisha.
He never rests, hana zituo.
I cannot rest in the house, nyumba
hainiweki.
Restore, rudisha, rejeza.
Restrain, zuia.
Resuscitate, fufua, buiaba.
Retaliate, twaa kasasi, lipia sawa,
jUipiza.
Retire (jgo hack), endelea nyuma. .
Return, (neut.) rudi, regea,
(act) rudisha, rcgcsba.
Reveal, funua.
Revenge, nahma, lipia maovu, toa
revenge oneself, jilipiza (or lipia)
Reverence, nonyekea.
Reverse^ pindua.
Revile, sbutumu.
Revive, (neuL) fufaka, bul, buika.
Revive, as a plant in water, obupnza.
(act) fufua, buisba.
Revolt (disgust), kinaisba.
revolt at, kinai.
Reward, jazi, jazilia, lipia, fatbiU
Ride upon, panda.
Ridicule, fanyizia mzaba, tbihaki
Ring a heU, piga kengele.
Rip, pasua.
Ripen, ivti.
Rise (ascend), paa.
(get up), ondoka.
(stand up), simama, inoka.
(rise to, or out of respect for),
ondokea.
(come to the top of the toater),
zuka.
(of the sun), [kd-]cba.
Roar, lia, nguruma, fanya kisbindo
(make a crash).
Roast, oka.
Rob, ihia (steal from), nyang'anya.
(take by force), poka.
Rook, pembeza.
RoU, (act.) fingirisba.
(neut) fingirika.
(of a river, time, Ac), pita.
Root out, ng-'oa.
Rot, 0Z&,
be Rough, paruga» paruza.
be Round, Yinngfi,
(spherical), viringana.
Rouse from sleep, amsba.
Row, vuta makasia.
be in rows, pangaua.
put in a row, panga.
Rub, sugna.
the skin off, chabna, tuna*
ruh to pieces, fikicba.
rvb in ointment, Ac, paka.
Ruin^ angamisba, poteza> yuna
korofiflbab
2
196
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
le ruined, angamia, tilifu, fliisika
(he sold up),
Bute, tawala.
rule a line, paga mstarL
Jtuminate, teuka.
Tlufiy piga mbio, rukhuthtk
run a risk, hatirisha.
run against^ fulia.
run atray, kimbia
make to run avcay^ kimbiza.
run away from a master, home,
&e,, toroka.
run ashore, panda, tekeza.
run dovm, like tcater, or like a
person down a steep place, to-
Icm'ka. .
run dovm with hloodt ohuruzika
damu.
run hord, kaza mbia
run over, furika.
run loith a shuffling noise Wee a
rat, gaguioisha.
run (in sewing), piga bandi.
Bush along, enda kassi.
Bust (neut), ingia kiito.
Bustle, piga mtakaso.
&
Salute, salimii, sulimn, amkua,
amkia, salimia.
Jtre a salute, piga mizinga ya
ealamu.
Salve, bandlka.
Sanction, toa ithini.
Satisfy, ritbika.
be satisfied or content, [ku-]wa
rathi.
9atisfy with food, sliibisha.
he satisfied, sbiba.
he never satisfied, nycta.
he self -satisfied, kinal
he enough, tosba.
he of use to, faa.
satisfy Zusf, timia ngoa.
Save, okoa, pcmya, vusba.
he saved, okoka, pona, vuka.
(put away), weka.
Saw, kata kwa mauincno, kereza.
Say, sema.
say to, ambia.
Scald, onguza, trngnza,
he scalded, nngua.
Scare, fukuza, tia kbofu.
seare birds from com, &e,, linda
ndege.
Scaiter, tawanya, tapaoya (M-X
farakisha.
he scattered, tawanyika.
scatter about, tawanyatawanya,
tapanyatapanya (M.).
Scent (jput scent to), singa.
smell out, nukiza.
ScoM, fanyizia ukali, nenea, laumu,
karipia.
Scoop up, wangua.
Scorch, unguza, onguza.
he scorched, ungua, ungiilia.
Scorn, tbarau, tweza, peketeka.
Scour, sngua.
Scrape, kuna.
scrape along, kwarnza.
scrape for, wit^, d:o,, kmiia.
scrape into a coarse meal, paaza.
scrape off, puna.
scrape off hark, dirt, scales, Ac,
to dean hy scraping, paa.
scrape on the ground, para.
scrape out, komba.
scrape up, kwangua.
Scratch, kuna, kunyua.
(make a scratch), piga mtai
scratch deeply, papura.
scratch like a hen, pekua.
Scream, piga kiowe, piga yowe.
LIST OF VERBS.
197
Scnihy sngtia.
Search for J tafuta, tefua.
search aXL dboutf tofututafata.
Seal, tia muhuri.
Seduce women, tongoza.
See, ona.
he seen, or visible, onekaiia.
see any one off, safirislia.
Seek, taka.
seek advice, taka shaurL
seek out, hnji.
seek for, tafuta, zengea.
seek otUfor, look ouifor, tafutia.
Seem.
It seems to me, naiona.
seem sweet to, kora.
Seize, kamata, guia, sliika.
seize for deU, filisi.
go quietly and secretly up to a\iy-
thing in order to seize it sud'
denly, nyemelea.
Select, chagua, teua.
Sell, uza. The u- of this word is
very unimportant, it is generally
merged in the -u of kn-, the
sign of the infinitive, which is
retained in most of the tenses,
sell to, liza.
he ordinarily sold, uzanya.
Sendt peleka, leta. ^
to a person, pelekea, lefca.
cause to reach a person, wasi-
lisha.
send away, ondosha, toa.
send hack, rudisha, rejeza.
send upon some Imsiness^ tuma.
Separate, ieng&, weka mbali.
(leave one another), achana, atana
(M.), tokana.
(alienate), furakisha.
lecoTne alienated, farakana, ta-
ngukana. i
separate people icho are fighting^
amua.
(distinguish), pambanua.
he cut off from one another, Ulce
friends separated hy great dis"
tances, tindikiaua.
he Serene, [ku-]wa saff, tulika,
kunduka.
Moyo wake umekunduka, his
heart is at peace.
Serve, tumikia, hadumia.
he a servant, tumika.
serve for, faa kwa.
Set, weka.
(plant), panda.
(of the sun), chwa, twa (SL),
The sun is not yet set,jua hali*
jacliwa.
set a dog on one, tomesha mbwa.
set a trap, tega.
set aside, tangua, ondoa.
set fire to, tia moto, vasha, koka
cboma.
set in order, panga, tunga.
set on to fight, piganisha, pigani-
Bbana.
set open [a door"], sindua.
set out on a Journey, safiri, shika
' njia.
set the teeth on edge, tia ganzi la
meno.
set up (put upwards)^ panza,
(make to stand), simikisba.
set wide apart, panulia.
Settle, (neui,) tuana.
settle an affair, kata maacno.
settle down, tulia.
settle in onis mind, yakinia.
Sew, sbona.
seio through a mattress to confine
the stuffing, tona godoro.
Shade, tia uvuli.
198
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Skakey (act,) tildsa.
(neut) tikiidka.
%hdke ofy epua, knpna.
9hdke outf kung'uta, komnnta
(Mer.).
hecome ShaJloWy panguka.
Shame, tia haya, tabayarisha.
he put to shamey fetheheka, aibika.
Bhampooy kanda.
Shape, umba.
Share, gawanya.
part out in iharef, gawa, husstL
he partners in, shariki, sharikiana.
Sharpen on a stone, noa.
Shave^ nyoa.
shave round the head, leaving hair
on the crown only, kata denge.
shave xxU save one long tujt, kata'
Shed, pukutika. [kinjunjnrL
SheU, pnpatua.
shea heans, Ac, pna boazi, &c
sheU nuts, Ac, hy heating, banja,
menya.
Shelter, tia kivolL
Shift a hurdenfrom one to another,
pokezanya.
shift over a sail to the other side,
kisi tanga.
Shine, ng'aia, zagaa, mekamcka.
Shiver (neut.), tapatapa, tetema,
tetemeka, tapa.
Shoot [mth a gun"], piga [kwa
bunduki].
(as a plant), chnpuka, chnpmsa.
Shorten, fupiza.
he short and small, knndaa.
faU short, pnnguka, tindika (A.).
Shout, piga kelele.
Shove out of the way, piga kikumbo.
Show, onyesha, onya. >
show a light; mulika.
show one's teeth, toa mcna
hecome Shrewd and knowing, &»
make Shrewd, eievtisha. [vuka,
Shriek, piga kiyowe.
Shrink (hecome smaUer), pnngna.
(from something), jikunja.
shrink up, jikunyata, fingaiia.
Shrivel (neut), nyauka, finyana,
kunjana.
Shrug the shoulders, inua mabega«
Shudder, tetemeka.
Shun, epuka.
Shuffle along, gugnnisba.
shuffle cards, tanganya karate.
Shut (put to), shindika.
(fasten), funga.
(close), f umba.
shut against, fungisha.
he Sick or ill, ugtia, [kri-]wa mwtii,
[kil-]wa hawezi, «&c See III
and Vomit
He feels sick or sea-sick, moyo
wamcbafuka, moyo nmemwelea
(M.), ana ng'onga (A.).
Sift, cbunga (hy shaking), peta or
pepeta (&y tossing), pepua
(separate large and smaU, whole
and hrolcen grains). Sifting i$
ahjuays done hy tossing aaid
sihdking in a round flat hasket.
Sigh, ligna, k^kota roho (draw
hreath with an effort).
Silence, nyamazisba.
hecoTne sHent, nyamaza.
continue silent, nyamaa.
he Silly, piswa.
Sin, fanya thambi, kosa.
Sing, imba, tmnbniza (2tt2Z).
Sink (act), zamisba, tosa (drcwn),
didimisha (into a solid sulj-
stance),
(neui^, zama, tota (drown), didi*
mia (sink into a solid substance).
LIST OF VERBa,
199
Bipi nywa funda (f to take in by
gulps).
Sit, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (IL),
Take a seat, kaa kitako.
sit like a hen, atamia.
Skin, chuna, tuua (M.)*
Slander, siogizia, fitiui, amba, tha*
mu.
Slap, piga kofi.
Slash, tema.
Slaughter, chinja (to kill by euUing
the throat), tinda (M.). It is
not lawful to eat any meat that
has not been so killed.
Sleep, lala.
Sleep weU 1 Lala unono I
doxe, siDzIa.
I am sleepy, ninao uzingizi.
he slept upon, lalika.
Slide, telcza.
Sling, tupa kwa kombeo.
Slip, telcza.
It is slippery, pana ntelezi.
slip down a steep plaoe, poromoka,
telem'ka.
slip away grain by grain lilce
sand or corn, dondoka.
slip off, or out of one*s hand^ <i^o.,
chopoka, ponyoka.
Slit, pasua.
iSZojpe, inama.
be Sluggish, pumbaa.
Smart, waka.
make to smarts nyonyota.
Smear on, paka.
SmeU (emit a smell), nuka, nnsa.
I smed ambergris, ioaninuka
ambari {avpJbergris makes a
smell to me).
Bo you not smeU itf Huifiikii
ikiiiuka ? (Do you not perceive
it making a smell i)
SmeU at, nuklza*
Smile, tabassam, <)lieka, kunja
luldomo.
Smokef toka moslu.
smoke tobacco, vuta tumbako.
smoke (meaf^ d:c.), piga mvuke.
Smoothe, lainisha.
Smoulder, vivia.
Smuggle, iba iishnnu
Snap, olika (neuL), alisba (acL)k
Snare, tega.
Snarl, toa meno.
Snatch, nyakua, pokonycu
Sneeze, chafya, shamua, enda or
piga chafya.
Snore, koroma, piga mlsouo (make
a whistling sound).
Snort, piga pua*
Snub, kemea.
SoaJc, woweka.
Sob, Ingia na shake la knlift.
Sober^ levusha.
become sober, levuka.
Soften, lainisha.
Solve, wathaiaba, weka Wazi
eleza.
Soothe, tnliza, pembeza, ttuubuiza.
be Sorry, eikitika, kosiiika (60
vexed), juta (regret).
lam sorry for it, sioni vema,
Sound, pima majL
It sounds hollow, panalia ivazi.
Sow seeds, panda, yaa (A.).
sow discord, fitini.
Sparkle, merimeta, mekameka, me*
metiika (A.)*
^^k, nena, sema (8ay)i tamka
(pronounce), ambia (say to).
speak about, at, for, or against^
ncuea.
speak against, amba.
speak distinctly, pambazaa.
200
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Speak out ! Sema sana I
make a speech^ taguaa, lumba.
tpeaJc Arabic, sema Kiarabn.
^^7c a Jumble of different Ian-
guagei or dialects, goteza.
not to apeak, nyamaa.
Spell, endeleza.
Spend, tumia, khdrij.
epend upon or abotU, harijia, glia-
rimia.
epend time, ongca.
SpiU, mwaga, mimina.
be epiU, miminika.
Spin, sokota.
Spit, tema mate.
Splash, (act,) rusliia.
(neuL) nikia, tawonya.
Splice [a rope], unga.
la spar], gauga.
Split, (act.) pasTia.
split up, (neut) pasukapasuka.
split down (branches), (aeL)
kwanua.
be split down, as when any one has
been trying todimb up by them^
kwannka.
Spoil, haribu, vunja.
(neut), haribika, oza.
Sport toilh, laabu.
Spout out, ruka.
TJie whale spouts, nyamgumi
anatoamofihi
SpratTi, shtuaha mshipa, tenka.
be sprained, shtuka mshipa.
Spread, (neut.) enea, farishi.
(act.) eneza. [ka.
be opened and spread over, kunju-
spread a cloih or a bed, tandika.
spread out, tanda.
spread [news'], taligaza.
(become known), tangaa.
Sprifildet nyunyiza.
Sprout, mea^oliupuka, tokeza (skoiB
itself)^ cbanua (put forth
leaves).
Spy out, peleleza.
Squabble, bishana, gombana.
Squander, fuja, tapanyatapanya.
Squeak,\\&,
Squeeze, kamua.
(grasp), fumbata.
squeeze together (act.), songa.
(neut.) songaua.
squeeze oneself into a hedge w
ojgaind a waJiX to let others pass^
jibanza.
'Squint, [ki!-]wa na makengcza.
Stab, choma.
Stagger, pepa.
be staggered, toshea, shangaa.
(astonish), shaugaza.
Stain, tia waa, tia madoadoa (spot).
Stalk [an animaX}, nyemelea.
Stammer, [kd-]\va na kigagumizu
Stamp, piga ohapa.
Stand, Bimama, kaa.
up or stm, simama (of persons),
make to stand, aimaiuisha, simiki-
fiha.
stand aghast, ghumiwa.
stand by, Bimamia.
stand in the way of, kindana.
stand ovei', akiri.
stand staring, Bhangna.
Stare ai, kodolea.
Start (be startled), shtuka, gutaka.
(set oul), ondoka, safiri
start out of tJie way, kwepa.
Startle, shtua, stusha, kutusha.
Starve, (neuL) £a kwa njaa.
(act.) fisha kwa njaa.
Stay, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.)*
He stayed all day, aliBhinda
kutwa.
LIST OF VERBS.
201
(ff^atQ, Dgoja, snbiri.
(hotter), kawia, kawiiia.
{remain over longX hajirika.
(8top) (act)y zuia.
be Sieadi/y tungamana, tulia.
Steal, iba, jepa (A.).
steal from, ibia.
Steep, choveka, owamiBlia.
he steeped, owama.
Steer, shika shikio.
Steer northwards, sliika mdjira ya
jaa.
[a vesseQ, andika.
Step over, kiuka, kla.
Stick, (neut,) shika, gandama^ a-
mbata.
(act.) ambatiza, ganda.
tticJc together, ambatana, ganda-
mana, guiana (Mer.).
9tich/ast, kwama, sakuma.
Btich into [iJie efmbers to he roasted],
vumbika.
slich out, (neut.) tokeso.
(act) benua.
Stifle, zuia pumuzi.
Still, tuliza, nyamazlylia.
he very still, zizima.
Stimulate, tabarrakisha.
Sting, uma.
Stinh, nuka, nnka vibaja.
Stir, boruga, vuruga, kologa.
ftir up and knock ahout, tibua.
stir up, turn over, and press
together, songa.
stir up (fire, strife, Ac), chocbe-
Stoop, inama. pezea.
Stop, (act.) zuia (hold in), koinesba
(ma/ire to cease), kingamisha
(hhch).
(neut.) simama (stand), koma
(leave qff).
slop and stagnate, yilia.
slop short of its purpose or pef
fection, via.
stop up, zibsu
Store up, weka akiba.
Stow, pakiza.
Straddle (walk with the legs far
apart), tagaa.
Straighten, nyosba.
he straight, nyoka.
Strangle, nyongac; songa.
Strain (a liquid), cbuja, tuja (M.).
See Sprain, popotoa.
(make a violent effort), kakamuka.
Stray, potea, zunguka.
Strengthen, tia nguvu.
Stretih, nyosba.
stretch up to reach anything, chu-
cbumia.
stretch one*s legs, kunjua miguiL
stretch the tlireads for weaving^
tenda nguo.
Uretch across an opening (act»)y
tanda, wamba.
Strew, mwagia, nyunyiza.
StriJce, piga.
strike on the ground, piga na ncbL
strike (he foot against anything,
kwaa.
strilce with the hoof, piga kwata.
strike oui (in writing), futa.
strike a sore place, tonesba.
String (beads, <fcc.)» tunga.
Strip off, ambua, pua, menya,
babua.
(branches, leaves, Ac), pagua.
Strive with, sbindana na, teta, ho*
sumu.
(maJie an effort), fanya bidii or
jubutli.
strive for breath, t\reta.
Stroke, papasa.
StroU about, zungukazungoka.
202
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
be Strong ami tedl-hnU, pirikana,
kakawana.
Struggle^ fanya juhudu
Study, taali.
meet in a cUusfor sludyi dnnuL
StumbUy jikwaa.
make to stumble, kwaza.
Stun.
he stunned, potea na akili, rukwa
na okili
t viza.
be stunted, via.
Stutter, [kii-]\va na kigugumizi,
babaika.
Subdue, tiisha, shinda.
Submit to. Hi, fuata.
Succeed (Jddow), ja mahali pake.
Suck a one succeeded him, boada
yake alikuja na fullani.
(prosper), fanikiwa, kibali.
eucceed in doing, pata kufanya.
Suck, nyonya, amwa (M.), fycmda,
fyonza.
9uck up, nwa.
euck out, sonda.
I have sucked him dry (got aU the
information, Ac, I can out of
him), nimemzua.
Suckle, nyonyesha, amwisha (M.).
Sue for (at law), dai.
Suffer, teswa, taabika, nmwa.
what he suffered, mambo yalio-
mpata.
euffer loss, pata hasara.
Suffice, toska, toshelezo, kifo.
Suggest, ndsiha.
Suit, faa (he of use to), lingana
(match), wafiki (he suitable to).
Sum up, jumlisha.
Superintend, simamia, angalia.
Supply, dwini, nizuku (used etr
peeiaUy of God),
eupply a trader with goods an
er&dit, kopeska.
Support, t^iemeza, himili, cbukoa.
he supports his parents, awachn-
kua wazee wake.
Suppose, thani (think), thania (think
of), kiai (guess).
Suppurate, toa uzaba.
become Surety, thamini.
Surpass, pita.
Surprixe, toshea, taajabieba.
be surprized, taajabu, toshewa.
(eom£ upon suddenly), fumnmay
gundua.
Surrender, sellim.
Surround, zangnka, tandama (?X
darn.
Survey, aua.
Survive, Lkii-]wa hayi baada ya.
Suspect, tbania, tuhnmu. ingiashaka.
Swagger, tamba, wayavraya.
Swallow, meza.
Sioay, punga.
sway about, like a drunken man,
lewa1ewa» tunbaamba.
sway backwards and forwards^
tangatanga.
sway like a tree loaded with fruit,
wayawaya.
sway about in tJie wind, ynniba.
Swear, apa.
su>ear at, apiza.
make to swear, afya, apislia,
Sv>eat, toka hari, fanya jasho.
Sweep, fagia, pea (M.).
sweep together, zoa.
su)eep away aU there is, knmba.
SweU, fura, vimba, tuna, vana.
rise into litUe swellings, tutukai
tutumka, tntusika.
Swim (of a man), ogolea.
(float), elea.
LIST OF VBttBS.
203
moyo unaelea (M.)* J fed dig-
turhed in my inside,
(make tofioat\ elezo.
ifwindle^ punja.
Stoing. See Sway (neut,\ ning^adA.
(act.% ning^iniza, bembesha.
ncing the amu, which is reckoned
an elegance in a woman^s car'
riage, punga mikono.
swing round the head in dandng,
linga.
T.
Tach (in sewing), piga bandi.
(in sailing), piudua kwa goahlnu
Take, twaa.
(receive), pokea, pewa.
(to a person), pelekea.
(to a place), peleka, chukua, fikiza.
take a portion from the dish in
eating, mega, ambua.
taJce a piece in chess, la.
take a walk, tembea, enda tembea.
take across, vna, yukisha, vusha.
take as spoil, teka,
take away, ondoeha, toa.
take away from a person, twalia.
take aioay from, or off from, epua,
okoa.
take away the desire of anything
more, kmaisba.
take hyforcCt nyang'anya.
take care, angalia.
take care of, tunza.
take civet from the ngawa, zabidi.
take courage, tawakali, piga moyo
konde.
take down, angua.
take leave of, aga, agana na.
tdke off (clothes), vna.
(the fire), ipviSi,
take one's due, jilipizc.
take one's revenge, jilipiza kisasL
take out, opoa, ondosha, too.
take otU of a trap, namua (Her.).
take out of the sun or rain, atiiia.
taJce out of the pot, pakna.
taJee suddenly and violently, poka.
take Hie reeponsibility, tadariki
take to pieces, kongoa.
take up, tweka.
talie up a litUe at a time^ chota,
dokoa.
take upon oneself the dbligations
of another, hawilL
TaVc, nena, sema, jizumgumza.
talk about, to, of, at, for, or against^
nenea.
talk against one another, nenana.
talk a person over into doing or
idling something, nyenya.
taJk and murmur in om^s sleep^
weweseka.
taJJi English^ dte^ sema EiiDgrezi,
d-c.
talk nonsense, puza, puzika.
taUc scandal about, amba» izara.
talk through the nose, semea puanl,
[kiC-]wa na kingVmg'o.
Tangle, tia matata, tatanisha.
he tangled, tatana, tatazana.
Tap, gota, gonga, chapa.
Tarry, kawa, kaa.
Taste, onda» onja, thuku, limbuka
(taste a new erop, &c,, for Oie
first tiine).
Tax, fanya ushura (?).
Teach, fnndislia, fauza, fnnda, elo-
misha (instruct),ynj9^ juvisha
or julisha (make to know).
Tear, raraa, babua, papua, papura.
he torn, raruka, babuka, papuka.
tear down [branches, &c.], kwft"
nua.
204
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
he torn down and hrolceny kwa-
nyuko.
Teaze, chokoza, kefyakefya.
Fellf ambia.
teU a taley hadithi, Ladithia, nena
or toa hadithi.
tell tales ah<mt, chongeleza.
Tempt, jaribu (try), shawiabi (per-
iuade).
Tend to, lekea.
Tend (sheep, d:e,\ cbunga, tunga
(M.), liflha.
Terrify, ogofya, tiaha, kboflsba.
Testify, shubudu, sbubudia, sema
uslmbuda.
Tether, funga.
TJianh, ambia asanti, shuknni (very
seldom used except of €hd).
Tliank you, assant, marababa
(this last is the proper answer
to a slaveys salutaiioh).
Thatch, vimba, ezeka.
Think (consider), aza, fikui, tafa-
kari, kumbiika.
(suppose), tbani, tbauia.
think oneself, jiona.
think oneself a man, jipevua.
think of, tia maanani, kumbiika
(remeniber), nia, ania, or nuia
(have in one^s mirtd).
Thirst, ona kiu (feel UUrst), [ktC-]
\7a na kiu Qiave thirst),
threaten, ogofya, ogofiaha, kboflsba,
kamia (?).
Tliresh, piga, pura (beaJt out com),
fikicba kwa miguu (tread out),
fikicba kwa mikono (rub out).
Thrill, tetema.
lltrive, sitawi, fanikiwa (of persons
ordy).
Tlirdb, puma.
Tliiottle, kaba.
Throw, tupa.
throw a rider, rusba.
{hrow a stone, Ac, yurumisba.
throw about, tawanya, tapany*
(M.), cbafua, tefua (M.).
throw at, tupia.
throw away, tupa.
throw down, angusba.
throw overboard, tosa.
throw up, or off, rusba.
throw a burden off the shoulder,
&c., bwaga.
Tliunder, Piii-]wa na ngurumo (dis-
tant), piga radi (near).
Thwart, balifu.
Tickle in the ribs, tekenya, sbtua.
Tie, fuDga.
tie a knot, piga fai)do.
tie up into a bundle or faggot,
tita.
Tighten, (act) kaza, tia kassi, (neut,)
kazana, kazika.
Tingle, ona kinyenyefu.
Tip off ttie head, shoulder, Ae^
bwaga.
be Tipsy, lewa, jilevyfc
make tipsy, levya.
Tire, cbosba, taajazL
become tired, cboka.
be tiresome, refuse to be pleased.
Toast, oka. [deka.
be Together.
We are Together, tu sote.
Tolerate, stabimili, vumilia.
Torment, atbibn, utbi, atbibisba.
Toss, rusba.
Totter, tetem^a (tremble), pepe-
snka (be shaken), kongoja
(totter in ojie's walk),
Touchf gusa.
touch gently, papasa.
touch up, tengeneza.
LIST OF VEBB8.
205
Touifor custom^ Ao., sapa.
Totff, fungaea.
Tracks fuatu nyayo,
Trade^ fanya biashara.
irade iri a small way, Jceep a BtaU,
ohuraza.
Train up, adibn, lea.
Trample, finyanga, kauyaga.
Transcribe, nakili.
Transform, geuza, badilL
be Transparent, ng'ara.
Transgress, taghi, halifu.
Translate, tafsiri, fasui, geuza.
Trap, tega.
Travail (of a woman), shlki^a na
utnngu.
Travel, safiri.
Tread, kanyaga, vioga (^I.), finya-
nga (trample).
Treat, tendea.
he treats me badly, hanltendea
vibaya.
he treats meweU, hunitendca zema.
Tremhle,ietemtk, tetemeka,tapatapa.
Trichle, tiiiiika.
Trim, tengeneza.
trim vegetables, &o., for sale, cha-
trim (sail), rausi. [mbna.
Triumph, shinda, fanya shangwi.
Trot, enda mashindo (of a horse),
enda matiti (of an ass),
TrovhU, taabisha, sumbna.
be troubled, taabika, siunbuka,
Bhughulika.
be troubled in mind, fathaika.
Trust in, amini, jetea, tumania.
entrust to, aminisha, weka, amini.
(have confidence), tumaini.
trust in God and take courage,
tawakali.
Try, jaribu, onja (taste).
try hard, jitahidi, fanya bidii. I
Tuck into the girdU, &e,, fulika.
TufMe, angnka, pomoka.
tumbnkia (faU into).
Turn or turn into, (act.) geuza, geua.
(neut) turn, turn into, turn itself,
geuka.
turn over, or the other way,
pindua (act.), pinduka (neut.).
twn round something else, zu-
nguka (neut), zungusha (act.).
He turned round, aligenka.
T?ie river turns, mto unaznnguka.
The ship turned, merikebu ilipi*
nduka.
turn (prevent its going on in the
same direction), pinga.
turn aside (neut.), potoa, potoka.
turn bottom upwards, f udikiza.
turn in a latJie, kereza.
turn out weUfor, fanikia.
Tweak, nyukna.
Twist, (act) nyonga, songa, popotoa.
(neut) potoka.
[a rope"] sokota, guka, pakasa
(Mer.).
U.
Unclose, fumbna.
he Uncomfortable, taabika, Bumbuka,
toa kuona raha.
Uncover, funua.
Unfasten, fangua.
Understand, sikia, jua, fafanna,
tambua (recognize).
I understand, yameuiolea, yamc-
nitulilia.
niake to understand, sikiza.
to be mutually intelligible, maht
one another understand, siki-
zana.
Undertake, tbamaini, jilazimibba
tadarlki.
£06
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Dnderwdue, rakhifiisba.
Undo (unfasten), fungmt
untie a hnot, fundua.
(ruin)^ poteza.
UndreiB, vua nguo.
XlnfMy kuujua.
Unite, nnga, iingana.
Unpick or Unrip, fumiia.
become unteum, f umuka.
Unroof, ondoa sakafu (take off a
stone roof), ezua paa, or zu-
mbDa paa (A.), (take off thatch).
Unsew, fumua.
come unseton, fumiLkft.
Unthatdh, ezua, zumbua (A.)
Untie, fuDg^a.
a knot, fundua.
Upbraid, nenca, tuhumu, taya.
Upset, pindua.
Urge, sukuma, kaza.
Urinate, kojoa.
Use (make use of), tumia.
To have been used for something,
kolikuwa na kilu.
be of use, faa.
be of use to one another, faana.
use had language to, tukana.
use words well and correctly,
garifu.
Use (accustom), zoeza.
become used to, zoea.
Utter, ta*mka.
Value, tia kima (put a price upon),
penda (like),
be valuable, faa, faa sana, [ku-]
wa na manfaa.
Vanish, toweka, toa kuonekana,
potea, tokoinea (gel out of one's
sight).
€h and hide yourself J Tokomea 1
Venture, hatiiisha, ^ubatiL
Vex, kasirisha.
be vexed, kaslrika, chnkiwa.
be Visible, onekaoa.
Visit, enda kuangalia, kutazama^
or kuzuru, jia (come to), endea
(goto).
be visited, jiwa.
visit upon, patiliza.
Vomit, tapika, kokomoka (beldt otiQ.
maUe to vomit, tapiaha.
Void, tangua, batilL
be made void, tanguka.
Vow, weka nathiri (make a vowX
perform a vow, ondoa nathirL
W.
Wail, omboleza.
Wait, or wait for, ngoja, saburi,
Bubiri.
Wait a bit, ngoja kwanzai
wait upon, ngojea.
Wake, (neut.) a'mka.
(acL) a*msha.
remain awake, kesba, angoia.
be awake, [ku-]wa macbo.
wake up suddenly with a starts
zinduka, zindukana.
TTaZe^alia.
Walk, enda, enda kwa migun.
(of a horse or ass), enda delki.
walk about, tembeloa.
talce a walk, tembca.
walk up and doum, enda masia.
toalk lame, cheohea, enda chopL
Wander, zunguka, potea.
in mind, papaynka.
Want (need), taka, ihtajia, ihtajL
(wish to have), taka,'ipa.
be wanting, ihtajiwa, pungnka.
Ward off, kioga (receive on some^
thing), bekua (knock off again)
LIST OF VEBD8.
207
Warm ttp, kangn moto, pasba moto.
Warn^ onya, ambia, nasi, liatha-
risha (pu< on one's guard).
Warp, benuka (as wood does in
Wash, osha. Idrying),
wofh clothes, fua; by ddbbing
gently only, ohachaga.
oneself, nawa.
wash on^s hands, nawa luikono.
Waste, (act,') tilifu, tilifisha, fuja,
tbii, haribu, tawanya, tapanya
(M.).
(neut) piingua, tilifika.
Watch, (act.) vizia, ngojea, angalia.
he^ watches, ngojea kwa zamu.
watch over, linda.
(not to sleep), kesba, angaza.
Water, tia maji, nywedia maji
make water, kojoa.
Wave, (act.) punga.
(neut,) tangatanga.
Waver, shangaa.
Waylay, otea.
Wedlcen, thooflsha, toa nguvn.
become weak, tboofika.
be Weaned, aoba ziwa (leave the
breast), gbisbwa.
Wear, — the past tenses of kuvaa,
to put on, are used to express
ioearing.
He wears, amevaa.
He wore, alivaa.
Wear away, (neut.) lilok pungua,
pnngnka.
(act,) la, punguza.
Wear out, (neut.) obakaa (by age or
use).
He wore out my patience^ alinonde-
lea saburi.
Wear ship, pindua kwa dain^^inL
Weary, chosha.
become weary, choka^
Weave, fuma.
tenda nguo, to strdch (he threads
ready for weaving,
tarizi, weave a border on to a piece
of doth. This is the only hind
of weaving done in Zanzibar,
Weed (hoe up weeds), boruga, pali«
Weep, lia. [iia,
weep together, lizana.
burst into tears, bubujika inachozi.
Weigh, pima.
weigh down, lemea, topeza.
Weld on a piece of steel or iron,
tambuza.
Wet, tia maji, ohofya majini (dip in
water).
Whet, noa.
Whisper, nong'ona, noog'onezana,
nong'onia.
Whistle, piga mbinda, miunzi, mi-
fiono, or miao. Most, if not aU,
of these refer to an involuntary
whistttng sound; to whisUe
voluntarily is regarded in Zan^
tibar as profane.
Widen, panna (act.), panuka (pass.).
WiU, taka, penda.
If God will, insballab, Muungu
akinijalla ('/ God gives me the
power).
Win, pata.
Wind (neui.), zongazonga, zungu-
kazunguka.
wind thread, kunja uzi.
Wink, kopesa, pepesa, pesa.
Kukonyesba, to raise (he eyebrows ;
this is a sign used as winking
is in England,
Wipe, futa, pangusa.
ioipe the nose, futa kamasf.
With, taka, penda.
Wither, nyaiika, fa, fifi^
208
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
WiOiholdfromf ii3-in:a, liini
WUriesSj ona («ea).
hear toitnesB, shuhudu.
witne$$ about, for or againat, shu-
hudia.
Wonder, taajabn, staajabn.
Worky fimya kazi, tenda kozL
work in metal, f na.
{ferment), chacha.
Worry^ Bumbua, sumbTisha.
Wortiiip, abudu, abudia.
be Worth, pata kima (get a price).
What is it worth f Chaimtaje ?
Woundy umiza.
be wounded, jcrnhL
wound by striding or piercing un-
awareif 7uaza»
Wrap, kimja.
IFrec^ Ynnja.
be wrecked, Tnnja, Tuiijika.
go on aJiore, panda.
be on shore, pweleka.
Wrestle, pigana kwa mbayo.
Wriggle, nyonganyonga.
Wring, soDJoa, kamna, popoton.
Wrinkle, nyeuka.
become wrinkled, knnjana.
Writhe (like a wounded 6nak€)t
Write, andika. [fingirika
Wrong, thulmniL
Yawn, cTida, or piga miayo, Tuiiua
kiQwa,
( 209 )
ADVERBS,
PEEPOSITIONS AND OONJUNCTIONa
AdVEPvBS,
A dverLs in Swahili follow the words they qnalify.
Sema sanay speak out. NJema sana, Yery good.
Adjectives may be used as Adverbs by prefixing vi*
or vy-.
Kunuka vibaya, to smell badly.
Verbs in the Infinitive and Substantives generally
may be made to serve as Adverbs by the use of the
Preposition hwa.
Kwa uwongo, falsely. Kwa Jcujua, knowingly.
Many English Adverbs may be translated by sana
(very), which intensifies the action or quality expr^ssccl
by the word to which it is subjoined,
Vtita Bana ! Pull hard !
Sluhasana! Hold tiglitl
Endasanal Go fast I
Prepositions.
There are in Swahili very few Prepositions. Indeed
there are scarcely more tJifi^n four, na, ya^ "kwa, and hatiha*
210
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Kaiika lias the same force as tlie case in -ni^ it denotes
locality in nearly every form in which locality can
require to be expressed. Kwa denotes instrumentality
and object. Na is and or wiih^ and hy of the agent after
a passive Verb ; in this last sense m is used at Hombas
and in other dialects. Fa, or rather -a with a variable"
initial letter, denotes possession ; it is treated as a pos^
Bessive pronoun, and changes its first letter according
to the class of the noun which precedes it, that is of the
person or thing possessed ; it can very nearly always
be translated by of. Its forms appropriate to each class
of substantives are : —
Class V. siiig. la, plor. yo.
„ VI. „ wra, „ «a.
„ Vn. „ fa, „ |)a.
„ YIIL „ "kvca^ n haa.
Bee p. 209 in original.
Many of our Prepositions are expressed by a Noun or
Adverb followed by -a. Many others are expressed by
Verbs in their simple or applied forms (p. 169). Some
can scarcely be expressed at all. The Preposition from
seems to be almost wholly wanting in Swahili. It is
sometimes implied in the Verb, as in Icutoha, to come or
go from, or to come or go out of, but generally it is
marked only by hatiha or the case in -ni, which denote
merely the locality in which the action commenced.
From, of time, may be translated by tangu, or by toha^
or tokeuy which do not seem to be used of space or deri-
vation, but to be best tranalated by since or beginning
from^
Class I. dng.
tea, plur. tea.
V **• »>
V!a, „ ya.
„ in. „
ya, „ za.
It lY« •»
c/*a. „ vya.
CONJUNCTIONS. 211
Until tOy as far as, of time and space, are frequently
translated by hatta, and (less elegantly) by mpdka^
followed by a substantive.
Conjunctions,
Conjunctions are often dispensed with by tbe use of
tbe tenses with -ha-. And, but, or any other mere con-
nective in a narrative, is unnecessary where the -ha-
tense is employed, as in all ordinary cases it must be.
The Imperative and Subjunctive may also have -Jfco-
prefixed with the force of the Conjunction and^^
Katupa ! And throw it awny.
Enenda sokoni Iccdeta ndizi I Go to tho market and fetch some
bananas.
Uone, ukasadiJci, that you may see and believe.
If and other Conjunctions introducing a state are
generally expressed by using the -K- tense of the Verb
(see Verbs, p. 136).
In order that is generally expressed only by putting
the Verb which expresses the purpose into the sub-
junctive.
pa
212
BWAEILI EANDBOOK.
LIST OF ADVEEBS, PEEPOSITIONS. AND
CONJUNCTIONS.
A.
AhouU (near) karibu no, kama.
(in the neighhourhood of), upande
wa.
Above, (adv.) jnu.
(p-c|).)juuya.
Abundantly y tele, sana.
After, (adv.) nyuma, baada.
(prep.) nyuma ya, baada ya.
Nyuma ia more correctly used of
plaee, and baada, of time.
After this, akiiaha (lie finishing),
akaisha (and he finished).
Afterwards, nyumaye, baada yako,
baadaye, tena, kiisha, halafu,
pindi.
Again, mara ya pili, tcna.
Against, juu ya. Against is com-
monly expressed by (he we of
the applied form of the verb.
Ago.
long ago, zamani za kale, zamaui,
kwanza.
How Jong ago ? Tangu lini ?
ten days ago, loo siku kumi, kwa
giku kumi, tangu siku kumi
AllJce, sawasawa, ginsi mojo, ma*
moja.
Almost, karibu na.
Alone, poke yake, &c. (by himself,
&c.), tu (only). Tu alwayn
follows the word or phrase
qualified by it.
Along, kandokando ya.
along with, pamoja na.
Alongside, mbavuni.
Aloud, kwa sauti kubwa.
Already, mbele (before), sasa (noio).
He is already gone away, ame-
kwisha kwenda zoke (p. 155).
Also, na, tena. Ka always precedes
wluit it is connected wUh.
AWiough, kwamba, ikiwa.
Altogether, pia yote, kabisa.
Always, sikuzote, dayima, abadun,
kipindi, milele (for ever).
Amidst, katikati ya.
Among, katika.
among themselves, wao kwa wao.
Anciently, zamani za kale, kwanza.
And, na.
^And he, and I, ^e. See p. XO^t
ADVERBS, PREFOSITIOm, Ac
213
And U very often expressed hy the
use of the -ka- tense. See p, 134
and p, 141.
And followed hy a negaUve must
he translated hy wola.
Avd so, and then, d;c., bassi.
Any is expressed hy using Vie fwrd
absolutdy.
Anywhere, po pote.
1 don*t see anything, sioni kito.
Anything whaieverfkitvL chocliote.
Apart, mbali.
Around, pande zote, mzlngo wa.
As (when, or if), -po-, -ki-. Seep, 136.
(as if), kama, kana, kwamba.
(like), -vyo, -vyo-, added to or
insert in the verb.
As you please, upendavyo.
As it was formerly, yalivyokuwa
kwanza. .
As followed hy 9La is generally
omitted.
As hig as a house, kubwa kama
nyumba.
As it stands, slielabela.
Ashore, pwani.
go ashore, panda (of a ship), sliu-
kA (of a person),
he ashore (of a ship), pwelowa.
Aside, kando.
At, kwa, katika ; case in *^m,folU)wed
hy pronouns in p-, when it <2e-
notes nearness only, hut hy pro-
nouns in kw- when it is inde^
terminate*
At first, awali, kwanza.
At home, kwangn, kwako, kwake,
kwetn, kwenu, k wao, nynmbani.
Be is not at home^ hako. Ilaynko
is commonly used hy slaves in
Zanzibar, hut is wholly incorrect.
At Icwi^ mwisho, hatima, hatta.
At length, hatta, Latima.
At night, usiku.
At once, mara, mara moja.
At the top, juu.
At the hottom, chinL
Auiay,
go away, enda zangu, zako, &c.,
according to the person going,
come away, ja zake, &c.
He is away, hjoiko,
B.
Back, nyuma.
He went Uusk, alirudi nynma.
upon the hack, kwa tani, chali.
Bacikwards, kingaligali (M.).
Because, kwa sababu.
because of, kwa sababu yo, kwa
ajili ya, kwani (for).
Before^ (adv.) mbele, kwanza.
(prep.) mbele ya or za, kabia ya.
Kabla is useU preferably of time^
mbelo of place.
To go before, tangulia.
Before he goes to sleep, asijclala.
Before I die, kabla sijafa.
Behind, (adv,) nymna.
(pr^.) nyuma yo.
Below, (adv,) chim.
(prep.) chini ya.
Beside, kando la, kandoksndo ya,
zayldi ya (more than).
Besides, tona, zayidi; na (dlso),pre'
ceding the thing mentioned.
Better, afathali, beri or kheiiL
You had better go, afathali uene-
nde, u heri uenende.
Afathali is preferably, heri mean$
it would bo a good thing.
Between, katikati ya, beina.
Beyond, (adv.) kwa kuko.
(prep.) zayidiya, juu ya.
214
BWABILt HANDBOOK.
beyond (of flaee)y Qpande wa
pili wa.
Both — and"-^ na — ^na,
Both of them, wote \niwili, sote
mbili, &o., &0.
Butf lakini, wallakinl (and however),
iUakini (except however), ilia,
boli iA many easee but may
he best translated hy (he we of
the -ka- tenee of the verb.
By (after a passive verb), na, ni
(M.).
(of an instrument), kwa.
(near) katika), ease in 'in followed
by pronouns in p-.
Certainly, yokini, hokika, hnpana
shaka.
You eertainly^ d'C, Hakika yako,
&c
ChohefuO, tobtob.
Ckmstanily, abadan, dayima.
Crookedly^ kombokombO|mifiliiiliari,
BaUy, killa sikn, siku kwa sikiL
DlrecUy, See Now.
Distinctly, kiada.
Doum, chini.
During, wakati wa.
During his journey, alipokuwa
akifiafiri, akiwa akiiiafirL
Early, mapema.
JSasUy, u^su
EHher—or—, ao — ao— , ama—
ami^— .
Elsewltere, panginepo.
Entirely, pia, kabisa, yote, pia yote.
Ere, kabla ya, mbele ya. See B^ore,
Even, batta.
Even if, -japo. Bee p, 138.
Ever, sikuzote, dayima» kipindL
for ever, milele.
Everywhere^ mahali pote.
Exactly, halisi, khasaa, bawaba.
Exceedingly, 'mno subjoined to ^
word qualified, eaua.
Except, ilia, ela (M.). Exoept may
often be expressed by the use
of (lie tense wi(h -sipo. See
p. 146.
except by, billa.
Excessively, 'mno subjoined to (he
word qualified, cbapa, obapank
F.
Far or far off, mbalL
First, kwanza, mbe1e»
to go first, kutangulia.
FluenUy, kama majL
For, (conj.) kwani
(prep.) kwa. For is generally
expressed by the use of (he op-
pliedform of the verb*
(in the place of), mahali pa.
for (he space of, muda wa.
for the saJce of, kwa ajili ya.
for my sake, unipendavyo (as you
love me).
Formerly, kwanza. zamani,
Fordi, 'nje.
to go forth, kutoka.
Forward, mbele.
go forward, endelea mbele.
Forwards (upon (he face), fulifuli,
fuUifudi, kwa kufahamia (M.).
Frequently, mara nyingi.
From, katika, case in -ni
from among, miongoni mwa.
from time to time, mara kwa mara.
(since), tangu, toka, tokea.
ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, <fcc.
215
I had it from (of) the Sheikh,
nalipokea ya Slieikh.
Further, tena.
Further <m, mbele.
G.
Gently, polepole, taratibu, taliafifu.
Gladly, furaha.
Gratis, burre^ attia, Lilasbi,
H.
Hard, kassi.
to work hard, kutenda kazi 8ana«
to run hardy kaza mbio.
Hastily, hima, kwa baraka.
Here, bapa, huku.
He ii here, yupo.
lam here, mimi bapa.
Here and there, bapa na bapa.
Hereafter, baadaye.
Hither, batta bapa, bapa.
Hither and (hither, kukn na
buku.
Hitherto, batta leo, batta sasa.
Howf -je tubjoined to the verb.
See p. 123.
kamaipi? Kwaje?
How is itf Ginsi gaoi?
How often ? Mara ngapi ?
How muchf Kassi gani ? Kadri
gani?
How, ginsi with -vyo^ joined with
the verb ; ginsi is often omitted.
How he was, d-c, gin&i alivyo-
knvra, &c
However, lakiui.
If, kana, kwambo, kama; -ki- or
-po- inserted in the verb. See
pp. 136, 146.
Immediately, mara, mara moja.
now immediately, sasa bivi.
In, katika, case in -ni followed by
pronouns in m-.
in the shoulder, ya bega.
in front, panibele, mbele.
[J] in going, nikienda, nikiwa
nikienda.
in good time, at its proper time,
tabafifu.
in heaps, obnngu cbungu. •
tft order thai, illi. See p. 14L
in place of, mabali pa.
in the middle, katinakati, kati,
katikati.
in the middle of, kati ya, katikati
in the morning, assuboi [ya.
Indeed, knsema kwelu
great indeed, kubwa sana.
Inside, ndani.
inside of, ndani ya, ccue in -nl
foUouoed by pronouns in m-.
He is inside, yumo ndani.
Into, katika, ease in -ni followed by
pronouns in m-.
Just, see p. 116, baliri.
That is just it, ndiyo yalio.
Lastly, kwa mwisbo, mwislio.
cU last, batima, mwiabo.
£a/e,kasiri.
Less, duoL
to become less, knpttngua.
Less by, kaasa.
Like, kama, metbili, besabti ffk»
People like us, kina slsL
Littte, kidogo.
a Utile moret pnnde.
a little longer, -refu pUndd*
216
8WABILI HANDBOOK.
M.
Merely, iu^haasi. Both worde foUow
Vie word or phrase they qualify*
Moderately, kadirL
More, zayidi.
more than, zayidi ya.
a little more, pundo.
Moi'eover, tena, na.
Much more, or much lees, sembusc,
Bcuze.
N.
Near (adc.^, karibu.
Near to, kaiibn na, karibu yn.
Nearly, karibu na or ya, kadri ya.
Necessarily, of necessity, kamini la-
zim, ukwascfu.
Neither — nor — , wala— wala— .
Never, kabisa (with a negative pre-
ceding), kamwi (M.).
Next, -a pili yake, kiisha.
next to, -a pili ya.
No, ahaa, hahda, la, siyo, bakuna,
bapana, haiona. Tliese last
three words mean, tbcro is not,
or there ia none.
No, hy no means, baslia.
Nor, wala.
Not, si. See Negative Tenses of Verhs,
p. 143.
Not only — , Imt also — ; si — bassl,
— lakinl tena ; si — to, ilia—.
Not yet, bado, asitasa, haitassa, &c.
(]yj.). These words are used to
denote incompleteness, whatever
the subject referred to may he*
Not yet may generally he ex-
pressed hy the negative tense
with -ja- (seep, 145), after which
tense bado is generally added.
Now, sasa, leo (to-day), wakati bun
(iU this time), zamani kizi (in
these times), samani 2eta (in our
times), siku hizi (in these days).
Now directly, sasa bivL
Ohliqudy, banamiL
Of, -a, with a first Utter varying
according to the class of tlie
preceding word, that is of the
thing possessed,
z. Mtu wa Ali, Alt's man.
Watu wa Ali, AlCs people*
Mbnzi wa Ali, All's goat^
Mbuzl wa Ali, Ali^s goals*
II. Mnczi wa Ali, Al€s cocoa*^
nut tree,
Blinazi ya All, Al€s cocoOr
nut trees,
in. Nyumba ya Ali, Alt's house,
Nyumba za Ali, Alt's
houses,
IV. Kisu clia Ali, Ali^s knife.
Visu vya Ali, AlCs Jcnices,
Y, Kasha la Ali, Ali^s chest.
Makasha ya Ali, All's
cliests.
VL Uimbo wa AH, Ali^s song.
Nyimbo za Ali, Ali^s songs,
\n. Mahali pa Ali, AKs place.
VIII. Kufa kwa Ali, Al€s dying,'
1. Nyumbani mwa Ali, in AlCa
house,
2. Nyumbani pa Ali, hy Alts
house,
3. Nyumbani kwa Ali, to Alts
Iwuse,
Ya is sometimes pronounced a.
saa a sita, twelve o'clock.
Where it is intended to mark specially
the individuality of the poesessbr
tJie possessive pronoun may he
used instead ofthepreposition • a.
AL VERBS, PBMFOSITIOMS, Jke.
217
Kiti chake Sultani, means the
chair in which no one hut the
Sultan sits, or the Svltan'a own
chair.
Of is included in some words which
are therefore not followed hy -a.
Kina Abdallah, Ahdalld!i*8 peoplcy
or people like Abdallah.
Wadi Mohammed, Mohammed^s
son.
Binti Mohammed, Mohammed^s
daughter.
In some common phrases -a is
omitted apparently for shortness
only,
OfteUy mara nyingi.
On, juu }a,'the case in -ni.
Put it on the tabUy weka mezani.
Put it on the top of the tahle, weka
juu ya mcza.
on both sideSf pande mhili*
on every side, kotekote.
on foot, kwa miguu.
on one side, onesidedly, pogo.
on purpose, makusudi.
on the part of, miongoni mwa.
Once, mara moja.
at once, mara moja, mara,
once only, mara moja tu.
Only, peke yake, &c. (by itself,
alone), tu, hassi, both following
the word or phrase qualified.
Orderly, taratibu.
Out, nje.
out and out, tama.
Speak out, sema saua.
Outside, nje, kwa nje,
'outside off nje ya.
Outwardly, kw^ nje.
Over, juu ya (of place), aayidi ya
(of quantity). Oyer in the sense
of excess may be expressed by
kuplta^ to pas9 ;.and in tlie sense
of finished, by kuisha, to come
to an end.
The batUe is over, mapigano ya-
mckwisha.
P. "
Patiently^ stahimilL
PerJiaps, labuda, hwenda, kwenda,
kwa nasibu, inshallah.
Perpetually, dayima, abadan.
Possibly, labuda, yamkini (it is pos-
sible), kwa yamkini (by possi-
bility).
Presently, halafu.
Properly, vema, halisi, bawaba.
-to, used as an enclitic subjoined
to verbs and substantives.
Amejiwekato, he lias placed him-
self properly.
QuicJdyi hima, himahima, kwa ha-
raka, upesi, mbio (runniitg).
Quietly, taratibu, polepole.
Quitey kabisa, pia hdlisL
B.
liather, zayidi (m,ore)i afathali (pre-
ferahly).
much racier, scmbuse, seuze.
Secretly, kwa 8irl,ndanl kwa ndanl.
Side by side, kandokando.
Silently y kimyakimya.
Since, tangu, toka, tokea.
Slowly, polepole, taratibu, kiada.
So, when followed by as is generally
omitted, when standing alone it
218
8WABILI HANDBOOK.
may he expreised by ginsi, and
-Tyo inserted in the verb.
He ia not to taU as you are, si
mrefu kama wewe.
J did not know he was so tdUj si-
kmnjua ginfii alivyo mrefu.
80 far (u/hatta.
Sometimes, mara, mara kwa mara.
Sometimes he laughs, sometimes he
cries, mara hucheka, mara hulia.
Soon, sasa Mvi (immediately), upesi
{quickly), bado kidogo (yet a
litUe), karibit (near),
Stia, tena, hatta leo.
Strongly, kwa nguvu.
Suddenly, gh^fala, mara moja, tkd-
ruba moja.
Utat (how that), kwamba, ja kwa-
mba.
(in order (hat), nil Seep.Ul.
Then, is often expressed by the use of
the -ka- tense, or by the verba
kwisba, to finish, or, kwenda,
toga,
Akiislia akatoka, having finished
this, he went out = then he went
out.
Akaenda akamkamata, and he
went and seized him = then he
seized him.
(after this), baadaye, baada yake,
nyumaye, nyuma yake.
(then ii was), ndipo.
(in (hose days), zamani zUe, siku
zile.
(at that time), wakati ule.
There, pale, huko, kule. Pale
points to what is nearest, kule
to what is farthest off.
Therefore, kwa eababu bii.
Though, kwamba; the -ki- tense^
p, 136, wlien the case is put as
an existing one ; the -nge- tense,
p. 138, where the case is put 09
not existing.
Though he is, akiwa.
Though he be, angawa.
(even if), -japo, p. 138.
Thus (in this way), hm, bivya
just thus, vivi hivi, vivyo hivya
(in (he same way), Tiyyo.
Tillj batta, mpaka wa.
To (as (he sign of the infinitive),
ku-; the u becomes w beforeii,e,
or i, and is often omitted before
and XL
Kwisba =s ku-isba, tafinish.
Ewenda = ku-enda, to go.
Koga = kuoga, to bailie.
To before a verb where it expresses
the purpose or the object aimed
at, is expressed by (he use of (he
subjunctive.
I stood up to look, naliaimama
nione.
TeO, him to help you, mwambja
akusayidie.
I want him to go, namtaka aende,
I want to go, nataka kwenda.
(In such cases as (his the verb
in the infinitive is used as a
substantive,)
(unto) is generally contained in
(he verb, kiipa = to give to (not
to give). If not contained in
(he meaning of (he original verb,
it may be expressed by (he use of
(he applied form. Jbi (he few
eases in which to cannot be
brought into the meaning of (he
verb, it must bo rendered by
kwa.
ADVEBB8, PREPOSITIONB, &e.
219
(<M/ar as), hatta.
(to the house of), kwa.
Together, pamoja, wote.
Whenjoined toithpersonB together
M ezpr€M6(2 by forme of -ote,
022.
twende sote, letuego together.
mwende nyote» go together,
vende wote, let them go together,
hoth together, wote, wote wawili.
Tapsy-turvy, kitwakitwa, vitwav!-
twa.
TotaUy, kabisa, pia. «
Truly, kweli, hakika, jakini, inna.
Twice over, kuwili.
^*
Unawares, gbdfalo.
Under, chini ya.
Until, hatta.
Up, juu.
Upon, juu ya, case in -ni. See On.
Upwards, juu.
Utterly, kabisa, pia yote, tikitikl
V.
Vainly, burre.
Very, sana. Sana always follows
the word qualified by it.
Vigorously, kwa nguvu, sana.
Violently, kwa nguvu, kassi.
W.
Well, vema, sana, -to. See Properly,
Whatf See p. 122.
What do you want ? Wataka nini ?
WJiat tree is it f Mti gani huu ?
What man f Mtu yupi ?
What = that which. See Relatives,
p. 117.
Whenf Lini?
When (if, as soon a$, etc), the *ki
(e3ut6,|>. 136.
(at the time when), -po, treaied as
a relative particle and joined
with the verb, p. 119.
(duririg the time), wakati wa.
when it rains, wakati wa mvua.
When the ?Mrvest comes, wakati
wa kuvuna, [wa]vunapo.
(even if), -japo, p. 138.
Whenever, wakati wote, killa -po.
Whenever I go, killa nendapo.
Where ? Wapi, api, p. 123.
Where are you going 1 Wenda
wapi?
WJtere, po, ko, mo, treated as relative
particles and Joined with the
verb. Fo implies nearness, and
mo the being inside.
I don't know where he is, simjui
alipo.
I don't know where I am going,
sijui ninapokwenda.
I donH know wJiere I came from^
sijui ninakotoka.
Where the tree is (or wcu), penyi
mti.
Wherever, po pote, ko kote, mo mote.
Wherever I go, killa nendako.
WJierever I enter, killa ningiama
Wherever I am, killa nilipo.
Wherefore, kwa sababu hii or biyo.
Whether — or — , ao — ao— ,
Whether it be, licha.
(if), kwamba.
While, maadam, maazdl.
While, is generally expressed by
tlie use of -ki- prefixed to the
verb, p. 136.
While it is yet early, kungali na
mapema bado.
Wliyf Mbona? Kwani? Kwa
nini? Ya nini? Kwa sababu
gani ? Ginsi or G issi gani ?
220
SWABILt EANDSOOS.
Wiihj na, pAmdjn ta.
(a« an imtrumeni)^ kwa.
(coniaining, having), -^nyL See
p. 97.
Within, ndaiiL
Without, nje.
Fi'i/wtt^ QwepOi pMipo (w^c (Acre
TTt^Aottf IS generally expressed hy
Hie -Bipo- (enM (p. 146). It
ma^ be represented hy a simple
negative.
lie is without shame, hana Laya
^ he has no shame,
Wiawui, foUowed in English hy
the participial or verbal in -ing,
may be rendered by the negative
sui(junctive of the verb.
Without seeing him, asimwone.
Without there being, pasiwo.
Wonderfully, ojfbf ajabu.
Yearly, mwaka kwa mwakA.
Tes, Q^e, e6e, na'am, vexna, njcma,
yakini, ndio, kwelL
Ewaa or Ee wallah are often used
by slaves or inferiors to express
a willing assent
Inshallali is used as a promise to
do something,
Lebeka or Labeka, contracted
into lebA, ebbe or even be, is
used by inferiors as an answer
»when called, Superiors or
equals generally use naam, Vie
Arabic yes.
Ndiyo yalio, that is just it.
Yonder, kule, kulee,|>. 115, 116.
Z.
Zigzag^ upogoupoga
( 221 )
INTEBJEOTIONS.
There are in Swahili, as in all languages, some
scarcely articulate Interjections, and many of the natives,
especially of the lower class, use a great deal of action,
often joined with half-articulate exclamatory sounds,
to illustrate and enforce their meaning. The following
are the most usual Interjections, and those which can
best bo written. The words used for Yes and No are
given in the preceding list, pp. 216 and 220.
The ordinary salutations are in practice a sort of
Interjections, not being very easily explained under
any other head.
A slave addressing a superior says Sihamoo or Nasika^
woo, for naahika miguu^ I embrace your feet. The
superior replies MaraJidba, thank you, or welome, the
word being originally an Arabic form of congratulation
and well-wishing.
Equals very commonly say when they meet Jambo or
yiambo, to which the reply is Jamho or Jarribo sana. There
is a playful or very affectionate way of continuing the
dialogue thus — Jamho, Jamho, Jamho sana. Jamho sana,
Sana 9am* Sana sana. Kama hlu (like pearls), Kama
222 8WAH1LI HANDBOOK.
manjani (like coral), dc.^ Ac. The more correct exprcs*
sions are — Hu jambo f Are you well ? and the answer.
Si jamho, I am well. It is difficult to explain these
phrases intelligibly. Bu Jamho f is literally, Are you
not a matter or affair? or still more strictly, Are you
not a word ? The meaning is very nearly that of the
English, Is nothing the matter with yon? Sometimes
ffa jamho is used to express. He is^well, or Ha jartibo
kidogOf He is not very ill, or He is a little better. One
may ask, U halt gam f What state are you in? i.e.. How
are you ? to which a proper reply is, Njema^ hemd il lUahi,
Good, praise be to God. The Arabic Sahalkheirj Good
morning, and Maaalkheir^ Good afternoon, are often
heard. The more elegant forms are Suhahk AUdh WZ/c-
heir and Masah Allah hilkheir. It is not usual to inquire
about the health of a wife or of the women of a house-
hold, unless among very intimate friends, or for some
special reason. When necessary, one should say, fli*-
Jambo nyumhani f or U hali gani nyumhani f How are
you in the house, i.e.. How are your household, or
those in your house ? It is proper, if you are asked
how you are, always to answer, well, for the sake of
the omen ; and similarly if you are asked ffahan ganif
What neAYs? to answer Njema, good, and then after-
wards to give a true account of the matter.
In Swahili Interjections a final h is often distinctly
heard. It requires much practice to enable a European
to make this sound properly.
( 223 )
LIST OF INTEEJECTIONa
Ah! An exclamation of mingled
grief and surprize. The final
h must be distinctly sounded.
Ahadnt or asanti, thank yon. Ah-
sdnt is an Arabic word mean-
ing, You have done well. It is
sometimes used profusely by
way of mere compliment.
Amifuu Amen, used at the end of
a prayer.
Aiil Look you! I say! It is
used generally as a means of
calling attention to what has
been said, or is about to be said.
It is a sort of vocal note of
admiration.
B.
Basil ! or Bom! That will do I
Enough ! Stop ! No more I
Clivih! An exclamation of impa-
tience and contempt; the ch
is the sound most heard, tlie
vowel being very short and in-
significant.
Eel O! The interjection of in*^
vocation.
Ewel plxa, Enyi! Ton there I A
rather contemptuous way of
demanding attention. It is
used for Hi I I say ! and any
exclamation merely meant to
atti-act notice. It must not be
used to a superior and rarely
only to an equal. It is custo-
mary to call to them Bwana I
ie., Master! The answers
will be found in the previous
list, p. 220, under the word
Yes.
Haya! An exclamation borrowed
from the Arabic; it means,
give your attention to this, go
on with it. It is used where
we say, Gome, along I Look
sharp! Be quick! Go on I
If it has been proposed to do
anything, Haya! means, I^et
us set about it Haya! is
oommonly used by a master ov
224
SWAHILI BANDBOOK.
overlooker to hasten men about
their work.
Mima ! Quick I Be quick I l^Take
haste I -Often doubled, Eima
himal
U6dil with a great stress on the
0. It is not right to enter any
house or room (not your own)
without first crying Eddil and
waiting for some one to come,
or at least to answer, Kdrib,
Come in I
Je! or Tel Hullo I What nowl
Weill What is it?
Kdrtb I i.e., come near I It is used
to invite people into a house,
to join a party, or to sit down
and put themselves at their
ease. Kdrib! may generally
be translated, Come and sit
with us 1 and a common answer
is, Nimelcaa hitaJw, I am set
down.
Kijulel An exclamation of con-
tempt.
Kuaheril Good-bye! Farewell!
Sometimes a plural is made,
Kuaherini, though it seems to
be an incorrect form.
Sometimes a special friend
adds, Ya kuonana, as much as
to say. May we soon meet again.
Kumhel Whatr What then 1 An
expression of surprize, espe-
cially used when things turn
out not to be as they were
jeprosented to bo.
LaHi! Oh that! Would thatl
An exclamation of regret, a
wish that things had been
otherwise.
Looo I An exclamation of surprise ;
the o is more dwelt upon in
proportion to the amount of
surpriae.
MaraJiaha! Thank you! It is
well ! used by way of acknow-
ledging a gift or a compliment
Miije ! Me I I ! I am the one !
Micenyewe I You did it yourself I
out An exclamation fort boding
eviL Woe ! Ole wenu 1 Woe
unto you! Ole wanguf Woo
is me!
Sda! You! I say! It is put
after a word to give emphasis
to it. NJoo 8aa I Come on, do !
Salaam I Peace ! Hail ! It is
used as a salutation by the
Indians. The regular Arabic
Salaam aleiJmml Peace be
with yon I and the answer, Wa
aleik salaam! And with you
peace! is not very commonly
heard. Salaam is often used
in the sense of compliments :
Salaam Bihi! With the mis-
tress* compliments, — said in
presenting anything.
Similla! Out of the way! Ori-
ginally, as it is said, Bismillah,
In the name of Gpd. It U »ow
LIST OF INTEEJECTIONa.
226
fho common cry by which people
are warned of eomething com-
ing. SirniUa punda! Hake
way for a donkey! SimiUa
ubaul Take care of the plank !
Two servants frequently go
before a great man to dear the
way for him, and call out to
any one in the road, SimiUa I
SimiUa!
A plural SimiUenil is some-
times made as though it were
tho imperative of a verb. The
more correct plirase for Gel out
of the way I iaJitengel
BUirehel Don't disturb yourself!
When a new-comer enters, the
rest rise to do him honour,
which he tries to prevent by
laying, 5tore&0 / StareheJ It
is properly used to deprecate
any trouble or disturbance on
the speaker's account
T.
Tendenil Go on! Let us go!
Probably tho imperative of ^u-
tenctaj to do or to be employed
about.
Tutu! Don't touch! Used to a
child meddling with what ha
had better leave alona
Vemal Very well!
That will do!
So be it!
Weyel You I
It'syoal
W.
You are the one 1
228 8WAEILI BANDBOOK.
POBMATION OP WOEDa
The formation and introduction of new words go on
BO freely in SwaMi, that no guide to the language
would be complete without a section on the subject.
Foreign words are adopted in a shape as nearly like
their own as the rules in regard to Swahili syllables will
allow. At first indeed a word may be used in its crude
original shape, but it soon has vowels introduced into,
and subjoined to it, so as to bring it into a regular form.
Arabic words seldom present great difficulties when
once the gutturals have been toned down. Thus Ichabar
(news) softens into hahdri, wakt (time) becomes first
wdkti and then waMti, Jcahr or gahr (a grave) is softened
and expanded into Jcahuri, It is seldom that an Arabic
word presents so much difficulty as did these three.
Portuguese has furnished some words, as kcLsha (caxa), a
large box ; meza, a table ; mvinyo (vinho), wine. Prench
gives a few, as hweta (boite) a box; divai (du vin)
claret. An instance of English adaptation occurs in
manowarif which is the current designation of an Englisli
man-of-war.
FORMATION OF WOBDS 227
Verbs.
Some rules have been given at the end of the section
on Verbs for the formation of several derived forma
(p. 157). Verbs in the cansative and neuter forms may
be made from other parts of speech, especially from
foreign Adjectives, by changing their final syllable
into -dsha or -esAa, -^ka or -eJto, as though they had been
originally Verbs.
Ghdlif dear. KttghcUisTta, to make dear.
Laini, smooth. KtUainUhOf to make smooth.
Ktdadnikctf to be made smooth.
Beside those formations which are in daily use, it is
a great help to the understanding of the language to
bear in mind the traces of formations not now ordinarily
employed. In regard to Verbs it is a constant rule that
those ending in -aa reverse the meaning of similar verbs
ending in -a only.
Kufunga, to fasten. Kufungua, to nnfasten.
KvfuJcOf to fill in a hole* KufulnuLf to clear out a hole.
Several verbs show traces of a rule, which prevails in
some other African languages, that the change of -a into
-ya gives the Verba causative meaning.
Kuponct, to get welL KuponyOf to cure.
KnogtypOy to fear.' Kuogofyct, to frighten.
There are many questions about the form of Verbs
which need much more investigation. What is the rule
by which some causatives are made in -aha and some in
'Za f Has the -aha termination the effect of to make to
hCy and -za that of to make to dof What is the explana-
tion of the apparently neuter form of some active Verbs,
q2
228 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Buch 03 Icufunika^ to cover? What is tho offcct of the
terminationB -ma and -/a, as in hiungama and htfumhata f
What dialect did they originate in? What are the
rules for the termination -anya^ which seems to be
QonunoQ in the most northerly Swahili? j
It has been shown in the section on verbs how some
tenses are formed by the use of an auxiliary, and some
by a tense prefix which has no independent meaning.
An example of the transition between the two is sup*
plied by the three forms of the negative infinitive : 1.
hUoa hupenda; 2. hutoa penda; 3. hutapenda. In the
first form both words have a substantial independence ;
in. the second the principal verb, penda^ is already
drawn out of its proper form, and depends for its
meaning upon the first verb, ioa^ as upon a prefix ; in
the third it has swallowed up the final of the first verb
and appropriated its prefix hih. The form of the future
prefix which is used with relatives points to taka as the
original form, and the verb hutaha is so like our own
word to toill that one can hardly be wrong in supposing
that in both cases the change from a verb expressing
volition to a mere sign of tense expressing futurity has
proceeded in a similar manner. Now, if the tense pre-
fixes were ever independent words, the principal verb
must have been in the infinitive ; and, if so, the presence
of tho hi- before monosyllabic verbs, wherever the accent
requires it, is fully explained ; it was dropped wherever
it served no purpose, and retained where it was con-
venient to retain it. Th^ original independence of the
tense prefix and of the principal verb would also go to
account for the way in which the objective prefix clings
FOJ^MAfiON OF WO^Pa. 229
to the principal verb; it would then have originally
followed the ku-, and so been severed by it from all the
other prefixes. The only cases in which the natives
separate the prefixes from the verbs in writing seem to
be where a particle of relation is joined with the 'na-^
•Zf-, and 'tdka- prefixes, and in the past conditional or
'ngali' tense. It is curious to have in such a word as
atakayelmja the same letters exactly used to form a
tense prefix and to express an independent verb. Ata-
Jcaye huja means, who desires to come, atdkayeJeuja, who
will come, in the sense of a simple future.
Adjectives.
Adjectives are made from Verbs in correct Swahili by
substituting -vu or fu for the final -a. Where the final
is preceded by a consonant the Adjective is made from
the applied form.
KunyamaOf to remain silent. -nyamavUy siteni
Kuharibu, to destroy. "haribtfuy destructlTO*
Verbs that end in ^ha change this into -vu in making
the Adjective.
KucliolMt to become tired. -ehotUf tired.
These forms do not now appear to be freely made Of
Used in the common dialect of Zanzibar. A somewhat
gimilar meaning may be expressed by the use of the
variable Preposition -a followed by the Infinitive of the
Verb.
SuBSTANTIViS.
Substantives may be freely made by prefixing to the
simple form of the Verb the initial letters proper to the
first, or to the fourth cla»s, according to whether it is
230 BWAEILI HANDBOOK
a living being or a thing which does what the Verb
expresses. It must be observed, that this form is so
purely verbal that it takes an object after it just as a
Verb would.
Mfanya hiashara, a trade maker, f e., a mcrcihaiit
VifcM, things which are of service, necessaries.
Ki/ungua mHango^ the door opener.
The final letter is sometimes changed into -t, and the
word ceases to govern an object.
Msemi, a speaker.
Where the final -a is preceded by a -&- it becomes -l^-•
KunbOy to steal. Mmvt\ a thief.
KugonibOj to quarreL Mgomvif a quarrelsome person.
Where the above rales wonld produce a common
word with another meaning, the hu of the Infinitive is
retained.
KvUmOy to cultivate. Mkulima, a cultivator.
BnimOy a moontain.
There are a few traces of a formation of verbals by
changing the last letter into -6, as in -ieulet chosen, from
iu/eu[Z]a, to choose.
The habitual doer of an action may be denoted by
adding -ji to the simple form of the Verb and prefixing
the initial letters proper to the first Class.
Kuomboy to heg, Mwombajij a beggar,
Kuiba, to steaL Mwibajif an habitual thiefl
Another way of denoting a person who does what the
Verb expresses is formed by changing the final letter
into -My -ehif or -;i», and employing the usual prefixes.
FOBMATION OF W0BD8. 231
When the Verb ends in -Jfea the -ia becomes shi; wheie
the Yerb ends in -to the -ta beoomes -st.
Kuokoa, to savd. Mwckotij a savionr.
Kutwnua^ to buy. JKrnunteft, a poichofier.
Kuakot to build (in stone). Mwashi, a mason.
KufwUOy to follow. M/uaH, a follower.
The result of the action denoted by the Verb may be
expressed by changing the final -a into -o and using
some appropriate prefix.
Kuzaoj to bear. Mazaoj fruit, produce.
KtUendOf to da KUendo, an action.
KwendOy to go. MuDendo, a journey, or going.
Of the Substantival prefixes those of the fourth (Ki-)
Glass are most often used.
The same forms especially in the fifth Class are used
to express the place where an action is generally done*
KuokOy to bake. Joko, a baking place.
KtikuMnyikay to be assembled. MokuMnyOcOf a gathering place,
cr an assembly.
Words of similar meaning are also made by the termi-
nations -«t -eM, -8t. See above.
Jfavoo, or Mavaxi, dress, garments.
Kizaoy or Kizatif birth, a generation.
PendOf or Pettsi, love.
Where the Verb and Substantive are both borrowed
from the Arabic, it is useful to remember that the Sub-
stantive has generally a where some other vowel occun
in the Verb.
Kuahuduy to worship. Ibadaj worship.
Kuiofirif to traveL Safari, a journey.
282 SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Sometimes both the Arabic and the Swahili forms
occur.
KuJibUf to answer. Jaioahu and majHm, on answer.
Verbs joined with relatives, or with the particles of
place or time, may be treated as Substantives.
Wenddko Tcote, whithersoever thou gocst
Killa nendapo, every time I go.
Zikerexiocuo, turnery, turned goods.
Substantives of place may be made from Adjectives
by putting them into the form required by Mdhaltf
place (Class VII.).
Panpamamt a quiet plaoa
The place whero Bomething is may be expressed by
penyL
Penyi mtende, where the date tree is, or was.
The place for doing anything may be expressed by
pa followed by the Infinitive of the Verb.
FaJ(uto1eea, a place to go out at, an outlet.
Abstract Substantives are ordinarily formed by means
of the prefix U- or IF-.
Karimu, generous. UJcaHmUf generosity,
-cttpe, white. Weupe, wliiteness.
Mwizi, a thief. I7m, thievishness.
Muuaji, a murder. Uuaji, murders.
Waxiri, a vizier. Uvfozirif viziership.
An instance in which both Arabic and Swahili forms
are used occurs in the word for enmity,
Aduit an enemy. Wadui or Adaufa^ enmity.
Nations, their country and language, are regularly
FOBMATION OF WORDS. 233
expressed by the prefixes of the first, sixth, and fourth
Classes.
Jlff/olo, a Galla. JJgcHa^ Galla land. Kigala, the Galla
language.
Mzunguy a European. Uzungu, the native country of the
Europeans. Kizungu, the language which Europeans
speak.
It is to be observed that the U- form would also
express the being a Galla, European, &e., and that the
Ki' form denotes the sort or kind of anything, not of
language only. It is seldom used absolutely except of
the language, but when preoeded by -a (of) its true
meaning becomes evident.
Mavao ya Kizungu, European dress.
Viazi vya Kizungu, potatoes.
The Ki' form may be made from other substantives.
Mavao ya Mfaume, royal robes (form mfaumef a king, and
u/auvM, kingdom or kingship).
The formation of Adverbs and Prepositions has been
described in the section on the smaller parts of sp eeoh.
( 284 )
i!
st
I
I
« 3
I
I
g
H
1^1
i
Hi
d
* -i.
illliii^^i^^l)!
tVlli^!^!^^^ I I
3!^e£i:S
t^ik4'^
hJ iz; > M
S
►^^
I
l^tii^i^^i^ il
^1
t^S^l^t^
'^ r'S •^ rS •& nS •& rS .2 •£ •£: .JS
II
" "^ a t; ^ f! g^g
( 235 )
Table of the PfiEPOsmoBr -a (of)
in foui
LaDgoages.
L
Plur.
SwAmu.
Wa
Wa
Sqahbaiju
Ywa
Wa
NrAsnrKZX.
Wa
Wa
Yao,
Wa
IL
Sing.
Plur.
Wa
Ya
Wa
Ya
Gwa
Ya
Wa
Ja
III.
Sing.
Tlur.
Ya
Za
Ya
Za
Ya
Za
Ja
Bya
IV.
Sing.
Plur.
Cha
Vya
Kya
Vya
Cha
Fya
Cha
Ya
V.
Sing.
Plur.
La
Ya
Ja
Ya
Lya
Ga
Lya
Ga
VL
Sing.
Plur.
Wa
Za
Lwa
Za
Lwa
Za
Lwa
Sya
VIL
Fa
Ha
Pa
vm.
Kwa
Kwa
Kwa
Kwa
(TX.)
Sing.
Plur.
Ka
Vya(?)
Ka
Twa
Ka
Twa
END OF PART I.
HANDBOOK OP THE SWAHILI LANGUAGE
AS SPOKEN AT ZANZIBAB.
Part II.
BWAUILI-ENGLISU VOCABULAUY.
239 )
PBELIMINABT OBSEEVATIONS.
Iv using the following Vooabnlory it is necessary to lemember that
Swahili words change very much at the beginning and not often at
the end.
In searching for the meaning of a word, which is not to be found
exactly as written, it is well to examine first the final syllable, so as to
correct, or remove, any termination or enclitic which may be attached
to it These are as follow :~
1. The passive of the verb is made by changing -a into -wa. Verbs
ending in two consecutive vowels frequently use as their passive the
passive of the applied form which ends in 'liuja or -tetoa.
Kupenda,io love. Kupendux^ to be loved.
Kufungua, to unfasten. Kufungtdiwa, to be unfastened.
Kfizaa, to bear. Kuzalitoa, to be bom.
KuTeomXHM, to buy back. KukombotewcL^ to be bought back.
2. Verbs ending in -a change the -a into -0 in the subjunctive and
imperative, and into -4 in the negative present.
Pende, love thou.
Apende^ that he may love.
Hapendi, he does not love.
The change of the final vowel distinguishes hapendi, he does not
love, firom hapendOf a contracted form of nikapendoy and I loved.
a The plural of the imperative is made by adding ^ni to the
singular.
Pendani or Pendeni, love ydi
Si/unif praise ye.
FikiHniy consider ye.
B t
240 PBELIMINABY OBSEBVATIONS.
4. SubatantiTOf form the locative case by adding -iif.
NytLifAani mtoanguy inBide my house.
Nyumbani hwanguy to or at my house.
Nywmbani pangu, by or near my house. All from Nyumb<i.
5. -ni may stand for nini 9 What ?
Watahani 9 What do you want ?
€. Jef How? is subjoined to the verb expressing the action in-
quired about
AMmaje f How does he speak ? i.«.» What does he say ?
7. mnOy exceedingly, always follows the word it qualifies, and may
be treated as an enclitic.
8. -to, which, however, rarely occurs in the dialect of Zanzibar,
denotes goodness and fitness.
Kuweka, to place. KutoekcUot to place properly.
Moknukat smells. Manukaio^ scents.
9. The relative signs and the particles denoting time and place are
subjoined to the verb when there is no tense prefix, otherwise they
follow the tense prefix.
Tulala-pOy when we sleep.
Tuna-po-ldla, while we are sleeping.
The particles denoting time and place are,
-j)o, when or where,
-fco, whither or whence.
-^7110, wherein.
These preceded only by the personal prefix imply the substantive
verb to he,
YupOy he is there, not far off.
ZipOy dtc.y <fe§., they are there, not far off, &c., &o.
Yuko, he is there, far off.
• ZiJiOy &c.y &c.y they are there, far off, &c., &o.
YumOy he is there inside.
ZimOy Ao.y &e.^ they are there inside, &c., &o.
The relative signs are, '<fhOy -2o, -o, -po, -»yo, -wo, -y«, -yo, -zo, '
These syllables with na prefixed have th^ me^ining of and, pr toitl
Urn, her, it^ or tfien^
PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS. 241
10. The possessive pronouns may be used in enclitic forms.
Thy, or your,. may be expressed by subjoining, according to tlio
class of the substantive, -chOt -lOy -o, 'pn -vyo^ -too, 'yo^ or -zo.
HUi hen^ or tto, may be expressed by subjoining -cA^, -0, -le, -pe^
rye, -tw, -ys, or -xe.
Other enclitic forms of the possessive pronouns are,—
•n4(tt, or 'angiif my. -efu, our.
-kOf or -akOi thy. -enu, your.
'he, or -akey his, &o. -oo, their.
The final letter of the substantive generally merges into the initial
of Iho pronoun. •
Mufanangu, my child. MwanetUj our child.
Mwanako, thy child. itfu^anenut your child.
Mvsanake, his child. Mvoanao, their child.
11. New verbs may always be formed when wanted by changing the
final vowel into -to or -eo, Aia or -lea, to make the applied form; into
'Za ist '€ha, -iza or -eea, -uha or *68^, to make a causative form ; into
•ana, to make a reciprocal form^ and into -%a, 'ikOf or -ekd, to make a
neuter or quasi-passive form.
12. In old and poetical Swahili the object of the verb is suffixed as
well as prefixed, as in U-ni-h^fathi-mif Bo thou preserve me ; where
both the ni and the mi denote the object of the verb.
The syllables thus used are »eho, -to, -ni, -nyiy -o, -po, -st, -tffOt -wc^
-iro, -ye, -yo, -20.
Having cleared the word of all adventitious terminations it \ii\
probably be found at once ; if not, look for the first syllable, and so
on, taking syllable by syllable until the word, its number, person, and
tense, will all have been explained. It must, however, be borne in
mind that nouns in u- or w- generally drop the initial letter in the
I)lural and frequently^ substitute for it n- or «y-.
Verbs and adjectives are here' indexed under the fii'st letter of the
simplest form, or of that to which the prefixes are joinecL
Kupenda will be found as Penda 7(u>, to love.
Mabaya will be found as 'haya, bad.
Words wliich may be used as adjectives or as substantives, but from
their nature can hatrdly be applied to any but animate beings, will be
found under m- or mic-, n^ they can very rarely in the singular take
any other prefix. .
242 FBELIMINABY OBSERVATIONS.
SabetantiveB are indexed by the prefix with which they are generally
used. It mnst be remembered, however, that the use of particnbur
prefixes may be nearly always varied to suit any particular shade of
meaning, so that if tiie word is not to be found under one, it may
happen that its meaning oan be found under some other. -
Where no plural is mentioned, it is to be understood that the plural,
if used at all, Iei in the same form as the singular.
The following table of prefixes may be found useful. The use of
each will be explained in the Vocabulary.
SUBSTAKTIVAL PREFIXES.
Oh- Ki- Ha- Mw- U- W-
J. Ku- Mi- N- Vi- Wa-
Ji- M- Mu- Ny. Vy.
AdJEOTIYAL PBEFIXE8.
Oh- Ku. 'M- Mu- Ny. VI*
J- Kw- Ma- Mw- P- Vy.
Ki- M- Mi- N- P*. \Va-
Pbonomikal pbefixes.
Oh- Ku- Li- Mw- Vi- Y-
I- Kw- M- Pa- W- Z-
Ki. L- Mu- U- Wa- Zi-
Verbal pbefixes.
1. Personal or subjectlYe prefixes, which take precedence of all
others.
A-
•Ki-
•Mw-
Si-
•Vy-
Yu.
•Ch-
♦Ku-
N-
♦Tu-
•W-
♦Z-
Ha-
•L-
Ni-
♦Tw-
♦Wa-
♦Zi-
Hu-
♦Li.
♦Pa-
•U-
•Y-
♦I.
♦M-
•P-
♦Vi-
•Ya-
2. Tense prefixes which precede all ^cept the signs of person.
-a- -japo- -ku- -na- -si- -ta-
-ali- -ka- .11- -ngali- -sije- -taka-
-ja- -ki- .me. -nge- -sipo-
• Theee may all be preceded ^y JSTo, to form negatlre teneee lo the IndicattTe moodi
md peiBonal prefixes followed by -fi- make negative enttfunctives.
PBELIMINABY OBSERVATIONS. 213
3. Particles of place, time, and relation, which follow the tense
prt. fix, or, if there is no tense prefix, are «nbjoined to the verb.
•oho -iBO -wo
-ko -o -ye
-kwo -po -yo
^jk> -vyo -zo
4. Objective piefixes, which always immediately precede the verb.
-1- -mw- -u-
-ki- -n- -vi-
-ku- -ni- -wa-
-li- -pa- -ya-
-m- -ta- -zi-
A suppressed Z or r always exists between two consecutive vowels.
It is often heard in the Merima dialect, and frequently appears where
otherwise three or more vowels would follow one another. However, '
the more dassioal the Swahili, the less tolerant it is in any case of ar
I between vowels, or even as an initial letter.
heee = Mets, ete = lete.
The following letters are interchanged ;
2 and r, s and ah, and vulgarly hi and M, and th and i.
Zanzibar ch = t (M.).
„ e = a (M.).
^ h = kh (Ar.).
^ j =d(M.),y(A.)(N.>
„ t = oh (Ozi.). %
^ V =z(A.).
H E = V (Mer.), th (Patta and Ozi.), j (vulgar).
The letterrenclosed in parentheses denote the various dialects.
(H.) = Mombas (kimvita). (Mer.) = Southern Coast dialect
(kimerima).
(A.) = Lamoo (kiamu). (Ar.) s Arabia
(N.) = Poetical Swahili (kingozi).
SWAHILI-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
The sound of a in Swahili ro-
aemblcs that of a in the English
word "father." It is, perhaps,—
except when doubled — somewhat
sharper and lighter.
When the final a of any prefix—
except the negative prefix ha — ^is
brought by composition to precede
immediately either e or ^ it coalesces
with them and produces the sound
of a long e.
JJca-enda is pronounced dkenda,
Akawa-ita is pronounced aJcatoeta,
A and ti have a tendency to
coalesce into an o sound.
Arabic substantives incorporated
into Swahili have often been mode
by changing -i- in the verb into -a-
in the substantive.
Kvbarizif to hold a public
audience. Bar<iza, a public
audience.
Kutafirij to travcL Safari^ a
journey.
A occurs in some dialects whecc e
\B used in Zansibar. 8ce E,
A-KG
A 3 yO, of. ;
-a with a varying initial letter,
of. -a is used in such phrases
as the following for in: Unitie
wa machoy put it in my eyes.
Akamchoma ya hitovu, and he
stabbed him in the naveL
A', the sign of the third person
singular prefixed to verbs when
governed by substantives which
denote animate beings— he, she^
or it
Where the tense prefix begins with
a, one of the a*s disappears.
The following are instances of the
way in which this a occurs.
A^penda (for a-a-penda), he loves.
A-na-pendOf he is loving.
A-m-penda, he has loved.
A'li-penda (for a-aU-penda), he
loved.
A-ka-pendctj and he loved.
A'ta-pendOy he will love.
A-H-pendOy he being in the con-
dition of lomg.
A-nge-penda^ ho would love.
246
A-NG
AHI
A-ngal{'pend€Ly he would have
loved.
A'japo-pendoL, even if he loyes.
A-Hpo-prndOj he not loving.
A-pende, let him, or that he may
love.
A-H-pendCy let him not, or thai
he may not Imfo, er without hia
loving
•a-, the sigu of the present in-
definite ; it follows the, prefix
denoting the person of the
subject or nominative, and
precedes that denoting the
object or accusative.
N'O-m-pendoy I love him (I do
him love).
Aalif choice, good.
Aatiy disobedient, rebellious.
Ahadan, otdbadxy always, constantly.
Ahiri Xw-, to pass over, go across (a
Ahirioj passengers. [river, &c.).
Ahiriiha hu-y to put across, to ferry
Abtidia Xw-, to give worship to.
Abtidisha ku-t to cause to worship.
Almdu Jcu-, to worship.
Acha hu; to leave, leave alone, let
be, let go, allow, acquit, divorce.
Achanahu-fto leave one another, to,
separate.
t^chari, pickle, a relish made of
lemon-juice and red pepper.
Achia Artf-, to leave to or for, to be-
queath ta
AjchiUa hu-f to pass over what a
person has done, to forgive, to
neglect.
Ada, a custom, espedaUy acustomary
gift.
Adabu, good manners, politeness.
KtUia addbu, to make polite, to
teach good manners.
Adamu, Adam.
Mwana Adamu, or Bin Adamm, «
human being, a vmm.
Adawcif ewadij,
Adi Jm-f toMoompany a person part
of his way.
Adibu ku't to educate, to teach
manners.
AdiUy right, right conduct
AdHihu-, to learn to behave rightly.
AdilUha ktihf to teach to behave
rightly.
Adui, plur. AdtU or maadut\ an
Aee, Tes. [enemy.
A/a, plur. tnaafa, an enemy.
A/cUhdUj rather, better of the two,
beat, preferably.
Afla, health, good health.
Aflkana hu-f to come to an agree-
ment, agree.
Afiunif opium.
Afu, wild jasmine.
Afu hi-, to save, to deliver, to par*
don, to preserve. Also^ to get
A/ya. See Afia, health. [welL
A/ya hu', to make to swear.
Aga kU', to take leave of, to agree
with.
Agana hu-, to take leave of one
another, to make an agreement
Agga hu-, to be lost, to perish.
Agiza hu; to commission, direct,
give in charge, appoint to.
Agizo, plur. maagizo, oommissioiv
charge.
Agua kvk', to predict
Aguiia ha-, to predict o£
Ahaal No I
Ahadi (vulgarlytiKiJiadt), a promise,
promises.
Ahadiana hu-, to promise mutuallyi
agree.
AMij £unily, relatkmfl.
.AHE
JherOf in tho grav6,ander the earth,
After death, at the end of the
world. [Ar. dkhr, the other.]
AMdi ku'f to promise.
AJudnij or AhtanH or A$anti,
thanks I thank you!
Aibika hu-, to be disgraced, to be
put to shame.
AibUiha ku'f to disgrace, to put to
shame.
Aibti, a disgrace, a reproach.
AhM^MoA.
Aini hu'j to appdnt
AiwUha hu-, to show, point ont
AititodlOt pronounced EtiwdU)^ what
he is wanted (or called) for, o-
AJabisha hn-, to astonish, amase.
AJabu, a wonderful thing, wonder-
fully.
AJalif fate, death.
Kwalimika ajali, to be altogether
oome to an end (to be saluted
by its fate).
4;ara, merit.
Aj<bl or'AjaH Wonderful I Won-
derfully.
Ajili, or dfili, sake, cause.
Ktoa aJUi ya, because of, for the
sake of.
Ajiri hu; to hire.
Ajiruha &«-, to cause to hire, to let
on hire.
*ASJemii Persian.
Aka ibti-, to build in stone, to do
mason's work.
Akaliy some few, some.
Akali ya icafu, ya vitu^ &o., some
few men, things, &c.
Htke, or Hikwe, his, her, or its, of
him, Sco.
Htke yeyet his own.
AkendOf for AkaencUh a&d he went
AL
217
Akhera = Ahera.
AkhtUaf, to quarrel.
Atafanya aJdUUaf, she will scold.
Akia hu-^ io build for.
AJ^ia fa*-, to swallow, gulp down.
AkibcL^ store, a thing laid by.
Kuweka akSbOy to lay up, to put
by.
Akida^ an officer, a second in com-
mand.
Ahida voa otikaH^ an army officer.
Akidi ku-y to suffice.
■ 4WM>g or AhUhoy then, he hsnng
finished this business.
Akikay a funeral feast for a child.
AkiUy intelligence, wits, under-
standing (generally treated as a
plural noun).
Akmoy you— addressed to young or
inferior persons. AMna Jnwma
young sirs. Akina hUbi^ my
young ladies.
Akiri ktk-y to stand over, to remain
behind.
Akiruha ku-y to adjourn, put ofl»
make to stand over.
<^9 thy, your, of thee.
-ako wewe, your own.
Akrabay relations.
Akraba ya kuumeiUy paternal
relations.
Akraba ya kukeni^ maternal
relations.
Aly the Arabic article Os. It is
retained in many words derired
from the Arabic, as Alf ajiri for
Al Fairy the dawn. Sometimes
its form is varied, as lAwaU for
Al Waliy the governor.
In Arable phrases the definite
article prefixed to the second of
two nouns is the sign of the
possessive case, as Bayiat <>'
248
ALA
AMB
Iiigr^, a subject of iho finglish,
i.e.f a British subject.
Ala, plur. madia or nyala, asheath,
a scabbard.
^AUika^ a tusk of ivory.
Alafu, thousands.
dlamat a mark, marks.
Alanrif ono of tho Mohammedan
hours of prayer, about half-past
3 P.M., afternoon.
Albunseyidi (Ar.), of the sons of
princes.
Al/ = Elfuy a thousand.
Alfajiri, the dawn, the earliest Mo-
hammedan hour of prayer, about
4 A.M. A stress on the second
syllable denotes very early dawn.
Alfia.
Kofia alfia^ a chiefs cap.
AlhamiHy Thursday.
-aZi- or 'li'y the sign of that past
tense which denotes an action
complete in past time.
Ai or 'li' sometimes stands for
the verb to he, as in a-li-ye, he
who is, or merely, who. A-U,
he is, or, he being. Nika-Uj
and I am.
Alia Xftt-, to make a mark by striking,
to wale.
Alifu, AUf, the first Arabic letter,
the alphabet.
Alika hu-f to invito, to call, to call
invited guests to a wedding, to
inform, to split, to click, to give
a crack, to snap.
Alihwa hu-s to go through a certain
. course of medicine, consisting
chiefly ofvarious fumigations and
a very strict regimen.
Aliki ku; to hang.
Aliko, where he is, or was.
Alimuha ku-^ to instruct
AliomOy wherein he is, or was.
Alita, a dancing place, a house o^
amusement.
Alieha ku-, to cause to snap.
Kualisha mtambo wa Imndukiy tc
click the lock of a gun.
AUah (Ar.X God, more reverently,
AUah ta^ala, God the most high.
Allah AUahf without delay or pre-
tence.
AUah hiUcheirf may God make it
good. A common answer to the
usual morning and afternoon
salutations.
AlvMLiia, embroidery.
Almasi, a diamond.
Ama — ama, either— or.
Ama mjo ? Isn't it so ?
Amali, an act, a thing dona
Amaliy a kind of amulet.
Amarna (Ar.), a turban ?
Amana, a pledge, a thing entrusted,
a deposit,a present sent by another
person.
Amanif peace.
Amara, urgent business.
Amara (ya nanga\ a cable.
Amha ku-, to speak against, to talk
scandal, to speak, to say.
Amha. Bee Anibaye.
Amhaa ku-, to go near to without
touching, not to reach, to leave
Amhart, ambergris. [unhurt.
Amhata ku-j to attach, to stick.
Ambatana ku-, to cleave together^
to be mutually attached.
Amhatiza ku-, to moke to stick.
Amhaye or Amhaye kwamba^ who.
The final syllable is variable,
making ambazo, amhayo, &©.,
which.
Amhaza ku-, to cause to pass near
without touching.
AMB
AND
249
Jimbia Jcu-, to tell, io say to.
Pass. Kuambiwaf to be told, to
have said to one.
Ambika hu-, to put (or be put ?}
firmly together.
Arnbilika ku-,iohe spoken to.
Ambiaana ku-y to be cemented to-
gether, to stick together.
Ambisha hu; to make to hold to-
gether.
Ambua ku-j to peel, to huak, to toko
a morsel in eating.
Amhukiza hu-f to give a complaint
to, infect.
Amdelhan, a silky kind of stuff.
AmerikanOt Ameri&n sheeting, best
cotton cloth used in trading in
the interior.
NJia, &c., ya AmeriJtano, the best
Amili ku; to manage. [way, &o.
Amina, Amen.
Amini ku', to believe in, trust.
Kuamini mlu na kitu, to trust a
man with something, to entrust
something to some one.
Aminif or Aminifu^ trustworthy,
faithful.
Aminisha ku-, to entrust to, have
perfect confidence in.
Amtri, plur. maamiri, an emir, an
AmJia ku't to awake. [officer.
Amkia ku-, to salute.
Amktia ku-, to invite, summon (?).
Amratci, a dipping line, made fast
to the foremost yard-arm.
A nrif order, command.
Amri ya Muungu, a matter in
God's hands.
8ina amrif &o., I have no busi-
ness, &c.
Amria ku-, to put a thing at one's
disposal, to give leave concerning
something.
Amrisha lu-^ to cause to be ordered,
order.
Amru kth, to order, .command.
Amtha ku-y to waken, cause to
awake, rouse.
Amu, Lamoo.
Kiamu, the dialect of LamoOi of
the Lamoo kind,
Amu, father's brother.
Amua ku-f to judge, to separate two
people who are fighting.
Passive, Kaamtttoa, to bejudged.
Amuka ku- = Amka ku-,
Amuru ku- = Amru ku-.
Amusha ku- ^ Amsha kU',
Amwa ku-j to suck (M.).
Amwisha ku-, to suckle (M ).
Anttf he has.
Anakotoka, whence he is coming,
where he comes from.
'anancLf gentle, soft.
Upepo muHinana, a soft breeze.
Maji fiiananaf clear, quiet water,
Anapokufenda, whither he is going.
Anapolalaf while he is sleeping.
Anasa, pleasure.
Andaa ku-, to prepare for cooking,
to make pastry, &c.
Andalia ku-, to prepare for, to make
made dishes for.
Andama ftu-, to follow (M.).
Mwezi umeandama, the month is
up — the now moon has begun.
Andamana ku-, to accompany (M.).
Andika ku-, to put in order, to lay
out, to describe, to write, to steer
a vesseL
Andikanya ku% to put things one
upon another, as plates in a pile.
Andiliia ^m-, to write, to lay out,
&c., for or on account of.
Andikiwa ku-, to be written, laid
out, &c., for.
zSO
AND
ASH
Andikiana Jnh, to write to cme
another, to correspond.
Anfu, knowing, ingenious.
AngOj a great light, the firmament.
Ndege za angoj birds of the air.
Anga Vu-, to jnmp or danoe about
liko a wizard.
Angatka ftii-, to be in a great bustle.
Angalia ku-, to look • attentively,
regard, take notice, obserre, be
careftil, beware of.
Angama hu-^ to be caught in falling
(as by the boughs of a tree).
Angamia ku-, to be ruined, to fall,
come to poverty.
utaangam4a mwituni^ you will be
lost in the jungle.
Angamuha 2n»-, to ruin.
Angaza Xpu-, to be light, to be bright,
to remain awake, to keep watoh.
KtUia mwangazct,io give light to.
Angia ku-, to bewitch by dancing
and jumping about.
Angika ku-^ to hang up, to hang
against a wall.
•angUf my, of me.
'Wigu mimi, my own.
Angua ktt-, to take down, to hatch
Anguka ku-, to fall down. [eggs.
Angukia hu-, to fall down to, or
before.
Angutiha ku-, to make to fall down,
throw down.
Ania iM'f to purpose, think of doing.
Anika ku-, to spread out to dry.
AnkrOj a bill of sale.
Anna ku-t to take out of the sun or
rain.
Anuka Ini-, to leave off raining.
AnuHiniy the address of a letter.
Anza ku', to begin.
The ku- is frequently retained, as
Alikioanza for AUanzcu
AntUiza ku-, to make a beginning.
Anzwani, Johanna.
Ao, or.
Ao-HxOf either— or.
'OOf their, of them.
Apa ku-, to swear.
ApendcUOf what he liket.
Apif where?
The a sometimes is so run into
the final a of the preceding
word as to be scarcely separable
ih>mit.
Apia ku-f to swear to, or about
Apisha ku'f to make to swear, to
adjure.
Apiza ku-, to swear at, to imprecate
against, to wish bad luck to.
Apizo, plur. nuMpizo, an imprecation.
Arabuni, Arabia, in Arabia.
Arahunii earnest money.
Arathi, pardon.
Arha'ctf four.
^Ari, a thing to make one blush a
disgraceful thing,
ilrid,. following, party, faction.
Ariaaf lower I let out the rope I
Arifu, knowing, ingenious.
Arifu ku-f to inform.
Ardbaini, forty.
Ardbatathara, foxuieoL
Ata ku-^ to forbid.
Aiali, syrup.
AtoLi ya nyuki, honey.
AjmU ya mua, the boiled juice of
the sugar-cane, treacle.
AmU ya tembOf fresh palm wine
boiled into a syrup.
^Asharoj ten.
Asharini, twenty.
AdiekaUt better in health during
siclmess.
Kuwa cuihekaJi, to improve.
Kufanya (uihekaUf to make better
ASH
AZM
251
Asherati, dissipation, a dissipated
person.
Ashiihi hu-, to love, to love ex-
ceedingly.
Ashiria %ti-, to make a sign to.
Js^ih*, customs duties.
An hu', to neglect one's duty to, to
rebel, to be disobedient.
KfMsi nikeioef to quarrel with bis
wife, and not do his duty by
her.
AsQcari^ plur. asikari, or waasiharh
a soldier.
Kutia asikari, to enlist.
AsUif origin, nature, source.
Asisha fcti-, to cause to leave, to
cause to cease.
Adtata, not yet.
Assubuiy in the morning.
Aiusa, that which assuages bitter-
ness or pain, takes away an un-
pleasant taste. Also Azuza.
Ataj Aiana, Atia, Atilia^ (M.) =
Aehcby Aehana, &c.
Atamia fcu-, to sit on eggs, to hatch
AtamUha Jcu-, to put under a sitting
Atgvl, average. [hen.
AthabattBha hu-, to oontroL
Athama, highness.
Mtoenyi aihama, the Most High.
A{haH = Eaihari.
Athibu JcU', to chastise, to punish.
Athibisha hu-, to punish.
Athima = AtJiama.
Athimika Xrti-, to be exalted.
Athini hu-,io call to public prayers.
Athuurt\ noon, one of the Moham-
medan hours of prayer.
AH I look you I I say I
Atihu, a fragrant herb used in the
composition of Itikuha,
Attia, gratuitously, for nothing.
Atuha ku', to crack as the earth
does in very dry weather.
Atta kthy to make a survey of, to go
over and look at
Auka ku-, to grow large enough to
bear fruit
Auni ku'y to help.
Avya ku-^ to produce, to spend, to
giveaway.
Atpa kn-y to go out or away (Mer.).
Awaloj a promissory note.
Atoali or Aotoali, first, almost*
nearly.
Awaza kvh^ to dispose, to allot to
each his share.
Atoesia, a kind of dhow like a hederU
(which see), without any prow or
head, with merely a perpendicular
cutwater.
Awini kt^, to help, to supply.
Aujithi kth, to barter.
Ayari, a cheat.
Ayari,^ pulley, the stay of a dhow*»
mast
Ayati, a sort of grass.
Aycui ya shohaf brass wire.
Ayika ftii-, to dissolve, to melt
Ayithi Vu-, to preach.
Aza ku- = Waza ku-f to ponder,
think.
Azama, a nose ring.
Azima, a charm used to bring back
a runaway slave and to drive
away evil spirits.
Azima ku; to lend.
Azifmea ku-, to borrow.
Azimia ku-^ to make an tLzima
against
Azimia kn-^ to resolve.
Azimu ku-f to resolve (generally
pronounced dzimu).
Azizi, a rarity, a curiosity.
Azmat scent, fume.
252
AZU
BAJ
Azur, perjury.
JUwKi^ See Asusa,
B has the Bame Bound as in
English.
N changes into in before 6, as
fn^aya for n-baya, bad.
mJnoa for n-hwa, a dog or dogs.
Nw also becomes mb,
mbingu {oTn-toingu^ the heavens.
Bttf a shortened fonn of bwana.
Baa, evil
Baa, plor. mahaa, a worthless
person, an nttcr reprobate.
Baada, afterwards.
Baada ya, after (used preferably
of time).
Baadaye, or haada yoke, after it,
then, afterwards.
Baathi, some.
Baathi ya watu, some persons.
Baazi, a sort of pea growing on a
small tree somewhat resembling
laburnum.
Bah (Ar.), a gato, chapter.
Bab TJlaya^ goods for the Euro-
.pcan market.
Bah Kaoiii, goods for the Gutch
trade.
Bab U amana, something cntrastedy
lent to one.
Baba, father.
Baba mdogo, mother's brother.
Baba toa hanibo, stepfather.
Babatvawaana, > ^n owl.
Baba toa toatoto, y
Babaika ku-, to hesitate in speaking,
to stutter, to talk in one's sleep.
Babata ku-, to pat, to tap, to flatten
out
Babu, graud&ther, ancestors.
Babtia ku-, to strip ofll
Babuka ku^, to tear, to become torn.
Badala or Badali, a thing given in
exchange for something else, an
equivalent
Badani, Soo Karuu,
Badili kth, to change, exchange,
alter, become changed.
Badiltka ku-, to be changed, to bo
changeable.
Bado, not yet, used generally to
express that the matter in educa-
tion is as yet incomplete.
Bado kidogo, soon.
Bafe, a kind of snake.
Bcifla, a sort of flne calico.
Bagala or Bdgala, a buggalo, a
large kind of dhow square in the
stem, with a high poop and a
very long prow. Most of the
Indian trading dhows are of this
build ; they have generally a
small mizcn-mast
Bdghala, a mule.
Bagua ^tf-, to separate.
Baguka ku-, to be separate.
Bagukana ku; to be in hostilily, to
be on two sides.
Baharif sea.
Bahari iVaJi, the Persian Gulf.
Bahari ya Sham, the Bed Sea.
Bahatia, a sailor, sailors, the crew.
Bahasha, a square bag or pocket
with a three-OQrncred flap to ti
over the opening, frequent)^
used to keep books in.
BahaiiorBdkhii, luck, good fortune.
Bakhti mtu^ that depends on the
BdkaiUka ku-, to guess. [person.
Baini, &o. See Bayini, &c
Baini ya, between.
Bajia, small cakes of gronnd b^n^
and pepper.
i)AJ
BAO
253
Bajuni = Mgunycu
Bakdku, to dispute, to argue.
Bahhili, a miser, covetous, miserly.
JkJdUi. BeeBahati.
Baki, the remainder, what is left.
BaM (in arithmetic), subtraction.
Baki ftu-, to remain, to be over, to
be left.
Bdkora, a walking stick with the
top bent at right angles to the
stem. The best are made of a
white, straight-grained wood
(mtob we), which will bend nearly
double like a piece of lead without
breaking or returning.
Baksha, a packet, of clothes, &c.
Bakulif plur. mdbdkiLli, a basin.
Bakwia &tt-, to snatch out of the hand.
Balaa^ sorrow.
Balamvoeziy moonlight, moonshine.
Balanga, leprosy.
Bahm, a large kind of water jar.
Bali, but
Balighif a boy who is a virgin, a youth.
Balungi, plur. mdbalungtf a citron.
Bambct, plur. mabamba, a plate, a
flat thin piece.
Banibo, an instrument like a cheese-
taster thrust into a bag to draw
out some of its contents for ex-
amination.
MahambOf large mats for beating
out mtama upon.
Bamvuttf spring-tides.
Bana ku-y to squeeze, press as in a
vice.
Banada, the Somauli coast
Banajiri or Banagiriy a kind of
bracelet ornamented with points
or blunt spikes, much worn in
Zanzibar.
Banda, plur. mo&amla, a large shed.
^anda la/rasi, a stable.
Bandarij a harbour.
Bandera, a flag, red stuff the colour
of the Arab flag.
Bandi, a seam.
Kupiga bandi (in sewing), to
tack, to run, to baste.
Bandia.
Mtoto wa bandia, a doll.
Bandika ku-, to put on a plaster or
any medicament.
Bandita ku-, to strip off, to peel off.
Banduica /;u-, to peel off, to come
out of its shell, to be peeled.
Bangiy bhang, Indian hemp.
Banika ku^, to roast on a spit over
the fire.
Baniya, a temple, a buildin°:,
especially that at Mecca.
Banja ku-, to crack nuts, Ac, to
break off the shell or husk by
beating.
Banyani, plur. mahanyani, used in
Zanzibar as a general name for
the heathen Indians who come
as traders from Gutch.
Banza,
Kujibanza, to squeeze oneself
against a wall or into a hedge
to allow some one else to pass.
Banzif plur. mabanzi, a small thin
piece of wood, a splint
BoQ, the tiller of a small craft (A.).
Bao, a game in card-playing.
Mabao »ita = Mvumo,
Kutia baOf to mark, in card-play-
ing.
Bao or Bao la komwe, a board with
thirty-two small holes, each
about the size of a teacup, for
playing a very favourite game
also called 6ao, with komwe^ or
with pebbled. The holes are
9o;iielimes merelv scooped out
254
BAP
in the ground, and any email
things used to play with.
Kueheza hdo, to play at the above
game.
Bapciy the flat of a sword, &o,
Kupiga hapa, to strike with the
flat of a sword.
Baroj a species of antelope (Helgo-
bagus arundinaceas).
Bara or Barra^ wild country, coa^t.
The Arabic name, Z^njibarr, is
compounded of this word and
ZenJ or Zanjy e^negro : hence the
Zanguebar and Zanzibar of our
maps mean only the negro
coast. The Swahili name for
Zanzibar is inyariably Unguja:
Barr Fans, the piece of Persian
coast belonging to Oman.
Barr SwdhU, the Swahili coast.
Baraha, proper, just, exactly.
Barabara^ a broad open road.
Bara/Uf ice.
Baragutnoj a spiral horn used as a
musical instrument ; it is blown
through a hole at the small end.
Baraif an after brace carried on the
Ice side to steady the yard of a
dhow.
BardkOf a blesrang. Also common
as a proper namel
Barakoat a mask reaching down to
the mouth, universally worn by
the women of Oman and Zan-
zibar of the upper class.
BaraiU a disease.
Barathtdif an idiot, dupe, simpleton.
Also harazuli.
Baravjai, a swallow.
Baraza, a stone seat or bench table,
either outside the house or in
the hall, pr both, where the
master sits In public and receives
BAT
his friends ; hence the durbar, of
public audience held by the
sultan, and the council then held.
Baridij cold, wind.
Majt ya haridi, fresh water.
BaridiyabiSf rheumatism.
Bariki Au-, to bless.
N.B. — Young people are said in
Zanzibar to bariki, when they
flrst have connection with the
opposite sex. Girls are thought
old enough between nine and
ten.
Bartkia hu-, to give a blessing to,
to greet
Bariyo (A.), what is left from the
evening meal to be eaten in the
morning.
Barizi ku-j to sit in haraxa, to hold
a public reception.
Barra, See Bara,
Barua or BdrtM, a summons from a
judge, a bill, a letter.
BanUi, gunpowder,
Barzulu a fool.
Basbasif mace, the inner husk of
the nutmeg.
Bashire kheril may it be lucky !
Bashiri Aru-, to prognosticate, to
foretell by signs.
BanihisM or BakhshidU, a gift, a
largess.
Batiri ku-, to foresee.
Bass or Bassi, enough, it will do.
When it begins a sentence it
means — ^well, and so, and then.
When it follows a word or phrase
it means— just this and no more.
Bastola, a pistol.
Bata^ plur. mabata, a duck.
Baia la bukini, a goose.
Baia la mzinga^ a turkey.
Batela, the common dhow of Zon*
BAT
BIA
255
sibar ; it hai a square stem and
an ordinary boat-liko head.
BcUi, tin, block tin.
Bata. Soo Betili.
Batili hu-, to annul, to abolitb, to
reduce to nothing.
BaiUy the log (nautical).
Batobato, plur. ma-, various colours
and marks on an animal.
Bau, a i^izard*s fortune-telling
board.
Kupiga hau, to divine.
Baura, a European anchor.
Bavuniy alongside, at the side.
Batoa, plur. mahaway the wing of a
bird. Also, the scales of a fish.
Batcciba^ a hinge.
^atoa&t^ahouse-porter, door-keeper.
Bawasir^ haemorrhoids.
'^yuy bad. It makes mbaya with
nouns like nyumba,
Bayini ku-t to recognize, to know.
Bayiniica 7£^^>, to be notorious, to be
well known.
Bayinuha ku-y to distinguish be-
tween, separate distinctly.
Bazazi, a trader, especially a cheat-
ing, over-sharp trader, a huck-
ster.
Beba ^-, to carry (a child) on the
back in a cloth.
Behera, a he-goat given to covering,
strong, manly.
Bedarif the fixed lower pulley for
hoisting a dhow sail and yard,
bitts to which and through which
ihejirari are passed and secured.
Bedeniy a kind of dhow with a per-
pendicular cutwater, or merely a
piece of board by way of prow, a
sharp stem, and high rudder head.
The mast of a bed^ni is f er-
|>ondicular; in o^her dhpws it I
bends forward. They come from
tho Arab coast.
Bee, a bargain, a trade, transaction.
Beehf for IjebeJca,
Bega^ plur. mabegay the shoulder.
BehewOj the inner court in a stone
house. AH large houses in Zanzi-
bar are built round an inner
court
Beina, between.
Beina yalio nini f what do you know
about it? Compare Bayini,
BeJcua hu-^ to parry, to knock off a
blow.
Belghamu, phlegm.
Bembe, food and confectionery
cooked by a woman for her lover,
and sent to him during the
Bamathan,
Bembeleza hu-, to beg.
Bembeaha ku-, to swing.
Bembeza ku- \ to beg, to caress, to
Bembeleza A;t*- j pat.
Benua ku-, to put forward, to stick
out
Kvhenua kidariy to walk with the
chest thrown forward.
Benuka ku-, to warp.
Kubenuka kiko kwa kiko, to warp
and twist this way and that.
Besa^ vulgar Arabic for pesa, Bes-
teen = Pesa mbili,
Besera, canopy of a bedstead.
Betela = Batela,
Betty a pouch for shot or cartridges.
Beti (Ar.), a house, a line in verses.
Betili or Batil, a dhow with a very
long prow, and a sharp stern
with a high rudder head. They
generally belong to the Shemali,
or Persian Gulf Arabs.
Beyana, legible, clear.
Bia,
s2
256
BIA
Kula Ua, to subscribe to a meal
in common, to go shares in a
meaL
Biashara, trade, commeroe.
Kufanya hicuihara^ to trade.
Mfanyx hioitharai a trader, a mer-
chant.
Bibi\ grandmother. It is used as a
title answering to my lady, and
for the mistress of slaTes.
Bibot plur. mahibo, a cashew apple.
-WcAi, fresh, green, unrijre, raw,
under-done. It makes mhichi
with nouns like mpimha.
Bidiif effort to surposs, emulation.
BiHrOy a virgin.
Bikiri Xru-, to deflower.
BUaskiy gratis, for nothing.
Bilauri, ft drinking glass.
Bildiy the lead (nautical).
BUisi = Iblicj the devil.
BUla, except by.
BUula, a tap.
Bima, insurance.
Bima ftu-, to insure against acci-
dents.
Binadamuy a human being (a son
of Adam).
Bindo, the loin-cloth held up to
receive or carry things, a bundle
in a cloth.
Kukinga hindOf to hold up the
loin-cloth to receive things.
Bingway shrewd, knowing.
Binti, daughter. Women in Zan-
zibar are generally mentioned by
their father's name only, as, Binti
Mohammedf Mohammod*s daugh-
ter.
Birtka,p\\a, ma5irt7;a,a large vessel
for holding water, a cistern.
Birimf, a dish composed of meat,
rice, pepper, &o.
BOM
Bisha ku, to knock or cry Hodi! at
a door to attract the attention of
the people within. It is held
very wrong to go beyond tho
entrance hall of a houae unless '
invited in.
Bisha hU'y to work in sailing. Also^
to make boards.
Bishana ftt*-, to squabble, to quarrel.
BisharOy a sign, a good sign.
Bisho, tacking, working to the wind-
ward.
Upepo wa hisho, a foul wind.
Bisi, parched Indian corn.
BitancLy lined, double, used of clothes
wherever there are two thick-
nesses.
Bilhaa, goods, merchandise.
'hivu or "VjipUy ripe, well done. It
makes fMvu with nouns like
nyumbcL
Bim, plur. moMtoi, heaps of garden
rubbish, leaves, wood, &o.
Bizari, a small seed used in making
curry.
Bize, a wild hunting dOg.
Bizima, a buckle.
•bofu or -oouy rotten, bad, malicious.
BogOy plur. mahoga, a pumpkin.
Boga is used as a general word
for edible vegetables.
Bogi = Pombe,
Bogoa ku-, to strip off leaves, to tear
apart, to chop away wood in
making a point?
Bohari or Bokhari, a storehouse, a
house with a shop and warerooms.
Boko, a buffalo (?).
BokobokOf a kind of food made of
wheat, meat, &o.
Bokioa, jack fruit [Tumbatu].
Boma, plur. maboma, a heap of
I stones, a rampart.
BOM
Bombat a pump.
Bomboromoka, plur. mci: 6eo Boro-
moha,
Bomoa Teu-y to make a hole through,
to break down.
Bomoka Aru-, to have a hole broken
through it, to be broken down.
Bongo, plur. mahongo, brains, mar-
row.
Bonth, a bridge, a pier. From the
French pant
Bonyea ku-, to give way, to crush
in.
Bonyesha ku; to press so as to sink
in, to m^ike an impression with
the fingers.
Bonyeza ku-, to examine by feeling
and pressing. See TomcLsa,
Boondcy a valley, a hollow place.
Bora, great, very great, noble, best,
most.
Boriy the bowl of a native pipe.
Boriti, a rafter, thick poles cut in
the mangrove swamps and laid
flat to support the stone roofs.
BoroTioa, a dish made of pounded
pulse with flavourings.
Boromoka ku-^ to fall down a preci-
pice.
BoTomoka, plur. ma-, precipices, pre-
cipitous places. Also 6oin6oro-
moka, plur. mar.
Borongaboronga ku-yto make a mess
of one's work.
Borosihoa, a long-shaped black in-
sect found in dunghills.
Boruga &«-, to stir, tocut up weeds.
-bovu or -ovtf, rotten, bad.
Boza, a narcotic made by mixing
bhang with flour and honey.
Bozibozi, idle, dull.
Bramini, an agent (working for two ,
per cent commission.) |
BUN
257
l?t/a,p1ur. ma&ua, the stem of millt t.
Bvha, rupia, applied to various skin
diseases.
Bubu, (A.), a teat.
Bvbu, plur. mahubuy dumb.
Bubujika ku; to bubble out, burst
forth.
Kuhubujtka m<iehozi,to burst into
tears.
Buhur (M.), dumb.
Buddi, escape, other course.
8ina buddi, I have no escape, t>.,
I must.
Bueta, a box. Also bweta, (From
the French, hoite.)
Buga, a hare (?).
Bughuthu ku'j to hate.
Buhuri, incense.
Buihui, a spider.
Baki or Bukini, Madagascar.
Buki, a kidney.
Buku, a very large kind of rat
Buli, plur. mahuli, a teapot.
Bumbuazi, perplexity, idiotcy.
Kupigwa na hurnbuazi, to become
confused and abashed, so as not
to be able to go on with one's
business.
BumbtDi'jTice flour pounded up with
scraped cocoa-nut.
Bumiaj sternpost.
Bumunda,^hiT, mabumundOf a sort
of soft cf^e or dumpling.
Bundit a native bird, an owl. Owls
are thought yery unlucky.
Bunduki, a gun, a musket.
Bungala, a kind of rico.
Bungoy plur. mdbungo, a kind of
fruit something like a medlar.
Bungu, plur. mahungu, a dish.
Bungu la kupozea uji, a saucer to
cool gruel in.
Buni, raw coffee, coffee-berriot.
258
BUN
Buni, an ostrich.
Bunt, (Ar.X sons, the sons of.
Buni kU't to hogiD, to be thefintto
do a thing, to iavent.
Bunju, a poisonoas fish.
Bunzif plur. mabunzif a atinging
fly.
Buoihu 7cu-f to hate.
BupurUf plur. mahupurUf an empty
shelL
Bupuru la hittoa, a sknlL
BuraTigenif of two colours, neither
black nor white ; also painted of
different ooloars, as a dhow with
a white stripe.
Buratangi, a whirring kite.
Burdu.
Marcuhi ym Burdu, eau-de-
Cologne.
Buriy large-sized tusks of ivory.
Burianif a final furewell» asking
a general forgiveness.
KutaJcana buriani, to ask mutual
pardon and bo take a last fare-
well.
Burikao, Port Durnford.
Burre, for nothing, gratis, in vain,
for no good.
Buruda, a book of the prayers used
over a dying person.
Burudika hu-, to be refreshed.
BurudUha hu-, to cool, to refresh.
Buruga kth, to mix up, to knock
together.
Buruhanij token, evidenoe.
Burujif battlements.
Burura hu-, to drag, to haul along.
Busara^ prudence, subtlety, astute-
BusaU, a kind of matting made at
liluscat.
Buihcuhiy a thin sort of stufll
BushUf tow, a gun-wad.
Bushuti, woollen stufT, blanket^
Bustaniy a garden.
Btuu, a kiss.
Busu hu-t to kiss.
Buu^ plur. ma&tiif, maggots ic me&t
(M.).
BuyUy plur. ma(uyt«,a calabash, the
fruit of the baobab tree, used
to draw water with.
Buzi, plur. mo&ttxf, a yery large
goat
Baaga hw, to throw down what
one has been carrying; to tip
off ohe*s head, &c.; to rest by
throwing down one's burden.
Kubwitga nazi, to throw down
cocoa-nuts.
Bwana, master of slaves, master of
the house, lord, sir, used politely
inspcaking of one's own father,
Bwana mdogo, master's son.
Bicanda =s Gvoanda.
Bujara,
Seeds ya &trara, c dollar under
full weight, a 5-frano piece.
Bweta, See Bueta,
C is required only in writing the
sound of the English e^ or of the
Italian c before t and e.
In the dialect of Zanzibar ch
frequently stands for the t of more
northern Swahili, as— -
ChupOf a bottle (Zanzibar) =
Tupa (Mombas).
Kuckeha^ to laugh (Zanz.) s
Kuteka (Momb.).
Clii, in the vulgar dialect, and
amongst the slaves in Zanzibar,
stands for ^t in the more correct
language, f^evcrol of the tribes in
.0
CBA
259
the interior follow the same mle as
the Ilallau in always pronouncing
the same root letter e^ before i and
e, and k before a and o.
Thus slaves commonly say, Cliitu
c1iidogo,A little tiling, for Kituhi-
Ab a rule, in all Swahili where
the prcformative lii has to be pre-
fixed to an adjective or pronoun or
tense prefix beginning with a vowel,
it becomes c^, thus —
Xt«tt c^an<Yu, my knife, not KUu
hiangu.
Kim (iaJcaia, the knife cuts, not
Kisu JciahatcL.
KUu chema cho choie, every good
thing whatsoever, not KUu
Iciema Tito hiote.
Where ch represents 7«, as the
initial sound of a substantive, the
plural is made by chaugiiig ch into
ry.
C^ornlK), a vessel, FyomlK), vessels.
But where e^ stands for t, the
plural is made by prefixing mcL,
Machupa, bottles.
Machungwaf oranges.
The Arabs confound in their
pronunciation ch with «%, though
the sounds are in Swahili perfectly
distinct.
It would perhaps be an improve-
ment to write all ch^a which repre-
sent M by a simple c, which has
been used for this sound in Sechuana,
and to write all cA's which repre*
sent i by <y, which has been used
for this sound in writing Zulu. But
both are here represented by c^,
because at least in the infancy of
our studies it is puzzling to have
two signs for one sound, and neither
way of writing might be quite satis*
factory in all cases.
There is little doubt that the
northern t becomes ch by the addi-
tion of a 2^ sound, as the same sort
of change takes place with d, which
becomes dy or j, and sometimes
with n, making it ny or the Spanish
ii. The same sort of chango in
English vulgarizes nature into
nachuTf and Indian into Injun,
Ch' = hi; which see.
Ch; a prefix required by sub-
stantives beginning with hi- or
ch' representing Z:f-, in all pro-
nouns and adjectives beginning
with a vowel, and in tenses of
the verb where the tense prefix
begins with a vowel.
Cha, of.
Many quasi-substantives may be
made by prefixing cJia to a
verb, hitu being understood, as
didkula (a thing), of eating,
food.
Clia or Chayi\ tea.
Cha kU', to fear [A.] (the ku* bears
the accent, and is retained in the
usual tenses>
Cha ^tf-, to dawn, to rise [of the sun]
the ku- bean the accent, and
is retained in the usual tenses.
Kumekucha, the dawn (it has
dawned).
Kunakucluif the dawning.
UHku huchay all night till dawn,
all night long. See Chvoa,
Chaanzuy the beginning of a piece
of uA'tW.
Chacha ku'f to ferment, leaven,
work.
Chaehaga ftu-, to wash clothes by
260
-CHA
dabbing them gently on a siond
or board, not to beat them so hard
as is implied in the more common
word hufua,
'chache^ few, liltte, not many or
much. It makes chache with
nouns like mywmba,
Chaehia Jcu-, to come with a press,
to come much at once, to burst
upon one.
Chachu, bran, leaven, ferment.
Oiaji, a kind of fish.
Chafi.
Chafl cha mguUj calf of the leg =
tafu,
ChafUf plur. machafUf the cheek,
especially that part which is over
the teeth.
Chafua leu-, to put in disorder,
disarrange.
Chafuka Im-, to be in disorder, in
dishabille.
Moyo umechafuka, (I) feel sick.
Chafukachafuka ku-, to be all in a
mess, to be all tumbled about
and in confusion.
ChafuOf a poisonous horse-iiy.
Chafya ku-y or kupiga chafya^ or
kwenda chafya^ to sneeze.
Chagaa = Tagaa.
Chago, land crabs.
CJiago, the place where the head is
laid (on a kitanda, etc.)<
Ckagua, ku-t to pick out, select,
garble.
Chaiy or Chayi, tea.
CJiaJcaa ku-, to become worn out,
to become good for nothing
through age or use.
Clialtey or eliakwe^ his, her, its. Bee
-ake»
CJiakiy chalk, whitening, putty.
Chako, thy. See -ako.
Chakogea = IKitu] eha hu-ogea^ A
thing to bathe in, a bath.
Chdkula, something to eat, food, a
meal.
Cliakula cha tubui, breakfast.
Chdkula cha mcliana, dinner.
Chakula chajioni^ supper, which
is the chief meal of the day.
Plur. vydktda, victuals.
ChalCf a cut or gash made for orna-
ment.
Chaliy backward, on hiB back.
ChamOf a club, guild, band of
people.
Waana chama, members of it
Chamha cha jicho, a white film over
the eye,
Chamho, plur. vyamboj a bait
CJiambua ku-, to dress, clean, pick
over, as to pluck off the outer
leavesof vegetables when sending
them to market, to pick the
sticks and dirt out of cotton, to
pick cloves off their stalks,
&o.
CJiambulia ku-t to clean up, to dress
up work or things.
Chamburo, a plate for wire drawing.
Chamchela,
Pepo za chamchelat a whirlwind.
Cha^msha kanwa (something to
wake the mouth), something
eaten first thing in the morning.
Ghana = Tanti.
Cliana ku-j to comb.
CJianday plur. vyanda (M.), a finger,
a toe.
Chanddlua, an awning, a mosquito
net
'Changay young, immature.
Changa ku-, to sift away chaff and
husks.
Kula kua kuchanga, a feast
OHA
GHB
2G1
wliero each contributes some-
thing to the entertainment.
Changa*mka hu-^ to be genial, to be
Jieart jT and pleasant.
Changamusha hu-, to cheer up.
Changanya hu-, to mix.
Ghanganyika hu-^ to be mixed.
Changanyitha hu-y to perplex.
Changarawtf girt,little white stones
like those in ooarse sand.
Changoy plnr. vyangOf a peg to hang
things npon.
Ckango, small intestines, round
worms.
CliangUy a kind offish.
Changuy a tribal mark (?).
ChangUf my. See -angyi^
Chant = Tant, on the back, back-
ward.
Chania %ii-, to comb for, fto.
ChanikiwUif green.
Chanja ku-, toout up [firewood, &c.].
Chanjiwa ♦'';.*-, nduij to be cut for
small-pox, tio be vaccinated.
Chano, plur. vyano, a large wooden
platter, a mortar-board.
Chanua ku-, to put forth leaves.
Chaot their. 8ee 'OO,
ChapOj plur. machapaf a stamp,
-a ehapa, printed. [type,
Kupiga chapa, to print.
Chapa ku-f to beat, to stamp.
Chapachapaf wet through, all
dripping.
Chapeo, a hat. From the French
ehapeau (?).
Chappa or Chapparay excessively.
CJiapuOy a sort of small drum.
CliatUf a python, a crocodile (?).
ChavUy plur. ffyavu, a net.
•chavu, filthy, unwashed.
Chawa, a louse.
Cfiayi, tea.
Chazaf an oyster.
ChazOf a sucker fish.
Cheche, a small box (such as a
lucifer-box).
C%6cA6, a brown mangouste. Also =
chechi,
Qiecliej a spark.
Chechea ku-y to walk lame.
Checheley an absent person, one who
goes far beyond where he in-
tend ed to stop through inattention .
ChecJiemea ku-y to be lame. Also,
to reach up, stretch up to.
Chechiy plur. machechiy a spark.
Chegua ku-y to choose.
CJieka ku-y to laugh, to laugh at.
Chekdea ku-y to laugh at, because of.
ChekOy plur. machekOy a laugh, a
loud laugh.
Ckelea ku-y to fear for, about, &o.
Chelemay watery.
Chelewa kuy to be overtaken by
something through thought-
lessness, to wake up and find
it broad daylight, to be struck
foolish, to be dumbfounded.
Also, to be too late.
Sikulcama wala sikuchdeway I
did not delay, and I was not late.
CJieleza ku-y to keep, to put on one
side, to put off.
Chelezea ku-, to keep or put aside
CJielezo = CJiilezo. [for.
Ckemhey a grain, grains.
C7tem&e,plur. vyembe (K.), an arrow,
the head of an arrow oraharpoon.
Chembe cha moyo (A.), the pit of
the stomach.
Chemheu, a chisel.
CJiemchemy a spring of water.
CIie*mka ku-y to boil, to bubble up.
ChenezOy plur. vyenexoy a measuring
rod, line, &o.
262
OHfi
Chenga &«-, to cleave, to cut wood,
to prune.
Chenge ehenge, small broken bits.
Chenja = Chenza,
Chenttj your. See -enu.
Ckenyif having, with. See -enyu
Ckenza, a large kind of mandarin
orange.
Chenza za kiajjemif Persian, i.e,y
good chenzas.
CheOf plur. vyeo, measurements
measure, length, breadth, &c.,
position in the world, station.
Chepecliepef wet, soaked with rain,
wetted.
Chepuka hvr = Chipuka,
Cherawij a well-known mangrove
swamp in the island of Zanzibar.
Cherecj a grindstone.
Ckerevu, cunning, subtlety.
CherhhanOj machine.
Cherkhana cha kiuihonat a sewing
Cheruwa, measles. [machine.
ChetezOy plur. vyetezo, a censer, a
pot to fume incense in.
Cheii, plur. vyeti, a pass, a passport.
Chelu^ our. See -etu.
CJievoat a kind of fish.
Cheza fct*-, to play, to dance,
Kucheza gwaridi, to be drilled
in European fashion.
Kucheza komart, to play for
Cheza, a kind of oyster. [money.
Cheza ku-j to play with,
Kuchezea unyago, to deflower a
virgin (?).
Chi = Ki'.
Chieha, the scraped cocoa- nut after
the oil has been squeezed out.
It is sometimes used to rub on
the hands to clean them of grime,
but is generally thrown away as
lefose.
CHI
Chichiriy a briba
Chikapo = Kikapu, a basket.
Chikichij plur. machikichi^ the fruit
of the palm-oil tree.
Kichikichi, plur. tfichikichi, the
small nuts contained in the
fruit of the palm-oil tree,
Chilezo, plur. Htezo, a buoy.
Chimba kn-, to dig (M. titnha).
Chimhia /ft*-, to dig for (M. timhia).
Chimhia /fu- = Kimhia Aru-, to run
away.
Chimbua Arw-, to dig out or away.
Chirnbuko, origin, first beginning,
source.
Chini, down, bottom, below.
Tuko chini, he is down stairs.
Chini ya, under, below.
Chinja ku-, to cut, to slaughter
animals by cutting the throat,
which is the only manner allowed
by the Mohammedan law, hence
generally to kill for food (M.
kutinda).
Chinki,9L small yellow bird kept in
cages.
Chinusi, a kind of water sprite,
which is said to seize men when
swimming, and hold them un-
der water till they are dead, (?)
cramp.
Chinyango, a lump of meat
Chipuka, &c. = Chupuka, &c.
Chipukizi, a shoot, a young plant
See Tepukuzi.
Chipukizi ndio mH children will
be men in time.
Chirikif a small yellow bird often
kept in cages.
Chiro, chironi = ChoOf choont
Chiroko = Chooko, a kind of pulse.
Chiti = Cheti, a note of hand, a rote
of any kind.
OHO
GHO
263
Cho, -cRo, -«fto-, vhich.
Cho chote, whatsoever.
C%oa, ring .^orm.
Chocha hu', to poko cut from, out
uf a hole.
Cfhochea hu-^ to make up a fire, to
turn up a lamp.
Chochelezea ku-, to stir up and in-
crease discord, to add fuel to the
fire.
Chofya hu^. See Chovya,
Choka hu-f to become tired«
Nitnechoka, I am tired.
Chokaaf lime.
ChokeOy a stye in the eye, hordeolum;
Chokoa ku', to clear out, to free
from dirt, enlarge a small hole.
ChokoehokOy a Mod of fruit with a
red prickly rind, white pulp, and
a large kernel.
Chokora ku-^ to pick (with a knife,
&c.).
Chokora, plur. matHiokoray a hanger-
on, a follower, a dependant.
Chokoxa &«-, to teaze, to irritate.
Chole, a place on the island of Zan-
Eibar famous for cocoa-nuts ; also,
the chief town of Monfia.
Choma ktt-f to stab, to stick, to
prick, to dazzle. Vulgarly in
Zanzibar — ^to use fire to in any
way, to bum, to roast, to parch,
to fire, to apply cautery, to bake
pottery.
ChombOf plur. vyombOf a ressel, a
pot, a dhow.
Vyombo is used for household
utensilS; things used in a
house, goods.
Chomea ku-. See Choma Aru*.
Chomeka ku; to be stuck into, to be
set on fire.
Qiomdea /ru-, to take out a bad
piece of cloth, thatch, fto., and
put in a new one.
Chomoza ku-^ to be hot
Chonga ku-, to cut, to adze, to hollow
out, to out to a point.
Kuehonga kalamnj to make a pen.
Change, canine teeth, cuspids.
Chongea ku-, to cut for, or with.
Chongea ku-, to do a mischief to, to
get (a person) into trouble, to
inform against
Chongeleza ftu-, to carry tales, to
backbite.
Change, loss of an eye.
Kuvsa na ehongo, to have lost an
eye.
Mwenyi ehongo, a one-eyed person.
Chongoka ku-, to be precipitous.
Choo, plur. vyoo, a privy, the bath-
room, which always contains one.
Chooko, a small kind of pea, very
much resembling the seeds of
the everlasting pea of EnglLih
gardens.
Chopa, plur. maefiopa, such a quan-
tity as can be carried in the two
hands.
Chopi,
Kwenda ehopi, to walk lame in
such a m&nner as tha( the lame
side is raised at every step.
Chopoa ku-f to drag out of ono*s
hand.
Chopoika &tf-, to slip out of the hand.
Cliora ku-, to carve, to adorn with
carving, to draw on a walL
Choroehoro, scratches, marks.^ *
Choropol:a ku-, to slip out of one's
hand.
Choveka ](«># io put into water, to
steep.
Chovya ku-, i^ dip, to gild.
Chosha kur, to tiie, to make tired.
2G4
CHO
CHtT
Chosi = Kisoze.
Chota ku'f to make np a little at a
Choie, all. See -ote. [lime.
Chovu, weary, tired.
Choyo, greediness, avarice.
Mwenyi choyoj a miser.
Chozi, plur. maehozi, a tear, a tear-
drop.
CJiub! sht! noDsenso!
Chvbua Jcu-t to take the skin off, to
bruise.
CJiubuaehuhua hu-, to bruise about,
to batter.
Chubuha kw, to be raw, to be
bruised.
Chuhud, a plummet.
Chuchu ya ziwa^ a teat
Cliuchnmia hu-, to stretch up to
reach something.
CJiui, a leopard, leopards.
Chuja ku-y to strain.
Chujuka ku; to have the colour
washed out.
Chuki, the being easily disgusted
or offended.
Ana ehuki huyu, he is easily put
out.
CJtukia ku; to be disgusted at, to
abhor, to hate, not to bear.
Chukiwa ^-, to be offended.
Chukisa ku-j to disgust, to offend.
Chtikizieha ku-y to make to offend.
Chukuy a cupping horn.
Cliukua ku'^ to carry, to carry
off, to bear, to support, to sus-
tain.
Kuchukaa fntm5a, to be pregnant
Chukulia ku; to carry for a person.
Pass, kuchukuliwa, to be carried
for, to have carried for one, to
be borne, to drifb.
Chukuliana ku-, to bear with one
imother.
Chukuza ku', to make, to carry, to
load.
ChtUa or Chur(ij plur. vyula, a frog.
Chuma, plur. vyumoj iron, a pieco
' of iron,
Chuma ku-<, to pluck, to gather, to
make profit
Chumba, plur. vyujnha, a room.
Chumvij salt
Chumvi ya haluli, sulphate of
Chuna ku, to flay. [magnesia.
Chunga , ku-^ to pasture, to tend
animals.
Chunga ku-^ to sift.
ChungUf plur. vyungu^ an earthen
cooking pot
Clmnguy ante.
ChungUf a heap.
Chungu ehungu^ in heaps.
'Chungu, bitter (ucHiungu, the
quality of bitterness).
ChnngtUia ku-j to peep.
Cliungwa, plur. macJiunjgtpa, an
orange.
Chungwa la kizungn, a sweet
orange.
Chuntka ku-^ to lose the skin, to be
ChunjucLy a wart [flayed.
Chunuka ku-y to love exceedingly, to
long for.
Chunuzi = Chintui,
Chunyu, an incrustation of salt, as
upon a person after bathing in
salt water.
Chuo, plur. vyuOf a book.
Chuoni, school.
Mwana wa chuoni, a scholar,
learned man.
Chupa^ plur. maehupOy a bottle.
Chwpia ku', to dash.
Chupuka ku' or Chipuka ku-, to
sprout, become sprouted, to shoot,
to spring.
CHU
DAM
265
Chupuza hu', or Chipuza ku; to
sprout, to throw out sprouts, to
^oot, to spring.
Churukiza Xni-, to drain out.
Chururika ku- = Churuzika ku;
Churutoaf measles.
Churuza ku-, to keep a stall, to
trade in a small way.
Churuzika ku-, to run down with.
Kuchuruzfka damu^ to bleed
freely.
GftiiMO, plur. vyusHtt a harpoon.
Chuuza = Churuza.
Chwa ka-y to set (of the sun). The
kii' bears the aocent and is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Mchana kuehwa, or kuttoa, all
day till sunset, all day long.
D.
D has the same sound as in
English. It occurs as an inltal
letter chiefly in words derived from
the Arabic.
X or r and t become d after an
n. Be/Uy long, makes kamba nde/u,
a long rope, not nre/u,
Kanitafuiiat and seek out for me,
when pronounced quickly becomes
Kandaftia,
D in the dialect of Mombas be-
comes J or dy in tiiat of Zanzibar.
Ndoo! Come (Momb.). I^jool
(ZflCnz.)
See C and /.
Daba, a small tin box. Also, a fool.
Dacha ku, to drop.
Dadat sister, a term of endearment
among women.
D H ku-f to pry into things, to
ask impertinent and unnecessary
questions.
Dajina, a hidden treasure.
Daftariy an account book.
Dafuy plur. madafu^ a cocoa-nut
fully grown before it begins to
ripen, in which state it supplies a
very favourite drink. When the
shell has begun to harden and
the nutty part to tlucken,it ceases
to be a Dafu and becomes a
ILoroma,
Dagaa^ a kind of very small fish
like whitebait.
Dagghif a short coat
Dai ku-f to claim, to sue for at
law.
Daka ku-^ to catch, to get hold of,
Dakika, a minute, minutes.
Daku, the midnight meal during
the Bamathan. A gun is fired
from one of the ships at Zanzibar
about 2 A.M., to give notice that
the time for eating is drawing to
a close. The name is said to be
derived from the saying : —
** Leni upest, kesho kuna ndaa Jeuu.'*
**£at quickly, to-morrow there will 1)6
great hunger."
Dakuliza ku-f to contradict, to deny
formally, to rebut.
Ddlalh a salesman, a hawker, an
auctioneer.
Dalittj a yellow composition much
used as a cosmetic : it is said to
give softness and a sweet smell
to the skin.
Dalili, a sign, a token.
Haita daim^ anytliing at all, even
a trace.
Dama^ a game played on a board
like chess.
Damani = Demani,
2C6
DAM
DEU
Damn, blood.
Danga ku-, to tako up carefully, as
they take up a little water left
at the bottom of a dipping place
to avoid making it muddy.
Danganika ftu-, to be cheated.
Danganikia ku-, to put to confusion.
DanganUha ku-, to confuse.
Danganya ku-, to cheat, to humbug,
to impose upon.
Danzi, plur. madanzt, a bitter,
scarcely eatable sort of orange.
The Danzi is reputed to be the
original orange of Zanzibar. The
name is sometimes applied to
all kinds of oranges, and sweet
oranges are called madanzi ya
Ktzungu, European (Portuguese)
oranges.
Dao. See Dau,
JDapOf ' plur. madapo, a nalire
umbrella.
Darabif plur. fnadarahi^ a roed
apple.
DarajOf a step, a degree, a rank, a
staircase, a bridge, a league.
Daraaa^A class for reading, a regular
meeting for learning.
Dart, a roof^ an upper floor.
Darini, up-stairs, or, on the roof.
Darizi, embroidery, quilting. See
also Kanzu*
Darumetif part of a dhow, inner
planking.
Da«ilif a detergent powder made
of the dried and powdered leaves
of the mkunazi,
Daaturi. See Desturi,
Dau, plur. madau^ a native boat
sharp at both ends, with a square
mat sail. They are the vessels
of the original inhabitants of
Zanzibar, and chiefly bring fire-
wood to the town from the fouth
end of the island.
Daulati, the government
Dawa, plur. dawa or madawG, a
medicine.
Dawa ya kuhara^ a purgative.
Davsa ya kutaptlcaf an emetic,
Dawamu ku-y to persevere.
DatoaUf a writing desk.
Dayima^ always, perpetually.
Dayimara = Dayima,
Debe, tin can. See Doha,
Deheni, lime and fat for chunam-
mtng the bottoms of native craft.
Deheni ku-j to chunam the bottom
of a dhow.
Deka ku-^ to refuse to be pleased,
to be perverse, to be teazing.
Ddki, a donkey^s walk.
Kwenda delki, to walk (of a
donkey).
Dema, a kind of fish-trap.
Demani, the sheet of a saiL
Demani, the season of gentle
southerly winds, beginning about
the end of August. It is applied
less coiTCctly to the whole season
of southerly winds from April to
the end of October.
DendarOf a sort of dance.
Denge.
Kukata denge, to shave the hair
except on the crown of the head.
DengUype&B, split peas. Tliey are
not grown in Zanzibar, but are
brought dry from India.
Denty debt, a debt, debts.
Deraye (?), armour.
Desturiy a sort of bowsprit, to carry
forward the tack of a dhow-sail.
Desturiy custom, customs.
Deuliy a silk scarf worn round the
waist.
PEV
DUA
267
Devaif olaret, light wine.
I>ta,^composition for a man's life,
fine paid by a murderer.
J>ibaji, elegance of composition, a
good style.
Bidimia Jcu-, to sink.
JHdimikia in-, to bore with an awl,
fto.
Didimisha hu-^ to sink, to cause to
sink.
Vigdli, part of a native pipe, being
the stem which leads from the
bowl into a vessel of water
through which the smoke is
drawn.
Viko, plur.wiaii&o, a landing-place.
Dimu, a lime.
Dimu tamu, a sweet lime.
J)ini, religion, worship.,
JHra^ the mariner's compass.
Dirihi Art*-, to succeed in one's pur-
pose by being quick, to bo quick
enough to catch a person, to be
in time.
DirMa, plur. madtmRa, a window.
Ditcanif plur. madiwani, a council-
lor, a title of honour among the
coast people.
Doana, a hook.
Dobiy a washerman.
/)o(7a A;tt-, to drop. •
Dodo. See Erribe,
Dodohi, plur. madodoki, a long
slender fruit eaten as a vege-
table.
Dodoa ku; to take up a little at a
time.
Vo/ra, plur. mado/ra, a sailmaker's
palm.
'dogoj little, small, young, younger.
Vohaan, Dokhaan, or Dohanif a
chimney.
Marikebu ya doltaan, a steamship.
Hence Dopant, or Dokliani, a sort
of tall basket in which fruit
is brought on men's heads to
market. The foundation is
made of sticks about two feet
long, loosely tied together,
which are supplemented with
plaited cocoa-nut leaves, until
the whole becomes perhaps six
feet high and firteen to twenty
inches in diameter. These
dohani are often decked with
flowers and green leaves.
Dokaa ku-, to nibble.
Dokeza ku-, to give a little part of
anything, to give a hint
Dokra, a cent
Domo,
Kupiga domo, to tell a person in
confidence.
Dona ku; to peck.
DondOj plur. madonda^ large sores.
Donda ndugu, malignant ulcers.
Dondo, pi. madondo, a tiger cowry.
Used to smooth down seams with.
i>ondo, starch, the dressing of calico.
Dondoa kii-, to pick up small frag-
ments, to pick up rice, &c., to
pick up bit by bit
Dondolca ku-, to drop from little by
little.
Mbegu zimenidondoka, the seeds
dropped from my hand one by
one.
Dondoro, Dyker's antelope.
Donea ku-, to flutter like a bird.
Donge^ plur. madonge^ a small round
thing, a ball.
Donoa kw, to peck, to sting.
Doti, a loin-cloth, a piece of cloth a
little less than two yards long.
Doya ku-y to go as a spy.
Dwff worship, theology.
268
DUA
E
DuarOf a windlass, anything found.
Dude, plur. madudey a what-is-it ?
a thing of wbioh you don*t know
or ha?e forgotten the name.
Duduj plur. maduduj an insect,
insects.
DuduvtUe, a kind of hornet which
bores in wood.
'dufUf insipid, tasteless.
Daka, plur. maduka, a shop.
Dvkiza Jcu-y to listen secretly.
Vukiziy plur. madukizi, an eaves-
dropper, a tale-bearer.
Dumbuza, a plant having big yellow
flowers with dark centres.
Dumia ku-, to persevere.
DamUha ku-^ to make to oontinue.
Dumu, a jar (?).
Dumu ku', to continue, to persevere.
Dun, a fine.
Dundu, plur. madundu, a large
pumpkin shell used to hold
liquids.
Dunge, the green skin of the ca-
shew nut, an immature cashew
nut.
Dunguj plnr. madungu, the roof
over the little stages for watching
corn, &c.
DumgumarOt a kind of spirit, also
the drum, &o., proper for expelling
Dunif below, less. [htm.
Jhinia, the world, this world.
Durahiniy a telescope, an eyeglass.
Kupiga durdbini, to use a glacss,
telescope.
Duru ku-t to surround.
DuruH ku; to meet in a regular
class for study.
Dtuanialiy a striped silk scarf or
handkerchief worn upon the head
by women.
Duumij a dliow sail
Duzi, plur. maduzif one who de*
lights to find out and proclaim
secrets and private matters.
E.
J^has a sound between those of a
in gato and of at in clmtr.
In the dialect of ZanzilAr it is
often substituted for the a of more
northern Swahili, ebpecially as re-
presenting the Arabic /s£Via.
Merikebttj a ship, is in the
Mombas dialect Martkabu, and iu
the Arabic Markab.
The sound of e often arises from
the fusion of the final a of a prefix
with an e or i which follows it, as —
AJienda fqr A-ka-endct, and he
went.
Akaweta for A-ka-wa-Ua^ and he
called them.
Some of the cases in which e in
the Zanzibar dialect stands for a in
northern Swahili may bo explaiiictl
by the substitution at Zanzibar of
in for a mere *», as iu the word for
" land " or country," which is *nil
at Mombas, with so mere an '» that
the vowel of the preceding word may
be run into it, as in the saying —
** Mvunddntit mtoandnti.*'
♦*A country can be ruined only by its own
children."
Whereas in Zanzibar, besides the
usual change of t into c/*, the first
syllable has generally a distinct i
bound, and may be better writtou
inehi.
Thus at Mombas the root of the
adjective ** many »' seems to be wgrt,
nialving the substantive " plenty," or
** a large quantity," ungi, and with
EBB
END
269
the proper prefix "many people,"
wa-ngu But in Zanzibar " plenty "
is w-ingi, and ♦*many people*' toengi,
as if toa-ingi.
El/he, for Lebelca.
Fbu! Eebol well then! comofhen!
ma.
Ku Italia eda^ to remain in ex-
treme privacy and quiet for five
months, as is usual by way of
mourning for a husband.
Edashara, eleven.
Eel 0!
Ee Waa ! or Ee WaVah ! the common
answer of slaves and inferiors
when called to do something, a
strong assent.
Eema (M.) = DaTno, a kind of fLah-
trap.
Egemea ku-, to lean.
E/iee I Yea \
EheraJiij a provocation, an irritating
word or thing.
EJcua hu; to break by bending.
Ehuha ku'i to be sprung, to be
broken.
"ckunduy red. It makes Jehundu
with nouns like Icasha, and
nyekundu with nouns like ny-
Ela (M.), except. lumha.
ElafUf thousands.
Elea hu'j to float, to become clear.
Moyo toamwelea, he feels sick (M.)
Yantekutleaf Do you under-
stand ? Have they (my words)
become clear to you ?
Eleka ku-y to carry a child astride
on the hip or back.
Elekea ^u-^to be right, to agree, to
be opposite to.
fJlekeana ku-, to be opposite |o one
ftnother.
Elemltha ku-y to teach, instruct.
Eleza ku-y to make to float, to swim
a boat, to make clear, to explain.
Elfeen or Elfain, two thousand.
Elfuy a thousand.
Elimtsha ku-, m instruct, to make
learned.
Elimu, or dimu-y learning, doctrine,
-ema, ^ood, kind. It makes j^tna
with nouns like kashay and njema
or ngema with nouns like nyutnba,
-embamhay narrow, thin, slim. It
makes jem5am&a with nouns like
X:a«/ia,and nijembaniba with nouns
like nyumha.
Embcy a mango. In Mombrs the
plural is Maembey in Zanzibar it
is Embe,
Embe dodo, or Embe za dodo, a
very largo kind of mango, so
named from a plantation in
Pcmba, where they first grew.
Embe kinooy a small kind of
mango which is very sweet.
Embwe, glue, gum.
Embwe la tibuyUy a kind of paste
made from the fruit of the
calabash tree.
Enda kw-y to go. The kw- is re-
tained in the usual tenses. .
Kwenda is often used merely to
carry on the narration without
any distinct meaning of going.
Sometimes it is employed as
an auxiliary, nearly as we say
in Englibh, he is going to do
it, Bomeiimes it expresses
an action merely, as Kwenda
ehafyay to sneeze. Kwenda an 'I
Kupiga used in this way can
not be exactly translated.
Kwenda ktoa mguu, to walk.
Jiwendc^ tembea^ to go for a walk
270
END
ESH
Kwenda mghad, &o., to go oanier-
IDg, &c.
Kwenda zangu, zciko, zaJce^ &o.^ in
other dialects, vyangu, vyake^
&o., and ihangu, tJuike, &o., to
go away, to go, to go one's way,
to depart
Imekwenda ttodliwart they have
gone to fetch it
Endea hw-, to go for, to, or after.
Endeha hw-f to be passable, to be
capable of being gone upon, to
be gone npon.
Endelea kw-, to go either forward
or backward.
Kwenddea mbeU, to advance.
Kwenddea nyuma, to retire.
Enddeza ku-, to spell, to prolong.
Enea ku-, to spread, to become
known.
Enenda ku-, to go, mostly in the
sense of to go on, to proceed, to
go forward.
Enenza ku-^ to measure together, to
try which exceeds the other.
EneOf the spread, the extent covered.
Eneo la MuungUf Qod's omni-
presence.
Eneza ku-, to spread, to oanse to
spread, to cause to reach.
Muungu amemweneza kiUa m(u
riziki zake, God has put within
the reach of every man what
is necessary for him.
Engd ku-, to split mahogo for
cooking.
Engaenga ku-y to coddle, to tend
over carefully.
Engua ku-^ to skim.
-enut your, of you.
-enu ninyi, your own.
Enyi or Enyie, You there! Ton
there, I say I
-enyiy having, possessing, with. It
makes mwenyi^ toenyit yenyi,
zenyit lenyi, dienyi^ vyenyi^ and
penyiy which see.
Enza ku', to ask news of a person.
Enzi, or Ezi, sovereignty, dominion,
mnjesty.
Mwenyi ezi, the sovereign, he who
is supreme. See Ezi.
Epa kU', to endeavour to avoid (a
stone, stroke, &o.)
Epea ku'f not to go direct to, to
miss a mark, not to shoot straight
(of a gun).
Epeka ku-^ to be avoidable, to be
what can be got out of the way of.
-epesi, light, not heavy, easy, quick,
willing. It makes jepeH with
nouns like kasha, and nyepesi
with nouns like nyumha.
Epua ku; to brush or shake off, to
take away.
EptJia ku-j to be kept from, to avoids
to abstain from.
EpvJcana ku-, to be disunited.
Epukika ku-, to be evitable.
Haiepukikif it is inevitable.
Eptuiha ku; to make to avoid, tc
keep from.
Eptishwa ku-y to be kept from, to
be forbidden something.
-erevu, subtle, shrewd, cunning.
Eremtka ku-, to become shrewd, to
get to know the ways of tho
world, to grow sharp.
Erevusha ku-y to make sharp and
knowing.
Eria ku-, to ease off, let down. See
Ariaa,
Esha, the latest Mohammedan hour
of prayer, which may be said to
be from half-past 6 to about
8 p.m.
ESB
FAH
271
Egse (?), a screw,
•e/tt, our, of ug.
-^u tisi, our own.
Eua kU'f to sprinkle with wtticr
after praying by way of charm
against a disease.
-eupe^ white, clear, clean, light-
coloured. It makes jeupe with
noons like luuiha, and nyeupe with
nouns like nyumboh
-eupee, very white.
'etm, black, dark-coloured. It
makes jeusi with nouns like
hashaj and nyeusi with nouns like
nyumbct.
Ewaa = Ee Waa,
Etce! You there I Hi I I say, you 1
plur. Enyi.
Exa ku'9 to measure.
Ezeha ku-, to thatch, to cover with
thatch.
Ezi = Enziy sovereignty.
Mvsenyi ezi Muungu^ or Mwenye*
zimngut Almighty God, God
the Lord, representing in Swa-
hili the AUah ta^ala, God the
Host High, of the Arabic
Eztut hu-f to uncover.
Kuezua paa^ to strip a root
F has the same sound as in
English.
J^and V are confounded by the
Arabs, though in Swahiii perfectly
distinct, thus ; —
Ku'faa means--to bo profitable to.
Ku-vcM means — to put on.
There is, however, in some cases
a little indistinctness, as in the
common termination f/u or tp«; the
right letter is probably in all cases
a V.
The Arabs, in talking Swahili
tump's into/s, and Boyfunda for
pundaf a donkey ; and conversely,
some slaves from inland tribes turu
fa into j>*s. P, however, does some-
times become / before a y sound,
as httogopOf to fear, huogofyc^ to
frighten.
There is a cnrious/y sound used*
in some dialects of Swahili, which
is rarely heard in Zanzibar.
Fa JcH-y to die, perish, cease, fade
away. The ku- bears the ac-
cent, and is retained in the usual
tenses.
Faa ku-, to-be of use to, to avail,
to be worth something.
JEFaifai, it is of no use, it won't do.
Faana ku-^ to be of use to one an-
other, to help one another.
FafanUha ku-, to liken.
Fa/anua ku-f to recognize, to under-
stand.
Fafam^a ku-, to become clear.
Fafanukia ku-^ to be clear to.
Fafanulia ku-y to make clear to.
Faganzi ku-, to become callous.
Mguu teatigu umenifaganzi, my
foot is asleep.
Fagia ku-, to sweep.
Fahali, plur. mafahali, a bull, used
of men in the sense of manly,
Fafiamia, [ttrong.
Kwa kufcihamia{'M.), on the face,
forward.
Fahamiiha ku-, to make to under-
stand, to remind.
Fakamu ku-, to understand, to re-
member.
Fahari = Fakhari, glory.
72
272
FAJ
FAT
Kufanya faJiarif to live beyond
one*8 means and station.
Faja lafrasij a stable.
Fake/a, generous,a generous person.^
FcLkhaiij glory.
Fcikiri, poor, a poor person.
Fala kU'^ (Mer.) = Faa ku-.
FaJakif or fdlak^ astronomy.
Kupiga falaki, to prognosticate
■ by the stars.
Folly an omen, omens.
Fana ku-, to be very good of its
kind, to become like (?).
Fanana An-, to become like, to
resemble.
Fananisha ku-, to make to resemble.
Fanikia ku; to turn out well for.
: Kufanikiwaf to prosper. '
Fanusif a lantern.
Fanya ku-, to make, to do, to adapt,
to mend.
KujifanycL, to make one's self, to
pretend to be.
Kufanya kum, to oast lots.
Ku/anya shaurif to take counsel.
Fanyia ku-j to do or make for or to.
Mkufanyiejei What am I to do
with you ?
Fanyika ku-t to be made or done,
makable or doable.
Fanyiza ku-, to amend, to mend.
Fanyizika ku-y to be very good, to
be well done.
Fara or Farafarct, brimful, full to
the brink.
Faragha, privacy, secrecy, leisure.
FarajOf comfort, ease after pain.
Farajika ku-, to be comforted, to
be eased.
Farakarui ku-, to be alienated.
Farakiana kw, to be alienated in
regard to one another.
FarahUha hit-f to alienate.
Farangoj pi. mafaranga, a chicken,
a young fowl.
Farasi or Frasif a horse, in Arabic
a mare.
Fariji ku-, to comfort, to console.
Fariki ku-y to become separated, (o
decease.
Fdrine, a kind of rice and milk
gruel.
Farishi ku-, to spread.
Faritha, pay.
FaromOj a block to put caps on
after washing them, to prevent
their shrinking.
Farrathi, necessity, obligation, obli-
gatory.
Farrathif a place one habitually
goes to.
The th of tliis word is the Eng-
lish th in that, the th of the
preceding word is a little
thicker.
Farumi, ballast.
Fashi/ashif nonsense.
Fashini, the sternpost of a dhow.
Fasihi, correct, clean, pure.
Fasili, spreading.
Huna diili, wala fdstlij you have
neither root nor branches, i.e.,
neither good birth nor great
connections.
Fasiri ku-f to explain, to interpret,
Fasiria Ai*-, to explain to, to intt r-
pret to.
Faidki, a percussion cap, a gun cap.
Fatlma, restlessness, disquiet.
FathaiJta ku-, to be troubled, dis-
quieted, thrown into confusion.
Fathali=Afaihnli, preferably.
Fathali=Fathil{.
Fathehi ku-, to put to confusion,
to find out a Person fe a \x\fikt
FAT
Pathtlij a favour, a kindness, kind-
nesses.
Falhili hu-^ to do a kindness, to
deserve well.
Fatiha, a Mohammedan form of
prayer.
Fatiithi hu-, to pry, to be over
curious.
Fauluku; to get past, to get through,
to weather.
Faioiti ku-j to delay, to occupy, to
hinder.
Fayida, pibfit, gain, advantage,
interest.
Fayidi leu-, to get prof t
Fayiti ku-, to delay.
Fayitika ku-, to be delayed.
FazacLy trouble, confusion, anxiety.
Feka ku- = Fieka kw^ to clear
forest lands.
Ftle/dey an inferior kind of millet.
Feleji or Ftlegi, a choice kind of
steel.
Upangawafelejty along straight
two-edged sword, used by the
Arabs.
Feleii ku-, to discharge, to release
from an obligation, to release.
Felif plur. ma/eli, a beginning of
speaking or doing.
Fer^i, a channel, a drain.
Ferusaji = Fortadi.
Fefha, silver, money.
Fethaluka, Marijani ya fetJuilukaj
the true red coral.
Feiheha, a disgraceful thing, a
fihame.
Feiheheka ku-, to be found out in a
disgraceful thing, to be put to
sbame»
Fetiuja ht^, to be condemned or
adjudged to [a punishment].
Feivfa ku-f to give judgment on
FItt
273
ft question of Mohdinmedan
law.
Feuli, the place in a dhow where
they stow tilings which may be
wanted quickly.
Ft, by.
Sabafl sahay seven times seven.
Fia kw, to leave behind, to die to.
Pass. Kufiwa noy to lose by
death.
Fiata ku-, to hold one's hands oi
one's clothes between one's legs.
Fiatika ku-, to be kept back, to be
delayed.
Fiatua ku-, to allow a spring to
escape, to let off.
Ftatuka ku-, to escape (as a spring)
Ficha ku-, to hide.
Kunificha kofia-, to hide a cap
from me.
Kunifichia kofla, to hide my cap.
Fidi ku'f to ransom (of the price
paid).
Fidia, a ransom, a sacrifice (giving
up).
Fidia ku-, to ransom (of the person
paying).
Fidina, mint (?).
Fieka ku-, to clear.
Kufieka mwitu, to clear ground
in a forest.
Fijia kw, 1o disappear, to oease to
be visible (as a scar or a mark ;
it does not imply motion), to
pine away, (of seeds) not to
come up.
Figa, plur. mafiga, the three stones
used to set a pot over the fire
upon. See Jifya,
Figao, a movable fireplace.
Figili, a kind of large white radish.
Figo, kidney (M.).
Ff^ ku-, to arrive, to reach, to come.
274
t*itt
i^on
Fikaroj thought.
Filsia hu', to reach a person.
Fikicha A;«-, to crumble, to rub to
pieces, to rub hard, to thresh
corn. (Used also obscenely).
Fihilia hu-, to come to a person on
busiuess of his, to arrive and
return without delay.
Fikiliza ku-, to cause to arrive for.
Kufikiliza dhadi, to fulfil a ]jro-
mise.
Fikisha ku-, to make to arrive, to
lead, to take.
Fikirat thought, consideration.
FiJciri ku-y to consider, to ponder.
Fil, a chess castle or rook (in
Arabic, an elephant).
Fila kU' = Fia ku-,
AJile mbdliy that he may die out
of the way.
FUimhiy a flute.
Filid ku-, to take away a man's
property, to seize for debt.
Filuika Att-, to come to want, to
have been sold up, to have run
through all one's money.
Finibo, a stick.
Fine$H, plur. mafinesn, a jack fruit.
FinesH la kizungu, a duryan.
Fingirika ku-, to joU along, to bo
rolled, to writhe like a wounded
snake.
Fingirisha ku-, to roll, to make to
Finya ku-, to pinch. [roll.
Ftnyana ku-, to be pinched to-
gether, to be gathered up small.
Finyanga ku-, to do potter's work,
to make pots, to tread and
trample.
Fionya ku-, to chirp, to make a
chirruping noise with the mouth,
to do so by way of showing con-
tempt.
Fira ku-, to commit sodomy.
Firana ku-, to commit sodomy to-
gether.
FirigUi, the gizzard.
Finnghi = FirigiH.
Firkomba, an eagle (?).
Firuzi, a turquoise.
Fisadi, one who enters other peo-
ple's houses for a wrongful pur-
Fisha ku; to cause to die. [pose.
Fid, a hysBua.
Fisidi ku-, to enter other people's
houses for a wrongful purpose,
to commit an offence in another
man's house.
Fithuli = Futhuli, officious, over
talkative.
Fiiina, slander, sowing of discord,
a disturbance.
Fitini ku-, to slander, to tow dis-
cord.
Fitiri, alms and presents given at
the end of the Itamathan.
Fito (plur. of uftto), lung slender
sticks.
Fiwa ku-, to be died to, to lose by
death.
Mwanamke dliofiwa na mumetee^
a widow.
Fiwe, a sort of bean growing on a
climbing plant with a white
Fofofu. [flower.
Kufafofofu, to die outright
Fola, a gift expected from those
who first touch a new-born baby,
paying your footing.
Foramali, a ship's yard.
Formash,
Dateati ya formash, a workbox.
Foreadi, a small kind of edible
fruit, mulberries.
Fortlia, a custom-house.
Forthani, at the cu6tom-Uou8Q«
FBA
FUM
275
Fra«, Frcuif or Farasi, a horse, a
mare.
Frosty a ohess knight
-/tt, dead.
Mqji mafu, neap tides.
Fuot a wooden bowl.
Faa kthj to beat (?), to wash clothes,
to clear the husk from cocoa-
nuts, to work in metal, to make
things in metal.
Kufua chumoy to be a blacksmith.
Ku/uafetha, to be a silversmith.
Ku/tM (haJ4abti, to be a goldsmith.
Kufua hieu, &c., to forge a knife,
&C.
Fuama hw, to Ho on the face
(Momb.).
Fuata hu; to follow, to Imitate, to
obey.
Fuatana ku-^ to accompany, to go
with.
FtujUanUha leu-, to make to accom-
pany.
Fuawa ^u-, to lie on the side and
be beaten by the waves, as when
a vessel goes ashore broadside on.
Pass. of/«a(?).
Fuawe, an anvil.
Fucha = Futa,
Fudi/udiy on the face (of falling or
lying)-
Fudikiza fct*-, to turn bottom up-
wards, to turn cards backs upper-
most.
Fafua ku-j to cause to revive, to
resuscitate.
Fufulta kvry to revive> to come to
life again.
Fufuliza 2ctt-, to cause to come to
life again for some one.
Fafumonye, in tlie kitchen (Pemba).
Fuga ku', to keep animals cither
tome or in captivity.
Fugiica ku-, to be capable of being
kept, to be capable of domesti-
cation, not to die in captivity.
Fuja ku-y to waste, to squander, to
leak. See Vujcu
Fujika ku-, to moulder, waste awny.
Fujoy disorder, uproar.
Fujofujo, slovenliness, laziness.
Ftikat a kind of thin porridge.
Fuku ku-y to All in a small hole.
Ftika moshi ku-^ to throw out smoke,
to fume. See Vuke.
Fukara, very poor.
Fufcia ku', to fill up a small hole.
FtHiiza ku-, to cense, to put the
fuming incense-pot under a per-
son's beard and into his clothes,
by way of doing him honour*
FukixOf vapour, fumes.
Fuko (?), a mole.
FukOy plur. mafukOf a large bag.
Fukua ku'y to dig a small narrow
hole, such as those to receive the
posts of houses; to dig into a
grave so as to get at the body ; to
dig out, to dig up.
Fultuafukua ku-^ to burrow.
Fukuta ku-, to blow with bellows.
Fukuza ku; to drive away, to chase.
FuJcuzana ku-, to chase one another.
Fulcuzia ku-f to drive away from.
Ftdia ku-, to work in metal for, to
make things in metal for.
Fulifultj on the face, forwards.
Fuliza kU', to go on, not to stop ;
also, to blow upon, to kindle.
Fullani, such a one, such and such
men or things.
Fululiza ku-, not to stop or delay
to go on fast.
Fuma ku, to weave.
Fuma ku-, to liit with a spear, to
shoot with arrows.
270
FUM
vv.v
Fumania hu-, to oome suddenly
upon, to surprise, intrude.
Fumaniana ht-, to intrude into
people's houses mthout reason-
able cause. Those who do so
have no remedy if they are beaten
or wounded.
Fumatitif an owl (?).
Fumha Tcu-^ to close, to shut (used
of the eyes, the mouth, the
hand, &c.).
Maneno yafumbu, a dark saying.
Mdkuti ya fumba^ cocoa-nut
leaves plaited for making en-
closures.
Fumha, a lump.
Fumbcij a kind of sleeping mat,
which is doubled and sewn to-
gether at the ends, so as to make
a large shallow bag. The sleeper
gets inside, and draws the loose
edge under him, so as to be com-
pletely shut in.
Fumbata kti-, to close the fist, to grasp.
Funibatika 7m-, to be grasped.
Fumbia Jcu-, to talk darkly.
FumbOf plnr. mafumbOf a dark say-
ing, a hidden thing.
Fumbua hti-, to unclose, io open the
eyes, &o.
Fumhuka hu-, to oome to light
Fumhulia hu-, to lay open to, to
explain..
Fumi, a kind of fish.
Fu*mka hu-t to become unscwn, to
open at the seams, to leak (of a
boat).
Fumo, plar. ma/umo, a flat-bladed
spear.
FumOt a chief (Kingozl and Kyassa).
Fumua ku-, to unrip, to unpick. '
Kftfumua moto, to draw out the
pieces of wood from a fire. i
Fumuka hu- = Fu^nika ku-*
Funda, a large mouthful making
the cheeks swell out, a sip {?)t
a draw at a pipe.
Kupiga fundcL, to take large
mouthfuls one by one.
Funda ku-, to beat up, to mix by
beating, to pound.
Funda ku-, to teach.
Fundi, a skilled workman, a master
workman, a teacher of any handi-
craft.
Funduha ku-, to teach, to instruct.
Kvjifundisha, to learn.
Fundisho, plva. mafundishOtmBiTVLO
tion, direction, teaching.
Fundo, plur. ma/undo, a knot
Kupiga fungo, to tie a knot
Fundua ku-, to untie.
Funga, a civet oat
Funga kw, to fasten, to tie, to bind,
to imprison, to fast
Kufunga choo, to become ooufiti-
pated.
Fungamana ku-, to cling together,
to connect, to tie together, to rely
upon.
Fungana ku-, to bind, to stick
together.
Fungaaa ku-, to tow.
Fungate, a period of seven days
after the completion of the wed-
ding, during which the bride's
futher sends food to the bride-
groom and his friends.
Fungiaha ku-, to shut against
Fungo, a civet cat
FungUt plur. ma/ungu, a bank, a
shoal, a heap, a part, a week.
Fungua, See M/unguo.
Fungua ku-, to unfasten, to open,
to let loose, to leave off fast-
ing.
VUK
FVO
277
Pungvka Jcu-, to become nnfaAtened,
to be unfastenable.
Funguliwa hu-, to have unfastened
for one, to be unfastened.
Funguo (plur. of Ufunguo), keys
Funguza ku-, to present with food
during the Bamathan.
Funika hu-, to cover (as with a lid),
to close a book.
Funikiha kw^ to become covered.
Funikixa ku-, to cover (as with a
flood).
Funoj a kind of animal.
Funita ku-, to lay open, to uncover,
to open a book, to unpick sew-
ing, to show cards.
Kvffunua ma4sho^ to open one*s
eyes.
Funuka ku-, to become opened, to
open like a flower, &o.
Funza, a maggot.
Funza ku-, to teach.
Kujifunzoy to learn.
FwpOf plur. mafupot ^ l&rge bone,
the anus (?).
'fupi, short It makes fuj^ with
nouns like nyumbcu^
Fupiza ku; to shorten.
Fura ku; to swell, to be puffed up
from the effects of a blow only.
Furahoy gladness, joy, pleasure,
gladly.
Furahani, with gladness, happiness.
Furahi ku-, to rejoice, to be glad.
Furahia ku-, to rejoice in.
Furahisha ku-, to make glad.
Furdhitoa ku-, to be made glad, to
be rejoiced.
Furijika ku-, to moulder away.
Furika k%ir, to run over, to boil
over, to inundate.
FuruhUa ku , to more, as of sonic-
thing moving under a carpet.
Furumi, ballast.
Furungu, plur. mafurungu, a large
citron, a shaddock, a kind of
anklet.
Furwhi, a bundle tied up in a
cloth.
Futfus or Fu89us, precious stones.
Fust, rubbish.
Futa ku-, to wipe.
Kufuta kamasif to blow the nose.
Futa ku; to draw a sword (=imto?).
Futari, the first food taken after a
fast
Futi, plur. mafutif the knee (A.)
FuthtUi, officiousness.
Fuiika ku-, to tuck into the girdle
or loin-cloth.
Futua ku-, to open out a bundle,
take out<what was tucked in.
Futuka ku', to get cross or angry.
Futukia ku-, to get cross with.
Futuri, a span.
Futuru kU', to eat at the end of a
fast, to break a fast
Fuu, plur. ma/uu, a small black
fruit
Fuvu, plur. mafuvu, an empty shell.
Fuvu la kUvoa, a skulL
Fuza kU', to go on, not to stop.
Fuzi, plur. mafuzi, a shoulder
(A.).
Fioata ku- = Fuata ku;
Fyoa ku; to answer abusively.
Fyolea ku-, to answer a pisrsou with
abuse and bad language.
Fyenda ku- oi Fyor^a Au-, to suck
out
Fyonya ku-, to chirrup. See
Fionya,
Fyonza ku-, to suck.
Fyoma ku-, to read (M.).
Fyuka ku-, to go off, to drop, to
escape like a spring.
278
GAA
GAB
O.
O is always to be pronounced
hard, as in ''gate." Much con-
fusion arises from the way in which
the Arabic letters Jim and kaaf or
qaf are pronounced by different
Arabs. Jim is properly an English
;, and is so used by the Swahili,
and qaf is properly a guttural kj
but most Arabs in Zanzibar pro-
nounce either Jim or qaf as a hard
g. This must be remembered in
M-riting or looking for many Swahili
words.
The Arabic Chain is retained in
many Swahili words borrowed from
the Arabic, and a sunilar sound
occurs in African languages also.
It is here written gh. Most Euro-
peans think it has something of an
r sound, but this is a mistake ; it is
a hard gratiug gr,*made wholly in the
throat It resembles the Dutch g,
and the German g approaches it
BeeN.
Gaagaa Xeu-, to turn over restlessly,
to roll like a donkey.
Gabri. See Kaburi,
Gadiy a wooden prop to keep a
vessel from falling over when
left by the tide.
Gadimu hur^ to put gadu
GagcLf plur. magaga, rubbish, dirt
Gaij plur. magai, a large piece of
potsherd.
Galme, See JBiaZmtf, the small mizcn
mast of a dhow.
GalatDat a canoe, a small canoe
with outriggers. Galawas are
hollowed out of the trunk of a
tree, and have two long poles
tied across, to the end of which
pieces of wood pointed at both
ends are attached, which serve
to prevent the canoe upsetting.
These outriggers are called
matengo. See MtumbwL
Gamba. See Jigamba.
GatMy the tiller, the rudder handle.
Ganda, plnr. maganda, husk, rind,
shell, hard bark.
Ganda la tatu, the three of cards.
Ganda Aw-, to stick, to freeze.
Gandama %»-, to cleave, to stick.
Gandamana hu; to cleave to-
gether, to coagulate, to curdle, to
freeze.
GandarAia hu-f to stick to, to cleave
io.
Gando, plur. magando, the claw of
a crab.
Ganga Zru-, to bind round, as wlien
a stick U spruAg to bind it
round with string, to splice, to
mend, to cure.
Gang€f a soft white limestone.
Gango, plur. magangoj a cramp, a
splint, something which holds
other things together in their
right place.
Gani! What? What sort of?
The name of the thing queried
about always precedes the word
gani.
Ganzi,
Imekufa ganzi, it has lost all
feeling. See Faganzu
Kutia ganzi la menOf to set th^
teeth on edge.
Gari, plur. magariy a carriage, a
wheeled vehicle.
Garofuu^ cloves. Also, a kind of rice.
GAU
GHU
279
Ckiuza, Gaukctf ele. See Qeuza^
Getika, etc.
Gaioa kuy to divide, to part out
Kttgawa karata, to deal cards.
Gatoanya ku*, to divide, to share.
Gaya kw, to change one's mind,
to Tacillate.
Gayami, a post \riih a cleat at the
fiide of the poop, to fasten the
sheet of a dhow sail to.
GayogayOf a flat flsb, (?) a sole.
Gema /fu-, to get palm wiue. They
cut the immature flowering shoot
and hang Eomething under to
catch what flows from the wound,
which is the tembo, or palm wine.
The cutting Ib renewed from
tune to time to keep up the
flow.
GembCf plur. magenibef a hoe. See
Jenibe,
•geni, foreign, strange.
Genzi.
Mkuu genzij one who knows the
roads well, a guide.
GerezOf a fort, a prison.
Geua ku-, to turn, to change (Mer.>
Geuka ^u*, to hecome changed, to
turn, to change.
Geuza ku- or Gewiha ku- (?), to
cause to change, to turn, to
change.
Geuzif plur. mageuzif a change,
changes.
Ghdfala, suddenly.
Gha/dlika ku-j to he imprudent, not
to attend to, to neglect.
Ghd/tda = ghdfala,
GhaiH ftu-, to annul, change one's
mind as to, put an end to.
Kulia ghairif to offend, to irri-
tate.
Ghalat a wareroomi a store place,
especially the rooms on the
ground-floor of Zanzibar houses,
which have generally no win-'
dows, but merely a few small
round holes (miangaza) near
the ceiling.
Ghali, dear.
Ghalime, See Gdlme, Kalme
GlMlUka ku-t to make dear.
Ghangi^ a kind of dhow resembling
a bigala, except that it has not
so long a prow.
Ghanima, good luck, profit.
Gharama, expense, payment to a
native chief by a caravan.
Gharika, a flood, the flood.^
Ghariki ku-, to be flooded, to bo
covered with water.
Gharikieha kn-^ to flood, to over-
whelm.
Gkarimia Xni-, to go to expense
about, to be at the expense of.
Ghasi, a measure of about a yard.
Ghaai, rebellion.
Gkoii ku-, to bother, worry.
Ghasia, bother, coming and going,
want of privacy.
Ghathahtka ka-f to be enraged, to
be angry.
Ghathdbiaha ku ^ to cbrage, to make
angry.
Ghathahu, anger.
Ghelibu ku-^ to master.
Gheiri, jealousy, jealous anger.
GMana, an aggravating person.
Ghofira, plur. maghofiraj pardon.
Ghofiri ku't to forgive sins ; used of
God only.
Ghofiria ku-, to forgive a person.
Ghdrofa, an upper room.
Ghoshi ku', to adulterate.
Ghvba (?), a sheltered plaoe, a
screen.
280
GHU
GUM
Ghubari, plur. maghuhari, a tain
cloud.
Ohubhaf a bay.
GJiumiioa hu^j to be startlod, to
stand aghast
Ghurtka ku-j to be arrogant
Ghururit arrogance.
Ghuihi htk* = Ghoshi ku-, to adul-
terate.
Ghuaubu ku-, to cheat, to swindle.
Gidam, the strap of a sandal,
passing between the toes.
Ginsif sort, kind.
Gimi iUvyokuwa njema, &o., it
was so good, &c
GinH gani f or GisH gatU f
Why? How is it?
Giza or Kiza, darkness.
Gnamha or Ng*ambaf a hawkVhead
turtle.
Gnanibe or Ng^omhe, an ox, cattle.
Goa, See Goo.
Gohoa ku-f to break off the cobs of
Indian com.
GodorOt plur. riMgodorOt a mattress.
GoftOi a pulley.
G^o<yo, plur. magogo, a log of limber,
the trunk of a tree when felled.
Gomha kur, to be adverse to, to
oppose, to quarrel with.
G(mbana &tt-,to squabble, to quarrel.
Gombeza ku-j to forbid.
GmnbOf plur. magombOf a sheet of a
book.
Gome, plur. magomey bark of a tree.
Gomea ku-, to fasten with a native
lock.
G(nneOj a native lock.
Gonga ku-, to knock.
Gonjweza ku-, to make ill.
Kujigonjweza^ to make oneself
out an invalid, to behave like a
pick man.
Gongo, plur. magongoj a largtt
stick.
Gongqjea hi^.
Kujigongojea, to prop oneself with
a staff, to drag oneself along by
the help of a stick.
(rongomea kit-, to hammer in.
Goo, See Mtando goo,
Gora, a piece of cloth, a package of
cloth. See Jura,
Gorong^ondvacti a kind of lizard.
Goshi, the tack of a sail.
Upande wa goshinif the weather
side.
Kupindua kwa goshini, to tack.
Gota ku-f to tap, to knock.
Croie, plur. magote, the knee.
Kupiga magote, to kneel.
Goteza ku-, to jumble together
different dialects or languages.
Govi nibo, uncircumcised.
Gtibetif prow of a dhow.
Gubitif barley-sugar (?).
Gudif a dock for ships.
Gudulia or Guduwiciy a water-cooler,
a porous water-bottle.
Gugu, plur. magugu, undergrowth,
weeds.
Gugu niwitUt a weed resembling
com.
-gugiij wild, uncultivated.
Gugumiza 7cu-, to gulp, to swallow
with a gulping sound.
Guguna kti-y to gnnw^
Guguruslia ku-, to mn with a
shuffling noise like a rat, to drag
along with a scraping noise.
Guia ku', to seize (Mer.).
Guiana ku-, to cling together.
GuUgule, a dolphin.
Guniba,
Kidole cha gumbaj the thumb.
Gumegume*
-GUM
HA-
281
Bunduhi ya gumegumej a flint gun.
fjumu, hard, difficult.
Guna hu-t to grunt, to make a dis-
satisfied noise.
Oundua hu-, to see one who thinks
himself unseen, to discover un-
awares, to catch.
Gunga ku-, (1) to warn tigaiKst
doing something, (2) to refuse
temptation.
Gunguy a kind of dance.
Gungu la hufundoj danced by a
single couple.
Gungu la huliucaa^ danced by two
couples.
Gunia, a kind of matting bag.
Gumif plnr. magunxh a cob of
Indian com.
Gura ku'f to change one's place of
residence (A.).
GurUha JcU', to make to remove, to
banish (A.).
Guru,
Sukari guru, half-made sugar.
GurudumOf plur. magurudumo, a
wheel.
Gurudumo la mziiigaf a gun-
carriage.
GurugurUf a large kind of burrow-
ing lizard.
Gusa ku-, to touch.
Gutulea ku-, to start, to be startled.
Guu, plur. muguu, leg (A.).
Gioa ku; to fall [Tumbatu].
Guoanda, a very short kanzu,
Gwia ku' s Guia ku-,
Gwiana ku* = Guiana kU',
H.
H hag the same sound as in the
English word •* hate."
. There arp w Ayfthic two distinct
Vs, one wholly made in the throat,
the other somewhat lighter than th»
English h. In Swahili there is only
one h sound, which is used for both.
The Arabic kh is pronounced a^
a simple h in all words which are
thorougLly incorporated into Swa-
hili. The kh is used by Ambs and
in words imperfectly assimilated.
Some people regard it as a mark of
good education to give tho proper
Arabic sounds to all words of Arabia
origin.
In Arabic a syllable often ends
with hj which is then strongly pro-
nounced ; but in Swahili the h ig
generally transposed so as to pre*
cede the vowel.
KuihHimUy to finish one's educa-
tion = Kuhitimu.
H'f sign of the negative in the
second and third persons sin-
gular.
H'upendij thou lovest not.
H-apendi, he lovest not.
XTa-, sign of the ihird person sin-
gular negative when referring
to animate beings, and of the
negative when prefixed to
the affirmative prefixes in the
plural, and in tho third person
. singular when not referring to
animate beings.
Ha-lupendi\ we love not.
Ha-mpendi, you love not
Ha^apendif they love not
Ba^fcUy it is of no use.
The final a of this Aa- never
coalesces with the following
letter. *
Ha-, a contraction for n{ka»
Mamwona^ and I eaw him.
282
HAD
HAL
The third person singular present
oegativo is distinguished by
the final i.
Hamwoni, he doos not soo him.
JIaha, little, few, shallow.
Hahdbif my lord.
JJabari, news, information, message,
story.
Udbari zangu ziUzonipatat an ac-
count of what had happened to
me.
JIahushia, plur. mahahwHn'af an
Abyssinian. Many Galla women
are called Abyssinians, and the
name is sometimes used for a con-
cubine of whatever race.
Hadaa, deceit, cheating.
Hadaa ku-, to cheat.
Eadaika Xru*, to be cheated, to be
taken in.
Hadidij the semicircular ornament
to which Arab women attach the
plaits of their hair.
HadimUj a servant, slave. See Mu»
hadimu.
Hadithi, a tale, a story, especially
one bearing upon Mohammedan
tradition.
HadiUiia hu-, to relate to.
Hafi/u, light, in&ignlficant.
Hafithilta Zru- = Hffathika At*-, to
be preser\*ed.
BaJiithaioaheiha (Ar.X these and
these.
Haiba, a beauty, not beauty gene-
rally, but one good point.
Hat; sign of third person singular
negative agreeing with nouns
which do not change to form
the plural.
Sign of the third person plural
negative agreeing with nouns
in mi".
Hal = Hayi, alive.
HatTia, it is not, there is not
Hattassa, not yet.
Haithuru, it does not harm, it is of
no consequence, never mind, it
would be as well.
EaJ, the pilgrimage to Mecca.
Haja^ a request.
Hana hajay ho is good for no pur-
pose, he has no occasion.
Hajiri fcu-, to go to live elsewhere.
Hajiriha ku-, to remain overlong,
delay.
Hakali,
Kumshiica haJcalif to require a
stranger who goes upon work-
men's work to pay for his in-
trusion, to make him pay his
footing.
ndlii', sign of the third person
singular negative, agreeing with
nouns in ki- or ch-,
Haki, justice, right, righteousness.
Eakikay true, certain, certainly.
Hakika yakoy, it is true of thee,
Ihou certainly.
Hakiki ku-, to make sure, to ascer-
tain, to prove.
HaJciri ku-t to humble.
Hakirisha ku-, to despise.
Hako, he is not there.
HakUf sign of the third person
negative indefinite.
Baku-, sign of the third person
singular of the negative past,
referring to animate beings.
This form is distinguished from
the preceding by the final lettci
of the verb, which is -i in the
indefinite and -a in the past tenso.
Hakuna, there is not, it exists not.
no.
Bal tcdradi, otto of rosea.
HAL
HAP
283
ITalaf Mkithib, perjury.
Ilalafu, afterwards, presently.
Ilolali, lawful.
JJalasa^ sailors* wages.
IJnli, state, condition, health.
U Kali gani f How are you ?
Wa kali gani ? How are they ?
Amehtwa halt ya kioanea^ he is
reduced to his former condition,
he is as he used to he.
It is also used as a kind of con-
junction, heing, if it be, when
it is, supposing, so it was.
JTali for AhaH, family, connections.
Hali'f sign of the third person
singular negative, agreeing with
nouns which make their plural in
ma-.
Haliluha ^u-, to make lawfuL
BdliU yakoy at your disposal.
Halisi or Hdlist, exactly, without
defect or variation.
Hcdua, a sweetmeat made of ghee,
honey, eggs, arrowroot (?), and
spice.
Haluli,
Cliumvi ya hdluli, sulphate of
magnesia.
Ea*m-f sign of the second person
plural negative.
Huma I'U; to change houses, to
move.
HamcUiy plur. nta/uimaZt', a porter,
a coolie.
ITamami, a public bath. There are
now public baths in Zanzibar.
Eamaya, protection.
Fi hamayctt al Ingrez, under
British protection.
ITamdij praise.
Hami, protection.
JTami Ate-, to protect
Jlamili ku; to be pregn^ini
Hamiraf leaven, ma<le by mixing
flour and water and leaving it to
turn sour.
Hamisha ku-, to cause to remove, to
cause to change oue*s place of
residence, to banish. .
JETa'mna, there is not inside, not
JETamo, he is not inside.
HamHy five.
Hamsinii fifty.
Eamstashara^ fifteen.
JTamu, grief, heaviness.
Hamwiwhi f Don't you sing ?
Hanay he has not
Hana ^u-, to mourn with, to join
in a formal mourning.
Hana kwao^ he has no home, a
vagabond.
JETanamu, obliquely.
JTanamtf, the cutwater of a dhow.
Handaki^ a dry ditch, a trench.
Hangaika ku-^ to be excited.
Hangoey the guttural Arabic A, the
lihct. See MdawarL
Hanikiza Xnt-, to interrupt people,
to talk so loud and long as to
prevent other people from doing
anything.
Hanisi, a man sexually impotent.
Hanitiy a catamite, a sodomite.
Hanzuttj a kind of dance.
Hao, or Hawo, these or those beforo
mentioned, referring to animate
beinga
Hapa-f sign of the third person
negative, agreeing with mahdli,
place or places.
Hapa, here, this place, in this place.
Hapanciy there is not, no I
Mapana refers rather to a par-
ticular place, Uakuna is gene*
ral.
Hope, here, this or that time.
284
HAB
HAT
Tangu hapot once upon a time.
Hapo kale, in old times.
Tokea hapo, ever bo long.
Toha hapo i get away 1 get out of
thisl
ITara ku-, to be purged.
HaMia ku-, to act as a drastic
purgative.
Hardka, haste.
JTaraka ku-, to make haste.
HarakUha ku-, to hasten.
JIaramia, a pirate, a robber.
ITaramu, unlawful, prohibited.
llarara, prickly heat, heat, hot
temper.
JlararOf quick-tempered.
Uararii, hot-tempered.
Ilari, heat, perspiration.
Kutoka harit to perspire.
Eartbika ku-, to be destroyed, to
spoil.
Haribu ku-, to destroy, to spoil.
Kuharihu i»t*m2»a, to miscarry.
Harijia ku-^ to spend money, to lay
out money, to provide (a feast),
&o.
HarimUha kU', to make or declare
unlawful.
Harimu kU' = HwrimUka ku-.
Harioet a cry raised on seeing a
dhow oomo in bight (M.).
Hariri, silk.
Harufu, Harufl, or Herufu, a letter
of the alphabet, letters, cha-
racters.
Harufu, a scent, a smell of any kind.
Harusi, a wedding; vulgarly, tlje
bride.
Btoana harusi, the bridegroom.
Bibi liarusi, the bride.
Hasai s= Maksai, castrated.
Hasara, loss.
J\upata Juwurat to 1qp§,
Hasara ku-, to spoil a thing so thai
its value is gone. '
Hatha, not at all, not by any means,
a very strong negative.
Hcuiho, a patch in planking, a piece
let in.
Hasi ku- or Kliasi ku-, to geld, to
castrate.
Hastbu ku-, to count.
Easida, a kind of porridge.
Hasidi, envy.
Hasira, anger.
Kuuoa na hasira, to be angry.
KiUia hasira, to make angry.
Hasira ku-, to injure.
Easiri ^fi*-, to vex, to do harm
to.
Hasiiika ku-, to be injured, to be
grieved.
Easirisha ku-, td injure.
Hassa, exactly.
Hata, Beo Eatta.
Eatamu, a bridle.
Eatari, danger, fear.
Eathari, caution, aire.
Kuwa na hafhan, to beware, to
be on one's guard.
Ktifanya hathari, to become care-
ful, to become anxious.
Edtff, an angel.
Eaiiki ku-, to bother, to annoy
(A.).
Eatima^Khatima, end, conclusion,
at last.
Eatirisha kth, to venture, to run
the risk.
Eatiija = Khatiya, fault.
Kutia hatiyani^ to find fault with.
Mujenyi haiiya nami, who has
done me wro.ig.
EaUa, until, so far os, to, at length,
when a certain time had ar-
med. It iQ used to intro4i|0g
HAT
HEB
285
the time ivhen Bomething fresh
happened.
Hatta iiku moja^ one day.
SaUaatiubuif in the morning,
but in the morning.
ffaUa haada ya mtoezi kupita, and
when a month had passed.
llaUiOf for nothing.
* HaJUiya = Hatiifa,
Batu-j sign of the first person plural
negative.
* EatiMy a step, steps..
Eau-, sign of the third person
singular negative agreeing with
nouns in m- or mto-f not denoting
animate beings,or with those iQ u-.
Eavi't sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
plural nouns in vt- or «^.
Eawa-f sign of the third person
plural negative.
Eatoa-^ Eve.
EatoOj these, referring to animate
beings.
Eawa or Eewtt^ air.
Eawa or Eawat, longing, lust,
loving.
Unfanye hatoa nafn, don*t be
partial, don't show favour.
Eatoa or JETatraro, a catamite, a
paramour.
Eaiodla, transfer of a debt, bill of
exchange.
Eatoezii he is ilL See Weza kw.
Eawit be is not.
Eawili hu't to lake upon onoself
what was due from another, to
guarantee a debt, &a
Eaya-f sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
plural nouns in mo-.
Eaya, these, referring to a > plural
si^bstantive in
Eaya^ shame, modesty.
Eana haytt^ he is shameless.
Kvona haya, to feel ashamed, to
be bashfuL
Kutia kayo, to abash, to make
ashamed.
Eayal Work awayl Be qulokl
Gome along 1
Eayale^ those, those things.
Eayamhini, it is impossible.
Eayaxeanit a man without his
proper senses, an idiot
Eayi^ plur. looAayt (?), alive.
Eayo, these or those before men-
tioned, referring to plural sub-
stantives in mo-.
Eayuko, vulgarly used in Zanzibar
for hako^ he is not there.
Ha2»-, sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
nouns which do not change to
form the plural, or with those
which begin in the singular with
I*-.
UcLzUm kth = Eeadbu ku-*
Eazinat a treasure.
Eazitassti^ not yet
Eedaya, a choice thing, a tale.
EejojBi^ the E^wi in Arabia.
Eekalu, the temple at Jerusalem, a
great or famous thing.
EekimOf wisdom, cleverness.
Eekimiza ku-, to make a man under-
stand, to put him in possession of
knowledge.
Eemidi fcu-, or Eamidi ku-, to praise.
Eenza, halyards.
Eenzarani, cane-work.
Eeri = Kheirif happy, fortunate, it
is welL •
KiheH,l had better, it wUl be
well for me.
Kua heri, good* bye.
V
286
HEB
Hiy:
Mtu wa heri, a fortunate man.
EeriOf a cry raised on first seeing a
dhow coming. Compare ITanoioe.
Herimu = Mariha.
Heiro, a wooden platter.
lleru/u or JIaru/u, a letter of the
alphabet.
He$ahu, accounts, an account.
Hesahu lew, to count, to reckon.
Heshimaf honour.
IMiimu hu-t to honour.
Jleth, menstruation, menses.
Kuioa na hethf to menstruate.
Hetimom [ancestors.
Kuiovm hetinuty to pray for one's
Jlewa or Hawa, air.
Hezayaf a shame, a thing causing
confudion.
Hi', for Niki'. See -Jci-,
Hiana, a grudging person, one who
withholds things. Compare
Ghiana,
Hiari, choice.
Hibaj property left after death.
JlidimOy service.
Hifathi hu', to preserve, to keep.
Jli/aihika ku-, to be preserved.
Jlifuhuza = Nikifuhuza,
Hit, this, referring to singular
nouns which do not change to
form the plural ; these, referring
to plural nouns in mi-.
HiUej that, those.
Jlikaya = Hedaya, a wonderful
thing.
liiki, this, referring to singular
nouns in ki- or ch-,
JTikiley that, yonder.
SiUif a device, a stratagem, a deceit.
Mtu wa hUa^ a crafty man.
Jit7«, this, referring to singular
nouns which make their plural
in
irt7o, tliis or that before mentioned,
referring to singular nouns which
make their plural in ma-,
Hirhay haste, hastily, quickly.
Himahimal be quick I
BimUi ku'y to bear, to support. ^
nimiza ku-,^ to hasten.
Ilinay henna, a very favourite red
dye, used by women to dye the
palms of their hands and the solea
of their feet, often used to dye
white donkeys, &c., a pole rod
brown.
Eihi lew, to refuse to give, to with-
hold.
Hiri/ti, a written ofanrm worn on the
side.
Hirimu, an equal in aga
Eirimu mojaj of the same ag^
Bisa, pardon.
Nipe hUa yangu, pardon me.
Eitari ku-, to prefer, choose. 8ce
IklUiari.
Hitimaf the feast which concludes
a formal mourning.
Bitimu kU', to finish one's learning,
to leave off school, to know onu*8
trade.
Bitimisha ku-, to finish a scholar, to
bring to the end of his learning ol
whatever kind.
Bivi, thus, these, referring to plural
nouns in t?«- or «y-,
Bivile, those.
Bicyo, after which manner, these
mentioned before, referring ta
plural nouns iu v»- or vy*.
Biyari, choice.
Eiyo^ this mentioned before, re-^
ferriiig to singular nouns which
do not change to form the plural ;
these mentioned before, referring-
to plural nounf |^ mt- or in mi^
HIZ
HUJ
287.
Hizi, these, referring to plural
nouns wLioU do not change to
form the plural, or which begin
in the singular with u- or to-.
Silcu hizi, some days ago, some
days hence, now.
Hizi hU'^ to treat with contumely, to
groan at, to cry out against.
Hizile, tliose.
Hizika h'U'j to be put to the blush.
Bdbe ! now go on, be off.
Kwenda hobe, to go wherever it
may be.
Hohxi, grandchild.
ffodari, strong.
Hodi! a cry made by way of
Inquiry whether any one is within.
No one ought to enter a house
nntil he has received an answer.
JSogera hU'y to perform a particular
washing customary after oix^
cumcision.
Hagoy plur. mdhogo, a very large
root of cassava.
Mohe liahCf a phrase used to denote
extreme poverty and destitution.
Soho.
Pilipili hoho, red pepper.
Mhate wa hoho, a cake made with
fresh palm-oil.
Hoja = Huja,
Homa, fever.
Hongo, a present demanded by a
local chief for liberty to pass
' through his country.
Jlongua, a Comoro dance.
Morarit clever (?).
Hon, or Khori, a creek, a small arm
of the sea.
Uoriy plur. mahori, a kind of canoo
with a raised head and stem.
ZTm-, a quasi -personal prefix de-
noiing a customary actiop. |t
applies to all persons and both
numbers.
Hunijibu, it is in the halit of
answering me.
Huenda, he, &c., commonly goes.
JHttsemo, they say.
Hu' = h-w, the negative prefix of
the second person singular.
This form is distinguished from.
the preceding by the termina-
tion of the verb.
Huenda, people go.
Huendiy you do not go«
Him, a dove. Thoy are said to cry.
Mama aJeafa, Baha dkafa, nime-
salia mimi, tu, tu, tu, tu, tu, My.
mother is dead, my father is
dead, I am left alone — lone— lone
— lone. Another cry of the same
class of birds is explained as;
Kuku m/upa mtupu, mimi nyama
tele tele tele, A fowl is bare
bones. I am meat plenty, plenty,
plenty.
HvhbOy love, affection.
Hubiriy to announce, to give news.
Hudumia ku-, to serve.
Hudumu, service.
Hui kii'^io revive, to come to life
again.
Huika ^tt-, to be brought to life
again, to live again.
Huisha hu-, to revive, bring to life
again, resuscitate.
Huja or hoja, sake, account, con^
cernment, reasoning.
Kina hvja nyingi, it is full of
bother, it is troublesome.
Hahina huja, it is all clear, it is
plain sailing.
Hujambo ? Are you well ?
Euji hU', to inquire into, seek out
Hujuru J(u-, to desert. ^
u 2
288
HUK
Euko, thoie, at a distance.
Hvko na hvko, hither and thither.
Evkvkj here, there, near.
Hvku na hvkut this wxj and
that
nukumu, judgment, authority, law.
Hukumu Ja^f to act as judge, to
have Bupreme authority over.
Eukumia fcu-, to judge, to exercise
authority upon.
Etdukiwa fcti, to be created, to be
a creature.
HumumOf plur. ma^f a man iRrho
knows no religion.
JTtifld^ a draft, a bill of exchange,
iltio, this or that before mentioned,
referring to singular nouns in
«- or vhf or which make their
plural in mi-.
HurUf free, not a slave.
Kuweha or Kttcuiha ftum, to set
free from slavery.
Hurtt, plar. mahuruj a freed man.
Mahuru tea Baiyozi^ or Partm,
slaves freed by the British
consulate.
BurUf diamonds in cards.
Hurtmui, pity.
Eurumia fcu-, to pity, to have pity
upon.
Eu89u hti-t to divide into shares, to
put each one's share separate.
Eusudu hu-f to do wanton violence,
to grudge at, to envy.
Eusumu ku", to strive, to oontend
with.
EuBuni, a fort.
Euturu &tt-, to besiege.
EtUhuria hu-y to be present
fTutt, this, referring to nouns in
the singular which make their
plural in mi-, or to singular nouns
beginning with i»- qx fth.
EuuU, that
J7ttyo, this or that before mentioned,
referring to an animate being:.
In chasing a man or animal, any
one who sees him cries out,
Euyo! huyo! huyo! Here he is I
EuyUy this, this person, this one, .
referring to an animate being.
EuytHe, that.
Httsttni, grief, heaviness.
Ewendaf perhaps.
I is pronounced like ee in feel.
I before a vowel generally be-
comes y. It is in many cases im-
material whether i or y be written,
but where the accent would other-
wise fall upon it, its consonantal
character becomes obvious.
An unaccented i is often inter-
changed with a short « sound
Thus the word for lead may be pro-
nounoed either risaH or rtuan.
N has generally an i sound im-
plied in it It is sometimes ex-
pressed following the «, as in the
prefix ni. The final i of ni- disap-
pears in rapid pronunciation, and in
the first person of the future, as n
cannot coalesce with ^, both letters
are often omitted. When n is foK
lowed by a vowel, or by d, g, J,
or f , the i sound is lost When n
is followed by other consonants it
eit]ier disappears altogether or the
i sound is more or less distinctly
prefixed, so as to moke the n a syl-
lable by itself. The t sound is more
distinct in the dialect of Zanzibar
than in more northern Swab ill.
' Where t follows the final a of <)
t^i
289
preilz (except the negative prefix
hd) it ooalesces with a into the
sound of a long e, .
i, is or was, goTcmed by a singular
' noun of the class which does
not change to form the plural;
are or were, governed by a
plural noun in mi-,
T-, or before a voweVy-,the personal
prefix used with verbs whose
subject is a singular noun of
the class which does not change
to form the plural, or a plural
in mi'f it or they.
W-, the prefix representing the ob-
ject of the verb when it is a
singular noun of the class which
does not change to form the
plural, or a plural noun in mi-,
•J-, the reflective prefix in Ktng*oz%
(and in Nyamwezi), selt
Iba huh (thA kuh is frequently re-
tained in the usual tenses), to
steal, to take surreptitiously.
IbadOf worship.
Ihia hw; to rob, to steal from.
Idadi.
Eayana idadi, there is no count-
ing them.
Idtli = AdUif right conduct
IdUi ku-, to learn right conduct
Idilisha hu-f to teach right con-
duct
Iftahiy bringer of luck.
Iga kU't to mock, to imitate (M.
igiza),
Ih'. See Hi'.
Ihtahidi fctf-, to strive.
Ih*tc^i fttt-, to be wanting.
Ih*tajia ku-, to want, to be wanting to.
IhHUafu, different Also a fault,
difference.
IhHimu hu', to flnidi learning, to
complete one's education.
IJarct, pay, hire, rent
JJaza, a reward.
^aza hu-f to grant permission for
worship.
IkMiari, choice.
IkUiari ftti-, to wish.
Iklza Icu-^ to lay the beams of a
roof.
Kuku ya kuikizat a fowl cooked
with eggs.
Iko, there is, it is there.
2Za, a defect, a blemish.
lUf that yonder, referring to a
singular noun of tho class which
does not change to form its
plural; those yonder, referring
to a plural noun in mi-.
Hi = mi,
Htkit cardamoms.
Iliokoy which is, or was there.
Hiopandana^ the composition of a
word.
llizij a small round thing held
to be a great charm against
lions.
ItlOt except unless, but
Kkikini, but
JKt, in order that
Hmu, learning.
Ima — ima, either— of.
Ima fttt-, to stand up (King*ozi and
Too).
Njia pa hwima, a straight road.
Ima ktt-f to eat up food provided
for other people.
Ametuima, he has eaten our share
as well as.his own.
Tmani, faith.
Imara, firm.
Imha kuf', to sing.
Imbu, mosquito, mosquitoes-
290
IMl
ITA
Imuha ku'9 to set up, to make to
stand.,.
Tmma.
Wa tmma, to a certainty.
Inaj it has, they have.
Inama hu-, to bow, to stoop, to bend
down, to slope.
Inamiiha hu-, to malce to bend
down, to bow.
Inang'ara, it is bright See ng^aa,
Jnehij land, country, earth.
Jnda,
Kufanya inda, to give trouble.
Jnga A-u-, to scare away birds.
'ingu many, much. It makes Jingi
with nouns like hcLsha, and
nyingi with nouns like nyumba,
Ingia hu-^ to enter, to go or come
itito.
Ingilia hu-, to go or come into, for,
or to.
Ingtliza hu-, to cohabit with.
ingine, other, different. It makes
mgine or mtoingine with nouns
like mtu and mti ; Jingine with
nouns like hasha ; ngine or nyi-
ngine with nouns like nyuniba;
and pingine or pangine with
nouns of place.
Wangine — tDan^/ne,8ome — others.
Ingiza hu-, to make or allow to enter.
Jnt*, plur. mainiy the liver.
Inika hu-, to hang down, to lay upon
its side. See Jiinika,
Jnnoy truly. ,
JnshcLUdht if God will, perhaps. It
is used as a general promise to do
as one is asked to do.
Inta - Nta,
Inua ku-^ to lift, to lift up,
Jnuka ku-f to be lifted, to become
raised.
Jnya, mother (A.}«
'inyi = -en^t, having, with. It makes
mtoinyi, tMfi^*, yinyi, zinyi^ linyi
kinyi, vinyi, and penyi,
Inzif plur. tnatnzt, a fly.
Jpa ku', to want, desire to have.
Kuipa roho mbde, to long for
everything one sees, to have
unrestrained desires.
Kupiga tpt, to elap (N.).
Ipif what?
Kama ipi f how ?
Ipua kiO't to tiike off tlie fiia
Iriba^ usury.
Irivea^ a vice (the tool).
Itha kwy to finish, to come to an
end. The kuh is retained in
the usual tenses, but sometimes
the t0 is dropped, as ajnekidia
for amektBishOy he has done.
Kuneha is commonly used as an
Auxiliary : thus, Atnekwi$ha
kuja^ he has cume already.
AUpokvoidM htQo^ when he
had come.
Akaiiha, or Akeska, after that,
when ho had done this.
Ishara, a sign, signal.
Iski ktt-f to last, to endure, to live.
Isimu or lamu, name, especially the
name of God.
'Ma imtak (Ar.)? What U your
name?
Islaray a curtain.
laliska, dropsy.
Ita kw-y to call, to call to, to name,
to invite. The kvo- is fre-
quently retained.
Kwitwa^ to be called, is sometimcB
constructed as if it were hm,
fjoitfjoa.
Ita ku»f to cast in a mould.
Italaeai, satin.
ITH
J A A
291
.MhM, tonctioh.
Kutoa Wiint, to easkciifm.
Ithneen, two.
Mia Jcu', to dall for some pnipose.
Ittka 2rtt-, to answer when called.
Itikia ftw-, to reply to, to answer a
t person when oalled ta
Itikiza Jcu-f to assent to.
Jto la guu (A.)> the ankle.
Ira kf*- or Wiva ku-y to heoome ripe,
to bi csoine completely cooked, to
get done. The kU' is frequently
retained.
Jvtt, plur. maivuj ash, ashes (M.).
Iwapif where is it?
Jza ku'f to refns^.
Izara kti-yio tell scandal abont, to
make things publio about a
person . improperly.
J.
J, The correct pronunciation of
this letter, and especially that of
the Mombns dialect, is a very pecu-
liar one. The most prominent sound ^
is that of y, but it is preceded by
hnother resembling d. The French
di is perhaps the nearest European
representative. The Swahili write
it by the Arable /tnt, which is ex-
actly an English/.
in the more northern dialects and
in the old poetical Swahili the J is
represented by a pure y.
• Mitya =: mqja, one,
Mayi = tno/t, water.
A d in the dialect of Mombas
very commonly becomes a J in that
of Zanzibar.
Ndia (M.), a road, NJia (Zanz.).
Kutiiida (M.), to slaughter ; £u-
ehinja (Zanz.).
Ilony words ifrhich are properly
8pelt with a • are vulgarly pro-
nonnoed with &J in Zanzibar, as,
Kanju, for kanzu,
Chenja, for chenza.
This is only carrying to excess the
rule that a s in the neighbouring
mainland languages becomes a j
in Swahili.
The Arabs and some Swahili
confuse J with g. Thus the bite
ruler of Zanzibar was often spoken
of as Bwana Mag^di, his proper title
being Seyid Mdjid.
/-, a prefix applied to substantives
and adj^tivcs in the singular of
the class which make their plural
in ma-f when they begin wilh a
vowel. Seeji'.
Ja, like.
Ja kit- (the ku- carries tlie accent
and is retained in the usual
tenses), to come. The impera-
tive is irregular, Njoo, come.
Njooni, come ye.
Ja is used to form several tenses.
1. With -po- added, meaning even
if; wa-Japo-kupiga, even if they
beat you.
2. With negative prefixes mean-
ing not yet ; ha-ja-ja^ he is not
yet come.
3. With negative prefix and sub-
junctive form. Asi-Je-lalaj be-
fore he goes to sleep, or that he
may not have already gone to
sleep.
Jaa kU'^ to become full, to fill, to
abound with.
Maji yanajaa, the tide is coming
in.
Mtungi umejaa majit the jai is
full of water.
See Jawa ku-.
293
JAA
JAB
Shika mdjira yajaa^ steer north-
wards.
Jaoy a dost heap,
Jabali, plur. majdbalij a rocky hill.
Also see Kanza,
/o^ari, absolute ruler, a title of God.
JadUiana ku-, to argue with.
Jahot good luck, unexpected good
fortune.
KUango eha Jaha^ the gate of
Paradise.
Jahaxi, a vessel, a ship.
Jahili ku-y to dare, not to fear.
Jalada, the cover of a bound book.
Jali hu-t to give honour to.
Jalia hu'j to bless, to enable, to
grant to.
Muungu akinijaHa, God willing.
Jcdiwa htt-y to be enabled, to have
power, &c., given one.
Jaliza ^,to fill up, used of vessels
which have already something in
them.
JamaOy family, assembly, gathering,
society, company.
Jamaa A:ti-, to collect together,
gather.
Jamaai (Hind.), a council of elders.
Jamaloy courtesy, good manners,
elegance.
Jamanda, plur. majamanda^ a solid
kind of round basket with a lid.
JamhOf breaking of wind down-
wards.
Jamba ku-f to break wind down-
wards.
Jdmhioy plur. maJamUa^ a curved
dagger always worn by Muscat
Arabs.
Jambo, plur. manibo (from kuamha,)
a word (?), a matter, a circum-
stance, a thing, an affair.
Akanitenda kiOa Jambo la loema,
and he showed me all possible
kindness.
Jamho for d Jambo^ hu Jawibo, ha
JanibOf Ac, I am well, are yoa
well ? he is well* &c., &o.
Jambo Sana, I am very well, are
you very well ? &o.
Jami ku-f to copulate, to have con-
nection with.
Jamiiy many, a good collection, the
mass, the company of, the body of.
JamiUha ku-, to gather.
Jamvi, plur. majamvi, a coarse kind
of matting used to cover floors.
Jana^ yesterday.
Mvoakajanoy last year.
JannOf paradise.
Janaba, filth, undeanness.
Janga, punishment.
Jangwa, plur. majangwa, a large
desert
Jani, plur. majan% a leaf. Majani
is commonly used for any grass
or herbage.
Janvia = Jambia,
'japo'f sign of a tense signifying
even if.
UJapofika, even if you arrive.
Jarari, the ropes passing tlirough
the pulley attached to a dhow's
halyards.
Jaribu ku-, to try.
Jarifa, plur. majarifa, a seine or
drag-net made of Eurdpean cord-
age. See Juya,
Ja$ho, sweat
Kufanya jasho,^ sw3at
Jasirisha ku-, to dare.
Jcuisi kU'f to explore.
Jcumini or Jasmin, jasmine. The
flowers are sold in the streets of
Zanzibar for their scent
JA8
JIB
293
Jatti, plur. majasH, the ornamelit
in the lobe of the ear. It is
generally a silyer plate about an
inch and a half across.
JaUiari^ take oare !
Jawa, a coarse kind of Indian
eurthenware.
Kikamibe eha JawOy a cup of coarse
Indian ware.
Jatoa hu't to be filled with, to be
fall of: nsod of something
which ooght not, or could not
be expected to be there.
Maji yam^awa dudu^ the water
is full of insects ; bnt tatungi
unujaa majif the jar is full of
water.
Jaujalnt, an answer, a condition, a
matter.
JawaJur (Ar.), jewcLai
Jaza Xctt-, to fill.
Jazi, a corombn thing, a thing which
is abundant.
Jazi ktt'j to supply, to maintain.
JcuUia ku-, to reward.
/6/HulloI Weill What now I
-/0f how?
Jebu, an ornament worn by women,
hanging nnder the chin.
JekundUj red. See -eiS^uTidii.
Jdidi Iktf-, to bind books.
Jema, good. See •emo.
Jemadarif plur. nu^emadari, a com-
manding officer, a general.
Jembambc^ narrow, thin. See
-embambiJL
Jemhe^ plur. me^enAe, a hoe.
Jemhe la ftinmytc, a spade.
Jenaiza. or Jenexa^ a bier.
Jenga ifcu-, to construct, to build.
Jengea ifcu-, to build for, or on ac-
count of.
/engo, plur. majengo^ a building.
Mdjengo, building materials.
Jenzi kthf to construct
Jepa hu- (A.), to steal.
Jepeai, light, not heavy. See -e^si,
Jerdha, a wound.
Jeribu Km- = Jaribu Xnt-, to try.
Jeruhi fttt-, to be wounded.
Jeski^ plur. majeshi^ a host, a great
company.
Jetea ku-^ to be puffed up, to be
over proud, to rely upon, to
trust in.
JethamUf a leprosy in which the
fingers and toes drop off, ele-
phantiasis (?>
Jeuli or JeuW, Tiolcnce.
Anajeuli, he attacks people wan-
tonly.
Jeupe, white. See "eupe.
Jeusi, black. See etui,
Ji; a syllable prefixed to substin-
tiyes which make their plural
in mo-, if they would otherwise
be of one syllable only. This
syllable is sometimes inserted
after a prefix to give the idea
of largeness, or to prevent con-
fusion witl 1 some other word. Be-
fore a vowel it becomes/- only.
•ji', an infix giving a refiective
meaning to the verb.
KupendOf to love.
JCtt/tpefuZo, to love oneself.
Kuponya, to save.
Jiponye^ save yourself, look out t
Jia ku-f to come for, by, to.
Njia uliyojiaf the road you come
by.
Jibini, cheese.
Jibiwa Aru, to receive on answer, be
answered.
Jibu ku»^ to answer, to give an
answer.
294
JIB
JOM
JtbtoOf'pXia.maJihwa^ikA exceedingly
large dog.
Jicho, plar. mac/uty the eye.
Jicho la maji^ a spring of water.
Ji/tt, plur. majifuy ashes.
Jt/ya, plur. mafya, one of tlirce
stones to support a pot over the
fire. Mafya is the usual word
in the town, nutfiga is commonly
used in the country.
Jigamba 7ctt-, to boost, to praise one-
. self.
Jiinika Jnhj to lie on the side.
Jiko, plur. meho, a fireplace, one of
the stones to rest a pot on (?).
Jikoni, in the kitchen, among the
ashes.
J ilia feti-, to come to a person on
some business.
JUiwat plur. majiliwa, a vice (the
tool).
Jimbif a cock.
Jinibi^ Allocasia edulis. Both
leaves and root are eaten : (a sort
of Arum).
Jimbo, plur. maJimho,9k place a part
of the country (Old Swahili).
Jimbo.
Ktmha najiwibo, to wash a new-
bom child with water and
medicine.
Jina, plur. majina, a name.
Jina toko nantf what is your
name ?
Jina la hupangvoa^ a nickname.
Jinamisi, nightmare.
Jingi, much. See -tngi.
Jingine^ other. See -ingine,
Jinif plur. majtni, jins, spirits, genii.
Vtno, plur. meno, a tooth, a twist or
strand of rope, or tobacco, Ac.
c Kamba jfa meno matatUf a cord of
three strands.
Jionif OTcning.
Jipu, plur. maJipUf a boil.
Jipotoa Iktf-, to dress oneself a|»
excessively.
Jipya^ new. See -pyo.
Jiraniy a neighbour, neighboniB.
Jisif quality.
/istf, plur. nu^tiUt a very large
knife.
Jttenga kn-, to get out of the way.
Jiti, plur. majiti, a tree truuk.
JUimai, excessive sorrow.
Jito, plur. maio = Jieho, tlie eye (M.)*
Jittt, plur. malu or majUuy a grc;it
large man, a savage.
Jituza Km-, to make oneself mean or
low. See Tuza.
Jivari, purchase (of a dhow hal-
yards).
Jivif a wild hog.
Jivu = Jifu,
Jiwa ku', to be visited.
Jiwe, plur. mawe, a. stone, a piece
of stone. Plur. majiwej of very
large pieces of stone.
Jitoe la mafk/o, apiece of freestone.
Nyumha ya matoe, a stone house.
Jodari, a kind of fish.
Jogai = Jogoo.
Jogoo, plur. majogoo, a cook.
Johari, a jewel.
Joho, woollen cloth, a long loose
coat worn by ^Ue Arabs.
Jo/iro, plur. maJokOf a very large
snake.
JoliOt a place to bako pots in.
Jokumj charge, responsibility.
JombOf plur. nWi/om&o, an exceed-
ingly large vesseL
Joiigea ku-y to approach, come near
to, move.
Jongea mvulinif move into the
ehade.
JON
JTT2
295
JongeUza hur^ to bring near to, to
offer.
Jongeza %«*-, to bring near, move
towards, mo?e.
JongOf gout
Jongoej a large kind of fish.
Jongoo, a millepede.
. Jofjiyay a Georgian, the most valued
and whitest of female slaves.
JororOj soft. See -ororo.
Josh, a voyage, a cruize.
= Goshi, Luff I
Jotojoto.
Kupata jotoJotOf to grow w«rm.
JoyOf plur. majoyat a coeoa-nut
which is filled with a white
spongy substance instead of the
usual nut and juice. They are
prized for eating.
Jozi, Jeozif or Jauzt, a pair, a pack
of cards.
Jozi, a walnut.
/tta,.plur. majuat the sun.
Jua hUwantf noon.
Jua 7cU', to know how, to under-
stand,^ to know about, to know.
Namjua aliko, I know where he is.
Najua hiungujaj I understand the
language of Zanzibar,
Najua kufua chuma, I know how
to work in iron.
Juba, a mortice chisel.
Jvhuru ku; to compel.
Jugo, ground nuts.
JuJiudu an effort, efforts.
Kufanya jvhudi, to exert oneself,
/fi/tf, plur. maJt^Uf a fool.
Juhuy risk, a word used by traders.
Jukwarif a scaffold, scaffoldiog.
Julia hu-, to know about, see to.
Julisha ku-, to m^e to know.
JumOj Friday, a week.
Jwma a most, Saturday.
Juma a pUi, Sunday.
Juma a tatu, Monday.
Juma a *nnej Tuesday.
Juina a tano, Wednesday.
Juma, small brass nails used for
ornamentation.
JumaOj ai^ assembly.
Jumba, plur. majumha, a large house.
Jumhe^ plur. majumbe, a chief, a
head-man, a prince, a sultan.
Jumla, tlie sum, the total, addition
(in arithmetic).
JumUsha hu-, to add up, sum up,
put together.
Junta, a kind of matting bag. See
Qunia.
Jura, a pair; a length of calico,
about thirty-five yards,
/ten.
Haijun, it is unfitting.
JtU Kdsam (Hind.), perjury."
Juta &«-, to bo sorry for, to»regret.
Juu, up, the top, on the top.
Yuko ittii, he is up-stairs.
Juu ya^ upon, above, over, on the
top of, against.
JuvUha ku-, to make to know, to
teach.
Juvya ku; to make to know.
Juya, plur. majuya, a seine or drag*
net made of cocoa*nut fibre ropo.
Juza, obligation, kindness.
Juza ku', to make to know.-
Juzi, the day before yesterday.
Mivakajuzi, the year before last,
Juzijuzi, a few days ago.
Juzia ku; to compel, to have power
to compel.
Juzu, necessity.
Jawibo lajuzu, a necessary thing.
Juzu ku-, to oblige, to hold bound,
to have under an obligation to do
something.
296
JUZ
KAfi
Jttztitt, a seoiion of the Eohtn.
There are in all thirty, which are
often written out separately. All
the Junm together are Khitima
ngima*
K is prononnoed as in EDglish.
The Arabs have two k% one, the
kef or leaf, a little lighter than the
English kj and one, the kahf or
qafj made wholly in the throat, and
confounded by many Arabs with a
hard g. There is a onrions catch in
the throat between the preceding
vowel and the qaf, Tory hard to
explain, but easy enough to imi-
tate. Although the correct pronun-
ciation of these two I^b is an ele-
gance, it is not necessary nor very
commoBly observed in speaking
8wahili.
Ki is very commonly pronounced
M in Zanzibar, especially by slaves
of the Nyassa and Yao tribes.
Kh, the Arabic kha, occurs only
in words borrowed from the Arabic,
and subsides into a simple h so soon
as the word is thoroughly natu-
ralized.
Khabari or Hdbari, news.
Kheiri or Heri\ well, good, for-
tanate.
Ka-, -Kd-, a syllable prefixed to or
inserted in the imperative and
subjunctive of verbs, with the
force of the conjunction " and."
•JS»-, the sign of a past tense, used
in carrying on a narration ; it
includes the force of the con-
junction •• and.*
Akamwambicif and he laid Ut
him.
Nika- is often contracted into Ao-.
Kaa Xw-, to sit, to dwell, to stay, t€
live, to be, to stand, to remain,
to continue,. to live in, or at
Kiikaa kiUiko, to sit down, to re-
main quietly.
KaOf plur. maJeao^ a piece of char-
coal.
Makaa, coals, charooal, embers.
Kaa la moshi or Makaa ya moshi^
soot
Kaa^ a crab.
Kaa makokOf small mud crabs
with one large claw.
Kaa la kinwOf the palate.
Kaaka or KaaJcaa, the palate.
Kaanga &!»-, to fry, to braze, to cook
with fat.
KaangOf plur. makaango^ an earthen
pot to cook meat in.
Kaba &!»-, to choke, to throttle.
Kaha la kanzu, a sort of lining round
the neck and a short way down
the front of a ftaJisn,, put in to
strengthen it.
Kahari, a wedge.
Kdbibuy narrow.
KabUay a tribe, a subdiyision less
than taifa.
Kahili ftu-, to be before, to be op-
posite.
KabUUiha ^, to put opposite, to set
before.
Kabita^ utterly, altogether, quite.
KdbUhi %tf*, to give into the hand.
KaUa, before, antecedently.
Kahla ya, before (especially of
time).
Kabulh acceptance.
Kabulif pillaw.
Kaburi, plur. maftaiuf I (pionounoed
EAD
KAL
297
hj xnany Arabs Gahri)^ a graye,
a tomb.
KadamuyA serrant, the lowest of
the three chief men usually set
over the slaves on a plantation.
On the Zambezi the man who
stands at the head of the canoe
to look out for shoals is called
K<idamo.
Kadiri or Kadri, measure, modera-
tion, capacity, middling, mode-
rate, about, nearly, moderately.
Kadri gcmif how much?
Kadiri ya, as, whilst
Kadiri ku-y to estimate.
Kadri = Kadiri.
Kafara, an offeriDg to avert evil, a
sacrifice of an animal or thing to
be afterwards buried or thrown
away, a charm made of bread,
sugar-cane, &c., thrown down in
a cross-way. Any one who takes
it is supposed to carry away the
disease, misfortune, &o.
Kofi, plur. mdkafl, a paddle.
Kafiriy plur. makafirU an infidel, an
idolater, one who is not a Moham-
medan.
Kafuriy camphor.
Kaga fcu-, to put up a charm to
protect something.
Kagoy plur. mago, a charm to pro-
tect what it is fastened to.
Kagua hu-, to go over and inspect.
Kciiabay plur. malsahabay a prosti-
tute.
Kdhatoay coffee.
Kahinij plur. mdkaJiinit a priest, %
soothsayer.
Kai hu-y to fall down to, embrace,
the knees.
Kaida, regularity.
Ya JcaidOf regular.
'Icaidi, obstinate.
Kaimu, plur. mdkaimuy a vice-
gerent, a representative.'
Kalca, a lemon after it has been
squeezed, the rind of a lemon,
the shell of an egg, &o,
Kaka, a brother {Kihadimu, see
Mukadiihu),
Kcbkot a disease with swelling of
the hand and opening into sores.
KakakakOy very many.
Kakamiay hard of heart
Kdkamia hu, to be longsuffering,
slow to be affected.
Kahimuka ^u-, to make an effort,
to strain (as at stool, or in
travail).
Kdkavxma hu-, to be strong, capable
of great exertion, well-knit and
firm in all the muscles.
Kahiy a very thin kind of biscuit or
cake.
Kdla/ati ftti-, to caulk.
Kalamika Aru-, to prevaricate in
giving evideuee (?), to cry from
pain caused by medicine (?).
KaJa*m3ca hu-, to be sharp, to have
one*s eyes open.
KalcCmkia 2;u-, to outdo, to be too
sharp for.
Kalamu, a pen. The pens for
writing Arabic are made of
reed, and the nibs are cut
obliquely.
Kalamu ya mwanzi, a reed pen.
Kalamuzi, cunning, crafty.
Kalasia, little brass pots.
Kcde, old time, formerly.
-a kale, old, of old time.
Zamani za kale, old times.
Uapo kale, once upon a time.
Kalfati or KaJafati, caulking.
'kaV, sour, shfirp, keen, s«^va^
298
KAL
cross, severe, fierce. It makes
hali with nouns like nyumha.
JxM hali, a hot snn.
Ka?ta 7ftt-, to remain for.
Ku'mkalia tamu, to remain as he
would wish.
Kaltbu, ft mould, a furnace.
Kama, Kammat Kana, or Ktmmha,
as, as if, like, if, supposing.
Kama kii-, to milk, to squeeze.
KamamangOy a pomegranate.
Kamalh a game played by chucking
pice into a hole. If only one
goes in they say "JtfoZwa," and
the player throws a flat stone on
the one that is out.
Kanuui, mucus from the nose.
Kufuta hamasi, to blow the nose.
Bitoezi kamasi, I have a cold in
my head.
Kamata hu-, to lay hold of, take,
seize, clasp.
Kamatana hUf to grapple, to seize
one another.
Kamaiii balls of wheat-flour lca<
vened with ternbo.
Kambaj a crayfish.
Kambaj rope.
Kainba ulayiti, European or
hempen rope.
KaTnbaOt plur. of ukanibaa, cord,
string (M.).
Kanibaay a plaited thong or whip
kept by schoolmasters and
overlookers in Zanzibar.
Kamhali, plur. maJcarnbali, a cat-
fish living in fresh water.
Kamharau, a forebrace carried to
the weather side to steaily the
yard of a dhow.
Kaimhi, plur. malcamhi, a circular
encampment, a place where a
caravan has hutted itself in.
KAN
Kamho,
Baha-uoa kamha, stepfather.
Mama wa Icambo, stepmutber.
Kame^ quite dried up, utterly
barren.
Kami, a bulbous plant with largo
head of red flowers.
Kamia hu-, to reproach.
Kujikamia, to reproach oneself.
KamUi, perfect, complete.
-kamUifu, perfect, wanting nothing.
Kamilika hu-, to be perfect.
Kamilisiha hth, to make perfect.
Kamua hu-, to press, to press
out.
Kamusi, an Arabic lexicon.
Kamwe (M.), not at all, never.
Kamwi = Kamwe,
Kana, a tiller.
Kana^ if, as. See Kama,
Kana hu-, to deny*
Karida, plur. mahanda, a long nar-
row matting bag, broader at the
bottom than at the mouth.
Kanda hu-, to knead dough, to
knead the limbs, to shampoo.
Kandamiza hu-, to press upon.
Kande, food (Mer.).
Kanderinya, a kettle.
Kandika ku-, to plaster.
Kandili, plur. makandili, a lantern.
Kando, side, aside.
Kando ya or Kandokando ya,
beside, along by the side.
Kanga, a guinea fowl.
Kanga, a dry stem after the cocoa-
nuts have been taken off.
Kanga ku-,
Kukanga moto, to warm.
Kangaja, a small mandarin orango.
Kania ku-, to deny a person.
Kaniki, dark blue calico.
^ani^a, plur. makanisii, a ohurcl^.
KAN:
Kanulia lu-, to deny, to make to
deny, • .
Kariji^ starch, arrowroot.
KanJUf plar. mdkanju, a cashew
apple (M.).
Kanju, vulgarly used for Kanzu.
Kanuni, a thing implied, a neces-
sary condition, of necessity.
Kanwa, plur. mdkanway the mouth.
Kanya hu-, to contradict*
Kanyaga ^hu-, to tread, to tread
upon, trample on.
Kanyassa ku-, to scold. •
Kmzi, a treasure.
Mmzuy a long shirt-like garment
worn both by men and women
in Zanzibar. Men's 1canzu$
are white or of a brown yellow
colour, with ornamental work
in red and white silk round
the neck and down the breast;
they reach to the heels. Wo-
men's kanzu8 are generally
shorter, and are made of every
variety of stuflf, frequently of
satin or brocade, but are always
bound with red.
. Parts of a Kanzu (men's) :
Tao la IcanzUj bottom htm.
Magongo nene, seams.
Badani, front and back pieces.
Also Kimo.
Tahatizi, side pieces.
Sijafu, pieces turned in at the
wrists, to receive the darizi,
Vih'tcapa, gores.
Luani^ flap under the opening
in front.
Jahalif red line across the back.
Mhalborii lining at the back of
tbe darizi in front.
Kaabay lining of thp nccj? and
shouUlers.
KAR
299
Sliada, tassel at the neok.
Kitanzi^ loop opposite the tassel
- , in front
Kazi ya shingo, the elaborately
worked border round the
neck, including —
Tihij red sewing over of the
edge of the neok.
Mrera^ lines of red round
the neck.
Vibolio^ small zigzag orna-
ment in the middle of the
neck-border.
Vinara^ small spots forming
Iho outer edge of the
border.
Darizi f lines of silk worked
round the wrists and down
the front.
Hijuzi (Ar. 8hararaJ€)f orna-
ment at the bottom of the.
strip of embroidery in front.
JUAt'a ira mjuzij line of silk
running up the front from the
mjuzi,
Vipajif or viguu^ four little
projections on the sides of
the wjazi,
Kanzu ya ziki, worked with white
cotton round the neck instead of
red silk.
Kaoleni, one whose words are not
to be trusted, a double-tongued
man.
Kaomtoaj calumba root
Kapt^ plur. makapif a pulley.
Kapi, plur. makapij bran, husks.
Kapiana hu' (miJwno), to shiike
hands.
KapUf plur. maJcapu, a large basket
or matting bag.
Kapwaij a kind of rice.
Karafati hu- = Kaia/ati.
300
KAB
KAT
Karafu mayiU, camphor.
KaratiM, a Bpecial gift of God, an
answer to a holy man*s prayer,
an honour.
Karamu, a feast
Karanif a secretary, a clerk, a
supercargo.
Karanif tucks.
Kararaf the woody flower-sheath of
the cocoa-nut tree.
KaraiOy playing-cirds.
Karaihoy a loan of money.
Karaiasi, paper.
Karibf near, come near, come in.
Karibia Aru-, to approach, to draw
near to.
Karibiana kth^ to be near to one
another.
Karihulia, to make to come near, to
invite in.
Karihut near, a near relative.
Karibu na or ya, near to, near.
Karimuj liberal, generous.
Karipia hu-, to cry out at, scold.
Kariribha ku-, to recite.
K<uat a turtle.
Kcuarani, sorrow, grief.
Kascuif retaliation, revenge, ven-
geance.
Kasha, plar. maktuhOf a chest, a
large box.
Kashifu ku-, to depreciate.
Kcuhmir^ the ace of spades.
Kasittf plur. mali-asia, an oar.
KuvtUa makcLna, to row.
Kadba, a gun barrel.
KasidU intention, purpose.
Kcui/a, inquisitireness.
Kasi/u ku-f to be inquisitive.
KcLgiki, a large earthen jar for ghee.
Kasimde, the juice of grated cocoa-
nut before water is put to it.
Tui la kaUmde. See TuU
Tui la kupopoha, the same afler
mixing with water, and strain-
ing again.
Kasiri, towards the end, late.
Kasirika Arti-, to become vexed.
Kasiritha kw, to vex.
KomH kv^y to hurt, vex.
Kaskazij the northerly wind whiob
blows from December till
March.
Kaskazinif in a northerly dlrco*
tion.
Eaton, less by.
KnsBci, less by.
K€uta nbo, three-quarters of a
dollar.
Ka$8i, BeoKiaari,
Kasi^ hard, with violence.
Kwenda kaasi, to rush along,
KiUia kassi, to tighten.
Kammba, a preparation of opium.
Kataa ku-, to refuse.
Kata, plur. mdkata, a ladle made of
a cocoa-nut, only about.a third of
the shell being removed. A kata
holds from a quarter to half a pint.
Kaia, a ring of grass or leaves put
on the head under a water-pot or
other burden.^
Kaia ku-, to cut, dip, divide.
Kvjikaia, to cut oneself.
Kukata hananu, to cut obliquely.
Kukata maneno, to settle an affair,
to decide.
Kukata naktM, to ornament with
carving, to carve.
Kukata tamcui, to despair.
NJia ya kukata, a bhort cut, the
nearest way.
Kdtaha ku-, to write.
Katakata ku-, to chop up.
Katalia ku-, to deny all credence^
to r^fitse to ^e convinced.
KAT
KAZ
801
Kutanit flax, thread, string, cotton-
thread.
Kafaza hu-, to prohibit, to detor.
KcUhdlilcat in like manner.
KcUhdvDcikaiha, many, many more.
Watu kaikatDakathOf such and
such jieoplc.
Kalki, plur. maJsathi, a judge, a
, cadi.
Katij inside, midiUe, the court
within a house.
Katia ftti-, to out for. •
KuhatiuDct, to have out, or out out
for one.
Ni hian changu Icama nalikatiwa
mimi, it fits as though I had
been measured for it.
KafikOf among, at, from, in, about
KatiJca implies nearness at leieust
at the beginning of the action ;
it has very nearly the same
moaning as the case in -ni,
KaWca tafari vdef during that
journey.
Katika ku-t to come apart, to be out,
to break, to be decided.
Katikati, in the midst
Katikati ya, &o., in the midst of,
between.
KatUi, ft murderous, bloodthirsty
person, an infideL
Katinakati, in tiie middle.
Jfoti/t (A.), little.
Kaiiza ku-^ to put A stop to, to
break off, to interrupt
Koto, plur. makaiOy a cutting, a
' breaking off.
Katu^ a kind of gum chewed with
betel.
KcduvL ^-, to polish, to brighten.
Kaiuka ku'f to be polished, to be
bright
Kauka ku't to get dry, to dry.
Sauti imekaukoj I am hoarse.
Katdij a word.
Kaurt\ a cowry.
Kausha kth, to make dry, to dry.
"kavtt, dry. It makes kavu with
nouns like nyumiba,
JTaifo, a conical dish-cover of
plaited straw, often ornamented
with spangles, &q,
Katoa, mildew, spots of mould.
Ku/anya kawa, to get mildewed
or mouldy.
Kawa ku-t to be delayed, to tarry,
to be a long while.
Kawadi (a term of reproach), a bad
man.
Katoaidaj necessity, custom.
Kawe^ a pebble, a small stone (M,).
Kawia ku-^ to delay.
KaioiUa ku-^ to loiter about a busi-
cess.
Katcuha ku-, to keep, to delay, to
cause to stay.
Kaya, plur. mdkayci, a pinna, a kind
of shell-fish.
Kayamb€L, a sieve, a sort of rattle.
Kaza few-, to fix, to tighten, (of
clothes) to fit tightly, to go
hard at anything.
Kukaza kwiwhoy to sing louder.
Kukaza mhiot to run hard.
Kazana ku-, to fix one another, to
tighten together, to hold together
tightly, to be robust
Kazi, work, labour, employment,
business.
Kdio kazi yoke, that is what he
always does.
K<izi mbi H mtezo mwema? Is
not poor work (as good as) gooil
play (mbi for n-wi) ?
Kazika Xrti-, to become tight, to
become fixed.
302
*KAZ
KHE
'Icazo, nipping, pressing tight
•'he, female, f jminine, the weaker.
Kee = KdeU (N.).
Keezo, a lathe* ft machine for tam-
ing.
Kef vie I an exclamation of con-
tempt.
Kefyahefya Xni-, to teaze, to put in
low spirits.
Kelie^ a drill. The onrpenters in
Zanzibar always ose drills, which
are much better suited to the
native woods than gimlets are.
The iron is called kekee, the wood
■' in which it is fixed maukano^ the
handle in which it turns Jicuy
and the bow by which it is turned
Via.
Kekee, a kind of silver bracelet
KeUUi plur. matteltUf noise, uproar,
shouting.
K&m ( Ar.), How mudi? How many ?
Kemea An-, to rebuke, to snub, to
• scold.
Kenda = Kwetida and Kaendoi
KendOj nine.
- Ya Jcenda, ninth.
Kendapi f for htoenda wapi, going
where, i.e., where ore you going ?
Kenge^ a large water-lizard with
s<ender body and Ipng limbs and
tail.
JCenflfea,the blade of a sword, knife,
&c.
Kengele, a bell.
Kupiga Jcengele, to ring a bell.
Kera ku-, to worry, to nag at
Kerani = Karani.
Kerekeia ku, to irritate the throat,
to choke.
Kereza ku-, to saw, to turn, to cut
.a treo half through, and Jay it
down, 80 ae to mal^i^ a fenoo* «
Kerimu ku', to feast, to be liberal to.
Kcring^ende, a dragon-fly> the red-
legged partridge.
Kero, trouble, disturbance, uproar^
Kesfia, a watch, a vigil.
Ke$7ia ^-, to watcli, to remain
awake, not to sleep.
Ketlteza Aiu-, to make, to watch, to
keep awake.
KeiliOy to-morrow.
Keslio kutwa or kuchwaf the day
after to-morrow.
KeU, a eo\wy> ...
Keti fcii-, to sit down, stay, live (M.).
KJtaharif news, information.
KhadaOf fraud.
KhafifUi light, unimportant
Khainiy a traitor.
Khalds, the end, there is no more.
Khdlifu A'u- or Halifu ku-, to resist,
oppose, rebel against
KhalUi ku', to deliver.
Khamiy a chess bisbop.
KJiamaiy fire.
IQiamxinU fifty.
Khamstasjuira, fifteen,
EJiaradali^ mustard.
KhdriJ A*u-, to spend.
Kliashifu An- = KcuHiifu /»tt%
Kliatari, danger.
EJiatij a note, letter, document,
memorandum, writing, hand-
writing.
Kliatilmf plur. makluitibu, a secre-
tary, a preacher.
Khatima, end, completion.
KJiaiimisJia 7m-, to bring to an end,
complete.
KJiatiya, fault See Ilatiya,
Khazc^nck, a treasure.
Khema, a tent.
Kheiri = //«r*, well, fprtunate,
happy, good.
KHI
KIA
303
Mlu wa hheiri, a happy man.
Kwa kheirit for good.
Ni kheiriy I had better.
Khini Jcu-y to betray.
Khttari ku-, to choose.
Khitima nzirrui^ a complete copy of
the Koran. Bee Juzuu,
KhoJUha ku-, fo frighten.
Khofut fear, danger.
Kutoa na hhofu, i to become
Kuingivoa na khofu, S afraid.
Kutia kJiofUy to frighten.
Khorj, a pad used as a saddle for
donkeys.
Khoshi (?), paint, oolonr.
Khvbiri ku-, to inform, give news.
KhusumUf enmity.
Khutubu ku-9 to preach. '
Kkuzurungi or Suthurungi, a stnif
of a brown yellow colour, of which
the best men's kanzus are made.
Ki-f a prefix forming a diminutive.
It becomes eh- before a vowel,
and in the plaral it beoomesvt-
and vy-9 or in other dialects zi'
or thi'.
Ki' as a prefix also means (es-
pecially if prefixed ta proper
names), such a sort ; and when
used alone, words of such a
sort, i.e. such a language.
Mavazi ya kifaume, royal robes.
Viati vya hizungu, European
potatoes.
£uira&tf, Arabia
Kiyao^ the Yao language.
Ki' or dh', the adjectival and pro-
nominal prefix proper to words
' agreeing with substantives of the
above forms.
Ki' or ch'^ the personal prefix of
verbs having substantives of th©
obove form as their subject,
-7ii-, the objective prefix of verbs
having substantives of the above
form as their object
•lU; the sign of that tense which
expresses a state of thiDgs*
heing that, which may be trans-
lated by the help of the words,
if, supposing, when, while, or
be treated as a present parti-
ciple in 'ing.
Niki' may be contracted into hi-.
AUkuwa akiogolea^ he was bath-
ing.
Akija, if he comes, or when ho
comes.
The syllable -H- is inserted in
the past perfect tense to de-
note a continuing action or
state.
FaZipo-H-pemtowa, when or while
they loved one another.
Kia^ plur. via^ a piece of wood, a
kind of lateh, a bar.
Kia kU', to step over.
Kiada, slowly, distinctly.
Kialio, plur. vialiOf cross pieces
put in a cooking pot to prevent
the meat touching the bottom
and burning.
Kianga, the coming out of the sun
after rain.
Kiapo, plur. viapo, an ordeal, an
oath.
Kiardbu, Arabic.
7a kiarahu, Arabian.
Kiasi = Kiassi,
KiasB cha bunduki, a cartridge.
Kiassi, measure, moderation.
Kiassi gani f or Kassi gani f How
much?
KiatUf plur. vtafu, a shoe, a sandal.
Viaiu vya mtiy a sort of tall
wooden cjog worn in the house,
«3
304
KIA
KIO
and especially by women. They
are held on by grasping a sort
of button (rmuruakt) between
the great and second toe.
Kiazi, plnr. vicLzij a sweet potato.
Kiazi kikuu, plnr. viazi vHcuUf a
yam.
Kiazi tena^ with white skin.
Kiazi hindoro, with red skin.
Kha haJuli, a knot of maUuti to
light a pipe with.
Kibaha, a measure, about a pint
basin full, a pint basin, about a
pound and a half.
Kibdktdi, a kind of mtama,
KtbaU hu'f to prosper.
Kibanda, plur. vibandct, a hut, a
hovel, a shed.
Kibanrif plur. vibanzi, a splinter, a
very small piece of wood.
KibaOf plur. vibaOf a shelf, a small
piece of plank. In Tumbatu a
chair is called hibao,
Kibapara, a pauper, a destitute
person (an insulting epithet).
Kibarango^ a short heavy stick.
Kibaraza, plur. vibaraza^ a small
stone seat.
Kibartta, plur. ffibarua, a note, a
ticket. Kibarua is now used
in Zanzibar to denote a person
hired by the day, from the
custom of giving such persons a
ticket, to be delivered up when
they are paid.
Kiberitij sulphur.
Vtberiii, matches.
Kibeti, a dwart
Kuku hibetit a bantam*
Kibia, plur. ri&id, an earthen pot-lid.
KibiongOf plur. vibiongoy a person
bent by age or infirmity.
Kibqbwe, plur. vibobwe^ a piecp of
cloth tied round the loins during
hard work.
KibofUf plur. vibofu, a bladder.
Kibogoahi, plur. tibogo8ht\ a small
skin bag.
KibokOf plur. ri&o&o, a hippo*
potamus. See also Kanzu,
Kibuaj a small fish.
Kibueta, plur. vtbuetn, a box.
Kibida; the keblay the point to
which men turn when they pray.
Among the Mohammedans the
hibvla is the direction in which
Mecca lies, which is in Zanzibar
nearly north. Hence IcibtUa is
sometimes used to mean the
north.
Kibula /;»-, to point towards^ to be
opposite ta
KibumbOj plnr. vtbumba, a small
paper box or case of anything.
Kiburi, pride.
Kiburipevnbe, a native bird.
Kidioaj lunacy.
Mwenyi kichaa, a lunatic.
Kichahat plur. vichaltOy a thicket, a
heap of wood or sticks.
KichaUij plur. vichala^ a bunch.
KuHiala cha mzabibti, a bunch of
grapes.
Kicheko, plur. vicheko, a laugh, a
KichiJcicM, plur. vichihichij the
small nuts contained in the fruit
of tho palm-oil tree.
Kichilemay plur. vichilema^ the
heart of the growing part of
the cocoa-nut tree, which is
eaten as a salad, and in varioua
ways.
Kicho, plur. vicho^ fear, a fear.
KichocheOf the act of pushing wood
further info t}ie fire, ^n instn^-
&I0
Klj?
305
inent for doiDg«»it, exciting words
to stir up a quarrel.
Kichochoro, plur. viekochoro, a very
• narrow passage, such as is gene-
irally left between the houses in
' Zanzibar.
KichwOf plur. vichvoa, for Kitwa, the
head.
Kidaka, plur. viddka, a recess in
the wall.
Kiduka^ plur. vidaka, a cocoa-nut
when just formed.
Kidaka tonge^ the uvula.
Kidanga, a very small fruit, before
it gets any taste.
Kidarif the chest : ktdari is used of
both men and animals, kifua of
men only.
KidaUf plur. vidau, a small vessel.
Kidau cJui toinoy an inkstand.
Kidevu, plur. videvu, the chin.
Kidimhwi, plur. vidimbwi, a pool
. left on the beach by the falling
tide.
Kidinga popot the dengue fever.
Kidogo, plur. vidogo, a little, a very
little, a little piece, a morsel, a
crumb.
Kidoko,
Kupiga kidoko, to click with the
tongue.
Kidcle, plur. vidcHe, a finger, a toe.
Kidole cha gumba, the thumb.
Ktdonda, plur. vidoiuia, a sore, a
small sore, a wound.
Kidonge, plur. vidonge, a very small
round thing, a lump in flour,a pill.
Kidoto, plur. vidoto, a small piece of
cloth tied over a camel's eyes
while turning an oil press.
KidexOf plur. tieleto, a pattern,
something to make SDmething
^e clear.
Kievu (A,) = Kidevu.
KiendelezOf progress.
Kifa, plur. trt/a, the nipple of a gun.
Kifa uwongo, the sensitive plant.
Ki/afa, epilepsy, fits.
Kifafa, plur. vifafa^ sparks and
crackling of damp firewood.
Kifani, plur. vifani^ the like, a
similar thing.
Kifano, plur. mfano, a likeness.
Kifaranga, plur. vifaranga, a
chick, a very small chicken.
Kifaruy plur. mfaru, a rhinoceros,
a small rhinoceros.
Kifaumef royalty, a royal sort.
Ya kt/aumCf royal.
Eifiko, plur. vifiko, arrival, point of
arrival, end of journey.
Kifu ku'y to sufQce.
Ki/u nduguy the os coccygis, the
bone which the Mohammedans
say never decays.
Kffua, plur. vifua, the chest, the
bosom.
Eifufu, plur. vifufu, the shell of the
cocoa-nut (M.).
Eifuko, plur. vi/uko, a little bag, a
pocket, a purse.
Kifuko cha kutUia feGia, a purse.
Kt/umbu^ plur. viftmbUy a small
round basket or bag for squeezing '
scraped ooooa-nut in to get out
the tut,
Kifumbo, plur. vifwnbOf a very large
kind of matting bag.
Kifundo. cha mguu, the ankle.
Kifando clia mkonOf the wrist
Kifungo, plur. vifungo, anything
which fastens, a button, prison,
imprisonment, a kind of rice.
Kifungua^ an unfastener, an opener.
Ki/ungua kantoa, early food,
brecJcfast. .
306
KI9
Ki;r
Kifungua nilangOf a present made
by the bridegroom to the kungu
of the bride before she allows
him to eater the bride's room,
on the occasion of his first
visit to her.
Kifuniko, plur. vifuniko, a lid, a
cover.
KifuOf plur. vifuo, a stick stuck in
the ground to rip the husk off
cocoa-nuts with.
Kifurushif something tied up in the
comer of a cloth.
Kifusi, rubbish, rubbish from old
buildings.
Ki/uuj plur. vifuut a cocoa-nut
shell.
Kigaga^ plur. vigcufOy a scab.
Kigai, plur. vigah a piece of broken
pottery or glass, a potsherd.
Kiganda cJiapili, the two of cards.
Kigaogaoj the Pemba name for a
chameleon, meaning changeable.
Kigego = Kijego. ,
Kigerenyenzaj plur. vigerenyenza, a
very small piece of broken pottery
or glass, a splinter.
KigelegeUf plur. vigelegeley a shrill
trilling scream much used as a
sign of joy, especially on the
occasion of a birth.
KigogOf a little block of wood.
Kigogo cha JcusJumea, a small
oblong piece of wood used by
shoemakers.
Kigongo, the hump of a humpbacked
person.
Mwenyi higongo^ a humpback.
Kigonot plur. vigono (Yao), a sleep-
ing place.
Kigodio, a bend.
Kigosho cha mkonOj an arm that
cannot be straightened.
Eigugwnizi, stami^ering, a 8tamm«r>
KigulUf lame.
Kigunni^ plur. fngunni, an oblong
matting bag of the kind in whiok
dates are brought to Zanzibi^.
Kigunzi, the day before the Sih$ a
mvDoIca.
Kigioe, plur. vigwCy a plaited cord,
reins, a string of beads, a piping
on the edge of a dress.
Kiharusif cramp.
Kiherehere (cha moyo\ trepidation,
palpitation (of the heart).
Eihindiy the Indian sort, an Indian
language.
Ya hihindi, Indian.
Kihoro, sorrow at a loss, fright,
homesickness.
Kiinif kernel, the heart of wood.
Kiini thayayi^ the yolk of an
egg.
KiinimacliOt a conjuror.
Kiitiha or Kuhoy afterwards, neit,
this being ended.
Kijakaziy plur. vijakazi, a slave girl.
Kijamanda^ plur. vijamcmda^ a
small long-shaped box commonly
used to carry betel and areca-
nut in.
Kijanaj plur. vijana^ a youth, a
young man, a complimeniiry
epithet, a boy or girl, a son or
daughter.
Kijaluba^ plur. vijalubot a small
metal box.
Kijambaf plur. vijamba, a small rock.
Kijaraha, plur. tfyardha, a small
wound.
Kijaraha cha haoni, sores on the
penis, syphilis.
Eijego^ plur. tfijegot a child which
cuts its upper teeth first They
arc reckoned unlucky, and among
KIJ
KIK-
307^
tiie ^iUer tribes are often killed.
Applied by way of abuse to bad
children.
KiJibokOf plor. vijtboho, a little
hippopotamus.
Kijicho, envy, an envious glance.
KijiguUf plur. vijiguu, a little leg.
KijikOy plur. vijiko^ a small spoon,
a spoon.
Kijiti, plur. v(/tVt, a little tree, a
bush, a shrub, a small pole, a
piece of wood.
KiJitOj plur. v^itOf a small stream,
a brook, x
Kijito (M.) = EiJicJio»
Kijitwa or Kijichwai plur. vijitwOy
a little head.
Kijivif thievish.
Kfjogoo, plur. vijogoo^ a mussel, a
kind of shell-fidh.
Eijdif the slaves belonging to one
master.
Kijornba, Swahili (M*).
Kijongo as KigtrngOf a humpback.
Kiju1:uu, plur. vt/ii^uu, a, great-
grandchild.
Kijumbe, plur. vijumbet a go-
between, a match-maker.
Kijuniba, plur. rf/ttm&a, a little
house, a hoveL
Kikaango^ plur. vikaango, a small
earthen pot for cooking with oil
or fat.
Kilidka^ over-chaste.
Kikale^ old style, tho antique.
Ya HkaU^ of the ancient kind,
antique, of old times.
KikaOf plur. viAroo, a scat, sitting,
dwelliDg»pIace.
KikapUf plur. viJcapUf a basket, a
matting bag.
Kikaramha^ a very old person (dis-
respectful).
Kikita hu'f to understand half of
what: is said.
Haiti hit jfanikikiaat I know some
of the words, but not all.
KtlcOf plur. vikOf a tubacco pipe, a
pi^e. The native pipes conaistT
of a vessel half full of water with
two stems, one leading to tho ■
bowl and one to the mouthpiece :
tho water vesstl is properly tlie
kiko. See hori, digali, mcUio, and
8hilamt$.
Kikooy plur. vikoa,
KtUa kikouj to eat at the expense,
of each one in turn.
Ktkofi, the inside of the fingers.
Kikohozi, a cough.
Kikoi, plur. vikoi, a white loin-*
cloth with coloured stripes near
the border.
Kikonibef plur. ttkombe^ a cup.
Kikomba, a Uttle crooked thing, v
KikomOy plur. vikomot end, end of
journey, arrival, T
Kikomo eha uao, the brow, es«.
pccially if prominent.
Kikondop. . See Kondoo,
Kikongwe, plur. tikongioe, an ex-
tremely old person, a feeblo old,
woman.
Kikono, plur. vOcano, the prow of a
small native vessel.
Kikonyo, plur. vikonyo, flower and
fruit stalks, the stalks of cloves. :
Kikorombwe, a cry mado into the
hand by way of signal, a call. •
Kikosi or Ukoaiy the nape of the neck.
Kikoto, plur. vHcolo (M.), a plaited,
thong or whip carried by an.
overlooker and used in schools.
Kikozi, plur. wkozi, a detachmen]^:.
a band, company, division.
Kikubaf plur. viktiba^ a small packet:
308
KiK
Kl^
of aromalio Ic^aves, &e., worn in
the dress by women. It is com-
posed of rehdnif spriokled with
daliat and tied up with a strip of
the mhadi.
Kikiiktt, plnr. vikuku, a bracelet, an
arm ring.
Kikuka cha hupandia frasi^ a
stirrup.
Kikunazi (?), labia (ob6oene>
Kikumbo,
Kupiga kikumbo, to push aside,
to shove out of the way.
Kiktda, plur. vikuta^ a small stone
wall.
Kikwapa, the perspiration from the
armpit See also Kanxu,
Kikun, plur. viktoit a thousand, ten
thousand.
Kilango, a narrow entrance.
Kilango cha hdkari, straits.
Kilango dui JaJia, the gate of
raradiBC
Kile, that, yonder.
Kilefi, a round flat whcaten cake.
Kilele, plur. vHeUf a peak, a sum-
mit, a pointed top, a pointed
shoot ID a tree or plant.
Kilemaf plur. viietna, a deformed
person. .
Si tema lueheka liHema^ it is
wrong to laugh at one who is
deformed.
Kilemha, plur. vHemhctj a turban, a
customary present at the compk-
tlon of a job and on many other
occasions.
KUembwe^ a great-grandson.
KiUo, plur. vileo, iiitoxicatio.i, an
intoxicating thing.
KiUie, plur. vUeie^ metal rowlocks,
erutchei.
Kiletu = Kidevu,
KUi/u, plur. viU/u, the oloih-liite
envelope of the young ooooa-nut
learea.
KHima, plur. vtTJma, a hill, arising
ground, a mound of earth.
KUimbm, the wrist
Ktlimia, the Pleiades (?).
£tZtmo,cultivation,the crop planted.
KUimo cha ninif what is the
crop to be ?
KUittdi, plur. vUiudi, the deeps,
deep watLT.
KiUnqa popo (?), rheumatism.
Kilinge ^a maneno^ tha uganga^
speaking in a dark manner not
generally understood.
KUio, plur. rtVfo, a cry, weeping.
KUiza ku-, to chink money.
Killa or KuUa, every.
KUla nendapoy wherever I go, or,
every time I ga
KUuthUf velvet
Kima, a monkey.
Kima, price, measure.
Ktmaji, damp.
Kimanda, an omelette.
Kvnandu, the piece of wood put on
behind the sill and lintel of a
door to receive the pivots on
which it turns.
Kimanga^ a small kind of grain.
Kimanga, of the Arab sort, ^ee
MangcL,
Kimango,
Cliui kimango, a full-grown leo-
imrd.
Kimas/wmhaj belonging to the
. country, a country dialect
Ya kimtuHtamba, countrified.
KiinbaumbaUy a chameleon.
Kimhia Au-, to run away, to flee.
Kimhiza ku-, to make to run away,
. to put to flight
KtH
Kt^
309
Kinibizia ftii-, to make to run away
from.
Kimtrima, See Merima.
KimetOj a sparkling, a glitter.
Kimetitneti, plur. vimeiimetiy a fire-
fly. •
KimiOj plur. vimia, a ciicolar cast-
ing-net.
Kimio, the nviila, an enlarged
uvula.
Kimo, it is or wot inside.
Kimojay one. Bee M<^
Kimporoto, nonsense.
Kimurimuri^ plur. vimmimuri, a
fire-fly.
KimvungOf a hurricane.
Kimwa ktt-^ to be tired, disgusted,
to be cross at having anything to
do.
Kimwondo, plur. vimtwindo, a mis-
sile, a shooting star, because they
are said to bo thrown by the
angels at the Jins.
Kimyoy silence, perfect stillness.
Mtu vsa himyahimyay a still man.
Kin€L
Kirut nn, people like us.
MakiuJta luiya ya'hina Ahdallahf
these chests belong to Abdul-
lah's poople.
Kinat plur. vina^ a verse, the final
syllable of the lines, which is the
same throughout the poem.
Kinai &11-, to be content without,
to withhold oneself from desiring,
to bo self-satisfied, to revolt at,
to nauseate.
KinaUka Xctt-, to revolt, to make
unable to eat any more, to take
away the desire of.
KifianAxi or Kiinamixi^ stooinng to
one's work.
Kinandoy pl<ur* vinanda^ a stringed
instrument, applied to nearly all
European instruments.
Kinara^ plur. vtnaro, a little lower,
a candlestick. See also Kamiu
KinayOj self-content, insolelice.
Kinayi ku- ^ Kinai 2ru-.
Kinda, plur. mahinda, a very young
bird, the young of birds.
^indana Au-, to object to, to stand
in the way of.
Kinenaf the abdomen*
Kingay plur. vingti, a brand, a half*
burnt piece of firewood.
Kinga, a stop, a limit put to a
thing.
Kinga kti-, to put something to catch
something, to guard oneself, to
ward a blow.
Kukinga mvua, to put something
to catch the rainwater.
Kingaja, plur. vingaja, a bracelet of
beads.
Kingalingcdi, on the baek (of falling
or lying).
Kingama htt-, to lie across*
Mti umehingama njiani, a tree
lies across the road.
Kingamuiha Xn»-, to block, to stop,
to spoil.
Kingej too little.
Chakula kinge, too little food.
KingoJOf a watch, time or place of
watching.
Kingozi, the old language of Me-
linda, the poetical dialect, difli-
cult and ill-understood language.
KingubtoOy the spotted liyiena.
Kinika Xm-, to be certain or ascer-
tained about a person.
Kinjunjuri.
Kukata kinjunjuri^ to shave all
the hair except one long tuft.
Einono, plur. vinono^ a futling.
aiO'
Klir
KIP
Kinoo, plar. vinoOy a wbetston^.
^m5« kinoo^ a small yellow kind
of mango.
Kinuj plur. vtnu, a wooden mortar
for pounding and for cleaning
com, an oil-mill, a mill.
Kinu cha hushindikia, a mill for
pressing oil.
Kinu cha mosliij a stenm milL
Kinvhh plur. vinubi, a harp*
Ya Kinuhi, Nubian.
Kinwa = Kinywa,
KinvtOt plur. vinwa, a mouth.
Kinwa mchuzij the imperial, the
place where the imperial grows.
Kinyaat £Ub, dung.
Kinyago, plur. vinyago, a thing to
frighten people^ such as a mock
ghost, &o,f &0.
Kinyegere, a small f^nimal, a skunk.
Kinyemi, pleasant, good.
Kinyenyefu, a tickling, a tingling.
Kinyezi. See Kinyaa.
Kinyif having. Bee -inyi,
Kinyonga, plur. vinyoiiga, a chame-
leon.
Kinyozi, plmr. vinyozi, a barber, a
shaver.
Kinyuma = Kinyume*
Kinyume, afterwards.
KinyuvMy going back, shifting,
alteration, an enigmatic way of
speaking, in which the last syl-
lable is put first See Appendix I.
Kinyumba, a kept mistress.
Kinyunya^ plur. vinyunya^ a kind
of cake, a little cake made to try
the quality of the flour.
Ktngwaf plur. vinywa^ a drink, a
beverage.
Kinywaji, plur. vinyieaji, a beve-
rage, a usual beverage.
Kinza &«-, to contradict, deny.
Kioga, plur. vioga, a mushroom.
Kioho9if plur. viokosif a reward for
finding a lost thing and returning
it to the owner.
Kioja, plur. vtq/a, a curiosity^
Kionda, a taster.
Kionda'mtuzh the imperial, ^ba
place where ihe imperial grows%
(M.).
Kiangozi, plur. viongazi, a leader, a
guide, a caravan guide.
KiongiMj plur. viongwe, a donkey
from the mainland; they are re-,
puted very hard to manage.
KioOy plur. viody glass, a glass, a
looking-gluss, a piece of glass, — .
a fish-hook (M.).
KiopoOf a pole or other instrument
to get things out of a well, &c.;
with.
KioaJM rm'guUi a present made by
the bridegroom to the kungu of
Ihe bride on the occasion of his-
first visit
Kioia, plur. vtbto, a hen*8 nest, aV
laying place, a bird's nest
Kioto = Kioto.
Kioiee.
Kupiga liioice, to scream^ cry for
help.
Kiowevuy a liquid.
Kioza^ putridity.
Kipa mkono, a present made by tliO'.
bridegroom to the bride when bo
first sees her face.
Kijpaa, plur. vipaa, a thatched roof,
the long sides of a roof.
Kipaa cha mbdef the front slope
of the roof.
Kipaa cha nyuma, the back slopo't
of the roof.
Kipajey a kind of mtama, . .V
KIP
Kipaji, d kind of cosmetic. See
also Kanzu.
KipdkUf plur. vipaJcUy a spot or
mark of a different ooloor.
Kipambo, adornment
Kipande, plur. vipande, a piece, an
instrument, a small rammer fur
beating roofs.
Vipande vya kupimia^ nautical
instruments.
Kipande Icilu^ioTumaj a piece of
fat.
Kipanga, a large bird of prey, a
horse-fly.
Kipangozty a sluggish incurable
sore on a horse or ass.
KiparOf plur. i«para,.a shaved place
on the licad.
Kipde, plur. tipehf a pimple. »
Kipendtf*Q. darling, a favourite.
KipenUy plur. tipenu, a lean-to, the
side cabins of a ship.
Kipenyoy a small placo where some-
thing passes through.
KipepeOf plur. vipepeot a fan for
blowing the fire, a butterfly.
Kipeto, plur. vipeto, a packet
Kipi or Eipiaj a cock's spur.
Kipigit a rainbow (?).
KipUa, a curlew.
KipiltpiU*
Nyele za MpiUpilt, woolly hair.
Kipindi, a time, a period of time, an
hour.
Kipindi clwte, at every period.
Kipindi clui aththuarij the hour
of noon.
Kipinda.
Kufa hipindoj to d|e a natural
death, as cattle, &e.
KipifidupindUf cholera.
Kipingvxt, plur. vipingtoc^ a bar.
Ki^nif plur. vipini^ a hilt, a haft^
KIB
311
a handle of the same kind as a
knife handle, a stud-shaped orna-
ment worn by women in the nose,
and sometimes in the ears also.
Kipimo, plur. vipimOf a measure.
Kipofth plur. vipofUf a blind per-
son.
KipolepcHe^ a butterfly.
Kipooza, paralysis.
Kipuhuba, dropped early, cast fruit,
etc.
KipuktOe^ Kipuhuse = Kipukuba.
Ndizi hiptdcute^ little bananas.
Kipuli^ plur. viptdiy a dangling
ornament worn by women in the
ear; they are often little silver
crescents, five or six round the
outer circumference of each ear.
Kipunguo, plur. vipunguo, defect,
deficiency.
Kipupufe, the cold season (June and
July).
Kipwaf plur. vipwa^ rocks in the sea.
Kiraka^ plur. viraka^ a patch.
Kiri ku-^ to confess, accept, acknow-
ledge, assert
Kiriba, plur. vtn&a, a water-skin.
Kirthiht-t to provoke.
Kirthika ku-^ to be provoked, to be
offended.
Kirtliuha ku-, to make offended, to
aggravate.
Kirvmboy a cage for wild animals,
a meat-safe.
Kirimu ku-, to feast
Kirithi hu-, to borrow, gpecially to
borrow money.
Kirdboto, plur. viroboiOt ft flea. Tho
Hathramaut soldiers are nick-
named : Virdboto, and their song
as they march is. parodied by,
Kirdboto, Kirdboto^ Ha motOf tit^
mpto, , I
312
KIB
Kl6
Kirukavjiay a kind of mouse found
in Zanzibar.
Kirukia^ a kind of parasite growing
on fruit trees.
Kiruu^ blind rage.
Ki$a, plur. wo, a cause, a reason,
a short tale.
Vita ffingi, many affairs, a com-
plicated business.
Ki»a cha koho^ kernel of a stone.
Kisaga, a measure equal to two
Kibabas.
Kisahani, plur. viadhanif a plate, a
small dish.
Kisandiiku, plur. vtsandtt^ a small
chest, a box.
Kisaranij a greedy fellow, a miser.
Xmom, revenge, retaliation.
XisAo^ a tailless kite.
Kishdka, plur. vuhaka, a thicket
Kisheda, a bunch of grapes, a paper
fluttering in the air like a kita
Kuihenziy of the wild people.
Lugha ya kisJienzi, a language of
the interior.
Kishi, a chess-queen.
KUikigino = Kisigino,
Kishinda, a small residue left in a
place or inside something, as
in a water-jar less than half
fulL
Vuihinda vingapi umetiaf How
many portions (of grain) have
you put (in the mortar, to be
cleaned) ?
KishindOf noise, shock.
Kislwgo, the back of the head and
neck.
Ahupaye hishogo H mwenziOf one
who turns his back upon you
is not your friend.
Kiahwara^ a loop of rope to haul by
in dragging a vessel into or out
of the water, a loop in the side of
a dhow to pass an oar through
for rowing.
Kisi liu-j to guess.
Kukki tangay to shift oyer a sail
to the opposite side.
JBTiw, Keep her away I
KisibaOf plur. vuibao, a waistcoat
wiUi or without sleeves; they
are very commonly worn in
Zanzibar.
Kieibao cha mxkonOy a sleeved
waistcoat.
Kinbao eha vikapa or tikwapa, a
sleeveless waistcoat
Kisibu (?), a nickname.
Kisigino or Kitihigino, the elbow.
Kuigino c/^ mguu^ the heel.
Kisikif plur. vUikiy a log. Used in
slang language for a prostitate.
Kinki cha fnvuo, a rainbow (M.).
Kisima, plur. viHma, a well.
KiHmi (obscene), the clitoris.
Kmtiriy a screen, screen-wall,
parapet.
Kisiwa^ plur. viaiwaj an island.
Kisiyangu [Tumbatu] = Kizingiti.
Kiniciso.
Kisiwuo cha choo cliauma, consti-
pation.
Kishoka, plur. vuiholea, a hatchet, a
small axe.
Kishtibaka, plur. vishubaha, a small-
recess, a pigoon-hole.
KUhungi, plur. vishungi, the ends of
the turban cloth, lappets.
Kiamai a part
Ki8omlo, a paste made of beans,
mahogOy &c.
KisongOt plur. vtsongo^ a piece of
wood to twist cord or rope with.
Kuoze, a very small bird with back
blue, and breast yellow. . «
KXS
KIT
313
KisUy plur. visu, a knife.
Kistuit a suit of clothes.
Kisjigulu, plur. msttgulu, a mound
of earth, an ant-hill.
Kiswngurck, plur. visungura, a little
rabbit or hare (?).
Kisunono, gonorrhcaa.
Kimnono eha damu, with passing
blood.
Kisunono eha uzaJia, with passing
matter.
Kisunono eha nikoJOf with constant
micturition.
Kisusuliy a whirlwind 0) a boy's
kite(?).
Ktsmi, plur. . vimsi^ the hip of a
roof. The main roof starts from
the long front and back walls,
and is called the paa; small
roofs start from the end wulls,
and are carried to the ridge under
and within the paa: these are
the visusi,
Kisuto = Kisutu,
KisutUf plur. tiautUf a large piece
of printed calico, often forming
a woman's whole dress, a cover-
lid.
Kistea = Kisa,
Kitabt^ plur. vitdbu, a book.
KitagdUfa^ a small matting bag for
haluOf &o.
Kitahizo, plur. mtaJcizo, the head
and foot-pieces of a bedstead.
Kitako, sitting.
Kukaa kitaJco, to sit down, to re-
main in one locality.
KitdUf plur. viUde, a cocoa-nut just
beginning to grow.
Kitali, sailcloth.
Kitaluj a stone fence, a walL
Kitambaa, plur. vitavribaa^ a small
piece of cHh i^rag.
Kitainbaa eha hu/utia mhonOf a
towel.
Kitambaa eha meza, a tablenapkin.
Kitambi eha kilemba, a piece of stuflf
-for making a turban.
KttamhOf a short time.
KitanUrij a kind of evil spirit
Kitana, plur. viianOf a small comb.
KUanday plur. vitanda, a bedstead,
a couch.
Kitanga, plur. vitanga, a round mat
used to lay out food upon.
Kiianga eha mkono, the palm of
the hand.
Kitanga dia mzaniy a scale pan.
Kitanga eha pepOf the name of a
dance.
Kitanif flax, linen, string.
Kitanziy plur. tifanzi, a loop, a
button-loop.
Kitaotoa, the kind proper for a
devotee.
Amevaa nguo za kitaotoa, he is
dressed like a devotee.
Kitapot plur. vitapo, a shivering, a
shiver.
Kitara^ plur. vtVara, a curved swords
Kitaray an open shed in a village,
where people sit to talk and trans-
act business.
Kiteuta, a box lock, a lock.
Kitatangiy a cheat. Also a very
bright-coloured sea-fish with
spines, a sea-porcupine.
Kitawit a kind of weed.
KitatDt, plur. vitavoi, a branch, a
bough, a bunch.
Kite, feeling sure, certainty, £Eiith*
fully (?), affection.
Kana kite haye, he has no affec*
tion.
Kupiga kite, to cry ojr g;roan f|Qm
iflwajrd paiq.
314
KIT
KIT
Kitefiefu, sobbing before or after
crying.
Kitefutej the oboek, tbe part of the
fdoeover the cheek-bone.
Kf'tekuy a tosaer. ^
KUembe, a lisp.
Kitemhfet, a thread of flnx or fine
grass.
KitendawiH^ plur. vitendatetli, an
enigma. The propounder says
KitendawVi; the rest answer
Tega; he then propounds his
- enigma.
Kitendo, plur. vitendo, an action.
Kilengenyaj a small bird spotted
- with white, yellow, and red.
Kiteo, plur. vt7eo, a small sifting
basket
KitetOy a vase.
Kitewe, loss of the use of the legs.
Kithiri few-, to grow large, in-
crease.
Umehithiri Tiuzaa, it has borne
more than before.
Kiti, plur.'riVt, a chair, a seat
KUi chafragi, a saddle.
Kitimbiy plur. vitimbi^ an artifice,
an artful trick.
Kitinda minibay the last child a
woman will bear;
Kitindi. Bee Viiindl
Kituho, ]f)lur. vUiiiho, fear, a terrify-
ing thing.
KUiti, plur. vftitiy a hare, a rabbit,
a little thing (M.).
Kititiy to the full, entirely, alto-
gether, all at once.
Kititi cha haMfi, the depths of the
sea.
Kititlay a child's windmill.
KitiioangOy chicken-pox. The
" natives say an epidemic of hiH-
ieanga, always precedes one of
small-pox. Also titiwanga, and
perhaps iete ya hwanga.
KitOy plur. vitOy a precious stone.
Kiioka (M.) = KishoJcd.
KitovMLy plur. vitoma, a small round
pumpkin.
Kitomoy orchitis.
Kitoney plur. vitone, a drop.
Kitongay hydrocele (?).
Kiiongojiy a village.
Kitongotongo.
Kuteiama hitongotongoy to glance
at contemptuously with half-
shut eyes.
Kitoria, a kind of ediblo fruit
Kitoteo (M.) = Kichoeheo,
KitotOy plur. vitoto, a little child.
KitovUy plur. vitovuy the navel.
KUoweOy plur. vitoweOy a relish, a
something to be eaten with tho
rice or other vegetable food, such
as meat, fish, curry, &o.
KitUy plur. vUuy a thing, especially
a tangible thing.
Si UiUy nothing, worthless.
Kituay plur. tituay the shade of a
trec,.&c.
Kitulcoy startledness, flight.
Kitukuuy plur. vitukuuy a groat
grandchild.
KitidizOy plur. vitulizo, a soothing,
quieting thing.
Kitumhua, plur. vitumhua, a sort of
cake or fritter made in Zanzibar.
Kitundoy plur. tfitnnday a chess
pawn.
Kitundwiy a water-jar [Tumbatu].
Kitungoy plur. xitunga, a small
round basket
Kitungu (?) a small round earthen
dish.
kitunguUy plur. vitunguley a hare ot
rabbit (?)..
KIT
KIW
S15
KUunguUf plur. viticnguytf an onion.
K&unguu somu, garlic-
Kitungica^ a small bird like a
sparrovr.
JCituOf pinr. viluo^ an encampment,
a regting:plaoe, a putting down.
nana hituo^ he is always gadding
about.
Kitapa, plur. vitupa, a little bottle,
a viaL
Kitutia.
Bahari ya hitutiaf a boiling sea,
deep and rough.
Kitioa, plur. vitwa^ the .head.
KitwancfombU, a somrrsault.
KUvoafiitvoat topsy-turvy.
Kitwana, plur. vUioana^a slave boy.
iCitt, thirst.
Kuwa na kiu, to be thirsty.
Kuona kiUf to feel thirst.
Kiua, plur. viuay an eyelet hole.
Kiuka hu'9 to step over.
Kiuhia = Kiruhia.
Ktumaf plur. viuma, a fork.
Kiuma nUmzif asmalldark-ooloured
lizard.
Kiumbcy plur. tiumbey a creature,
created thing.
Kiumhizif a peculiar way of beating
the drum; the people sing the
while, Sheitani ndoo tuptgane
fimho,
Kiunga, plur. viunga, a suburb, the
outskirts of a town.
Kiungani, near the town, in the
suburbs.
Kiungo, plur. viuivgOf a joint,— an
acid thing put into the mchuzi,
J^iunguja, the language of^anzibar.
kiungwana, the free or gentlemanly
sort
Ya Jciungwana, civilized, cour-
teous, becoming a free man.
Mtcanamhe wa Jcitmgwana, a lady.
Kiunguliay plur. viungulioj an eruc-
tation, a breaking of wind.
KiunOy plur. vtuno, the loins.
Kianza, plur. viunza, the plank laid
over the body before the grave
IS filled in. (Coffins are never
used.)
Kiuwajiy murderous, deadly.
Eivit the elbow.
Kivimlyay plur. viviiriba, the girth of
a tree, the circumference.
Kivimbif a small swelling.
KivuJi'O, plur. vivukoy a ford, a ferry,
a crossing-place.
Kivtdit plur. vivuliy a shadow, a
shade, a ghost.
Kicumlazi, a strong-smelling herb
said to scare mosquitoes: wash-
ing in water in which it has 1)een
steeped is said to be a preventive
of bad dreams.
KivunibOy lonely (?).
Kivumt, plur. vivumi, a roaring,
bellowing sound.
Kivyao = Kizao,
Kivyaziy birth.
Kiwambazoy plur. viwambazay a
mud and stud wall.
KiwamhOf something strained
tightly over a frame, like the
skin of a drum, a weaving frame.
Kiwandoy plur. viwanda, a work-
shop, a yard, a plot of land.
Kiujango, plur. viicangOy a number,
position in the world, duties be-
longing to one's position, a man*s
placa
Kiwanja = Kiiranda,
Kiwao, a great feast [Tumbatu].
Kiwdviy plur. t^'irari, a nettle, a sea-
nettle.
Kiieavu chana (A«)» ribs.
316
KI W
KOII
Kiwe, plnr. viioe,
Kiwe eha uso, a nnaU kind of
pimple on the face.
Kiuodey an udder.
KitoeniMy a pocket-knife.
Kiweo (M.), thigh, lap.
Kiweie, loss of the use of the legs.
Kiufif moon-blindness, a dazzle.
Kufanya Jnwiy to dazzle.
Kiwi, plur. viud, a small stick, a
piece of wood, a bar.
Kitnko,
Kiwiko elut wkono, the wrisi
KiwOco eha mj/uu, the ankle.
KiwUiwiUj the human trunk, the
body without the limba.
Kiyama, the resurrection.
Kiyawhaza, a bulkhead, partition.
Also = Ktwambaza.
Kiyambo, neighbourhood, a Tillage.
Kiza or Gizti, darkness.
Kutia ftt'zo, to darken, to dim.
KizaOf plur. vizao, a native, one
bom in the place.
Kizazif plur. vizaxit a generation.
Kizee, diminutive of mgeSj gene-
rally used of an old woman.
Kizibo, plnr. vizibo, a stopper, a
cork.
Kizio, plur. mzio, half of an orange,
cocoa-nut, &o.
Kizimbi^ plur. vizimbit a cage.
KizindOf a virgin.
KizinjOy plur. vizinga^ a large log
half burnt.
Kizinjitit threshold, the top and
bottom pieces of a door or window
frame, bar of a river.
Kizingo, turnings, curves of a river,
&c., (?) a burial ground.
Kizingo, sharp shore sand used for
building.
Kiziin, pluTt viziwit <leaf^
Kizuio s Kizuizl
Kixuizit plur. vizuizi^ a stop, a thing
which hinders or stays.
Kizuizo, plur. vizuizo, a hindranoo.
Kizuka, plur. viztika, a kind of evil
spirit, a woman who is staying
in perfect secrecy an<l quiet
during the mourning for her
husband. See Eda,
Kizungu, a European language,
Ya kizungu, European.
KizunguzungUf giddiness.
Kizuriy beauty, a beauty.
Kiztuhij an intruder.
Kizuu, plnr. vmtf, a kind of evil
spirit, which kills people at the
order of its master.
Ko, 'ho, 'ho, where, whither, whence.
Ko kote^ whithersoever.
Koa, plur. mdkoa, a snail.
Koa (plur. of Uhoa), the silver rings
on the scabbard of a aword, dEC,
plates of metaL
Kobe^ a tortoise.
Koehe, plur. mo^oo/M, the fruit of a
kind of palm.
Kodi, rent.
Kodolea Xrtf-, to fix the eyes uxx>n,
to stare.
Kofi, plur. nujJcofi, the flat of the
hand.
Kupiga kofi, to strike with open
band, to box the ears.
Kupiga makofi, to clap the hands.
Kofia, a cap.
KfSfilOt ft caravan.
KofuOf emaciated.
Koga = Kuoga.
Kahani^ a small zed fish like a
mullet
Kcha, a large bird of prey.
Kohoa, ku-, to cough.
Kchovit expectorated matter*
KOI
KON
317
Koikoi, plur. mdkoiko^t a sort of
evil spirit.
Koja^ a gold ornamont for the
nedk.
Kqjoa ku; to make water.
Koka = Kuoka.
Koka ku', to set on fire.
Koko, plur. mdkoko, keroelis, nuts,
stones oi fruit.
KokOf plur. mdkoko, brushwood,
thickets, bushes.
Mbuoa koko, a homeless dog that
lives in the thickets and eats
carrion.
Kokamoka fttf-, to vomit, to belch
out, blurt out
Kokota ku-t to drag.
Kukokota rohoy to breathe hard.
Kokoteza ku-, to do anything slowly
and carefully.
KokotOf plur. mdkokoto, a small
stone, a small piece of stone.
Kohaa, plur. mcLkolcwOf nuts, stones
of fruit.
KolekoUy a kind of fish.
KoUa ku-y to become well flavoured,
to get the right quantity of a
condiment.
KoUot plur. mcikoleoy tongs.
Kologa A;u-, to stir.
Koma, plur. mdkomoj a kind of fruit.
Koma ku-, to cease, to leave off, to
end a journey, to arrive at a
destination.
Koma usijel Gome no further 1
Komaa ku-^ to be full grown.
Komaza ku-, to mock, to make game
of.
Komba^ a galago.
Komha kuh, to scrape out, to clean
out.
Vafu la kukoTnhaj a cocoa-nut in
irhich the nntty part is but just
forming, which is then reckoned
a delicacy.
Kttkomba mtu, to get all his money,
to clean him out.
Komhamoyo, plur. maJcomhamoyOf
one of the rafter* of a thatched
roof.
Kombe, plur. makombet a large ditih.
Konibe la nikono (A.), the shouldtr-
blade.
Kombe ta ptoanij oysters (?),
cockles (?), sea-shells.
Kombeka ku-f to be cleaned out, to
have had all one's money got from
one.
Kombeo, a sling.
Komboy plur. makomho^ scraps,
pieces left after eating.
K*ombo, a defect, crookedness.
Kutoa k*(miboy to notice a defect.
Kamboa &tt-, to ransom, to buy back.
Komboka kur^ to be crooked.
KombokombOt crooked.
Kombora^ a bomb, a mortar.
Kombozij a ransom.
Kome^ plur. makome^ a pearl
oyster (?), a mussel (?), a shell.
Komea ftu-, to fasten with a native
Iock(&o7n6o).
Komeo, a kind of wooden lock.
Komeaha kw, to make to cease, to
put a stop to.
Komwej plur. makomtoe, the seeds of
a large climbing plant abundautly
furnished with recurved thorns;
they are used to play the game of
boo with.
Konda ku-, to grow thin and lean.
Kondavlt large beads worn, by
women, as a belt round the loins.
Konde, a fist.
Kupiga moyo konde, to take heart,
to resolve firmly.
T
818
KON
KOB
Kondesha ku-, to make to grow lean.
KondOf war (Merima).
Kondoa, a sheep [Lindi].
KondoOy sheep.
Yua/a hikondoOf he dies like a
sheep, silently (which is high
praise).
Konga hn-^ to grow old and feehle.
Kongoa ku-^ to draw out nails, &o.,
to take to pieces.
Kmigoea, Momhas.
Kongoja ku-, to walk with difficulty,
to totter.
KongoUwa ku-, to be taken to pieces.
KongomerOf throat.
Kongoni s Kunguni.
Kofig^oUif a sort of woodpecker,
black and yellow.
KongwOy a slave-stick.
Kongwe,
Kutoa kongwcy to lead off the solo
part of a song, in which others
join in tho chorus.
"kongwe^ oyer-old, worn out with
age.
K(mOf a projecting handle, like that
of a saucepan.
KonohonOf a snail.
Konyesha ktt^ = Konyeza hi:
Kanyeea ku-^ to make a sign by
raising the eyebrows.
Kanzif what can be grasped in the
hand, a fist full
Kupiga konzi^ to rap with the
hiuckles.
JToo, plur. mdl£00, a breeding animal
or bird.
Koo la hiku, a laying hen.
Koo la mbuzij a breeding goat.
KoOf plur. nuLkoo, throat
KoondCy plur. maJcoonde, cultivated
land, fields, the piece ofeLsJiamha
allotted to a slaye for b{s own ufe.
Konyoa kt^, to break off the ooba ol
Indian com.
Kopa, hearts, in cards.
KopOf plur. maJwpa, a piece of dried
muhogOf which has been steeped
and cooked.
Kopa ku-f to get goods on credit for
the purpose of trading with, to
cheat, to swindle.
Kope, plur. of Ukope, the eyelashes.
Kope, plur. mdkope, the wick of a
candle.
Kopesa ku-^ to wink.
Kopesha ku-, to supply a trader with
goods on credit, to give on trust,
to lend.
Kopo, plur. maJiopo, a large metal
vessel, a spout.
Kopoa ku', to drag out of one's
hand, = Chopoa ku",
Kora ^u-, to seem sweet to, to be
loved by.
K<yradani^ a sheave of a pulley.
Korija, a pucker in sewing. Also, a
Korja^ a score. [score.
Koroana ku', to steep in water.
Koroflf a bird of ill omen, a
messenger of bad luck.
KoroJUiha %u-, to ruin a man.
Koroga ku-, to stir, to stir up.
£oroma,plur. makoromay a cocoa-nut
in its last stage but one, when the
nut is formed but has not yet its
full fiavour. It has ceased to bQ
a dafu and is not yet a nazL
Koroma Itu-^ to snore.
KorotigOf a crane.
Korongo, plur. makorongOt a hole
dibbled for seed.
KororOy a crested guinea-fowl.
KorotihOf plur. makorosho, cashc^
nuts.
JSbrtf, th^ waterbuck.
KOS
-KUB
319
Kosa hu', to err, mistfiko, miss, go
wrong, do wrong, blunder.
Koseleana hth, to be missed, not to
be there.
Kotesha Jcu-, to lead astray.
Kotudia htt^^ to purpose, to intend,
— Ktuudia.
Kola, plnr. malcotaf the stalks of a
kind of millet which are chewed
Kota, a crook. [like sugar-cane.
Kota Aru-.
Kuhota moto, to warm oneself.
Kotamay a curved knife Uiied in
getting palm wine.
Koie^ all. See -ote,
Kotekote, on every sidcu
Koto.
Kupiga koto (M.), to strike with
the knuckles.
KovOy plur. makovo, scar.
Ku- or Kuo-,
1. The indefinite verbal prefix
answering to tliere in English.
Ku-ltkuwa, there was.
Ku'katanda, and there spread.
2. The sign of the infinitive.
Ku-piga, to strike.
Kio-endaj to go.
The infinitive may be U80<1 as a
substantive answering to the
• English form in -ing,
Kufa, dying, the act of death.
Ktoenda^ going.
The ku- of the infinitive is re-
tained by monosyllabio verb?,
and by somo others in all
tenses in which the tense
prefix ends in an unaccented
syllable.
3. The prefix proper to adjectives,
pronouns, and verbs agreeing
with infinitives used as sub-
ftantives.
Ku/a kioetu kwema kutampendeza^
our good deaths will please him.
4. The prefix proper to pronouns
agreeing with substantives in
the locative case (-nt), wbero
neither the being or going
inside, nor mere nearness, is
meant.
Enenda nyumbani ktcangut go to
my house.
Ziko kwetUf there are in our pos*
session, at our place.
5. In a few words a prefix signi-
fying local ity,commonIy so used
in other African languages, but
generally represented in Swa-
liili by tiie case in -ni.
Kuzimn, among the dead, in the
'ku'. [grave.
1. The sign of the negative past
always preceded by some nega-
tive personal prefix.
Sikujua, I did not know.
Haziku/aa^ they were of no use.
2. The objective prefix denoting
the second person singular.
Nakupenda^ I love thee, or you.
Alikupa, he gave thee, or you.
SikvJctyua, I did not know you.
3. The objective prefix referring
to infinitives of verbs, or to
hukUf there.
Kua ku-, to grow, to become largo.
"kuba or -kubuta, great, large.
Kuhali ku, to accept, assent tb,
acknowledge, approve.
Kuhalika ku-, to be accepted, to be
capable of acceptance.
KubcUitha ku-f to make to accept
Kutiba^ a vaulted place.
'kubtca, large, great, elder, chief.
It makes kubwa with nouns, like
nyumba.
Y 2
320
KUO
Kucha, or Kumekucha, the dawn. |
Usiku hudha, all night
Kuchuakth,
Kamba im^ikuchua, the rope has
worn away, chafed, stranded.
Kufuli, a padlock.
Kufuru &!»-, to become an infidel,
to apostatize.
Kufuru ku', to mock, to deride.
KuguniA^ hartebeest (boselaphus).
Kuke, Bee-ke.
m<mo wa kvJce, the left hand.
Kukeni, on the female side.
Kuko, yonder, to yonder.
Kwa kukOf beyond, on yon side.
K'vlcu, a hen, a fowl, fowls, poultry.
Kuku na huku, backwards and for-
wards.
-ZfttJktttt, old, worn out. It makes
kukuu with nouns like nyumba,
Ktildbu, a hook to steady work with.
KuUj there, far off; yonder.
KuUe, yonder, very far oflf. As the
distance indicated increases the
4 is more dwelt on, the voice
raised to a higher and Ligher
falsetto.
KulekuU, there, just there.
KuLla hu-y to become great for, to
become hard to.
Kuliko, where there is or was.
Kulikonif Where there is what
= why? (M.).
KulikOyiBnsedm the ordinary way
of expressing the comparative.
Mwema huLiko huyu, good where
this man is, and therefore
better than he. Because if a
quality becomes evident in any-
Uiing by putting some other
thing beside it, the first must
possess the quality in a higher
degree than the other.
KUM
KuUa, often pronounced fttWa, every,
each one.
Kululu, nothing at all.
Nikapatahdulu = Sikupata neno.
Kululu, tiger cowries, Cyprsea tigris.
Kulungu, a sort of antelope.
JELuma, the vagina.
Kujnba ^u-, to push against, to take
and sweep off the whole of any*
thing, e,g. to clear water out of a
box, to bale a boat
Kumbatia fet*-, to embrace, to clasp.
Kurhbatiana ku-^ to embrace (of two
persons).
Kumhei What? An expression of
surprise used especially when
something turns out otherwise
than was expected, commonly
joined with a negative verb.
Kunibi (Mer.), circumcision.
Anaingia kmnhinif he is being
circiundsed.
Kunibi, plur. makumhi, cocoa-nut
fibre, the 'husk of the cocoa-nut
and the fibrous mass out of which
the leaves grow. Also, at Mgao,
gum copal.
Kumbikumbi, ants in their flying
stage.
Kumbisha hu-, to push off upon, ^
lay upon some one else.
Kumbuka ku-, to think of, to remem-
ber, to ponder over, to reoolleol.
Kumbukumbu, a memorial, a men-
tion.
Kunibura, an explosive sbelL
Kumbwiha ku-, to remind.
Kumbwaya, a kind of drum stand-
ing on feet.
Kumekucha, there it dawn, tU
dawn.
Kumi, plur. makumi, ten.
Kumojo, on one side*
KUM
KUN
821
Kumpuni, plw. mdkumpuni^ a per-
son who has obtained full know-
ledge of his trade.
Kumunta iht-(Mer.), to shake out
or off.
Kumunto,tk sieve of basket-work.
Kumutiha htt-, to desire (?).
Kumvif husks and bran of rice.
Kuna^ there is,
Kutiaytf depending npon him.
Kunanif What is the matter ?
Kuna kwambaje f What do you
say? [Tumbatu].
Kuna hu-f to scratch.
KundkuchOf there is dawning, the
dawning.
Kuruui, a small edible fruit.
Kunda ku- (M.) = Kunja hu-,
KundOf plur. makunday a green
vegetable like spinach.
Kundaa Xrti-, to be short and small
of stature.
Kundamana htk- = Kunjamana ku-,
Kunde^ beans, haricot beans.
Kundif plur. makundif a crowd, a
herd, many together.
Kundua %u-, to please (?).
•kundufu, giving pleasure.
Nyumha ni kundufUf the house
is oommodious.
Muungu ni mkundufa^ God is the
giver of all good things.
Kundvka ku-^ to grow larger, to
open.
Moyo umekundukd^ he is gratified
(N.).
Kunga ku-, to hem.
KungOf cleverness, clever.
Kazi hai/ai ilia kwa kunga, it
wants to be done cleverly.
Kungali, «
Kungali na mapema hadOf while
it is yet early.
Kungtt, mist, fog.
Kungu manga, a nutmeg.
Kunguniy a bug.
Kunguru, a crow, a bird a little
larger than a rook, black, with
a white patch on the shoulders
and round the neck : it feeds on
carrion.
Kung'ida kU', to shake ofS, to shake
out.
Kung'uio, plur. fnakung*uto, a sort
of basket used as a sieve or
strainer.
Kuni, firewood. The singular,
ukuniy means one piece of fire-
wood.
Kunia kth, to scrape or scratch
with, or for.
Kunia A;u-, to raise the eyebrows in
contempt.
Kuniitdj telling me to come.
Kunja ku; to fold, to wrap up, to^
furL
Knkunja uxi, to wind thread.
Ktyikunjoy to fiinch, to shrink.
Kukunja two or Kukunja vipajt,
to frown, to knit the brows.
Kunjana ku-, to fold together, to
dwindle, to wrinkle.
Kur^amana ku',
Uao unakunjamana, his face is
sad, sour, and frowning.
Kunjia ku-, to fold for, to wrap up
for, to crease.
Kunjika %u-, to become folded or
doubled up, to be oreased,
Kunjua ftu-, to unfold.
Kukuniua m^uii, to stretch one's
legs.
Kunjuka ku-, to become unfoldetl,
to spread over.
Kunjuliwa ku-, to be open and un*
folded.
822
KUK
RIVA
Kunraihif don't be ofTeudecl, excuse
mCf pardon mo.
Kunu alamu, bo it known.
Kunya leu-, to ease oneself. 8co
Nya,
Kunyata 7:u; to draw together.
Kujikunyata, to draw oneself to-
gether, to shrink.
Kunyua leu- or Kunyula hu , to
touch secretly (with a scratching
motion) by way of signal or of
calling attention privately, to
make a scratch op the skin.
Kupaa, 8ee Mahupaa,
Kupe, a tick, a cattle tick.
Kupua hu'^ to shake something off
one*s dress, out of one's hand,
&c
Kura^ the lot
Kupiga hura, to cast lota.
Kuril, a sphere, a ball.
Kurtibia ku-^ to come near to.
NcUikurubiat &c., had a good
mind to, &o.
Kurumhizi, a small yellow bird,
very inquisitive : they say if he
sees a man and woman talking
together, he cries, " Mtu anasema
. na mume**
Kusa hu, to make to grow.
Kusanya hu-y to collect, gather, as-
semble.
Kutanyana ha-y to gather together.
Kusanyika hu-, to be gathered, to
assemble.
Kushotoi on the left
Mkono wa hwhoto, the left hand.
JTim, the southerly winds which
blow from May till October.
Kusinif in the direction of the
Kuiiy southerly.
KuBudi, plur. mahuaudiy purpose,
design.
Kn9ttdia hu-, to purpose, to intend.
KutGy plur. of Ukuta, walls.
Kuta 1cu-y to meet with, to see, to
find, to come upon.
Kutana Xru-, to come together, to
meet, to assemble.
Kutantka Jcu-^ to become assembled.
KutanUha /;»-, to bring together, to
assemble.
Kutu, rust
KuivJca Zftt-, to be startled, to be
suddenly frightened.
Kutuiha hu-, to startle, to alarm
suddenly.
'kuuj great, chief, noble. Kuu refers
more to figurative, kvhwa to
physical greatness. It makes
^tt with nouns like nyumha.
Ana makuu, he is vain.
Kuilme. Bee -time.
MJcono wa huume^ the right hand.
Kuumenif on the male side.
Kumdu
Mkono wa kuvidi, the riglit hand.
Kuwa, to be, to become (?> Gee
Wa.
Kuwadif also Kawadi, a procuress
{Mtu anayewatongoiha watu).
Kutoili, twice over, in two ways.
•kuzaf large, full grown.
Kuza ku'f to make bigger.
Kuzoj to sell. 8ee Uza,
Kuzi, an earthen water bottle larger
than a guduwia^ with a handle
or handles and a narrow neck.
Kuzikanif a funeral.
Kuzimu, in the grave, under the
earth.
Kw; See ^tt-.
Kwa, with, as an instrument,
^ through, to a person, to or at
the place where any one lives;
for, on account o£
KWA
ItWE
323
Ktoa *ngi (?), generally. •
Ktooy of, after verbs in the infini-
tive nsed as noons, and after the
case in -ni.
Kufoa ku-f to strike tjie foot, to
stumble.
Kwajef how?
Kwahe, to him, vrith him, to or at
his or her house; his, her, or
its, after a verb in the infinitive
nsed as a snbstantive, or the
ease in -ni,
KiDahOf to thee or with tbee, to or
at thy place, yonr, thy, of thee
or you, after verbs in the infini-
tive used as a noun, and after the
case in -ni,
KwaUf a partridge (?).
Kwama Am-, to become jammed, to
stick.
Ktxfambay saying (?), if, as if, though,
Ta hwamiba, that [that.
KioamUha hu-f to jam, to make to
stick in a narrow place.
Kwamua h^^ to unjara, to free, to
clear.
KwangUf to or at my house, to or
with me, my, of me, after the
infinitives of verbs used as sub-
stantives, and after the case in
-ni.
Kwangua few-, to scrape up, to scrape
one's shoos, &c.
Kwani for, because, wherefore, for
why.
Kwanua ku-, to split down, to tear
down, to break.
Kioanyuka Ten-, to be spilt down
like the boughs and branches of
a tree, which some one has been
trying to climb by them.
Kioanza, beginning, at first, for-
merly.
Ta hjoanzoy first, the first.
Ngoja htoanza^ wait a bit.
KtoaOf plur. tnakwaOf a stumble, a
stumbling-block.
KtoaOf to or with them, at or to
their place ; thoir, of them, after
verbs in the infinitive used as
nouns, and after the case in -ni. '
Ktcapa, plur. mahwapa^ the arm-
pit.
Kioapanif under the armpit The
people of the African coast
wear their swords by a strap
over the left shoulder only; the
sword hangs under the armpit,
and is said to be kwapani,
Ktoaruza ku-, to scrape along, to slip
with a scrape.
Ktoatctf or KwalOt a hoof.
Kupiga kwata, to strike the hoof,
to strike with the hoof.
KwatUf a horseshoe (?).
KwayOi a stumbling-block.
Kvxua ku; to make to stumble.
Kukujoza menOf to jar the teeth
like grit in food.
Kwea ktt; to ascend, go up, climb.
Kioeli, true, the truth.
Ya kweli, true.
Kwelu = Kweu,
Ktoema, good, well, it is well there.
Ktoeme^ the seed of a gourd, very
rich in oiL
Kwenda, to go. See Enda^ going.
Kwendaf perhaps.
Ktoenuj with you, to or at your
place, your, of you, after verbs in
the infinitive used as nouns or
after the case in -ni,
Kwenyit tiU, since, up to the time of,
from the time of.
Kwepa ku'i to start out of the way.
Kw^ ^tt-, to raise.
324
KWH
tAt>
KtoetUt to or vith us, to or at otit
place, our, of ns, after a verb in
the iDfinitive used as a noun, and
after the case in -nt
Ktoeu, clear.
Kweupe, white. See -eupe.
Kuna hweupe, grey dawn.
Kweza ^it-, to make to go up, to drag
np a boat ont of the water.
Kwtza hu'^ to bid np an article at
an auction.
Kukwezvoa^ to have things made
dear to one by others bidding
them up.
KwUm, See Iba Icwj stealing, to
steaL
KwibaMij robbing one another.
Kvoikwe^ hiccup.
Ktnkwe ya kuliay sobs.
J^wUha, See LTia ht^f ending, to
end.
KwOj which.
L is pronounced as In English.
L is not distinguished from r
in African languages of the same
family as SwahilL The distinction
becomes important in Swahili on
account of the Arabic words which
have been incorporated into it
Thus—
MaTialit means a place, but
Mcihari a dowry.
Waredi means a rose^ blit Waledi
a youth. Slaves, however, fre-
quently confound even these.
When r can be used for 7» it has a
light smooth sound, as in English.
There is a latent I sound between
every two consecutive vowels in
Bwahili and at the beginning of
some irerbs, which appears In theft
derivatives and in other African
languages : thus the common pas-
sive of hufungua is hufunguHvoa,
So fieff is this disposition to drop
an I carried, that eyen kuleta, to
bring, is in old Swahili eta. It is
characteristio of the Merima dialect
to retain these Ts.
L and u are sometimes appa-
rently interchanged.
Mlango, a door, is vulgarly pro-
nounced Mwango,
U/almet a kingdom, may be
written Ufaume,
In these oases, however, both
forms are probably contractions
from Mtdango and Ufcdume.
L becomes d after n, and is some*
times confounded with d in inexact
pronunciation.
Ndume = Nlume or NumCf male.
If or li'f the prefix proper to pro-
nouns and yerbs governed by
words in the singular, of the
class which make their plural
in ma-,
La^ no.
La kd't to eat, to consume, to wear
away, to take a piece in chess, &o.
The h%^, bears the accent and is
retained in the usual tenses. T£e
passive of hula is hvliica,
Laabu ku-, to play, to sport with.
Laana, plur. malaanaj a curse.
Laa;ni /ru-, to curse, to damn.
Laanisha hu-^ to bring a curso upon,
Laheha s Leheka.
LaXmda, perhaps.
LadUf sweet cakes composed of trea-
cle, pepper, and flour or semsem
seed, made up into balls.
LAG
LET
825
Laghaif a rascal. Also Ragai.
Laikctf plur. malaikOf one of tho
hairs of the hand or arm.
Lainif smooth, soft.
LaintBha hu-^ to make smooth or
soft.
Laitil Would that I Oh that I
expressing regret at something
past.
Lake or Xa&toe, his, hers, its. See
LaJei hu-, to go to meet [-ake.
Lahini, but, however.
Ldkki, a hundred thousand, a lac.
LakOf thy. See ako.
Lata A»^>, to sleep, to lie down.
Nyumba imelala incht, the house
is fallen flat on the ground.
Lalama hu-^ to confess, to cry for
mercy; used of extorted confes-
sions.
Lalamika ku-, to be made to cry
out, to be quite beaten, to shout,
to scream.
Lalika ku^^ to be slept upon.
Lalika ktn- s Alika km-^ to inform,
announce to.
Lamif pitch or tar.
Lana Aru-, to eat one another.
Landa %;»-, to be eqaal with.
LangUf my. See -angu,
Lao, their. See -ao,
Laomu ku-^ to blame. Also Lau-
Lapa kU'y or Eapa kU'^ to be ra-
venously hungry.
Launiy sort, species, form.
Lavmu kU'^ to blame.
Lawa ku-, to come from (Mer.).
Zaimxna ku-, to blame, to scold.
Laza ku'f to lay down, to lay at its
length.
Kujilaza, to lie down.
tdzim, of necessity.
Lazima^ surety, bail, necessity. '
Lazimisha ku-y to compel.
Lazimu fti»-, to be obligatory upon.
-Z0, his, hers, or its.
Lea ftii-, to bring up.
Amelewa vema, he is well bretl
Leheka, the humble manner of re-
plying when called, often short-
ened into Ebbe^ or even Bee.
Legea ku-, &o., &a See Regea /cu-,
&c., &0,
Lekea ftu-, to be opposite to, to tend
to.
Lekeza ku-, to put opposite to.
Kuhkeza bundiiki, to level a^gun
at.
Lekezana kw, to agree, come to an
agreement.
Lelam, by auction.
LelimamOf a dance to the music
made by beating buffalo horns.
Lema or Demo, a kind of fish-trnp.
Lemaa, disfigurement.
Mwenyi Umaa^ disfigured by dis-
ease.
Lembttka ku-, to be weak, limp.
Lemea fct*-, to oppress, to lie heavy
upon, to overburden.
Lengdenge, plur. malengdenge, a
blister,
LenUy your. See -enti.
Lenyi, See -enyi,
Bakulilenyi mayayif a basin with
eggs in it
Xeo, to-day.
Leppe, drowsiness, doses, snatches
of sleep.
Lesoy a handkerchief.
Leeo ya kufutia ^ama^t, a pocket-
handkerchief.
Leta ku'f to cause to arrive at the
place where the speaker is, to
bring, to send, to fetch.
326
LET
LIN
Leteaht-j to bring or send to or for
a person.
Kfdeteujafioh&re brought or sent
to one.
LetUf eur. See -etu.
Levttka hu-, to get sober.
Levya ^, to intoxicate.
KujUevya^ to make oneself in-
toxicated, to get drunlc.
Levydlevya hu-, to be giddy.
Leuja Icu-f to become drunk.
Leioalewa Xm-, to swing or sway
abont like a dranken man.
• Xt^itis.
Li-^T 1-, the prefix proper to pro-
nouns and verbs governed by a
singular noun of the class which
makes its plural in mar.
4i't 1. The objective prefix repre-
senting a singular noun of the
class which makes its plural in
ma-f governed by the verb to
which it is prefixed.
2. 4i'9 or 'dli', the sign of that
past tense which denotes an
action complete in past time.
8. 'li- sometimes represents the
substantive verb, as in aliije, he
who is; nUtali, and I am ; alt,
he is, or he being.
Lia hu-f to breed (M.).
Lia hu; to eat for, &c.
Chumha cha hulia^ a room to eat
in.
Mkono wa kulia, right hand, being
the only one ever used to eat
with.
JAa ^tt-, to cry, to weep, to cry out;
applied to the cries of animals
generally. Also, to give a
sound.
Kulia ngoa, to weep for jealousy.
Incdia teazt, it sounds hollow.
Ltbasif clothc&
Lieha, whether it be, though.
Lihamu, solder.
LthanijA cloth of a particular
Lijamu, a horse's bit. [pattern.
Lika ku-t to be eaten, to become
worn away, to be eatabl&
LiJciza hu-, to dismiss, to give leave
to go, to release.
Liko, plur. maliko, a landing-place.
Ltlia ku'f to weep for, to cry about.
Lima ^-, to cultivate, to hoe.
Lima, the feast made by tlie bride-
groom on the first day of the
wedding.
lAmaOy plur. malimao, a lemon.
Limatia fta-, to delay, to loiter (A.).
Limbika hu-, to leave till it is fit, to
wait for fruit till it is ripe, or for
water till it is collected in the
dipping hole, to put aside till it
is fit
Limbuka ku-y to taste the first of a
newerop.
Limhusha ku-, to bring to be tasted.
Limiza ku-, to make to hoe, &e.
Linalokuja, which is coming.
Linda ku-. to guard, to watch, to
keep.
Kulindn ndege^ to scare birds from
com, &0. .
Lindif plur. moZtndt, a pit, a deep
place.
Lindoy a watching place.
Linga ftu-, to swing the head round
in dancing.
Linga ku-, to make to match, or to
be level.
Lingana ku-^ to match, to be level
with or like one another.
Lingana ku-, to call, to invite (A.).
Linganuhaka-t to make to matcli,
to compare tof[ethec»
LIK
M
327
tinif "Whenf
Linyi = Lenyi,
Lipa hthf to pay (a debt).
Lipia hu'f to pay (a person).
Lipiza ku-f to cause to be paid.
KuJUipizay to take one's due, to
repay oneself.
Kujilipiza hctsoHj to avenge one-
self, to take one's revenge.
Lisanij a piece of cloth put in
behind an opening, a flap to
obviate the effect of gaping at the
fastening, a tongue. See Kanzu.
Lisha fttt-, to feed.
Lishisha 7cu-, to cause to be fed, to
cause people to give one food.
lAwa ku-f to be eaten, to be worn
away, to be consumed.
Zt'ira, a fragrant wood from Mada-
gascar, which is ground up and
used as a cosmetic, and as an
application to cure prickly heat;
Madagascar sandal wood. .
LiieaZi, plur. maliwali, for Al Wali,
Liza Ica-f to sell to. [a governor.
Liza ku-, to make to weep.
Lizana hu-, to niake one another
weep, to cry together.
•lo, thy, your.
io, "h-, or 4b, which, representing
a singular noun of the class
wliich makes its plural in mo.
Lo Icte, whatsoever.
Eakufanya lo lote^ he has done
nothing at all (neno under-
stood).
Loa fcii-, to get wet with rain, &o.
Loga ku-f to bewitch, to practise
magic (Mer.).
Lo or Loo I Hullo 1 An exclamation
of surprise; the number of o*s
increases in proportion to the
amount of surprise.
LoUj all. 8ee -ofe.
Lo lote^ whatsoever.
Lozif an almond.
Luanga^ a kind of bird.
Xtt&a, a leech.
Lugha, language.
Lulu, a pearl.
Lumba £»-, to make a speech.
LumhUta ht-, to gather little by
little, to pick up small pieces one
by one.
Lumhvoij a chameleon (?).
Luththoy flavour, savour.
Luva, sandal wood(?).
M is pronounced as in English.
M before h generally represents
an n. Mb stands sometimes for
n&,as nyumba mbaya, far nyumha
n-baya; sometimes it represents nw
or »v, as mbingulot n-wingu,
M is frequently either followed
by 10 or «, or else has a sort of semi-
vowel power, as if preceded by a
half-suppressed «•
The natives of Zanzibar very
rarely say fnti; they change it into
«mor rather 'f». Even Mwenyiegi
MuungUy Almighty God, becomes
*Mnyezimngu,
it is important to write 'm, and
not m only, where it represents mu
if a 6 or u; follow, because otherwise
the m, might be supposed to coalesce
with them. If any other consonants
follow, it is immaterial, for m mubt
then always stand for mu^ and bo
capable of being pronounced as a
separate syllable.
Any verb may be turned into a
substantive by prefixing 'm or mw
828
MAA
to mean one who docs, &c., followed
immediately by tho object of the
▼erb or the thing done. The last
letter is sometimes changed into t
and if ji is added to the substantive
it gets the sense of one who habit-
ually does what the yerb signifies.
M'j 'm, mu-f or mi0-, sign of the
second person plural prefixed to
verbs.
Af-y 'm, mil, or mie-, the singular
prefix of those nouns which
make their plural in ira-, if they
denote animate beings, or in mi-,
if they do not
M-j 'm-t mu; or mvh, the prefix
proper for adjectives agreeing
with a singular substantive de-
noting an animate being, or with
any substantive beginning with
tnt*-, *m-, mt«-, or «-.
•m-, -*m-, or -mie-, the objective
prefix referring to a singular
substantive denoting an animate
being.
M', fRtt-, or muf', the prefix proper to
pronouns governed by the case in
-niy when it denotes within or in-
side of.
Ma-f the sign of the plural prefixed
to substantives (and to adjec-
tives agreeing with them)
which have either no prefix
in the singular or begin with /-
orjfV-.
All words intended to denote
something specially great of
its kind make their plural in
Wtt',
Foreign words denoting a person,
or an ofilce, make their plural
in mo-. In the vulgar dialect
of Zanzibar nearly all foreign
words are made plural by pro-
fixing mO',
Many plural nouns in ma- must be
translated as though they were
singulars, the true singular
being used only to denote some
one exceptionally large or im-
portant instance.
When followed by an t or e, the a
of ma coalesces with it and
forms a long e sound,
-fna-. See -we-.
Naaddmf while, during the time,
when.
Mctadin = 3Sadini,
Maadin ya hinywa^ whnt risea
into the mouth without inter-
nal cause, water-brash.
Maaflkano, bargain, estimate, es-
teem.
MaaganOt contract, agreement,
covenant.
Maagizo^ commission, direction, re*
commendation.
Maahdi^ diet, food.
Macd^m^ fixed, recognizable = htlu
chotambidikana,
Maana, meaning, reason, cause,
sake.
Kutia maanani^ to remember,
think about
Maandasi, biscuits, cakes, fto., also
pastry, preserves.
3faa?u7tA», writing, place for putting
out food, the act of spreading: a
meal, a description, things writ-
ten.
Maanduihi, things which are writ-
ten, put out, set in order, &e.
Maangvko, ruin, fall, ruins.
Maa*mziy judgment.
Maarifa, knowledge.
MAA
MAH
329
Maantf, understood, I understand.
Mcuui^ rebellion.
Maazaly while.
MatuimOf a loan.
Mabaya, bad. See baya,
MabcJeia, the remnant, what is or
was left.
Mahichi, raw. See 'biehi,
MaMwif heaps, piles of sticks and
rubbish. See Biud',
MdbovUf rotten. See -ovu.
Machadhe, few. See -ehache,
Machela, a litter, a palanquin.
Macheto, a game, games.
Macho (jAng.jichd), eyes.
Yu machOf he is awake.
Macho ya watu wavnli, or Mazivoa
ya watu waufili, dragqn*s blood.
Macho ya Jua, the sun-rising,
east.
MachuJciOf hatred, abomination, dis-
gust.
Machwa ya jua, the sun-setting,
west
Madahtit a graceful manner.
Madanganyctf deception, trick.
Jlf(u2ara^a, arrangements, provision.
MadefUf beard.
Madevu, a kind of rice.
Madi/u, the fibrous envelope of the
cocoa-nut leaves.
Madiniy metal, a mine.
Madoadoa^ spotted.
Madogovi, a kind of drumming, &a,
used in exorcisms.
Maflcho, concealment.
Mafu, death, dead things.
Maji mafa, neap tides.
Mafuoj a chest complaint causing
a oough, a cold in the head, a
stoppage in the nose.
Mafundisho, instruction, precept,
direction. i
MafundOy cross-beams in a dhow, to
steady the mast, &o.
Mafunffulia, unfastening.
Ma/ungulia ng^ombe, about 8 a.h.
Ma/upi, short. See -JfupL
Mafusho, steam from a pot of ma -
janif used as a vapour-bath in
fever, &c.
Mafutay oil, fat.
Mafuta ya uto, semsem oil.
Mafuta ya mharikaf castor oil.
MafuUf crazy, cracked.
Mafya, Monfla.
Ma/ya (sing, jifya\ the three stones
used to put a pot over the fire
upon.
Magadif rough soda.
Magamhat scales of a fish.
MagandOf peel, husks.
Magarcuaj 8, 9, and 10 in card^
(not used in playing).
Mageuzif changes.
Maghofira, remission of sins.
Maghrebbit or Magaribiy or Ma-
n^ari&t, sunset, the sunset prayers
of the Mohammedans, the west,
Morocco.
Maghrib ayiik, N.W.
Maghrib akrab, S.W.
Maghuba, the winding of a stream.
Mago. See Kago.
Magongonene. See Kanzu,
MagugUf weeds, undergrowth.
MagundaJOf an instrument of tor-
ture, in which the victim is sus-
pended, and weights being at-
tached to him, he is jerked up
and down. Used for extracting
evidence.
Mahaba, love, fondness.
Mahala or Malmli, place, places.
Mahali pcL, in place of, instead ofl
Mahali pote, everywhere.
830
mAh
MAK
Mdhana (At,), excessive worry.
Maharazi, a shoemaker's awl.
Maharif dowry paid by the liusband
to the wife's relations.
MahcUif a carpenter's tool used for
marking lines to a measure.
MahazamiA, a shawl worn round the
waist.
Mahindif Indian com, maize.
Mdhiri, clever, quick.
Miihokay devil, evil spirits, madness.
Mauihaf life, continuanco.
Maitiha na mtlele, now and for
ever.
Maiti = MaytU, a dead body, a
corpse.
MajahabOf dock for ships.
Majana (?), honeycomb.
Majanif grass. The 8ingular,jani,
means a leaf.
Bangi ya majani, green.
Majani ya puani^ grass wort,
samphire (?).
Majaribu or Majeribuy trial, tempta-
tion.
MaJcuOf reward.
MaJengOf building materials.
Majaribu = Majartbu.
Majertthi, wounded.
Maji, water, liquid, juice, sap.
Maji majU ^'6t.
Kavna maji^ fluently.
Maji kujaa na kupwa, the tides.
Maji ya pepo^ Maji ya baridi,
Maji matamu, fresh water.
Maji ma/u, neap-tides.
Maji a bahari, blue, sea-water
colour.
Maji a moto, hot water, a large
yellow kind of ant which makes
its nest in trees.
Majibu, an answer.
MtyUin, coming, or mode of coming.
MaJUipa, revenge.
Majira, time.
Mdjirctf course of a ship.
MajonH, grief for a loss.
Majorif an elder.
Majuniy a cake made of opium, &e.,
very intoxicating.
Majutio, regret, sorrow for some-
thing done.
MajutOf regret, repentance.
Mdkaa, coal, coals, embers.
Makeui ya miti, charcoal.
Makalalao, cockroaches ; applied in
. derision to the Malagazy colony
in Zanzibar. *
Makali, fierce. 8ee -kali.
MakanadUi, places in the stern of
native craft, the quarter galleries
of a dhow.
Mahani, dwelling, dwelling-place.
MahaOf dwelling, dwelling-place.
MahaBi, scissors.
MdkatazOf prohibition, objections.
Makaiibut agreement.
MakavUf dry. See 'havu.
Makazi, dwelling.
Makengezaj squinting, a squint.
Mdki, thickness.
Nguo ya tnaJeif stout cloth.
Makimbilio, refuge, place to run to.
MahindanOf objections.
Making leisure, quietness.
Mdkirif a thumb-cleat in the side of
a dhow.
MaJcosOf fault, faults, mistakes, sins.
Makoza (obscene) testicles.
Makmiy a bullock, castrated.
Maikubwa or Makuu^ great See
'hvJbwa and -A;u«.
Makukuu, old. See -hukuu,
MaJctdif diet.
MaJculyttf food [Tumbatu].
Makumbif cocoa-nut fibre,
MAK
MAN
331
Mahumbi ya popoo, areca-nut
husk.
MaJeumbi ya usumha, coooa-fibre
cleaned for mattresses, &o.
MaJcumi^ tens.
Mahumi maunlij twenty.
lUahupaa, the tiheaves at the mast-
head of a dhow, through which
the henza leads.
MahusanyihOf pUce of assembly,
assembly.
Mdkuiudi, purpose, design, on pur-
pose, designedly.
MakutanOy assemblage.
MaJcuti, leayes of the cocoa-nut tree.
Makuti ya viungOf leaflets made
up for thatching.
MaJcuii ya humba^ leaves plaited
for fences.
Makuti ya pande, half leaves
plaited for fences or roofs.
AfaX^i^a, the notching and shaping
at the end of a pole to receive
the wall-plate of a house.
Malaiha (plur. of La%ka\ the hair
on the hands and arms.
Malaikay an angel, angels. A baby
is often called malaika*
Malaki or MaXkiy a king.
Mdlalo, sleeping-place.
Malazit things to lie upon.
MaJazie ^ Marathie,
ifalcle^ orchilla weed.
Malelezi, changes of the monsoon,
time of the easterly and westerly
winds.
Malenga, a singer.
Mali, goods, property, riches. Pro-
perly a singular noun making
no change for the plural, but
treated sometimes as a plural in
ma-,
fialidadif a dandy.
Maltki ku-9 to begin a building, a
boat, or a house.
Malimo, master, navigator. In the
canoes on the Zambezi the steers-
man is called maJimo,
Malimioengu, business, affairs, mat-
ters of this life.
Malindiy Melinda.
JtfaZtb ya hikOf the bubbling sound ~
of the water when a native pipe is
being smoked.
Maliza &»-, to complete, to finish.
Malki or Malaki, a king.
MaXkiOy a queen.
Mamat mother.
Mama wa kamhoj stepmother.
Ma-sfiha, a crocodile.
Mam^ the scales of a fish (M.).
Mavriho, circumstances, afiairs,
tilings (plur. of Jambo),
Mamiye (Mer.), his mother.
ManddkOy power, authority, domi-
nion.
Mamqja, ones, same.
Mamoja pia, it is all one, I don*i
care.
Mana = Mtoana.
Manamizef a name for a hermit
crab.
Manane,
Usiku tea manane, the dead of
night.
Manda^ a loat
MandaH, a pudding. See Moan-
doii.
Manemane, myrrh.
Manenoy language, message, busi-
ness, matters, things (plur. of
Neno).
Maneno yafumha, dark sayings.
Maneno ya Kiungiya, Ac, the
language of Zanzibar, &c.
Manga, Arabia.
332
MAN
MAB
Manffaribif sunfiei See MaghrehbL
Mangi, many. See 'tigi.
Mangiri or Mankiri, a cross-pieoe
at the bows of a dhow for fastening
the tack of the sail.
MangOf a round hard black stone
used to grind with.
Mang'ung'um, secretly, in fearful
expectation.
Hani (obscene), semen.
Mani, a weight, about three rattel.
lianjano, turmeric
Bangi a tnanjano, yellow.
Mankiri. See Mangiri,
JlfanoZeo(8ing.noZeo),the ring whore
the blade of a knife issues from
the handle.
Manuka^ smell, scent
ManukatOf scent, good smells.
Mamjang^amha, flour balls in a
sweet sauce.
Manyiga, a liomet.
Manyoya^ feathers of a bird, hair of
a goat.
Manyunyo, a shower, a sprinkle.
Maomholezay loud wuiling.
Maomviy begging.
Maondiy taste.
MaondoleOy removing, taking away.-
3/aon{7ezi,conver8ation, amusement.
Maongo, the back.
Maonjit tasting, trying.
MaoteOf growth &om old nUama
stools.
Maotioey Mayotte.
Mapalilot hoeing-up time, hoeing
between the crops.
Mapanay broad. See -pana.
MapatanOy agreement, conspiracy.
Mapemaj early.
Miipendano, mutual affection.
Mapendeziy pleasing things, tho
being ploased.
MapendOf affection, esteem.
Mapenziy liking, affection, pleasure,
love, things which are loved.
Mapepetot a preparation of imma-
ture rice.
MapiganOf a fight, a battle.
Mapiawa, silliness, dotage.
Mapozay remedy, healing things.
Mapoozaf things which do not servo
their purpose, fruit which drox>g
prematurely.
MaptUulUf the wilderness.
Mapumbu, testicles, the scrotum.
Mara, a time, sometimes, at once.
Mara moja, once, at once.
Mara mhilit twice.
Mara ya pUi, the second time.
Mara nyingi, often.
Mara ktoa mara, from time to
time.
Mara ngapi 1 how many times,
how often ?
MaradufUf double.
MardliahcLy thanks, very well, wel-
come.
Mardkaraka, chequered, spotty.
Marcuharcuha, a sprinkle, sprink-
ling.
Maranhi, scents.
Marashi mawaridi or ya mzomari,
rose-water.
Maraihh disease, sickness. *
Marathie, sociable.
Siiia kiburi, marathU mimiy I am
not above fraternizing.
Marefu, long. See ^^refu.
MaregeOf return, reference.
MareJiemu, that has obtained mercy,
deceased.
MarejeOf return.
Mar/tM, a desk, book-rest.
Marhaba = Marahaba.
Marhamu, ointment.
MAR
MAT
833
Marigeli, a large pot.
Marijanified coral, imitation coral,
gum copal.
Marijani ya fethalukat tlio truo
red coral.
Marikay a person of the same age.
Martha, Merka, a town on tlie So-
mauli coast
Marikahu = Marikebu = MeriJcehu,
a ship.
Marindi, the little flap of beads
worn by a string round the loins
by native women.
Marisaa, shot, small shot.
Marithawa, abundance, plenty of
space, material, &o.
Marizdbu, a spout.
Marra = Mara, time, times.
Maru/uJcUf a forbidden thing, pro-
hibited.
Kupiga marufukuj to give public
notice against.
Marungu (M.), biliousness.
Masdhabaj the companions of Mo-
hammed.
Masafi, purity.
MasaibUf calamity.
Matakasa (Yao), an encampment.
Masahinif or Maskini, or Meskini,
poor, ft poor person.
MasaVcheiri, good afternoon.
MasameliOf pardon.
Maaango^ wire.
Masanufly a kerchief used for throw-
ing over the shoulders, &c.
MasazOf what is left, remainder.
Mashairif verses, poetry.
Shairiy one line of verse.
Maahahaj doubts, difficulty.
Maahambaf the oountiy. Plural of
Shambaf a plantation.
MashapOj sediment.
Washarilit tlxe ci^st, ej^terljr.
Maskendea, rice which is watery
and imperfectly cooked.
MasliindanOy a race.
Mmldndo.
Kwenda hwa mashindo, to trot.
Mashtaka, accusation.
Mashua^ a boat, boats, a launch.
Mashitr or Mashuhurf remarkt;ble,
notable.
MaaJiuiumio, reproaches, revillngs.
Mashutumu, reviling.
Mashuzi, breaking wind.
Fathili ya punda ni ma«7iuzi =
You cannot make a silk purse
out of a sow's car.
Mana.
Kwenda masia, to walk up and
down.
Manka, the rainy season, i.e., March,
April, and May.
Masikani, a dwelling.
Masikini = Maaakini.
Masingizio, slander.
Masiwa, the Comoro Islands and
Madagascar.
Maaizif grime, soot, &o., on the
bottom of cooking pots.
Maskini = Masakini,
Masomboj a girdle of cloth.
Masri = MUri, Egypt.
MasrUff provisions.
MaatMj giddiness.
Nina mcwiwr, I am giddy.
MoBukuo, a whet-stone.
MasutOf reproaches.
Mata, bows and arrows, weapons.
Mataajdbu, wonders, astonishment.
Matakatifu, holiness.
MatakOy the seat.
Matakwa, request, want, desire.
MatanibavUf the side, a man's side.
Mata^mko, pronunciation.
Matamu, swc^t. See • famu.
334
MAT
MAY
Matamvua, fringes.
Matandiico, bedding, harueii, ^'hat
' is spread.
Matana, leprosy.
MatangOf large mats, sails.
Kukaa matanga, to keep a formal
mourning, generally for from
five to ten days.
Ktiondoa matanga, to put an end
to the mourning.
Matanga kati, wind abeam.
Matangamanot a crowd.
MatcUOj a tangle, an embroilment
Kutia matataf to tangle.
Matayoy reproaches, revilings.
Maie^ spittle.
MaiegemeOf props, a prop, support,
protection.
Mateha^ ipoil, booty, prisoners.
Maiembezif a walk.
MatengOj the outriggers of a canoe.
Mateio, afl9iotions, adversity.
Mateto, quarrel.
Mathabahu = Mathbah,
Mathdbvha, a victim, a sacrifice.
Mathdhabi or MatKhdb, sect, persua-
sion.
Matharaj mischief, harm.
Maihbah, an altar.
Mathehebu, manners, habits, customs,
= MathaJidbi (?).
MatUo, lift from the after part of a
yard to the mast-head of a dhow.
Matindif half-grown Indian com.
Maiindoy a slaughter-house, a place
for killing beasts.
Natiti.
Kvoenda Icwa mdiiti, to trot.
MaJUaOy the east wind.
Mailaa ayuky N.E.
Matlaa dkrah^ S.E,
MaUai = Matlaa,
MaiQ, eyes (M.).
Maiqaziy cymbals.
Matokeo, going-out places.
Mdtokeo ya hari^ pores of the
skin.
NaUymoliOy a custard apple.
MatvhwUubtoi, mumps.
MatvJcano, filthy and insultlDg cx«
pressions, such as^
Jdtoana humanyoho.
Mwana toa haramu,
Kazodliozoa,
Kumanina.
Matuldo, accidents, things which
happen.
Matumaini, confidence, hope.
Maturnbawij fresh coral, cut from
below high- water mark: it is
used for roofs and where lightness
is an object
MatumbOf tlie entrails.
Matupu, bare. See -tuptt,
Maturuma, siifieners pat on a door,
the knees in a dhow, ribs of a
boat, &C.
MaiusUf bad and abusive language.
Matuvumuy accusation, blame.
Maua (plur. of Ua), flowers. .
MatUizo, questions, questioning.
MaumivUi pain.
Maungo, the back, the backbone.
MauthurUf unable.
Mautif death.
MavaOf dress, dressing.
Mavazij dress, clothes. Plural of
Vazi.
Mavi, dung, droppings, excrement
Mavi ya chuma, dross.
MavUio, See Vilio.
MamdiOf clothes cast off and given
to another, clothes worn by one
who is not their owner.
Mavunda^ one who breaks every-
thing he has to do with.
MAT
MDI
S35
Uavundeoundef broken, scattered
clouds.
Mavumi, hiun of voices.
Mavuno, harvest, reaping.
Matuno ya nyv^if honeycomb.
Mavuzi (i^ur. of Vttzi)^ the hair, of
the pnbes.
Mawaziy clear. See wizi.
Mavoe (plur. qiJ%we\ stones,. stone.
X<i mawe, of stone.
Mawe ya kusagia^ a hand-mill.
liaioet a rnlgar ejaculation, mb-
bisht
MaufUi, both.
Mamnibi (plur. of Wimbi), surf, a
sea.
Maidndo, game, produce of hunt-
Mayayi. See YayL
Mayiii, a dead body.
MayugvfOt a green vegetable cooked
like spinach,
MasMOf fruit, produce. .
Mdziko, burial-place.
Mazinga cmbOp aldght of hand
(Comoro).
flazingiwat a siege.
Mazingomfnoej magic, \vitchcraft.
Mazithif burial clothes, furniture,
&o.
Maziwdf milk, (plur. of Zitod)
brcasls, lakes.
MaziuKLtnahivu, curdled milk.
Maziioa ya watu waioili, dragon's
blood,
jtfo^o^a, custom.
MazcezOf habits, customs, practice.
Mazoha, evil spirits.
MazUf a kind of banana.
ilazumgu*mzo9 amusement, conver-
sation.
libalit far off, separate.
Mhali mhali, distinct, difiereni
Potelea mbali! Go and be hanged !
Tumwulie vfhbali^ let us kill him
out of the way.
When used witli the applied
forms of verbs, it means that
tlie person or thing is by that
means got rid of, or put out of
the way.
Mbango, a bird with a parrot-like
beak, a person with projecting
teeth.
Mbano^ a oircvmoising instrument.
Mbau (plur. of Ubau\ planks.
'3f 6atf, plur. mibaUf planking, tim-
bers.
^MharutU plur. mtbarvii^ a weed
with yellow flowers and thistle-
like leaves powdered with white.
MhattMj giddiness.
MbtUa, a cocoa-nut which has dried
in the shell so as to rattle, with-
out being spoilt.
Mbaiiy wall-plate.
Mbavtif ribs, side.
Mbavunif alongside.
Mbatoat wing feathers. See Ubawa.
Mbayani^ clear, manifest
MhayuwayUf a swallow (A.).
Mbega, a, kind of monkey, black,
with long white hair on the
itf £€(711, seed, seeds. [shoulders.
*Mbeja vja hani, young man of
strength*
Mbele, before, in front, further on.
d£'}ele yoj before, in front of,
Kuendelea mbde, to go forward.
Mbeleni, in the froiit. This word
is used in Zanzibar with an
obscene sense.
Mbeyu =: Mb^gu^ seed.
MbUo, plur. mibibOf a cashew-nut
tree.
3S6
HBI
UGH
Mbiehi, fresh. See -hieJti,
Mbigtlij small tborne, bricri.
Mhili, two. See -trt/t.
MMi mbili, two by two.
MbilivjUi, the wrist (?>
Mbingu, plur. of Uinngu, the skies,
the heavens, heaven.
Mbio, running, fast
Kupiga mliOf to run, to gallop.
Mhiowixi, mother*s sister, auut.
Mlnramhi tako^ be comforted. A
Swahili greeting to one who has
just lost a relative,
^f 6£rf, parched Indian com.
Mhiu, a proclamation, public notice.
MMvu, ripe. See -bivu and nrtim.
Mbizi.
Kupiga mbiz{y to dive.
Mhoga, vegetables, greens.
Mboga mnanaa, a kind of mint
'MhogOf plur. miboga, a pumpkin
plant
Mboleo, manure.
Mbonaf >Vhy? for what reason?
Used especially with negatives.
Mboni ya Jicho, the apple of the
Mhono, castor-oil plant (?). [eye.
MboOf the penis.
MbotOf a climbing plant yielding a
superior kind of oiL
Mbovu, bad, rotten, corrupt See
-ovu and -(ovu.
Mbu = Imlm, a mosquito.
Mbuit a buffalo's horn, which is
beaten as a musical instrument.
Jf 6ii/a, a swell, dandy, gracefully.
Eutema mhuja, to say elegantly.
MbtdUf a crocodile (?).
MbungUf a hurricane (Kishenxi).
Mtmnij an ostrich.
Mbuyu, plur. mibwju, % baobab
tree, a calabash tree. They are
jfeuerolly looked upon as haunted.
Mbuzi, a goat, goats.
Mbuzi ya IcuJcunia nazi, an iron
to scrape cocoa*nut for cooking
with.
Mbtca, a dog, dogs.
Mhioa wa tnwilu^ a jackal,
jackals.
Mbtoayif wild, fiercot
Mbwe, little pebbles, liiilu white
stones larger than changaratoi,
MbtoehOf a fox.
Mbioeu, eructation, belching.
Mcha, one who fears.
Mcha Muungu, a G od-fearing man.
MoJia/u, filthy.
Mchago, the pillow end of the bed.
MckakaehOf footsteps (?).
MchatM or Mtana, daylight, day.
time, diiy.
Mchanga or Manga, sand.
Mchawif plur. wachawi^ a wizard.
Mckayi^ lemon grass.
Mche^ plur. Miehe^ a plant, a slip, a
seedling.
MfikBf a kind of wood much used in
Zanzibar.
Mckekeshaji, plur. wacheJieshaJi, a
merry body, one who is alw^js
laughing.
McheUf cleaned grain, especially
rice.
Mchdema, watery.
Mcheshi, a merry fellow, a laugher.
MehexOf plur. michezOf a game.
Mchezo wake huyu, it is this man's
turn to play.
Mehi, plur. michi, oxMH, plur. mHi^
the pestle used to pound or to
clean com with. Also a screw
of paper to put groceries in (?).
MchichOt plmr. michicha^ a common
spinach-like plant «se4 a9 •
vegetable.
MCH
Mchikiclii, plur. michikidht, thd
palm-oil tree.
Mehilizi, plur. michilizi, the eaves.
Mchiro, plur. toocAiro, a mangouste.
MchocTiorOf passage, an opening be-
tween.
Mchofu = Mdhovn.
Mchongoma, plur. michongomOt a
thorny shrub with white flowers
and a small black edible fruit.
Mchorochoro^ a rapid writer.
Mchovu, plur. wachovu, weary, Ian-
guidf easily tired, thing, tire-
some.
Mchumbaf a sweetheart, one who
seeks or is sought by another
in marriage.
Mke mekuinbc^ widow (?).
Mchumbtduru, a kind of fish.
Mchunga (or Mtunga\ plur. imi-
ehunga^ a herdman, a groom, one
who has the care of animals.
Mchungaji, a herdsman, shepherd.
McJiuruziy plur. Wachuruzi, one who
keeps a stall, a trader in a yery
small way.
Mchuzij or Mtuzi, curry, gravy, soup.
Mchieay white ants.
Mda or Muda, a space of time, the
space, &o.
Mda, plur. mida (?}, a piece of plank
propped up to support a frame-
worl^ &0. = *mund<u
Mdago, a kind of weed.
Mdcdasinif cinnamon.
Mdarahani, an Indian stufll
Mdaioari,
He mdavoartf the softer Arabic ft,
the 7ie.
Jlf(ZeZ» = AfJt2a.
Mdilct, plur. midilOy A co£Ebe-pot.
Mdomo, plur. midomOt the lip.
lf(2anio toa ndegCf a bird's beak.
MEK
337
MdudUfpha. toadudu, an insect.
Mduduy a whitlow.
MduJeuo, a push in the cheek.
Mdumu, a mug.
-ftfe-, see Ma; Many words are pro*
nounced with ma- at Mombasi
and with me- at Zanzibar.
-me-t the sign of the tense which
denotes an action complete at
the moment of speaking, an-
swering to the English tense
with Jiave. Sometimes it is
used to denote an action com-
plete at the time referred to,
and must then be translated by
had.
This tense may often be used
as a translation of the past
participle.
Tu hayi, ao ameku/af Is he
alive or dead ?
Most Swahili verbs denoting a
state Imve in their present
tense this meaning of enterin;?
that state or becoming, and in
the -me- tense the meaning of
having entered or being in it.
In some cases the -tne' tense is
best rendered by another verb.
Anavaa, he is putting on, amevai,
he wears.
In some dialects the me is pro-
nounced nuu
Mea hu; to grow, to be growablc.
MedUn, tortoiseshell.
Mega hu-i to break a piece, or gather
up a lump and put it in one*8
mouth, to feed oneself out of the
common dish with one's hand, as
is usual in Zanzibar.
Mekameka ku-, to glitter, to shine.
Meko (plur. of Jtko), a fireplace.
Mekoni^ a kitchen, in the kitcheiL
338
MEM
MFtT
MemMka Jbt- (A.), tcr sparkle.
Mende^ a oockroaeh, cockroaebea.
AlflO a alang tenn for a rupee.
Mengi or Nangiy many. 8ce -nffi,
Meno (plur. of JtnoX teoth.
Menomeno, baUlement&
Menya JSw-, to ebel], to husk, to
Menya hu-^ to beat (Kiyao) . [peel.
MerikebUf a ship, sbips.
Merikihu ya ierihaUt a sblp be-
longing to the.gOTernment;
Merikebu ya mUinga or manowart,
a man-of-war.
Merikebuya i<ya,B, merobant ship.
Merikt^ ya.milingoU mitaiu^a,
fuU-iigged ship.
Merikebu ya mUingoU mMli na
nu$8U, a barque.
Merikebu ya dohaan or ya vunhi,
<: a steamship.
Merima, the mainland of Africa,
espeoially the ooast south of
Zanzibar.
Wamerimat people who live on
the coast south of Zanzibar.
Kimerimat the dialect of Swahili
spoken on the coast south of
Zanzibar.
Merimela ku-, to glitter, to sbino.
MeihrnaOf a candle, candies.
Mesiki or Meskiy musk, scent
Meekiti = Moskitip a mosque.
Metametay to stiiue, to glitter.
MetJiUi or MeViul^ like, a parable.
MezQj a table.
Meza ku't to swallow.
Mezaunoereh.
Waraka mezawjoeTeky forgery. •
itf/oo, centre piece of a door.
Mfalme, plur. toa/oZiae, a king,
itf/ono, plur. mi/ano, a likeness.
Mfano wa maneno, a proTerb, a
(arable.
M/anyi biatharay plur. wafanyt, a'
man who does business, a trader,
a merchant
M/arifiy plnr. tra/srC/i, a comforter.
MfathiU, plnr. wafathUif one who
does kindnesses.
Mfelefiy a water channeL
Mfilitikay a bankrupt
Mfinangi, plnr. i^o/ffMUi^ a pott(».
Mfineeeiy plur. in(^ftes8<, a jack fruit
tree.
Mfu, pbir. wo/ttf, a dead person.
if/iMi, plur. im/im, :a smith, a
worker in metaL
Mfua ekwML^ a blacksmith.
JH/ua/eMo, &c., a silversmithf &e.
Mfuaei, plur. loa/tuu^ * follower, a
retains, a hanger-on.
Mfvkoy plur. mifukOf a bag, a'.
pocket. '
MfumOy plur.. tsa/uma, a weaver. >
M/umhatif plur. mifuinbaU\ the side-
pieces of a bedstead. .
M/ungua, a name applied to nine of .
the Arab months.
Mfunguo vm moei, is the Arab
SkaowaL
M/unguo wa pUi, is the Arab
Th'UKaada.
Mfunguo wa tatuy ia the Arab
Mfunguo toa *nne^ is . the Arab
Md^arram,
Mfungvbo wa fono, is the Arab
8afr.
Mfunguo wa sitOf is the Arab
Haina al aowal,
Mfung^'wa fobOy is the Arab
Babia al akhr.
Mfunguo wa nune,. is the Arab'
Jemad al aowdt
Mfunguo wa /csitdd, is tlie Arab
Jemad al akhr.
MFtT
MIE
839
Mfungue wa is often eo pro-
noimood as to Bound like
Fungiia,
The other three monfhB, Bajdbf
Shaabany and BamaOianf keep
their Arabic names.
M/tio, plur. mi/uOf a stripe.
KartUoH ya mifuo^ ruled paper.
Mfupa, plor. tni/upaf a hone.
M/tUo, winning five games out of
six at cards.
Mfyoziy an abusive person.
MgdUif plur. toogoZa, a Galla.
Mganda, plur. tnigandaf a sheaf or
bundle of rice.
MgangOf plur. waganga, a medicine
man, a doctor, a dealer in white
magic
MgaOf a place near Gape Delgado.
Mgatoo^ a deal in card-playing.
Mgeniy plnr. wageni, a guest, a
foreigner.
Mgliadf a horse's canter.
Ktoenda mghad, to canter.
Mgine = Mmnginej another, other.
MgagwOf an obstacle in a road, a
stumbling-block. In slang, a
nuisance, crush, worry.
Mgqfa or Mngqja, plur. toagofa, one
who waits, a Sentinel.
Mgqja vdango^ a door-keeper, a
porter.
MgofoAa^ plur. migomha^ a banana
tree.
Ugomhwef buUVmonth shell, Oassia
rubra.
Mgomvif plur. vfogomvit a qnarrel-
some person, a brawler.
Afjgrondo, a slave's dout.
MgongOf plur. migango, the back,
the backbone.
Nyuffiba ya mgcngot a penthouse
tooL
Mgwijwa or Mgonjua, plur. wagon-
JUKI, a sick person, an invalid.
'If ^ofo = Wingate^ a mast
Jlfgumla, cultivated land.
Mgunyaf plur. TTo^unya, a native of
the country between 8iwe and
the Juba.
Mguruguru, plur. vfoguruguru, a
large kind of burrowing lizard.
Mguuj plur. miguu^ the leg from tlie
knee downward, the foot
Ktoenda kwa miguu, to walk.
Mh: See Muh.
MhaJbori, ' See Kanxu.
MhimUif plur. mihilimi, a girder, a
beam, a bearing post a prop.
MhtUUf a large tree lizard.
Mhunzi^ plur. todhunzij a black-
smith.
Mi't plural prefix of substantives,
and of adjectives agreeing with
them, which begin in the singular
with m-, or 'm-, mn-, or mti;-, and
do not denote animate beings.
-mif an objective sufQx denoting
the first person singular. This
sufiSx is poetical, not used in
Zanzibar.
Mia, a hundred.
MiUen, two hundred.
MidlamUf the ends of a piece of
doth.
MiashM^ pieces lying fore and aft
to receive the stepping of the
Miayo, yawning, a yawn. [mast
Miba or Miiba, thorns.
Mibau, timbers.
MifuOy bellows.
Mikaha, marriage.
Mikarnbe,
Kupiga mtkawibef in bathing, to
duck down and throw over one
leg, striking the water with it
340
MIL
MJtJ
Mila, a ciistom.
Milamb€L
Kwenda mUambii, to go ronnd by
a new road to avoid war or
aome other obstacle, to strike
out a new way.
if tlele, eternity.
Ta mUdey etemaL
Milhaif jins, which having been
merely singed, not killed by the
missiles of the angels, lurk in
by-places to deceive and hann
people.
Mmhi = MOhi.
Miliki i!ctf-, to reign, to possess.
MUkif kingdom, possession, pro-
perty.
MUumbet,% speech, an over-long
speech.
Mimba, pregnancy.
Euwa na mimha or Kudhukua
mimba, to be pregnant.
. KuJiaribu mimbaf to miscarry.
Mimbara, the pulpit in a mosque.
Mimi, I» me*
Mimina ku-y to pour, to pour over.
Miminika Xfu-, to be poured over, to
• be spilt, to overflow.
Mingit many. See -ingi.
Minginef others. See -ingine.
Mini (Ar.), right.
Mini wa shemaliy right and left.
MinyonoOf A kind of flowering
. acacia. ;
Miongoni mneaf in respect of, as to,
on the part pf, from among.
Miraha, muscles. See Mrdba,
Mirisaay shot.
Mithiihari, crooko^.
MiskOf Russia.
Murif Egypt.
Miteen, two hundred.
Miumif a whistling.
MiuH, black. See -atisl.
Mitoa (plur. of Mua)^ sugar-canci.
Miwali, midribs of a palm-leaf.
Miioani, spectacles.
Miyaa, leaves for making mats.
Miye^ me, it is L
Mizani, balances, steelyard, scales.
Miti, roots (M.).
Mizizif roots, rootlets.
MJa na maji, one who has come
over the sea, a foreigner. Also,
a slave.
MjaJcazif plur. wajdkazi^ a woman
slave.
MJanga, Bembatooka bay in Mada-
gascar.
MjangaOf melancholy, silent sorrow.
MJanjOf plur. wajanja, a cheati a
shameless person.
Mjani, a widow.
Mjanri, plur. vxLJatiriy a bold Ven«
turesome man.
Mjassusiy inquisitivei
MjeUdi, a whip.
Mjemba, a plough (?).
3fli, plur. mt/t, a town, a city, a
village, the middle part of a piece
of cloth.
Mji, the uterus.
Mjiari, plur. mijiari^ tiller ropes.
miguu, plur. myiguu, large long
legs.
minga, plur. trajinga^ a raw new
comer, a simpleton; applied es-
pecially to newly arrived slaves,
ignorant, inexperienced.
MjiUkafiri, a kind of lizard.
Mjoli, plur. waJolifB. fellow-servant.
MJombaf plur« wajomba^ uncle.
MJugti.
MJugu nyassa, ground-nuts.
MJugu matM^ a hard kind of
ground-nut
MJtf
MEO
S41
Mjuhuu^ plur. wajukuu, a Oousin/tll
grandchild.
Mjumba, i^ur. wajumba, an uncle.
MJumbctkcJca^ a kind of lizard.
MJumbet plur. wajumbef a mes-
senger.
MJumef a weapon-smith.
Mjumuy studded with brass.
Mju$% plur. toqjusif a lizard.
J(;tf M 1MI X^njstt. See Kanzu.
MJuai hafiri, a rough kind of
small lizard.
Mjusi salamcif a smooth kind of
small lizard.
Mjuvij plur. vMJwfif a chattering,
officious person.
Mjuzif plur. vHijuzty a person of in*
formation, one who knows.
Mhaa, plur. todkaa, one who sks.
MJccLa Jikoni^ Mr. Sit-in-the-
kitchen.
Mkcuif an astringent wood used
in medicine.
Mkabaloy opposite.
Mkabil^ future.
Mkadif plur. mikad^ the pandanus
tree; its flowers are valued for
their smelL
Ukaidiy obstinate* wilful. See
'kaidu
Mkaja, a cloth worn by women,
given as a present at the time of
a wedding.
Mkali, fieroe. See -haU.
Mkamilifu, perfect.
MkamshCf pint, mikam^, a kind of
wooden spoon.
MkandcMf plur. mikandcutf a kind
of mangrove tree full of a red
dye much used for roof beams.
Mkanju, plur. mikat^u, a cashew
tree Ql.).
If Xrara^a«o» a strong iobaooo. Also,
manfully, again and again
(slang).
Mkarakalaf a medicinal shrub.
Mkcuama (in arithmetic), division.
Mkatoiit a handsome tree, whose
wood is useless. Hence the
proverb,
UsuH wa mhuoHt
Vkipaia, maji, basi.
Mkasiri, a tree whose bark is used
to dye fishing-nets black.
Mkatflbckf a written agreement.
Mkatdle^ the stocks.
MkaUf plur. mikatCf a cake, a loaf.
Mikate ya mo/Uf cakes of mtama
meaL
Mikate ya hwongay ya humimina^
&c., cakes of batter, &o.
MkaJU wa tumbako^ a cake of
tobacca
Mkazo, nipping, pressing tight
Mke, plur. wake, a wife, a female.
Mke aUqfiwa na m«meti76,a widow.
Mkebe, a pot to burn incense in, a
drinking pot.
Mkeka, plur. mikeka^ a fine kind of
mat used to sleep upon.
Mkeo ss Mkewo,
Mkereza, plur. toofterdzai a turner*
MJeewe^ his wife.
Mkevfo^ your wife.
Mkiaf plur. mikia, a tail.
Mkimbigif plur. tfiakinibizif one who
runs away.
Mkindu, plur. miktndUf a kind of
pahn whofo leaves are used to
make fine mats.
Mkixi^ a kind of fish.
Mkciba, plur. tnifcofta, a scrip, a
small bag.
Mkoche, plur. mtkochei a kind of
branching palm with an edible
fruit.
342
MRO
MLI
MkojOf urine.
Mhohoy plur. rndtoko^ % nuuigroTe
tree.
MhikatOf plur. mOcoMo^ the mark
made by a thing being dragged
along.
Mhoma^ plnr. mOcoma, a large tree
bearing an edible fruit
Mhoniboxi^ plur. voak(yfaiihozi, a
redeemer.
Mhondo,
Mkondowamafl^ a current.
Mkongcjo, plur. mtkongajot an old
man's staff for him to lean upon
as he walks.
MkanOf plur. mikanot the arm, es-
pecially from the elbow to the
fingers ; the hand, a sleeve, a
projecting handle like that of a
saucepan, a measure of nearly
half a yard, a cubit
Ta mkono, handy.
C%tto eha tnhmOf a handbook.
Mkarcft, ill-omened.
MJcvbwoj great, the eldest 'Bee
Jdkuchyo, Magadoza.
Mkufu, plur. mikufUf a chain, es-
pecially of a light ornamental
Mnd.
Jlikufumif plur. wdku/unz^ a
teacher.
Mhukey plur. mtftuAee, a spear with
a sharp point and triangular
blade.
Mkuku, the keel of a ship.
if X;iiZe, a gar-fish.
Mktdimaj plur. tcdkulima, a culti-
vator, a field labourer.
MhuHmanif plur. waktUimani^ an
interpreter.
Mkulo, plur. mtX;u2b, apottle-sbaped
matting bag to strain tut through.
Mhumavi, a kind of rsd wood muob'
used in Zanzibar.
NkutM(iSgao,), gum-copol tree.
Mkunga (?), midwife.
Jtf^fi^ plur. mikungUf the fruit
stalk of the banana.
Mkun^, plur. mikungu, a kind of
earthen pot
Mkungu wa kvfunikia^ a pot lid.
Mhmgu voa htilia, a dish,
ibr ^ti, plur. too^tt, a great man, a
chief.
Mkuu voa asikatif a oonmianding
officer.
Jtf fttttt tea ffenzi, a guide.
Mkuzay large, full grown.
Mkwamba, a kind of thorny shrub. '
MkuHuit plur. wdkwui^ a wealthy
penon, rich. ...
Mktee, plur. uaJcioe, a &ther or
mother-in-law, a son or daughter-
in-hiw.
Mkwemej a climbing plant bearing
a gourd with round flat seeds'
rich in oiL
Mkwexif a climber, one who goes
up.
Mlafl, plur. toolo/t, a glutton.
MUda^ plur. mtJoZd, hyphane, a
branching paluL
ilf2ani5a, a dark-colonred bird that
eats insecti^ and drives away
other birds, even the crows.
Mlango, plur. iuiUango, a door, a
gate.
MlanzOt a pole for oanying things.
Mlariba, plur. imZar^ osnrer. '
MUf there within. ' . .
Mlevi, plur. wdlevt^ a drunkard. >
Hflest, plur. walezif a nuiise, on*
who rears children.
MlezOy plur. milezo, a broy.
liUvM, plur, mUima, a mountoiar
MLl
liOB
343
Mlinffote, plar. milingotej A liiast.
MKngoie wa halmi or gahniy the
small miseD-mast carried by
large dhows.
MlingoU tva maji^ the bowsprit
Mlinziy plur. voaHnti^ a guard.
MUshi, plur. vxMki, a feeder, a
shepherd*
Mlishf*^ the month Shaaban.
Mlizamuj a waterspout on a house.
'MloU, the comb of a code.
MUrnio, plur. mtZomo, a lip. Also,
Mdomo, • .
Mmcjot one, a certain man. See
*Mna^ there is within.
MnadOy plur. mtnacZai a sale, an
auction.
Mnadi, an auctioneer, huckster.
Mnadi hu-, to sell by auction.
Mnafikit plur. wanq/Uci^fi hypocrite.
Mnaja, a prophet going to ask a
thing of Qod.
MnajimUt plur. toaiui/tnitt, an as-
trologer.
MnaJUif plur. wanajUi, a profane
person, blasphemer.
Mnara, plur. minaroi a tower, a
minaret, a beacon.
Mnazif plur. minazi, a cocoa-nut
tree.
MnenOf one who speaks.
IffMfui hwelif one who speaks the
truth.
JIfnene, stout See -fiene.
JUheni, plur. tixitieni, a speaker, an
eloquent person.
Mngtuidjoy plur. Wangazidiai a
native of Great Comoro.
Mngwana, pliir. loan^toanaja gentle-
man, a free and civilized person.
Mnio (?).
ITao, exceedingly, excessively. lf»o
ilways follows the woird qualified
by it
Mno/Ut meatineas, fleshineai.
dSnono, fat See -fumo.
Mnunuxit plur. teanunuzi^ a buyer,
a purchaser, a customer.
MnyamaWy plur. toanyamatUf a
silent person, still, quiet
Mnyang*any%, plur. wanyan^anyi, a
robber, one who ateiUs with vio-
lence.
Mneyo, a Udding, itching, a creep-
ing sensaticm.
Mnyiririf plur. minyiriri, the arms
of tlie cuttle-fish.
Mnyonge^ plur. ieanyonge, an insig-
nificant, mean p^son.
Jlfnyororo,plur. iRtn^^ororo^ or mnyoo^
plur. mihyoot a chain.
MnytnOj plur. wanytM^ a drinker,
one who drinks.
Mo^ .mOb or -nuh^ the particle de-
noting place inside something
JIfttmo humo, there inside, [else.
MoaUi, Mohilla.
jfo/o, small round qakea of mtama
meal.
JfoAulZa, a fixed time, a term. Also
itftt7*u2fa.
MoJOf plur. mamqfa, one, same.
Mamqja pia, it is all one.
'•mcja, one.
ifo/a mq/a, one by one.
Moja haada v>a mq/o, alternately.
Mtu mmqjaf |k certain man,
Moja wapOf any one.
ilfo2a,Loid. Used of God.
Momot a kind of poisonous snake.
Momhetf Bombay.
Mor{8f Mauritius.
Kutoka Morfyf to aoore twenty-
nine or more. in a game at
card^
34.1
HOtt
MtlA
Kto€fnda Mor<8, to mark less than
twenty-nine in a game at cards.
M&roro, soft. See -aroro.
Moshi, plur. mioshi, smoka
Jtfbn, one (in counting).
Ta mo9i, first
Motkitiy a mosqne, the aoe of spades.
MoUy alL See -ote,
Moto, plur. mto^o, fire, a fire, heat.
Ta moto^ hot
Kupata motOj to get hot
Moyo, plur. mioyo or nyoyot heart,
mind, will, self.
Ya moyOt willingly, heartily.
Mpagazif plur. loapagazif a caravan
porter.
Jtfpof/t, plur» wafaji, a giver, a
liberal person.
Mpaka, plur. m/pafta, a boundary,
itfpoto mmqfa, adjacent [limit
Mpdkci, until, as far as.
Tuidcheka mpaha Iculia, we shall
latigh till we cry.
Mpambi, plur. wapamhi^ a person
dressed up with ornaments.
Mpanziy a sower.
Mpapayi, plur. mipapayi, a papaw
tree.
Mparamuzi, plur. mfparamu^i*, a
sort of tree said to be unclimb-
able.
Mpatanishit plur. wapatanUhi, a
peacemaker, one who brings about
an agreement
Mpaio, interlaced work, lattice.
Mpeekwa, plur. wapeehway a person
sent, a missionary, = MpeUkwa,
Mpehuif plur. wapdcuzi, one who
scratches like a hen, an inquisi-
tive person.
Mpdelezi, plur. vfapeleUzi, a spy.
Mpenzif plur. wapenzif a person
who is loved, a favourite.
Mpera, plur. mipercL, a guavA ire^
'iUpta, new. See -|>^a.
Mpiga rarnlif plur. wapiga, a for-
tune-teller, one who prognosti*
cates by diagrams. Formerly
they did so by throwing sand,
whence the name.
Mpiko^ plur. mipikOf a pole to carry
burdens on.
Kuchukua mpiJconifio carry on
a pole over the shoulder.
Mpingo, ebony.
Mpintt plur. miptni^ a haft, a
handle.
Mpira, india-rubber, an india-rub-
ber ball.
Mptshiy plur. vfapUhi^ a cook.
Mpofuj plur. wapofu, the eland.
MpotevUf plur. toapotevUf a wasteful
person.
MpotoBy plur. wapotoe, perverse,
wilful, good-for-nothing.
Mpuniba/Uf plur. wapumba/Uf a fool.
Mpunga, rice, either growing or
while yet in the husk.
Mpungaii, plur. mipungati, a kind
of cactus.
Mpuzii plur. wapuzi, a silly chat-
terer.
Mpwa, the sea-beach (M.).
Mpwekef plur. mipweke^ a slior
thick stick, a bludgeon.
ATpya, new. See -pya.
Mrahoy plur. miraha, muscles.
Mtu ioa miraha minne^ a very
strong man.
Mrahbii, square.
Mradi, preferably (?>
Mrammoi the rolling of a ship.
Mrashiy plur. miraslUy a long-necked
bottle, often of silver, used to
sprinkle scent from; % woman*8
M H B
MSH
345
Mremo, plnr. vtaremo, a Portugaese.
Also Mrenu.
Mrenahaj the thorn-apple plant
Mrenu, plur. Warenu, a Portuguese.
Mrithij plur. Vfarithi, an heir, an
inheritor.
Mruba, plur. tnt'nt&o, a leech.
Mrungura, people who rob and com-
mit violence at night.
MrututUf sulphate of copper, blue-
Msaada, help. [stone.
Msafara, plur. misafafo^ a caravan.
Msafirif plur. vxisajiri, a traveller,
one on a journey.
Msdkafu, plur. misdhafUf a koran,
a sacred book. .
Mmhafu teaSheitanirtk butterfly.
MsahaUf plur. toamihau, one who
forgets, a forgetful person.
Msajif teak.
Msala. Bee Musdtct,
MsalabOf a cross.
MsaiiUj a betrayer of secrets.
Msamehef plur. wcuameike, forgiving.
MsangaOf astonishment.
MsapcUa, a kind of dance.
Msasa, sandpaper, a shrub with
leaves like sandpaper.
Msayara, kind, gentle.
Msazo, remainder.
MsdehUha, plur. waaelehisha^ a
peacemaker.
lisemaji, plur. wasemaji, a talker,
an eloquent person.
Msemif plur. wasemif a talker, a
speaker.
MselOf a sort of food, a mixture of
mtama and <^iooko,
Msewey plur. misewej a sort of
Castanet tied to the leg.
M8hahah€Li similar.
pay, wa2:ei.
Mshakiki^ small pieces of meat
cooked on a skewer.
Mshdle or Mshare^ plur. miahale, an
arrow.
Msharihi, plur. vmkarxka^ a
partner.
Jlf«Aa2/* = Mchayi.
Mtheheri or Mshehiriy plur. TFa<Ae-
Aeri, a native of Sheher in
Arabia, many of whom are settled
in Zanzibar. The butchers and
coarse mat makers are almost all
Sheher men.
Mshikij one who holds.
Mshiki shikiOf the steersman.
Mshindanif plur. VHuhindani, ob-
stinate, resisting.
M^hindio, woof.
Mshindo (obscene), coitus.
Mshipa, plur.. mishipa, a blood-
vessel, a nerve, any disease affect-
ing these, hydrocele.
Mshipawif plur. tDOshipavu, obsti-
nate.
Mshipij plur. mishipi, a net, a girdle.
Mslioni, plur. vsashoni^ a tailor, a
sempster.
Mshoni viatUf a shoemaker.
^LhonOf plur. mishono, a seam.
Jlf^Ato^o, plur. mishtdka, an accusa-
tion, a charge before a judge.
Mshtahi, a prosecutor.
MshukOy coming down, coming away
from performing one's devo-
tions.
Mshvko vsa magaribi, about a
quarter of an hour after sunset.
Mshxiko tea alasiri kasiriy about
5 P.M.
MehvJco toa esha^ about an hour
after sunset, or from 7 till
Sp.k.
Meihumaa ^ MeahmaOt
346
msi
MTA
Miiba, plnr. mistbOf a ealaqiiiy, a
grief, mourning.
ATm/m, a flatterer.
Mn/u^mnOf plnr. wiii/u*mno, an
■ excessiTe praiser, a flatterer.
Mtijana, a bachelor (?).
MnvMnnizi^ plun vfoHmamizif an
overlooker, a steward, the head
man over a plantatioD* who 1b
nearly always a free man, often
an Arab.
MnnjU plur. mUinih foundations,
trench for laying foundations.
Msinziy plur. muinti, a sort of man-
grove tree.
JtfM'o, a piece of stone to nib Uwa
on.
Msia, a fated thing, what will de>
stroy or affect a person. See
Mtiri, plur. wuiriy a confidential
person, one trusted with secrets.
Msitani [Pemba] = Barasani,
Msiiuj a forest
ilfM7tt 100 mitif a thick wood.
Msomari^ plur. misomarif a nail, an
iron nail. See Mar4uhu
MsondOj a very tall drum, beaten on
special occasions.
MaanyOf a whistling.
Mstadif plur. vtaUadi, a skilful
workman, a good hand.
Mtftahamili or Mitdhimili, plur. toa-
gtahimUi, a patient, enduring,
long-suffering person.
MstaJcif plur. wattckkit a prosecutor*
Mstamu, a shoe; a piece of wood
fixed to the keel, with a hole to
receive the heel of the mast
dUiarit plur. mictori, a line, a line
ruled.
Kupiga mttarif to draw a line.
MttlqfeUt a custard apple.
M$uakii plur. mituaki^ a tooth stick,
a little siick of Uie sawbaran
tree, used as a tooth-brush. It
is prepared by chewing the end
until it becomes a mere bunch of
fibres.
Mmfiy plur. mini)!, a tree bearing a
pod of soft cotton, Griodendron
anfroetuQSum.
Jfimikani, plur. mitukanU a rudder.
Msukano. See Keke.
Mtvluhivoa^ a peacemaker.
MmmaH s Jtfsomari.
MiumenOi plur. mimoMfto, a saw.
MmvQetde^ the name of Liongo's
sword.
M»um^ri^fit tree, deal.
Mswvdki, plur. muwwikit the
wooden button which is grasped
between the toes to hold on the
wooden clogs commonly worn by
women and in the houso.
Jffttzo, the handle of a millstone.
Mtioeni = Mni/enit cholera.
Mta or MtcMy plur. mita^ a district,
a quarter of a town.
Tho miiok of Zanzibar, starting
from the western point and
going round the outside first,
and then into tho middle,
are : ShaQgani, Baghani, Qero-
ssani, Forthani, Mita ya pwani,
Kiponda, Mbuyuni, Malindf,
Funguni, Jungiani, Eokoni,
Mknuazini, Kib<^oni, Kidn-
tani, Mzambarauni, Kijoka-
kuni, Vuga, Mnazimojo, Mji
mpya, Mtakuja, Jumea, Soke la
Hahpgo, Kajificheiii, Mfuuni,
Migpmboni, Tinyani, Sham,
Huruinzi, Kutani, Mwavl. All
these are on the peninsula^
which' joins the mainland only
at Mnazi mqja. Funguni is
on the point where the crock
enters^ which almost surxounds
the town. Qrossing the creek
bj the bridge, there are the
following mita: — Ng*ambo,
Mohangani, (Srolioni, Kwa
Biiki, Vikokotoni, Eisimani
kwa kema, Mchlnjani, Mwem-
be mjugu, Kikwajuui, Mkadini,
and then Mnazi moja again.
Mtaala = MtaUu
Utabari, credible.
Mtai, a scratch, a slight superficial
cut.
Kupiga nUai^ to scratch.
MtaiinbOf plur. mitaiinba, an iron
bar, a crowbar.
Mtajirif plur. toaiajiri^ a merchant,
a rich man. More correctly
Tajiri.
MtdkasOf the rustling of new or
clean clothes.
Kupiga mtdkaso, to rustle.
Mtala = Mtaajat practice, study.
Mtalh plur. mitcdif bangleSf anklets.
Mtama, millet, Gaffre com.
Mtama mtindi^ half-growu stalks
of mtama.
Mtama teste, fully formed but not
yet ripe.
Mtamhaj plur. mitamba^tk young she-
animal which has not yet borne.
MtambOt plur. mitamboy a spring, a
trap with a spring, a machine.
Mtanashati, a swell, dandy.
MtancUf a loom.
Mtqndoy the warp in weaving.
Mtam\ plur. watani, one who belongs
to a kindred tribe or race.
MtaowOf plur. VfaiaowOf a devout
person.
Mtaramu, shrewd» wiaob
MTO
347
Mtatago, a tree or beam thrown
across a stream.
MlegOf plur. mitego, a trap.
Mtendaji, plur. ioatendaji^ an active
person.
Mtendey plur. mitendey a date pnlm.
MtepCf plur. mttepe, a kind of dhow
or native cmft belonging, ohiefiy
to Lamoo and the coast near it
Mitepe are sharp at . the bows
and stem, with a head shaped
to imitate a camel's head, orna-
mented with painting and tassels
and little streamers. They carry
one large square mat sail, and
have always a white streamer or
pennant at the mast-head : their
planking is sewn together, and
they are built broad and shallow.
Mtesi, an adversary, a quarrelsome
litigious person.
Mtestethi, comio.
Mteule, plur. waieule, chosen, select.
Mthamini, a surety.
Mthtdimu, a cheat, a thief.
Mti, plur. mith a tree, pole, wood.
Mti hotly a tall post set in tlie
ground between a prisoner's
legs, so that when his feet are
fettered together he can only
move in a circle round the post.
Mtishamhay a charm of any kind.
Mti, scrofulous and gangrenous
sores.
Mtiba, a darling, a term of endear-
ment
Mtii, plur. watii, obedient
Miima, heart, chest (old Swaliili
andEiyao).
Mtindiy buttermilk.
Mtindo, size, form, shape, pattern.
Mtiniy plur. mitinij a fig tree.
Mto, plur. mito, a river, a stream-
S48
MTO
MUA
Mto toa hmOf a brftnching river, a
delta.
JIfto, plur. miiOf a pillow, a cushion.
IdUhwe^ a kind of wood of whioh
the best hakorca are made.
Mtofaa^ plnr. mUofcM^ an apple-
like fruit.
Mkiklt a swelling of the glands at
the bend of the thigh followed
by fever.
MlomOj firmness, good building.
IftomondOyplur. mitomondojihe Bar-
ringtonia ; its fruit is exported to
India.
Mtondo, the day after the day after
to-morrow.
MUmdo goo, the day after that.
Mtondoot plur. mittndoot Callo-
phyllum inophyllum ; oil is made
from its seeds.
Jdlongozif plur. watongozit a man
who dresses himself up to allure
women.
MtorOf plur. waiorOf a runaway.
MtotOy plur. waioto, a child. Used
also generally of anything
small of its kind, when men-
tioned in connection with
something larger to which it is
attached; e.g. young shoots,
small boats, &c.
Mtoto vsa waiUy a child of some-
body, having relations, a woman
of respectable family as dis-
tinguished from one of slave
parentage, a woman therefore
who has somewhere to go if she
leaves her husband, or he her.
Mtoio wa meza^ a drawer of a
table.
Mtovu, without manners, shameless.
iliUf plur. icatUy a person, a m^q,
somebody, anybody.
Hahuna mtu, there is nobody.
Miu gani f of what tribe ?
Mtu wa terkalit a man in govern-
ment employ.
MluHng<i, plur. mituUngay the col-
lar bone.
MtulivUf plur. wattdivUf a quiet
man.
Mtumatni, plur. watumainit san-
guine, oonfldeni
Mtumbiij plur. mitumha, a bale of
cloth made up for a caravan.
Mtumbuisi, plur. watumhuizif a spy,
an inquisitive person (A.).
Mlumhwif plur. mitumhwi, a eanoo
hollowed out from the trunk of
a tree, distinguished from a
galawa by having no outriggers,
and being generally of larger
size.
Mtume, plur. mitume, an apostle, a
prophet. Applied especially lo
Mohammed as a translation of
his title. Apostle of God.
Mtumhe^ plur. watuwaket a woman,
a wife.
Mltmuhit plnr. waiumishi, a ser-
vant
Mlumtoct, plur. watumtva^ a slave, a
servant
Mlundtt, mischievous, perverse,
troublesome.
Mtungi, plur. mitungi, a water-jar.
MtupOf plur. mitupa, euphorbia.
MtupUf bare. See -/upu.
MtutUy plur. mittUu (Ar.), a mul-
berry tree.
Mtuzi, curry, gravy (M.). Also
Mchun.
Mttoango, plnr. mittoango, a pestle
for pounding and cleaning com,
Mu-. See M-.
Mtia, plur. miwa, a sugar-cano.
HUB
MubaOuiri/u, extravagant.
Muda or Mda, a space of time, term.
Mada loa, the space of.
Mudu ku-,
KuJimudUjio ga.m a little strength
after illness.
Muhadimu, ^\nr, vfahadimu, a ser-
vant, one of the original inhabi-
tants, of Zanzibar. These toaha-
dimu pay two dollars a year for
each household to the Munyi
mkuuj of which Seyed Majid now
(1870) takes one ; they also work
for him. They all live in vil-
lages in the country, and speak a
language of which there are at
least two dialects, materially
. different from the Swahili of the
town.
Muharabu^ plur. waharahUf mis-
chievous, destructive.
Muharibicu, plur. tcaharil/ivu, a de-
structive person, one who ruins
himself, destroys his own chances.
Muhdruvtia, a kind of silk handker-
chief, worn instead of a turban.
MuhindU plur. Wahindi, a native
of India, especially an Indian
Mussulman, of whom there are
two chief sects settled in Zanzi-
bar, the Ehojas and Bohras.
Muhindi, plur. mihindiy the Indian
corn plant. Also Mahindi,
MuliogOj cassava, manioc.
Muhtasarif an abridgment, a sum-
mary.
ilfttftttZ^ time, a fixed period.
Muhurij a seal.
Mujiza, plur. miujiza, a wonderful
thing, a miracle. Also Mwujiza.
Muli or Mulia, clever, knowing.
Mulika Jcu't to show a light, to
gleam.
MUS
349
MulJcij a kingdom.
Mume, male. See -ume,
Mumimh Azrael, the angel of death.
Mumunye, plur, mamumunyej a kind
of gourd resembling a vegetable
marrow. It often grows of such
a shape that its hard rind, when
ripe, can be used for bottles,
ladles, and spoons.
Mumyanij a mummy. Mummy is
still esteemed as a medicament
Munda, plur. miunda, a piece of
plank to serve as cap to a post
See also Mda.
Mundu^ plur. miundUf a bill, a
small hatohet
Munyi, a chief, a sheykh. The
Munyi mJcuu is esteemed the true
Sultan of the Swahili, at least in
the island of Zanzibar and the.
parts adjacent. He is descended
from an ancient Persian family,
• the heiress of which married,
some generations since, an Arab
from Yemen. The title is now
(1874) in abeyance. His chief."
residence is at Dunga, near the
centre of the island.
Muomoj plur. mibmo, the moustache,
the lip.
Musala, plur. misala, an oval mat
used to perform the Mohammedan,
devotions upon.
Musama, pardon.
Musimif the northerly winds, which
blow in December, January, and
February. The musimi is some-
times reckoned to extend till.
June.
Musimo = Munmi,
Mustarehe, enjoyment
MustarifUf with a competency,
neither rich nor poor.
2 A
350
MUX
MWA
Mtdaabir, credible.
Mutter obedieoce.
Muvaju plur. vxiuaji, a murderer,
a flayer.
Mwuguzij plur. uaugwii^ a nurse,
one who nurses sick people.
Muumulnf plur. wawniehi, a cupper.
Muundi wa mguu (A.), the shin.
Muungu, God, plur. miungu. The
Swahili rarely use Muungu or
'Mungu alone. They almost
always say Mioenyiezi 'Mungu,
Maskini ya Muungut a poor free
person.
MuzimOf a place where offerings are
made to some spirit supposed to
haunt there. Baobab trees are
generally supposed to be haunted
Mvij grey hairs. [by spirits.
Mvilh the shade of a tree.
Mnnje, Gassiorinus.
Mvinyo, strong wine, spirits, wine.
Mviringot round, roundness. m
MvUa, Mombas.
Mvivu, idle. See -vivm,
'Mffuoj rain, ndns.
Mvua ya mwakaf the rain which
falls about August
Mvuje, assafoBtida.
Mvuke^ vapour, steam.
JIvukuto, plur. mivukutOy a lever.
MvutanOf plur. wavulana, a young
man whose beard is just begin-
ning to grow.
MtmUj the lesser rains, about
October or November.
Mvulinit in the shade.
MwrnOf plur. mtvumo, the borassus
palm.
MvumUivu^ plur. foavttmt7tnf,
patient, long-suffering.
Mvumo, a rubber, six games won by
one side (in cards).
Mtrnnda^ or Ifrun/a* plur. toatundaf
a breaker, a destroyer, one who .
ruins.
Mvungu, the hollow of a tree, a
hollow tree.
Mvungu wa kUanda^ the space
under a bedstead.
Mvuvi, plur. fcavuvtf a fisherman*
Mw', See If-.
JtftMi, of.
3ftMxa, plur. miwaa, stripa of the
leaf of a tree called mkoma (?),
used to make coarse mats and
baskets.
Mtoafa kthf to forgive.
Mwafakot a conspiracy, an agree*
ment, a bargain.
Mwaga ku^^ to pour away, to .empty
out, to spill.
Mwagia ^, to pour upon, to empty
out for.
Mwajisifunif a self flatterer.
Mtoaka^ plur. miaka^ a year. The
year commonly used in Zanzi-
bar is the Arab year of twelve
lunar months. There is also
the Persian year of 365 days,
beginniug with the Nairuz,
called in Swahili the SiktL a
miodka. From this day the year
is reckoned in decades, each
decade being called a mwongo.
The year is called from the day
of the week on which it com-
mences : Mwdka Juma, Mwaka
aViamiiif &o,
Mwaka jana, last year.
Mtoakajuzif the year before last
Mujaka kwa mwcJca, yearly.
Mwake^ his, hers, its. See -dke,
Mioako, thy. See -qko,
Mwali. See Mwana mtoali.
Mwali, plur. mitoalh a sort of paln^
MWA
MWB
351
with very longhand strong leaf
Btalkg, which are used for doors,
ladders, and other purposes.
Mujolimtt, plur. toaciUmu, a teacher.
Mwamaie, treatment, mode of treat-
ing.
MtDamb<if plur. miamhaf a rock.
Mioambcf^ plur. mianibay the wall
plate in a mud and stud houso.
MwamuOy plur. waamua, a judge.
Mwamuat husband's brother.
Mtcamuzi, plur. toaamuzh a judge.
Muoana^ the mistress of the house,
a matron. It is polite in Zanzi-
bar to speak of one's own mother
as mwana.
Mwana^ plur. wcumOf a son, a child.
MuoanangUy my child.
Mioafiao, your child.
Mwanawe^ his or her child.
MtoanetUy our child.
Mtoafia Adamu, a child of Adam,
i.e., a human being.
Mioana tmyi, a seaman.
Mtoana maiM, a sprite represented
as a white woman with an ugly
black husband.
Mioana mhe, plur. teaana toaJee or
waanadke^ a woman.
Mwana mke wa Mungwana, a lady.
Mwana munie, plur. waana waume
or toaanaumef a man.
• Mwana mtodli^ a young woman
whose breasts are not yet flat-
tened, one who has not yet left
her father's house.
Mwanamizi, a soldier crab.
Mwandihyif plur. waandihajiy a
waiter, a table servant.
MicandikOf plur. miandiko^ a manu-
script, handwriting.
Mwandiahi^ plur. vmanduhif a
writer, a clerk, a s(xsretarjr.
Mwanga, plur. mianga, light, a
light, a kind of rice.
Mwangalizit plur. vaaangalizi, an
overseer, one who overlooks or
looks to.
Mwangaza, plur. miangaza, a light
hole, the small round holes which
are often left near the ceilings
of rooms in Zanzibar.
MuoangOj plur. mian^o,a lamp-stand,
a piece of wood about eighteen
inches long, from near the bottom
of which two small pieces project
at right angles, to hold the com-
mon clay lamp of the country.
The mtoango is generally hung
against a walL
Mtoango = Mlango.
*Mtoaaigo, plur. miwango, a kind of
Mwangu, my. Se^ -angu, [shrub.
Mwangwif echo.
Mioaniy seaweed.
*Mtoami, plur. miioanzi, a bamboo.
Miwanzi ya puOj the nostrils (?).
MwanzOi plur. mianzo, beginning.
Mioaa, a worry, bother.
Mwapuzdy a simpleton.
MwatMt plur. toaashif a mason.
Muoaihini, one who calls to prayer
at the mosque, a muezzin. Also
Mueththin,
Mwavulif plur. miavulif an um-
brella.
MwawazU the Disposer, a titlo of
God.
Mwaya ku- = Mwaga hh^ to pour
away. *
'Mweli, plur. toawelif a sick person.
Mweina, good. See -ema,
Mwembarnba, thin. See "embamba,
Mwembe, pliir. mtem&e, a mango treo.
Mwendanguuy a ^reipit and irre-
parable loss, -
852
MWB
Mtoendo, going, gait, jouruey.
Mioenendoy going on, behaviour.
Mioengej plur. mimge^ a bundle of
straw, &c., used to carry a light.
Mtoeny^i, plur. wenyejh a host, a
person who has a home in the
place.
Mtoenyetoe, plur. twnyetw, the owner,
self, myself, thyself, himself,
&o.
Mbau za mwenyewe^ some one
else*s planks.
Mwenyif having, possessing. See
'•enyi.
Mufenyi ezi MuungUy Almighty
God.
Mwenyi ehongo, a one-eyed per-
son.
Mwenyi inehi, the lord of the
country,
Mwenyi hickaa, a lunatic.
Mwenyi hvhutvbu, a preacher.
Mwenyi hupooza, a paralytic
Mw&nyi vMUy a rich man.
MwenzangUf plur. wenzangu, my
companion.
Mtoenxif plur. wenzi, a companion.
Muoere, a kind of com or seed like
linseed, growing on a close spike
like a bulrush flower*
MwerevUf plur. werevu, a shrewd
person, a man of the world.
Mumoef a hawk, a kite, a kind of
fish.
Mweya hi-^ to steal.
*Mwez€tt plur. waweza, able, having
power over.
Mtoeza mwenyewe, one's own
master.
Mwezi, the moon.
Mvoezi, plur. miezi, a month. The
months in Zanzibar begin on
the day on which the moon is
first seen, uAle&s the old month
has already had thirty days ; if
so, the day which would have
been the 31st, is the 1st of the
new month.
Mioezi mpungufUf a month of less
than thirty days.
Mtoezi mwandamu or mwan^mu^
a month of thirty full days.
Mtoezi ngapif what is the day of
the month ?
Mtoezi wa sita, the 6th day of the
month.
Mtotba, plur. mtt&a, a thorn.
Mwibaji, plur. fwfta/i, an habitual
thief, a thievish person.
Mtoigo, a sort of large dove with red
bill, white neck, and black body.
It cries Eooo ! Then one answers,
'*Mtoigor KoooI^'^Niagtdie! "
Kooo I — ** Ktoema nendako f "
Xooo/— then one may go on. If it
answers not, it is a bad omen.
MtvikOf plur. miikOf a spoon, a
mason's trowel. Also a measure,
direction, prohibition, especial-
ly of a medical practitioner.
Kuehiha mtoiko, to live by rale, to
live abstemiously.
Mwilij plur. miUi, the body.
Mtoimo, plur. miimOf side piece of
a door frame.
*Mtoinda, plur. watoindOf a hunter*
Mtoingajinit a common plant whose
leaves are said, when rubbed in,
to cure the aching of the limbs in
fever ; a decoction of the roots is
said to be useful in dysentery.
Mtoingi, much, full.
Mwingi wa maneno, fall of
words.
Mtoinyi = Mwenyi, having, with.
See -enyt.
MWl
MZO
353
MwUho, plur. miuho, end, conolu-
sion.
Munihi (Patta) = Mwivi.
Mwito^ calling, sammoxia.
Mwitu, forest.
Ta mvfitUt ^'^^^
Mbuja toa miritu, jackals.
Mioivi, plur. vjevi^ a thief.
*Mm9U, plur. iMiiWvti, a jealous
person.
Mmzi (A.) s Mwivi.
Mujoga, plur. toaogaf one who fears,
a coward.
MwokoH, plur. vjaokoBt, one who
picks up anything.
MiooTeozi, plur. waoikozi^ one who
saves, a savionr.
Mioombaji, plur. looom^aj^ a beg-
gar.
Mtoomhezi, plur. waombesi^ an inter-
cessor.
iftoomo = Jlfciomo.
MicangOf plur. miongot a decade of
ten days, used in reckoning the
nautical or Swahili year, from
the nku a mioaka,
Mhoongo mvoangapi, in what de-
cade is it?
*Mioongo, plur. wawongOj a liar, a
false person.
Simekuwa 'mtoongo ? am I not a
liar?
MiDongofUy plur. waongofu, a con-
vert, a proselyte.
Mwujizat plur. miujiza^ a miracle.
Mzaoy plur. tocuaa, a parent
Jlfzaa&t&i, a great-grandmother.
Jtfzo&ibtt, plur. mizahibut a vine.
Mzahaj sport, ridicule, derision.
Kumfanyizia mzahaj to deride
him.
Mzcdiat plur. wazaHa^ a native, a
slave bom in^he country.
JfzaZts/^, plur. waealieAo, a mid-
wife.
Mzaramuy a pool of water.
Mzttzi^ plur. wozcu^ a parent,fruitful.
8i mzcui, barren.
Mzeej plur. toazee, an old person, an
elder.
Mzew^ plur. tMtrtfm&0, a careless
person.
Ifsii/tf, a locust
Mzigo^ plur. mizigo^ a burden, a
load.
ilf^tTno, an extinguisher, one who
puts out.
Mzima, plur. wazima^ % living or
healthy person.
Mtu mzimoy a grown person.
Mzimu, See Zimwif Muzimo,
Kuztmu. ,
MzingOf plur. mizinga, a hollow
cylinder, a hollowed piece of
wood used as a beehive, a can-
non.
• Heide ya mzinga, a pillar dollar.
Mzingi or Mzinji, plur. mizingt^
foundations, trench for laying in
the foundation. Also Msinji,
MzingiU mtoambiji^ a puzzle, a
labyrinth.
MzingOj the circumference, brink.
Mzingo way around.
Mzio, that which would be deleterious
to any one ; each person is said to
have his special mzto— of one it is
cuttle-fish, of another, red fish,
and so on. Also Msio.
Mzishi, plar. tcazishi^ a burier, one
who will see to one's funeral, a
special friend.
itf::o, sixty pishi,
Mzofafa^ on tiptoe.
Mzoga, plur. mizoga, a dead body, a
carcase.
354
HZO
MwmaH. See Marashi = ZomaH,
Mzungu, plur. mizungu, a strange
and startling thing.
Mzungu, plur. Wazungu, a Euro-
pean, one who wears European
clothes.
Mtungu tea pilif queen in cards.
Idzungu tea tatu, knave in cards.
Mzungu tro 'njw, king in cards.
MzunguJco, plur. mizunguJco, a wan-
dering about.
Mzushif a heretic, an innovator.
Mzuzi, plur. wazuzi, a tale-bearer,
one who reports maliciously or
untruly the word of others.
ilfzwEtt, plur. waztuu, a simpleton.
Uzwea^ used to.
N is pronounced as In English.
An t sound is generally connected
with an initial n. It sometimes
precedes more or less distinctly,'
and may be written in or 'n, making
the n a distinct syllable. Some-
times the n flows into the following
letter, so that the i sound is alto-
gether lost. Very often it follows
it as in the common syllable ni or
ny. It is characteristic of the Zan-
zibar dialect to make the initial i
sound distinct. Thus inchit a coun-
try, is at Mombas *nti.
Ni is often contracted into 'n or
fi, and where n would be dropped
ni sometimes is so, as in the first
person of the future tense, nitapenda
or 'ntapenda or tapenda.
N cannot be placed before 6, ch,
/, TcJ, p, r,i,t,v, 01 w.
Before 6, w, and perhaps v, it be-
comes m, and w changes into h.
N
Before ^ p, and perhaps i, it is
dropped, and the consonant
gets an explosive sound.
Before 2, r, and perhaps <, the n
remains, but the other conso-
nant becomes a d.
Before ch, J^ m, n, and $, it is
merely dropped.
N can stand before d, g, j, y,
ands.
^before h is in two cases at least
contracted into h.
JIapenda = Nikapenda.
Hipenda-s^ Nikipenda,
There is a sound in S wahili which
is treated as a simple consonant,
which does not occur in European
languages as an initial sound. It
is very nearly the same with the
final ng in English, in such words
as loving, going, &c. The sounds of
n and g seem both, audible, but so
blended that neither of them can be
carried on to the following vowel.
It is here written ng\ to distinguish
it from the common sound ng, in
which the g passes on to the follow-
ing vowel. There is some little
difference in the way in which dif-
ferent persons pronounce it ; it has
sometimes more of a ^ sound, and
might be so written if it be under-
stood that the two letters are so
fused together that neither can be
heard as if it stood alone. It has
been sometimes written ^, which is
either a mistake or very misleading.
That the sound really is ng, may bo
proved by the fact that such words
as begin with it are treated as words
beginning with n, and that when
other prefixes are Applied Uioy are
K-
K-
855
treated as if the root began with g.
It is not, however, a rery common
•onnd in SwahilL
There ia another sonnd com-
poonded of n and t , which is very
fairly represented by the Spanish fly
or by ni in snch English words as
oompanioD, &c. It is pronounced
perhaps in Swahili with a slightly
broader and more nasal sonnd. It
is here written ny, to distinguish it
from the common syllable n», in
which the t' has a vowel sound.
The ny sonnd in the dialect of
Zanzibar sometimes represents an n
ill more northern Swahili, as in
Kiinvoa or kdni/wa, to drink.
The change from n to ny has in
many verbs the eifeot of giving a
causative meaning, as in huponay to
get well, huponyaf to make well, to
savOi
N'j or ni'y the sign of the first per-
son singular of verbs, I.
•»-, or -n»-, the objective prefix
proper to denote the first person,
me.
N' (see ny*),
1. A prefix frequently occuning
in substantives which do not
change to form the plural. If
followed by c?, gr, J, or «, it is
pronounced with them and does
not form a distinct syllable.
Before other consonants it forms
a distinct syllable, and may be
written 'n- or sometimes in-.
' 2. The plural prefix of substan-
tives which begin in the singular
with «-, followed by a conso-
nant. The u is dropped and n
prefixed before d, g, J, and s.
Before 5, and perhaps «, the n
changes into m, before to the nw
become mb. Before { or r the
td or nr become nd. Before h,
pj and ^, the n is dropped ami
the other consonant gets an ex-
plosive or aspirated sound, and
may be written %', p', and f ;
before ch, /, m, n, and s, the n is
merely dropped. Where, how-
ever, dropping the «• would
leave the word a monosyllable,
the tt- is retained, and ny pre-
fixed.
N- (see ny). The prefix proper to
adjectives agreeing with sub-
stantives of the class which does
not change to form its pliu^al
of whichever number, or with
plural substantives which make
their singular in «-. Where the
simple form of the adjective
begins with a vowel, ny is pre-
fixed, except -ema, good, which
makes njema or ngema. The
changes before a consonant are
the same as those given jnst
above for the plural nouns in «-.
Nyumba mbayct, not nbaya.
„ chachey not nchtiche.
„ ndogo.
„ fupiy not nfupL
ff ngema,
ff njetncL,
„ htibwOy not nlcvhioa,
^ mojay not nmoja,
„ naney not nnane,
„ panOy not npana,
„ 'mpyay not npya or pya.
„ nde/u, not nrefu,
„ to/u, not ntatu,
„ mhUi, not nwill or npili
9> nturi.
356
NA-
KAir
Ao, and, also, with ; by, of the agent
of a passive, and with, of the
sharer in the action of a reci-
procal verb.
Na when joined with a pronoun
commonly forms one word with
it.
Nami, and I, or with me.
NayXf and thou, or with thee.
Nao, nayo^ nacfio, nalOf and or
with them, it, &o., &c., &c.
Na joined with the verb kutooy to
be, or with the personal prefix
only, constitutes the verb to
have. The object is frequently
joined with the na, — ana, or
anaxOj anachot &o., &o., he has.
Alielio nacho, which he has
AlicTiohuwa nacho, which he had.
Aiahachokuvoa naehOf which he
will have.
Atahuwa naeho, he will have it.
The verb kutoa na is used some-
times iu the sense of being, as
Palikuwa na mtu, there was a
man.
Hakana, there is not
Kuna^ there is. -
ZinazOf they are.
-na-j the sign of the present tense
of a continuing action.
Anahjoenda, he is going.
Anoiema, he is saying.
This tense has sometimes the
effect of a present participle.
Ahamwma anakuja^ and he saw
him coming.
N.B.— At Mombas the -no- tense
is used as a past tense. At
Zanzibar it is tliC most usual
present.
A a or ^Nna = Nina, I havOi
N(Mm or Na^antf yes.
NabiJiitha W', to exhort
Nahii^ a prophet.
Nadi ku, to proclaim, to make •
bid fur a thing, to sell by auction.
See Mnadi.
Nddira, rare,
NafaJca, com, com used as money.
.Mtama, or millet, was formerly
used in Zanzibar as small
change: it was superseded by
the introduction of pice from
India about the year 1845.
Nafasi, space, room, time, oppor-
tunity.
Nafisisha 7ctf-, to give spaoe, to make
space.
Nafsi or Naftuij self, soul, breath.
Nafuu, profitable.
Nahau, spelling, grammar.
Nahma JcUf to revenge.
Nahotha ya m^ji, water-tank.
Nai, a sort of anvil fixed in a forked
piece of wood.
Najin = Nejjis, profane.
Nakhotha or Na^oza, captain of a
vessel, master mariner.
NakUi ku-t to copy, to transcribe.
Naktshij Kdlcsh, or NaJcthi, carving.
Kukata nakth, to oarve, to orna-
ment with carving.
NakUhiwa feu, to be carved or in-^
laid.
Nakl^ a copy.
NakOy and it was there.
Ndkudij cash, ro^dy money.
Nama ku- = Inama ku-, to bend
down, to bow the head.
Nami, and I, or with me.
Na^mna or NamunOf sort, pattern. •
Namua kth (Mer.), to take out of a
trap, to extricate.
Nana or Na*an(i, mint
Nana, mistress (N.).
NAN
NDI
857
Nanazif pltur. mananazi, a piiid-
Nane^ eight. [apple.
-fiane, eight
Ya nane, eighth.
Nanga, an anchor.
Kuiia nanga, to anchor.
Nangonango^ a worm (?).
Nanil Who?
Naniguoanzulay a kind of lizanl.
Naoy and they or with them, and it
or with it.
Naoza = Ndkhotha, a captain.
Napo, and there, and here.
Nasa ku-f to catch in a tmp.
Nasi hU', to warn,
NasibUf luck, fortane.
KuHi nasibu, hy chance, perhaps.
Nattbu ^tt, to appoint.
Nagiha hu-, to suggest.
Nasihi hu-, to entreat, to beseech.
Nastahiba^ I see it better, prefer.
Nasur^ an abscess,
^ato hu-, to be adhesive, to stick.
Natharij choice.
NcUkirif a look, a glance, a vow.
Kuweka nathiri^ to vow.
Kuondoa nathirif to perform a
vow.
NaViiri Au-, to glance.
Natoa, a blemish (?)•
Natdi, freight.
Nawa hti; to wash oneself.
KurMwa tnikono, to wash one's
hamls.
NazdTy quarrel.
Nazi, a cocoa-nut, a fully ripe nut.
Nazi havUf copra, cocoa-nuts dried
fit for pressing.
Naziri = Nathiri.
Naziyana ku-, to quarrel.
'Nchcif the point, the end, tip, a
strand in cordage.
Nchi, Sec Inchi:
Ndaa (M.), hunger, = Njaa.
Ndama, a calf, the young of a
domestic animal.
Ndaniy within, inside.
Ndani ya, inside of.
Kioa ndani, inner, secret.
Ndani hvoa ndani, secretly.
Ndaroho.
Kusema cha ndardbo, to speak a
secret language.
Ndefu = Ndevu, the beard. Sing.
udevu, one hair of the beard.
Ndefu, long. See -refu.
Ndege, a bird, birds, an omen. To
see a woman with a loud is lucky,
and would be called ndege njema.
To seo a man by himself carrying
nothing is unlucky, and is ndegd
mhay<i,
Ndere,
TJnga wa ndere, a magic poison.
Ndewe, a holo pierced in the lobe of
the ear.
Ndezi, a kind of animal.
Ndi', a prefix used with the short
form of the pronoun to express,
it is this, this is the one, I am
he, you are he, &o.
I, Ndimi,
Thou, Ndiioe.
He or she, Ndiye,
It, Ndio, ndiyo, ndicho, ndtlo,
ndipo, ndiltOt ndimo.
We, Ndisi.
You, Ndinyi.
They, Ndio, ndiyo, ndivyo, ndizo.
Ndiyo yalio, that is just it, that
is how matters stood.
Ndia (M.) = NJia.
Ndimi, tongues. See Ulimi,
Ndio, yes.
Ndiwa (M.) or Njitpa, a pigeon.
Ndizi, bananas, plantains.
358
NDl
ng'a
Ndizi JBungala^ a tliick iweet
kind of bacana.
Ndizi mjenga, a long Mnd of
banana nsed in cooking.
Ndizi msusat a large ridged kind
of banana.
Ndoa, marriage.
Ndonya^ a lip-ring, worn by the
Nyassa.
JVdoo and Ndooni (M.) = JV;oo and
NJoonif oome.
Ndoo, a pail, a bucket.
Ndoto, a dream.
NdovUf an elephant.
Ndugu, a brother or sister, a oonsin,
a relation.
Ndugu kunyonyOj a foster brother,
Nduiy small-pox. [&e,
Ndulif savage, given to slaying, a
man wholly without patience.
Ndume, male, from -lurite or -^me.
Ndusi^ a box.
Nehii = Nabii, a prophet.
Neemay grace, favour.
Neemeeha hu-y to enrich.
Nefsi == Nafn = NafuH, self.
Negesha ku-, to charge with, to at-
tribute falsely to.
Akamnegesha mwivit and he
called him a thief.
Nejjisy or Nejin, or Najini^ profane,
blasphemous.
NeUiy a pipe, a water-pipe.
Nefttihoy tribal marks.
Nena Xru-, to speak, to name, to
mention.
Nenana ku-, to talk against one
another, to quarreL
-neney thick, stout, fat, whole, com-
plete, plump, sleek.
Nenea ku-, to talk to, of, at, for, or
against, to blame, to scold, to re-
commend.
Nenepa ku-, to grow fat, ued ei*
pecially of persons.
JVefio, plur. manenOf a word, a thing.
Sikufanya nena^ I have done no>
thing.
Nenyekea Aitt-, to be humble, to con«
descend.
"uenyekevu, humble, condescending.
Nepa ku-y to sag, to dip in the
middle as a long rope does.
Neupe or Nyeupe, white. See -eupe,
NeuH or NyeMt, black. See •eun.
-ngo" or -nge-, the prefix of the
present conditional tensa
ni-nge-kwuDOy I should be.
NgadUy land crabs.
-ngawciy though.
Ng*aa ku- = Ng*ara kvh, to shine.
-ngcili'y the prefix of the past con-
ditional.
ni-ngaJi-kataaf I should have re-
fused.
Ngamcty the hold of a ship.
Ng^awibay a hawkshead turtle, horn.
which tortoiseshell is procured.
Ng'amboy the other side of a river
or creek.
Ngamia or Ngamiyoy a cameL
Ng^anda, a handful.
NganOy a tale, a fable.
NganOy wheat.
Amektiia ngano, he has been dis-
gmced; that is, having been
as if in paradise, he has now
to eat the food of ordinary
mortals.
Ngaoy a shield or buckler ; they are
circular and very small.
NgarOy the young cob of Indian
com.
Ng'ara /;«-, or Ng^ala, or Ng^aa^ to
shine, to glitter, to be transparent,
to be clear.
NGA
NGtr
859
Ngariha, a dronmcisor.
ITgariza ku-, to fix the eyes, to glare.
Amening'ariza machoy he glared
at me.
Ngatoa, a civet cat (?).
The ngawa is a larger animal
than the /an^o.
Ng'cLza hu-f to make to shine, or to
bo brilliant.
Ngazi, a ladder.
Ngazidja, Great Oomora
'Ag«, a scorpion.
-nge-j sign of the conditional pre-
sent, would.
Yangedumu^ they would still con-
tinue.
Ngedere, a small black monkey.
NgemOy good. See •-ema,
Ngeut ruddle used by carpenters to
mark out their work.
-ngi or -ingi, many, much.
Ngiliza* See Ingiliza,
. -ngine, other, different
Wangine — wangtne^ some— other.
Ng'oa kur, to pull up, to root up, to
pull out
Ngoa, lust.
Ktdia ngoa, to weep for jealousy.
Kutimia ngoa yahtoe, to satisfy
his desires.
Ng*ofu, the roe of a fish.
Ngoja litt'y to wait, to wait for. •
Ngqje^ Angoxa.
Ngqjea ku-, to wait upon, to watch.
Ng*oka ku-, to be rooted up.
Moyo unaning'^oka, I was startled
out of my -wits. ^
NgoUy rope.
Ngoma, a drum, a musical perform-
ance generally.
Ng^omhe or Gnombey an ox, a oow^ a
bull, cattle.
N^ombe ndume, a bulL
Ngomet a fort.
Ng*onda ku-^ to cure or diy fish, &o.
Ng'onga.
Ana ru^onga (A.), he is inclined
to vomit
Ng*07ig*e, the strips of leaf or fibre
used for sewing matting, and for
tying.
Ng*ong*o, the thick edge of a strif
of matting.
Ngono, the share of her husband's
company which is due to each
wife.
Ngooi = Ngozt, skin.
Ngoziy skin, hide, leather.
Nguchiro, a mangouste. Also, a
sort of bird = Mehiro,
Ngumi or Nyamgumi, a whale.
Ngumi,
Kupiga ngwni, to strike with the
fist
Ngumu, hard. See -gumu,
NguOj calico, cotton cloth, clothes.
Nguo ya meza, a table-cloth.
Nguo ya maki, stout cloth.
Kutenda nguo, to stretch the
threads for weaving.
Nguri, a shoemaker's tool shaped
like a skittle.
NgurUf a kind of fish.
Nguruma ku-, to roar, to thunder.
Ngurumo, a roar, distant rolling
thunder.
Nguruvu, a kind of jackal with a
bushy tail.
Nguruioe or Nguuwe, a pig, swine.
Nguruzi, a plug.
Nguue = Nguruioe, a pig.
Nguue^ red paint.
Nguva^ a kind of fish.
NguvUf strength, power, authority,
Kwa nguviif by or with strength,
by force, strongly, rankly.
860
NGU
NJI
Nguzoy a pillar, pillan.
rftytmina, free, civilized.
Ngwe, See Ugwe.
Ngwe, an allotment or space for cul-
tivation.
Ngwenoj a crocodile, a seal.
Ngvnro^ a large kind of ant.
Ni^ I am, was, is.
Ni is used to express is or was, for
all persons and both numbers.
Ni (M.)> by, with the agent of a
passive verb.
Ni^ *N', or -Y-, I, the sign of the
first person singular. Before the
-to- of the future it sometimes
disappears.
•ni- or -n-, the objective prefix de-
noting the first person singular.
-nt, added to substantives, forms a
sort of locative case, signifying
in, at, into, to, firom, from out
of, near, by.
1. When followed by pronouns,
&c., beginning with *m or mtr,
this case implies within, inside
of, or the coming or going to
or from the inside of the thing
named.
2. When followed by pronouns,
&o., beginning with p, it signi-
fies nearness to, or situation at,
by, before, near.
8. When followed by pronouns,
Ac, in kw, it denotes going or
coming to or from, or at, from,
and in, in a vague sense, or of
things far off.
-fit, added to verbs in the impera-
tive forms the second person
plural. It is sometimes suffixed
to common pliroses, as huaherini,
good-bye, and twendezetuniy let us
go, and is explained as a short
form for enyit or nyU^ yon ! you
there I
-n«, enclitic form fcf ntnt*, what ?
-nt', enclitic for nyi as an objective
suffix (N.).
Nawaan^iani, I tell yoiL
Nia, mind, intention, what one has
in one's mind.
Nia ku, to have in onc*s mind, to
think to do.
Nikaao, which I inhabit
Nikal% and I am or was.
Nikali ni7a«nda, and I am going.
NH, blue (for washing).
Nikwata, the little wall lizard.
NUi, I being.
Nm hali ya kuwa Juu yoke, I
being on his back.
Nina, I have.
Nina, mother (N.).
Ninga, a kind of green bird some*>
thing like a dove, a womans
name.
NingUnia kit-, to swing.
NingHniza ku-, to set swinging.
Ninil Whati
Kioa nini, or Ya nini ? why ? what
for?
Ninyi, ye, you.
Ninyi nyote, all of you, all to-
gether.
Nipe, give mo. See Pa ku-.
Nira, yoke.
JVwftfi, starch (?).
Njaa, hunger, famine.
*Nj^j outside, forth.
*Nje yat outside of,
Kvja *nje, outwardly, on the out-
side.
Njema, good, very well. See -ema.
Njia or Ndia, a way, a path, a road
means.
Njia panda, cross roads
NJI
NY-
361
Kjiriy ft l^ind of animal.
Njivoa^ a pigeoD, pigeons.
Njiwa manga., tame pigeons.
Njiwa ya mwitu, a wild pigeon.
NjombOj a fish barred with black and
yellow.
Njooj come.
^joonif come ye.
NJozif an apparition, vision.
Njuga, a dog-bell, a small bell
worn as an ornament.
Njtigu, ground nuts.
Njugu nycusa, soffc ground-nuts.
Njiigu mawey hard ground-nuts.
^jumut inlaid Nnth silver, inlaying
work. See Mjumu,
Njuwa = Njuga.
Nnaohaa, where I am living, which
I am inhabiting.
•*»nfl, four.
Ya '»n«, fourth.
Noa hut to whet, to sharpen on a
stone.
Koher, a servant
Noliooy the second head man at a
plantation, generally a slave.
NoleOj plur. manoleo, the metal ring
round the haft where a knife is
set into its handle.
Kona hu', to get fat, applied espe-
< cially to animals. «
N(mg*ona ku-t to whisper, to mur-
mur.
NoTufoneza hu-, to whisper to.
Nong*onezana ku-, to whisper to-
gether.
-nona, fat
Nonoahu^O).
NoondOf or NondOy a moth.
Ntihi (A.), eyebrow.
Nso, the kidneys.
'Ntaj wax, bees'-wax.
*NU s Ineiii, hind, country, earth.
Nuele or Nwele = Nyele, hair.
Nuia kth, to have in one's mind, to
intend.
Nuha ku-f to give ont a smell, to
stink.
Tumhako ya kunuka, snuff.
NukatOf plur. manukato^ a good
smell, a scent.
Nukiza ku-, to smell out like a dog.
Nuktaj a point, a vowel point.
Nuna ku'y to sulk.
Nunduj a hump, a bullock's hump.
Nungn, a porcupine.
Nungu [Pemba], a cocoa-nut.
Nung*unika ku', to murmur, to
grumble.
Nunua kth^ to buy.
Numdia ht-^ to buy for.
Nunuliwa /cu-, to have bought
for one.
Nura kU't to gay the words of an
oath.
Nuruy light
Nusa ku'f to smell.
Tumhako ya kunuaa, snuff.
Nu88, or Nusu, or Nusau, half.
Nusuru kth, to help.
Nioa ku- or Nywa leu-, to drink, to
absorb.
NweUo, plur. manwdeo, pores of
the ^n.
Nuoewa ku-^ to be absorbed, to be
drunk.
Ny-j a oommon prefix to substan-
tives which do not change to
form the plural, where the root
begins with a vowel.
Substantives in w- or w- followed
by a vowel make their plural
by substituting ny^ for the -u.
Dissyllables in «- make their
plural by merely prefixing ny-.
Ny-f the prefix proper to adjectiveii
362
NYA
NYB
agieeing with subBtanlivcs of
either nnmber of the class
which do not change to fonn
their plural, or with the plural
of substantives in tt-, when the
root of the adjective begins
with ft vowel, except -€iiia,
good, which makes njema or
n(jema.
Nya fcrf-, to fall (of rain) ; the kw
bears the accent, and is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Mvua inakunya, the rain is fall-
ing (Zanzibar).
Af ma yanya, rainfalls (M.).
Nyaa, nails of the fingers (N.).
Nydka 2(u-, to catch.
Nyakita hu-, to snatch.
J^yalOy sheaths. See Ala.
Nyaliot cross pieces put in the
bottom of a pot to prevent the
meat touching the bottom and
burning.
Nyatna, flesh, meat, an animal,
animals, beasts, oarttle.
Nyama mbicayit savage beasts.
Nyamaa hu-, to continue silent, not
to speak, to acquiesce,
-fiyamavu, silent
NyamcLza kw, to become silent, to
leave off talking, to cease (of
pain).
I^yamgwni, a whale.
Nyanana^ gentle. See -anana.
'fiyangdliha, a sort of a.
Kitu kinyangdUka, a sort of a
thing.
Mnyangdlika ganif What sort
of a man is it?
Nyatn^anya Ant-, to rob, to take by
force.
Nyangah, largo (spider) shells.
Nyani, an ape, apes.
Nyanya, a small red fruit used as a
vegetable, &o.
Nyanya ya kizungu, a sort of
small tomato.
Nyanytua ku-, to profane, contemn.
Nyara, booty.
Nyasi, grass, reeds.
Nyati^ a bufEalo, buffaloes.
Nyatia ^u-, to creep up to, to stalk
(an animal, Ac).
Nyauka A-u-, to dry up, to wither,
to shrivel.
Nyawe, his mother (M.).
NyayOf plur. of uayo.
Nyea kw, to cause to itch, to itch
Imeninyea,! itch
Ifye/ua feu-, to devour like a boast
of prey.
Nyegi,
Kutoa na nyegi, to be in heat
Nyekundu, red. See -ekundu.
Nyele, or NueU, or Nwde, the hair,
sing. unyeU, one hair.
Nyde za kipHipili^ woolly hair.
Nyele za iingaf straight hair.
Nyembamba^ thin. See -embamha,
Nyemelea kvhj to go quietly and
secretly up to a. thing in order
to seize it
Nyemif a great dance.
Nyenya ku-, to talk a person iuto
telling something.
Nyenyekea hu-, to be Immblo.
Nyenzo, rollers, anything to make
things move.
Nyepesi, light See "epesL
Nyetha ku-, to cause to (all..
Kunyesha mtfua, to cauao it to
rain.
Nyeta ku-, to be teasing, ill-condi-
tioned, never satisfied.
Nyeupe, white. See -eupe.
Nyeusif black. See -et»f
-NYB
NYW
363
*mfevUf damp.
Nyie or Enyie, jon there, I say;
used in calling people at a dis-
tanoe.
Nyika, wilderness, cut grass (A.)*
Nyima Jim*, to refuse to, to withhold
from, not to give to.
Nyiminyimiy into little bits.
Nyingi, many, much. See -ingi.
Nyingine^ other, another. See
•'tigine,
}k^ying*inia hu-^ to sway, swing.
Also NingUnia,
Nyinyi, you.
Nyinyoroj a bulbous plant which
throws up a large head of red
flowers.
NyoOf plur. manyoa^ a feather, ==
Nyoya.
Nyoa ku'9 to shave.
^yoi (?)» a locust
Nyoha^ a snake, a serpent, snakes.
Nyoha fcti-, to be straight, to be
stretched out
Jfyonda, temptation, triaL
Nyondo, a moth. Also Noondo,
Nyongay the hip..
Nyonga ya earara (A.), the loins.
Nyonga ktt-, to twidt, to strangle.
Nyonganyonga ku-, to go from side
to side, to wriggle.
•nyonge, mean, insignificant, vile.
Nyongoj bile.
Nyong'onyeya ku-, to. be weary,
' languid, to get slack and power-
less.
Kyonya kw, to suck.
Nyonyesha ktb-^ to suckle.
Nyonyo.
Mafuta ya nyonyoy castor oil (?).
Nyonyoa ku-, to pluck ^ bird, to
pull out feathers.
Kyonyoka = Nyonyoa^
Nyonyota ku-, to make to smart.
NyororOf soft See -ororo.
Nyosha A;u-, to stretch, to straighten,
to extend.
Kujinyoshat to lie down, to take
a nap.
Nyota, a star, stars, point of the
compass.
Nyote^ all, agreeing with ninyi, you.
See -cte,
Nyoya, plur. manyoya, feather.
Nyoyoy hearts. See Moyo.
Nyuoj plur. of tea, a courtyard, en-
closure.
Nyvkiy a bee, bees.
Aioli ya nyuki, honey.
Ny\tkwi ku't to tweak, to pinch
sharply.
Nyumay at the back, afterward?
Nyuma ya, behind, after.
Nyumaye, after it, afterwords.
Kurudi nyumo, to go back.
NyumbOy a house, houses,
Nyumhoy the wildebeest, catoblepas
gorgon,
Nyuwhu, a mule, mules.
NyundOy a hammer, hammers.
Nyum\ a bird, birds (M.).
Kyungoy plur. of Ungo.
Nyunguy a cooking pot
Nyungunyungitf sores in the Icg^
said to be caused by the biting of
worms bearing the same name.
Nyunyiza kt^, to sprinkle, to
sprinkle upon.
Nyunyvoiika hu-y to murmur (?)•
Nytuhiy the eyebrow.
Nytjoa kit' or Nwa kit-y to drink,
suck up, absorb. The ku- bears
the accent and is retained in the
usual tenses.
Nywea &«•, to get very thin, ir
•jrasteaway..
364
NYW
ONE
Nyweslia hu-, to give to drink.
Nziy plur. manzif a fly. Also Inzi,
Nzige^ a looast
Nzigunzigti, a butterfly.
Nzima, sound. See -ztmo.
NzitOf heavy. See 'zito,
Nzuri, fine. See -Muri,
O.
Ois pronounced a little more like
aw than is usual in English.
U before 6 sometimes becomes a
Wj but very often disappears, as:
Koga for kuogat to bathe. This
word and some others in o are
sometimes incorrectly conjugated
as if beginning in ka,
-o or -o-, sign of the relatlye, re-
ferring to substantives in the
singular whieh make their plural
in mt-, or to singular substantives
in «-.
-o, the short form of woo, they or
them.
Oa hu-, to marry, used of the bride-
groom. Passive, kuoleioa,
Oana lew, to intermarry, to manry
one another.
Oawa ku-f to become married (of
the man).
Oaza ku-f to marry.
Oga ku-, to bathe, frequently pro-
nounced koga.
Ogoflslia ku'f to frighten, mako
afraid, to menace, to threaten.
Ogofya Au-, to frighten,
bgolea Jiu-t to swim, to swim about.
Ogopa ku-f to fear, to be afraid.
Oka kw, to bake, to cook by fire
•only.
Okoa ku't to f ave, to take away.
Okoka ku; to become saved, to
Okota ku-, to pick up. [escape.
Ole, woe.
Ole wangut toenti, &o., woe unto
me, unto you, &c.
Oleioa kWf to marry or to be mar-
ried, used of the bride.
Oleza A'tf-, to make like^ to follow a
pattern.
Omba Aru-, to pray to, to beg of, to
beseech.
Ombea kvh^ to intercede for, to beg
on behalf of, to pray for.
Omboleza kw, to wail.
OmOf the head of a ship.
Pepo za omo, head winds (?).
Ona ku-f to see,' to perceive, to feel.
Kuona kiu, to feel thirst
Kujionaj to think onotelt to
aflect to be.
NaonOf I think sOb
Onana ku-, to meet.
Onda kw (M.) = Onja ku-, to taste,
to try.
Ondo, plur. maondo (A.), tlie knoe.
Ondoa ku-, to take away.
Ondoka kw^ to go away, to get np,
to arise.
Ondoka mbeU jfangu^ depart from
me.
Kuondoka katika uHmioengu /mti,
to depart out of this world.
Oi^olcea kth, to rise to^ or out of
respect to.
OadokeUa kw^ to arise and dcparf
from. *
Ondolea ku-^ to remove, to take
away firom.
Kuondolea huzuni, to cheer.
Ondoslia ku-, to make to go away,
take away, abolish.
Onea Xm-, to see fur to anticipate
for, to bully, to opprew.
ONE
Onehma W-, to become visible, to
appear, to be to be seen.
Ongea ku-, to spend time, to waste
time in talking.
Ongeza Am-, to make greater, add to.
Kuongeza ure/Uf to lengthen.
Ongezeha Xni-, to increase.
Ongoa &tt-, to convert, to load
aright
Ongqfya Aju-, to deceive by promises.
Ongoka Am-, to be converted, to be
led aright, to be healed.
Ongdkewa kft-y to prosper.
Ongonga Am-, to feel nausea.
Ongoza Am-, to drive, to lead.
Ongua ku-, to hatch.
OngulitM Am-, to be hatched.
Onguza Apu-, to scorch, to scald.
Onja ku'f to taste, try, examine.
Onya Aw^, to warn, to make to see.
Onyetha ku-, to show.
Opoa ku't to take out, to fish np.
OpoUa Am-, to fi^h up with, for, by,
Or/a, or Orofaf or Ghoro/a, an upper
room.
•ororOf soft, smooth. It makes jororoj
with nouns like ArosAo, and
nyororo with nouns like nyumiba,
Oiha Am-, to wash.
Osheka Acv-, to have been washed.
Otia, learning of old times.
Ota Am-, to dream (ktUota, Mer.).
Ota Am-, to grow.
•-ote or *o<*e, all, every one, the
whole. It varies like the pos-
sessive pronouns.
Merikebu zote, all the ships. :
MeHkebu yote, the whole ship.
Twende iote, let us go together.
Twende toote, let us both go.
Lq lUe, eho ehoiej &o., whatsoever*
C£00 hw-$ to lie in wait fox.
PA
365
-otm or -ftotm, rotten, bad, corrupt,
wicked. It makes in5ot;u with
nouns like nyumha,
Ovyo, trash, any sort of thing.
Otoatna ku-j to be steeped.
Oufamiiha A:ii-, to steep.
Oza Am-, to rot, to spoil, go bad.
Also^ to marry (of the parents).
P.
P is pronounced as in English.
P, at tho beginning of a word, has
frequently an aspirated or rather
an explosive sound, such as Irish-
mon sometimes give it This ig
very marked in the name of tho
island of Pemba or P'emba. Fepo,
the plural of upepo^ wind, has a
very strong explosive sound given
to tho first p, but in upepo both p*B
are smooth, like an ordinary Eng-
lish p. It is probable that this
explosive sound represents a sup-
pressed n.
P followed hj a y sound some*
times becomes/: kuogopa, to fear,
kuogofya, to frighten; kuapa, to
swear, kuafya^ to make to swear.
Pet- or P-, the prefix proper to ad-
jectives, pronouns, and verbs
of both numbers governed by
mahalh place or places.
The prefix proper to pronouns
following the case in -nt', when
it denotes nearness, at, by, near.
The prefix pci' is often applied to
a verb in the sense of the
English (here,
Palina or paltkuwa no, there wag.
EofanOi there is not
2b
366
PA
PAK
It is not quite so indefinite tut hu-,
fa Jsii', to present with, to give to.
The fttt bears the acoeut ; hupa
cannot be used without a person
as its object, and the objective
prefix bears the accent Ali'
Icitpa^ he gave you; Mmpa^ he
gave him. The passive is Irti-
pavoa of hupetoa^ and means, to
have given to one, to receive.
Paat a gazelle, a small kind of
antelope.
Faa, plur. mapcuLfek thatched roof.
Nyumha ya mapaa manne, a roof
of four slopes.
Paa ^tt-, to ascend, to go up.
Faa Jbu-, to scrape.
KupcM iamdki, to scrape the
scales off a fish.
Kupaa 9andaru8it to dean gum
copal.
Kupaa motOj to take fire and
carry it on a potsherd, Ao,
Paanda, a trumpet.
Paangef a hoiselly, a gadfly.
Paangot plur. mapaangOf a oave,
a den.
Paaza kwy to make to rise.
Kupaaza pumzif to draw in the
breath.
Paaza ku-, to grind ooarsely, not to
make fine meaL
Father a twin.
Kuzaliwa pacha, to be bom twins.
Pacha ya lye, a child of which
its mother was pregnant while
suckling a previous child.
Poehika hu-^ to ptU an arrow on
the string, to stitk a knif« In
one's girdle, &o.
Padiri or Padre, plur. fnapadiri,
a paiir^, a priest, a clergyman.
Fa/t^ lungB.
Paga Jcu-, to strike hard, to harpoon
a whale.
Pagaa hu-, to carry on the shoulder8»
to possess (of an evil spirit).
Amepagawa na pepo, he is pes*
acssed of an evil spirit
Pagaza ku-, to make to bear, applied
to an evil spirit causing a man to
fall sick.
Paguaku-, to take off, strip off (as
boughs and leaves).
Pahali, in the place, at the place.
Paja, plur. mapaja, the thigh.
Paje, red mtama [Pemba].
Paji la U80, the forehead.
PaJca^ a cat, cats.
Pdka /ill-, to rub in, to smear on.
Pcikaa kur = Pdka kvr,
Pdkaeha^ plur. mapakadha, a basket
made by plaiting^ together part
of a cocoa-nut leaf.
PdkacUMf plur. mapakaolia, people
who prowl about at night to do
mischief.
PaJcana ku-, to border upon.
PaJcany€i, rue.
Pakasa ku- (Mer.), to twist rope.
Pakata ku-, to hold a child on the
lap or in front
Pake, his, hers, or its, after mahalif
or the case in -m signifying
nearness. See -a&e.
Pakia ku-, to load a ship, to be
loaded with, to carry as cargo,
to have on board.
Paldcha kur,
Kupakieha migun^io cross the legs
in sitting; reckoned improper
in Zanzibar.
PakUia ku-^ to embark for, to put
' on board for.
Pakiza ku-j to stow on b«^ ship,
&0.
PAK
PA^
367
Pdko, thy, your, after mahali, or
the case in -ni denoting nearness.
Bee 'aho,
Fakua leu-, to take out of the pot,
to difih, to lade out.
Vcikuna ftu, ta scratch.
Fakutokea, a place to go out at, an
ontlei
Palet there, that place, of things
not very far off.
Pal^pahf just there, at that very
. spot
Palia ku'f to hoe.
Kupalia moto, to pick up for, and
take live embers to a person.
Kupaliwa na mate or tnajiy to
choke with spittle or with
what one is drinking, so as to
send it into one's nose, ears,
&o.
PaWcuvfa no, there was or there
were.
PaUlia hu'f to hoe up, to draw the
earth up round growing crops, to
hoe between crops.
Paliliza ku-, to cause to be hoed.
Paliza ku-f to lift up the voice.
PoZtt, plur. mopoZii, little cakes of
sugar, bhang, and opium.
Pamha, cotton.
Pamha ku-y to adorn, to deck out,
furnish.
Kupamba merikehUf to drees a
ship.
Ku'mpamha maifUi, to put cotton
in ears, mouth, &o, of a dead
person before burying him.
Pambaja %«-, to embrace.
Pambana kit-, to meet in a narrow
place where two cannot go
abreast; applied to ships it
means, to go alongside, to get
£oul of one another.
Pambaniaha ku-, to biing together*
to compare.
Pambanua ku-, to distinguish, to
separate, to discriminate.
Pamhanulia ku-, to describe by
distinguishing.
Pambanya ku-, or Pambanyiza &u-,
to overbear by loud talking, &c.
Pambaiika or Pambazfika ku-, to
become light in the morning.
Pambazua ku-, to speak plainly.
Pam&e2e, in front.
PamhOf plur. mapanibo, adornment,
dressing.
Panibo la nyum5a, house ftimiture.
Pamqja, in one place, together.
Pamoja na, together with, with.
Pana, there is or are, was or were.
'pana, broad, wide. It makes pana
with nouns like nyumba,
Pana kti-, to make mutual gifts.
Panapana^ flat, level, even.
Panapo, where there is, are, was or
were.
Panchaijat, five head men (Hind.),
governing council.
Panda (M.) = Panja,
Panda, a bifurcation, as where a
road divides into two, whero
two streams join, where the
bough of a tree forks.
Njia panda, cross roads, or whero
three ways meet; there is a
superstitious custom of empty*
ing rubbish and dirt at such
places.
Panda ku-, to mount, to get up,
ascend, ride, to go on board, to
go ashore (of a ship).
Panda Icti-, to set aside.
Panda ku-, to plant, to sow.
Pandana . /fti-, to lie across <me
another.
2b2
868
PAN
Fands mbUif on both Bides. 8oe
Upande.
Pandisha ku-^ to make to go np, to
hoist, to ndse.
ranga Am-, to rent, to hire a house.
Panga ku-^ to put in a line, to set
in order.
Panga, plur. of upanga,
Pangana ku-, to be in rows.
Pangine^ another plaoe, other places.
See -ngine,
Panginepot elsewhere.
Pangisha ku-j to let a house to.
Pangisha ku-, to make people sit in
rows or in order.
Pangu, my. See -anj/tt.
Panguea ku-, to wipe.
Panja, the forelock.
Mapanja, the receding of the
hair on each side of the fore-
look.
Panua kihf to widen, to make
broad.
Panulia hu-, to widen for, to set
wide apart
Panuka ku-, to become broad, to
widen.
Panga, a rat, rats.
PanyaToavu, a quiet place, a oalm
spot. See 'Uyamavu,
Paza ku', to set up, to raise.
Kupanza mtambo %oa bunduki, to
cock a gun.
Panzi, a grasshopper, a kind of
fish.
Panzi ya nazi, brown rind of the
cocoa-nut kernel.
Poo, their. See ao,
Pao, clubs (in cards).
F*apa, a shark.
Papa hapa, just here.
Papa ku', to transude, to allow
transudatiou.
PAS
Papasa kv-, to touch gently, td
stroke, to feel, to grope.
Papasi, ticks, especially those found
in native huts.
Papatika ku-, to flutter like a bird.
Papatua ku-, to shell, to husk.
Papayi, plur. tnapapayi, papaws, a
common kind of fruit.
PapayvJca ku; %o be dolirious, to
wander.
Papayuza ku-, to make delirious.
Papia ku-, lo cat all one can get, to
eat without bounds.
Papua kU', to tear.
Papura ku-, to claw, to scratch
deeply.
Papuri, thin cakes flaTourod with
asafoetida.
Papurika ku', to be lacerated.
Papuriana ku-, to pick holes in one
another's reputation.
Para, a scraping, sliding.
Para, plur. mapara, cakes of scm«
sem.
Parafujo, a screw.
Parana ku', to climb a tree.
ParaJiara, a large kind of antelope.
Parapara ku-, to paw the ground
like a horse.
Paruga ku*, to be rough and grat-
ing.
Paruza ku-, to grate, to graze, to bo
harsh and rough, to strike a
match.
Paruzana Jcu-, to graze (as of two
boats, &c.).
Pasa ku-, or Pasha kU', to come to
concern, to become a duty.
Imekupasajef ^yhat have you
to do with it?
Imenipa^a, I ought
Pasha ku; to lend money to, to
give privately or beforehand.
PAB
t>fiL
369
Kupasha moto^ to warm up, to
set before the fire.
Pcui, a clotbes-iron.
Kupiga past, to iron.
Pastpoy without, where there is noi
PcuivjCf without there being.
Pasua ku-y to cleave, to splifc, to
rend.
Pasulca X;tf-, to become rent, to
burst, to ciack, to be split.
PatuJcapasuJca /cu-, to be split up,
rent to pieces.
Pato, a drawn game at cards where
each side marks sixty.
Pata ku; to get, to reach, to suffer,
to find an opportunity, to suc-
ceed in doing, to happen ta
Kupata is often used with other
verbs where we use may or
might :
Apate hujaf that he may come.
Ki8U chapata, the kuife is sharp.
Kisu hahipati^ the knife is blunt.
KUichompata, what happened to
him.
Chapataje f What is it worth ?
KupcUa hasara, to lose.
Pata &tt, to make a lattice, as by
weaving sticks or canework.
Patana kit-, to agree, to come to an
agreement.
Patanitha ku-, to bring to an agree-
ment.
Pataait a chisel.
Puthitoa kw, to be born.
Patij a coloured kind of stufiCl
Patia ku'9 to get for.
PatialOf a great cheat, a thorough
rogue.
PaUltana ku-^ to be procurable, to
begot
Vatiliza ku; to visit upon, to ie»
member against.
PatOf plur. mapato, what is got,
gettings, income, proceeds*
PaltOj a hinge.
Patioa hi-f to be eclipsed.
Properly, to be got, referring to
the superstition that a huge
snake haa seized the moon or
sun.
Pau (plur. of Upau\ the purlins
of a roof, the small sticks tied
horizontally to fasten the thatch
to. Also, rafters (?).
Payo, plur. mapayo^ one who c;in-
not keep a secret.
Payuka kur, to blab, to talk without
thinking.
Payuza ku-, to make over-talkative.
Tembo limempayuzaf the palm
wine has made his tongue go.
Pazia^ plur. mapazia, a curtain.
Pea^ a rhinoceros.
Pea ku-, to sweep (M.).
Pea ku', to grow to full size, to get
its growth, to become such that
there is nothing more to do, to
reach its limit.
Pekecha ktt-^ to bore a hole, to get
fire by twirling a stick, to trouble
people by tales and tale- bearing.
Peketeka %«-, to scorn, to have no
fear about one.
Pekee, onliness.
Wa pekeCf only.
Peke yangut Ac, by myself, I alone.
Peke is never used in Zanzibar
without a possessive pronoun
following it, and signifies that
the person or thing is alone, or
that it is the only one.
Pekeyetu^ by ouiselvesy or we
alone.
Pekua ku'^ to scratch like a hen.
PeZe, plur. of iipele, the itch.
370
PEL
PET
Feleica ku-, to cause to arrive at a
place distant from the person
speaking, to send, to take, to con-
duct
Pelekea Ini-, to send, take, or conduct
to a person.
VddeziK ^-y to spy out, to look
curiously into.
P'embe, horn, comer, ivory.
Pembe ya ntfoka, a small white
horn, esteemed to be a great
medidne.
Kuwa na pembe pembey to have
corners, to be angular, to be all
comers.
Pemhenh in the comer.
Pemhe ta mtoaka, the four seasons,
points of the \rorld.
PembeOy a swing.
Pemheleza Jeth, to beseech*
Penibeza ku-, to rock, to lull.
Penda ku-, to like, to love, to wish,
to approve, to choose, to prefer.
Pendekeza Xm-, to make pleasing.
Kf^ipendekezOf to ingratiate one-
self with, to flatter.
Pendelea ku-, to favour.
PenddeOfplm.mapendeUo, a favour.
Penddeza kvh, to moke another love
one.
Pendeza ku-, to please, to become
pleasing.
Pendezewa ku-, to be pleased, to be
glad.
PendOf love.
Pendo la moli, the love of riches.
Pengif many places. See 'ingi,
Pengo, a notch, a place where a
triangular bit is broken out
Ana pengo, he has lost a frcbt
tooth.
Penu, your. See -enn.
Penya ht-^ to penetrate.
Penye$ha Xw-} to pierce, to pat
through, to cause to penetrate.
Penyif having (of place), where is
or was.
Penyi ndende, where the date tree
Pepa fct*-, to stagger. [was.
Pepea ku-, to fan.
PepeOj plur. mapepeo, a fon, a screw
propeller.
Peperuka ku-, to be blown away.
Peperusha ku-, to blow away.
Pepesa Xni-, to wink.
Pepetuika ku-^ to totter.
Pepeta Ini-, to sift, to toss in a flat
basket, so as to separate the chaff
and the grain.
Pepetua Aru-, to force open.
Pepo, a spirit, a sprite, an evil
spirit
Pepo nibaya, an evil spirit.
Peponi, paradise, in paradise. '
Pepo (plur. of upepo\ much wind.
Pepo ta chamchela^ a whirlwind.
Maji yapepo, fresh water.
Pepua ku-, to sift apart the whole
from the broken grains.
Pero, plur. mapera, a guava.
PeM, plur. peta or mapem, pice, the
Angio-Indian quarter anna, the
only small coin in Zanzibar;
sometimes a dollar is worth 140,
sometimes ouly 112.
Pe$a kn- (M.) = Pepesa ku-,
Peta ku-, to bend round, to make
into a ring.
Pete fctt- = Pepaia Zftt-.
Petana ku-, to bend round, to bo
bent in a circle.
Pete, plur. pete or mapete^ a ring.
Pete ya masikio, an eaning.
Petemana ku-, to he bent round.
Peto, plur. mapeto, a handle, a thing
carried, a large matting bag.
PET
pta
S71
Peiu, our. See -etu,
-^pevu. Ml giown.
Pevua hh, to make fall grown.
KuJipemMf to think oneself a
Pevuka hn-, to become fnll grown,
to reach its full size.
Petea Arte-, to get from some one, to
be presented with, to receive.
Pezif plnr. mapeti, a fin.
•^ subjoined to the personal sign
makes the interrogative which ?
^oeApi.
Nitawezapi f How can I P
-pia or -pyo, new.
Pioj all, the whole, entirely.
Pia yoU, completely, utterly.
Plo, a top, a hnmming-top.
Piga kwt to strike, to beat, to flap.
Kupiga na inehi^ to strike on the
ground,
Kupiga is nsed of many acffons in
which the idea of striking docs
not always seem to be implied.
Kupiga hamba, to pump.
„ hundtddy haOclat &c., to
fire a gun, a pistol, &o.
,, ekapoy to print
„ faiaki, to prognosticate
by the stars.
„ fundOf to tie a knot.
„ hdeUy to shout
„ 2E09i£r6{0, to ring a bell.
^ hilemha, to wind a cloth
lonnd the head so as to
make a turban.
^ hiowdy to scream.
ff hoflt to box the ears, to
slap.
^ hurOj to cast lots.
^ mdkofl, to clap the hands.
^ tnagote, to kneel.
„ nibinda, to whistle.
Kupiga m&tit>, to run, to gallop.
,, mbizif to dive.
»9 miaOt miaonOf or miunziy
to make a whistling
noise.
» mikambe, in bathing, to
duck nnder water and
fling over one leg.
Kupiga mizinga ya saJaamUy to
flra a salute.
„ mriari, to rule a line.
n nUdkoMy to rustle like
new clothes.
t, mvuke, to smoke meat,
,» nyiayOf to gape. [&a
M JXM1, to iron.
„ pembey to gore.
M |>^o, to strike a blow.
» l»tta, to snort
„ ramlif to prognosticate
by diagrams.
9 ranc^o, to plane.
M <e^, to kick.
„ umemey to lightcnj to
flash.
„ uwinda^ to draw the ends
of the loin cloth be-
tween the legs and
tuck them in.
f, yowCf to cry for help.
» tomari^ hinanda^ &c., to
play upon the flageo-
let, guitar, ftoi
Pigana hh, to fight
Kupigana hwa mbavu, to wrestle.
Piganitha h^j to make to fight, to
set on.
Piganiahana hu-^ to set on to fight
together.
Pigilta %u-, to beat as the stone
roofs are beaten. Small wooden
rammers are used, and a great
number of people are engaged tat
872
pia
POF
about throe days, with mnsio and
songs ; the object of this beating
is to prevent the roof cracking as
it dries^ and to consolidate it
while moist.
Pigiza Xpu-, to make to beat.
Kupigiza tanga, to go so close to
the wind that the sail flaps.
PigOf plur. maptgo, a blow.
Ptka 7m-, to cook.
Pihia ku', to cook for.
Kupikiway to have cooked for one.
PUao, pillaw, an Indian dish.
i^t7t, a large kind of snake.
Pibi, two (in counting).
Ta pilit the second.
Ta pili yoke, the next
Tide wa piUy the other.
Mara ya pUi, a second time, again.
PhUipili liohOf red pepper.
Pilipili mangaf common pepper.
Pima, plur. mapima, a fathom.
Pima fctt-, to measure, to weigh.
Kupima majif to sound.
Pinda ku-, to bend.
Kupinda na mguu, talipes.
Pindana hw, to bend together.
PiTidi, plur. mapindi, a twisting, a
wriggle, cramp.
Pindi, if. when (?), although.
PindOf plur. mapindot the longer
edge of a cloth, selvedge.
Pindua 7m-, to turn over, to upset.
Kupindua kwa damalini^ to wear
ship.
Kupindua kwa goshini, to tack.
PindtUca ku-, to be turned over, to
be upset.
Vinga 7m-, to hinder, to block the
way, to lay a wager.
Kupinga chombo kwa shikio, to
turn a dhow on one side by
mean* of the rudder.
Pingamizi, a meddler, one who in-
terferes to spoil a bargain, or to
give trouble.
Ptngia kt^, to fasten a door, &c., by
means of a bar. -
PingUi,
Pingili ya fima, the piece of a
sugar-cane which lies between
two knots.
Pingo, plur. mapingo, a bar.
Pingu, fetters, consisting generally
of two rings and a bar.
Ptnt, plur. mapiniy a haft, a hilt.
Pipa, plur. moptpo, a barrel, tub,
cask, pipe.
Pipya, new. See -pya,
Pirikana ku-, to be sti-ong and well
knit
Pisha ku-, to make to pass, espe-
cially witliout intending to do so,
let pass, make way for.
PishaHa ku-, to pass while going
opposite ways.
PitfAt, a weight of about 6 lbs. = 4
vibaJm.
Puho, cautery, marks of cautery.
Pisiy parch^ maize.
Pisi = Fiat.
Pistoa ku; to become silly, to doto.
Pita ku, to pass, surpass, excel.
Pitiaha ku; to -make to pass; to
PHSS.
Po, -po, or -po-, a particle signifying
where, or when, while, as, if.
Po pote, everywhere, wherever.
Poa ku-, to become cool, to become
Podo, a quiver. [well.
Po/u, plur. mapo/u, scum, bubble,
froth.
Po/ua ku-, to spoil the eyes, to make
blind.
Pofuka ku-, to have the eyes spoilt,
to become blind.
poa
1>0T
373
Poffo, on one sule.
Ktoenda pogo, to go onosideclly,
not straight.
rotntOf the vrist-Btitching of a
coat.
Poka ku-y to take suddenly and
violently, to rob.
Kupoktoa, to be robbed.
Fokea Xm-, to receive, to take from
some one else.
Pokelea ku-, to receive for or on
account of anotlicr.
^okezana feu-, to go on with by
turns.
PoJcezanya ku-, to shift a burden or
work from one to another as each
gets tired.
Pokonya Xn»-, to snatch away, to
extort
Pole, a little, slightly.
Amengua poU, he is not very well.
Polepole, gently, moderately,quiet1y.
Pmnhe, native beer.
Pfmhoo, a porpoise.
Pomoka ku-, to &11 in, tO cave in.
See BomokcL,
Pomosha ku-» to cause to full in.
Pona ktt'f to get well, to become
safe.
Ptmda ku-f to pound, to beat up, to
crush.
Pondeka ku-, to be crushed.
Pondekana /!ru-, to crush and bruise
one another, as mtama stalks do
after much rain and wind.
PonOt a kind of fish said to bo
nearly always asleep.
Ana utingizi kama pono, he is
never awake.
Ponoa kif-t to strip off.
Ponya 7ai-, to moke well, to cure,
to save.
Jiponyel Lookout!
Ponyeska ftu-, to cause to be made
well, to cure.
Ponyoka kth, to slip off, slip out of
one's hands.
Ponxa ku', to put in danger.
PoopoOy a bullet, a musket ball.
Poozcty plur. mapooza, a thing which
never comes to perfection.
Pooza ku-j to become useless, to
wither and drop.
Mfoenyi kupooza^ a paralytic
Poozesha ku'^ to paralyze.
Popo, a bat
Popoo, the areoa nut, commonly
chewed with betel-leaf, lime, and
tobacco.
Popotoa ku-j to wring, twist, strain,
distort
Popotoka hi-, to be distorted.
Pora, a young cockerel not yet old
enough to crow.
Poroa ku't to cool, to get tliin or
wateiy.
Poromoka ftu-, to slip down a steep
place. Also Boromoka,
Pom ku't to ask in marriage.
Posha ku'j to give rations to.
PoBhoy rations.
Po8o, a demand in marriage.
Posoro, an interpreter, a middle* '
man.
PoU, all, of time or place. See
-o<e.
Potea ku^y to become lost, to get lost,
to perish, to become lost U>.
Kiiu kimenipolea, I have lost my
knife.
Potelea ku-, to perish.
Potdea mbali, go and be hanged.
Poteza ku't to cause to be lost, to
cause to perish.
Poloa Jfett-, to go crooked, tci turn
aside. See Jipotoa*
874
• POT
-pofoe, obetmate, good for nothtef .
Poteka ku-f to become oiooked* to
be turned and twisted.
Povtt, Bonm, skimmmgs, bubble,
froth.
Potnika fa*- = Pofuka fai-, to be-
oome blind.
Poga fai-, to cure, to eool by lading
np and pouring back again.
Puo, the nofle, the apes of an arch.
Mwanzi toa pua, the diviBion
between the nostrilB, the nos-
triL
PiMt steel.
PtM ku-, to shell beans, peas, &0.
Puyt', a very small kind of dove.
Pujua ku',
Kujipujuot to cast off all shame.
Ptikusa hi-9 to rub the grains off a
cob of Indian com, to make to
fall off, to shake fruit from a tree,
to throw coins among a crowd,
Pukuie.
Pukwte ya %DdH rice so cooked
that the grains are dry and
separate.
Pukutika &«-, to shed, to drop like
leaves in autumn.
' Pulika hm-f to hear, to attend to
(A.).
Ptdikana h^, to hear one another.
Puliza ku-, to puff or blow with the
mouth. Also, to let go an anchor,
to let down a bucket into a well.
Ptdiki, a spangle, spangles.
PuZnItt, plnr. maptdulu, wilderness,
waste country.
Pvibmi or Pvlulunit in the wilder-
ness.
Puma ku-f to throb.
Pumhay plur. ntapttmha, a clod, a
lump.
PumbcM kur^ to be sluggish about. -
Pujnbatika ibi*, to become a fooL
Pumho or pumbu, the scrotum. «
MapumbUf or kciko za pifmbii, or
mayayi ya pumbOy testicles.
Pumuy an asthma, the lungs.
PumtM ku'f to breatho.
Pumuziy breath.
Kupaaza pumuziy to draw in the
breath, to inspire.
Kuihusha pumuzi, to breathe out,
to expire.
Pumzi = PumtuL
Pumzika fai-, to rest, to breath one-
self.
Purnzikioy plur. mapumzikij, a rest-
ing-place.
Puna kWf to peel, scrape, scrape ofll
Pttnda, a donkey, donkeys.
Punda mUiay a zebra.
Pundcy a little more.
Mrefu pundcy a little longer.
Punga (sing. Upungd), the flower
and very first stage of the cocoa-
nut
Punga ku-^ to swing, to sway, to
wave. Swaying the arms in
walking is thought to give
elegance to a woman's carriage.
Kupunga pepOy to expel an evil
s|mt by music, dancing, Ac
Kukunga upepoy to be fanned by
the wind, to beat the air.
Pungia ku-, to wave to, to beckon
to.
Kupungia nguo, to wave a cloth
up and down by way of beckon-
ing to soQQie one to come.
P*unguy a kind of fish, a large bird
of prey. •
Pungua ku-^ to diminish, waste,
wear away.
Punguanif a defect (M.).
tUN
Punguka Jcth, to become smaller, to
fall short.
Pnnguza ku-^ to diminish, to make
less, to lessen.
Kupunguza tango, to reef a sail.
Punja hu-^ to swindle, to sell a
little for the price of a large
quantity.
Punje, grains of com.
PftOf nonsense.
Pupa^ eagerness, excessive rapidity.
Kvla hwa pupa, to eat so vora-
cionsly that one's companions
get little or none.
Puputika ha-, to fall in a shower.
Pura Aju-, to beat out com.
Purvka Xw-, to fly ofL
Purukuska ku-,
Kujipurukmha, to refuse to
attend to, to make light of a
Puta ku', to beat [matter.
Pulika ku-, to be well beaten.
Putugali, a fowl [Pemba].
Puwoy nonsense.
Ptiza kWf to talk nonsense, to
chatter.
Puzia ku-, to breathe, to blow with
the month.
Puztka hu-f to talk nonsense, to be
detained gossiping.
PtDa fttt-, to ebb, to become dry.
Pwaga ku- = KuptDaya,
Pwai faft-, to be loose, to waggle
aboat. See Pvoaya,
Pwani, the shore, on the beach,
near the shore.
Pvoaya kur, to give a final cleaning
to rice by repounding it.
Pwaya ku-, to bo loose (of clothes).
Pwayika Xni- to be quite clear of
husks, dirt, and dust.
PwuM ku-f to cook mukogo cut np
into small pieces.
BAH
375
Ptoea ku-, to be dry.
8auH imenipioea, I am hoarse.
Pwekee, only, alone (A.).
PweUka ku-, to be dried np, to be
^left high and dry.
Pwewa ku-p to become or be left
dry.
Kupwewa na $auti, to become
hoarae.
Pweza, a cuttle-fish.
-pya, new, fresh. It makes *mpya
with nouns like nyumba ; jipyOf
with nouns like kasha ; and pipya,
with nouns of place.
B.
B is pronounced as in English.
The Arabic B is much stronger
and more grating than the English,
more so perhaps than even the
Scotch and Irish r. In Arabic words
it is correct to give the r this strong
sound, but in Swahili mouths it
is generally smoothed down to-
wards that indeterminate African
sound which is frequently written
as an L The Swahili, however,
often prefer to write and pronounce
it as a smooth English r. (See L.)
Badi, a crack of thunder, crashing
thunder, thunder near at hand.
Badu = BadL
Baffj the wall at the back of a ro-
Bafiki^ plur. rcfiki or marafiki, a
friend.
Baka, peace, joy, ease, pleasure.
Baliani, a pledge, a mortgage.
Bahisi = BaJchiH,
Bahman, a chart, a map.
876
BAl
BIS
Bai ku't to put morsels of food into
a peraon'g mouth as a mark of
honour or affection.
Bajabu, the seventh month of the
Arab year. It is esteemed a
sacred month because Moham-
med's Journey to Jerusalem is
said to have taken place on the
27th of it
BdkhiHf or Ilahisi, cheap.
Mdkhisisha &«-» to make cheap, to
undervalue.
BakSbuha ftu-, to put together, to
set up and put in order.
BakSbyuM^ the composition of a
word.
BamaJQiani^ the month of fustin<;.
Bamba^ plur. marawha^ a piece of
Madagascar grass cloth.
Bawha fttt-, to lick.
BavdtcL, a chisel-shaped knife used
by shoemakers.
Bandiy sand (Ar.).
Kupiga rairdit to divine by dia-
grams.
Bammu, sadness.
BancUiy a plane.
Kupiga randa, to plane.
Banda hu-, to dance for joy.
Bangif colour, paint
Barua hu-, to rend, to tear.
Bos U moZt, chief possession.
Bashia ftu-, to sprinkle.
Basif head, cape.
Bdtabaf wet
Bdtel, or raUi» a weight of about a
pound.
Baihif satisfied, content, gracious,
approving, approval, blessing.
Kuioa rathi, to be satisfied, to be
content with.
Niufie raihij forgive me» excuse
KunraOiiy don*t be offendc^d.
Bathiana Xni-, to consent, assent.
Batibu ku-, to arrange.
BaiU = BdteL
Bau9i ku-y to trim a saiL
Bayia^ a subject, subjects.
Bayiatal Ingrez, British subjects.
Be or Beif the ace in cards.
Bea or Bealcj a dollar.
Beale ya ihahabu, an Ameiican
gold 20-dollar piece.
Beale Fransa or ya Kifransa^ a
French 5-franc piece.
Beale ya Sham oiFetha ya Sham^
blade doHars.
•refut long. It makes nde/u with
nouns like nyumba.
Begea ku- = Bejea ku^,
Begea k^ or Legea &tt-, to be loose,
slack, relaxed, feeble.
Begesha ku- or Begeza ftu^, to loosen,
to relax.
Uthani = Bahani.
Kuioeka rehani, to pawn.
Behemoj mercy.
Behemu ku-, to have mercy upon«
JBet =i Be,
Bejea ku-, to go back, return, refer.
Bejega ku-, to make to go back, to
repay.
Bekahuha hu-, to put on the top of.
Belcebu ku-, to ride.
•remot Portuguese.
BUmni, a scented herb, sweet basil.
„ ya hipata, with. notched
leaves.
M ya kiajjemi, with long
straight leaves.
Binga kU" = Kulinga, to sway to
the tune of a song (only the chief
men may do this).
Bisaei, lead. Also Lieaei,
Biioei ya hunduki, a bullet.
RIS
RUivm hu-^ to make a first bid
when anything is offered for sale.
Uiilii Aju-, to inherit (-^»- as in thing).
Itii]i%a hu' {'th- as in this), to be
contented with, to acquiesce in.
Jlithika hu'9 to satisfy, to content
Jiiza, a door chain.
Rizihi^ necessaries, all that a man
has need of.
BobOy a quarter, a quarter of a
dollar.
Boho Lvgreza^ an English sore-
reign.
lidbotat a packet or parcel of goods.
lioda, sheave of a pulley.
HqfycL
Kupiga rofyoj to fillip.
JlohOf soul, spirit, breath, life.
Jioho, greediness, the throat.
Jiubanit o. pilot, a guide.
Pudi ht-, to returu, to go back, to
correct, to keep in order.
Budiana ku-, to object to.
Rudika hu-, to be made to return, to
be kept in order, to be capable of
being kept in order.
Ruduha ku-, to make to return, to
give back, to send back.
Budu/ya ku-^ to double.
Bufuft the shelf in a recess.
Jluhiua = Buksa^ leave.
BuJiuaa ku- = Bukhu8u ku-^ to give
Buka ku-t to fly, to leap. [leave.
BuKaruka ku-, to hop.
Bukia ku', to fly or leap with, &c.
BukM, or Buhusay or BukhuMf leave,
permission, liberty.*
Kupa rukm^ to give leave, to set
at liberty, to dismiss.
Bukta^ you can go.
Bukkuiu &fi- or Buhutu ^u-, to give
leave, to permit, to ^Uow, to dis-
8 377
Bukhuihu ku; to run.
Buktoa ku-,
Kurukvja na ak%l% to lose one's
senses, to be stunned.
Bunguy a club, a mace.
BupiOf a rupee.
Bupta =s BobotOy a bale.
Bu8€ui = Biscuiy lead.
Busha ku-y to make to fly, to throw
up or off, to throw a rider, to
splash about
Bmhia ku-^ to throw upon, to splash
BushwOi a bribe.
Butuha, dampness.
Butvbika hk-, to be damp.
Butvbiaha ku-y to make damp.
JBuiMwa, a pattern from which any-
thing is to be made.
Buzuku ku-y to supply with needful
things, especially of God provid-
ing for His creatures.
8 is pronounced as in 9tteraly or
like the m in Gorman.
Sh is pronounced as in English,
or like sch in German.
8 and th are distinct in Arabic
and are generally distinguished in
good Swahili. There are, however,
many words in which they are used
indifferently, and in common talk
the ih seems to be rather the more
common. Many natives seem un«
conscious of any difference between
them.
8 is used for the Arable tha by
persons who cannot pronounce ih»
In the Pemba dialect ih is oftct
used for e&.
Moihungtoa ^ MaehuriQwn
378
SAA
SAK
Sattf hour, clock, watch.
Saa ngapil what o'clock is it?
According to Arab reckoning
the day begins at sunset. Mid-
night is imku saa ya sita; four
A.H. ioa a kumi; six am. 9aa
a ihenashara; noon, Baa a sUa.
Saa! You! I say! You now I
Njoo 9aa / Come along, do !
Saa kt^f to remain over, to bo left.
Sacda, plur. masaalckf a question.
SaandOj a shroud, a finding-sheet.
Saba, or Saha'a, seven.
Ya saboj seventh.
SabaOj a stay (in a dhow>
Sahabu, cause, reason.
Kwa idbabu ya^ because of, be-
cause.
Sabainiy seventy, s SabioinU
SabaiasharOf seventeen.
Sabuniy soap.
Sabuni ku-, to bid, to be in treaty,
to buy.
Saburi, patience.
Saburi k^-, to wait.
Sabwinif seventy.
SadaJca, an offering, an alms, an act
of charity, anything done for the
love of God.
Sadihi hur^ to believe.
Safari^ a journey, a voyage, used for
•♦tune" or "turn."
Safari hit, this time.
Saff, serene.
Safi, pure, clean.
Safi 2ni-, to clean.
Safidi 2»»-, to. dear up, to make
smooth and neat.
Safihi, rudeness
Safika kvh, to be purified.
Safina (Ar.), a vessel.
Safiri ku- to travel, to set out on a
journey, sail, start
Saflrisha /fu-, to make to travel, to
see any one off.
Safisha ku-^ to make pure or tslcan.
Safu^ a row, rows, a line.
Safu za kaidctf regular rows.
SafurOf biliousness, gall, a oom«
plaint in which people take to
eating earth.
Saga ku-, to grind.
Kusagtoa na gari, to be run over
by a cart.
Sagai, a spear, a javelin.
Sagia ku-, to grind with or for.
Mawe ya huagiOy millstones, a
mill, a handmill. Two loose
stones are often used, the upper
one is called mwanop and tlie
lower manuu
SaMnif a dish.
SahaHy checked stuff for turbans.
Sdhau kip- or Sahao 2;u-, to forget, to
make a mistake.
Sd!iauUu>a ktihf to be forgotten.
Sahib, sir.
SahibUf a friend.
SahUi.
Kutia 8(ihtli, to sign.
Sahthi, correct, right.
Sdhihi ku^t to be correct, to be
riglit.
SaMhUha X^n-, to correct.
Saili Xm-, to ask, to question.
SaUia ku-^ to ask on behalf of.
Saka ku-^ to hunt
Sakafu, a chunammed floor, a floor
or roof of stone, covered with
a mixture of lime and sand, and
beaten for about three days with
small wooden rammers.
Sakama ku-, to become jammed, to
Sakani, a rudder. [stick fast
Saki Aftt-, to come close to, to touch,
to come home.
8 AK
BEL
379
Sdkifu &W-, to make a ehunammed
floor or roof.
£^Za, prayer, the prescribed Moham-
medan form of devotion includ-
ing the proper gestures.
Sdlaama = Salama,
SaJaam^ or Sataamu^ or Salamu,
compliments, safety, peace.
Kupiga mizinga ya Kdamu, to
fire a salute.
Sahhisha Jcu-, or SekJiisha^ or Sidu-
hishOf to make to be at peace.
Salala, the meat near the backbone,
the undercut of meat
Salama, safe, safety.
Salt ku-p to use the regular Moham-
medan devotions, to say one's
prayers.
Scdia ku'f to be left, to remain.
Salimu ku-^ to salute.
Salimia ftu-, to salute, to send oom-
pliments to.
Saliti hV', to betray secrets.
Saluda^ a sweetmeat made of saffron,
sugar, and starch.
Sama hth, to choke, to be choked.
Samadi, manure.
Samaki, a fish, fish.
Samanif tools, instruments, ma-
chine.
Samawati, the heavens.
Samawif blae, sky colour.
Sanibusaf a little pasty.
Samehe ku-, to forgive, to pass over.
Samiri ku-^ to load a gun.
8a*mUj ghee, clarified butter.
SanOf very, much. It is used to
intensify any action.
8ema sana, speak loud. .
Vuta saTia, pull hard.
Sanamakif senna,
^namUf ari image, a likeness, a
etatucy a picture, an idol.
SandaUy sandal wood.
SandaruH^ gum copal, gum amiui.
Sandvkup a chest, a box.
Saniki kii-, to make excuse.
Sapa ku-t to tout for customers. ,
Sarafu, a small coin.
Sari/a or Sarf^ exchange, rate of
exchange.
Sari/a gani ya niji tasa i What
is the current rate of exchange ?
Sari/u kth^ to use words well and
correctly.
Sdrufp grammar.
Sarufup a small gold plate with a
devout inscription, worn on the
forehead as an ornament
Sasa, now.
Sasa hiviy directly, at once.
Sataranji, chess.
SatUi, voice, sound, noise,
8aiD<i, equal, right, just
KUu kisiohokuka sawa naye, some-
thing unworthy of him.
Sawanisha ku-y to make alike,
equal, even, &o.
Sawasatoa^ like, alike, even, all the
same, level, smooth, equal.
Sawatoa, peas (Yao.).
SawazUka kuf^ to make equal or
alike.
'Sayara, gentle, quiet, long-suffering.
Sayidla fct*-, to help.
Sayili kti- = Saili kvh*
Saza ku-f to leave over, to make
to remain.
Sazia ku-, to leave for.
S^mbu = Sababu, cause, reason.
Seibula or Sebule, reception room,
parlour.
Seflutif a poultice*
Sehemu, part, share, dividend.
SekenekOj syphilis.
Selaha, a weapon.
380
BEL
dUA
Kupa selcLhoif to arm.
Selehuiha htit- = Suluhisha, to make
to be at peace, to mediate be-
tween.
Selimu hu- or SiUtm htt-^ to capitu-
late.
Sema ku-t to say, to talk, to speak.
Sema sana, speak out.
Semadariy a bedstead, specially of
the Indian pattern.
Sembuse, much less.
Semea fcu-, to say about
Kusemea puani, to talk through
the nose.
Sem^i = Shemegi,
/Sbia,akiDdofrice.
Sengenya /«»-, to make secret sijms of
contempt about some one who is
Senturi, a musical box. [present.
Sera, a rampart
Serhali or Berikali, the court, the
government.
Mtu tea tterikalij a man in go-
vernment employ.
SemdUif a carpenter.
iSertt/i» an Arab saddle.
Seaemif blackwood.
Seta ku'f to cruch.
Setaaeta ht$-, to crush np, to break
into fragments.
Seiif the seven in cards.
Setirika, &o. See Stirika, &0.
Stttitih sixty.
SeUiri, an iron (?).
SeUiri fct*-, or Setiri, or 5i«n', to
cover, to conceal, to hide, to atone
for.
Seuze, much less, much more. Also
Sembuu.
Seyedioy lordly, belonging to the
Seyed.
Seyedina (Ar.), our lord,* your ma-
jesty.
Sezo, an adze.
Shaabanif the eighth month of the
Arab year.
Shaba, copper, brass.
Shabaha, aim.
Kuiwaa shabaha, to take aim.
ShabahOf Uket
Nyama shdbaha mbwot an animal
like a dog.
ShdbbUy alum.
Shahuka, a snare.
ShaddOf a tassel. See Kantn,
Shahj a chess king.
Shaha, the heart of the ooeoa-nui
tree.
SJiahada, ihe Mohammedan confos*
sion of faith. Also Ueliahaila,
Shahamu, fat
Shdhatoa (obscene), semen.
ShaJUdi, plur. moihdlwli, a witncsi,
a martyr.
ShaQm (Ar.), an old person.
Shaibu lajuxi, exceedingly old.
Shairi, a line of poetry. ^
plur. mashairi, verses, a poem.
Shako, a bush.
ShakOf plur. vfuuihaka, a doubt
Shake,
Kuingia na thake ya kidia, to sob.
Shali, a shawl.
Sham, Syria, Damascus.
Fetha ya Sham, German dollars.
Shamba, plur. mashamba, a planta-
tion, a farm, a piece of land in
the country.
Shambtdia ku-, to attadc
Shamua ku^ to sneeze. Also 8hw
mtuu
Shafiga, a town near Melinda, long
Shanga, [since ruined*
MiMna ahanga, a northerly wind,
not so strong or persistent ap
the regular kaskwsi.
gHA
SHI
381
BhangoA ku* or Sangcta 2;u-, to be
astonished, to stand and stare, to
stop short.
Bhangaza &ff-, to astound, to as-
tonish.
Shangazi, plnr. mcuihangazi, an annt.
ShangUia lewy to make rejoicings
for, to go to meet with music and
shouting, to be glad about
Shangwif triumph, shouting and
joy, an ornament of gold worn bj
women between the shoulders.
Shanijtk startling, unexpected event.
Shanutiy plur. nuM^antfu, a oomb, a
large coarse wooden oomb.
Sharbu, a moustache.
Sharif evil, the opposite of Eeri.
Sharia = ShericL
Shariki Am-, to share, to be partners
in.
Shankia hu-^ to share with, to be in
partnership with.
Sharikiana hu^, to be partners, to
share together.
Sharti, or Sharutij or ShurtUij or
Shutij a contract, of obligatioUt
of necessity, must Also, the
downhaul of a dhow-sail, a
truss.
Kufanya aharti, to bind oneself.
ShaiorumOt shawl for the waist
ShavkOf love, exceeding fondness,
strong desire, will.
Shaurit plur. nuuhaurif advice,
counsel, plan.
Kufanya thauri^ to consult to-
gether.
Kupa ihaurif to advise.
Shawi = Tawi,
Shawithi kn-, to persuade, to coax
over.
Bhayiri^ barley,
^eieno, cargo.
Sheitanit Satan, the devil, a devil,
excessively clever.
SheUt, a black veil.
ShdaJbklOf as it stands, in a lot, with
all defects.
ShdeU Xrt»-, to run a seam.
SheOsy plur. mashelle, a shell.
Shema (Ar.X bees-wax.
Shefoali (Ar.X the left, the north
(because to the left of a person
looking east) ; the Persian Gulf,
Arabs (because to the north of
Muscat) ; mist (because it comes
on in the Persian Gulf with a
northerly wind).
Shembea, a kind of curved knife.
Shemegi, a brother or sister-in-
law.
Sfiena (Ar.), orchilla weed.
SheriOt law.
SheriZt glue.
Shetanif plur. masheiani = Sheitani,
Shetrif the poop of a dhow.
Shtba ku-f to have had enough to
eat, to be full, to be satisfied.
Shibiri or Shibri, a span.
Shibitha Am-, to fill with food, to
satisfy with food.
Shidda, difficulty, distress.
Shtka ku-, to lay hold of, to hold
fast, to keep, to determine.
Kwihika njia, to take one's way,
to set out
Shika lakoy mind your own busi-
ness.
Shika ras (U, steer for that point
Shikamana ku-, to cleave together.
Shtkana ku-, to clasp, to grapple, to
stick together.
Shikia, a rudder, a thing to lay hold
of. See Sikio.
Shikiza kur, to prop up.
$hUamUf the stem leading to the
20
382
8HI
8HU
mouthpiece in a native pipe.
SeeKiko.
Shimo, plur. mcuihimOf a pit, an ex-
cavation, a large hole.
Shina^ plur. mashinaf a stump, a
trunk, a main root.
ShindakU'tio overoome, to conquer,
to staj, to continue at.
M€0i yathinda, it i« half full of
water.
Ameliwenda thindOf he is gone
out for the day.
Akcuhinda katiy and he went on
at his work.
Shindana hu-f to dispute, strive
with, race.
Shindania ku-, to bet, to oppose, to
object ta
ShindanOf plur. mashindanOf a race.
See Sindano,
Shindika kth^ or Sindika, to shut, to
put to, to press in a mill.
Kutihindika mafuta ya nozt, to
grind cocoa-nuts into oil.
SIdndikia ku-, to show anj one out,
to escort a person on his way.
See SindikizcL,
Shindilia ku- to press, to load a gun.
Shindo, a shock.
Shingari, a consort, a dhow sailing
in company with another. #
Shingari ku-, to sail in company (of
dhows).
ShingOf plur. mashingo, the neck.
Shinikizo or Stnikizo, a press.
Shircui^ Shiraz, from Shiraz. Per*
sian work is generally called
shircuu
Shishwa ku^^ to be weaned.
Shitumu hh, to insult See SIiu-
tumu,
ShogOf a friend ; used only by wo- ,
men in speaking of or to one an>l
other. In Zanzibar they rarely
employ any other word. At
Lamoo shoga means a catamite.
Shogi^ panniers, a large matting bag
with the opening across the
middle, so as to form two bags
when laid across a donkey's back.
Shoi s Shogi,
SJioka, plur. mcuhoka, an axe.
Shoka la hapa, an adze.
Slioka la tias, an axe (Mer.).
Slioka la pwa, an adze (Mer.).
Shola^ an ear of corn, a head of
Shona ku; to sew. [grass.
Shonea kwt to mend for, to sow for,
with, &o.
SJtonuka leu-, to become unsown.
Sliote.
Ktoenda shote^ to go with a rush.
Shoto,
Wa kwihoio, left.
Ana shoto, he is left-handed.
Shtaki /«:«-, to prosecute, to ohar^
to accuse.
Shtua ku'y to startle, to tickle^ 809
Stwiha,
Shtuka ku-f to be startled, to start
Shua ku-f to launch. Pass, kushu^
liuja.
Shuba, the elders of a town.
Shubaka, plur. mashubaka^ a rcoesa
in a wall.
ShudUy what is left when the oil has
been ground out of semsem seed.
Shughuli, business^ affairs, occupa-
tion, engagement
ShughuUka it*-, to be occupied, to
be worried.
Shughulitha ku-, to occupy, to dis-
tmct attention, to interrupt
Shuhuda, testimony.
Shuhudia ku-, to bear y^itness abou^
for, or against.
SHU
-SIP
383
Shtihudu hWf to bear witnesi.
Shuhuli.
Shuhuti ya hUoUa ehanit a small
piece of wood used by shoe-
makers in cutting strips of
coloured leather.
Shujactf plur. maihujodi, a hero, a
brave man.
Shuka, a sheet
Shuka hthf to descend, go down,
come down, be let down, to land
from a ship.
Shuke, the flower of Indian com.
Shukranif gratitude.
Shuku 2(tt-, to suspect.
Shukuru, thanks.
Shukuru hu-t to thank. This word
is very rarely used in Zanzibar,
except in relation to God; and
hushuJcuru Muungu means almost
always, to take comfort, to leave
off mourning, or to become re-
signed.
Shuliwa ku'f to be launched.
Shumua ku-, to sneeze.
Shumviy salt [Pemba]. See Chumvi,
SJmnga kthf to drive away, to scare.
Shungif a crest, long hair (?).
Shungi mbiU, a way of diessing
the hair in two masses.
ShupatUf plur. mcuhupatu, a narrow
strip of matting. The broader are
sewn together to make floor mats,
the narrower are interlaced to
moke the native couch or bed-
stead.
Sliupcuaf spades (in cards).
^urOf saltpetre.
Shuruti = Sharti, of necessity.
Shurutiza ku-^ to compel, to force.
AlishwnUizwa ndani, he was
pushed in.
ShwJ^ Jf^-^ \o let down, to make to
descend, to land goods from a
ship.
Kushusha pu*mtif to breathe out,
an expiration.
Shuti or Shuuti = Sharti^ of neces-
Shuiumiwa ku-, to be reviled, [sity.
Shutumu ku^f to revile.
Shwali or Shwari, a calm.
Si, not.
Si vema, not wclL
Si uza, sell not.
£^t, is or are not.
itfimt n ndtani, 1 am not a sultan ;
or. Am I not a sultan ?
^t yeye, it is not he or him.
Si-f the opposite of ndt-, expressing.
This is not it Is not this it ?
Simif Sisisif
Sitoef Sinyi,
Stye, Sio, Hvyo, nyo^
Sio, Hyo, sUoj Sizo, nmo,
Sicho, npo, nko.
Si-, sign of the first person negative.
Sikvhali, 1 do not consent
Stkvikubali, 1 did not consent
Sitakvbali, 1 shall not consent
In the present tense the final
letter of verbs in -a becomes -t.
Sioni, I do not see.
-«<- inserted between the personal
prefix and the verb, is the sig^
of the negative imperative or
subjunctive, the final letter of
verbs in -a becoming an -e.
JVtraona, that I may not see, let
me not see, or without my
seeing.
'H', sign of the negative in ex-
pressing relation.
Asia, he who is or was not, or
who will not be. Also Asiye.
•npo; sign of the tense expressing
not being,
2 2
384
SIA
SIK
AtipootM, he not seeing, if he
does not see, though he does
not see, without his seeing,
when he sees not.
8ia Itu-y to give a sentence, lo pro-
uounoe as with authority, to de-
clare.
Siafu, a large reddish brown ant,
that travels in great numbers
and bites fiercely.
Siagi, cream, butter.
8ibu hu-f to get, io succeed. See
8ubu.
Bifa, praise, character, character-
istic.
Si/araf a kind of rice.
8ifu hu-f to praise. Pass, htsifitett,
KuJisifUf to magnify oneself, to
boast.
Ku8i/u*mnOf io overpraise, to
flatter.
SifuU (a term of reproach), a med-
dlesome fooL
Si/uruy a cypher, a figure of nought
Si^ia ktht to tack (in needlework).
8ihi ku-t to entreat
Sijafuy the cuff, the hem. See
Kanzu.
Sijambo, I am well. The invariable
answer to hu Janibof how are
you?
8i Janibo punde^ I am a little
better.
SHcamo or SikamoOt for Naahika
mguu, the salutation of a slave
to a master.
9(kif vinegar.
Sikia ku-t to hear, to obey, to under-
stand.
Sikilia Xni-, to listen to, to attend to.
SikUiana Xrt»-, to be heard, to be
audiblei.
SikiHza /cu-, to listen, to listen to.
StkUizana ku-, to hear one another.
Bikio or Shikio, plnr. madkio^ the
ear.
BikUika ku-, to be sorry.
Sikitikia ^, to be sorry for, to pity.
StkitikOf plnr. moHkittkOf sorrow,
grief.
SikitUha kthf to make sorry.
Stkiza kth, to make to hear, under-
stand, &0,
Sikizana ^u-, to be mutually intel-
ligible, to make one another hear.
SUtUt a day of twenty-four hours,
from sunset to sunset, days.
Siku huu^ a great day, a feast
The two great feasts are the
three days at the end of the
Bamathan, when every one
makes presents, and three days
after the tenth of Thil hajj or
Mfunguo wa tatu^ when every
one ought to slaughter some
animal, and feast the poor.
Siku a mwaJca (see Mwongo^
Kigunzi), the Nainu, about the
23rd of August, the beginning
of the Swahili and nautical
year. The old custom is for
every one, but especially the
women, to bathe in the sea
in the night or morning : then
they cook a great mess of grain
and pulse, which is eaten about
noon by all who like to come.
The fii«s are all extinguished
and lighted again by rubbing
two pieces of wood together.
Formerly no inquiry was made
as to any murder or violence
oommitted on this day, and old
quarrels used regularly to be
fought out upon it
Siku wU^ always.
SIL
81T
385
Stlthi hh, to ImpiOYO, to reform*
SUihUfha hWf to make to improve*
to reform.
Silimu hthf to. become a Moham-
medan.
Simama ku-, to stand up, to come
to a stand, to stop, to be erect,
to stand in, to cost
Simamia hu-, to stand by, to oyer-
look workmen, to cost to.
Simamisha 2;u-, to make to stand.
Simanga kth, to crow over, boast
against.
Simanzij grief, beavincsi.
Simbci^ a lion, lions.
8imba uranga, a well-known man-
grove swamp at the mouth of
the Lufiji.
Simhalit a kind of wood brought
from near Gape Pelgado.
8ime, a short straight sword used
on the mainland.
Simika hu-j to be erect, to be set
up, to stand (often used in an
obscene sense).
Simikia kih,
KuHmihia mtango^ to set up and
build in a door.
Simikiaha ku-^ to set up.
Simillaf Simille^ SimUeniy probably
for BiimiUah, the common cry
in Zanzibar, meaning, make
way, out of the way.
Similla punda, make way for a
donkey.
SimiUa ubau, make way for a
plank.
8im6y I am not in it, am not con-
cerned, have nothing to do wilh
it
8imo,
Simo hit H njema, this event is
not good.
Imeingia simo mpya^ something
new has turned up.
Simu, the electiic telegraph.
Sindano^ a needle (or ahindano).
SindanOf a kind of rice.
Sindi, a long-tailed weaseL
Sindikia Aru-, to crush.
Sindikiza kit-t to accompany part of
the way.
Sindua ku-^ to open, to set open.
Singa, hair of an animal.
Nyele za Hnga, straight haii^
European hair.
Singa ku-^ to scent, to put scent
Singizia kth, to slander, to spread
false reports about
Sinif China.
Sinty no matter.
Sinict, plur. masinia, a circular tray
used to carry and set out food
up^Qy generally of copper tinned.
Sinikiza Xnc-, to press.
^nzia ku-j to doze, to nod, to flicker.
sipo-^ sign of the tense signifying
the case of the thing mentioned
not being.
Siri, secrecy.
Mamho ya Hri, secret affairs,
secrets.
Kioa «tr*, 'secretly.
Sui, we, us. Sometimes pronounced
stoiswif misuif or stnci,
8iH toUf all of us.
Sisi wote^ both of us.
Sisimia feu-, to sigh (?).
Shimizif ants (?).
SisiUza ku- (M.), to charge strictly,
to charge to keep secret
8ita, six.
Va Hta, sixth.
SUa ku-f to halt, to go lame (A.), to
hide.
Sitaha, the deck.
886
SIT
8TA
Sitashara^ Bixteem,
Sitavoi hu'i to flourish.
Ngoma ipi imesUavoiy which dance
is going host?
Sitanoisha hu-^ to make to flourish.
Sitij whistle (of a steamer or
Sittit my lady, lady, [engine).
S<Uina^ our lady. Applied by the
Arabs to St. Mary.
Sivimqja, different.
Sivyo, it is not thus. See 8i'.
SiwOj an ivory horn only used on
great occasions.
Siioeziy I am not well. See Weza hu-,
SiyOf that is not it, no. See Si-,
Siyu or 8iu, Siwi, the chief town
of the district near Lamoo, the
chief seat of old Swahili learning.
Soda, lunacy.
Sodo, a woman's napkin.
SofCf wool.
Soge, Sogt, Soi, = Shogi,
Sogea ku', to approach affectionately,
to come near to.
Sogeza ku-, to lift to the lips and
kiss, to bring near to.
Sogezea hw, to put ready for, to
' bring for use.
Seiko, plur. masohot a market, a
bazaar.
Kwenda toTeoni, to go marketing.
Sokota hih, to twist, to plait, to spin.
Soma JcU'f to read, to perform de-
votions.
Soma, plur. meuamaf a kind of dance.
Somhela hu-, to work oneself along
on one's hands and seat without
using the legs.
Someaha hu-, to teach to road, to
lead devdlions.
Somo, plur. masomo, something read,
used as a title of friendship, a
namesake.
Sonda hu-, to suck out.
Sondo, swelled (?) glands.
Songa ftu-, to strangle, to sqneeie,
to stir together.
Songanatongana hu-, to press against
one another like sheep in a flock.
Songea hu-, to push through, to
shoulder your way through a
Sonjoa hu', to wring. [crowd.
Sonya hu- =• Kufyovt/ya,
Somali, trousers.
SoBoneha hu-, to be hurt or adte, so
as to writhe with pain.
SowneBha hu-^ to make to writhe
with pain.
Sole, all ; agreeing with iUi, we or
us. See -of e.
Tu 8oli, we are together.
Twende tote, let us go together.
Soza hu; to beach a boat or vessel.
Ssafl or Safi, pure, clean.
Staajabu hu-, to wonder much, to bo
greatly astonished.
Staamani hu-, to have confidence,
to rest trustfully.
Stahabu hu-, to be pleased, to prefer.
Stahamili or StahimUi, patiently.
Stdhi hu-, to honour, to have respect
for.
Stahiba hu- (?), to prefer. See
Stahabu.
Stahihi hU', to resemble^ to be of
one sort with.
Stahili hf§', to deserve, to be worthy
of, to be proper, to be right and
fitting.
Attahili, serves him right.
StahimUi hu-, to bear, to endure^
tolerate.
Stahabathi, earnest, fastening penny.
Stambuli, Constantinople.
Starehe hu-, to sit still, to be at rest,
to remain quiet
STfi
SUM
387
Btarehe! Don't disturb yoarselfl
don't get np 1
SterehUha hu-^ to giro rest to, to
refresh. Also Starehitha,
Stirika hu-f to be oovered, to be oon-
cealed.
Stw^ Jm-f to startle, to sprain, to
put out of joint
Subanoj small pieces of meat roasted
on two parallel sticks.
Subana, a thimble.
Subiri, patience.
Subtri, aloes.
Svbiri ku-, to wait
8ubu ku-f to cast in a mould.
Subu Jktt- or Sibu ftt*-, to happen to.
Svbuiy morning.
Subidkheirit good morning.
Suhuri, patience.
Svbutu kth = ThvhtUu ku'.
Suduku kU'9 to ascertain, to know
the truth*
Suffy wooL
Suffi, a devotee, a hermit
Suffuf, a great yariety or number.
Suifi, woollen.
Safuria, copper.
Su/uria, plur. tufyria or masufuriay
a metal pot
Sufuria ya chumaf an iron pot.
8uguy amark, a callous place. Also,
obstinate, insensate.
Sugua ku; to rub, to scrub, to
brush, to scour.
Suheli, south.
Sui, sn irrepressible, unconquer*
able man.
Sujudia ku-9 to prostrate oneself to,
to adore.
Sujudu ku-f to prostrate oneself, to
bow down.
Stiica ktL-, to plait, to dean.
Sharif sugar.
Sukari guru, half-made sugar.
Sukoiuka ku, to shake, to agitate.
8uke, plur. mamke (or shuke), an
ear of com, a head of mtama, &o.
Siikua ku-, to slacken, to loose.
Sukuma ku-, to push, to urge.
Sukumi, a steersman, quarter-
master.
Sukumiza ku-f to put upon another
person, to say it is his business,,
to throw off from oneself, to push
away in anger, to throw (a thing)
at a person who wants it Also,
to avert (by sacrifice, &o,),
Sukutua ku-, to rinse out the mouth,
to wash one's mouth*
SuJtbi ku-j to crucify.
SulihWha ku-^ to crucify.
Stdihi ku-, to become, to be fitting
for*
Sulika 7;tt-, to turn about, become
giddy.
Stdimu ku; to salute.
SuUanit pliur. masuUani^ a sultan,
a chief man. SuUani at Zanzi*
bar does not mean a king; it is
used of the head men of a vil*
lage.
Stdtdn Bum, the Saltan of Turkey.
Sulubika ku-, to be strong.
Stduhu, strength, fimmess.
Suluhisha &ff-, to bring to accord,
to make peace between.
Stduhut concord.
SuiulUf a curlew.
Sumba 2»»-, to sway away, to twist
and turn oneself.
Sumbua ku-, to worry, to annoy, to
give trouble.
Sumbuana ftu-, to worry one an*
other.
Sumbtika ku-, to be put to trouble^
to be harassed, to be annoyed.
388
0tM
iSftiii5tiZta iM-f to speak sharply to.
Sumbutha hu-^ to vex, harass,
trouble, worry, annoy.
Sumuy poison. .
Sumugh, gum-arabio.
Sunguray a rabbit (?), a hare (?).
Sunnif advisable, recommended, a
tradition, what is advisable or
recommended, but not compul-
Sundbari, deal wood. [sory.
Sunza ku-, to search for anything
with a lighted brand at night.
8upaa ku-t to be very hard or dry.
Supana = Supaci,
SuTOy a likeness, a resemblance, a
chapter of the Koran.
SuricLy plur. matuHc^ a concubine,
a female slave.
SurtyamOf bom of a concubine.
Suruntj an insect that lives in
cocoa-nut trees.
SurwaJif trousers. See Sorualt.
StUy liquorice.
SusOf a kind of hanging shelf, a
hammock.
Bumpaa = Supaa.
8tUa ku-y to reproach, to charge a
man with slander, to slander, to
seek out a man and ask whether
he has said such and such things.
Su^udij or Suudi njema, salvation,
felicity.
Suza kur, to stir up. Also, to
rinse.
Suzia ku'f to turn with (?}.
Swafi = Safi.
Stoali, a question*
T.
2* is pronounced as In English.
There are two fa in Arabic, one
much thicker than the English t.
but only very careful speakers dis-
tinguish them in Swahili.
T at the beginning of a word has
sometimes an explosive sound, as in
falca, dirt It is probable that this
represents a suppressed n.
There is a slight difference in
sound between the fa of tatu^ three,
and tono, five, the former being the
smoother, but natives do not seem
conscious of the difference.
Tin northern Swahili frequently
becomes eft in the dialect of Zanzi-
bar.
Kuteka, to laugh (M.) kttcheka
(Zanz.). But kuteka^ to plunder,
or to draw water, does not
change.
Kutinda, to slaughter (M.) ku-
ckinja (Zanz.).
There is no sound similar to that
of the English th in the original
language of Zanzibar. It occurs in
some dialects of Swahili in place of
V or c. There are however in
Arabic four Wa, 1. 2%a, pro-
nounced like the English th in
thing. 2. Thaly pronounced like
the English (h in this. 8 and 4.'
Thad and Tha* or JHhau, which
are scarcely distinguished by the
Arabs themselves, and have a very
thick variety of the thaX sound.
Practically the two English Cft's are
quite sufficient, and the ear soon
oatehes the right method of employ-
ing them.
The Indians and many Africans
pronounce all these as s. Some
Swahili confuse the various th*a with
s, and employ the tkai sound for
words properly written with a s, aa
voaXhiri for vsazirif a vizir.
-TA*
TAG
389
4a-, the sign of the future tense.
When the relative or the par-
ticles denoting time and place
are inserted in the future, the
prefix regularly hecomes 'taha-.
It is possihle however to retain
-to- to express a more definite
sense.
Atakuja, he will come.
Atakayekujaf who will come.
Atakapokt^iip when he shall
come.
Atapolcuja^ when he come,
or, if he shall come.
In the first person singular the
fit-, which is the sign of the
person, is often dropped.
Tahuja = NUahuJOf 1 shall
come.
Ta- at the beginning of Arabic
yerbs is the mark of the fourth
or fifth conjugations or derived
forms.
Taa, a lamp, especially the small
open earthen lamps made in Zan-
zibar.
Tact, a large kind of flat fish.
Taa, beneath one's feet.
TaMka ku-^ to be troubled.
TaabUha ku-, to trouble, to annoy.
SToabtt, trouble.
Taadabu ku-^ to learn manners.
TaajdbUiha 2;u-, to make to wonder,
to astonish.
Taajdbu ikn-, to wonder, to be as-
tonished. See StcMJahu,
Taaiati knh^ to tire.
Ta'cM ktk-^ to study.
Taandu^ a centipede.
Taaiaa ha-^ to throw oneself about.
Tabakoy lining.
Tahakdo, a snuff-box.
TiOnivia^ a pistol (Ar.).
Tahd89am kfi-^ to smile.
To&ta, constitution, temper, temper-
ament, climate.
TcMna ku-^ to doctor.
Tabib^ a physician.
Tabiki ku-^ to line, to close to or
upon, to cling to as a fust friend.
TaJlnkizay to make to cling.
Tabiri Ant-, to foretell, to prophesy.
Taburudu ku', to refresh.
Tadariki ftu-, to accept the respon*
sibility of, to guarantee the result
of.
Tadi, violence, hurry.
Kwenda ktoa tadif to rush, to go
tumultuously.
Tadi ku-f to fight with.
Tafakari kth^ to consider, ponder,
think.
Tafdthal or TafatJialiy please, I beg
of you.
Taftti kthf to seek out matters
secretly, to be over-inquisitive.
Tafgiri kth^ to explain, to interpret
TafHri, interpretation.
TafHria ku-t to explain to, to inter-
pret to.
Tafu (M.) =s Chafu, cheek.
Ta/uy gastrocnemio muscles.
Tafu ya mkono, the biceps muscle.
Tafuna Afu-, to chew, to nibble.
Ta/uta ku-f to look for, seek, search
for.
Tafutatafuta ku-t to search all
about.
TqfuUa kft- or Ta/tia, to seek out
for some one, to look for.
Tagaa kn-j to straddle, to walk
with one's legs far apart
Tage^ plur. matage, bow legs, crook-
edness.
Taghafali &»-, to be off one's guard,
to forget to take notioe.
390
TAG
TAM
Taghaiari Am-, to be changed.
Taghi fttf-, to rebel.
Tagua, branches, main branches.
Tahafl/Uy gently, in good time,
light, thin.
Nguo tahofifu, thin calico.
Tahamaka ku-, to look np to see
vhat is going on.
Tahardki hu-^ to be troubled, to
be thrown into confusion.
TdharaJeisha ku-^ to put into a state
of anxiety, to excite, stimulate.
Taharizi, See Kanzu,
Taharuki ftii-, to be troubled, to be
anxious, to be thrown into oen-
fusion. Also, Taharalcu
Tahasia Ini-, to go on board a ship
with a yiew to sailing.
Tahaihari ku-^ to beware, to be on
one's guard.
TahaOtaruha ku-, to warn.
Tahayari ku-, to become ashamed.
Takayaruiha ku-, to shame, to make
ashamed.
Tdhidi ku-.
Ktyitdhidi, to exert oneself, to
try hard.
TaUri ku*, to oiroumoise.
TahtUoj farewell, leayo-taking.
Taif a large bird of prey, a yulture.
Tai/tij plur. matai/<if a tribe, a
nation.
Tc^'o, hire.
Taja ku-f to name.
Taji, a crown.
TajiHf plur. matajiri, a merchant,
a rich man, a capitalist, a prin-
"iaka-. See -io-. [cipaL
Takch dirt
TakatakOf rubbish, sundries, small
articles.
Tnka ku-, to want, to wish for, to
ttskfor.
Kutaka shauriy to seek advice.
TakahaK ku-^ to accept; used of
God's hearing prayer.
Takabathi ku-, to carry on freight.
TakalxUhhha ku-, to pay freiglit
for.
Takdddam ku-, to be in adyance of,
to get before.
TakalilM ku-, to be very faint or
tired.
TakcLrimUt gift, largess.
Takiua ftu-, to dean, to make clean
and clear.
Takcuika ftu-, to become cleansed.
Takata Ant-, to become clean and
clear.
Uwingu umetakata, the sky is
clear.
'takcUi/u^ holy, cleansed.
Takhari ku-, to stay.
Taki = Chicha.
Takiaf plur. matakicif a large
cushion. •
Tako, plur. matakOf the buttock.
Takairif a crime.
Takura Am-, to scratch, to dig with
claws or fingers.
Talakcij divorce.
Taldssim or TaIa$imUf plur. nuUala'
nmUf a talisman, a charm, a
figure divided into squares and
marked with magic words and
symbols.
Tali kw or Ta'aU Acti-, to study.
Tcdik = TaHk,
Talisa Am-, to smooth off, to smooth
up, plaster, &c
TavMi, but and out, final.
Tama ku- (M.) = Hama Arti-, to ro»
move.
Tama ku-9 to sit, crouch (Tao.).
Tama.
Kushika tama, to lean the head
TAM
On the hand, leckoned nnluokf
in Zanzibar.
TamaOf longing, avarice, greedi-
ness.
Kukata tamaa, to despair.
Tamdlaki fcw-, to be master of.
Kvjitamdlaki mioenyewe, to be
one's own master.
Tamani fci*-, to long for, to lust
after.
Tamantka Jcu-, to be liked, to be an
object of liking.
Tamba fci*-, to swagger.
Tambaa hu-t to creep, to crawl.
Tawln, vermicelli.
Tambo, a tall man.
Tamboa, testicles.
Tambua fct*-, to recognize.
Tambtdia Aru-, to understand.
Tambulikana fctt-, to be recogniz-
able.
Tarnbutuiha ku-, to make to recog-
nize, to explain. «
Tam&ttif. betel leaf chewed with
areca niit, Ume and tobacco.
Tambtua ku-, to put a new point or
edge, to weld on fresh iron or
steeL
Tamuha kw- (M.) = Hamisha ku-.
Ta^mka &«-, to pronounce.
Tamuy sweetness, flavour, taste.
•tomtc, sweet, pleasant It makes
tamu with nouns like nyumba,
Tamuka ku- = Tc^mka ku-,
Tamvua, ends or comers of turban
cloth, &c
Tana ku-, to divide, to slit, to comb,
to part
Tanatana ku-^ to divide up into
. little bits.
Tana, a bunchlet of bananas, &c.
Bananas and plantains grow
spirally in a large bunch, not con-
TAN
391
tinuously, but in little groups:
each group is a tana,
TanahaM ku^, to make up one's
mind, to know what to do.
7Vi7ia/tim ibi-, to draw'breath.
Tanda ku-, to spread, to be spread
out, to be overcast, to put ropes
to a native bedstead.
Kujilanda, to stretch oneself
across.
Tandama ku- (?), to surround.
Tandawaa ku-^ to recline, to loll at
one's ease.
TandcLza ktt-, to make flat.
Tandika Jku-, to spread, to lay out,
to saddle.
TandUf long slash^ made on theix
faces by Makuas and others.
Tandua ku-y to unsaddle, to take oiT
harness.
Tango, plur. matanga or majitanga,
a sail. The sails of mitepe and
tnadau are made of matting.
Tanga mbili, the seasons of
changeable winds.
Matanga kati, wind abeam.
Kukaa matanga, to sit at home
in sign of mourning, to mourn.
Tangaa ku-, to come to be known.
Tangamana ku-, to adjoin.
Tangamuka ku-, to be cheerful.
Tangamtuha kn-, to cheer up.
Tanganya, &c. (M.) = Changanya,
&c., to mix, to shuffle Oards.
Tangaianga ku-, to go backwards
and forwards, to wave.
Tangawizi, ginger.
Tangaza ku-, to spread news, to cir-
culate intelligence.
Tange^ the trees and rubbish cleared
off a new plantation.
TangUha ku-, to make evident
Tango, plur. matangoy a sort of
392
TAN
TAB
gourd eaten raw, resembling in
taste a cacnmber.
Tanguy since, from.
Tangu linii Since when? How
long ago ?
Tangua 2;u-, to annul, to abolish, to
separate, untwist, unplait, with-
draw a promise, &c.
Kutangua ndoa, to annul a mar-
riage, to divorce.
Tanguka ^tf-, to be annulled.
Tanguhana 2:tf-, to separate.
Tangidia ^u-, to precede, to go be-
fore, to go first.
Nitnetangtdia kuhuambiaf I told
yon beforehand.
TanguUfu, advanced.
Tanij Othman. •
Tani.
Kwa tani, backward, on his back.
Tano or Tanu, five.
Ya tanOf fifth.
•tanOf five.
TantanbettDO, a great bother, a
woiryi
Tanua ku, to expand, to spread out,
to fend off a boat
Tanuka ku-, to lie on one's back and
spread oneself out, to sprawl.
Tanuru or Tanuu^ a clamp for burn-
ing lime, an oven.
Tanzi, plur. matanzi, a noose.
Tanzia^ news of a death.
Taoy plur. tnatao, an arch, an
arched opening, a bay.
Tapa ^u-, to shiver.
Kujitapa, to magnify oneself, to
make a great man of oneself.
TapcUapa ku-^ to jump about like a
fish when taken out of the water,
to shiver, to tremble.
Tapanya 2m-, to scatter, to throw
about.
Tapanyatapanya ku-^ to dissipate.
to waste.
Tapika ku*, to vomit.
Tapisha Xn»-, to make to vomit.
TapisliOf plur. matapishot an emeUo.
Tapo, plur. matapo^ a detachment,
a division, a part of an army
larger than kUcozi,
Tardbef side piece of a window,
door of planks.
TarafUf on the part of.
Tarafu yoke, on his part.
Taraja Xni-, to hope.
Taraihia ku-, to persuade in a
friendly way.
TaralUm, carefully, gently, orderly.
TarattbUf orderliness, an order or
form.
TarcLzcL, an edging, a narrow silken
border usually woven on to tur-
ban and loin-cloths in Zanzibar.
TarcLzakej business on a small scale.
TarazaJU ftu-, to trade in a small
way.
Tank, a date, year, Ac., the clew-
line or bunt-line of a dhow-sail.
KUabu eka tank, a chronicle.
Tarimbo = Mtaimbo, an iron bar.
Tarizi kth, to weave on an edging.
Tartibu = Taratiba.
Tasa, a brass basin.
TatOf a game of touch.
Tcua, a barren animal.
Tcuawari ka-, to do with certainty,
to be fully able.
HcUcuawari, it is certain that be
does not do it.
Tcubihiy Mohammedan beads.
TasJUUi, good manners.
Tcuhwuihi, doubt
TasihUif quickness, quickly.
Taalimut ready cash.
ToBM = Tata,
TAT
TEK
393
Tata. See Matata.
Ktcenda tatatata^ to toddle.
Tataga ku-, to go above or over, to
cross a stream on a tree.
Tcttana hu-, to be in a tangle, to be
puzzled.
Tatanuha ku-^ to tangle, to puzzle.
Tatanya ftu-, to unravel, disen-
tangle, solve a riddle.
Talazana ku-f to be tangled.
Ta^Aiin, a merchant.
Tatia ^u-, to wind, to tangle, to
complicate.
Tatiza kur, to wind.
tatUf three.
Ya tatu, third.
Tatua ku-, to tear.
Tatfika ku-^ to bo turn.
Taumka ku- = Ta^mka hu-.
Tauni, plague, cholera.
TauH^ peacock.
Tavu (A.), the cheek.
Tawa^ plur. matawa, a frying-pan.
TauMi, plur. tawOf a louse.
Tawa ku-t to live secluded (Tao.), to
tie.
Tawafa, a candle, candles.
Tawakali ^u-, to trust in God and
take courage.
TawaJtdwakatha, many.
Tateala ku-, to govern, to rule.
Tawanya ftu-, to scatter.
Tatoanyika ku-, to become scattered.
TavHuihi^ a' eunuch.
Tavjassuf, temperance.
Tawaza Xn»-, to make to rule.
Taioaza Xm-, to wash the feet, to
perform the ablutions.
Tawiy plur. matawiy a branch, a
bough, a bunch, an ear of millet
Taya, jaw, jawbone.
Taya ku-, to reproach.
TayaH^ ready.
Tayi, obedient
Tayo, plur. matayo, a reproach, re-
viling.
Tazama ku-, to look.
Tazamia ku-t to look out for.
Taztoi, forgery.
Teende la mguu^ Barbadoes leg,
elephantiasis (?}.
Tefiia ku'f to reason, to search, to
throw about.
Tega ku-^ to set a trap or snare, to
snare. See Kitendamli.
Tegea ku-^ to be lame.
Tegemea ku-, to lean upon, to be
propped up.
Tegemeza ku-^ to support.
TegOf a virulent kind of syphilis.
supposed to be the effect of a
charm.
Tegu, plur. mategUj a tape- worm.
Tegua ku-, to take a pot off the fire,
to remove a spell.
Ttka ku- (M.) = Cheka ku-.
Teka ku-^ to plunder, to take as
spoil, to draw water.
Kuteka *mji, to plunder a town.
Kuteka ng*omhey to carry off an ox.
Kuteka maji, to draw water from
a welL
Teke^ plur. mateke, a kick.
Kupiga teke, to kick.
Tekelea ku-^ to prove true, to come to.
TekeUza ku-, to perform a promise,
restore a pledge.
Tekenya ku-, to tickle in the ribs.
Tekelea ku-, to be consumed, to be
burnt away.
Teketeke^ the soft, somethmg soft
Ttketeza %tf-, to consume^ to cause
to be burnt down.
Tekewa ku-, to become bewildered.
Tekeza ku-, to run ashore, to <
to an end, to die.
394
TEK
Tekua ftu-, to priie ap, to toss, to
throw up out of a noie.
Tde, plenty, abundantly, abundant.
Tele, gold laco or braid.
Telea 2rtt-, to oome down, descend,
land from.
Teleha ku-^ to put a pot on the fire.
Tdemua fctt-, to pull down, to cause
to slip down.
Telemuha ku- or Tdemka ftu-, to
go down a steep place, to go
quickly down in spite of one's
self, to slither down.
TtUmuko, the bed of a river.
Teleza ku-^ to slip.
Tema ku-, to slash as with a sword.
Tema ku-.
Kutema matey to spit.
Tembe, a hen full grown but which
has not yet laid.
Temhea ku-j to walk about, to take
a walk.
Jlfo^o tDangu umetembea, my
thoughts are wandering.
TemheHea ku-, to walk about.
Temheza ku-, to offer for sale by
auction, to hawk about.
TemhOf palm wine, wine.
Tembo, an elephant.
Te'mJca = Ta*mha,
Temsif filigree work.
Tena, afterwards, again, further.
Tenda ku-, to do, to apply oneself to,
to act.
KtUenda xema or vetruif to behave
well
Tenda kani, a pole across a dhow to
fasten the sheet to.
Tendaufdla, a kind of bird.
Ttnde, a date, dates.
Tenda halwa or haluay Arabs
from the Persian Gulf, who
ateal slaves by tempting them
TET
into their houses with datea
and sweetstafll
Tendea ku-, to do to, to behave to,
to treat.
Tendegu, plur. matendegu^ the legs
of a bedstead.
Tendeka ku-, to be done, to be
doable.
Tengoy a sun-fish.
Tenga ku-^ to separate, to remove.
Kujitenga, to get out of the way.
Tengea ku-, to be ready and in
order.
DuJca limetengeay the shop is all
ready and open.
Tengeka ku-^ to be put on one side.
Tengelea and Tengeleza = Tengeneza
and Tengenea.
Tengenea ku-, to be comfortable, to
be as it should be.
Tengeneza fcu-, to finish off, to put
to rights, to touch up.
Tengezeka ku-, to be established,
made right.
Tengua ku-, to put aside.
Tepukua ku-, to cut away young
shoots.
Tepukuzi, plur. Matepukuzif shoots
from the root of a tree.
Tcrewio &«-, to be at ease.
Tesa ku-f to afflict
Kuteetoaf to suffer, to be afflicted.
TeaOf plur. mateso, afflictions, adver-
sities.
Teta ku-f to oppose, to strive against,
to be adverse to, to go to law
with, to mention disparagingly.
Tetea ku-^ to cackle like a hen.
Tetea kw (M.) = Chechea fca-, to
walk lame.
Tele ya kujanga, rubeola.
Tetema ku-, to tremble, to quiver^
Tetemea = Cftediemea,
TBT
THU
395
Teiemeka ilw-, to tremble, to shake,
to shiver, to quake (as the earth),
to chatter (of the teeth).
Teterif a small kind of dove.
Teteza hu-, to rattle. Also, to lead
a sick person by the hand.
Teua ku-j to ohoose, select, pick
out = Chagua hu-.
Teuha hu-, to dislocate, to sprain.
•tetdej choice, chosen.
Tezama and Tetamia = Tazama and
Tazamia*
Ttziy a fibrous tumour, goitre.
Thabihu, an offering, a sacrifice.
ThahU, plur. mathabitt firm, brave,
TlmhahUf gold. [steadfast.
Thahirif evident, plain.
TkaMri Xpu-, to make plain, to
express.
ThaifUf weak, infirm, bad.
^Thoio^ three. A\ao Thdaika, Bcxi.
ThdlaihaicLshara, tliirteelL
.ThcHaihinij thiity.
ThaUmu, a fraudulent person, a
swindler.
Thdlimu Xm*, to wrong, to defraud.
Thalili, very low, very poor.
Thamana (th in this), a surety.
Thamani (ih in thing), a price.
Ya ihamanit of price, valuable.
27tam&t, sin.
Thdmin, surety.
Thamini huj to become surety.
Thamiri, conscience, thought.
Thani Aw-, to think, to suppose.
Tkania Jm-, to think of a person, to
suppose him, to suspect.
Tharau^ scorn.
Tliarau ku-, to scorn.
JTidruhaf (Ar. a stroke), a storm,
(in arithmetic) multiplication.
Thdniba mnjc^ ^i one stroke,
suddenly.
TJtathu, a kind of jay brought down
from Unyanyembe.
Thatcahu, a reward; especially re-
wards from God.
ThelathOf &a See ThalaOM, &c.
Thelimu ku-^ to oppress.
Thellh, a donkey's canter.
Thdidh, a third.
Themaninif eighty.
Themaninij a linen fabric.
Themanioihara, eighteen.
T/iemanya, eight.
Themuni, an eighth.
TheruuharOf twelve.
TheneeUf two.
Thihaka, ridicule, derision.
Thihaki ku-, to ridicule, to make
game of.
Thihin'iha ku-^ to make clear, to
declare.
Thii ku't to be in distress.
Thitki ht-^ to be put to straits.
Thili ku^, to abase.
Thircu^ a measure of about half a
yard, from the point of the
elbow to the tips of the fingers.
Thiraa konde^ from the point of
the elbow to the knuckles of
the clenched fist.
Thoofika ku-, to be made weak, to
become weak.
ThooJUha ku', to weaken, to make
weak.
Thoumuj garlic
Thubutisha ku-, to give courage to,
to make certedn, to convince, to
prove.
Thubutu ku-, to dare, to have
courage for, to be proved.
SithubfUu^ I dare not.
ThvJcu ku-f to taste.
Thtikuru ku-, to invoke.
ThtfUif 4Jstres8, miseiy.
THU
TIT
Thulumu, wrong.
Thtdumu hu-f to do wrong, to por-
seoate.
Thtduru, a kind of sandpiper.
Thiduth,& third. Also Thtluth.
Thumu ku-y to slander.
Thureoj a chandelier.
Thuru kn-f to harm.
Haithuru, no harm, it does not
matter.
Tia ku-, to put, to put into.
Kutia nanga^ to anchor.
Kutia ehuoni, to put to schooL
Ttdra, a boy*8 kite.
TibOj a term of ondeorment.
Tibika &«-, to be cured.
Ttbu ku-t to cure.
Tibu, a kind of scent
Tibua ku-t to stir up and knock
about
Tifua kthf to cause to rise like dust
or a mist.
Tifuka fttf-, to rise in a cloud.
Tii fcu-, to obey.
Tiisha ^u-, to make to obey, to
subdue.
Tika Znf-, or twika, to put a burden
on a man's head for him.
Tiki, just like, exactly as.
Tikia &«-, to reply. See ItikicL
TikUa ku-t to shake.
Tikiti, plur. matikiti, a sort of water
meloq.
Tikitika %tt-, to be shtiken.
Tikitiki, utterly and entirely, to tlie
last mite. Also, (M.) into little
bits.
Tikixa ku-, to have patience with.
TUia ku-, to put to, for, &o.
TUifika ku-, to waste, to grow less.
Tilifisha kit-, to diminish, to make
to dwindle away.
TU^u hi-f to ruin, to wastes
Ttinia ku-, to daru.
Timazi, a stone hung by a line, used
as a plummet by masons.
Ttm&t, bracelets.
Timbuza ktt-, to begin to show itself,
like the sun in rising.
Timia &«-, to be complete.
Timilia ku-^ to become complete.
'timUifUy complete, perfect
TimUiza &«-, to make complete.
Timiza Xw-, to complete, to make
perfect
Time, a woman's name.
Timviy an ill-omened child.
Tinda htk- (M.) = Chinja ku-^ to
cut, to cut the throat, to slaughter,
Tindika hi- (A.), to fall short
Tindikia %«-, to cease to.
Imenitindikia, I am out of it, I
have no more.
Tindikiana %»-, to be separated, to
be severed, as friends or relations
at a distance from one another. *
Tvnge^dt, game consisting in imitating
all the motions of a leader.
Tiniy a fig, figs.
Tini (M.) = Chini, down.
Tipitipif a brown bird, a mocking
bird.
Tipua ku-f to scoop out, to dig out,
to dip out
Tiririka kti-, to glide, to trickle.
Ti8*a = Tissia, nine.
Tiiaini, ninety.
Tisataahara, nin^tcen.
TUha ku-, to frighten, alarm, make
afraid.
2%Mta, nine.
Tita fctt-, to tie up together.
Titay plur. matHa, a faggot, a bundle
of firewood.
Titij the nipple.
TUia kw^ to shake, to sink in.
TIT
Also (?) of the sea, when deep
and rough, to boil.
TitiJca ku-y to carry a bundle of
sticks, &c
Titima ku', to roar and roll like
•thunder.
Titiwaitgcif chicken-pox. See Kiti"
wangcL
Titoo (?), paralysis.
40f a suffix, denoting goodness or
propriety, rarely used in Zan •
zibar.
Kutoelmy to put ;
Kuwekato, to put properly.
Manuka^ smells ;
Manukato, scents.
Toa ku; to put out, to take away,
give, expel, todeliver, to except,
to choose out.
Kutoa meno, to grin, to show the
teeth, to snarl.
Toazi, plur. matoazi, cymbals.
Tobay repentance.
Tohoa kth, to break through, to
break a hole in a wall.
Toliioe, a simpleton, ignoramus.
Tofcuif plur. maiofaat a fruit shaped
like a codling with rosy-coloured
streaks, = Tomondo. See Mto^
mondo,
Tofali, plur. matofaliy a brick.
Tqfauti, difference, dispute.
Nimeingia tofauti kwa kuwa wee
umeniibia fetha yangu, I have
a quaiTcl with you for stealing
my money.
To/tta ku-t to hurt or put out an
eye.
Tofukaku'9 to have an eye hurt or
put out
Toga ku-t to pierce the ears.
Togwa, unfermented beer.
Tnharat oircumcisioi^.
TOM
397
Tohara ku-y to purify by ablutions^
to perform the Mohammedan
ablutions.
Toi, a kind of wild goat.
Toja ku-y to slash, cut gashes, as a
. means of bleeding, &c.
TqjOy a cut made for ornament, &c.
Toka or toJeeOj from, since.
Toka ku't to go or come out or away
from, to bo acquitted, to go
free.
Kutoka damu, to bleed.
Kutoka hart, to sweat
ToJiana ftu-, to go forth from one
another, to divorce, to be set free.
ToJcea, from, since. See ToJca,
Tokea hapo^ in old time, from old
time.
Tokea A;u-, to come out to, or from,
to appear.
Tokeza Aitt-, to ooze out, to project.
Tokomea Am-, to get out of one's
ToJconi^ the pelvis. [sight.
Tokono (A.), the hips.
Tokora ku", to pick one's teeth.
Tokosa fttf-, to boll, to cook by
boiling.
Tokoseka ku-, to be well boiled, to
be done.
Tokota ku'y to become boiled, to be
cooked by boiling.
Tolea kU', to put out for, to offer to.
KutolewOf to have put out for
one, or to be put out, to be
dismissed.
Toma^ orchitis, hydrocele.
Tomasa fc»-, to poke with the fingers,
to feel, used of examining a
living creature, aii Bonyesha, of
inanimate objects.
Tomba ku-, to have s 'xual conneo*
tion with.
J'omho, a qnall.
398
TOM
Tomea Jcu- (M.) = Chomea ku*.
Tomea hu-, to point by plastering
over and putting small stones in
to make tlie work firm.
TomeOM &»-, to set on (a dog, &o.>
Tamo^ dross of iron, to
Tamiie s T<mo,
Tomondo, a hippopotamus.
Tomondo, plur. matomondo s Tofaa*
Tona hu-f to drop.
Tona ku'.
Kutana hina, to lay and bind on
a plaster of henna until the
pari is dyed red.
Kutona godoro, to sew through a
mattress here and there to oon«
fine the stuffing.
Tondoot a small brown nut con-
taining oil.
Tonesha ^u-, to strike agiiinst, to
touch a sore place, to make a sore
run.
TonCf plur. maUmB^ a drop.
Tonexa ku*, to cause to drop.
Tonga ft«- (M.) = Chonga fcu-, to
cut
Tangea ht- s Chongea.
TongoHmha, a small bird black
with white neck; it makes a
great noise in flying.
Tongoza ku-, to seduce.
Tope, mud, plur. matope, much mud.
Topea ku'^ to sink in mire, to be
stogged.
Topetopcj a custard apple.
Topeza &tt-, to be too heavy for one.
Tapoa ku-f to take out, to break a
spell, to dear for cultivation.
Tora^ plur. matorcit a small spear.
Torati, the law of Moses, the Pen-
tateuch.
Toroka ku-, to run awiiy from a
master, frnm home &a
TUA
Torosha feu-, to abduct, to induce ti
run away.
Tosa ku-, to cause to sink, to drown
Kutosa macJiOy to spoil the eyes.
Tosay plur. matosa^ fruit just be-
ginning to ripen, all but ripe.
Tosha ku; to suffice, to be enough
for, to cause to come out.
Toshea ku-, to be afltonished, to be
staggered.
ToiheUza &«-, to suffice.
Toshewa Xm-, to be astonished.
Tota ku; to sink.
Totea kit- (M) = Chochea fcu-,
Toteza maclio ku-, to spoil the eyes.
Totoma ku-^ to be lost, to wander.
Totora fci*-, to pick one's teeth. Also,
Tokora,
Tooya = Chooya,
Towea ku-^ to eat as a relish or
kitotoeo.
Toioeka &«-, to vanish. At Lamoo
this word is used for to die,
ToweUa ^ii-, to eat by mouthfuls.
Towesha fcu-, to ruin, to put out of
the way.
Toweza ku% to pour gravy, &c., over
the rice.
Tozij plur. matozi (M.), a tear.
Trufut trump (in cards).
Tu, only, nothing but this, only
just The -t» of tu is very short ;
it always follows the word or
phrase which it qualifies.
Tu, we are or were.
Tu or Tw; the ^ign of the first
person plural, tee,
'tu- or 'tW', the objective prefix do-
noting the first person plural, ma,
Tua ku-9 to put down, to put down
loads, to rest, to halt, to encamp^
to set (of the sun).
Jua likitua, at sunset
TUA
Tua Tcu-t to grind by pushiDg %
stone backwards and forwards.
Tuama ku-^ to settle, to oleor itselt
Tuana hu^f to settle.
Tubiahu't to repent ofjt
Tabu Jeu-f to repent.
TufanUi a storm, a tempest
Tufe, a ball
Tuhumu &tt-, to aooose of, to lay to
his charge, to suspect.
Tui (M.) = Chuij a leopard.
Tuif the oily juice squeezed out of
the soraped cocoa-nut
TuUiza ku', to prolong.
Tuja ku- (M.) = Cliuja kv-, to strain.
Tuka, posts of a verandah or long
eaves.
Tukana ku-, to use bad language
to, to abuse, to address witii in-
sulting or indecent expressions.
TukanOj plur. matukanOf bad words,
insulting or filthy language.
Tu/tia /£tt-,&c.(M.) = Chukiaku-,&c,
Tukia kth, to happen.
Tukio, plur. matukiOf a thing which
happens, an accident. '
TukUa ku't to project
Tvkua ku-t &o. (M.) s Chukua
•iukufu, glorious, great [%u-, &o,
Tukuka Jsu-, to become exalted, to
grow great
Tukuaa ku-y to move, to shako..
Tukuta kU', to move about restlessly,
to shake nervously.
Tukutiza ku- (obscene).
Tukuza ku-f to exalt, to make great
Tultaku-, to become quiet, to settle
down» to amend from a riotous
life.
Tulia, don't make a noise.
TuUa ku-, to grind with. See Taa,
Jiioe la kutulia, a stone to grind
with.
TUM
899
TuUka ku-y to be serene and tranquiL
Tulilia kwy to settle down for or in
regard to.
Tamekutuliliai have you under*
stood me?
TameitUultlioy I have.
Tuliliana ku-, to oome to an agree*
ment
TuHza ku-y to calm, to stilL
Tultzia ku-f to calm for.
Kutalizia roho, to calm, to console.
Tuma ku^y to employ, to send about
some business.
Tuma ku- (M.) == Chuma ku-y to
Tumaa ku-^ to hope. Q)rorit.
Tumai ku- = Tumaa,
Roho yalumaiy I hope.
Tumaini ku-y to be confident, to
hope.
Tumainiiha ku-y to make oonildent,
to make to hope.
Tum^inia ku-, to hope in, confide in.
Tuvfibay a long rice-bag.
TuwkbakOy tobacco.
Kuvula iumbakoy to smoke.
Tumbako ya kunvka or kunwoy
TumhaMy an abscess. [snuff.
TumUliy a small kind of light-
coloured monkey.
Tumhoy plur. maiumhoy gut, belly,
viscera, womb.
Tumho la kuenenday diarrhoea.
Tumbo la kuharadamuydyseuicry.
Tumhua ku-, to disembowel, cut
open, pick a hole in, open (an
abscess).
Tumhuiza Am-, to soothe, to sing to,
to sing by turns.
Tumbulta ku-y to burst, to bo burst,
&0. See Tumhua,
Tumlttkia ku-y to fall into.
Amelumhukiay kisimaniy he has
got into a scrape.
2 p2
400
TUM
TUT
TumbMxa ftti-, to throw into, to
caiue to fall into, to get a person
into a scrape.
Tumbulia Xru-.
Kutumfmlia nyuiho, to itare at
Tumbuuj a staple.
Tumbuza Anc-, to disembowel, to
penetrate, to get through.
TttiRtf, a messenger.
Tumia ku-, to employ, to spend, to
use.
Tumika k»^ to be employed, to
serve.
Tumiki'a Anc-, to be employed by, to
serve, to obey.
Tumuy taste, tasting.
Tumtt, the month Bamathan.
Tuna hu-t Ac (M.) = Chuna hu^ &o.
Tuna ku-, to swell, to get cross.
TundOj plur. maiunda, a fruit.
Tundama Xrai-, to gather, to settlo at
the bottom.
Tundika ku-, to hang up, to be
suspended.
Tunduy plur. iundu or matundu, a
hole, a cage, a nest.
Tundu ya pua, a nostril.
Tunduaa ku-, to stand stockstill in
wonder at, Ac.
Tungoj a round open basket
Tunga ku-, to suppurate.
Tt^nga %«-, to put together in ordor,
to string beads, to make verses.
Tungama ku-, to clot, to congeaL
Tungamana ku-, to be steady.
Tungia ftv-, to thread a needle.
Tungua ku-, to let down, to pull
down, to hook down.
Tungvka %»-, to be pulled or let
down.
Tungika ku-, to depend upon, to
hang from.
Tungu (H.) = Chungu, anti.
Tungujay a common weed, a speoiet
of solanum.
Tungvlia ku- (M.) = Chungtilia ^u-,
to peep.
Tunika ku- ^.)» to lose the skin, to
be flayed.
Tunu, a rarity, a choice gift, a
present.
Tunuka ku-^ to love excessively, to
long for.
Tunulcia ku^ to make a present to.
Tunzot plur. matunea, care.
Tunga ku-f to take care of, to look
after, to make gifts to.
Tupa, a file.
Tupa, plur. maiupa (M.), a bottle.
Tupa ku-, to throw, to throw away.
Kutupa naihariy or macho, to cast
a glance, to cast the eyes.
Kutupa mkono, to break off friend-
ship.
Tupia ku-, to throw at, to pelt witlu
Tupiza ku-, to pass its proper mca-
. sure or time.
'tupUj bare, empty. It makes tupu
with nouns lUse nyumba. See
Utupu,
Tupua ku'f to root out, to pull up.
Turuhani, tare, allowance for pack-
age, &c., in weighing.
Turuma. See Maiuruma,
Turuptika ku-^ to slip out of one's
hand.
TusUihf ascriptions of praise, a
rosary, the beads used by Mo-
hammedans in praying. See
TaOnh.
Tutha Xm-, to lower, to make mean
or low.
Tuahi, plur. mattuhi, abuse, bad
language. See Matuau.
TuiwirOf a picture.
Tuta, plu?. ma/tfto, a heap of eiirlbv
UtJt
401
i talsed bod for planting Bweet
potatoes.
Tutu! Leave it alone I Don't touch I
Used to little children.
Tutuka ku; or Tutu*mka or Tutu-
tika, to rise in little swellings, to
come out in a rash.
Tutuma hu-^ to make a noise of
bubbling, to boil up.
Tutumua hu-.
Kujitutumua^ to gather oneself
up for an effort.
Tuxa hu-f or Tmza fti*-, to weep (of
a wound).
Kutnza damu (M.), to run down
with blood, to bleed exces-
sively.
Tuxa kU' = Tunza ku-.
Kujituza^ to make oneself mean
or low.
Tuzanya ku-^ to come to an agree-
ment (A.).
"tuh = 4w,
fwa Ani(M.) = Chwa kth.
Twaa ku-, to take.
Kutwaa nyara^ to take as spoil.
Twcdia &»-, to take from.
Twaliwa ^, to be deprived of, to
have had taken from one. Used
also in the sense of^ to be taken.
Ttoana ku- or Tuana ku-^ to settle.
Twana kth = Twazana,
Twanga ku-f to dean com from the
husk by pounding it in a wooden
mortar.
Ttoangia ku-^ to clean com for,
with, etc
Twazana ku", to resemble in fSotce,
to be like.
Tweka ku-t to hoist, to raise, to
take up.
Ttceiha ku-^ to go by night to see
anyone.
fhoeta ktt-f to pant, to strive for
breath.
Tufeza ftu-, to despise, to hold in
contempt.
Twiga, a giraffe, a camelopard.
Twika kU', to put a load on a man's
head. Also Tika.
V.
U Is pronounced like oo in food.
U before a vowel takes a conso-
nantal sound, and may be written
w. This change is not so marked
before a u as before the other vowels.
Sometimes both w's keep their vowel
sound. U before o ia frequently
dropped:
Moyo = Muoyo,
The syllable mti- is seldom so
pronounced in Zanzibar: it becomes
mw- or 'm, or a simpler m.
L and u are sometimes appa*
rently interchanged, as,
Ufalme or Ufaume, a kingdom.
MUingo or Mvcango^ a door.
Nouns in tf- or to- generally lose
their u- in the plural, most of tliem
substituting n- or ny- for it, but
dissyllable nouns keep the n- and
prefix ny^. See N,
The insertion of a -»- before the
final -a of a verb reverses its mean-
ing.
Knfunga, to fasten.
Kufttngua, to unfasten.
There is a suppressed I between
the u and the a (as always in
Swahili between two consecutive
vowels), which appears in the ap«
plied forms.
Kufungtdia, to unfasten for.
I The passive of the applied forms
402
t
tJOH
of verbs in -ud k used also A» tho
passive of the simple fonn.
Kufun^iioa,io be unfastened, or
to have unfastened for one.
Kuua, to kill, is irregular, and
makes its passive by adding -tea,
I'ttuawa, to be killed.
U ( Ar.)> and.
Ui thou art, it is, of nouns in u-,
and of those which moke their
plural in mi-.
U- or io-t tlio sign of the second
person singular.
U- or 10-, the personal prefix of the
third person singular denoting a
substantive in u-, or one wliich
makes its plural in mi-.
•U-, or -10-, the objective prefix de-
noting a substantive in u-, or one
that makes its plaral in mi-.
U- as a substantive prefix is used
to form abstract nouns, and also
to form the names of countrie%
as,
Unyiica, the Kyika country;
Ugala^ the Galla country ;
DzungUf the country of Eu-
ropeans.
Va ku-, to kill.
Passive, huuawa, to be killed.
Ua, plur. maua, a flower.
Ua, plur. nytio, ayard, an cnclusure,
a fence.
Ua toa mo&ua, an enclosure fenced
with miama fetalks.
Ua tea mahuti^eLik enclosure fenced
with plaited cocoa-nut leaves.
Uanda^ a court, a yard.
Uanda = Wanda,
Uavja = Uanda,
UapOf plur. nyapo, an oath.
XJavoaiu; to be killed.
VayOf plur. nyayo, the sole of the
foot, a footprint
UbabwOf pap^ a aoft food for chil-
dren.
Uhafu or UhavUt plur. mbamtf a rilx
Mbavuni, in or at its side.
Uhani^ incense^ galbanum.
Uhaldi, nullity.
UhaUy plur. mbau^ a plank.
Ubawa^ plur. VRJbawa^dk wiug feather.
Uhazazi,
Kvfanya vhaxazi^ to make a bar-
gain.
Ubdeko, a cloth worn by women, a
customary present to the bride's
mother on the occasion of a
wedding.
Ubi8hi,9kioke.
UhuyUf the inside of tho calabash
fruit
Ucha/u or UcJiavu, filthinets.
Uehagaa = Utcujaa,
Uchcda, a raised stage to put corn
&c. upon.
Uchauii, witchcraft, black magic
Kufanya uehawt\ to iiraclise
witchcraft
Uchi, nakedness.
Udiipnluiy plur. ehipuJca, a shoot, a
blaile of gmss.
UchocliorOf a passage, opening be-
tween.
Udiovu, tedionsnets.
Uchu, a longing.
Uchukuti, the leafstalk of the ooooi^
nut leaf.
Uchvkuzif carriage, cost of carry*
ing.
UdiuJewi, a kind of rice.
Ucliumi = Uttttni,
UehungUf bitterness, pain, poiaoo.
Uchunguy bitter. See 'Chungu,
Davoa uchungu^ bitter mediciQ6b
tJDA
UKA
403
UdaJcOt babbling, telling sooreft.
Udevu, plur. ndevu^ one hair of tbe
beard.
UdofjOy smallness, youth.
Udongo, clay, a kind of earth used
to mix with the lime and sand in
making mortar.
Ufa kti-, to become cracked,
rz/a, pliir. nyufa, a crock.
Kutia Ufa, to crack.
UfagiOy plur. fagio, a brush, a broom,
a bundle of the leaves of a palm
used to sweep with.
VfahamUf memory.
Ufajiri = Alfajiri,
Ufalmeoi l7/attme,kingdom, royalty.
Ufidiwa, a ransom.
Vfisadi, vice.
XJfUkt, vice.
VfitOt plur. fiiOy a thin stick, sticks
such as those which are used as
laths to tie the mdkvti thatch to.
IT^za, plur. j2«, the gums.
JJfu, death, the state of being dead.
Ufufulio or VfufuOt resurrection,
revivaL
TJfuharay destitution.
Ufuhtoe, absolute destitution.
Ufumhi, valley, bottom.
UfungOf stone bench, = KibarazcL
IJfungUj relatives.
Ufunguo, plur. funguOf a key.
Ufuo, sandy beach.
Ufuta, semsem.
Ufuihulif ofBciousness.
Uga^ an open space in a town where
a house has been pulled down, or
where a dance ooidd be hield.
Ugali, porridge.
Vganga, white magic, medicine.
UghaibUy the little packet of betel
leaf, areca nut, lime, and tobacco
made up for chewing.
UgOf enclosure, close.
Ugomvif a quarrel, quarrelsomeness.
Vgor^wat sickness, a sickness.
Ugmni, a general collection of debts.
Ugua ku-, to fall sick, to groan.
Ugumu, hardness, diflSculty.
Ugtkza ku-f to nurse, to take care of
Uguoe^ string. [a sick person.
Uharabu, mischief.
Uharara, warmth.
Vharibivu^ destruction, destructive-
ness.
TJhtajiy want, thing wanting.
UhurUf freedom.
UimbOf^lva. nyimbo,B. song, a ballad.
Uirari (in arithmetic), proportion,
division of profits. See Worari.
Vizi, theft, thieving,
TJjdhtliy boldness.
Ujalifu, fulness.
TJJana, youth.
Vjari, tiller-ropca.
Ujenzit building.
Uji, gruel.
Ujima, help of neighboui8» assist-
ance in work.
Ujinga, rawness, dulness, ignorance.
Ujio, coming.
UJira, hire, reward.
Ujurnbey chiefship, headship.
Ujuvif knowingness, officiousness,
pretended knowledge.
rz/tMt, defilement, whatever is re-
moved by ablutions.
Ukaangoy plur. kaango, an earthen
pot for cooking with oil or fat.
JJliafu.
Ukafu wt mq/t| a bubble on
water.
Ukali, fleroeness, sharpness.
Kufanya ukali, to scolJ.
Ukamhaa, plur. kambaa (M.), oord
line.
4.01
UKA
tJ&tJ
Ukamilifu, perfectnefls, pearfeotioni
Ukanda, a strap.
Uhao, stay, stopping.
UkarimUf generosity, liberality.
UkawOj delay.
UkayOf a long piece of blue calico,
often ornamented with spangles,
worn by slaves and poor women
in Zanzibar over their heads:
it has two long ends, reaching
nearly to the ground.
VhdeU, plur. "keUle, a cry, a noise.
Akapigitoa ukelele^ and a cry was
made at liim.
UJcemi, a ball (Mer.).
Niptgie ukemi, give me a calL
Ukengele, a sort of knife made in
Zanzibar.
UhetOt depth.
Uhingo, the brink, a screen, an en-
closure made with cloths.
Ukirif plur. WW, a strip of fine
matting about an inch broad, out
of which mikeka are made.
UMwOy desolation, solitude where
people once were.
Uko or Etiko, there.
Ukoa^ plur. k^oa^ a plate of metal,
one of the rings on the scabbard
of a sword, &c.
Vkoga^ the tartar and dirt on the
teeth.
Ukohozi, phthisis.
Ukoka, grass cut for fodder.
Ukoko, the rice on the top of the
pot, which is often dry and
scorohed tlirougb the custom of
pouring away the water when the
rice is done and heaping live
embers on the lid of the pot
Ukoko (A.), a cough,
Ukologefu, decay,
Ukomct, leprosy.
UkombOj a scraper, a curved knife
for hollowing out mortars, &c
UkombdleuHi, a ransom.
Ukomhozi or Ukomboo, a ransom
Ukonde (10a tende)^ a (date) stone.
Ukongwe^ oldness, extreme old age.
Ukonyezo, plur. konyezo, a sign made
by lifting the eyebrow.
UkoOf nastiness, undeanness (?).
17^00, ancestry, pedigree, family
origin and connections.
Ukope, plur. kope, a hair from the
eyelash.
Ukoiif the nape of the neck.
Ukubalit acceptance.
UkubwOf greatness, bigness.
Ukuchctf plur. kucha, a nail, a claw,
a hoot
Ukufl, plur. kufij a handful, what
will lie upon the hand.
Ukumbif an apartment at the en-
trance, a hall, a poroh. The
■ vkumhi is within a stone house
and outside a mud house.
UkumbukHf recollection.
UkumbushOf memorial, a reminder.
Ukumhuu, plur. kumbuu, a girdle
made of a narrow cloth, a turban
doth twisted tightly into a sort
of rope such as the turbans of
the Hindis are made ofl
Ukundufu, pleasingness, oommo*
diousness, liberality.
UkungUf mould, mouldiaess.
Kufanya ukungu, to get mouldy
Ukungu, the first light of dawn.
Ukuni, plur. kuni, a piece of fire*
wood.
Ukurasa^ plur. fturosa, a leaf of a
book, a sheet of paper.
UkuUi, plur. kutOj a stone wall.
Ukuti, plur. kuti, a leaflet of the
oocoa-nut tree.
tJKU
tTME
405
Vkuu, greatness, size.
Ukwaju, a tamarind.
Ukwatefuy nece88ity,havlngnotMng.
Ukwasif wealth, riches.
Uhtvalo, plur. kwcUo, a hoof.
Ulalo, a tree or trees cut down so
as to fall across a river and make
a bridge over it
Ulojh gluttony.
Ulambiyamhij a very young dafu,
Ulanisii a foul-mouthed person.
Ulaya or WilayOy home; applied
especially to th6 home of Euro-
peans, Europe.
Ulayitif European, inferior calico.
Kamha vXayiti^ hempen rope.
Ufo, that, yonder.
UUdi^ a dhow boy, a cabin boy.
UlegevUf relaxation, the state of
being slack.
Ulia ku-j to kill for, with, &o.
Tumtdie mbaliy let us kill him
out of the way.
UlUi, & couch or bedstead (Kianz-
teani).
Ulimho, birdlime, gum, resin.
Ulimbtoendef dandyism.
Ulimi, plur. ndimi, the tongue, a
tenon, the heel of a m»st.
VUmtoengUf the worlds the universe,
a man's own world or circle of
duties and pleasures.
Kuwako ulimwengunif to be alive.
Ulingo, a raised platform to scare
Ulio, which is. [birds from.
VUtimOy the last three cards of the
pack.
Vlim fctt-, to ask, to inquire of a
. person.
Kumuliza hali^ to ask how he
does.
Sitoezi kuuliztca utvongOf I cannot
ieU a Ue,
Vtizta hu*^ to make inquiries on
behalf of.
Ulongo, fjEdsehood. See Uwongo,
Umat plur. nyuma, a spit; a largo
fork, an awl.
Umawa kuokeanyama, a gridiron.
Uma ku-f to bite, to sting, to hurt»
to give pain to, to ache.
Umdheli, ingenuity.
Umalidadif dandyism. '
Umande, dew, morning air, mist,
the west wind.
Umankinif poverty.
Umatif a multitude, peoples
UmcUi J«a, Christians.
Umati Musa^ Jews.
Umati Muhammad, Mohammedans.
Umba ku-f to create, to shape.
Umba ku-p to bale out a boat For
Kumha. '
Unibaumba ku-, to sway about like
a drunken man.
Umbo, plur. maumbo, form, outward
likeness, appearance, character,
species.
Najiona umbo la kuvsa ktzivoi, I
feel getting deaf.
Umhu, plur. maumbu^ a sister.
Umbua ku-, to allege a defect, to
depreciate.
Umbtoaf or better Jilbwa, a dog.
'Ume (or -Zume), male, strong. It
makes ndume with nouns like
nyumha,
WconO wa kuume, the right hand.
Umeme, lightning.
Umia ku-f to give pain to.
Vmika ku-, to cup.
Umio, the OBSophagus.
ITmito, heaviness, feeling heavy.
Umiza ku-, to hurt
Umka ku', to swell, to xise when
leavened.
406
UMfi
tJPA
Unihu (?) ku-, to call.
Umo or Humo^ there insldo.
Umqja, oneness.
I7tiirt,age.
Umri fBoke apatajet How old
is he?
Umua ku', to take honey from the
Lire.
Unci, yon have, thou hast.
Una ninif What is the matter
with you?
Unazozitaliaf which you are asking
for.
Unda %tt-, to build 'ships or boats.
Undu, the comb of a cock.
Unene, stoutness, thickness.
UnenyekeOf humility^ abasement,
reverence.
Ungoj flour, powder.
Unga toa ndere, a magic poison.
Unga ku-, to unite, to splice, to join.
Ungama, a place near Melinda,
swallowed up by the sea.
Ungama ku-y to acknowledge, to
confess of one*s own accord.
Ungamana ku^ to bring together,
connect
Ungamoy a yellow dye used for
dyeing matting.
C&iOfa7iaXn»-, to unite, to join together.
Unge-, the sign of the second person
sing, conditional.
UngedumUf you would continue.
Ungekuwa, you would be.
Ungi, much, plenty.
UngOy the hymen (?>
Kuvunja ungo, to be deflowered,
to begin to menstruatt?.
Ungo, plur. maungo, a round flat
basket used in sifting.
Ungua ku-^io be scorched or scalded.
Uuguja, Zanzibar.
Ungtdia ku-, to scorch or scald.
Unguza ku-, to scorch or scald, to
bum.
Ungaana, the state of being a freo
and civilized man, civilization.
-ungwana, civilized, as opposed to
'Shenzi; free, as opposed to
Kiungtoanaf of a civilized kind.
Unudcy or Unwele, or Unyele, plur.
nyele, a hair.
Unyago, 8ee Kinyago.
Kuchezea unyagOt to teach wo-
manhood.
UnyoM, reed, grass.
UnyayOf plur. nyayo, the sole of the
foot, a footprint
UnyeU, See UnueU,
Unyende,
Kupiga unyende, to cry with a
feeble thin voice.
UnyikOj the Nyika country.
Unyoa, plur. nyoa, a feather.
Unyofu, straightness, uprightness.
UnyogotfUj idleness.
Unyonge, vileness, meanness.
Unyungu,
Kupiga unyungu^ to strut about,
to show. oneself o£El
ITnytw&i, plur. nytulii, a hair from
the eyebrow.
Uof plur. mauo, a sheath.
Uoga or Woga^ fear.
UovUf rottenness, badness, oorrup-
tlon, malice, eviL
Uozi, marriage.
Upaa, baldness.
Upaa ioa kiitea, crown of the
head, baldness.
Upajat plur. paja^ the thigh.
Upaji, liberality.
Upamba, plur. pantbaf a bill, a small
hatchet
Upana^ width, breadth
tPA
tTpande, plar. pande, a side, part.
Upande wa Mvita^ near or about
Hombas.
Upande vfa diini, the under side,
the lee side.
TJpande wa Juu, the upper side,
the weather side.
Upande wa gosltiniy the «ide where
the tack of tlio sail is fastened,
the weather side.
Upanga, a cock's comb.
Upanga, plur. panga, a sword.
Upanga wafelegiyA long straight
two-edged sword carried by the
Arabs.
Upanga wa imanit a short sword
with a kind of cross hilt.
Kuweka upanga, to set up a
sword on its edge.
Upao, plur. pao, one of the small
stickis used as latlis to tie the
thatch to.
Upapi, the outer beading of a door
frame.
Upataji, yalue. •
Upato, a round plate of copper
beaten as a musical instrument.
Upatca, plur. j?atra, a flat ladle made
out of a cocoa-nut shell, used
for serving out curry, gravy, &o.
An upawa differs from a Icata in
being very much flatter and
shallower: more than two-
thirds of the shell are cut away
to make an upatca ; scarcely a
quarter is cut off in making a
kaia.
Upelcechoj the piece of wood used
to make fire by rubbing.
UpekelevH, destruction, harm, quar-
relling.
UpeU, plur. pde^ a large pimple.
Fde^ the itch.
tRA
407
Vpentdto, curved end, hook, a stick
to hook down fruit with.
Upendaji, the habit of liking.
Upendavyo, as you please.
UpendeltQ, favour.
Upenziy love, affection, liking.
Upeo, plur. peo (M.), a 8wee]>ing
brush.
Upeo, the eztremest point visible,
the extreme limit, something
which cannot be surpassed
Upepeo, plur. pepeo, a fan.
Upepo, plur. pepo, a wind, cold.
See Pepo, The plural is used to
denote much wind.
UpeHy quickly, lightly.
Upia = Upya^ newness.
Upindi, plur. pindi, a bow.
Upindi wa mvua, the rainbow.
Upindo, a fold, a hem.
Upo, a water-dipper for a boat or
dhow.
Upofuy blindness.
Upogoy a squint.
Upogoupogo, zigzag.
UpoUf gentleness, meekness.
Upondo, plur. pondo, a pole used to
propel canoes and small vessels.
Upongoe, plar. pongoe, the leaf stem
of a palm tree.
Upoozay paralysis.
Upote^ string, bowstring.
Upotevu, waste, destructivencsa,
wastefulness.
Upumbafu, folly.
Upunga, plur. punga, a flower or
embryo nut of the cocoa-nut tree.
Upungufu, defect, defectiveness.
Upupti, cow-itch.
Upuzif nonsense, chatter, silly talk.
Upweke, singleness, independence.
Upya^ newness.
Urathi, contentments
408
tRfi
tf fi
Ure/tt, length.
Uremboy ornament, applied espe-
cially to the black lines painted
on their faces by the women of
Zanzibar by way of ornament,
Urithit inheritance.
Ur<mgo= Utoongo.
Urothaj invoice.
UrUf diamonds (in cards).
Usaflt shavings and chips.
I7«i7u7, .matter, pus.
Usemij talk, conversation.
Ushadiy plur. ntfushadi, verses.
Ushahidi, or Uakiiftuda, testimony.
UthambUiOf haste, snddenly.
Uthang<iy plur. shanga, a bead.
Utharika, partnership, sharing.
Ushau/u, deceit
l7sAera<t, dissipation. AlaoAtherati,
UtKiy a string-course.
UihuJaOf heroism, great oonrage.
Ushukuraj thanks.
Usliungut a vegetuble poison, used
to poison arrows.
UthupafUf perversity, crookedness.
Uthuru, tax, duty, customs.
U»ia Xctt-, to leave directions or
orders, by will, &o. See Wasia.
Uatkizi, hearing, attention, under-
standing.
l/«t%«, night The plur. si%« is used
to denote days of 24 hours. Four
whoU nights must be rendered
nku nne unku kucha. Four days
and nights, iiku nne mchana na
usiku.
Usimangaj mockery.
Usimeme, firmness.
Usinga, plur. nnga^ a (straight, not
woolly) hair. See Singa,
Usingizi, plur. nngizi^ sleep. See
Zingizi.
Wri, delay.
UntoOt on the high i
UdOf plur. nytuo, face, countenance.
Ussubuif for Asnibui, in the morning,
the morning.
Uwbiy a sandfly, a midge.
U$ufij silk cotton from the nuufl
tree.
Uiukanif plur. ntkani, a ruddt-r.
UsuUant, sultanship.
UsuTnba^ see Makumhi,
Uta, plur. nytUa or maia, a bow.
Uta. [bow and arrows.
MaftUa ya uta, semsem oil.
Utaa, a raised stage to put corn,
&c. on.
TJtabtbuy medical science, bein<; a
doctor.
UtagaOf a branch of a tiee^
Utaji^ a veil.
Utajiri, wealth.
Ut<ika(Ao, what you wish.
UtaJcatifu, holiness, purity.
Utako (Mer.)t keel of a dhow.
UtamhcMf plur. tambaa^ a bandaget,
a rag.
Utambi, plur. tamhi, a lamp-wick, a
piece of stuff for a turban.
Utambo (tea su/uria, Ac), a swing-
ing handle like that of a pail.
Utamvua, end or corner of a turban,
of a cloth, &c.
Utandu (A.) = UkohK
Utanduf hymen.
Utaniy a kindred race, the belonging
to a kindred tribe, familiarity.
UtanzUf plur. tanzu^ a bninoli.
Uiashij desire.
Utati, tonguetiedness.
JJlawi,
Kupiga tttotot , to drink grog to-
gether.
UU,
Ute wa yayif the white of an egg^
UTK
Utelezi^ slipperincss.
Utemhe, the chewed refuse of betel
leaf, &o.
Utenziy a poem, especially a reli-
gious poem.
Uteo, plur. teo (M.,), a sifting bas-
ket.
Utepe^ plur. tepe, a tape, a baud, a
filler, a stripe.
UtepetefUy languor.
Utesif strife.
Uihabili, bravery, firmness.
Uthai/Uf Treakuess, infirmity.
Uthani, weight.
Uthiku-, to harass, trouble.
UthiOf bother, noise, uproar.
Uthia Anc-, to harass.
Uthibajit cheat, deceit, stratagem.
JJthtka ^tt-, to be harassed.
Uthilifu, calamity, great trouble.
- Uthuru hu-t to excuse.
Utu
Uti wa maungo^ the backbone.
Utiko, the roof-ridge of a thatched
house.
Utiririf a provoking trick.
Utofu, dull, without amusement.
Utofu, thinness, weakness.
UtokOf mucus from the vagina.
Uto.
Uto wa nyama, fat cooked^ out of
meat, dripping.
Utxmvoa^ thick white sap.
TJtondwi^ small dhows trading about
Zanzibar, coasters.
XJiosi, the top of the head.
Utoto, childhood.
Utufu, fatigue.
TJlvkuftk, greatness, exaltation,
glory.
VtuUt wretchedness, weakness, un-
fitness.
JJiuUm^ ^uietneffs, patlonoe.
UWA
409
Utumhavu, thickness, Bwelling,
rising.
UlumbuizOf a soothing thing, verses
sung during a dance.
UtumCf sending people about.
Utumi, use, usage.
Utumo, business, place of business.
Utumica, slavery, employment, en-
gagement.
Kutia utumwantf to enslave.
Utungu (M.) =s Uchungu,
Utunguy is used in the dialect of
Zanzibar only for the pains of
childbirth, Utungu toa uzazi,
Utupa, a species of euphorbia used
as a fish poison.
Utupu, naked (vulgar).
Mtu utupUf a naked man.
Mtu mtupu, a mere man.
Uuajh murderousness.
Uudif aloes wood.
Uuza hu. See Uza lew.
Uvif a door [Tumbatu].
Uvfvut idleness, sloth.
Uvuguvugut lukewarmness.
Maji yana uvuguvugu^ the water
is lukewarm.
UvuU, shade.
Uvumhay incense, galbanum.
'Uvundo, a smell of corruption.
Uvurujika^ tendency to crumble, a
being spoilt and decayed.
Uvurunguj hollowness.
Jitoe la uvurungUf a hollow stone.
Uvyazif birth.
Utoanda, a plain.
Uujangot arrowroot
Utoanga, a sweet dish made of
wheat, flour, sugar, and ghee.
Uicanjaf a courtyard, an enclosure.
Uwashi, masonry.
Uwaiij a vesicular eruption oq the
skin.
410
UWA
Utoaziri, the vizirship,
Uweli, sickness, disease.
UtoeU toa viungo, rhcomatisnu
Uwezo^ power, ability.
Uwinda.
Kupiga uvfinda^ to pass the ends
of the loin-doth between the
legs and tuck them in, as is
done loosely by the Banyans,
and tightly by men at work.
Uwingut plur. mbingu^ heaven, sky.
The plural is the form more com-
monly used.
Uwitu^ jealousy.
Vwongoy falsehood.
Manenoye yamekuwa uwongo, he
has become a teller of lies.
Uyt^uapo, if yon know them.
TJyoga, a mushroom.
JJyuzi^ ingenuity.
TJyuzi iSw-, to ascertain.
JJza i!w-, to ask, to ask questions.
Uza fctt- or Za ^u-, to sell.
The « in huuzoj or rather Icuza^
to sell, is very short and insig-
nificant : it is possibly only a
partial retention of the Itu-,
which bears the accent and is
retained entire in the usual
tenses. The ti- in hwiza^ to
ask, is much more important,
as is shown clearly in the ap-
plied forms.
KuuUtOt to ask of a person ;
pres. perf. ametdizcu
Kfdtzoy to sell to a person ;
pres. perf. amdiza*
Uzanya 2ni-, to be ordinarily sold,
to be for sale.
Uzazi, birth.
Uzee, old age.
Uzemhe, indifference^ apathy, slow-
VAL
Vzt, plur. nyuzi, thread, string, a
stripe.
Uzikt, poverty.
Uzimat health, heartiness, complete*
ness, life.
UzingUi. BeeZin^m^VtingitLr
Uzinguo, disenchantment, as from
the power of the evil eye.
Uzini or Uzinzi, adultery, fomloa.
tion.
Uito, plur. nyuzio, a hedge mode in
the sea to catch fish.
Uzulia hn-t to depose.
Uzfdu &tt-, to depose, to remove firom
an office.
KujiuzulUf to resign, to give up a
place or office, to abdicate.
Uzurij beauty, fineness, oniament
Kufanya uzuri, to adorn oneself.
Uztuhi, raising from the bottom, as
in fishing for pearls.
Uzuzu, rawness, greenness (of a
simpleton)^
F is pronounced as in English.
r,/, and 6, are sometimes a little
difficult to distinguish accurately in
the dialect of Zanzibar. This is
probably owing to the want of a »
in Arabic
V and vy change in some dialects
into Z't in others into th-.
Mujivi, a thief, becomes mwUi at
Lamoo, and mujWii at Patta.
Vcta Zftt-, to pat on, to dress in.
The past tenses arc used in the
sense of, to wear.
Amewuiy he wears.
Alivaa, he wore.
Valia hu-.
VAO
VIT
411
Mshipi fjoa huvalia nguo, a girdle
to gird up one's clothes with.
Vao, plur. mavao, dress.
Varanga, interrupting and bother-
ing talk.
7a2t, plur. mavati, a dress, a gar-
ment
Fcwia, well, very w^l.
Vema or Vyema, good. See -ema.
Ft- or Vy-f the plural prefix of sub-
stantives (and of adjectives and
pronouns agreeing with them)
which make their singular in hi'
or eh',
Vi' or Vy-t sign of the third person
plural prefixed to verbs governed
by nouns in vi- or tnj;
Vi' or Vy" prefixed to adjectives
often gives them an adverbial
sense.
•vt-, the objective prefix represent-
ing nouns in vi- or t^-.
Via ku-y to stop short of perfection,
to be stunted in its growth, to
remain only half cooked for want
of fire, Ac, &o.
Viaa 7cu' = Vyaa Jcu-,
Yiatu (plural of Kiatu)^ shoes, san-
dals.
Viaiu vya Kizungu^ European
shoes.
Viatu vya 11(7021,, leather sandals.
Viaiu vya mti, wooden clogs.
Viazi (plur. of Kuui), sweet pota-
toes.
Viazi vya Kizungu, potatoes.
Viazi vi^tttt, yams.
Viberiti (plur. of Kiberiti), matches,
lucifers.
Vidaniy collars of gold, fte.
Viemhe or Vyenibe^ arrows.
Vifaa, necessaries, useful things.
Vigvje, braid, reins.
ViJinenOf little words, prattle.
Vika ku-f to clothe, to dress.
VHe, those yonder.
Vileviley just those things, like
things, in like manner.
Vilia ku-y to stop and stagnate, as
the blood docs in a bruise.
VUi4}, a stagnation, a stoppage.
MavUio ya damUf bruises, effusion
of blood.
Virnha ku-, to swell, to thatch.
Vimbisha kth, to overfeed a person.
Vimbiwa ku-^ to be overstuffed, to
overeat oneself.
VimOf all of one size.
Vinga vya moto^ firebrands, sing.
Kinga eha moto.
Vingiy many. See 'ingi,
Vingine^ others. See -ngine.
Vinjari ku-, to cruise about, to go
looking out for something, to
watch.
Vinyavinya Am-, to press and crush
food for children and sick people.
Vinyi, See Mwenyi.
Vinyu = Mcinyo,
Vioga feu- (M.), to tread.
Viovtiho = Vyaaiiba,
Viote or Vyote^ all. See -ote.
Vipandevya kupimia, nautical in-
struments, sextants, &o.
Vipde (plur. of Kipele), small
pimples, a rash.
Vipele vya harara^ prickly heat.
Viringa A'u-, to become round.
Imeviringay it is round.
Viringana kth, to become spherical.
Viska ftti-, to give clothes to.
Vita, war.
Vitanga vya mizani^ scales, scale-
pans.
Vitindi vya shctbay brass wire.
Vittca vitway topsy-turvy.
412
viv
VUN
Vivia ku't to smoulder.
Vivi hivi, oommoQ, just there, just
80, anyhow.
•Wvti, idle, dull, slow.
Kiiu ni kivivu^ the knife is blunt
(A.).
Vivyot thus, in the way mentioned.
Vivychivyo, in like manner.
Viudmbi (plnr. of Kiwimhi), wave-
lets, a ripple.
Viza kn-^ to stunt, to prevent its
attaining perfection, to interrupt,
to stop or hinder in work.
Vizia Anc-, to watoh, to spoil one's
work for one, to hinder one from
working.
Vizuri, fine, finely. See -turi,
Vua h%h, to take off clothes.
Vua fctt-, to saTib to deliver, to take
across.
Vva ku-f to fish, to catch fish.
Vuata ku- or Vwata ku-^ to press with
the teeth, to hold in the mouth.
Vuaza fctt-, to wound by striking or
running into unawares, to cut
VugcuM hh, to put to (a door).
VugOf a horn played upon by bcat-
Vt^ja kU', to leak, to let water, [ing.
Vt^ia ku-t to ooze out
Vuka ku-f to cross, to go over, to
pass a river, to be saved.
Vuke, steam, vapour, sweat
Viikuka ku^, to take across, to ferry
over.
Vvkiza ku*, to cause to fume, to
give off vapour.
Vukuta Xpu-, to blow bellows.
VvkutOf sweat
VuU.
Vudu vulSf an insect living in
wood, a carpenter bee (?).
Vulif shade.
Mhono wa kwmlh tUe right band*
Vtdia ku-f to catch fish for, or
with.
Vuma ku-, to blow as the wind, to
buzz like a bee.
Vuma fcu-, to lose (in card-playing).
Vumbi, plur. mavum&t, dust, flue,
muddiness in water.
Vurnbika A»f-, to put in under some-
thing, to stick into the embers, to
cover with a heap of leaves, &e,
Vumhikia ku-, to put seeds or plants
in the ground before rain, to get
them into the ground.
Vumbilia %tf-.
Kuvumbilia vita, to get into a
quarrel.
Vumbu^ plur. mavunibu, lumps in
flour, &0,
Vumhua kth, to find after a search*
to discover.
Vumi^ a noise aa of blowing of
bellowing, often made with a
dr*vn.
Vumilia kth, to endure, to tolerate,
tobCiOr.
Vumisha ku-, to win (in card-play
ing).
Vunaku', to reap.
Vufiaktt',
Kujivunat to swell up, to be
puffed up.
Vundcty Ac. = Vunja, &c.
Vunda ku-, to rot
-vun^ti, hollow.
Vunja ku-, to break, to ruin, to
spoil, to change a piece of
money.
Kuvunja Jungo, to have a final
feast, as before Bamathan.
VunJa Jungo or ehungu, a mantis
(Mantis religiosa), so called ftrom
the superstition that a person
touching it will bre^ \]\e qp^|
VUN
-WA-
413
piece of ozookeiy or glaas ha
handles.
Vunjia kw-, to break for, vith, fto.
Vunjtka Anc-, to become brokexu
Vuruffa Anc-, to stir.
Vurujtka A»c-,to break up into frag-
ments, cmmble.
Vurumuha Am-, to throw a stone, &o.
VuduL Aftt-» to put across, to ferry
over, to put into the right way,
Vuta Aptf-» to draw, to pnlL
Kuvuia majif to bale out water.
Kuvuia mdkoHa, to row.
KuvtOa tumbahOf to smoke to-
baoca
Vuviakthy to blow.
Vuvumha Aru-, to grow up quickly.
Fuct, plnr. mavuzi, a hair of the
pubes. Also, (A.) hair in gene-
ral.
Vy- = F^.
VyOy of.
Vyaa Am-, to bear children, or fruit.
Pass, vyatoa or vyaliioa.
Vydke or Vydkwe, his, her, its.
FyaAfo, thy.
VyaJcida (jfiur. of CJMkuld), things
to eat, victuals, meals, provisions.
Vyalitoa Aw-» to be bom.
Vyangu, my, of me. See -angu.
VyaOy their, of them. See -ao,
VyetUf our, of us. See -etu.
Vyentty your, of you. See -enu,
•vyoot-vyo-t as.
Upendavyo, as you please.
UnipendavyOt as you love me, for
my sake.
Alivyoagiza, as he directed. See
ginti.
Vyo^ -vyo, -vyo-, which. See -o.
Vyo vyoUf whatsoever.
Vy(ynibo (plur. of Chombo)^ vessels,
household utensils, baggage.
TFis pronounced as in English.
W is commonly in Swahili a con-
sonantal If, and in many words w
or « may be written indifferently.
There are other cases, as in the
passive termination -twi, where the
sound can only be expressed by an
English t9.
IF- as U'f which see.
W'f the prefix proper to possessive
pronouns governed by substan-
tives either singular or plural
which denote animate beings.
Wa, ot See -a.
Wa niniy why.
Hamui wa Tani, Tani's Hamiei,
i.e. Hamisi, the son of Tani.
Wa or 27, the Arabic and,
Wa ! an Arabic exclamation.
IFa-, 4he plural prefix of substan-^
tives in w-, 'm-, or mw- which
denote animate beings.
IFo-, the plural prefix of adjectives
and pronouns agreeing with sub-
stantives which denote animate
beings.
Tfo-, the prefix marking the third
person plural of verbs governed
by nouns denoting animate be-
ings.
Where the tense prefix begins
with an -a- that of the personal
prefix coalesces with it, so that
there is no difference between
the second person singular and
the third plural,
-too- the objective plural prefix
referring to substantives which
denote animate being*
2 B
414
WA
Wa fciT-, to be, to become (?) : the
hh bears the accent and is re-
tained in the nsnal coses.
The present tense of the substan-
tive Terb is generallj i-epre-
Mnted by nior by the personal
prefix standing alone.
The present tense with the rela-
tive is represented by the syl-
Jable*2w i4%*, he who is.
Tho present perfect amdcuiBCty &o.
has the sense of, to have be-
come. WoM is represented by
the past perfect tense cUkuwa^
XtitMi fto, to^have.
^iR^^tfla fMwmgo f should I
notbealiev?
Waa Icu-t to shine intioh, like the
. sun or the mocnu ,
TToAt plnr. matooO} a spot, a blotch,
a stain.
1Fa&5a, cholera.
Waboondeii the people living ip. the
low country between the sea and
the Shambala mountains. ■
Wadi, son qf.
Wadi Mokammed^ Mohammed's
son.
Wadi hu't to complete a term*
Watu foa ^ London " toametrodt,
the (H,M.S.) "London's" com-
mission has expired.
Wadia ku-, to be fully come, to be
quite time for anything.
Wadituui for Wcdad enna«, bom
of people, that is, of decent
family.
Waduii enmity, hostUity.
Wafihana ftu-, to conspire together.
W^fiM bu-, to suit, to be suitable
to.
Waga ku- (Mer.), to kill.
WAL
Wagunya^ the Swahill living north
of Siwi.
Wahadiy plur. nyahadi (?)» ^^
Ahadiy a promise.
Wdhid^ one.
Wai Jcu'y to be in time.
Wainua, verily.
Wdjtby rightness, it ought.
Wajihi leu-, to visit, to see face t6
face.
Wajihiana hu-^ to meet face to face,
to see one another.
Wdka Jeit-f to blaze, to bum np, to
bum.
WdkaH, time, season.
Wdkaii huuy now.
Wake or Wdkwe, his, her, or its.
Wdkf. [See -ahe.
Kufdnya vaakfy to dedicate, to set
apart for holy uses.
Wakioy the weight of a silver dollar,
about an ounce.
Wakifu fcw-, to cost
Wakifia ku-, to cost to.
Wakili, an agent, a representative.
Wdkoy thy.
Wdkti = Wakatl
WakH gani nijef at what time
am I to come ?
Wold, nor, and not
WaHa — wala — , neither — ^nor — w
WJiere or would be used in*
English after a negative vfala is
used in SwahilL
Walai ot WaUayey the most com-
mon Swahili oath.
WalaJciniy but, and 1 owever.
WaJaOf not even.
TFaZe, those yonder.
Walt, cooked grain, especially rice.
Wall wa mwikmuy What is left
fei wn . e eme meal overaight to he
eaten in the morning.
WAL
Wali, a governor.
Liwali for Al Waliy tlie governor,
is more commonly used in Zan*
zibar.
Walio. See Nyalio,
WaZio, they who are.
Walimioengu, the people of this
world.
WaUt, a saint.
Wama ku^t to lie on the face.
Wamha icu-^ to lace in the ropes
upon the frame of a Idtanda^ to
fill up.
WavMsOt attachment
Wana, they have.
Bawana^ they have not.
Wanda hu-^ to get very fat and
strong.
WaruUiy plur. nyanda, a finger, a
flnger's-breadth.
Wanga ku- (Mer.), to count, to
redcon.
Wanga^ one who uses witchcraft
against another.
Wanga, arrowroot. Also Uanga^
Wanga or Wangwa, a cllffl
Wangine, others, other people.
Wangine — wangine—^ some —
others — .
WangUf my. See -angu.
Wangua hu-^ to scoop up.
Wan/fwa, a desert, a bare waste
place.
V/angioana or WaungioanOf gentry,
free and civilized men.
Wanja,
Wanja wa manga, antimony.
Wano, plur. maioano, the shaft of
an arrow or harpoon.
Wao, they.
Wao, their. See ^ao,
tf^optf which people?
Wapif orapif whejrp?
WAT
415
Commonly joined with the per-
sonal sign of the noun.
Yu wapi or Yuko toapif where is
[he]?
Zi wapi or Ziko wapif where are
[they]?
Wapilia A;u-, to be laden with scent,
highly perfumed.
Wapo, a gift
Waradij or Waredi, or Waridi, a
rose.
WaraJca, plur. nyaraka, a letter.
Waria, a clever dhow-builder, a
clever man at any business.
Warr, a yard (measure).
Wasa, plur. nyasa, small sticks to
fill up between larger ones in a
wall or root
Wasa fttt-, to contradict
Washa hu', to light, to set fire to.
Kuvoasha moto, to light up a fire.
Washarati, great dissipation, licen-
tiousness.
Washenzij wild people, undvilized
men.
Wad, rebellion. Also JJan.
Wasia, sentence, will, declared
opinion. Also Wosia.
Wasia &tt-, to bequeath, to make a
will.
Wagili Icii-, to arrive, to come close
to, to reach.
Wasili, receipt, credit side of ac-
count, i.e, the Jeft-haud column.
WasUta Icu', to reach a person, es-
pecially of letters.
Wanli$ha hu-, to cause to reach.
Wasio, who are not.
Wash = WaHa and Wosia,
Wagtani, middling, in the middle
WasuHM, doubt
WoGiahisM hu-, to solve.
WatWcu najFTOw.
2 E 2
416
WAT
-Will
Waiia ftti-, to sit upon eggs.
W<UUf fenugreek.
Waiu (plur. of Mtu\ people.
-a toatiif other people's.
WoiVUf plor. nyami, a net to catch
gazelles, &c.
Waujilit two, two persons.
Wote wawUif both.
Waya, an earthen dish to bake
cakes on.
Wayawaya hu-, to sway like a bough
loaded with fruit, to swagger, to
be bent down and burdened.
WayOf plur. nyayo, sole of the foot,
footprint Also Uayo.
Waza Arti-, to think, consider, reflect
Wazao, progeny , ofispring, posterity.
^icazif open, dear, manifest. It
makes vjozi with nouns like
nyutnba,
Kitioa kiwazif bareheaded.
. Panalia tooxi, it sounds hollow.
Wazitocui, manifest.
Wazimu,
Ana watimUf he is mad.
Wcuirif plur. mawaziri^ a vizier, a
secretary of state, a chief officer.
WazOf plor. mauxizo, thoughts,
•rtiw, his, hers, its, for wdke»
-u«, thee, for toeioe,
Wea hu-9 to become the property of.
Weka ku-f to place, to lay, to put
away, to keep, to delay.
Nyumba hainkoekij 1 have no rest
in the house, I cannot remain
in the house.
Wekea hu'^ to put away for.
Kuwehea amana, to entrust to.
Kuwekea wik/^ to dedicate.
Weho.
Kutia weko, to weld.
Wekua hn-^ to break up, to remove.
Weleko, a cloth wcm by women.
Wdi, sickness.
Well wa machot ophthalmia.
Weliif saintly, a saint.
Wema, goodness.
Wembe^ plur. nyembe (?), a razor.
Wenga fcu-, to cause to break out
into sores.
Wengi, many. See -ingu
Wengo, the spleen.
TTenu, your. See -enu.
Wenzangtit my companions ^ TTo-
enzi wangu,
WerevUf cunning, shrewdn^ws.
Weu, a place cleared for planting.
Weupe, whiteness, clearness, light
Weupe^ white. See -eupe.
Few or Wezi^ thieves. See Mmvi,
We/we, thou, thee.
Wevsueka ^u-, to talk and munr.ur
in one's sleep. Also Weuoeteka,
Weye, you I it is you.
Weza ku-f to be able, to be a match
for, to have power over, to be
equal to.
SiwezU I cannot, or, I am sick.
Ndlikuwa siwezi, 1 was ilL
Sikuweza, 1 was not able.
Amehawexij he has fallen sick.
'weza. See mweza,
Wezekana ku-, to be possible.
Weze$lM Jcu-t to enable.
-wt, bad (old Swahili and Nyam-
Wia ku't to be to. [wezi).
Nitoie raihif don't be oifendcd
with me.
2. to have in one^s debt
Kuwiioa, to bo indebted.
Wibo, Ibo.
Wifly husband's sister.
Wika kn-f to crow like a cock.
Wilaya =: Ulayat, home, Europe
-tot7t, two. It makes mhUi Avith
nouns like nyumha^
Wimbit plur. maioimhi, a ward.
Matoimhi, surf.
TTfmW, a very small kind of grain.
Winda kw- or Winga A;u-, to chase,
to hunt.
Wingi = Ungi, plenty, a great
quantity, much.
Wingu, plur. maioingut a cloud.
TTtno, ink.
TTts^ii^a, chafi; the husks of rice, the
flour sifted off along with the
husks.
TTt/fru, odd, not even.
Wittoa (= Kmtioaf)t the being
called.
Wiva ku- = Iva hm-%
•toivu, jealous.
HctVtt = -bivu, ripe.
Wiwa hth^ to owe, to be indebted
to.
Wiza.
Mayayi matDtzoy eggs with
chickens formed in them, hard
set.
Wo, -wo, -too-, which, who, whom.
Wo wote, whatsoever, whosoever,
-iw, thy, = Wako,
Wogofya, plur. nyogofyay a threat.
TroA:ovu, deliverance, salvation.
Wongo, falsehood. Also Utoongo.
Wonyesho, showing, display.
Worari, rateable division, sharing.
Ar. WorOf to cast pebbles.
TToMO, injunotiot), sentence, charge,
wise saying. Also Wasia.
Wote, all, both.
Tuende vooie, let us both goii
Wote ^tanjilif both.
Woffin, cool.
Woweka ku-, to soak.
YAk
I
Y.
417
r is pronounced as in English.
r is in Swahili a consonantal i,
and it is often indifferent whether it
be written • or y. The use of y
is however important to distinguish
such words as kimia^ a cast-net,
and kimyOf silence.
The insertion of a y sound before
the final -a of a verb has in many
cases the effect of giving it a causa-
tive meaning. See P.
Kupona, to get well.
Kuponyoj to cure*
Kuogopiiy to fear.
Kuogofya, to frighten
r = i.
r-, the prefix proper to possessive
pronouns governed by singular
substantives of the class which
does not change to form the
plural, by plural substantives in
mi-, or by plural substantives in
Fa, of. See .-a. [tna-.
Ya kitovu, in the naveL
Ya kwamba, that
Yanfrnt Why?
Fa-, sign of the third person plural
prefixed to verbs governed by a
plural substantive in ma^.
-ya-, objective prefix denoting
plural nouns in ma^
Yaa kth, to sow seeds.
Ydbis, or Yahisi, dry, solid.
Yai = Yayi.
Yaika ^, to melt
Yofttf or Ydkwe, his, hers, ita. See
-ofce.
Yakini, certainly, certainty, it is
certain.
Yakinia h^, to determine, xo t>\>i
one's mind upon.
418
YAK
Yahinitha ku-, to make certain.
Yako, thy, your. See -dko.
Yahoioapi, where aie they 7
Ydkutij emerald (?).
Yale, those yonder,
Yaliomo, which are within.
Yanibo = Jamb0,
Yamini, an oath.
Yamlcinif possibly, possibility.
Ktoa yamkint^ possibly.
Yamkini ku- (?), to be possible.
Haiyamkinij it is not possible.
Yamur, deer.
Yange, See -nge-.
Yangedumu, they would remain.
YaTigu, my, of me. See 'ungu,
Yani = Ya tdnif for what? why?
Yaot their, of them. See -ao,
Yost, a yellow powder brought from
India, and used aa a cosmetic
rafinia, an orphan.
Yavuyavu, lights, lunga.
Yaya, a nurse, an ayah.
Yayit plur. mayayi^ an egg.
Yayi ya purn^^ testicles.
re/ = Je/ HuUol Weill What
now?
Te, -ye, or -ye-, sign of the relatiTe,
referring to animate beings,
who, which, whom.
Ye yoUt whosoever.
Yeekwayee, common-place people,
-ye, his, hers, or its, =s Yake,
Yee or Yeye, he or she, him or her.
Yet, a chUd's good-bye, " ta-ta."
YemMni = Yamkini,
Yenu, your, of you. See -enti.
Ycnyl, having. See-enyi.
Yelu, our, of us. See -etu,
YeytJca hu-,io melt, to deliquesce.
Yeyusha ku-, to cause to melt, to
melt
Yinyi s Yenyi.
-yo, thy, = Yaho.
Yo, -yo, -yo-, sign of the relative,
which,
Yo yote, whatsoever.
Yoe = Yoioe,
Yonga ku-^ to sway.
YoUf all. See -ote,
Kfjoa yote, altogether, wholly.
roti7e, a cry for help.
Kupiga yowe, to cry for help.
Tit, he or she is.
Yu-9 sign of the third person sin-
gular, referring to an animate
being. It is used chiefly before
monosyllabic verbs and in the
Mombas dialect.
Yuaja, he comes.
YtJco, yumOf &o., he Is there,
within, &o.
YuUt yonder person, that person.
Yuma ku; to sway in the wind.
Yuna, he has.
Yungiyungij the blue water-lily.
Yuza kU'f to declare, to make dear.
Z.
Z is pronounced as in zany, the
German s. Zin some dialects takes
the place of v or vy in that of Zan-
zibar.
Z is used by people who cannot
pronounce thj for the Arabic (half
thodf and dtha. See T,
Z* or zi; the sign of the third person
plural prefixed to verbs which
are governed by plural substan-
tives of the class which does not
change to form the plural, or of
that which makes its singular
intt-.
Z-f the prefix proper to pronouns
governed by plural nouns of the
class Tfhich does not change to
form the plura.1, or of that which
makes its singular in ti.
Za, ot See -a.
Za htt-. See Uza hu-^ to sell.
Zaa hu-y to bear, to breed, to beget,
to bear fruit
Zqbadi, civet
Zabibuy plur. mazdbihu (?), grapes,
raisins.
Zdbidi ku-, to take civet from the
ngatca,
Zdbuni 7v*t*-, to buy.
Zaburiy the psalter, a psalnL
Tkifarani as Zafrani, saffron, a :wo«
man's name.
Zagaa Uu-y to shine, to glisten*
Zaidi or Zayidi^ more.
ZaJcOt tithes.
Zdke or Zahwe^ his, hem, its.. See
-dke.
Zdko, thy, your. See •aJco,
Zahula (A.) s Vydhula, victuals.
ZaJia hwy to bear to.
Zalisha feu-, to beget, cause to bear.
2jaUwa Xni-, to be bom.
Zama hur^ to sink, to dive.
Zamaniy times, long ago.
Zamani za kdU, old times, long
ago, anciently,
Zamani ta Shanga, when Shanga
flourished.
Zamani hizi, nowadays.
Zamani zetUj our times.
Zamharaii^ a kind of fruit, in ap-
pearance not unlike a large dam-'
son.
Zamuha ^, to make to sink.
Zam-Oy a turn, turns.
Kwa xamu, by turni. .
ZangefuHy cinnabar.
Zangiit my, of me. See <4ifigti.
. ZID
fl9
Zani, adultery.
ZaOy plur. mazaOy fruit, profuoeb
Zsto, their. See -oo.
ZarambOf a spirit distUled firom palm
wine.
Zari, a precious kind of stuff, gold
thread, gold brocade.
Zatiti hu-, to set in or^er, furran|;e,
prepare for. '
Zaioa kuy to be born.
Zaujadit a present, a keepsake, a
rarity.
Zawaridif a Java sparrow.
Zayidi, mate,
Zazi (?), afterbirth,
-M^ his, her, or its, s?, Zak9*
'ZWj old, aged.
Zebaleh, mercury*
Zegct a dome.
ZeXabia^ a kind of sweetmeat orn-
taining syrup.
Zengea X;u-, to seek folk
Zi9nti,your. See-enii,.
ZenyU See-enyi.
Zsftf, our, of us. See -etti.
Z(800, a sort of lute with ihieo .
strings.
Zi- 5= «-.
*ci., the objective prefix deooti^.a
plural substantive either of that
class which does not change to
foi^m the plural or of that which ^
makes its singular in u-^
Ziha ku', to fill up i» hole in a wall, ,
&C., to plug up, to stop.
Zibana hu-, to be stopped up, to stop
itself up.
Ziboy plur. maztZK^ a plug, a stopper.
Zibua ku-t to unstop, to bore
through.
Zidi ku', to increase, to do more
than before.
Kuzidi kujua, to know more.
420
2tD
20 A
Ziduha k»^ to make greater, to
add to.
Zifuri, a cipher, a flgnie of nought
Zika W>, to bury, to inter.
ZikeretwuOf turnery, turned goods.
See£9re»i.
ZikL
Kamzu ya Hki, worked with
white cotton round the neck
instead of silk. See Kanzu.
Zikika kn-^ to be impoverished.
Ztktoiy plur. d%fi^(N.), a thousand.
ZUe, those yonder.
-2tma, sound, whole, healthy, com-
plete.
Zima hu-, to extinguish, to put out.
Kuzima roho, to faint
Zimia ftu-, to put out
Zimika &«-, to go out, to be extin-
guished.
ZimiUza hu^ to rub out
Zimu, See Watimu^ *Mtimu^ £ti-
•<m«, ZimwL
Zimua &»-, to cool hot water by
adding cold to it
Zimwij plur. mazimwif an ogre,
a ghoul, an evil being which
devours men, &o.
^Niui ina tknwi, Le. the cocoa-nut
has grown without anything
inside the sbelL
Zina ku-^ to commit adultery. See
Zt'ni.
Zindika &«-, to hold an opening
ceremony in, to open for use.
Zindikot an opening ceremony.
Zinduka ku-, to wake up suddenly
from a doie with a nod and a
start.
Zindukana ku-, to wake up sud-
denly.
Zinga ku-, to commit adultery (?).
Zinga ku-, to roll up.
ZingUiy sleep, great sleep. Also
UHngizi,
Zingizi 2a ktCmkomei^ msoet, a
sleep which is supposed to put
an end to all further child-
bearing.
Zingulia ku-, to relieve from the*
evil eye.
Zini ku'f to commit adultery or for-
nication.
Zira &tf-, to hate (M.).
ZtrikiQUy^BizikL
'zitOf heavy, difficult, severe, sadi
clumsy, thick.
Asdlt nzito^ thick syrup.
Zituo.
Hana sifno, he never rests.
Zitro, plur. mazitea, a lake, a pond,
the breasts.
Ziz% plur. mazizi^ a cow-yard, a
cattle-fold, a stable, palisading.
Zizi hiz{j just these, conunon.
Zizima ^, to become very calm,
very still, or very cold.
Zizimia ht-, to sink to the bottom.
ZOf »tOf -«o-» sign of the relative,
which.
Zo (ote, whatsoever,
-so, thy, = Zako,
Zoa fttf-, to gather into little heaps^
to sweep together.
Zoea &tf-, to become accustomed, to
become used to.
Zoeza &tt-, to accustom to, to make
used to.
KujizoezOy to practise.
Zomariy a kind of darionet, a pipa
Zom^ Apu-, to groan at
Zongazonga ku*^ to wind.
Zote,9X\, See-ofo.
Zua ^ to pierce, to bore through,
to innovate, to invent
NirMfiMsua, I have sucked him
dry, I have got all the informal
tlon I can from him.
Zuia hu-, to hold in, to restrain, to
hinder.
Kuzuia pumHf to stifle.
Zuilia hu-t to hold for, to keep off,
to hold in its place.
ZuJta hu-, to emerge, to rise.
Zulij perjnry.
Zidia, a carpet
Zulia fttt-, to invent to, to make a
false excuse to, to say falsely that
one has such and such a message.
Zuluika 2m-, to make crazy, to
flurry.
Zulu ku», to be crazy.
Zumaridf an emerald.
ZunMif consolation.
Zumbua hu-, to find.
Kuiunibua paa (A.), to take off
thatch.
Zumhukana &«, to be to be found.
Z02
421
Zumgu*mza hu-t to amuse, converse
with.
Kujizumgu^mzot to converse, to
amuse oneself.
Zunguica ku-, to go round, to sur-
round, to wind round, to revolve,
to wander.
Zungukazunguka ku-^io stroll about.
Zungusha ku-f to make to go round,
to turn.
Zuri ku'^ to lie, to swear falsely.
-zurif fine, beautiful, handsome.
2kiru ku-, to visit.
Kwenda kuzuru, to go to visit.
Kuzuru kabuH, to visit a grave.
Zurungi = Huthurungi, the brown
material of which kanzus are
made.
Zuzua kU', to puzzle a stranger, or
a greenhorn.
Zuzuka ^u-, to be puzzled or be-
wildered, not to know what to da
APPENDICES.
( 425 )
Appendix L
fipBomnf of Kin3nime, as written out by Johari, a native of the
fiwahili coast a.little south of Zanzibar, The Swahili is in the Merima
iialect
BWAHILL
EiNYUMB.
English.
N^tmbe
Mhencfo
An ox.
Mbuzi
Zimbu
Agoai
Punda
Ndapu
A donkey.
Nyamiya
Yangami
A cameL
Nyumba
Mhanyu
A house.
Mkeka
KamJce
A sleeping mat
Kitanda
Kdakita
A bedstead.
Mlango
Ngomla
A door.
Mijengo
Ngomije
Buildings (?>
Udtmgo
Ngoudo
Bed earth.
Ngazi
Zinga
A ladder.
Daraja
Jadara
A staircase.
Nomane
Words.
JBoii
Siba
That will da»
Kemioanamu
A woman.
Uxingizi
Ziuzingi
Sleep.
Samaki
Kisama
Fish.
Kvodi
Likwe
Truth.
Nazima
Maruui
I lend.
Sikupi
Tisiku
I will not give you.
Ntakupa
Fantahu
I will give you.
Ntdkunyima
Mantakunyi
I shall withhuld from yook
Macho
Choma
Eyes.
Mguru
Bumgu
A leg.
Rungu
Nguru
A dub.
Mbanahuo
I pray yoiL
26
APPENDIX 1.
SwAHnx
KiNTXJMB.
Ehqubb.
Ranja mainaniu
I ache wiih hungce.
Ftdob
Lwido
Fingera.
Shingo
NgoBki
The neck.
Si kwdi
Lisikwe
It is not trae.
Fjmdi
Ndifu
A master worlopaii.
Sivyo
Vyosi
Not thoB.
KaraUui
Sikarata
Paper.
Kalanm
Mulsala
A pen.
Wino
Nowi
Ink.
Pakura
Rapahu
Dish np.
Tweade zetu
Tutwendeze
Let ns be off.
Senendi
Ndisene
I am not going.
ChaJctda
Lachaku
Food.
Utakwenda
NdaiUakwe
Yon will go.
Mehanga
Ngamelia
Sand.
Samatcati (Ar.)
Ti$amawa
Heaven.
Arum (Ai .)
Tkiaru
Earth.
Mutu
Tumu
Man.
Mungwana
Namungvoa
A free man.
Mtumwa
Mtpamtu
A slave.
Sitaki
KiHia
I dislike it
Meza
Zame
A table.
Bweia
Tabwe
A box.
Sanduiiu
Kuaandu
Aohest
KUahu
Bukita
A book.
Mealia/u
Fumtaha
A Koran,
( 427 )
Appendix II.
SPEcniENB of Swtthlli correspondence in proee and Terse, containing.
— 1. Two Swahili letters, the one on giving^ the other on receiving a
small present The forms of address, &c., are those used in all letters,
whatever their subject may be. 2. Two specimens of verses sent as
letters, the first to excuse breaking an appointment, the second sent
from Pemba by a Hombas man to his friends at home, who upbraided
him for not returning. This form of writing is a very favourite one.
L
Ilia jenfib il mohA raflki yanga, bwana wangn, bwana.mkubwa,
D. 8n salamu sana» ama baada ya salamu, nalikuwa siwezl siku
nyingi, lakini sasa sijumbo kidogo, ama baadohu, nimekuleteakitoweo
kidogo ta£&thali upokee, nao k'uku saba'a, wa salamu, wa katabahu
rafiki yako H. bin A.
To the honourable the beloved, my friend, my master, the great sir,
D. S.,many compliments, but after compliments, I was unwell for many
days, but noif I am a little recovered, and after this, I have sent you a
little kitoweo [t.e. something to be eaten with the rice or grain, which
forms the bulk of all meals], and I beg your acceptance, tbey are seven
fowls and compliments, and he who wrote this is H. son cf A^
nia jenab, il moh^, il akram> in nasih, D. S., il Mwingrezi, insba'
Allah salaam aleik wa r^met Allah wa barak&tahu; wa baada,
nakuarifu hali zangn njcma wa <Aama nawe kathilik ya afia, wa
zayidi amana yako ulioniletea imefika kwangu, ahsanta, HwenyiezI
Muungu atakujazi kheiri ukae ukitukumbuka, nasi nyoyo zeta zinaku-
428 APPENDIX IL
knmbuka sana, tiinapenda uje 'ntl ya Unguja, wewe na bibi, caye aje
tumwangalie, naye aje atazame 'nti ya Unguja, nasi kuUa siku tukilala
tukia*mka tunakuombea Muungu nje 'nti ya Unguja, tnonane kwa
afia na nguvu, nasi twapenda macho yetn yakuone wewe assubui na
jioui, na usipokuja wewe, usitnsahan kwa nyaraka allah allah.
Nisalimie bibi mke wako salamu sana. Nasi tunakutamani, kama
tungalikuwa ndege tungallruka tukija tukaonane nawe mara moja
tiikiisba tukarudi. Nyumbani kwangu mke wang^ salamu sana. M.
bin A. akusalimu sana, wa katabahn M. wad\ S. 26 mwezi wa mfunguo
kenda.
To the honourable, the beloved, the noble, the sincere D. S., the
Englishman, please God, peace be with you and the mercy of God and
His blessing ; and afterwards, I inform you that my health is good, and
may you be the same as to health, and further, your pledge which you
sent me has reached me, I thank you. Almighty God will satisfy you
with good that you may continue to remember us, and as for us, our
hearts think much of you ; we wish you to come to the land of Zanzibar,
you and the mistress, and let her come that we may behold her, and
let her come that she may look upon the land of Zanzibar ; and we
every day when we sleep and when we wake pray for you to God that
you come to the land of Zanzibar, that we may meet in health and
strength, and we, we wish that our eyes should see you morning and
evening, and if you come not yourself, forget us not by letters, we
adjure you. Salute for me the mistress your wife with many compli-
ments. And we are longing for you, and if we had been birds we
would have come flying to see you once and then return. At home my
wife sends many compliments. M. son of A. salutes you much, and
he who wrote this is M. the son of S. 26 of the month Jemad al
aklur.
n.
Eala es sha'irL The Verse says.
Risala enda kwa hima Go, message, quickly
Kwa Edward Istira To Edward Steere,
Umpe yangu salama Give him health,
Pamwe na kumkhubira. Together with telling him»
Siwezi yangu jisima I am ill in my body,
Ningekwenda tesira I would have gone readily
Kumtazama padira To see the Padre,
Pamwe na Edward Stira. Together with Edward Steera
APPENDIX II. 429
Pamwe na Edward Stira. Together with Edward Steere.
nima ya Injili The doctrine of the Gospel—
Yoaijua habara He knows how its news
Pia yote knfasili To explain,— all of it.
Ni mnhebbi akhyara He is a choice friend,
Ewetu sisi afthalL Especially in onr house ;
Edi ni mta wa kwcli. He is a man of truth.
Babbi, nipe tesira. O Lord, give me prosperity.
Hatukiati kisiwa kwa uvambume na upembe
Tukaifuasa hawa kulewalewa na ombe
Ki mpunga na maziwa na kulla siku ni ngombe
Twalalia lEwa jivumba^ lipangine kwa rihani.
We shall not leave the island for tale-bearing and plotting,
And follow the fancy to be tossed on the sea.
Here are rice, and milk, and every day an ox ;
We sleep among perfumes, and strings of sweet basi].
Swahili letters are always written with a string of Arabic compli-
ments at the beginning, and Arabic words are freely introduced
throughout. In letter-writing htutri/u is used for to inform^ and
huxooKilia (not hufikia) for to reaeh, as in the phrase your letter ha$
reached me — wardka waho vmeniwasilia, Swahili verses are written in
an obsolete dialect full of Arabic words and foreign words generally,
called Eingozi. It has not yet been studied by any European. Among
its more remarkable peculiarities is the use of a present perfect made
by a change in the termination of the Verb, similar to those in use in
the Yao and in other languages of the Interior. Thus a poet may
write nibwene for nimeona, and nikomtle for nimehoma. Some speci-
mens of this dialect will be found in the poetry at the end of the
"Swahili Tales."
1 r
( 431 }
Appendix IIL
Part of a Swahili tale with tiie prefixes marked and explained. It
is printed first as in the main it would be written by a native ; next
the oomponnd forms are marked by hyphens and explained; and last
oomes an English translation.
Tule kijana akafuta upanga wake, akanena^ mimi nitaingia humo I.
The tale, of which this is a part, is oalled iheHadUki ya WnHdi, II.
na Uredoi na Jindi^ na SirUbar, The portion of it here printed begins
with a yerb in the ha tense, beoause it is canying on a narration
ahready oommenoed. The first words of the story axe^Aliondokea tatu
iajiri. After this first verb in the li tense the rest are formed with ha,
unless they are constructed with a relative or particle of time or place,
which cannot be joined with ka bat only with li,
Ytiie, that; demonstrative (p. 115) referring to a singular sub-
stantive of the first olaSs, hijana being regarded as the name of a
person. Ki-jana, a young man or woman, here a man. A-ka-ftUa^
and he drew; a-, sign of third person sing., appropriate to a noun
of the first class or to any word denoting a living being; -%a-,
sign of the narrative past tense ; -futa, draw. U-panga, a sword ;
a sing, substantive of the sixth class. TT-a^ his; possessive
pronoun, third person sing.; W', prefix proper to a pronoun agree-
ing with a sing, substantive of the sixth class. A-kattenct^ B,nd
he said ; a- and -^, as before ; -nena, speak or say out. Mimi, L ^t'-
ta-ingia, I will go in ; «<-, sign of the first person sing. ; -fa-, sign of the
future tense; -ingia, go into, enter. Mumo, in here ; a demonstrative
The youth drew hia sword, and said, << I will go into this pit, whetiier IIL
2 F 2
432 APPENDIX IIL
1. fihimoni, nikafe ao nikapone. Akaingia, akamwona mtoto amefdDgwai
naye mwanamume. Akamwambia, nifangue niknpe khabari ya
humo BhimonL Akamfnngna, akaona viohwa vingi Tya wain. Aka*
IL proper to ihe -n< case, when it denotes being, &c., within. Skimchni^
into the pit; s%t*mo-,a singular nonn of the iifth class; -ni, sign of
the locative case. Ni-ka-fe, and let me die ; m'-, sign of first person
sing. ; 'hO' and (p. 141) ; -/s, subjunctive form of /a, die. Aoy or. Ni-
Icorponef and let me live ; ni- and -2mi-, as before ; '■pone^ subjunctive
form of poMk, be saved. X-^-ln^^ and he went in ; third sing.,
narrative past of ingia^ go in. A-ka^mtD-onOf and saw him ; orha-, and
he did ; -mto-, objective prefix proper to a substantive of the first class
(nUotd); "Ona, see. M-iotOf child; sing, substantive of the first class.
A.'me^fungvMi^ bound ; a-, sign of third person sing.^ governed by a
substantive of the first class (mtoto) ; -me-, sign of the present perfect,
which is here used as a sort of past participle : 'fungtoOj passive of
/unga, bind. Na-ye, and he (p. 103). Jlfto-ana-m-umtf, a male ; mto-^
sing, prefix of a noun of the first class ; m- (for mu-^^ prefix agreeing
with a substantive of the first class; 'ume, male; the whole word*
mwanamumef is used for a man, or any human being of the male sex.
A'ha-mw-amhUtt and he said to him ; a-ka-y third sing, narrative past ;
•ifii0<, subjective prefix denoting a person (hijana) ; -amMo^ say to. Nu
fungWy unbind me ; m'-, objective prefix, first person ; -fungue^ impera-'
tive sing, oi fwnguay unbind. Ni-ku-pe^ that I may give you; m*-,
subjective prefix first person ; -Xm-, objective prefix, second person ; -pe^
subjunctive of pa, give to. Khaba/n^ news ; sing, substantive of the
third class. F-o, of; y-^ sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of
the third class (klMbari), Bumo, here in ; a demonstrative agreeing
with the -nt case when denoting toUhin, 8himo-nij in the pit ; -n^ sign
of the locative case. A-ka-m-fungva, and he loosed him ; a-, ka-^ third
sing, narrative past; -m-, objective prefix referring to a substantive of
the first class (mtoto) ; -fungua, unbind. A-ka-ona^ and he saw, third
sing., narrative past Vi-ohwa, heads or skulls ; vt-, sign of a plural
substantive of the fourth class ; vichwa is in more elegant Swahili vitwa,
V'inqi^ many; v- or m-, adjectival plural prefix, marking agreement
with a plural substantive of the fourth class (viohuMi); 'ingi or -ngi^
many. Vy-a, of; vy-t marking the agreement with a plural noun of
in. I die or live.*' And he went in and saw a boy, and he was bound. And
[the boy] said, ** Unbind me, that I may tell you about what there is in
this pit/' And he unbound him* and saw many human skulls. And he
Aprmmx in. 433
mwnlka, hatxuri gUni hii? Akamwambia, mna nyoka hnmo, kazi L
yake kola wain, na mimi angalinila, lakini amenifanya mtoto wake,
miaka mingi nimetoka kwetu. Akamwuliza, sasa yuko wapi nyoka ?
the fourth class (pichnod). Wa-tu, people ; tm-, plural prefix first cIosf. U
A-ha-fMo-uUzcL, and he asked him ; a-, ha-, third sing, narrative past :
-mw-t objective prefix referring to a person (mtoto) ; 'tdizc^ ask or ask
of. Hdbari or hhabari, news, sing, substantive third class. Oani^
what sort? Hit, this; demonstrative denoting a sing, substantive of
the third class (hahari). A-ka-mw-amhiaf and he said to him; this
word is of constant occurrence, it means that one person told or said to
another ; there is no mark of sex or means of distinguishing which
person of several mentioned before was the speaker, these points must
be gathered from the context. M-na, there is inside ; m-na is part of
the verb hutoa no, to be with or to have, used as it often is to denote
mere being (p. 153) ; it answers to the English there is; there may be
represented by hu-fpa-, or m- ; thelast is used where the place suggested
is within something, it refers here to shimoni, in the pit Ny-oka, a
snake, a sing, substantive in the form of the third class, denoting an
animate being. JETttmo, there within, referring to shimoni. Kazi, work
or employment, sing, substantive, third class. Y-aJte, his ; y-, prefix
agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third class ; -aJcej possessive
pronoun, third person sing. Ku'l<h to eat; ku-, sign of the infinitive ;
•2a, eat Wa-iu, people; wa-, plural prefix first class. Na, and.
Mmi, I or me. A-ngali-ni-Uiy he would have eaten me ; a-, third sing.,
agreeing with the name of an animal (nyoka) ; -ngali-, sign of the
past conditional tense; -ni-, objective prefix referring to the first
person ; -2a, eat ; the tense prefix -ngali- cannot bear any accent, the
word is therefore pronounced dngaUn{lcL Lakini, but. A-me-ni-fanya,
he has made me ; a-, referring to nyoka ; -fii«-, sign of present perfect ;
• fit'-, objective prefix, first person; -fanya, make. M-toto, child; m-,
ting, prefix, first class. W-ake, his; to-, prefix agreeing with sing,
substantive of the first class (mtoto), Mi-aha, years ; plural substan-
tive of the second class (sing, mtoaka) ; mi-, plural prefix. M-ingi^
many ; m- or mi-, prefix, denoting agreement with a plural substantive
of the second class (mxdka), Np^e^toka, I have left ; nt-, first person
subjective; ^me-^ present perfect; 4ok€i, go out of. Kvo-etu^ home;
asked, «< What is this ? " And he sald» ** There is a snake in it, that eats HL
men, and would have eaten me, but that it took me for its own son. It
is many years sincf) I left home.'' And h e asked, '^ Where is the snake
434 APPENDIX in.
h Ak^iuwainbift, tw^nde^ pikaknonye mahala amelala. Ak^mwasibifl^
t^e^def Walipofika, yule kijana akamkata kichwa kimoja, akatoa oha
pU^ Akaj9akfft%( ];iatta vikatimu saba. Wakarudi, wakaenda zao.
tl^ kto-f pi^efix ogxeeiog with » Bulsstantive (perhaps nyumha) in the caaa
in -nt ; -6<tt (our). A-kchmw-uliza, Si,nd he asked him ; a-, third sing.
(Jeijana); -2ki-, nanratlve past; -mto-, third sing, objective (tntoto);
'vUzOf ask. &ua, now. Tu-Ico, he is; yti-, sign of third persox^
sing., lefenring to a substantive of the seooud class (nyoka); -koj
denoting.fxi^tenoe in space (p. 151). Wapiy where ? Ny-oha, snake :
sing, substantive. A-ha-mw-amhicL^ and he said to him. {See ahove,^
Tw-eitde^ let us go; ,tt^-, sign of the. first person plural; -ende^
subjunctive of tndo, go. Ni-ka-ku-onye, fuid let me show you; n»>
sign of first person sing. ; -^, and (p. 211); -Aru-, objective second
person nng. ; -oo^«, subjunctive of onya^ show. MahaJaf the place^
the place inhere. A-me-lcdOy he is asleep; a-, third sing, animate
(nyokd); -me*, present perfect ; -ZaZa, lie down to sleep, to go to sleep,
A-kti-mto-aTiMju {8e$ above.) Tw-ende, let us go ; tw-^ first person
plur.; -tndfij subjunctive of enda^ ga , Wa-U-po-fika^ when thejr
. arrived; «^, sign of third person plural agreeing with substantives
denoting persons (kijana and mtoto) ; -It- or -aZt-, sign of the past
perfect, or of past time generally when joined with a particle of
relation ; -po^ sign of time when ; -Jikat arrive. Ttile, that ; demour
strative denoting a person (kijana). Ki-jana^ youth ; sing, substantive
fourth class, but denotiog a person, and therefore joined as here
with pronouns and verbs in forms proper to the first class. A-ka-
m-kaia^ he cut him ; a-, tiiird sing, of a person (kijana) ; -kor, narra-
tive past; ^m-, objective prefix, referring to the name of an animal
(fiyoka) (soe p. 112); -Ztato, cut or cut off. Ki-chioa, head, siiig, subr
Btantive fourth class. Ki-riK^ay one ; H-, prefix denoting agreement
with a slug, substantive of the fourth class (kichvca or kitwa) ; -moja^
one, A-ka-txia^ and he put forth ; a-, tliird sing., referring to' a sub-
stantive denoting an animal ijiifoka) ; -ka-y narrative past ; -toa, put
forth. Cha pUil a second (p.. 92); ch-, referring to a sing, siibstantiv^
jpf the fourth class Qiidliwa). Arka-m-kataf and he cut him. (See abqj:>e*)
Motto, untiL Vi-katimu, they were cooiplele ; w-, third plural refer-
Ill, now ? " He said, ** Let us go and let me show you where it is sleeping."
; He said, "Let ufi go." Whenthey got there the youth out off oucofii
heads; it put forth a second, and he cut it off, until 'he had oiit ol
fieveu. And they returned, (vnd went on their way.
4Fi^rmix III ft35
Akamwaoibia eam tweucie tBtuk kwetn, laldni - tnkiiftft : k veta If
wononde wewe kwanza kwA bab» y»nga, ukamwambid kana mioto
wako nikiknletea utanipa nini ? Akikwambia, nitakapa mali yangu
ring to nouns'of the fourth class, here to vichtoc^ beads, plural ^fhiokwa ; It
r^-y uarratiye past; -timu, be oomplete. Saba, sev^ W^koffudii
aud they ^turned ; ;toa-, third plural referrix^ to persons (hijana
and mtoto) ; -ha-t narrative past ; -rudij return. Workcb-enda jHMq* an4
they wont away ; ^oo-, third plural (Jcijana and mtoto)\ •^o-, narrativo
past ; -enda, go ; c-oo, their (ways) ; £-, a prefix denoting agreement
with, a plural noun of the thiM or sixth, or in the dialect of Lamoo
of the fourth dass; -oo, their. Possibly zc» agrees with f^'ia, ways,
(5fe6p.ll2.)
jL-ha-nwHinAia^ and he said to hhn. Somcl, now. TiJMnde x-«<tu
let us gQ away ; iw-, sign of 4rst person plural ;..-6»^, tubjuuctive of
tndoy go ; I-, sign of agreement with a plural noun of the, tldrd or. tht
sixth class; -etuyonr. (S^.ahovfi,) iC«0-6<t», home ; &t0-,aiga of agree?
ment with the case in -nir; -f^ our. Lakinu but. T^-ki^jSkOf wlten
we axrive; iu-, sign of the first person plural ; -hi", sign of the partici-
pialtense(p. 13Q); ;/2^, arnve. Knp'^u, home. W-eMnde^^go; 14^>«
sign of the second peeson singular ; -enende, subjunotiTe of eneitdo, go^
or go on. Wewe, thou.. Kwanza, firs^; originally the infinitive of .the
verb anza, begin; hioanzcij to begin, beginning, and therefore firsts
Ewa, to a person, or to his house. Haba, father. Y-angu^ my ; ^
sign of an agreement with a singular noun of the third class, used here
cuUoquially with one denoting a person Qiaba)\ -an^jru, my (p. 109). H"
JkorfTM^Him&itf, and say to him; u-, sign of the second person singular;
•^-, and ; -ntt^, objective sign referring to a noun denoling a person
(jMiiba); "ambie, subjunctive of ambia, telL £0710, if. M-toto^ child*
W-^thOf thy ; to-, sign of agreement with a singular substantive of this
first class Qmioto). Nt-hi-hu^leUa, if I bring to yon ; .fti-« sign of the
first person singular; -/n-, sign of the participial tense Cp*.13€>;
'ku-f objective prefix referring to the second persc^ .singular ; •letea,
bring to. l/'/Sa-nt-pa, you will give me ; m-, sign of second person sing. ;
'4a- f sign of tbo future tense ; -ni-, objective prefix referring to ike
first person singular ; -pa, glvo to. Nini, what? A-ki-kw^anibiaB if
1^ tells you; a-, sign of thA third person sipgulac ^errin^ to a
And [the boy] said, ** Now let n? go to my hoipc ; bpt when we arc HI
. gettiDg near to it do you go first to my father and say U> him, .' If I bhug
your son to you, what will you give me ? ' If he says to you, * I will give
486 APFUmiX m.
I. noma kwa muin, tudkalwli, mwambie naiaka kofla yakO tdijro nkiVali
tyanani mwako. Atakupa kofia ya thahabii» luikabali* ela akupe
tt. person (baba) ; -2p^, sign of the participial tense ; 'huh^ objective prefix
referring to the second person eingnlar; -am^io, say to. Nl-torhu^paf
I will give you ; ni-, sign of the first person sing. ; '^td', sign of the
fntnre tense; "ku-, objective prefix referring to the second person
singular ; '■pet, give to. Mali, possessions ; treated sometimes as a nonn
of the third class, sometimes as a plural noun of the fifth class.
Y-angUf my ; y-, sign of an agreement with a singular noun of tho
third or with a plural noun of the fifth class. Nusiu^ half. Kwa^
by. NuBitt^ half. U'SP-httbali, do not accept ; «-, sign of second person
singular; -«t-, sign of negative subjunctive (p. 147); 'kubali, sub*
jiiDctive of teubaliy accept. Ma-afMe^ tell him; mtl^>, objective
prefix referring to a person (bdba); "ambiet imperative of ambiat
tell; mto- is known to be the objective thurd person, and not the
subjective second plural, by the form of the word ambia: being an
applied form it must have the object expressed. N-a-taka, I want ; n*.
sign of the first person singular ; -a-, sign of the present tense ; -tdka,
want. Kofia, cap ; sing, substantive of the third class. Y-ako, thy ;
y-t sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class.
U'li-yOf which you, or which you are, or were ; «-, sign of the second
person sing.: -2i-, used for the substantive verb; -yo, relative sign
referring to a singular substantive of the third class (kofia). U-ku
vaOf putting on ; «-, sign of the second person singular ; -H-, sign of
the participial tense ; 'vaa^ put on. U-jand-ni, in youth ; m-, sign of a
sing, substantive of the sixth class ; -nt-, sign of the locative case.
Mw-ako^ thy; mw-, sign of agreement with a substantive in the
locative ease with the meaning of in, A'ta^ku-poj he will give you ;
a-, sign of third person sing, of a person ; -to-, sign of the future ; .^-,
objective prefix rererring to the second person sing.; -pa, give to.
Kofia, cap ; sing, substantive of the third class. F-a, of; y-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class. Thahabu^
gold ; substantive of the third class. U'H-kubali, do not accept ; «•,
'sign of the second person sing. ; -si-, sign of the negative subjunctive ;
-%u6al«, subjunctive of kubali^ accepi J?2a, except. A-kthpe, let him
f;ive y^ii; «., sign of the third person sing., referring to a pers(m;
III. youbalf of all Ihave,' do not accept that,but say,* I want thecap which
you used to wear in your youth.' He will give you a cap of gold ; do
Aot accept it, unlesa he give you a cap quitQ worn out, tak^ that» Anj(>
APPEtfbtX III. 437
kbta mbovn kabiaa, hiyo pokea. Na mama yanga mwamUe natalca L
t&a ullyo vkiwaaha lyanaDi mwako. Ataknpa taa nyingi za thahabut
nsikubali, ela akape taa mboyumboya ya ohama, hiyo pokea.
-Xm-, objeotiye prefix, referring to the second person sing. ; -pe, sub- tL
Junctlve of pa, give to. Kofla, sing. Bubstantfye third class. lf-6oi^
rotten ; m-, being n- converted into m- by standing before -b (p. 85),
sign of an agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (kofla),
Kabisoy nlterly. Eiyo, this one; demonstrative denoting a thing
mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third
class (kofia), Pokea, receive : imperative sing, of pokea, receive.
Na, and. Mama, mother : sing, substantive in the form of the third
class denoting a person. Y-angu, my ; y-, sign of an agreement with
a sing, substantive of the third class, here used colloquially. MvHmbie^
tell her ; mto-^ objective prefix referring to a person ; -awibie, imperative
sing, of avMoi^ telL N-a-taka, I want ; ti-, sign of first person sing. ;
-a-, sign of present tense ; -taka, want Taa, sing, substantive third
class. TJAi-yo, which you, which you were or are ; -», sign of the
second person sing. : -7i-, used for the substantive verb (p. 151); -yo,
relative particle referring to a sing, substantive of the third class
(foo). U-ht-washa, lighting; «-, sign of second person sing.; -ki-^
sign of the participial tense ; -vnuha^ light. U^Jand-ni, in youth ; ti-,
sign of a sing, substantive of the sixth class ; -nt, sign of the locative
case. Mw-aJco, thy ; mw-, sign of agreement with a substantive in the
locative case with the meaning in. A-ta- kit-pa, she will give you ;
a-, sign of third person sing., referring to a person ; -to-, sign of the
future tense ; -^ti-, objective prefix referring to the second person sing. ;
'pa, give to. Taa, lamps ; plural substantive of the third class (shown
to be plural by the context). Ny-ingi, many ; ny-, sign of agreement
with a plural substantive of the third class (taa), Z-a, of; s-, sign of
ap:reement with a plural noun of the third class. Thdhahu, gold.
U-ai-kvibalU do not accept ; second person sing, negative subjunctive of
hvbalL Ela^ except A-ku-pe, let her give you; a-, sign of third
person sing., referring to mama; -^u-, objective prefix referring to
second person sing.; -pe, subjunctive of pa, give to. Too, sing,
substantive thiid class. M-hovu-m-lovu, all spoilt; m- (for »- before
•&), sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (toa) ;
lay to my mother, ' I want the lamp you used to bum in your- youth.* ui.
Bhe will give you many lamps of gold ; do not accept them, unless she
give you an old worn iron lamp, take that"
488 APJ'BNX>IX IIL
Wakaenda sao hatta walipofiktf kanlm ya mji, jrul^ I^Jana aloM
mwadibia, mimi 'takaa kapa» na weve en^ade Q\jini kwieiii« ukafai^e
■huruti na baba yanga kanmw. hiyo niliokwambia. AkaeneiKto.
Alipofika akaona ngini wata hawaneni, wana mfiiba mkun, akaulizay
11. the adjeotive is doubled to «how tboroughneiM. T-dt of; ff-, sign of
agreement with a fling, aubstantive of the third class. Ch^ma, iron ;
a sing, substantive of the fourth class ; it is used in the singular of iron
as a metal, and in both sing, and plur. with the meaning of a piece or
pieces of iron. Hiyo, this one ; demonstrative referring to something
mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third]
elass (too). Pokea, receive ; imperative aUig. of polcea.
Wa-haenda z^o, and they went their way. (See above), Eatta, untiL^
Wa-U'jHhfika, when they arrived. (See above), Karibu ya^ near to-
M-jh town ; in-, sign of a sing, substantive of the second class. Yule^^
that (^ above). Kt-jana^ youth. (See above), A-ka^mw-ambiaf said to
hiuL (See above), Mimi, L *Ta-1eaxi, will stay; ta->sign of the future,
the pirefix of the first person sing, being elided before it ; the sign of no
other person can be so elided. Hapa^ here. Na^ and. Wewet thou.,
Enendey imperative sing, of enetidUf go^ go. onl M-ji-nu to the town ;
m*, sign of a sing, substantive second class ; rni» sign of the locative
case. Kto-etUf our ; hvj', sign of an agreement with a substantive in the
locative case. TJ-lta-fanye, and make ; if-, sign of second person sing. ;
-^Mk, and; 'fanye, subjunctive of /anyo, make. Shuruti, a covenant;
sing, substantive third class. Na^ with, Baba^ father. T-angu^
my. (See above^ and p. 112), KammOy as. ^iyo, that ; demonstrative^
referring to something mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing.^
substantive of the third class (shurtUi), Ni-U-o-lcvo'a'mbia^ which I
told you; m-, sign of the first person sing.; -Zt-, sign of the past tense
which must be used with a relative ; ro- (for yo), relative particle
referring to ehwnUi (p. 117); -%io-, objective prefix referring to the
second person sing. Ahorenenda^ and he went on, A-li-po-Jika, when
he arrived. J-/(a-ona, he saw. JIf -jt-nt, in the town; m-, sign of a
sing, substantive of the second class ;-nt, sign of the locative case.
Wa-tuj people ; wa-, sign of i^ plural noun of the first class. ' Maioo'
nenif liiey speak not; /tatoa-, sign of the third person plural negative,
III, And they went on till they arrived near the town, when the boy said,
' /* I will stay here, and you go on into the town, to our hovse^ and make
tibe agreement with my fSathei^ as I told you," And he went <»i and
arrived in the city, where he sa\r therpeople not talking [but] in peeX:
APPENDIX III. i39
maSHi^ hao w» luni? WakamwAmbia^ mtoto wa Saliani amepotecBika L
myingL Akauliza« nyumba ya Sultanl ni ipi, nipelekeni Wakampe-^
ld» wata. AUpofika akamwuliza baba yake» nna moi? Akamwa-
mbia, mtoto wanga amepotea. Akamwambiai nikikuletea utanipa
agreeing with a plural noun of the first class (watu) ; -neni, negative IL
present form of nena, speak. Wa-na, they hare ; third person plur.
present of kuvta no, to have, governed by vjatu. M-nba^ grief; m-,
«^ of a sing, noun of the second class. Mhuu, great; m-, sign of
agreement .with a sing, tubatantive of the second class (ntei&a).
A'ka'tdixa^ and he .asked. M-siba^ grief. Euu, this; demonstratiye
agreeing with a sing, substantive of the second class (nuiba}. TF-a,
of; tr-, sign of agremeent with a sing, substantive of the second class
(iMibd), Nini, YfhAi? Wa-ka-mw-ambia, and they said to him..
M'totOy the child. W-cb^ of; uh, sign of agreement with a sing, subr
stantive of the first class (mtoto), SyXtaniy the sultan ; a sing, sub-
stantive of the fifth class, but when viewed as denoting a person
constructed with adjectives and pronouns as of the first. A-tne-poteOf
is lost; third sing, present perfect of kupotea, to become lost; he has
become lost, t.6., be is lost. 8iku, days ; plural substantive of the
third class. Ny-ingif many; ny-, sign of agreement Yrith,. a plural
substantive of the third class ($iku)» A-ka-idiza^ and he asked*;
Ny-unibaf house; ny-, sign of substantive of the third class. T-u, of;,
y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive) pj^ the third class
(nyumba), Stdtani, sultan. Ni, is (p. 152). I-pi^ which? i», sign
of reference to a sing, substantive of tlie third class (nyumba). Ni-
pelekeniy take me ; m'-, objective prefix referring to the first person
sing.; peUkenif plural imperative . of j>efe/<a, take. Wa-ka-m-peUka,
and they took him. Wa-tu, people. A-li-po-filta, when he arrived.,
A'ka-mw-uliza, he asked him; observe here and elsewhere the use of
the ka tense to carry on the narration, even where therp would be no
connecti7e employed in English. Babih father. , T-oie, his. (See
above), U-nanim, what is t]{ie matter with yo^ ^.u-na, second person
sing, of the present tense of kil-wa na, to have; ninii what? A-ko"
mw-amhiaf and he said to him. M-totOy child. W-angu, my. A-me-
mourning, and he asked, " What is this mourning for ? " They told him, ► III.
** The Sultan's son has been a long time lost.|' He asked, «' Which is the .
Sultan's house? Take me there." And the people took him there. When,
he reached it he asked the boy's father, *' What tronblesyou? " . He said,
^ My son is l(«t." An4 he said to him^ *< If ]^ bring him to you what wiU»
440 APPHilDtX tlL
L nini? Akamvambia, nitakapa xnali yanga niusa k^a ntisfltL Aka*
mwambia, marahaba, Akaenda akamtwaa, akaja naye. Alipomwona
babaye na mamaye, ikawa furaha kabwa mjinL Wakapenda aana
yule kijaiia kama mtoto wao.
Hatta alipotaka kwenda zake, ynle kijana akamwambia, enende
kamwage baba na mama, mwambie aknpe kofia na mama akupe taa.
II. potea^ is lost. (8^ p. 132.) il-la-mto-am&ta, and he teid tohim. Ni-lti-
ku-leteOf if I bring to you. (See above). U-ta-ni-pct^ yon will give me,
(See above), Nint, what ? A'ka'miO'ambiai and he said to him. Nu
ta-2:«-pa, I will give you. Mali, goods. (See above), Y-angu^my, (See
above.) Ntusu, half. Kiuaf by. Niusu, half. A-ha-mw-ambia, and he
said to him. Marahaba, very good. A-ka-enda, and he went. A-kO'
m-ftooo, and took him. A-ka-ja, and came. Na-ye^ with him. AAU
po-muHmOj when he saw him. Baha^ye, his father; -ye, enclitic form
of the possessive pronoun proper to the third person; y-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class, used here with
one denoting a person (p. 111). Na, and. Mama-ye, his mother ; -ye,
(See above). J-ka-wa, it was ; i-, sign of agreement with a sing, sub-
stantive of the third class (furaha). Furaha, joj; sing, substantive
third class. Kubwa, great ; agreeing with furaha ; as n-, which woald
be the regular sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the thinl
class, cannot stand before ^ it is omitted altogether (p. 85). 3f-jt-
ni, in the town ; m-, sign of sing, substantive second class ; -nt, sign
of the locative case. Wa-ka-penda, and they (the father and mother)
loved. Sana, much. Yule, that Ki-jana, youth. Kama, like.
M'tato, child. W-ao, their.
HaUa, at last A-li-po-tdka, when he wanted. Kw-enda t-dke, to go
away. (See above and p. 112). Yule, that Ki-Jana, youth. ^-JbMnto-
anibkif he said to him. Enende, go ; sing, imperative of enenda, gu.
Ka-mvHxge, and take leave of him ; ka-, and ; -mto-, objective prefix
referring to a person ; if into had been the subjective second plur. the
ka would have followed it; m-ka-age s and do ye take leave; -aye,
III. 7^^ ^^® me ? ** He said, *" I will give you half of all I have." He said,
. *' I am content** And he went and took the boy and brought him.
When his father and mother saw him, there was great joy throughout
the town. And they loved that youth as though he had been their
own son.
When at last he wished to go away, the boy said to him, ''Go and
take leave of my father and mother; tell hun tc give you thet»ipand
APPENDIX JIL 441
Akaenda, ainwaambia, wakampa kofia nyingi, akakatea akamwimibiay J*
nataka hiyo mbovn, wakampa, na mamaye akampa taa. Akawaoliza,
kofia hii maana yuke nim ? Wakamwambia, mta akivaa, haonekani
na mtu. Akavaa asionekane akaforabi sana. Akauliza, taa bi\
maana yake nini? Wakamwambia, ukiwasha batta bapa watatoka
imperative sing, of ago, take leave of. Baha^ fatber. Noj and. II.
Mama, motber. MuHimbiey tell bim ; mt0> objective prefix referring
to a person ; •ambie^ imperative sing, of ambia, telL A-ku-pe^ tbat be
may give you. Kojfia^ cap. Na, and. Mama^ motber. A-hu-pe, tbat
abe may give you. Taa, lamp. A'ka-endat and be went. A-ka'toO'
ambia^ and be told tbem (tbe fatber and motber). Wa-hcHn-pa^ and
they gave bim. Kofia, caps. Ny-ingi, many. A-hn-kataa^ and be
refused. ^-^micKKm&ta, and be said to bim. Nartaka^ I want.
Ctj/o, tbis one. (Seeahow,) if-bovu, rotten. (^See above), TTo-^-m-pa,
and they gave bim. Na^ and. Mama-ye^ bis motber. (fiee above,
under habaye), A-ha-m-pa, sbe gave bim. Too, lamp. A-ha-wa-uliza,
and be asked tbem. Kofia, cap. Hii, tbis ; demonstrative referring
to a sing, substantive of tbe tburd class (kofia), Maana, meaning,
purpose; sing, substantive tblrd class. Y-ake, its; y^, sign of
agreement witb a sing, substantive of tbe tbird class (maana), Nini,
what ? Wa^kct-mw-awbia, and tbey said to bim. M-tu, person, any
one (p. 16) ; m-, sign of sing, substantive of first class. A-ki-vaa, if
be puts on. Hcnmekani, be is not to be seen ; ha-, negative prefix of
tbe tbird person sing, referring to a person ; onekani, negative present
form of onekana, Na, by. M-tu, any one (p. 16). A-ka-vaa, and be
put on. A'ti'Onekane, tbat be migbt not be seen : a-, prefix of tbird
person sing, referring to a person (kijana); -si-, aign of negative
subjunctive ; -cnekane, subjunctive form of onekana, A-ka-furahi, and
be rejoiced. Sana, mucb. A-ka^iza, and be asked. Taa, lamp.
Hii, tbis. Maana, purpose. T-ake, its. Nini, wbat? Wa-ktMnw*
ambia, and tbey told bim. U'ki-ioaaha, if you ligbt. Halta, as far as.
Hapa, bere. Wa-tortoka, tbey will come out ; toa-, sign of tbird person
my motber to give you tbe lamp.** He went and told tbem, and tbey III
gave bim many caps, but be refused and said, *' I want tbat wom^iut
one ; "and tbey gave it to bim, and tbe boy's motber gave bim tbe
lamp. Tben be asked, ** Wbat is tbe object of tbis cap ? ** And tbey told
bim, '* Wben a man puts it on, no one can see bim." He put it on so as
to become invisible, and was very glad. ** And be asked, Wbat is tbe
•yect of tbis lamp ? " And tbey told bim, " If yon ligbt it as fur as tbis,
442 APPENDIX III
L wata wawill -wakntilie thahabu nyumbani mwako mika kueha, aa
vkiwasha hatta hapa watatoka watn wawili waknpigd kwa yigo*
ngo Qsikfi kaoha. Akattena, mavahaba. iLkafaxaki sana, akaenda
sake.
II. plor. referring to a plural BubstantlYe of the first class (waf u). Fa^/ii,
people. Wa-wili, two ; 117a-, sign of agreement with a plur. substantive
of the first class (focdu). Wa-ku'ttlief that they may put for you ; toa-,
sign of third person plur. referring to a plur. substantive of the first
class (wain) ; -kn-f objective prefix referring to the second person sing. :
•ft2i0, subjunctive form of tUiOf put for. Thdhabuj gold. Ny-wnbd-ni,
in house ; ny-t sign of Substantive of the third class ; -n^ sign of
locative case. Mw-ako, thy ; tnto-, sign of agreement With a noun in
the locative case denoting vnthin, UiikUf night. fti-()Aa,. dawning or
sun-rialng ; used after usikuj it means all night uniQ the morning
comes.' N(i, and. U'ki-washa^ if you light. ffaUct^ as fiur as. Sapti^
here. Wota^dka^ they will come out. TTa-iti, people. WorvsiH^ two.
Wa-hu-pige, that they may beat you ; -pige, subjunctive form of piga,
JSTfca, wi^. Vi-gongo, cudgels: vi-, sign of a plural substantive of
the fourth class; ki-gongo is a diminutive (p. 19) of gongo, a static
Unki^ night Ku-ckaf till morning. A-kcHnena, and he said*
Marahaba, thank you. A-ka-furahi, and he rejoiced. Sana^ much.
A'kcL-enda t-ake, and he w'ent away.
III. i^o ^^^ ^"^ ^^^ o^^ &^<^ bring you gold into your house all night
long; but if you light it os far as this, two men will come out and beat
you with cudgels all night long.'* And he thanked them, and rejoiced
very miioh| and went his way*
( 443 )
Afpbhdix iy«
USEFUL iKB IDIOMATIO PHRISBS.
Tbb first fifty-four were collected towards a book of oonversationa,
which was begun with tbe help of oui^ lamented friend, Mrs. G. E.
Drayton; the rest, which are arranged in alphabetioal oi^der^ were
noted from time to time, either as Ukdly to be useful in conversation,
07 as illustrating some special tnle or idiom.
1. How many fowls have you th^re?
Unao h'uku ngapif
2. What do yon want for them ?
Kiad gani undhuza (At how much do yon sell) ?
8. Have you any eggs?
Unayo mayayit
i. I will not give more than a pice apiece for the eggs.
Nitahupa peaa mcja tu hunumua yo^ ntaloa wayidi (I will
give you one pice only to buy au egg> I will not give more).
5. I don't understand you, say it again.
8ema mara ya pili^ nkuttkia.
6. Let me hear it again.
8ema mara ya piliy nipate hudkia (Say it a second time,
that I may get to understand).
7. Fetch me a basin for the eggs.
Letee haktdi nitie mayapL
8. Bring the basin with the eggs in it
Letee hahuli lenyi mayayi,
9. I don't want any to-day, come to-morrow.
Leo tUdki, njoo ketho,
10. Are lemons cheap now ?
Mdlifnao rdfM^mM f
444 APPENDIX IV.
11. I won't buy them, tbey are too dear.
Bitaki hunuma^ rU ghalL
12. What do yon want?
Watcika nini t
13. I don't know what yon want
Sijui vlitdkalo,
14. Where do you come from ?
Watdka wapit
15. Don't wait ; I will send an answer immediately.
Enenda zahoy uHngcje^ majibu yatahuja sasa hivi (Go your
way ; do not wait for an answer, it will oome imme<liately>
16. Is your master at home?
Btoana yupo f
17. Master is not at home ; he is gone out
Bwana haJco (or haifukd) nyumbani; amddka.
18. Where are you going?
TJndltwenda toapi t
19. I have lost my way.
NimepoteOj njia njui (I am lost; the way I don't kiiow>
20. Will yon guide me to the English mission ?
Nataha unionyeshe mosketini Ingreza t
21. Oan you understand English?
Wewe unajua fnaneno ya Kiingreza f
22. I cannot speak Swahili [of Zansdbar].
SiJui kiuema Kiunguja,
23. Did the water boil ?
Maji yameche^mlca f
24. Does the water boil?
Maji yanache*mkaf
25. These plates are not clean.
Sahani hizi zina takct,
26. Wipe them carefully.
Futa vema huja hiianibaa,
27. Sweep this room well.
Fagia vema hUika chtmba hikL
28. Dust the furniture.
Pangtua tmmbi Tcatika vyomba,
29. Ton have cracked that cup.
UmekUia ufa hihonibe hiU.
80. Throw it away.
Katup<h
81. Fetch me the vinegar, the pepper, and the salt
NUetee iHd, na ftUpili, na dhumvL
APPENDIX IK 4J5
82. Don't make lo much noise.
Usifant/e uthia.
83. Put ft fresh wick in my lamp.
Tia hatika taa yangu utamhi,
^. Fold up the table-cloth smoothly.
Kunja vema Ititamhaa cha meza, usihivunje (Fold well the
cloth of the table ; spoil it not).
85. When yon have swept the room put on clean clothes.
Kamma umeJcioisha hufotgiay vaa nguo $afi,
86. Take this to Miss T.
Chukua^ upeUhe hwa hibi T.
87. You have put all these books upside down ; turn them.
Umepindua vyuo hivi vyote, uviweJce upande mgine,
88. Leave that<alone I ^
Achal
.89. Come here, I want to speak to you.
Njoo hapa, *nna maneno nitaJncamhia (I have words I will
say to you).
40. Get ready to go for a walk.
Fanya tayari upate Inoenda leutemhbch
4 1 . Arc you ready ?
Umekuwa tayari f
42. Which way shall you like to go ?
Njia gani utakao hupita f
43. How far is it to your shamba ?
Kadri gani mlaXi ya sJtamha lalio liatia hufilca (How much
famess of your shamba till getting there) ?
44. Not very far ; perhaps an hour's walk.
Si mhdli eana, labuda ildpata saa mcja,
45. Shall you walk, or ride your donkey, or sail ?
Utahwenda kua miguu, ao utapanda punda, ao utdktoenda
Ictoa mashua ?
46. We will go round the town and home by the bridge.
Tutazunguka Jcatika mjiy halafu turudie darajani (Then let
us return by the bridge).
47. Bring me some hot water after breakfast.
NiUtee maji ya tnoto, nthiisha htUa.
48. Half a bucket fuH
Nuis ya ndoo.
\0. Turn the mattress over every morning.
Oeuza kiUa siku godoro^ ekinijuu.
50. Turn it top to bottom.
Vpande huu xiwek$ t^pande wa pili.
9a
446 APPENDIX IV.
51. I am very glad to see you.
JJmependa moyo wangu 7(vJ(utazama.
52. What ship is that?
Marikehu gani hii f
58. Has she cast anchor yet ?
Imetia nanga f
54. No, she will come nearer the shore.
BadOt inctktj^a haribu ya pwani, '
55. A good man does not desert his friends when they fall into
difficulties. ,
"Mtu mvaefmoL hawaeuihi rafiki zake wahipatiha na thidda,
56. Are you idle ?
Ati mvivu f
57. At what time shall I come ?
Wdkti gani nije ;
58. Did he stay long?
Alikaa sana f
59. No, he went away directly.
HdOf alikwenda zahe mam.
60. Does he drink wine ?
Hunywa divai t
61. He does not.
Hanytoi,
62. Does this hoat leak ?
Mashua hii yavuja f
62f. Do not draw water from the well, the owner forbids it
Usitelce maji kinmani, mwenyewe agomheza,
64. Don't jerk this rope ; if you do it will break.
Kaniba hii usiikuttiCf ukikutua itdkatika,
65. Eat as much as you like.
Kula kadri utakavyo.
66. Find me a large hen.
Kanita/tia koo la Vuku,
67. Follow this road.
Fuata [or andama'] njia hii,
68. I want you to follow me.
NataJca uni/uate [or uniandame].
69. Give it only to me and not to them.
Nipe mimi tu, usitoape tcale.
70. Go and see if the people have collected.
Kaangalia watu wamekutana,
71. Go and stop that talking.
Enenda kakomesha matheno haya.
APFENDIX IV, 447
72. Stop this outcry.
Mdkdde haya yaJcome (Let these cries oease)b
73. Go away, whoever you are.
Enda zako, hadri utdkadkuwa.
74. Guard yourself, I am goiug to hit you.
Einga, iakupiga,
75. Has he a large box ?
Ana kasha f
76. He has.
Analo kasha,
77. Have you a pipe at home ?
Etko htcaJco kiko ?
78. He built a bridge across the river.
Alijenga honih kaiikati ya nUo.
79. Ho built a mosque by the river, and endowed it with a shamba
near ours.
Alijenga moskiti ng^ambo, dkatoekea wakf shamha karibu
shawha letu,
80. He described Mombas as it was in early times, as it is now, and
as it will be a hundred years hence.
Aliandika Mvita ilivyoJeuwa kwanzay ilivyo «(Ma, na itaka*
vyokuwa kwa miaka mia.
81. He does not believe me though I saw it.
Hanisadiki ningawa nimeiona,
82. He had the toothache.
Alikuwa na Jino likimtouma.
83. Ho has been abroad many years.
Alikuwa safarini miaka mingL
84. He has presence of mind.
Moyo waJce utoapo,
85. His mind is absent. Hapo ati,
86. Ho is a troublesome fellow to deal with.
Ana taahu kuingtana naye,
87. He is absorbed in his own thoughts ; even If you speak to him he
takes no notice.
Tu katikafikara ssdkwe; ujaponena naye hawepo,
88. He is here.
Yupo hapa»
89. He is not here.
ffapo hapa,
90. He is yonder.
Yuko kule.
2 G 2
448 APFENDIX IV.
91. He IB not there.
Hdko liuU.
92. He is not yet dressed.
Hajavaa.
93. He left us about ten days ago.
Alittoacha kadri ya (or Jcama) aihu liumi,
91. He ought to be beatdn.
Ailiiaji liupigwa.
95. He pretends to be satisfied, but do not trust him.
AJifanya huwa rathi, usimwamini,
96. He rose up fix)m his ohair.
Aliondolca hitini hwaJce,
97. He runs as fast as he can. : ' .
Andkwenda rnbio hama aioezavyo,
98. He says he will walk on the water !
Ali atahtoenda mtoni Jcwa miguu !
99. He that hatoih suretyship is sure.
Mtu asiyekuhali Jcuthamini ni hatika amani,
100. He that Is not against us is with us.
Mtu atiyehuwajuu yetu, hassi yee pamqja nasi,
101. He that is not with us is against us.
Asiyehuwa pamoja nasi, basn huyujuu yetu,
102. He tried to make himiself agreeable, and he suooeedcd.
Alijipendeikeza ndipo dkapendeza,
103. He was changed from a man into a horse.
Alibadiliwa mtu huwa f rati,
101. He was more energetic than his father.
Huyu alihuwa aJciweza zayidi ya haha yoke,
105. His non-appearance is unaccountable.
Kutowelcana kwake liaitambulihani,
KOG. His self-conceit is no good to him.
Majivuno yoke hayamfai neno,
107. How are your household (t.«. your wife, daughters, &c.)?
U hali gani nyumbani kwako.
108. How far is it across the island ?
Kupatcje mbali wake hapa hatta putani ya pili f
109. A fast walker would take fromsunrise to the middle of the afternoon.
Akiondoka mtu assvhui hatta alasiri, alio hodari ktoenda^
kufika,
110. How long has he been ill ?
Tangu lini hawezi 1
111. How long ago was his illness ?
Tangu IM alikuwa hawezi 9
APPENDIX IV. 440
111 How pleasant t
Imependexa.
113. How glad you must have been to hear that you were to go home.
Furaha ipi mvsaliponUia mwende zenu hwenu,
114. I am amusing myself with a book.
Najizumgumza na chuo.
115. I am here. Nipohapa,
116. I am never without pimples.
Vipele liavinitolia Jcahisa*
117. I am sleepy.
Ninao usingizi.
lis. I cannot hold in this horse.
Siwezi huzuiafroH hwju.
119. I cannot see so far as you can.
Sioni mbali, kama waonavyo icet06»
120 I don't like his way of tying it.
Sipendi ginH afungavyo,
121. I don't see what you show me.
Sioni fdionyalo.
122. I don't see it, though he doos.
Siioni angawa aona.
123. Take care, though you don't see ii»
KaangcMa^ ujapo huhioni.
124. I feel myself at home.
Hujiona niho hwetu.
125. Make yourself at home.
Usifanye haya^ liapa Imma Ttwako (Feel no modesty, hero is
like your home).
120. I gave him good advice, though he would not take it.
Nimemwonya iUaJcini hahuonyeJca.
127. I had almost left off expecting you.
NaliJcaribia kukata tamcM ya kukuona.
128. I had lost my way, and I came out close to your shamba.
Nalipotea njia nikatokea sharnbani kvoako,
129. I have asked him again and again, but he will not tell me.
NimenmvMza mara kwa mara lakini hanamhii,
130. I have gained a hundred dollars.
Nalipata fayida reale mia,
131. 1 have made you my mark, if you step over it, look out (a common
defiance).
Niinekupigia mfuo wangu hiuJea wangalie,
132. I know where he is.
Nanyua VMhcdi atipo.
450 APPENDIX IV.
138. I pray God not to tisit it npon me.
Ntuymha Mwenyiezi Muungu oHnipaitUze,
134. I saw the flash of the gun, but did not hear the report
Nimeona tmoangOf Idkini siJcunkia mzinga Jculia,
135. I shall go by sea as far as I can.
NUdkwenda hwa haJiarit hatta itaJcaponifikuha.
136.- 1 shall go for a walk to stretch my legs.
Hitakwenda temhea huhunjua miguu.
187. I thought myself a king.
Nalikuwa nihiwaza nimeliuwa StUtani.
138. I will shut the door that he may not go out
NUafunga mlango asipate kupiia,
139. If he strikes you, hit him again.
Akikupigat natre mpiga tena.
140. If you had been here he would not have been beaten.
Kama ungalikuwapo hapa, hangdHpigtoa,
141 • It depends upon his coming.
Kuna aJtakapokvja,
142. It is bad weather.
Kumekaa vibaya,
Hakvcendeki, . .
Batokeki.
143. It is being hawked about by a salesman.
Kinatembezwa kioa dalall.
144. It is not there, though yon say it is.
HaJcipo, ungatoa toasema kipo,
115. It is time for us to go.
Imekuwa wakati toa mi ktoenda zetu.
liG. It is quite time for us to go.
Imevoadia wakaii wetu tea kwenda zdu,
147. It was a secret, but it oozed out.
Talikuwa luibari ya girt, %kat6keza»
148. Let him go.
Mtoacheni enende.
149. Moslems are forbidden wine.
Wculimu wameeptuhwa divai
, 150. Much self-exaltation ruins a man's position in the world.
Majivuno yaJciwa mengi ya^mvunjta mtu dieo,
151. Nothing I do pleases him.
KiUa fMfanyialo haiimpendezi (eyerything which I da
pleases him not).
152. Whatever I do he finds fault with me.
Killa nafanyaJo hunitia khaiiyani.
APPENDIX IV. 45]
153. Put the water on the fire.
KaUUka mnji.
154. Sit dowlL
Kaa kitaiko.
155. Don't get up.
Starehe.
156. The baobabs are now coming into leaf.
8iku hizi mibuyu inachanua majani,
157. The fields are flourishing.
Koonde imesitatoi,
158. The musio is first-rate.
Ngoma inafana,
159. The news has spread.
Khahari zimeenea.
160. Spread the news.
Zieneza khabaru
161. The people who went to Bardera are oome back.
Watu voaliokwenda Baraderay teamekuja xaa>
162. The room wants darkening.
Chwnba ehatdka kutiioa giza.
163. The top of this mountain is ioaceessible.
Jau ya nilima huu liaupandiJci.
164. They [the trees] are almost all dead.
Kama hwamba Uiokufa yoie*
165. They are badly stowed.
Mapakizo yao mdbayc^
166. They out the boat adrift.
Wakakata katnha ya matJiua ifcachuhxUtca na maji,
167. They like giving and receiving presents.
Hupenddea kupana vUu,
168. They shut themselves up in the foft,
Wakajizuia gerezani,
169. They told me what he had donai
Walinambia alivijofanya.
170. They were flghtmg, and I passed by and separated them. .
Walikuwa wakipigana, MpUa mimi nikawaamua,
171. This chest must-be taken care o&
Kasha hUi la htUunztoa*
172. This has been worn.
^I^tio Mi imevalitoa,
173. This tree is not so tall as thai
lUi huu n mrefu kama vh.
452 APPENDIX IV.
17 i. Upon your oath !
Utaapa !
175. Wash me these clothes. •
Nioshee nguo hizi.
170. The clothes have heen washed.
Nguo zimeosheha.
177. I have washed myself.
Nimenamkct.
178. Wash me! Noshet
179. We attacked them and they fell into confusion*
Twaliwcuihambuliaf voakafazaiha,
180. We like his company.
Kiltao chdke chema (his sitting is good>
181. What do you earn by the month?
Upataje Icilla mwezi t
182. What is become of him ?
Amekuwaje ?
183. What is this news about All ?
Hahari gani tuzisikiazo za Ali f
184. What are you talking about ?
Maneno gani mnenayo t
Mulctathaganif
Mnenani ?
185. What will you ferry me over for?
Utanivusha hwa hiasi gani ?
186. When I have seen Mohammed, I will give you an ansWet
Nilfiisha mwona Mohamadi, nitdkupa jaicahu,
187. Where is the knife I saw you with yesterday ?
KiJco wapi Jcim nalichokuona nachojana f
188 Where is the pain !
Mdhali gani panapouma f
189. Whei-e is your pain ?
Wauma vsapi t
190. Who is in there?
Mna nani f
191. You cannot teach him anyhow.
Kadri u*mfunzavyo hajui.
192. We do not know whether he \yiil not loam. Or whether he cannot
Eatujui ya htoatnba hataki Icuji/unsa ao hand altili za
htjifunza.
103. You have made this thread too tight.
Uzi huu umeutia hatH mno.
APPENDIX IV. 45 J
194. You ought to love him very muoh.
Wattdhtli kumpenda sana.
105. Kuamba na ktuengenya. To talk of a person behind his back, and
Becretly to make contemptuous signs about him when
present This phrase is often used as a test of a stranger's
knowledge of Swahili ; what it describes is counted as a
special sin.
19C. To ask a man his name.
Oh ! Itafilii yangu namhte jina Idko (Oh I my friend, tell
me your name). Wajua^ bwana wee^ tumeonana mimi
natoBf jina Idko nimelieahaUf tafdthal nambie jina lako
(You know, sir, you and I have met [before], but I have
forgotten your name, please to tell me your name).
When you have heard it, e&y—ImhaUah^ ntaUtdhau tena
(Please God, I shall not forget it again).
197 A polite question and answer at leave-taking.
Unayo haja tena f (Have you any further desire?)
Eaja yangu ya kuiaki noewe sana na furaha (My desire is
that you may live long and happily)i
( 455 )
Appendix V.
OH MONET, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES IN ZANZIBAR.
Tub foUowiDg account ia based on scattered notices in the late Bishop
Bteere*s collections, and on some tables famished to the Rev. P. L.
Jones-Bateman by a well-infurmed serrant of the Mission in
Zanzibar.
1. M(mey.
The only copper coin in common use in Zanzibar is the Anglo-
Indian quarter-anna, or pice, in Swahili peso, plur. pesa or mapesa ;
but the rdbopesaf or quarter-pice (of which, however, three are equal to
one pice), is also current.
The silver coins current are the Anglo-Indian rupee and, less com-
monly, the Austrian dollar. The eight-anna (half-rupee), four-anna
(quarter-rupee), and two-anna pieces are also met with.
The relative values of these coins and their equivalent in English
money fluctuate considerably. For practical purposes, it 19 sufficient
to remember that an English sovereign may be generally exchanged
for 12 rupees, English bank-notes, cheques, drafts, &c., being subject
to a small discount ; that an Austrian dollar is reckoned as equal to 2
rupees and 8 pice, and that a rupee is worth usually from 60 to 64
pice. It follows that) though accounts are usually kept in dollars
and cents, and 5 dollars reckoned as equal to one pound English, it is
more exact to consider —
s. (i.
1 dollar ==3 7
1 rupee =18
1 pice = i
tu larger sums, the scale of legal tender is to reckon —
47 dollars = 100 rupees
94 „ = 200 „
141 ,. = 300 „
Und soon.
456 APPENDIX V.
On the maiDland, dollars and pice are taken freely on the coast and
main lines of traffic, and rupees are met with ; but elsewhere, siWer
dollars only, and such objects of barter as calico, brass- wire, beads, Ac.
2. MeoMureB of Length.
There is no exact standard or relationship of'measuro4 of length.
Those in common use are merely taken from parts of the hnman body,
viz. : —
Wanda, plur. nyanda^ a finger's breadth.
ShiMri, a span, the distance between the tips of the outstretched
thumb and little finger.
Mdfita, a sligl^y shorter span, from the tip of the thumb to that
of the fore-finger,
Thiraa or Mkono, a cubit, the distance firom the finger«tip8 to the
elbow joint. Of this again, there ore two yarieties : —
Thiraa Icamiliy or full cubit, as just described, and-—
ITiiraa honde, or fist cubit, from the elbow-joint to tho
knuckles.
Wari, or yard. Is one half of the—
Pima, a man's height, or the distance he can stretch with hia
arms, a fathom. A doti is a measure of similar length.
The uayo, or length of the .foot, Arab khatua, is also used ocon-
bionally, and the English foot,/u^i, regularly by Indian carpenters and
in other trades. Approximately, the relations of these measures may
be tabulated thus : —
1 tcanda s= 1 inch.
8 or 10 nyanda = 1 ehibiri hamUi s= 1 quarter-yard.
■ 2 shibiri = 1 VUraa or rnhono = 1 cubit or half-yard.
2 thiraa ss 1 wari = 1 yard
2 wari =: 1 pima = 1 fathom.
Distance is loosely estimated by the average length of an hour's walk*
iiig. Dunga, which lies almost exactly lialf way across the island of
Zanzibar, at a distance of perhaps twelve miles, is described as a walk
of four hours, saa *nne; and Eokotoni, at the north end of the island,
distant perhaps twenty miles from Zanzibar, jas a walk of at least
six hours, iaa sita. On the mainland, a day's march is a common but
vague measure of perhaps twenty miles.
8. Mecuurei of JTeiglU,
For gold, silver, silk, scent, and other costly articles, the unit is the
wakia, or weight of an Austrian silver dollar, almost exactly an ounce.
For the names of fractional parts of any unit, see « Handbook," p. 93 ;
AFPENDIX y 457
but the weight of a pioe is often used as a convenient though, inexact
measure of ismaH quantities.
For heavy articles, the usual unit is a rdtd, or rattlif equal to 16
waJiiOt and corresponding to one pound.
IG walcia = 1 rdlel.
3 rdtd ^ 1 mani;
6 rdttl 3= Ipuhi.
6 pishi s 1 frasila, about 35 lbs. avoirdupois.
lO/rasila = 1 mzo.
Hence, 64 frasila or 65 mizo may be regarded as 3= 1 ton,
4. Measures of Capacity,
No fixed liquid measure is used by the poorer classes. Shopkeepers
soil their oil, treacle, &c., by tin-ladlefflls (kihonibe), or by the bottle
{chupa)y or by the tin, t.e. the tius in which American oil is imported
to Zanzibar (tanahiy iinif also debe).
Corn (na/dka) or dry measure is, of course, of great importance in a
country where grain is the staple of food and chief article of commerce.
The smallest unit is the —
Kihaba, a measure of perhaps a pint.
Kibdba cha tele, if the measure is heaped up— the usual pro-
ceeding.
Kibaha cha mfutOt if cut off flat.
2 vihaba (vya tele) = 1 kisaga,
2 visaga = 1 pishi, about half a gallon.
The pishi connects the measures of capacity and weight, and for
some of the common dry commodities, such as chiroko and kundi, the
pishi may be regarded as equivalent either in capacity to 4 vtbaha, or
in weight to 6 rattli.
Grain is sold wholesale by the kanda^ or sack of grass-mattiug, or (if
from India) by the gunia, a wide sack. The gunia often weighs about
168 lbs. The kanda varies, both with the kind of grain and the place
from which it is imported^ For instance, while at Kwale, Mgao, and
Mvita, towns on the Swahill coast, the kanda of rice at times contains
10, 11, or 12 pishi, and the kanda of Indian corn 10 pishi, at Pangani,
Tanga, and Mtang'ata the kanda of rice will contain 15, 16, or 17
piahi, and the kanda of Indian corn 13 or 13j pishi.
Various other terms are in use for different commodities, e.g. poles
are sold by the korja, or score ; stone for building by the boma, a heap
which may weigh 4 cwt. to 5 cwt. ; lime by the tanuu (clamp) or kikapo ;
calico by the^um, 35 yards ; and various other things by the " mzigo "
or load.
458
APPENDIX r.
5. Points
of the Compasi,
North
Jan.
N. by E.
Faragadi MatlaL
N.N.E.
Nash Matlai.
N.E. by N.
Nagr Matiai.
.N.E.
Lnagr Matlai.
N.E. by B.
Dayaba Matlai*
E.N.E.
8emak MaUaL
E. by N.
Seria Matlai.
East
Matlai.
E. by S.
Sosa Matlai.
E.S.B.
Tiri Matlai.
S.E. by E...
Lakadiri MatlaL
S.E.
Lakarabu Matlai.
8.B. by 8.
Hamareni Matlai.
S.S.E.
8eheU Matlai.
S.byE.
8onoobari Matlai.
South
Eutubu.
8. by W.
8onoobari Magaribt
S.8.W.
Seheli Magaribi.
8.W. by 8.
Hamareni MagaribL
8.W.
Lakarabu MagaribL
S.W. by W.
Lakadiri MagaribL
W.8.W.
Tiri MagaribL
W. by 8.
6osa MagaribL
West
MagaribL
W. by N.
6eria MagaribL
W.N.W.
8emak MagaribL
N.W.byAV.
Dayabu MagaribL
N.W.
Luagr MagaribL
N.W. by N.
Nagr MagaribL
N.N.W.
Nash Magaribi.
N. by W.
Faragadi Magaribt
FKINTBD nV WILLIAM CLOWBS AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BBCCLKS.
PLEASE RETimN TO
ALDERMAN LIBRARY
DUE
J
DUE
ox QQQ 073 Mb*]
DATE DUE
\
\
\
1
1
Z^^
UwH^W*'****''*